bal ek 
fois sewed a 
. ‘ LARS a 
aay eine 
ey een 

A ae | 


saith ‘a hea Las yy ry 

BAe C8 Bib brig eek epg : : 

rely aia attae SAR wallyh PAS a 
AY ely Ny 


ty ae Pe A ewe ie tie ys 
aa aeces i me en td 


+} “ee 
fe ihe nie 
ae hie Wt 
ee 


/ ; ey ix : ee 

a 6m : x 
tae bet p } ay ; "3 ‘ ey 7 
eRe 


7 A ty 
<a Saat ct 
eth hey : wy 

ae N ie as 
Tings 


etal 
ay 
we 


2 et 


Stat 
nViNs 


A 


asa we nae ge 
saWaeGary ay 


Ae 
Vive 


4 ie 
PAN rants 
ie citer 


ant 


Boat 
Fiske: 


4 
hy yw 
CvA Was 


4 
Cy 


ciees: 


*} 
pet ae ee 


NATURALIST: 


MONTHLY JOURNAL OF 


NATURAL HISTORY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND 


EDEGED BY 


PO Mis SHEPPARD, FIG:S:, F.S.A. Secor 


CURATOR OF THE MuNiIcIrpAL Museums, Hutt. 


Past PRESIDENT OF THE HULL ScrientiFIC AND FreELD NATURALISTS’ CLus, OF THE Hutt. 


GroLocicaL Society; Hon. SECRETARY OF THE YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ 
Unton; Hon. Lire Member or THE SPALDING GENTLEMEN'S SOCIETY; OF 
THE DONCASTER SCIENTIFIC SOCIETY; ETC. 


AND 


TOMAS WILLIAM WOODHEAD: Phab. Eels: 


LrecTureER IN BrotoGy, TEcHNIcaAL CoLLEGE, HUDDERSFIELD ; 


WITH THE ASSISTANCE AS REFEREES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF 


J. GILBERT BAKER, F.R.S., F.L.S. 
PRor, PERCY P. KENDALL, M.Sc., F.G.S. JOHN W. TAYLOR. 


T. H. NELSON. M.B.0.U. WILLIAM WEST, F.L.S. 


RILEY FORTUNE, F.Z.S. 


GEORGE T. PORRITLT, F-L-S., F.E-S- 


+3 
9. 

or = - 
y 

so 


AL00G4 


LONDON = 
A. Brown & Sons, Ltp., 5, FARRINGDON AVENUE, E.C, 


AND AT Hurt AND York. 


= 


PRINTED AT BROWNS’ SAVILE PRESS, é 
SAVILE STREET AND GEORGE STREET, HULL. | 


‘ 


Ol "s ei 


iS OR Mr AGES, 


I. Eboria caliginosa, Parts of, a Spider new to Science 
IL. Ottonia bicolor 
Ill. Sir Charles Strickland, Bart. 
IV. Harper Gaythorpe, F.S.A. (Scot.) 

V. Kare Neolithic Implements from East Yorksiire 
VI. Diatoms of the Sedburgh District, etc. 


VII. Lowland Eriophorum Moor, etc.) 
Within Swamp Moor Zone, etc. J 


VIII. Section of Lowland Peat Moor .. )\ 
Peat Digging in the Gilpin Valley J 


IX. One of the “ Buttertubs ’’ Potholes) 
The Section ee 3% J 
X. Ritteria hersuta n. sp. 


XI. Effect of Cloud Burst, Cowlam .. é \ 
Gravel carried down the Valley at Cowlam f 


XII. Asteroceras acceleratum Hyatt | 
35 stellare Sow .. { 


XIII. Neolithic Flint Weapons from Bridlington 


XIV. Two “ True-Clutches of Eggs of the House Sparrow \ 
Two ‘‘ False-Clutches "’ of Eggs of the House Sparrow J 


XV. Charles Crossland, F.L.S. 
XVI. Marine Band in-Clay Pit at Nostell. . 
XVII. Bats 


XVIII. Part of tne Bird Collection in the Hull Museum 


To jace page 


436 


No. 636 


(No. 414 of ourrent series), 


A MONTHLY ILLUSTRATED JOURNAL OF | 
NATURAL HISTORY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND, 


EDITED BY 


T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., F.S.A.Scot., 


THe Museums, Hutt; 
ANDI 
T. W. WOODHEAD, Ph.D., F.L.S., 
TECHNICAL CoLLEGE, HUDDERSFIELD. 


WITH THE ASSISTANCE AS REFEREES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF 


J. GILBERT BAKER, F.R.S. F.L.S., | GEO. T. PORRITT, F.L.S., ‘FP. E.S., 
Prof. P. F. KENDALL, M.Sc., F.G.S., JOHN W. TAYLOR, 
T. H. NELSON, M.B.O.U., WILLIAM WEST, P. L.S., 


RILEY FORTUNE, F.Z.S. 


Contents :— 


Notes and Comments:—The Manchester Museum; and a ‘Keeper’; Importance of the sar 
8 Manchester Museum; ‘ Moorlog'; Age of the North Sea: The Bootham School Natural 

; History Club; Leisure Time; Yorkshire Type Ammonites; Our lie Record ; 
Collections of Birds ; Professor Seward, M.A., F.R.S. 1-5 

_ Nemertine within Test of Sea=Urchin—John Ivving, M.D. oh i Ly a and 6 
Estuarine Shells in the Alluvial Hollow of Sand- lé eres near Withernsea, 

i Holderness—G. W. Lamplugh, F.R.S.,F.G.S. i ome ea ot 8) 
‘Sea Anemones in Captivity—W. H. St. Oust WiePe F. Ze Ss. ik Lb: Se Tass Fe 12 
Some Aculeate Hymenoptera of Halifax—o. E. Silverlock . we 13-14 
Oolitic Plant Remains in Yorkshire—Rev. George F. ie F >G. S.,and 1, Sabie es M, E. 15-16 
The Vegetation of ‘Swiddens ’ in North-East Yorkatnee Prank Piigeere ess ie fo ATO 

. Notes on Arachnida on the N.E. Coast of Yorkshire—IWm. Falconer at Kh S hes! 4 21-22 
Notes on Yorkshire Coleoptera—W. J. Fordham.. ee 2 He x we Gis 23 
The Suspension Habit in Young Caterplilave se iedeiees Pieha ce et: om nts 24 

_ Yorkshire Naturalists at Scarborough—7. Sheppard ak a tah va at BM is EE. | 

_ Field Notes... .. PGE. 6 en aneey Sata dame ee irs) WILE Oe 
- Poem, ‘The Rinteuraliet George B: Tindal SOM RC me aE ee A , 32 
_ Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union Report for 1909 FeO GSE) Sa ROS ts RS Se en 
_ Northern News as Be ee SMe LEM cd (ae iy Pe 31 
Proceedings of provingtat ‘Scientific Societies... | 24, 30°, 


AT a by 
NAM 7: iM ded 
A... 5, 2, 9, 30 


Reviews and Book Notices 
Museum News 


News from the Magazines) 3). 96.0000 5.0 06s ue eee eee ae AY Onal Riese¥ 
ev 


— = 
OSD seme eT 


LONDON: : ———— 


And at Hutt and York, 
Printers and Publishers to the Y.N.U. 


pee PRICE 1/- NET. BY POST 111 NETS Cais 


te, 
a 


A. Brown & Sons, LimireD, 5, FARRINGDON ys. SN RY OF Cine, 


cane, 


“a, 


Vek 


IN THE PRESS. LIMITED EDITION. 


To be Published by Subscripticn. 


THE VERTEBRATE FAUNA 


CHESHIRE 


LIVERPOOL BAY, 


EDITED BY 


T. A. COWARD, F.Z.S. 


Author of “‘ Picturesque Cheshire.” 


MAMMALS, BIRDS, REPTILES, BATRACHIANS, 

By T. A. CowarD, F.z.S., and CHARLES OLDHAM, F.Z.S., M.B.O.U. 
Authors of ‘‘ The Birds of Cheshire.” 
FISHES OF CHESHIRE AND LIVERPOOL BAY, 
By JAMES JOHNSTONE, B.SC.(LOND.), 
Author of ‘* British Fisheries,” and ‘‘ Conditions of Life in the Sea.” 
With a Chapter on THE DEE AS A WILDFOWL RESORT, 
By Joun A. Dockray. 


With 48 full-page Illustrations of typical Scenery, 
the Haunts of Mammals, Birds and Fishes, the 
Somerford and Lyme Cattle, etc., from Photographs 


By Tuomas BADDELEY. 


A Felding Map of the County, and a Chart of Liverpool Bay, 


Text Figures and Diagrams. 


Full Bibliography. Index. List of Subscribers. 
‘| In Two Volumes. © Square Demy 8vo (9x 61). 
Cloth Bound, Gilt Top. Containing about 800 pages. 
{| Price to Subscribers 21s. net. 


“| After Publication, should any Copies remain un- 
subscribed for the Price will be raised to 26s. net. 


WITHERBY & Go., 326, High Holhorn, LONDON. 


Ly 


Vee eee YR 


ee eA LO RALIST 


FOR 1910. 


NOTES AND COMMENTS. 


THE MANCHESTER MUSEUM. 

From the Report of the Manchester Museum recently 
issued, it would seem that serious changes have taken place 
there; changes of such a nature that it is feared must 
result in this institution losing its reputation as one of the 
best organised and best equipped of our provincial museums. 
Under the excellent administration of Dr. Hoyle the museum 
flourished, and was generally considered to be a model natural 
history museum, arranged most conveniently for the student, 
and most attractively for the ordinary visitor. A year ago, 
however, Dr. Hoyle was selected as the Director of the new 
National Museum of Wales, and he severed his connection with 
an institution that for twenty years had received the benefit 
of his knowledge and experience in museum matters. After 
waiting nearly a year, during which the museum was nominally 
under the charge of University Professors already overburdened 
with work, but was, to all intents and purposes, without a 
head, an advertisement appeared. 


AND A ‘ KEEPER.’ 

In this, applications are invited for the post of—not Director, 
as Dr. Hoyle was; not even Curator, but ‘ Keeper ’—the sort 
of individual one is familiar with in menageries! It also seems 
that ‘ preference will be given to candidates of not more than 
thirty years of age, who are University Graduates in Natural 


‘History subjects.’ The successful candidate will also work 


under the supervision of three professors at the University. 
In view of the paltry salary that is offered, however, the age 
limit might have been omitted from the conditions, as surely no 
one above the age of thirty, who has had any scientific training 
whatever, would take the post for the sake of the stipend. 
The people of Wales gave their Director, as a start, nearly 
four times the salary that his successor at Manchester will 
‘enjoy.’ No experience whatever in museum work is apparently 
required from the new ‘keeper’; the age limit and other 
‘ qualifications ’ necessarily preclude anyone with even a fair 


; Igto Jan. 1. A 


2, Notes and Comments. 


museum experience ; and certainly the salary offered will have 
the effect of preventing applications being made from the 
curators of any of the first-rate, or even second or third-rate 
museums of the country, though it is common knowledge that 
these gentlemen are by no means too handsomely paid. 


IMPORTANCE OF THE MANCHESTER MUSEUM. 

No; it is painfully apparent that the Manchester University 
does not want a properly qualified Museum Curator. What 
seems to be required is a good young man, who will do just as 
the professors tell him, who will allow them to take the credit 
for any improvements in the museum that he may effect ; but 
who, from his exalted position as ‘ keeper,’ may be at the beck 
and call of all and sundry ; and must be responsible and take 
the blame for anything that goes wrong. If the new keeper 
gains any museum experience at all, it will obviously be at the 
expense of the museum. The chief cause of regret in the whole 
business is that the members of the Museum Committee should 
show such palpable evidence of the little regard they have for the 
magnificent—almost unrivalled—collections under their charge ; 
and that they should fail to appreciate the importance of the 
position the Manchester Museum has held in the past. As 
things now are, can its Committee expect the support of its 
subscribers and contributors to its collections that it has en- 
joyed in the past ? We fear not. 


“ MOORLOG.’ 


“Moorlog’ is the name given to a tough peaty material, 
which is frequently brought up from the Dogger Bank in the 
nets of the trawlers. The pieces sometimes attain a length of 
five or six feet, and are never more than eighteen inches in 
thickness. A recent issue of the ‘ Essex Naturalist ’ contains 
a description of the material by Mr. Clement Reid, F.R.S., 
and Mrs. Reid. Amongst the plants identified in the peat are 
Ranunculus lingua, Menyanthes trifoliata, Betula alba, B. nana, 
Sparganium simplex, Alisma plantago, Scirpus fluttans, Carex, 
Lychms flos-cucult, Spirea ulmaria, Galium, Valeriana officinalis, 
Lycopus europaeus, Spargamium rvamosum, Epilobium, Pota- 
mogeton, as well as mosses and ferns. In addition are the 
remains of the following species of beetles :—Cyclonotum 
orbiculare, Chlaentus holosericeus, Notophilus sp., Baris pilis- 
triata, Donacia vulgaris, D. claviceps, Apion sp., Calathus sp., 
and Chlaenius schranki ? 


Notes and Comments. 


¢ 
YW 


. AGE OF THE NORTH SEA. 

The organic remains from the moorlog * shew clearly that 
the deposit was laid down on a land surface, and under con- 
ditions almost similar to those now existing in the fen districts.’ 
Mr. Reid, after carefully reviewing the evidence, considers 
that the masses of moorlog occur in situ on the Dogger. This 
seems to support Mr. Jukes Browne’s theory that ‘ when this 
Ice Age was passing away, the whole of the North Sea was dry 
land, a broad, rolling plain,’ through which ‘ran the Rhine, 
of which all the rivers of eastern England became the tribu- 
taries .. . The Dogger Bank is a relic of this old land surface, 
which has never been buried by modern deposits.’ Mr. Reid 
adds that the existing fens of East Anglia may be regarded as a 
relic of a much greater fenland which once joined England to 
the Continent. 

THE BOOTHAM SCHOOL NATURAL HISTORY CLUB. 

Recently two hundred and fifty guests assembled at 
Bootham School (York) to celebrate the 500th meeting of the 
Natural History Club, which has developed out of the Society 
formed in 1834, by the first headmaster of the School, Mr. 
John Ford. The evening’s programme commenced by an 
inspection of work now being done in the Club in Botany, 
Ornithology, Conchology, Archeology, Entomology and 
Microscopy. Past work was represented by the School exhibit, 
which was awarded a Diploma of Honour at the recent Franco- 
British Exhibition. The proceedings included short lectures 
upon subjects of varying interest. 

LEISURE TIME. 

The success of the evening was due in no small measure to 
the tradition, which has been continuous for more than seventy 
years, that leisure time must be well filled. Original observa- 
tions, systematically recorded with illustrations, are encouraged, 
and in this way, as a member of the staff said, ‘ We get a mind 
alert to see all that is going on around it—bird, flower and beast 
and changing sky—a mind of omnivorous interest, reflecting, 
like a mirror, all it sees. From older boys, thinking as well as 
seeing is expected, and in their work evidence is often discovered 
of a persistent attempt to prove the unknown, and to summon 
to their aid every method and every instrument which gives 
promise of assistance.’ We congratulate our young friends at 
York on the zeal with which they follow their natural history 
studies. 


igto Jan. 1. 


4 Notes and Comments. 


YORKSHIRE TYPE AMMONITES. 


We are pleased to see that Mr. S. S. Buckman, F.G.S., 
is issuing a work on Yorkshire Type Ammonites, with 
upwards of two hundred plates. This will include for the 
first time, illustrations of the specimens described in Martin 
Simpson’s ‘ Monograph of Lias Ammonites, etc.’, the original 
specimens being in the Whitby Museum. Work of the character 
undertaken by Mr. Buckman is, unfortunately, rarely remunera- 
tive, and we trust all who are able, will assist him by subscribing 
for copies. A prospectus will be gladly sent on application to 
the author at Thame. 


‘OUR GEOLOGICAL RECORD.’ 


Under the above heading a natural history journal recently 
issued gives the following gem, under the signature of A. A. 
Swinton (not ‘ Hugh Miller’ !) Under ordinary circumstances we 
should refer to the publication from which we‘have made the 
quotation ; but in the present case we think it a kindness to omit 
it :—‘ According to Page, not Lyell, the east of England isa 
pucker, marked by the Channel which, expanding and contract- 
ing to heat and cold, has successively risen and sunk, leaving 
superimposed, rock-hardened layers of sand, mud and clay, 
to relate like the leaves of a book, the struggle for existence and 
evolution.’ [ pause here to take a breath.—ED.].  ‘ Silurian 
trilobites, predecessors of spiders and insects, swam off the 
granite coast of Cornwall until lepidendrons [sic.], or tree club- 
mosses, sprang up at Bristol; fish lizards then plunged over 
Lyme Regis until bird-like lzards, appeared and cycads, no 
longer European, flourished in Dorsetshire ; in Sussex monstrous 
lizards luxuriated; then huge ammonites, predecessors of 
nautili, swam in a chalky sea, and lamp shells and stone lilies 
dwindled away; elephants came across from the continent ; 
arctic shells such as the Cyfrina islandica, entombed in the 
mud of the Greenock docks, cropped up; and when Britannia 
rose from out the main savage man paddled his canoe and 
hunted beavers.’ [Another breath.}] ‘A nebulous, molten 
earth may have receded from its parent sun or changed its 
orbit ; hot water currents may have altered; but has not the 
sun itself periodically become hot and cold ?’ If the preceding 
is ‘our geological record,’ all we can say is that it is a bad 
one. 


Naturalist, 


Notes and Comments. 5 


COLLECTIONS OF BIRDS. 

We are glad to find that the Hull Museum, which recently 
seems to have been largely devoting its attention to local 
antiquities, is shewing evidence of a desire to illustrate natural 
history. It has recently secured two fine collections of birds, 
viz., the Fortune and Sir Henry Boynton collections. The 
first was formed by Mr. Riley Fortune, F.Z.S., and consists 
of a very fine series of Yorkshire specimens, including many 
rarities. The second is the well-known collection formed by 
the late Sir Henry Boynton. This consists of an unrivalled 
series, and has for many years been exhibited in the large room 
at Burton Agnes Hall. Through the kindness of Mr. and Mrs. 
Wickham Boynton, this set, numbering over two hundred 
large cases, has been placed in the Hull Museum, where it 
will be much more covenient for reference. Practically all 
the specimens were shot by Sir Henry himself, and they are 
excellently mounted. As these two collections alone represent 
something like 2000 square feet of exhibition space, and the 
museum was already over-crowded, we presume it is the inten- 
tion of the authorities at Hull to shortly increase the size of 
their museum. 

PROFESSOR A. C. SEWARD, M.A., F.R.S. 

At the unanimous invitation of the Executive Committee 
of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, Professor A. C. Seward, 
M.A., F.R.S., etc., has accepted the position of President of 
the Union for Ig10. Professor Seward is lecturer in Botany at 
- the University of Cambridge, and is the author of numerous 
important works of Paleobotany, including ‘ Fossil Plants a 
- Test of Climate’; ‘ The Wealden Flora,’ 2 vols. ; ‘The Jurassic 
Flora,’ 2 vols.; ‘ Fossil Plants for Students,’ etc , and heis 
also the joint author with Mr. Francis Darwin of ‘ More Letters 
of Charles Darwin.’ In connection with the recent celebrations 
at Cambridge, he edited a magnificent Darwin Memorial 
Volume, which we have already referred to in these columns. 
Professor Seward’s work amongst the fossil plants in the 
Jurassic rocks of North-East Yorkshire is well known, and 
doubtless his address to the Union, which will be delivered at 
the close of his year of office, will contain much of interest to 
Yorkshire botanists and geologists. 


——_> &—_ 


Dr. R. Bowdler Sharpe, the eminent ornithologist, of the Natural 
History Department of the British Museum, died on Christmas Day. 


1gto Jan. 1. 


6 


NEMERTINE WITHIN TEST OF SEA-URCHIN. 


JOHN IRVING, M.D., 
Scarborough, 


IN connection with the marine exhibits shown at the annual 
meeting of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, held at Scarborough, 
it may be interesting to note that one of the Sea-Urchins, subse- 
quently cut open, contained a worm of considerable length. 
The Urchin, Echinus sphera, five inches in diameter, healthy and 
well-developed, showed no structural malformation internally, 
notwithstanding the fact that its ccelomic fluid provided a 
swimming bath for an interloper, measuring, when uncoiled, 
between four and five yards long. The worm, unsegmented, 
smooth, cylindrical, was but one-twelfth of an inch in diameter. 
Through the transparent walls of its cuticle the milk-white 
contents were well seen. Colour was entirely absent. Both 
extremities tapered to a blunt point. Under low-power 
microscopy, a central integumentary depression at the anterior 
tip indicated the mouth, while a similar depression, eccentric, 
at the posterior end, represented the anus. No armature of 
any kind was observed. It was clearly a simple marine 
nemertine. When, and how it found its way into the Urchin’s 
ccelom is a matter for conjecture. As an egg, or tiny embryo, 
it may have succeeded in passing through the intestinal wall, 
or through the porous structure of the test, into this cavity, and, 
thus imprisoned, had no alternative but to make the best of the 
situation. Doubtless the ccelomic fluid was nutritive enough 
to support life, and permit growth. Albinism was manifestly 
due to lack of light, as well as lack of coloured pabulum. 
Evidence hardly warrants the idea of parasitism or commen- 
salism. During the past three years I have examined many 
Sea-Urchins, but this is the first in which I have discovered a 
permanent unattached lodger. 
——————— i ees 


An excellent method of protecting the eggs of a colony of Terns and 
Gulls has been adopted at Ravenglass. The eggs are marked with an 
indelible pencil, and are thus spoiled for the cabinet.—British Birds. 

The Mining Magazine, edited by T. A. Rickard, is to appear monthly, 
at one shilling, and the specimen before us is admirable. Anyone interested 
in mining will find the publication most useful; there is an astonishing 
amount of matter, and the articles are well illustrated. 

Mr. F. W. Knocker deals with ‘ The Practical Improvement of Ethno- 
graphical Collections in Provincial Museums’ in the Museums Journal for . 
November. This paper should be widely read, as it rarely happens that 
the ethnographical objects in a museum are scientifically classified. 


Naturalist 


fi 


ESTUARINE SHELLS IN THE ALLUVIAL 
HOLLOW OF SAND-LE-MERE NEAR 
WITHERNSEA IN HOLDERNESS. 


G. W. LAMPLUGH, F.R.S., F.G.S. 


AmonG the many small alluvial basins, formerly lakelets, now 
intersected by the Holderness coast, is that of Sand-le-Mere, 
two miles north of Withernsea. The peaty deposits of this 
hollow have been frequently noticed in geological descriptions 
of Holderness. Prof. J. Phillips recorded the occurrence in 
them of ‘the bones of oxen and deer, with antlers of the stag, 
etc.’* Mr. C. Reid has given a short list of their plant-remains 
and fresh-water shells, f and Mr. T. Sheppard has mentioned the 
presence of artifically-cut stakes, the supposed indication of 
an ancient ‘ lake-dwelling.’t 

During a day spent recently [October Igog] in re-examining 
the coast-sections of the neighbourhood, I found good exposures 
of the peat-bed and its associated deposits on the shore opposite 
the hollow, and noticed what does not appear to have been 
hitherto seen, that the sequence included beds containing 
estuarine shells. The point is of interest since it is, I believe, 
the only case in which evidence has been detected of other 
than fresh-water or land-swamp conditions in the hollows of 
this type on the outer coast-line of Holderness. 

The bordering cliff-sections show that the hollow at Sand-le- 
Mere, like most of its class, is due primarily to an undulation 
in the uppermost band of boulder-clay, though it has been worn 
deeper by erosion. At the close of the great glaciation the 
whole surface of the low country east of the Wolds was evidently 
studded with water-filled depressions or shallow ‘ kettle-holes,’ 
through which a sluggish drainage system was established. 
This drainage flowed generally inland or westward from the 
rim of higher moundy ground now partly removed by the sea, 
and found its way more or less circuitously to the Humber. 
In the case of Sand-le-Mere, the connection with the Humber 
is comparatively direct, as there is a tract of low-lying alluvium, 


DE 


* ‘Tllustrations of the Geology of Yorkshire: Pt. I. The Yorkshire 
Coast,’ 3rd ed., 1875, London. p. 74. 

+ ‘ The Geology of Holderness,’ etc. Mem. Geol. Survey, 1885. p. 84. 

+ ‘Traces of an Ancient Lake-dwelling at Sand-le-Mere, near Withern- 
sea.’ ‘The Naturalist,’ October 1898. pp. 30I. 


1910 Jan. I. 


8 Lamplugh: Estuarine Shells at Sand-le-Mere. 


variable in breadth and outline, extending continuously south- 
westward for seven miles, from the coast-section to the Humber 
flat near Keyingham. This tract is trenched and rendered 
cultivable by Keyingham Drain and its branches, and is 
protected by a bank at Sand-le-Mere from the outer sea which 
otherwise might invade the hollow during a high stormy tide. 
It is my impression, however, for reasons hereafter stated, that 
the estuarine conditions in the hollow were not due to an incur- 
sion of the open sea, but were developed when the Keying- 
ham channel formed a long creek of the Humber. 

The exposure that I saw stretched along the foreshore at 
Sand-le-Mere right across the hollow, revealing the rising slopes 
of the underlying boulder-clay on both sides. The main strip, 
containing the estuarine muds, occurred at an average distance 
of 50 yards from the foot of the raised bank which defends the 
interior hollow, the length of the bared strip being about 250 
yards, its width from 5 to 20 yards, and its level approximately 
that of half-tide, or say 8 feet below high-water. There was 
also another large patch laid bare on the lower part of the shore, 
just above low-water (average tide), the intervening space 
being hidden by sand; but this lower exposure consisted, so 
far as I could see, entirely of peat with much wood. Judging 
from the numerous pholas-borings in it, some containing living 
occupants, this peat is frequently bare or, at most, thinly 
sand-covered ; and it is perhaps the only part of the basin 
which has been previously subject to critical examination. 

In the upper exposure the deposits included some peat, 
but consisted mainly of soft black, grey and greenish muds 
and silts in bands, with streaks and thin seams of black muddy 
sand, these beds dipping gently and thickening from both sides 
towards the middle of the basin. From the flatness of the 
exposure combined with the overlapping of the higher beds 
towards both margins, the sequence and thickness of the 
deposits were not easy to determine. For me, moreover, their 
examination was rendered the more difficult by tempestuous 
rain while I was on the spot, so that only rough notes could be 
made, and my stay was brief. Hence the information I could 
gather was incomplete on several points, particularly with 
respect to the relation of the estuarine muds to the thick peat- 
bed of the lower exposure. 

Near the northern margin of the alluvial basin, the sequence 
in the shore-exposure was as follows, in descending order :— 


Naturalist 


Lamplugh: Estuarine Shells at Sand-le-Mere. 9 


SECTION ON THE SHORE NEAR THE NORTHERN EDGE 
OF SAND-LE-MERE. 


Muddy silt with peaty roots and stems of Ft. Ins. 
coarse grass and rushes; Hydrobia 
abundant a ee #,ADOUr.O, 4 


Fine black silt, with emai of grey silt, 
containing Hydrobia in great abun- 
dance, and with a 2-inch seam of 
black sand containing Tellina balthica 
and clusters of Mytilus edulis » 5: ele el 
Banded bluish, greenish and dark grey 
tenacious silty clay, with cakes and 
rolled lumps of peat, and a few black 
sticks —some resembling branched 
roots: Cardium edule (small) Mytilus 
edulis (in patches), and ee 
(abundant) o pee, 
Browner mud or clay, pies pied in low er 
part, with Cardium edule, Mytilus 
edulis and Scrobicularia ee 5; Oh 
The underlying beds were hidden by sae 
except at the extreme margin of basin 
where the whole estuarine series was 
reduced to a few inches of sandy mud, 
with Hydrobia, resting on— 
Silty mud, full of stones derived from the 
underlying boulder-clay, and bits of 
peat and black sticks .. te about G LO 
Sloping floor of stony red boulder-clay, 
weathered to an earthy texture at the 
top 4 ne EA =e a = 
Farther southward in the same exposure, in the middle 
and towards the southern side of the basin, the material seen 
consisted almost entirely of black peat, containing much wood 
and some matted roots and stumps of small trees. Associated 
with the peat there was in one place a large patch of grey 
tenacious mud, containing fresh-water shells only, among which 
were a large Planorbis, Limnea and Cyclas.* It is noteworthy 
that this purely fresh-water mud occurred at precisely the same 


iS) 


* Owing to the execrable weather, I did not stay to make collections 
of the shells, and am therefore unable to give specific determinations. 


rgto Jan. 1. 


a6) Lamplugh: Estuarine Shells at Sand-le-Mere. 


level on the shore as the estuarine muds. Still farther south- 
ward, as the southern margin of the basin was approached, 
the estuarine deposits re-appeared, presenting nearly the same 
succession in reverse order as that seen on the northern margin. 

The dip of the estuarine beds on both sides toward the 
middle of the hollow suggested at first sight that they passed 
beneath the peat and fresh-water mud which lay between them, 
and therefore probably also beneath the larger mass of peat 
exposed at low tide. But I was unable to convince myself 
that this was actually the case. The presence of detached 
cakes and rolled lumps of peat in the estuarine deposits at 
both margins proved, at any rate, that there was peat in the 
basin before the estuarine muds were deposited; therefore if 
the peat-bed which I saw exposed were of later age, it would 
be necessary to suppose that the detached pieces were derived 
from some older mass buried out of sight. On the whole, I 
think it most likely that the estuarine beds enwrapped and 
covered the peat, since this is the usual order of the sequence 
in the Humber basin,* and I found nothing actually to disprove 
it in this case. 

The mollusca had evidently lived where their shells occurred. 
Most of the bivalves had their valves united, and many were 
in the position of life. The cockles, which were the most 
abundant, were unworn and well-preserved though all com- 
paratively small and thin-shelled. The mussels, also rather 
small and thin, lay in sparse clusters, and were mostly crushed. 
Tellina and Scrobiculartia were much rarer, but were well- 
grown. The little univalve Hydvobia occurred in myriads, 
giving a speckled or streaky aspect to some of the layers ; 
at the northern end of the exposure it was also present, in 
association with the peaty roots and stems of a grassy plant, 
in a higher band than the other shells. 

The deposit and its fauna clearly indicate a quiet estuarine 
creek regularly invadéd by the salt-water tide with sea-level 
approximately the same as at present. The peat and the fresh- 
water mud are evidence of a stage, probably earlier, when the 
hollow was beyond reach of the tide, either because of a higher 
level of the land or the existence of a protective barrier. 


* Cf. C. Reid ‘The Geology of Holderness,’ Chapter viil., pp. 77-93, 
W. H. Crofts ‘Notes on the Post-Glacial Deposits of Hull and District,’ 
Trans. Hull Geol. Soc., Vol. IV., 1899, p. 36; also ‘ Notes on the Alexandra 
Dock Extension, Hull,’ zbzd. Vol. V., 1901, pp. 57-62. 


Naturalist, 


Lamplugh: Estuarine Shells at Sand-le-Mere. ming 


From the present position of the shore-line in relation to the 
hollow, it might seem at first sight certain that the salt-water 
of the estuarine stage flowed in at its eastward end from the 
open sea. Yet it is more probable that the inflow was from 
the opposite direction from the Humber, by way of the low 
gap at Keyingham. The fauna is essentially that of the Humber 
muds, and the sediments are such as we should expect to find 
in a creek of the Humber; nor do I think that the requisite 
conditions could have been produced by a direct inroad of the 
open sea, which would necessarily have led to a sharp tidal 
scour, and the formation of shifting sand-bars, as at the mouths 
of Barmston Drain and Earl’s Dike, farther north in Holderness. 
I surmise, therefore, that the estuarine beds of Sand-le-Mere 
were accumulated when the hollow was a blind inlet of the 
Humber, which has now been decapitated by the recession of 
the coast-line. 

However, my chief aim in writing is not to elaborate the 
present insufficient data, but to call attention to the need for 
a closer investigation of the locality. 


—— +e —— 


We have previously had occasion to refer to the excellent achievements 
of Mr. Frank M. Chapman, of the American Museum of Natural History ; 
his work amongst the flamingoes particularly calling for favourable com- 
ment. In Camps and Cruises of an Ornithologist (Hodder and Stoughton, 
432 pp. 12/- net), Mr. Chapman gives us a volume of altogether unusual 
merit, one that is far, far above the average of ‘ bird’ books, which are 
teeming like water—very much like water, from the various publishing 
houses now-a-days. It is difficult to decide which to admire most, the 
charming and original accounts of his ornithological researches, or the 
250 remarkable photographs of bird life, most of which might almost 
have been ‘sat’ for inastudio. During the past seven years the author has 
been preparing ‘cases’ or ‘ Habitat groups’ illustrating bird life, each 
‘containing from 60 to 160 square feet!’ Partly in connection with these 
he has visited Florida, Bahama, California, Western Canada and various 
other places—each a veritable ornithologist’s paradise. In his rambles 
he visited the breeding places of the Pelican, Flamingo, Golden Eagle, 
Blue Heron, Egret, Water Turkey, as well as the Booby, Man-o’-War 
Bird and others, not perhaps quite so well known to English ornithologists. 
In turning over the leaves, and after glancing at views of cafllons, morasses 
and cliffs, one suddenly comes upon a photograph of a homely village, 
with its church nestling among the trees ; as great a contrast between the 
previous views as well can be. It is entitled ‘ Selborne from the Hanger,’ 
and is at the commencement of a very interesting series of * Impressions 
of English Bird-life,’ in which we find the author states :—‘ I confess that 
my desire to see and hear the Nightingale, Skylark, Blackbird, Redbreast 
and other characteristic English species, in their haunts, has been more 
intense than that which has led me to the distant homes of tropical birds.’ 
He visited the chief haunts of wild bird life in this country in a characteristi- 
cally thorough manner, and during his brief stay saw much more of British 
ornithology than has many an English ornithologist. Amongst his many 
illustrations we notice one entitled ‘ Bird-egging on Bempton Cliffs ; about 
130,000 Murres’ eggs are gathered here yearly.’ 


1gto Jan. 1. 


12 


SEA ANEMONES IN CAPTIVITY. 


We EH. Si, QUINDING TP hse 
Scampston, E. Yorks. 


I SHOULD like to place on record that I have, still in good health 
and colour, a specimen of Sagartia troglodytes (Gosse), and 
another of S. vwiduata, which are the survivors of rather an 
extensive collection of ‘Sea Anemones,’ which I made in 1894 
and 1895 on the coast of Devon. 

The S. troglodytes appears to be of the typical form: the 
viduata to be the variety named by Gosse ‘ melanops.’ 

That these animals are long-lived in captivity is already 
known ; for Gosse,* speaks of a specimen of A. mesembryan- 
themum, the common red ‘ Beadlet’ of our shores, which was 
known to be between thirty and forty years old when he heard 
of it as still living in 1860, and which, during its captivity, 
had produced 334 young ! 

My anemones used to have a fresh supply of sea-water once 
or twice a year. But for the last eight years, I have only filled 
up their vases with fresh water to replace that which has 
evaporated. 

That this is sufficient to maintain life is shewn by the 
quantity of conferva which spreads through the vases if too 
much light is admitted ; and by the entomostraca (water-fleas) 
which are generally to be attracted to the flame of a candle held 
near the surface of the water. Probably these last, and 
possibly the spores of the conferva, assist in furnishing food to 
the anemones, in addition to the small earthworms, with which 
I supply them. 


——eeee 


That tried and trusty friend, Hazell’s Annual, (London, 608 pp. 3/6 
net), is more acceptable than ever. In addition to the customary mass of 
information upon the men and movements of the day the 1910 edition 
contains a number of signed articles by writers of indisputable authority 
upon the subjects with which they deal. Sir Arundel Arundel, K.C.S.L., 
Sir Oliver Lodge, Lady Frances Balfour, Sir Hiram Maxim, Sir Harry 
Johnston, G.C.M.G., K.C.B., are among the contributors whose names will 
command attention. For the rest, whether the reader is interested in 
Foreign Affairs, in Home Politics, in Finance, in Religious Movements, 
in Social Questions, in Sport, Science, Art, Music or the Drama, he will 
find in ‘ Hazell’ a fund of facts and figures presented in a form that is 
equally attractive and convenient. 


* © British Sea Anemones and Corals.’ 


Naturalist, 


SOME ACULEATE HYMENOPTERA OF HALIFAX. 


0. C, SILVERLOCK. 


The species mentioned below were all taken during the 
summer of 1908. 

HETEROGYNA :— 

Formica fusca (typical) abundant everywhere. One nest, 
under a large stone, had no less than eighteen apterous females. 

F. fusca (rufibarbis) abundant in the Hebden Bridge 
district. 

F. vufa occurs at Hebden Bridge and Hardcastle Crags. 

These three closely allied forms are peculiarly interesting. 
The ordinary observer would detect no difference between the 
workers of F. rufa and F. fusca (var. rufibarbis), but at the same 
time, he would not for a moment imagine that there was any 
close similarity of structure between the two races of the latter. 
The only difference noticeable with a lens between F. rufa and 
F. fusca (rufibarbis) lies in the comparative dullness or bright- 
ness of the frontal area. 

Structurally, the races of /. fusca are almost indistinguish- 
able, yet their colour varies from a dark bronzy black to the 
reddish tint of F. rufa. In between these extremes there 
is almost every possible shade of colour. 

In habits the typical fwsca almost. invariably chooses to 
form its nest under large flat stones. Its race, however, prefers 
to tunnel underground, and rufa always forms the well-known 
mounds of pine-needles, etc. 

Lasius nigey—the common garden ant of southern counties— 
I only found once in North Dean Woods; L. flavus, almost 
equally common in meadows in the south, I never found at 
all. 

Myrnuca rubra—two races only were found; Jaevinodis 
and ruginodis, these were both commonly seen, yet scabrinodts, 
the commonest race of the south, I never found. Several nests 
of Jaevinodis were infested with parasitic acavt, which had 
attached themselves to the bodies of the ants, often in most 
‘peculiar positions. 

Leptothorax acervorum—a single specimen from Hebden 
Bridge. 

FOSSORES :— 

Fam. Pompilidae—the only insect of this most fascinating 


Igto Jan, I. 


14 = Salverlock: Some Aculeate Hymenoptera of Halifax. 


family was Pompilus gibbus, captured on a hard sandy bank 
near Copley. 

Fam. Sphegidae—four species, Crabro dimidiatus, C. anxius, 
C. elongatulus and C. palmipes. This is a very small number, 
but I left Halifax at the end of July, and August is certainly 
their best month. 

DIPLOPTERA :— 

Fam. Vespidae—these are the true wasps as distinguished 
from the sand-wasps (/ossores). 

V. vulgaris and Germanica, both equally common; J. 
norvegica, only once seen near Copley. 

ANTHOPHILA :— 

Fam. Andremdae : 

Genus Sphecodes: two comparatively rare species—S. retic- 
ulatus and similis—were taken. More species are no doubt 
to be found, as their hosts belonging to the genus Andvena 
are well represented. 

Genus Halictus—leucozonius, cylindricus, rubicundus and 
Freygessnert melanea has the sculpturation of the abdomen 
markedly different from that of the southern type. 

Genus Andvena—well represented by A. albicaus, Clarkella, 
cineraria, lapponica, fucata, rosae (var. tvimmerana), angustior, 
fulva, albicrus and minutula. These are nearly all spring bees ; 
Clarkella being out early in April. Strangely enough, 4. 
lapponica, although only added to the British list fourteen years 
ago, was taken plentifully on whortleberry. 

Genus Nomada—all species of this genus are parasitic on 
members of the last-mentioned genus. N. Lathburiana, l’abri- 
ciana, ruficormis and bifida were taken ; Lathburiana at Hebden 
Bridge, the others at Copley. The specific name * bifida’ has 
reference to the mandibles which at once distinguish this 
species from ruficormis, which has the mandibles simple and 
pointed. 

Fame APIDAR 

Genus Bombus—agrorum, hortorum, pratorum, venustus, 
lapidarius, Derhamellus. 

The species pratorum is partial to the flowers of the bramble, 
and may always be found near clumps of the latter. 

In conclusion I must thank Mr. Edward Saunders for his 
kindness in determining doubtful species, and in answering my 
numerous questions on habits and structure. 


Naturalist 


OOLITIC PLANT REMAINS IN YORKSHIRE. 


Rev. GEORGE F, LANE, F.G.S. 
AND 
T. SAUNDERS, M.E. 


FURTHER to our notes in “ The Naturalist’ for March 1909: 
during the past summer, persistent search has been made in 
the quarries at Marske, with very successful results. During 
the month of August 1909, we were honoured by a visit from 
Prof. Nathorst, of Stockholm, and he kindly determined the 
fossil flora in Mr. Lane’s collection. He also examined the 
Marske Quarry, giving us valuable and suggestive hints, and 
encouraged us in the work. _ Some of the duplicates of these 
rarer plants have been presented by us to the Dorman Museum, 
Middlesborough, and to the Hull Museum, and altogether a 
considerable quantity of material is being accumulated. Among 
the rarer plants found in the Marske Quarry are the following. 
With the exception of Taxites zamioides and Cycadites sp., 
the whole were examined and determined by Prof. Nathorst. 

ZAMITES BUCHIANUS. 

This plant does not appear to occur in the published list 
of the Jurassic Flora of Yorkshire. We indicated in our 
previous article that two species of Zamites had been found. 
One was submitted to Prof. Seward, and he determined it as 
Zanutes, probably new. The specimen of Z. buchianus consists 
of four large pinnae, with the venation clearly preserved. 
Zamutes buchtanus occurs in the Wealden flora, and it is ex- 
ceedingly interesting to find it at Marske. 

NILSSONIA SCHAUMBERGENSIS. 

This is a fine specimen. We already have N. compta, 
N. tenuinervis and N. mediana. WN. schaumbergensis is new to 
the Yorkshire Jurassic Flora. ‘In the Wealden Flora, the 
genus Nulssonia is represented by the smaller leaved form 
N. schaumbergensts.’* 

CYCADITES sp ? 

After a careful examination of this fossil plant, its striking 
resemblance to Cycadites led us to this determination. We 
will submit this specimen later on for expert diagnosis. 

CLADOPHLEBIS HAIBURNENSIS. 
This beautiful specimen was reported in our article for 


a 


* Seward, ‘ Jurassic Flora of Yorkshire,’ page Syl 
4gio Jan. 1. 


16 Lane and Saunders: Oolitic Plant Remazns. 


March 1909, with a query appended. As the type-specimen 
is deposited in the Newcastle-on-Tyne Museum, Mr. Elgee, of 
Middlesborough, very kindly took the plant for comparison 
with the Newcastle specimen. On the opinion of the curators, 
‘there is absolutely no doubt about the plant being C. hatburn- 
ensis.” 

CLADOPHLEBIS LOBIFOLIA. 

The narrow bases of the pinnules, and the spreading habit 
of the frond are plainly seen. The plant is unfortunately 
embedded in sandstone, and the venation is poor. We hope 
some day to obtain a better specimen. 


TODITES WILLIAMSONIA. 

A good specimen. The bipinnate frond, stout rachis, 
slightly faleate pinnae, and the venation are well preserved. 
This is an addition to the Marske collection. . 

CONIOPTERIS HYMENOPHYLLIOIDES. 

A splendid -specimen, the tripinnate, linear, acuminate 
pinnae, and other characters are clearly seen. 

TAXITES ZAMIOIDES. 

We obtained two good specimens of this plant. The slender 
axis, the narrow linear leaves, with the single median vein are 
so well preserved as to make it easy of identification. 

Up to the date of writing, thirty-eight species have been 
found, and their identification may be regarded with a degree 
of certainty. The discovery of Wealden plants in the Inferior 
Oolite of Marske, considering the vast intervals of time which 
must have elapsed between these periods, opens up a suggestive 
field of research, and adds to our knowledge of Jurassic flora. 
The commoner species which are found in abundance, are 
Williamsonia pecten, W. gigas, Tentopteris vittata, T. major, 
Baiera gracilis, B. lindleyana and Nilssonia mediana. 

The seventeen species found by the late Rev. J. Hawell in 
this quarry, has now been increased to thirty-eight. 

Again we express our indebtedness to Mr. Elgee, curator of 
Middlesborough Museum, for kindly assistance in determinating 
many specimens, and especially to Professors Nathorst and 
Seward, for their valuable help. 


—_— 3o——_ 


The type specimen of Pseudomelania vittata Phillips, from the Corn- 
brash of Scarborough (figured in ‘Geology of Yorkshire,’ 1829, pl. VII, 
fig. 15) has been found in a reserve cabinet in the Manchester Museum,— 
Geological Magazine for December. 


Nat St, 
a 


17 
THE VEGETATION OF ‘SWIDDENS’ IN NORTH-EAST 
YORKSHIRE. 


FRANK ELGEE, 
Middlesbrough. 


As contrasted with other plant associations in Britain, the 
ericetal flora has probably been less interfered with by man. 
On moors, and especially those of the wettest types (Sphagneta 
and Eviophoreta), the interference has been slight, and it is 
the comparative absence of this interference which renders 
moorland associations of such great importance and interest 
to the student of plant ecology. Nevertheless, man does effect 
changes upon moors, and the following notes refer to the most 
conspicuous of these changes, and its influence upon the vegeta- 
tion. But for these alterations, the heath vegetation would 
present a much more uniform aspect. 

The greater part of the uplands of North Eastern Yorkshire 
is moorland, usually of the pure Heather type. Everywhere 
the dependence of the vegetation on the nature of the under- 
lying rocks is manifest. Differences due to altitude, to slope, 
to geographical position have to be added to those produced 
by the strata and their soils, all of which are still further com- 
plicated by the burning off of the Heather. 

The Heather is fired in the months of March and April in 
order to obtain a new growth of the plant for the Grouse, To 
the areas so burnt, the name Swidden is applied in the local 
dialect. On the newly-burnt Swidden, a suite of plants springs 
up, often totally distinct from the surrounding moorland ;: 
or more correctly, the dominant vegetation clothing a Swidden 
may be quite different from the dominant plant-association of 
the vicinity. As a rule, 12-14 years elapse before a Swidden 
becomes re-clothed with tall Heather, thus enabling other 
species of quicker growth to obtain a temporary occupation of 
the ground. What this temporary vegetation will be depends 
upon a number of factors, viz., the character of the environing 
plant-association, the nature of the soil and the effect of the 
burning upon it—also the position of the Swidden in regard to 
drainage, slope, and other conditions. 

In examining a Swidden, it is important to bear in mind that 
its age undoubtedly influences the nature of its plant associa- 
tions, and, although in time a succession is traceable, yet 
this varies considerably. As a rule, where Calluna is weakly 
B 


1910 Jan. I. 


18 Elgee: ‘ Swiddens’ in North-East Yorkshire. 


developed, it may be taken that the area is comparatively 
recent, for its slow growth renders possible the usurpation of 
the Swidden by other plants. This dominance they retain for 
a long time, and possibly in some instances, always retain. 
But, generally speaking, Calluna ultimately ousts all com- 
petitors. 

Swiddens may occasionally be met with where Calluna 
occupies the surface soon after the burning, in which instances 
it seems likely that the firing has not very largely affected the 
subterranean portions of the plant. 

Passing from the Swidden where Calluwna is dominant, we 
must first notice a type where the black peaty soil is frequently 
almost covered with Lichens of the genus Cladonia. On one 
example, the species next in point of abundance to the Lichens 
was Calluna, with a few scattered bushes of the Purple Bell 
Heath (Evica cinerea), and in the wetter hollows the Heath 
Rush. (Juncus squarrosus) occurred. On other parts a thin 
film of moss covered the soil. The surrounding vegetation was 
pure Heather moor, and it is significant to note that Graebner, 
in his account of the origin of moors on bare sand, mentions a 
stage in which Cladonia forms the chief element of the vegeta- 
tion.* The Swidden differs from the moors, which begin to 
form on bare sand in already possessing the indispensable 
peaty soil. Still the correspondence just mentioned is suff- 
ciently close to be worthy of remark. 

To be classed with the preceding, both with regard to its 
own and the surrounding vegetation, is a Swidden on Great 
Ayton Moor. Young Calluna was the dominant plant with 
Juncus squarrosus in wet places. Over the barer parts a thin 
film of Lichen was-spreading, whilst here and there were large 
tufts of Polytrichum. 

In the cases just named, the vegetation of the Swiddens is 
like that of the encompassing moor, but instances occur where 
it is quite different and occasionally striking. On Readman 
Plain, a moor due north of Lastingham, Cal/una is the dominant 
plant, and on the old Swiddens there are extensive spreads of 
Erica cinerea, forming what may almost be termed a “‘ Cinerea 
Moor.’’ In places the Heath yields to a strong mixture of 
Calluna and the Pink Bell Heath (Evica Tetralix), whilst on 
more recently burnt areas, Heather dominated towards the 


* Hetde Norddeutschlands, pp. 82-91. 


Naturalist, 


Elgee: ‘ Swiddens’ in North-East Yorkshire. 19 


edges with young Erica cinerea and Tetralix prevailing in the 
centre. 

On peaty moors, Calluna and the Bilberry (Vaccinium 
Myrtillus) are the chief features of the vegetation. Conse- 
quently, whenever the moor is burnt, Bilberry quickly occupies 
the Swiddens owing to its more rapid growth. This was par- 
ticularly noticeable on Glaisdale Ridge, where there are several 
Swiddens covered exclusively with Bilberry. Another had a 
little Calluna mixed with it, and in one place supported Bracken 
though this plant does not grow in the immediate vicinity. 

On southern slopes the burning of the vegetation gives 
Bilberry a strong hold. Thus on the south side of Baysdale, 
Bilberry Swiddens are frequent, whilst in Stockdale a similar 
slope is clothed with Bracken in the lower parts, immediately 
succeeded by great spreads of Bilberry on the burnt areas of the 
higher parts. This plant is very partial to slopes, particularly 
those facing the north. I have not yet been able to ascertain 
whether it is ousted in time by either Heather or Bracken. 

The Bracken also is essentially a plant of the moorland 
slopes of North East Yorkshire, and often enters into strong 
‘competition with Calluna. Where the slopes are burnt, it at 
once spreads on to the Swiddens, and the Heather rarely or 
never returns. This is well shewn in many localities. The 
moors at the end of the ridges dividing the northern dales 
present a mixed vegetation, and in the case of Danby Ridge, 
this consists essentially of Calluna and Mat Grass (Nardus 
stricta), interspersed with the Crowberry (Empetrum nigrum), 
the Bilberry, and bushes of Gorse. Here the Swiddens of the 
slopes are frequently covered with Bracken. In Baysdale, 
incautious firing has converted good moorland into almost 
nothing else but Bracken. 

On Danby Ridge, but at a greater altitude than in the cases 
just noticed, pure Heather moor comes in, and a remarkable 
Swidden of a somewhat rare type was observed here, the vegeta- 
tion being in such marked contrast to that of the surrounding 
moor. The Swidden shewed innumerable clumps of Empetrum 
nigrum interspersed with large spreads of the Sheep’s Sorrel 
(Rumex Acetosella). Bilberry occurred sporadically amongst 
the Crowberry, as well as Calluna and Juncus squarrosus between 
the clumps of Crowberry. This Swidden, which stood on flat 
ground, terminated on one side in a very strong Bilberry and 
Bracken slope, and there was a noteworthy absence of Bracken 


1910 Jan. I. 


20 Elgee: ‘ Swiddens’ in North-East Yorkshire. 


from the Swidden, due probably to the dislike which that plant 
has for growing on a flat. } 

In other instances, the plant life of Swiddens surrounded by 
Calluna are more complicated, and the following may be taken 
as examples. They occurred on the edge of a flat terminating 
in a Bracken slope, and their exact situation can be seen from 
the diagram. 


P HEATHER 
¥ BRACKEN 


P Position or SwiDDENS 


On the side near the Bracken slope, this plant bounded the 
Swidden, the remaining sides being bounded by Calluna. The 
principal plants of the edges corresponded to the surrounding 
vegetation, viz., Calluna on the flat side, and Bracken on the 
edge of the slope. Bilberry was frequent on the northern half, 
along the western edge, and in the south-east corner. Towards 
the centre of the Swidden, the following species occurred :— 
Erica cinerea (two or three bushes); Empetrum nigrum (two 
or three bushes); Calluna, in patches; the Brown Bent 
(Agrostis canina), a small patch; and short turfy moss. 

Another Swidden in a similar position, shewed Calluna very 
dominant on the western half, but not on the eastern edge, 
where the ground was still without a vestige of plant life. 
Other species were dwarf Bilberry and Crowberry, whilst 
patches of the Early Hair Grass (Atva praecox) were not 
infrequent, occurring with Agrostis canina, and Juncus squar- 
vosus occurred sporadically. 

A further Swidden entirely surrounded by Calluna on the 
same flat shewed Juncus squarrosus mixed with dwarf Calluna 
dominating at one end with Evica cinerea, Vaccinium Myrtillus, 
and Agrostis canina occurring sporadically. The Bilberry 
became very abundant towards the south, and in places the 
plants were much mixed, forming a short turf of Calluna, 
V. myrtillus, E. nigrum, Potentilla Tormentilla, J. squarrosus, 
Agrostis and Polytrichum. Where the Bilberry had a tendency 
to dominate it was interspersed with a quantity of Callwna and 
J. squarrosus. | 
(To be continued ). Aes 


21 


NOTES ON ARACHNIDA ON THE N.E. COAST 
OF YORKSHIRE. 


Wa. FALCONER, 
Slaithwaite, Huddersfield. 
OF the three great divisions of Yorkshire, the North Riding 
has had the least attention paid to its spider population, so that 
a few notes of captures made on its north-east coast in August 
last may not be without interest. Altogether, eighty species 
of true spiders were met with, of which (A) four have not before 
been found in any part of the county; (B) seven others also 
new to the North Riding ; and (C) six more, for which there is 
but one North Riding record, though they have, with one excep- 
tion, been observed more abundantly in the other divisions. 
A.—NEW TO YORKSHIRE. 
Microneta innotabilis Camb., one male, on the trunk of a 
larch in the wood leading out of Riftswood to Skelton. 
Cnephalocotes interjectus Camb., many examples of both 
sexes, on the coast a little east of Redcar. 
Troxochrus cirrifrons Camb., two males, eleven females, 
on the coast west of Marske. é 
Cormcularia vigilax Bl. One female in Coatham Marshes. 
All are local or rare British spiders, but the most interesting 
is T. cirrifrons Camb. It is usually found in the company of 
T. scabriculus Westr., and there is considerable diversity of 
opinion as to whether the two should be looked upon as one 
species with dimorphous males, or as distinct species. There 
are striking differences between the males, but up to the present 
it has been thought that none existed between the females, 
the latter being apparently indistinguishable from each other. 
The Rev. O. Pickard-Cambridge states, however, in a letter 
to the writer, that he has lately discovered a discriminatory 
character, which is fairly constant in the specimens he has 
examined, and certainly on comparing the above females with 
others, obtained along with T. scabriculus, there is a consider- 
able amount of difference between them. 
B.—NEw To NortH RIpine. 
Clubtona pallidula Clerck. One female near Saltburn. 
Agroeca proxima Camb., Both sexes, amongst herbage on 
the cliff adjacent to Marske Cemetery. 
Enoplognatha thoracica Hahn. One female in Coatham 
Marshes. There is one other Yorkshire record only— 
a female, North Cave, East Riding. 


1910 Jan. I, 


22 Falconer: Notes on Arachnida in Yorkshire. 


Bathyphantes parvulus Westr. Two females, on coast a 
little east of Redcar. On record also for West Riding. 

Evigone longipalpis Sund. Four males, four females, 
Coatham Marshes. Elsewhere in Yorkshire it is 
plentiful on the Humber shore, both east and west of’ 
Hull. A maritime species. 

Tapinocyba subitanea Camb. One male, four females, 
on the coast east of Redcar. Usually found in the 
refuse of stables, and occasionally in cellars. 

Araeoncus humilis Bl. -At the same place as the last- 
named, in extraordinary abundance, both sexes, 
beneath flat, spreading tufts of Atriplex. 

C.—ADDITIONAL RECORDS FOR NorTH RIDING. 

Clubiona holosericea De Geer. One adult male and several | 
immature examples. Coatham Marshes. 

Leptyphantes pallidus Camb. Riftswood (Saltburn) and 
Upleatham. A female at each place. 

Tmeticus reprobus Camb. One adult male and several 
immature examples amongst heaps of stones on the 
foreshore at Skinningrove. It has also been found on 
the Humber shore, near Hull. A rare spider. 

Erigone arctica White, var. maritima. Five males and 
several females, on the coast a little east of Redcar ; 
many females in Coatham Marshes, and a few females 
between Marske and Saltburn. Previously, only one 
male was on record for Yorkshire at Marton, North 
Riding. Evidently it will be found to be commoner 
in this part of Yorkshire than it has been supposed. 

Tapinocyba ,pallens Camb. One female near Coatham 
Marshes. 

Ceratinella brevipes Westr. Two females east of Marske. 

Two other interesting species may also be mentioned, 
Tmeticus scopiger Grube, several adult and immature examples 
of both sexes, on the cliff near Marske Cemetery, which has not, 
so far, been found in either of the other great divisions; and 
a female, which is supposed to be a new species of Metopo- 
bactrus Sim., at Boosbeck, but previously discovered nearer 
Middlesborough by Mr. J. W. H. Harrison, of that town. 

Seven species of Harvestmen were noted, but all were 
of the commoner kinds, while the common pseudoscorpion, 
Obisium muscorum Leach, occurred at Riftswood and Boosbeck. 


Naturalist 


2 
= 


NOTES ON YORKSHIRE COLEOPTERA. 


W. J- FORDHAM, 
Bubwith, 


- 
mJ 


Cychrus rostratus L.—Under a stone near Knottingley, 
W. Yorks., May 14th, 1808. 

Carabus granulatus .—Running among grass on bank of 
River Derwent, near Bubwith, E. Yorks., September 20th, 1900. 

Harpalus ruficornis F.—Infested with Gamasus coleop- 
tvatorum near Knottingley, April 16th, 1908. This parasite I 
have found on Necrophorus humator, as well as on various species 
of Geotrupes and Aphodius. 

Agabus chalconotus Panz.-—In ponds on Breighton 
Common, East Yorks., March 8th, 1900. 

Leistotrophus nebulosus F.—Crawling on pathway at 
Kiveton Park, Notts., May 4th, rgor. and in a similar situation 
at Heeley, Sheffield, in 1906. 

Prototia annovittata.—I obtained a live example of this 
insect—a native of the Phillipines—in Manila Hemp, in a rope 
yard at Knottingley, West Yorks., in 1899. The specimen was 
named at the South Kensington Natural History Museum. 

Saperda scalaris .—On a rhododendron flower at Chats- 
worth Park, Derbyshire, June roth, 1904. 

Chrysomela goettingensis L.—I obtained one example 
of this species in a sand hole at Kellingley, near Knottingley, 
Yorks., May 28th, 1808. This is interesting in conjunction 
with, Mr. Bayford’s record for Edlington, as extending the 
range of this species as given by Canon Fowler. (See ‘ Nat.’, 
Feb. 1902, p. 64, and Sept., p. 287). 

Calathus micropterus Duft.—Mr. G. B. Walsh and I took 
this insect freely under pine logs at Wilton Wood, Cleveland, 
January 18th, 1908, and also in decayed pine stumps numerous 
larve and imagines of Rhagium bifasciatum F. I also took this 
latter insect from alder stumps at Lonsdale, Great Ayton, on 
January 25th, 1908 (both larve and perfect insects). 

Endomychus coccineus L.—Taken freely in an old birch 
stump on Skipwith Common, October 6th, 1909. The beetle 
occurred under the bark, in decaying Polyporus betulinus and 
in moss at the roots. 

_ Aromia moschata L.—One specimen at rest on an oak 
sapling among sallows near Skipwith, East Yorks., September 
11th, 1909. The last two are probably new records for East 
Yorkshire. 


Igto Jan. I. 


24 
THE SUSPENSION HABIT IN YOUNG 
CATERPILLARS. 


LLEWELLYN LLOYD.. 


SPEAKING of Ichneumon-flies in the Cambridge Natural History, 
Dr. Sharp says:—‘It is very difficult to observe the act of 
oviposition; the Ichneumon-flies usually decline to notice 
caterpillars with which they are placed in confinement. Occa- 
sionally, we may, by a happy chance, observe the act in insects 
at large, and from the records of observers, it may be deduced 
with tolerable certainty that the sense of sight takes no part 
in the operation.’ 

During last August I was watching an Ichneumon-fly 
hunting caterpillars in a Leeds garden. It found a small 
caterpillar suspended from the edge of a leaf. Without seeming 
to hesitate it flew to the leaf and bit through the thread causing 
the caterpillar to fall on to a leaf below. It flew straight down, 
seized it, and drove in its ovipositor three times. It would 
have been absolutely impossible for the fly to do this while the 
caterpillar, which was the smaller of the two, was in suspension. 

I failed to secure the Ichneumon, and so do not care to 
hazard a guess as to what species it was. In the first place, it 
seems certain that sight was a most important factor in the 
series of actions. It may have found the larva by a sense of 
smell, but how could it have found and cut the thread without 
the sense of sight coming into play ? 

Secondly, we can hardly imagine that all Ichneumons would 
be intelligent enough to cut loose suspended larvae. Granted 
this, the habit of suspension must be of great use as a protection 
for larvae against these parasites. Ratzeburg considers that 
Ichneumons only attack caterpillars in a deficient * state of 
health, but I have reason to believe that they also attack 
young forms. The suspension habit is especially developed 
in young caterpillars. 

—— i 

We are pleased to see from the “ Annual Report of the Natural History 

Society of Northumberland, Durham and Newcastle-upon-Tyne,’ that the 


Society has received a legacy of £6000. This will materially assist it in 
its work, 


* We should think it more likely that they avoid unhealthy larve.— 
Gola 


‘Naturalist, 


YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS AT SCARBOROUGH. 


TueE forty-eighth annual meeting of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ 
Union was held at Scarborough, on Saturday, December 11th. 
There was a representative gathering of members from all 
parts of the country, and the meeting was particularly successful 
as a result of the untiring efforts of the secretary and members 
of the Scarborough Field Naturalists’ Society. Two excursions 
were arranged in the morning, one for Carnelian Bay, and the 
other for Peacock’s Quarry, Falsgrave. 

Under the leadership of Mr. Hargreaves, between twenty 
and thirty members of the Union walked along the shore 
towards White Nab: 

Mr. Hargreaves writes :—‘ Immediately after leaving the 
Museum, attention was drawn to the shell-bearing sand on the 
shore, and Mr. Woods and others remarked on its productiveness. 
On passing Holbeck Gardens, a halt was made to point out the 
parts of the reef most productive in marine life, special mention 
being made of the various sponges and anemones, the cave and 
white anemones being found there. Immediately afterwards 
a halt was made to look for the rare local mineral ‘ Scarbroite,’ 
which is found only on this coast. It was pointed out how it 
occurred in veins, and several small pockets were seen, and 
specimens obtained; but as there had been rough seas, and the 
mineral is soft, good specimens were not as common as is 
frequently the case. 

‘The geological features of the coast as far as visible from 
this point were next indicated, attention being drawn to 
changes by denudation, and to the large quantity of Estuarine 
beds. The party next proceeded to the “ plant bed” in the 
South Bay, which is about two feet thick, and crowded with 
plant remains, with occasional scales and teeth of fishes. 

‘Specimens of Czchanowskia and Batera were obtained in 
numbers, notwithstanding the extremely wet state of the cliff, 
and the unusual state of preservation of the plants, particularly 
of Beania gracilis was commented on. It was possible for 
small pieces to be lifted bodily from the shale and transferred 
to paper, like a recent plant. They were also burnt experi- 
mentally—a somewhat unusual experience with fossils.’ 

The Scarborough museum was thrown open for the benefit 
of the members, and in the evening there was an exhibition 
of natural history specimens in the large room at the Grand 
Hotel. This had been specially arranged in honour of the 


Igio Jan. I. 


26 Yorkshire Naturalists at Scarborough. 


Union’s visit, and reflected the greatest credit upon all con- 
cerned. There were so many interesting specimens, mostly of 
local interest, that it is difficult to particularise. Perhaps those 
which received the most attention were the various living 
anemonies, molluscs, crustaceans, etc., which had been obtained 
from the adjacent shores. There was an excellent series of 
Chalk and Cornbrash fossils; pre-historic implements, local 
marine and non-marine mollusca ; lepidoptera, fungi, ornitholo- 
gical specimens, etc. ; as well as a fine show of drawings and 
photographs of natural history interest. It is a long time 
since our members were so well provided for in this way, and 
unquestionably the success of the conversazione kindly arranged 
by our Scarborough friends, was largely due to this exhibition. 

In the afternoon the General Committee met at the museum, 
when the reports on the year’s work were presented by the 
respective secretaries of committees and sections, and the 
various offices for rg10 were elected (see page 33). 

t this meeting it was pointed out by the Hon. Treasurer 
that as practically one half of the members’ subscriptions had 
to be ear-marked for ‘ The Naturalist,’ it left the whole of the 
work of the Union, and the publication of its programmes, 
reports and transactions, to be carried out for the small sum 
of 5/6 per member. He therefore appealed to those who were 
able, to increase their subscription in order that the many 
papers and memoirs now awaiting publication might be printed. 
There was an encouraging response to this appeal, and it is 
sincerely to be hoped that others may follow the example. 
The desirability of considerably increasing the membership of 
the Union was also pointed out, and an effort will doubtless 
shortly be made in this direction. A good start was made at 
Scarborough, where several members of the local society joined 
the Union. 

The visitors had tea together at the Grand Hotel, after 
which Mr. W. H. St. Quintin, J.P. delivered his presidential 
address, entitled, ‘ Some Notes on Aviculture,’ in which he gave 
the scientific results of his observations at Scampston, where 
many rare and interesting birds are reared in his aviaries. 
These notes will shortly appear in these pages. 

During the delivery of the address, the chair was occupied 
by His Worship the Mayor of Scarborough (Councillor W. 
Ascough, J.P.), who extended a hearty welcome to the visitors, 
and gave practical evidence of his interest in natural science. 


Naturalist, 


Book Notices. 27, 


Cordial votes of thanks were accorded to the President 
for his address and services during the year; to the Mayor, 
and to the Scarborough Field Naturalists’ Society ; the last 
being ably acknowledged by the Society’s President, Mr. 
E. B. Lotherington, 

For particulars of the Union’s excursions for 1910, and for 
the names of the various officers, etc., reference should be 
made to the report printed at the end of this number of ‘ The 
Naturalist.’—T. S. 

eae et 


The Annual Report of Proceedings under Acts relating to Sea Fisheries 
for the year 1907 (120 pp., 1/11, published 1909) has recently reached us. 

The volume contains an enormous quantity of valuable records, and 
whilst it is largely of value economically, there is very much of interest to 
the naturalist and scientific investigator. There are innumerable tables, 
giving particulars of the various quantities and kinds of fish caught, when, 
where, and by what means. 

From Messrs. A, and C. Black we have received their indespensable 
handbooks, ‘ Who’s Who,’ 1910 (over 2200 pp., 10/- net); ‘ Who’s Who 
Year Book ’ (162 pp., 1/-) ; ‘ The Writers’ and Artists’ Year Book ’” (127 pp., 
1/-), and the ‘ Englishwoman’s Year Book ’” (382 pp., 2/6). 

With regard to the first of these, the information it contains is simply 
astonishing. Each year it grows wider and wider, but notwithstanding 
its 2200 pages, it is still in a convenient form for reference. The ‘ Year 
Book’ contains lists of Government Officials, Hospitals, Peers, Univer- 
sities, Professors, Race Meetings, Lecture Agencies, etc., and the House 
of Commons. Possibly the last will need revision before the next 
edition is issued. ‘The Writers’ and Artists’ Year Book’ is prepared 
for the use of authors and artists, and contains lists of periodicals, pub- 
lishers, etc. A useful note appears dealing with the proper way to correct 
proofs. In the list of Natural History Magazines we notice the * Zoophi- 
list,’ probably a misprint for the.‘ Zoologist.’ A lady friend, to whom we 
sent ‘ The Englishwoman’s Year Book,’ says it’s simply perfect, and why 
didn’t we tell her about it before ! 

Fungi and How to Know Them: An Introduction to Field Mycology, 
by E. W. Swanton. Methuen & Co. 210 pp. 6/- net. 

This is a book on Fungi for which there was no very special need. A 
beginner in field mycology desirous of learning something of the structure 
and habits of fungi, may certainly pick up some useful information, but 
very little in comparison to what he may gather from Dr. M. C. Cooke’s 
“Introduction to the Study of Fungi.’ The book only essays to deal with 
the “larger fungi,’ and, ‘ of these, for the most part, only very common ones.’ 
The idea of mastering the commoner ones first, as a basis, is a very good 
one. The classification does not profess to go beyond the genera of British 
Basidiomycetes, and one or more typical species in each genus, so that its 
usefulness to a field mycologist is very limited. The book contains sixteen 
coloured plates ‘ illustrating’ a fair number of species, some of which are 
recognisable at sight, without referring to the name behind the plate to 
ascertain the species each figure is supposed to represent. Tiere are also 
thirty-two plates of roughly-drawn figures in black-and-white, and some 
photographic reproductions, the latter from photos by C. G. Lloyd. There 
is a useful Glossary. Cordyceps militavis (p. 186) is in its wrong ‘ sub- 
order’ under Discomycetes ; of course, this can only be the result of an 
oversight. With the statement in the Preface that ‘it is therefore no 
more difficult to identify a fungus than it is to diagnose a flower,’ we cannot 
agree.—C.C. 


Igto Jan. I. 


28 


FIELD NOTES. 
BIRDS. 

Stormy Petrel near Barnsley.—On November 15th a 
Stormy Petrel was found dead at Staincross, near Barnsley, 
having flown against the telegraph wires. The bird was in fair 
condition, and is now in the Barnsley Naturalists’ Society’s 
Museum.—W. BarracLouGH, Barnsley, December 7th, 1goo. 


Unseasonable Nesting Dates.—On November 27th, Mr. 
R. Fisher, Junr., of Lecon field, reported that a Rook was feeding 
young on his father’s farm ; and that two witnesses besides him- 
self had seenit. On November 29th, Mr. Sidney S. Waterhouse 
found a pair of Starlings feeding young at Sutton. On looking 
into the nest he found four half-grown young dead, and one 
alive, crying out for food.—E. W. WapE, Hull. 


Glossy Ibis in Holderness.—In the shop of a_ bird- 
stuffer at Hull are two Glossy Ibises, shot on the Lambwath 
-in Holderness, one on the 19th of October, unsexed, as the 
intestines were so much injured by shot as to make it impossible 
to distinguish the sex; and another on November rtoth—a male. 
Both are in the immature plumage shown in Dresser’s plate, 
and exactly alike so far as one can see in their present stuffed 
condition, but the bill of the first is half an inch longer than 
that of the second. Another was seen, but escaped by 
running into the reeds when its companion was shot, and 
may have been the one seen at Hornsea Mere and on the 
River Hull.—E. W. Wape, Hull. 


Migration of Terns.—With reference to the note in last 
month’s ‘ Naturalist ’ ve the ringing of birds. I have obtained 
fourteen rings, all taken from young Common Terns, which I 
find had been reared at Ravenglass this year; the particulars 
are as follows :—-One specimen was ringed on July 22nd, eight 
on July 30th, three on August roth, and two on August 13th. 
They were all caught in the fishermen’s bird nets at Flook- 
burgh, on the north side of Morecambe Bay, between Grange 
and Ulverston, between September 12th and 18th. From these 
records, the migration of the birds had apparently continued 
for about eight days in the neighbourhood. Some terns were 
caught during August and at the beginning of September, but 
none was found with ringson. Nor were any ringed specimens 
amongst those caught after September r8th.—H. B. TurRNeEy, 
Lightburn Avenue, Ulverston. 


Naturalist, 


Museum News. 29 


MAMMALS. 

Otters in Nidderdale.—Otters are not at all uncommon 
in Nidderdale, and traces of them are frequently seen, generally 
these are the partially devoured body of a chub or other coarse 
fish. It is, however, seldom that seven are seen together. 
This event occurred just above the bridge at Birstwith, on 
December r1th, when seven Otters, two old and five young 
ones, were seen endeavouring to breast the rush of waters 
below the weir, but as the weir was in heavy flood, the task 
proved too great for the younger members of the party. They 
eventually turned round and went down the river.—R. FORTUNE. 

—:0:— 
ENTOMOLOGY. 

Cumberland Trichoptera.—Some time ago the Rey. 
E. N. Bloomfield, M.A., sent me a number of Trichoptera for 
determination, which had been taken in Cumberland. As they 
may not have been previously recorded for that county, I 
append list:—From St. Bees—Hydropsyche instabilis, H. 
angustipennis, Leptocerus bilineatus, Limnophilus extricatus, 
Plectrocnemia conspersa, and Gera pilosa. From Eskdale— 
Limnophilus marmoratus, L.luridus, and Odontocerum albicorne. 
From Eel Tarn :—Phryganea varia and Limnophilus centralis.— 
Geo. T. Porritt, Huddersfield, December 13th, 1909. 

aE gs re Be 


MUSEUM NEWS. 


The Louth Antiquarian and Naturalists’ Society has received a gift of 
£250 towards the erection of a museum for its treasures, and an appeal has 
been made for a similar amount in order that a suitable building may be 
erected. 


A list of books published before the year 1815, relating to British 
Birds, from the library of Mr. W. H. Mullens, has been published by the 
Hastings Museum. It is a valuable bibliography, and contains fac-simile 
title-pages of many of the volumes enumerated. 

The Report of the Warrington Museum contains details of the many 
additions made to the collections during the year just closed. There was 
a ‘record attendance, largely due to the interest excited by the capture of 
the Grey Seal at Paddington Lock in 1908, which was placed in the 
museum in August 1908.’ This report contains a history of ‘ The Founda- 
tion of the Warrington Museum,’ by Mr. C. Madeley, the Director. 


The seventeenth report of the Leicester Museum contains a record of 
the work accomplished during the past year. Amongst the more interesting 
features we notice that Dr. F. W. Bennett has presented an extensive 
collection of Charnwood Forest rocks ; and a collection has been arranged 
to shew the evolution of the present-day rail ‘track.’ It is pointed out 
that it ‘is not generally known that the gauge of our modern railway lines 
is the direct outcome of the distance between the two parallel lines of stones 
(called ‘ stone roads ’) laid down on the highways by the Romans to ease 
traction over rough or soft ground.’ 


IgI0 Jan. 1 


30 
PROCEEDINGS OF PROVINCIAL SCIENTIFIC SOCIETIES. 


The Transactions of the Norfolk and Norwich Naturalists’ Society for 
1908-9 (Vol. VIII., pt. V.) recently to hand, completes the eighth volume, 
and contains a valuable index of the Society’s publications from 1869- 
1908 by Mr. C. Davies Sherborn. The papers are mostly of local interest : 
the Rev. M. C. H. Bird gives his presidential address, and deals with 
East Rushton Common; Mr. A. Bennet writes on “East Anglian Plants 
and on Deschampsia setacea, a little known Norfolk grass’; Mr. Eldred 
has notes on ‘ The Great Bustard,’ and there are papers on Meteorology, 
Bird Life, Herring Fishing, Algz of Suffolk, and a special series of the 
monographs on the fauna and flora of Norfolk, dealing respectively with 
he non-marine mollusca, Marine Alga, Sawflies, Hymenoptera, Coleoptera, 
Hemiptera, Fishes and Birds. 


Barrow Naturalists’ Field Club. Annual Reports, Proceedings, etc., for 
27th and 28th years, ended 25th March, 1904. Vol. XVII., 1909. 288 pp. 

The Barrow naturalists and their enthusiastic editor—-Mr. Harper 
Gaythorpe—are to be congratulated upon the success which has attended 
their efforts to keep a record of their work. The present substantial 
volume (which, by the way, is well indexed), is by far the largest publication 
the Society has issued, and it is also the most valuable. Though a little 
belated (No. XVIII. for 1905-6 having been published over two years ago), 
it is, nevertheless, welcome. About two-thirds of the publication consist 
of local papers and reports, the remainder being devoted to subjects of 
more general interest. Many branches of geology, archeology and natural 
history are represented, and the notes are illustrated by plans, sketches 
and photograpis. Amongst the latter are several excellent representations 
of birds’ nests. A portrait of Mr. Gaythorpe appears as frontispiece. It 
is impossible here to enumerate even the more important items in the 
volume, but it can safely be said that future historians and writers upon 
the natural history and geology of the Furness district will be grateful 
to the Barrow Society for the pains they are taking in printing particulars 
of its investigations. 

Proceedings of the Liverpool Geological Society, Part V., Vol. X, 1900, 
pp. 289-339. 

This is the first part of the Proceedings of this society that has appeared 
for many years without the names of either Joseph Lomas or Mellard 
Reade in the list of contributors. And the publication suffers. Still it 
contains a record of useful work, and some papers of permanent value. 
Dr. Dwerryhouse’s presidential address, dealing with Carbonic Acid, and 
the part it plays in the Universe, appears first. Judging from the 
‘Contents,’ Dr. Given records some glacial striz near Mossley Hill, though, 
by an apparent oversight, the title of his paper is omitted. Mr. Travis 
describes some Ordovician Rhyolites and Tuffs in Carnarvonshire, and gives 
illustrations from micro-photographs. Mr. Brodrick sings once again 
his old, old song about the footprint casts in the Oolites near Whitby, 
which he ‘had the good fortune to find.’ At the time he did not know 
where they had come from, but on the first occasion upon which the place 
was visited by another geologist, their exact horizon was identified, and 
was described in this journal so long ago as October 1908. In view of 
this, it is perhaps surprising to find the author writing, ‘ it is unfortunately 
impossible to say with any degree of certainty the exact horizon from 
which they had fallen.’ The publication concludes with a ‘ List of Scien- 
tific Papers by Joseph Lomas.’ There is nothing to indicate who has 
compiled this list, but it is much to be regretted that it is so incomplete, 
and we hope a supplementary list will be printed in the next part of the 
Proceedings. His earlier work, published in the Proceedings of the Liver- 
pool Biological Sociaty, is not referred to in any way ; his papers in * The 
Naturalist’ are omitted; as is also a paper in the ‘ Proceedings of the 
Royal Society,’ and no reference is made to his contribution to Cassell’s 
“Nature Book,’ which are certainly by far the finest papers he ever wrote. 


Naturalist, 


NORTHERN NEWS. 


" The new President of the Bradford Scientific Association is Miss Mary 
A. Johnstone, B.Sc., F.L.S. 


Mr. W. A. E. Ussher, F.G.S., has retired from the Geological Survey, 
after forty-one year’s service. 


Mr. H. J. Wheldon has ‘ A Contribution to the Manx Fungus Flora ’ 
in The Lancashive Naturalist (No. 19). 


Some big prices have recently been paid for insects, but that referred 
to on the headline in ‘ The Globe ’—‘ Fly for £1000,’ is surely a record ! 


An account of Prof. W. Boyd Dawkins (with portrait), in the ‘ Eminent 
Living Geologists’ series, appears in the December Geological Magazine. 


Mr. Ernest Kempsey saw a Glossy Ibis at Hornsea Mere on October 
15th, and ‘ saw a similar bird at the same place in.1902.’—Byitish Birds tor 
December. i 


An excellent account of the life and work of the late J. G. Goodchild, 
by Prof. J. W. Gregory, appears in ‘ The Transactions of the Edinburgh 
Geological Society, (Vol. IX., Part 4) recently issued. 


At a recent meeting of the. Lancashire and Cheshire Entomological 
Society, Mr. W. Mansbridge exhibited a series of Eupethecia valerianata 
from Delamere Forest ; this being the first record for Cheshire. 


We were flattered to find that the gist of Mr. Riley Fortune’s note on 
‘the Ringed Pratincole in Yorkshire, which appeared in our journal 


for November, was subsequently inserted in ‘ The Field,’ though above 
another signature ! 


Part XVI. of Taylor’s ‘Monograph of the Land and Fresh-water 
Mollusca of the British Isles’ has appeared, and, as usual, is well 
illustrated. | Besides various distribution maps, there are portraits and 
autographs of famous conchologists, etc., and an excellent coloured plate 
of Vitvina and Hyalinia. 


Mr. W. Greaves, of 1 Chapel Avenue, Hebden Bridge, is preparing an 
account of the fauna of his district, and is anxious to ascertain the where- 
abouts of the collection of birds formed by Samuel Gibson, over half a 
century ago. It is said that a list of his birds appeared in the Manchester 
Guardian in May or June 1849, in which year Gibson died. If any of our 
readers are able to assist Mr. Greaves, perhaps they will communicate with 
him. 

The Rev. W. Hunt Painter has presented the whole of his botanical, 
geological and conchological collections to the University College of Wales, 
Aberystwyth. Mr. Painter’s herbarium includes a practically complete 
collection of British flowering plants and ferns, together with many 
‘European and other specimens. There is also a fine collection of Cardigan- 
shire, etc., mosses, accompanied by a considerable number of microscope 
slides of leaves, capsules, etc. The geological collection contains many 


fossils which cannot now be obtained, as the quarries in which they were 
found are now closed. 


ERRATA.—‘ Recently Discovered Fungi in Yorkshire,’ ‘ Naturalist,’ 
May andJune, 1909. For ‘C. Stevensoni,’ p. 182, line 9, read ‘ Collybia 
Stevensont’ ; for ‘No. 1399,’ p. 222, line 5, read ‘ No. 1349.’—C. CROSSLAND. 

Through a careless slip on the part of our printers, the matter on pages 
436-437 of the December ‘ Naturalist’ has been re-arranged. The whole 
of page 437 should follow on after the fifth line of page 436, and that 
portion of page 436 commencing ‘ Hygromia rufescens’ should follow on 
after the word ‘limestone,’ at the bottom of page 437. Perhaps our 
readers will kindly make this correction. 


gto Jan. I. 


32 


The Christmas festivities affect different people in different ways. 


The following is the result of one mild attack :— 


= SSEEY INAS ORAM TS ieee 
HER CREW AND HER CRUISE. 


[‘ The Naturalist ’ is the oldest scientific periodical in the British Isles, 


dating back to 1833]. 


’Twas in the year of ’thirty-three 
Our good ship faced the gale, 
Upon the Journalistic Sea, 
And she still keeps up her saz/, 
My boys, 
She still keeps up her sail ! 


Her sheets well set for fourscore years, 
Well articled and bound, 
To fight her way through Northern spheres, 
With all her men well found, 
Brave boys. 
With every man well found ! 


A fearless Sheppard leads, along 
With a Woodhead of degree ; 
The latter name commences wrong, 
So spell it with a ‘G,’ 
Now hoys, 
Just spell it witha ‘G’! 


A Baker and a Taylor each 
Give service good and true ; 
While Fortune comes within our reach, 
With a Nelson in the crew, 
Ho! boys, 
There’s a Nelson in the crew ! 


Though in the north we like the West 
To show its welcome light, 
And Porr-ité’s rays upon our quest, 
For then we’re in the right, 
Good boys, 
We know we're in the right ! 


Thus everywhere we Kendall high 
Our spirit of renown ; 
And for our colours we would dye, 
Supported by A. Brown, 
Eh! boys, 
A strong, reliant Brown ! 


Then here’s a toast for old time’s sake— 
“ The Naturalist and her men,’ 
May each a prosperous voyage make 
Through nineteen hundred and ten, 
Drink boys, 
Good luck to nineteen-ten ! 


GEORGE E, TINDAL. 


Naturalist 


YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION. 
FORTY-EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT, FOR 1909. 
Presented at Scarborough, Dec. 11th, 1909. 


WING to a widely expressed desire of the General Com- 
mittee at the Scarborough Meeting, the Annual Report 
of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union is included in this 

issue of ‘The Naturalist.’—T. S. 


The Executive Committee has pleasure in presenting the 
following report of the work of the Union during rgo09. 

The Forty-seventh Annual Meeting was held at Doncaster, 
on Thursdey, Dec. roth, 1909. The Corporation kindly placed 
the Mansion House at the disposal of the Union, and the Doncaster 
Scientific Society looked well after the interests of our members, 
and made the local arrangements. Partly on account of the 
bad weather the attendance was by no means so representative as 
that of preceding annual meetings. 

Excursions were made to Cusworth, where many botanical 
and other specimens were secured, and these were exhibited at the 
excellent conversazione held in the evening. An invitation from 
the Scarborough Field Naturalists’ Society for the Union to 
spend its next annual meeting at Scarborough was unanimously 
accepted. 

Dr. Wheelton Hind, F.G.S., as his presidential address, gave 
an admirable and valuable summary of ‘‘ The Present Position of 
the Geology of the Carboniferous Rocks of Great Britain,’’? which 
has since enriched the pages of our journal, ‘“‘ The Naturalist.’’ 

The President also made feeling reference to the death of 
Dr. Clifton Sorby. 

Six Field Excursions have been held during the year, upon 
which many useful observations were made, and several additions 
to the county fauna and flora placed on record. 

The excursions were as follows :— 

For York, $.E. —Market Weighton (Saturday, May 8th). 

Mid. W.—Bowland (Whit Week-end, May 29th io 
31st). 

N.E. —Runswick (Saturday, July roth). 

N.W. —Sedbergh (Bank Holiday Week-end, July 

31st to August 2nd). 
Cawthorne (August 28th). 

N.E. —Fungus Foray at Castle Howard (September 
18th to 21st). 

Market Weighton.—The first excursion during the year was 
held in this charming Wold district, and was well attended. The 
numbers were augmented by several teachers, members of the 
East Riding Nature Study Association. Geologists, Botanists and 


1910 Jan. 1. 
Cc 


34 Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1909. 


Conchologists were particularly in evidence, and the excursion was 
profitable from the number of records made in the neglected 
branches of natural history, such as the Arachnida. In fact, a 
feature of our 1909 excursions has been the attention paid to those 
orders which are generally considered to be “ unattractive.” 
An illustrated report appears in “The Naturalist” for June. 

Bowland was chosen for Whit week-end, and despite its great 
distance from the railway, was well attended by a representative 
body of members. Owing to the limited accommodation, the 
attendance was almost too good! But the district was a natura 
list’s paradise, and all parties profited by the excursion. The 
geologists took advantage of the excellent opportunity afforded of 
studying the reef-knolls, and also secured many rare specimens. 
A detailed report appeared in our magazine for August. 

The Runswick excursion, on July roth, gaye the members 
an opportunity of visiting that delightful old-world hamlet on the 
clits; and geologists, botanists, entomologists and marine zoolo- 
gists gave good reports of their doings there in ‘‘ The Naturalist ”’ 
for September. 

Sedbergh was chosen for August Bank-holiday week-end, but 
Fate seemed against the party which gathered together under the 
hospitable roof of the White Hart Hotel. Rain fell almost in- 
cessantly during the three days, and the illness of the genial local 
secretary prevented him from taking an active part in the rambles. 
Nevertheless, from the report in ‘‘ The Naturalist ” for October, 
it is apparent that some of the members returned with very plea- 
sant recollections of Sedbergh. The evenings were profitably 
occupied by papers and discussions. 

Cawthorne, near Barnsley, was visited on August 28th, and 
was fairly well attended. The colliery waste-heaps proved 
unusually attractive to the geologists, and the surrounding 
picturesque woods were well worked by the botanists and zoologists. 
A visit was also paid to the interesting little museum at Cawthorne. 
For detailed report see ‘‘ The Naturalist ’” for November. 

Castle Howard.—As will be seen from the report of the 
Mycological Committee, as well as from the report in “ The 
Naturalist ” for December, the Annual Fungus Foray this year 
was successful ; this section of the Union’s work being carried out 
in a particularly thorough and business-like manner. 

Sectional Meetings.—As will be seen from the following re- 
ports, some of the Sections of the Union have held meetings during 
the summer, with excellent results. It is to be hoped that this 
practice will be continued. 

As a direct result of the work of the Union at its field meetings, 
etc., the following papers and notes, have appeared in ‘“‘ The 
Naturalist ’’— 


JANUARY.—“‘ Yorkshire Naturalists at Doncaster: a iees- 


“On the Status of the Stone Curlew in -York- 


Naturalist 


Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1909. 35 


shire,” E. W. Wade; ‘“‘ Notes on the Lepidoptera 
of South Yorkshire in 1908,” B. Morley; “ The 
Fungus Flora of Mulgrave Woods,” C. Crossland ; 
‘“Economic Mycology,” G. Massee; ‘ Yorkshire 
Zoologists.” 

FreBRuARY.—‘‘ The Changing Distribution of the Long-tailed 
Titmouse in the West Riding,” H. B. Booth; 
“Mollusca at Clapham,” W. Denison Roebuck. 

Marcu.—‘ Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union Meetings.” 

Aprit.—‘° Yorkshire Mosses,” C. A. Cheetham; ‘ The Present 
State of our Knowledge of Carboniferous Geology”’ 
(and continued in May, June and July issues), 
Wheelton Hind. 

May.—“ Recently Discovered Fungi in Yorkshire,” C. Crossland, 
(continued in June). 

June.— Yorkshire Naturalists at Market Weighton,” T. S. ; 
“Polymorphism in Fungi,” G. Massee; ‘‘ The 
Flamborough Peregrines,” ; ‘‘ The Solitary Ant.” 

Aucust.—‘ Yorkshire Naturalists at Bowland,” T. S. 

SEPTEMBER.—‘‘ Oystercatcher Nesting at Spurn,”’ Oxley Grabham; 
“ Natural History of Runswick,” T. S. 

OcToBER.—‘ Yorkshire Naturalists at Sedbergh,” T. 5S. 

NovEMBER.—“ Yorkshire Naturalists at Cawthorne,” T. S. 

DECEMBER. —‘“‘ Fungus Foray at Castle Howard,” C. Crossland. 


The usual Excursion Programmes have been issued to the 
_ members and associates ; and an extra number has been printed 
for binding in the Transactions. 

Permission to Visit Estates has almost always been readily 
granted, and in some cases the landowners have been exceptionally 
kind in arranging for our comfort. 

Railway Facilities to attend our excursions have been kindly 
granted by all the Railway Companies connected with our county. 

Excursions for 1910 were arranged as under:— _ 

Yorks., N.W.—Middleton in Teesdale, Whit week-end, May 

15th to 17th. 
Mid. W.—Malham, Saturday, June 4th. 
S.E.—Easington for Spurn, Saturday, July oth. 
N.E.—Kirby Moorside, Bank Holiday week-end, 
July 30th to August 2nd. 
Lincs. N.—Scunthorpe (with Lincolnshire Naturalists’ Union), 
Thursday, August 25th. 

Fungus Foray, Mulgrave Woods and Arncliffe, September 

17th to 22nd. 

The Annual Meeting for 1910-—A cordial invitation having 
been received from the Cleveland Naturalists’ Field Club, for the 
next Annual Meeting to be held at Middlesborough, this was 
accepted, and the Annual Meeting for rgto will be held there on 
December 17th. 


1g10 Jan. 1. 


36 = Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1909. 


Objects of the Union.—The Secretary will supply circulars 
setting forth the objects and aims of the Union on application. 

Winter Lecture Scheme.—A revised list of Lectures was 
printed, as set forth in the Annual Report for 1g08. In this the 
names of several prominent Yorkshire Naturalists appear, and 
every advantage of this scheme has been taken by the affiliated 
societies. In fact, some of them have gone so far as to give 
donations to the funds of the Union in return for this privilege. 

The Affiliated Societies still show a satisfactory increase 
in number. During the year two new societies have joined, 
but the Milnsbridge Society is not in a position to remain connected 
with the Union. The total number of Societies now affiliated 
is 


The Statistics supplied by the Secretaries of Societies shew 
that the total membership of the affihated Societies now is 3592 
or an average of 80. Added to this, the membership of the 
Union gives our total numerical strength as 4026. 

The Membership now stands at 434. This number does not 
include the 45 affiliated Societies, each of which is practically a 
member. 

New Members.—The following is the list of new members 
elected during the year* :— 

Miss Mary Nina Peel, Knowlesmere Manor, Clitheroe. 
Mr. Edwin Rushton, Oswald Kirk, York. 
Mr. Anthony Wallis, M.A., Oakleigh, South End Avenue, 
Darlington. 
Mr. C. Fox Strangways, F.G.S., Kylemore, 24 Hollycroft - 
Avenue, Hampstead, N.W. 
Mr. W. Spencer, 5 Finkle Street, Selby. 
Mr. G. A. Booth, M.B.O.U., 6 North Parade, Preston. 
Mr LE. Prestley, Park Road, Halitax: 
Mr. Charles Taylor Trechmann, B.Sc., Hudworth Tower, Castle 
Eden. 
Mr Wm. Falconer, Wilberlee, Slaithwaite, Huddersfield. 
Dr. J. H. Fryer, Eastgate, Barnsley. 
Mr. Rosse Butterfield, Wilsden, Bradford. 
Mr. John F. Musham, 53 Brook Street, Selby. 
Mr. Thos. Waddington, Moorallerton, Leeds. 
Mr. E. A. Parsons, 45 Lansdowne Street, Hull. 
Mr. C. J. Hardy, 31 Hampton Road, Sheffield. 
Mr. H. Wade, ro Pitt Street, Barnsley: 
Mr. A. J. Moore, 9 Brook Street, Hull. 
Mr. Bernard Hobson, M.Sc., F.G.S., Tapton Elms, Sheffield. 
His Worship the Mayor (W. Ascough, Esq., J.P.), Grange 
Avenue, Scarborough. 
Mr. E. B. Lotherington, 39 Grange Avenue, Scarborough. 
Col. Bland, 35 Avenue Victoria, Scarborough. 


* This list includes those elected at the Annual Meeting at Scarborough. 


Naturalist, 


Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1909. 37 


Mr. A. Burnley, York House, Gladstone Road, Scarborough. 
Mr. H. Witty, 35 Nansen Street, Scarborough. 
Barnoldswick and Earby Scientific Society, Barnoldswick. 
Sheffield Junior Naturalists’ Club, Sheffield. 

We regret to record the death of— 

Rev. G. A. W. Huddart, Bedale. 

W. H. Hudleston, London. 

Herbert Prodham, Pickering. 

Rev. W. C. Hey, West Ayton. 

The Marquis of Ripon, K.G., Studley Royal, Ripon. 
Rev. Dr. Dallinger, London. 

Your Committee particularly regrets that in the list are two 
past-presidents of the Union, viz., W. H. Hudleston, F.R.S., and 
Dr. Dallinger. As pointed out in our journal “‘ The Naturalist,” 
both these gentlemen had reached a high position in the scientific 
world ; the former as a geologist, and the latter as a microscopist. 

In the loss of the late Rev. W. C. Hey, also, the Union has 
received a serious blow, and our publications will no longer be 
enriched by the contributions from his pen. As evidence of his 
thoughtfulness for the Union and its work, Mr. Hey left a legacy 
of £20, which has recently been received, and is a great relief to 
us at the present time. 

Divisional Secretaries.— As in previous years these gentlemen 
have been of the greatest assistance in arranging the excursions, 
etc. The following were elected for 1910 :— 

York, S.W.—A. Whitaker, Worsborough Bridge, Barnsley. 

York, Mid.-W.—Riley Fortune, F.Z.S., 5 Grosvenor Terrace, 

East Parade, Harrogate. 

York, N.W.—W. Robinson, Greenbank, Sedbergh. 

York, N.E.—J. J. Burton, Nunthorpe, R.S.O., Yorks. 

Yorks, S.E.—J. W. Stather, F.G.S., Brookside, Newland Park, 

Hull. 


Local Treasurers.— These gentlemen have also been of service 
in collecting subscriptions, and in looking after the Union’s in- 
terests generally. The following were elected for 1910 :— 

Bradford—H. E. Wroot, 45 Pollard Lane, Bradford. 

Halifax—cC. Crossland, 4 Coleridge Street, Halifax. 

Huddersfield—-W. E. L. Wattam, 54 Towngate, Newsome, 

Huddersfield. 

Leeds—H. Ostheide, gt Harehills Avenue, Leeds. 

Malton—M. B. Slater, Newbiggin, Malton. 

Middlesbrough—M. ie Thompson, 40 Gosford Street, Middles- 

brough. 

Redcar—T. H. Nelson, Redcar. 

Scarborough—J. H. Rowntree, Folkton Manor, Ganton, York. 

Sheffield—A. T. Watson, 11 Leopold Street, Sheffield. 

Skipton—J. J. Wilkinson, Burnside, Skipton. 

Whitby—Thomas Newbitt, 17 Royal Crescent, Whitby. 


1gto Jan. 1. 


38 Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1909. 


General Committees.—The following gentlemen were added . 
to the Permanent General Committee at the Doncaster meeting :-— 

F. Jowett, Vincent Street, Bradford. 

F. Elgee, 24 Kensington Road, Middlesbrough. 

Rev. F. H. Woods, B.D., The Rectory, Bainton, near Driffield. 

F. Lawton, Carlton Terrace, Skelmanthorpe. 

W. Harrison Hutton, 44 Dial Street, Leeds. 

A. R. Dwerryhouse, D.Sc., F.G.S., Deraness, Deramore Park, 

Belfast. 

B. Morley, Wind Mill, Skelmanthorpe, Huddersfield. 

A. Gibson Robertshaw, Luddendenfoot, R.S.O. 

Transactions.—It is gratifying to report that during the year 
your executive decided to issue a volume of Transactions, contain~ 
ing the various reports which were in type; and that a volume 
of about four hundred pages has since been forwarded to each 
member. In addition to the valuable and detailed reports of the 
Union for the years 1905-8, it contains reprints of the twenty-nine 
excursion programmes published during that period; lists of 
fungi collected at the Maltby and Grassington forays, by Mr. C. 
Crossland ; and the geological bibliographies for the vear 1902-8, 
which in former years appeared in “ The Naturalist.” The last 
contribution contains over 1600 references to papers and memoirs, 
and is the work of the Hon. Secretary. 

Towards a subsequent volume we have Mr. Lee’s supplement 
to his Flora of Dewsbury ; Dr. F. A. Lees’ supplement to his Flora 
of West Yorkshire; a List of Yorkshire Arachnida by Mr. W. 
Falconer ; Yorkshire Hemiptera, etc., by Mr. W. Denison 
Roebuck ; Economic Fungi, Part EV., by Mr. J. H. Holland; 
the Geological Bibliography for 1g09 ; and the Excursion reports 
for 1900. 


SECTIONS AND COMMITTEES. 


The President and Secretary of the Union are ex-officio 
members of ail Sections and Committees. 


It is recommended that in future each section of the Union 
shall have supervision over the Committees bearing upon the 
particular work of that section; and also that as far as possible 
the Committees and Sections meet in good time, in order to 
receive and agree to the various reports on the year’s work, before 
passing them forward to the Hon. Secretary for insertion in the 
Annual Report. 


VERTEBRATE SECTION REPORT, 1909. 


General.—At most of the meetings of the Union, the section 
has been well represented, but at two meetings it has been 
unrepresented. This is unfortunate, and in future, arrangements 
must be made so that some of the members are always present. 


Naturalist 


Yorkshive Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1909. 39 


No matter how unattractive a district may be from a zoological 
standpoint, there is always something to be learned with regard 
to the distribution of the birds or other vertebrates. 

By the invitation of the President of the Union, a special 
meeting was held on September 4th, at his home, for the purpose 
of inspecting his aviaries, etc. Unfortunately, the day was un- 
favourable, but those who journeyed to Scampston had a most 
interesting and enjoyable time, and were most hospitably enter- 
tained by Mr. and Mrs. St. Quintin. 


Indoor Meetings.— During the year two meetings were held 
at Leeds, for the purpose of reading papers and exhibiting slides 
and specimens. They were both very successful events, and 
well attended. 

West Riding.—Messrs. W. H. Parkin and H. B. Booth 
report :—Redwings, which had been scarce during the whole of 
the winter, appeared in good numbers in March, probably on their 
journey northwards. Numbers of duck and other wild fowl have 
been reported during the past two winters on the large new 
reservoir of the Bradford Corporation at Gouthwaite—where they 
are fairly safe from molestation. This large expanse of water will 
probably attract wild fowl in winter to the detriment of smaller 
sheets of water in the district. Some wild Whooper Swans were 
captured and pinioned on the lake at Harewood House last winter, 
and have since remained in a semi-domesticated state. 

A feature of the season has been the number of species of 
shore-birds (Waders) in the West Riding. A Bar-tailed Godwit 
was shot out of a flock of at least a hundred, which alighted 
in a field near Holden Ghyll on the evening of May 17th (Crosshills 
Naturalists’ Society). Three Ringed Plovers were noted at 
Malham Tarn on May roth, and one was still there on May 23rd, 
but no trace could be discovered of their nesting. An adult 
Sanderling was shot on the moors near Long Preston, on August 
14th (W. Wilson). Two Curlew-Sandpipers, a Little Stint, a 
Green Sandpiper and some Ringed Plovers were carefully identi- 
fied in August by several members of the Hebden Bridge ‘Literary 
and Scientific Society. Oystercatchers were noted in April and 
in August (four). 

The arrival of the summer migrants was more normal, and 
not so late as in the two preceding seasons—Nightjars and Swifts 
were unusually early in arriving. 

Corncrakes again immigrated in fewer numbers. If this rate 
of decrease continues, the species will soon be uncommon in the 
Riding. On the other hand, Starlings continue to multiply 
and would appear to have already over-reached their food 
supply. The same thing applies to the Rooks, but in a lesser 
degree. 

The widespread visitation of Crossbills in July was represented 
in the West Riding by one that was killed by the telegraph wires 


1g10 Jan. I. 


40 Yorkshire Naturalists’ Umon: Annual Report, 1909. 


in Ilkley on July 18th, and a few that were seen in the neighbour- 
hood of Harrogate. 

Red Grouse and Pheasants have done fairly well in 1909, 
but Partridges have had a very poor season. 

By the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union excursion to Newton, 
more information was obtained respecting the little-known ver- 
tebrate fauna of the Bowland district (see “ Naturalist,’’ 1go09, 
pp. 301-2). It is to be hoped that members will not neglect 
to report anything of interest in the Yorkshire drainage of the 
Ribble. The distribution of the different species of birds there is 
peculiar. 

Mr. R. Eortune writes:—In the Harrogate district the 
migrants arrived at the normal time. Swifts were first seen on 
the 6th May, a date upon which they generally return. Landrails 
are keeping up their numbers, although, of course, they are much 
less common than they were twenty years:ago. House Martins 
continue to show a slight increase. One feature of the season has 
been the exceptionally late nesting of a great number of birds, 
nests with young of several species being seen well into September. 
The first winter migrant noted was the Hooded Crow, on October 
29th. Redwings were seen in numbers in the district on Novem- 
ber 3rd, though they had been heard passing over at night much 
earlier than this. Fieldfares first appeared on November 5th. 
A flock of at least fifty Wild Geese passed over Farnham village 
on October 27th, and on the same day quite a lot of Herring-Gulls 
were flying over the same district. 

Mr. Corbett reports two interesting occurrences from the 
Doncaster district. The first an adult male Scoter, which had 
injured itself against the telegraph wires, and was picked up near 
the racecourse early in September. The second, a specimen of 
the Glossy Ibis, which had been shot on Misson Marsh, Notts, 
was purchased at a game dealer’s shop in Doncaster at the end of 
October. A Hoopoe was seen on September 23rd at Elsecar, near 
Barnsley. 


East Riding.—Mr. E. W. Wade writes :—An exceptionally 
hard winter was followed by a dry, but cold and backward spring, 
the third in succession; and a wet and cold summer, with the excep- 
tion of a brief spell of warm weather in August. The effect upon 
bird life, if not exactly what one had expected, affords interesting 
results, and food for thought, when contrasted with a normal 
season. 

I will deal first with early breeders and resident or partially 
migrant species. 

In this part of the county a great increase in the numbers of 
field voles had a corresponding effect upon the fertility of owls, 
and many large clutches of eggs were observed, e.g.— 

On 29th March, I found the Long-eared Owl with five eggs, 
just on the point of hatching. The birds must have commenced 


Naturalist, 


Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1909. 41 


laying at the beginning of the month, when snow was on the 
ground, accompanied by sharp frosts. Four more clutches of 
five each have been reported, one of them as late as May gth. 
The usual date for this species to commence incubation is the last 
week in March, or the first in April. 

Two clutches of five each of Tawny Owls were observed, 
one of them fresh, on 27th March ; one hard-sat, on 3rd April. In 
1905, also a vole year, I saw in one day two clutches of Tawny 
Owls, each with five eggs. 

Short-eared Owls, which have undoubtedly bred sometimes 
on our Yorkshire Wolds, though I have never actually seen the 
nest myself, and have only the reports of keepers who, on two 
occasions, have described the finding of a nest containing white 
eggs, In the rank grass that grows in the steep Wold valleys ; this 
year successfully reared six nests of young, on Broomfleet Island. 
This corner of the Humber Saltings, which has been silting up for 
many years, was enclosed and protected from the tides by the 
Humber Conservancy last year. A rank covering of reeds, 
tall grasses and rushes, had been growing up all over the ground 
for many years, and completely covered it when Messrs. W. H. 
and H. Stickney took it on lease early in 1909, and the process of 
burning the vegetation and ploughing up the soil commenced in 
April. In June, when some of the outlying rushes and long grasses 
came under the plough, six nests of Short-eared Owls, each 
containing from four to eight well-fledged young, were discovered. 
Fortunately the cultivators understood the value of these birds 
in keeping down vermin, and the fledglings were carefully removed 
to safety as the plough advanced, without in any way discon- 
certing the parents, who continued to feed them in their new 
quarters. 

On 24th May, Mr. W. G. Griffiths went down with Mr. C. 
Saxelbye, and photographed one of the nests, which he described 
as placed at the foot of some slightly withered reeds, two young 
birds being in it, whilst two others, older and larger, were found 
about forty yards away. Both old birds were in attendance, 
and one of them repeatedly swooped down at him as he took the 
photographs, almost knocking his cap off, and uttering a parrot- 
like cry meanwhile. The nest contained two dead voles, which, 
from the report of the foreman in charge of the farm, formed the 
exclusive food of the birds. I cannot hear of any authenticated 
instance of the birds breeding in the same district before, and no 
doubt the plentiful supply of their natural food had attracted 
them, as in the case of the Scotch vole plague years 1890-92. 
Early in September they all disappeared. They used to breed 
on similar ground in Horkstow Carrs, North Lincs., about ten 
miles nearly due south, but the occurrence can only be regarded 
as sporadic, and as the land at Broomfleet has been cleared, it is 
hardly possible that we shall see it recur. 


gto Jan. r. 


42, Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1909” 


Barn Owls are scarcer in the district than formerly, but I 
heard of one clutch of six eggs being seen. 

On the Corvide the season had curiously diverse effects. 
Magpies had full clutches, one of eight being observed, but Jack- 
daws produced few eggs, small and poorly marked, four being the- 
commonest number in a nest. 

Carrion Crows seem to have been stimulated by abundance of, 
food, for two clutches of six each were found in the same district, 
the normal clutch of five also being very common. 

Rooks showed a puzzling discrepancy of date; young, well 
advanced, being observed in Holderness on 4th April, whilst on 
the same date, in Howdenshire, the eggs were almost invariably 
fresh, or clutches as yet incomplete, and many birds had not com- 
menced to lay. 

Peewits were late, very few nesting till the second week in 
April, when the majority commenced to sit. 

Of the Turdidz, Missel Thrushes were unusually numerous 
and prolific, many clutches of five being found, one of these as 
early as 3rd April. ) 

Blackbirds and Thrushes more prolific than usual, five being 
the usual number of eggs in the first clutches, in place of four, 
whilst Mr. H. R. Jackson found Thrush (seven) and Blackbird (six) 
during the season, both very unusual numbers. 

Hedge Sparrows produced many clutches of five in the 
first nesting, instead of the usual four. 

Goldfinches and Lesser Redpolls keep about stationary, 
being thinly distributed all over East Yorkshire. Were it not 
for the depredations of the bird-catcher in winter, there seems no 
reason to doubt that they would increase. 

Hawfinches appear to be increasing in Holderness. 

Chaffinchs were unusually numerous and prolific. 

Corn Buntings, like the ground-breeders generally, were very 
late, the wet apparently being too much for them. Mr. H. R. 
Jackson had two nests brought to him, taken in front of the 
reaper at the end of August. 

Starlings prolific, a nest of seven is reported by Mr. C. W. 
Mason. 

Of the migrants, the Warblers were late in coming, and late 
in nesting, but produced full clutches, and in some cases reared 
two broods, for on 4th July, I saw two nests of the Common 
Whitethroat with eggs and young, whilst the Garden Warbler 
was in full song on the same date. I also saw a Lesser White- 
throat with six eggs on 23rd May—a very unusual number here- 
abouts. 

Swallows and Martins arrived about the usual date, and in 
many cases produced two broods, in spite of the wet summer. 

On 19th September I saw a young Cuckoo feeding on cater- 
pillars. 


Naturalist 


Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1909. 43 


The Hawks produced full clutches. Mr. W. G. Griffiths found 
a Sparrow Hawk’s nest, containing six eggs, and two broken egg- 
shells lyingb eneath the tree ; and on 3rd July I saw a nest of six— 
a second clutch of the same number, just hatching. A Kestrel 
is reported with six eggs. 

Turtle Doves appear to be extending their breeding-range in 
Holderness, -2s unfortunately do Red-legged Partridges in East 
Yorkshire generally, having been observed in fresh localities. 

Pheasants generally have done well, except at Burton Con- 
stable, where a record hatch of five thousand young birds was 
followed by an epidemic which carried off hundreds per week. 
Analysis showed them to have enlarged liver and spleen, the latter 
organ quite light-coloured, and the disease was diagnosed as 
enteric fever. The expert advice tendered was to shoot down the 
whole stock, and not rear for three years. Some even of the old 
birds were affected. The weather was said to have acted disas- 
trously upon a degenerating stock. On the other hand, fresh 
blood has been continuously introduced, ,but the same rearing 
ground has been used for six years, so that we may perhaps find 
reason to differ from the expert opinion. 

Partridges in most parts have been simply wiped out by a 
succession of wet summers, and on many estates are not being shot 
at all. The clutches were full, and hatched well, but the June 
rains killed off the chicks. To find a parallel to this wet season 
one must go back to 1895. 

Landrails have almost disappeared from this district. 

Stone Curlews arrived on 31st March, and were nesting in 
the first week of May. 

Redshanks again bred in Central Holderness on 24th April, 
a week earlier than in 1908. 

The report from Hornsea Mere is satisfactory. The watcher 
proved efficient, and warned several men off the nesting ground. 
Three pair of Grebes bred, and one of the clutches hatched off 
was a good one. 

Shovellers bred as usual. 

The Pochards do not seem to have recovered from the effects 
of the shooting of fourteen of their number in the autumn of 1908, 
and apparently the destruction of the resident birds frightens or 
deranges the breeding stock for some years, their places not being 
filled up by new-comers. 

A pair of Tufted Duck was at the Mere all the season, but 
did not breed. 

A male Pochard and Tufted Duck were at Burton Constable 
all the summer, unaccompanied by females. In the case of the 
Pochard, where the males outnumber the females by two or three 
to one, as at Hornsea Mere, it is not surprising to find a stray 
drake alone, but the same does not apply to the TuftedDuck. 

The Coots and Waterhens were late at the Mere owing to the 
cold weather. 


1gto Jan. 1. 


44 Yorkshire Naturalists’ Umion: Annual Report, 1909. 


On 21st October, flocks of migrant duck—Pochard, Widgeon 
and Tufted, were already present in large quantities, earlier than 
usual. 

Last winter two Bitterns frequented the Mere. 

The watcher considers that he should have 21/- instead of 
20/- per week, the former being recognised as a standard wage. 


Brmpton.—the climbers had an unusually early and prolific 
season, commencing on 12th May, and running through practically 
without a break, till the last week in June, when the bad weather 
commenced, but as few eggs were laid then, this made scarcely 
any difference to the number lifted. In spite of the cold weather, 
the birds averaged a week earlier than usual throughout the 
whole cliff, the first scale or fling being over by the end of May, 
the second in full swing on 12th June, and quite over by roth, 
after which the third was so thin as to be hardly worth gathering. 
On the later grounds the dates would be about a week later than 
this. The men who took part regularly in the climbing must have 
done some thirty per cent. better than in 1908. Unfortunately or 
fortunately, as we take the climber’s or bird’s point of view, W. 
Wilkinson had a serious accident, during the last week in May, 
which disabled him for further climbing in 1909 and has caused 
his retirement from “ the ring;”’ and though his place was taken 
now and again by other men, a good many eggs would escape in 
consequence. 

On 11th Sept., H. Marr, the oldest man then climbing the cliff, 
died suddenly (see notice in “‘ The Naturalist ’’ for November). 

I took a special type of egg for the eleventh year in succession. 

The Falcon again hatched out in “ Falcon’s nest” for the 
second year in succession, and produced two young and one addled 
egg, which Mr. Sapsworth saw and photographed on 24th May, 
but on 31st May, when I went down, only one young bird remained, 
the other apparently having scrambled or fallen off the ledge. 
The survivor refused to stay in the nest, where I had replaced it, 
but preferred sitting out among the grass in sight of all visitors, 
much to the distress of the parent bird. On 12th June it had 
flown. 

Deduction from the 1909 season—Given plenty of food, cold 
weather does not seem to reduce the fertility of birds. 

OcCASIONAL VISITORS.—2Ist June—A Ruddy Sheldrake was 
shot at Sunk Island, and proved to be a pinioned bird. 

18th July —A pair of Hedge Sparrows had reared a white 
young one at Kirkella for the second successive year. 

15th July—Immigration of Crossbills in the East Riding, 
many old and birds of the year being seen at North Dalton and 
Beverley nurseries. 

Several Greenshanks on the Lamwath early in August. 

15th August—A Spoonbill observed on north shore of Humber 
by Mr. Stanley Duncan, and the same observer reported an excep- 


Naturalist 


Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1909. 45. 


tional number of Black-tailed Godwits on north and south shores 
of Humber on 3rd and 4th September. 

8th September—A Manx Shearwater § shot at Trent Corner 
by a keeper named Lening. The bird was smothered in fat, the 
intestines being almost filled with a solid mass of fat, and there 
was also a thick apron of fat all over the breast. 

On 15th October, Mr. S. Waterhouse saw a Swift at Doncaster. 

15th October—A glossy Ibis shot at Hunmanby, as reported 
by the Rev. E. Mitford in ‘‘ The Field ”’ for 6th November. 

North Riding.—Mr. T. H. Nelson writes :—A party of nine 
Pallas’s Sandgrouse was observed on May 17th, on West Coatham 
farm, by Mr. A. Pratt, who told me his attention was first drawn 
to the marks of their feet on the muddy road; he then saw the 
birds in an adjoining field, and walked within a few yards of 
them, when they flew off in the direction of Kirkleatham. On 
the 27th, a Turtle Dove was picked up on the breakwater, and at 
the same time a female Honey Buzzard was brought to me. A 
pair of Sheldrakes nested on the hills between Redcar and Salt- 
burn. 

A Nightingale was heard near Thirsk, on June 2nd, by Mr. 
R. Lee, and on the 22nd one was reported at Richmond. 

About the middle of July considerable numbers of Crossbills 
were seen at Swainby, in the wood where they were noted in 1894 
(see “‘ Birds of Yorkshire ’’). 

In August I was informed by Mr. E. B. Emerson that a 
Pratincole had been shot at Danby Wiske, in mistake for a Golden 
Plover, by Mr. Charlton, of Northallerton, and presented by him 
to Mr. C. A. Emerson, of Deighton Manor. This is the same bird 
as referred to by Mr. R. Fortune (‘‘ The Naturalist,” p. 372), and 
proved, on examination by him, to be the Black Winged 
Pratincole (P. melanoptera), and a new species for Yorkshire. 

At the Teesmouth, in August and September, Godwits and 
Grey Plover were fairly numerous, and on the 17th of the latter 
month, a Ruff, in immature dress, was sent to me for identification, 
whilst on the 27th I procured another example of the same species 
on a marsh shooting. 

On the 30th September, the first Jack Snipe of the season was 
shot, and one or two Woodcock were reported. 

The Autumn migration has not, as yet, been very pronounced 
in Cleveland. The first flight of Woodcock arrived on Sunday, 
17th October, and two or three were shot next day in a small 
plantation. On 4th November I saw one fly in from seaward, and 
found it afterwards sitting on a sandbank where it allowed me 
to approach within ten yards’ distance. On November 2nd, I 
noticed a great influx of Green Plover, Hooded Crows and Larks, 
which passed in large flocks during most of the morning and 
afternoon. 

On the 25th October, a Grey Lag Goose, a scarce species in 
this county, was shot at the Teesmouth. 


1gto Jan. 1. 


46 Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1900. 


The reported occurrence of three Glossy Ibises in Yorkshire 
is of great interest, as hitherto there are only five examples on 
record for the county. One of the new comers was procured on 
October 15th, and two others were seen at the same time. Another 
specimen was obtained at Old Ruswarp Hall Farm on 2oth October, 
an adult in winter plumage.. This specimen has been procured for 
the Whitby Museum. The third specimen was obtained by Mr. 
Corbett (see West Riding Report). The first and last mentioned 
were immature birds, and it is extremely probable that they are 
all members of the party seen at Hunmanby. 

The following Officers were elected for Ig10 :— 

President—Prof. Patten, Sheffield. 

Secretaries—H. B. Booth, Ryhill, Ben Rhydding ; R. Fortune, 
Harrogate (West Riding); T. H. Nelson, Redcar 
(North Riding); E. W. Wade, Hull (East Riding). 

Representative on Executive—W. H. Parkin, Shipley. 

Representative on Committee of Suggestions—S. H. Smith, York. 


The Yorkshire Mammals, Amphibians, Reptiles and Fishes 
Committee. 

Mammalia.—The work of this Committee has so far been 
confined to observations made by members, both at the Union 
meetings and elsewhere. 

The excursions of the Union were attended by members of 
the Committee, and the observations made at the Bowland one 
by Mr. H. B. Booth, were exceptionally valuable. 

As to Mammals, Mr. A. Whitaker has again cbtained Leisler’s 
Bat at Rockley, near Barnsley, and Mr. John F. Musham sent a 
brood of young Pipistrelles taken in a bedroom in the Northallerton 
district. Mr. F. Lawton notes an increase in numbers of Dormice, 
Water Shrews, and Foxes, at Skelmanthorpe, and Mr. Oxley 
Grabham published in “ Country Life” for October 16th, an 
account of the nesting of the Dormouse in North Yorkshire, 
illustrated by some interesting photographs. Mr. Riley Fortune 
noted the migration of Badgers into the Crimple Valley, and- Mr. 
Leonard Gaunt and Mr. H. B. Booth reported some abnormally 
light-coloured Mice inhabiting a farmhouse in Upper Washburn 
dale, which they attributed to inter-breeding with white mice 
which had, at one time, escaped in the house. 

Fishes.—-Mr. Oliver Marsden reports the re-appearance of 
River Trout in becks in Leeds city, which are now clear in 
consequence of the closing-down of tanneries. 

The year has been an exceptionally good one for Salmon. 
Filey Bay had a very large run of fish, the best for many years, 
though they came in very late. In the Wharfe, Salmon were 
seen as far up as Pool, a most unusual occurrence. 

) In the Esk a good season has been experienced, and in the 
Lune, part of which river flows in Yorkshire, it has been the best 


N aturalist, 


Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1909. 47 


season for many years, both for Salmon and Sea Trout. Un- 
fortunately, many fish have been found suffering from disease, 
apparently coming in that state direct out of the estuary. 
A large Mackerel was reported from the North Sea, exact locality 
not stated. This fish was 24 inches long, and weighed 43 lbs.— 
a record for the North. Perhaps the most remarkable occurrence 
during the year was the capture during April of a Herrmg, in the 
tidal waters of the Esk at Whitby, by an angler using a rod and 
line, and baiting with worm. 

Numerous large fresh water fish have been captured during 
the year, the most notable being a Bream, weighing 5 lbs., 
which was caught at Roundhay, in June, and one weighing 
24 lbs. at Tadcaster, on August 23rd, the latter being especially 
worthy of record. Tench, 2 Ibs. 6 ozs. at Roundhay, in June ; 
Pike, 16 lbs., 18 Ibs., and 20 lbs., at Hornsea, in November 
1908, 15 lbs. at Malton, in December 1908, 22 lbs. at Malton, 
in January Igo9, and one of 19 lbs. at Yedingham, in October 
1909. Several good-sized Trout are reported; one from the 
Derwent at Malton, in September, weighed 4 lbs. 12 ozs; one 
from the Swale at Skipton Bridge, in July, 3 lbs. 6 ozs., and one 
destroyed by an otter, picked up at Stamford Bridge, on July 
18th, weighed 34. Ibs. A remarkable catch was obtained on 
July rth, in the Driffield Beck, by Captain W. Payne Gallwey; 
8 trout weighing 154 lbs., being nearly a uniform 2 lbs. each; 
these waters are noted for their large fish. A fish weighing 
3 Ibs. 8 ozs. was also obtained in the Costa in July. It is interest- 
ing to note that a Rainbow Trout weighing 2} lbs. was obtained 
from the Thrybergh Reservoir, near Doncaster, during August. 
The introduction of this species in the rivers of the county has been 
a complete failure, though in some of the lakes they have done 
remarbly well. A Barbel weighing 73 lbs. was obtained from 
the Ouse at York on September 6th, and one of 5 lbs. 12 ozs. 
from the Wharfe at Tadcaster, in August. Chub weighing 5} lbs. 
from the Swale at Brafferton; 3 lbs. 5 ozs. from the same river 
at Baldersby; 5 lbs. 13 ozs. and 4 lbs. 12 ozs. at Ulleskelf, in 
November, are recorded. Dace of thé following sizes are reported 
—113 ozs. at Burley, in August, and 12} ozs. from the Cod Beck in 
July. Three King Carp were obtained near Selby, on October 21st, 
two of which weighed 6 lbs. each, and the other 8 Ibs. A Roach 
weighing 3 lbs. is reported to have been obtained from the Dove 
and Dearne Canal, in December last; but this is probably a 
mistake. Specimens of the fish of 1 1b. 13 ozs. at Thirsk, in 
August, and from the Derwent at Malton of 1} lbs. in September, 
i lb, 11# ozs. in August, and 1 1b. 12 ozs..in November, and of 
I lb. 8 ozs. at Ulleskelf, in October, may all be regarded as good 
fish for Yorkshire, as may also Perch of 2 lbs. 2 ozs., from the 
Nidd at Knaresboro’, in August; and 2 lbs. at Thirsk in July. 
A large Eel, 32 inches in length, and weighing 4 lbs., was 
caught in the Nidd at Pateley Bridge in August. 


910 ans 1. 


48 Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1909. 


Reference should here be made to Prof. Garstang’s excellent 
paper on ‘The Scarcity of the Plaice,’ in “The Naturalist” for 
December. 

Reptiles, etc.—No particular records are to hand, with the 
exception of the capture of a Grass Snake, 26 inches long, in a 
quarry at Southowram, in July. Around Hull they are very 
numerous. 

The following were elected for 1910 :-— 

Chairman—A. Whitaker, Barnsley. 

Convener—W. Denison Roebuck, 259 Hyde Park Road, Leeds. 

Representative on Executive—A. Whitaker, Barnsley. 

Representative on Committee of Suggestions—A Whitaker, 
Barnsley. 

Other Members—H. B. Booth, Ben Rhydding; R. Fortune, 
Harrogate; Oxley Grabham, York; F. Lawton, 
Skelmanthorpe. 


Wild Birds’ and Eggs’ Protection Committee’s Report.—Mr. 
R. Fortune writes :—The amount received in subscriptions for 
1909 is somewhat less than in 1908. It is disappointing to find 
that the Committee has met with so small a measure of support 
from the Natural History Societies in the county. 

The amount of subscriptions received is {21 2s. 6d.; this, 
together with the balance left over from 1908, amounts to £53 
13s. 7d. The expenses have been £72 13s., thus leaving a balance 
of {21 os. 7d. for the work of 1910. It will be seen that the 
expenses have been considerably more than the income for 1908. 

The season at Spurn was a late one, and at the usual time for 
our watcher ceasing his work, there were a lot of helpless young 
Terns about ; it was therefore decided to retain his services for a 
fortnight longer, in order that the birds might get strong on the 
wing. A very successful nesting season has been experienced 
at Spurn, and there has been a considerable increase in the number 
of Terns nesting there. The Oystercatcher nested on the Humber 
side. Mr. Grabham gave an interesting report of this event in 
“The Naturalist.’”” The watcher at Hornsea reported a successful 
season there. He had comparatively little trouble in keeping 
people away from the nesting grounds. 

The Peregrine nested at Buckton in the ground climbed by 
Hodgson, and successfully brought off her young. The Stone 
Curlews also nested successfully in connection with which Mr. 
Grabham gave an interesting report illustrated by photographs at 
the joint meeting of the Committtee and the Vertebrate Section. 

Few complaints have been made to the Committee. One 
case we took up was that of a waiter at the Ben Rhydding 
Hydro, shooting a Tawny Owl. He was duly fined. The police 
afterwards took proceedings against him for using a gun without a 
license; he was again fined. This so disgusted him that he 
expressed his determination to leave the country. 


Naturalist, 


Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1909. 49 


The watcher at Spurn reported that he had had more trouble 
than usual with people interfering with the Terns’ eggs. It was 
therefore decided to make an example of someone. A summons 
was issued against a person who gave an address in Louth. Un- 
fortunately it was found, when the summons was taken for service, 
that a wrong name and address had been given to the watcher. 

A very bad case of the setting of Pole Traps in the Barnsley 
District was reported. This matter is now receiving the attention 
of the Committee. 


RECEIPTS FOR 1909. he Sed. 

Mr. W. H. St. Quintin SOLO 
Mr. Jasper Atkinson : Th ae sO 
Mr. and Mrs. Haworth-Booth Te MO 40) 
MraE By Booths: Hse peli OF 
Mr. C. E. Elmhurst se ae 
Mr. R. Fortune Lie 10 
Mr. L. Gaunt 5 OE Oe KO 
Mr. Oxley Grabham ja a aS, 
Mr. Digby Legard O° Lon 6 
Mr. T. H. Nelson Lk 70) eo 
Mi Wii; Parkcn”.: ©, 10) 16 
Mr. W. Denison Roebuck Ty eu O 
Mr. T. Roose OP On ae 
Maw Waders: . OntOn PO 
Bradford Natural History ‘and Microscopical Society 016 o 
Bradford Scientific Society 010 6 
Crosshills Naturalists’ Society .. 0 5 <0 
Hebden Bridge Naturalists’ Society b 010 6 
York and District Field Naturalists’ Society .. OO. Os 
Royal Society for the Protection of Birds’ (for 1908) .. 2 2 o 
L202 

Balance from 1908 - e ae aT. di 4 OO PEE 
SES ae 

PAYMENTS FOR 1909. foes. oe 

Watcher at Spurn .. ae Bs IZ 5.. 0 
Watcher at Hornsea MEK) 8) 
Donation at Spurn I 0 0 
Donation ve Stone Curlew.. Ey LOmeG 
Donation at Bempton 2; OO 
Secretaries’ Expenses 0, 16) 40 
Bill Posters Ty Onn OF 
Reports BSS Oj 
Rent of Room OFS Os 
LS 2N1 IG 

Balance in hand .. a ae ae se adios 0! 27 
pooh EF 


1910 Jan. I. 


ce) 


50  Yorkshive Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1909. 


The Committee for 1910 was elected as follows :— 
Chairman—W. H. St. Quintin, D.L., J.P., Rillington, York. 
Conveners—R. Fortune, 5 Grosvenor Terrace, Harrogate, and 

T. H. Nelson, Redcar. 

Representative on Executive—H. B. Booth. 

Representative on Committee of Suggestions—W. Wilson, 
Skipton-in-Craven. 

Other ‘Members—T. Bunker, Goole; H. E. Dresser, London ; 
Claude Leatham, Wakefield; Geo. T. Porritt, 
Huddersfield ; A. Haigh-Lumby, Bradford ; A. 
Whitaker, Barnsley; Prof. Patten, Sheffield; W. 
Hi. Parkin, Shipley ; L. Gaunt, Leeds} S. Me Smiths 
York; W. Denison Roebuck, Leeds; Oxley Grab- 
ham, York; T. Roose, Bolton Abbey ; E. W. Wade, 
Hull; and Digby Legard, Brompton, R.S.O. 


ENTOMOLOGICAL SECTION. 


NEUROPTERA AND TRICHOPTERA.—Mr. G. T. Porritt writes :— 
In Neuroptera, perhaps the most interesting item was the 
re-discovery by Mr. H. H. Corbett of the dragon-fly, Lzbellula 
fulva in its old locality, Askern, at the end of May. The 
specimen was immature, and the date early, and it was un- 
fortunate that no expedition was made a little later to ascertain 
whether the species was there in numbers. The local Hemerobius 
orotypus was common to Mr. J. W. Carter and myself in the 
Grass Wood at Grassington in September; and on the river at 
the same place, a few days previously, Mr. Carter found Leuctra 
gemculata and Halesus auricollis commonly. In June Mr. L. S. 
Brady and I took the formerly very rare trichopteron Stenophylax 
alpestris in abundance near Sheffield. At Glaisdale, early in June, 
I found Ecclisopteryx guttulata and Leptocerus nigro-nervosus in 
abundance in the River Esk, where also Lastocephala basalis and 
Brachycentrus subnubilus occurred in smaller numbers, but 
commonly. Mr. T. A. Lofthouse has given me Leptocerus bilinea- 
tus from near Middlesbrough. 

LEPIDOPTERA.—The secretaries report that without doubt 
the past season has been a disappointing one to lepidopterists. 
Only seven persons have felt they had anything at all worth 
reporting, out of fifty-one entomologists in different parts of the 
county who were written to on the matter. 

From our own observations and from the few letters which 
have been received, we should not feel justified in attributing the 
bad results of collecting to any scarcity of insect life, but rather 
to climatic conditions which have “ damped ” the ardour of even 
the most enthusiastic, and made some modes of collecting almost 
impossible, and others unproductive. 

Warm sunshine during May caused the Aphides to get a good 
footing earlier than usual, and as a result, honey-dew has been 


Naturalist 


Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1909. 51 


unusually plentiful throughout the season, and this almost con- 
tinuously in spite of heavy rain storms. For this reason, “ sugar- 
ing ” has been an almost entire failure until very late in the season. 
Mr. B. Morley, on the 18th of July (after repeated failure with 
sugar during the summer), tried it on railings on the moors, at an 
altitude of 1800 feet, and found that insects came to it in swarms. 

Butterflies appear to have been unusually scarce with the 
exception of the two Whites. These latter have been so abundant 
as to have become quite a plague in parts of the county, the larvae 
resulting from them literally devastating kitchen gardens in many 
instances. The larger species seem to have been the more abun- 
dant. 

No very great rarities appear to have been taken. Mr. L. S. 
Brady records E. coronata as having been abundant near Sheffield ; 
Mr. B. Morley has taken C. fluctuosa in Haw Park, and A. alnt 
has been found again in the same locality. The Rev. T. B. 
Eddrup writes that two specimens of Z. aesculi have been captured 
at Horbury. 

Mr. L. S. Brady records an almost black specimen of A. 
menyanthidis, and Mr. J. Hooper has taken several C. suffumata 
var. porrittt, near Wakefield. Mr. Morley, in taking notes on the 
percentages of types to vars. in the case of H. progemmaria and 
its dark form fuscata, found that whereas in the woods not more 
than one specimen in ten will show melanism, in the lanes and 
hedge-rows the proportions are reversed, and only about one 
specimen in seven will be of the type form. 

Mr. H. Dyson records a specimen of A. atropos which was 
taken at light at Skelmanthorpe, and also the presence of M. maura 
on sugar, so exceptionally late as the beginning of October. 

An unusual abundance of many kinds of Jarvae during the 
autumn may very possibly produce a corresponding swarm of 
imagines next summer. 


The following is the Committee for Ig1o :-— 

President—M. L. Thompson. 

Secretaries—(For Lepidoptera), A. Whitaker, Barnsley, and 
B. Morley, Skelmanthorpe ; (Hymenoptera, Hemip- 
tera and Diptera), W. Denison Roebuck, Leeds ; 
(Neuroptera, Orthoptera, and Trichoptera), G. T. 
Pormtt, Huddersield; (Coleoptera), H. H. Corbett; 
Doncaster. 

Representative on Executive—W. Hewett, York. 

Representative on Committee of Suggestions—W. Hewett. 

Coleoptera Committee.—Mr. H. H. Corbett writes :— 
A season remarkable for the absence of sunshine, and 
prevalence of cold, has had just the effect upon the Coleoptera 
that one would expect. The general report from members of 
the Committee and others, has been—“ very few insects; and 
these of the commonest.’’ Of course, there are some additions to 


1910 Jan. 1. 


2 Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annua! Report, 1900. 
goc 


the Comital and Vice-Comital records to report. A list of the 
more interesting species taken is appended. 


*Notiophilus substriatus Wat. At Eston on the Coast. M.L.T. 
Amara convexiuscula Marsh. Banks of the Tees. M.L.T. 
Aépus marinus Strém. At Eston, under Zostera. M.L.T. 
{Microglossa midicola Fairm. Rossington. H.H.C. 

Phytosus balticus Kraatz. At Eston. M.L.T. 

Hygronoma dimidiata Grav. At Kildale. M.L.T. 

*Heterothops binotata Grav. At Eston. M.L.T. 

*Quedius umbrinus Er. At Kildale. M.L.T. 

Ocvpus fuscatus Grav. At Eston. M.L.T. 

Xantholinus longiventris Heer. At Eston. M.L.T. 

Homalium striatum Grav. At Kildale. M.L.T. 

Rhizophagus cribratus Gyll. At Roundhay. E.W.M. 

Subcoccinella 24—punctata L. Ryhill. M.L.T. 

*Dermestes vulpinus F. At Thorne Moor. H.H.C. 

Byrrhus fasciatus F. At Eston. M.L.T. 

*Hallomenus humeralis Panz. At Roundhay, E.W.M. 

Hypera pollux F. At Kildale. M.L.T. 

tIrypodendron lineatum Ol. At Roundhay. E.W.M. 

Mr. J. W. Carter adds:— 

Harpalus rufibarbis L. Near Wakefield, July (J. W. Carter and 
FE. G. Bayford); Seven Arches, near Bingley, July 
(J. W. C.)¢ ‘Buck Noll, near Apperley Aug. (1. Stringer 
and F. Rhodes). 

Anchomenus versutus Gyll. Ryehill Reservoir, July (J. W. C.), 
new not only to Yorkshire, but to the whole northern 
counties of England. 

Trechus rubens F. Clay ton, near Bradford, one July; Menston, 
one July (T. Stringer). 

Trechus secalis Pk. Buck Mill, Aug. (T. S.). 

Bembidium punctulatum Drap. Near Ripon, June (A. H. Lumby). 

Ean arus obtusus L. Hawksworth, July Y W. Grandes 

solutus Er. Baildon Moor, Sept. (J. W. C. and T. S.). 

2 * humerosus Er. Ben Rhydding, May (T. S.). 

2 # pustllus Gr. Near Bingley, Aug. (J. W. C. and T. S.)- 
Platystethus arena ius Fourc. Rombalds Moor, Aug. (T. S.). 
Anthobium ophthalmicum Pk. Grassington, Sept. (J. W. C.). 
Homalota luridipennis Mn. Heaton Wood, near Bradford, 

Sepia esa): 

Quedius nigriceps Kn. Dungeon Wood, near Bradford, Sept. 

Tis] 


Lesteva sharpi Rye. Saltaire (T. S.). 

Choleva watsom.Spence. Malham, June (F. Booth), 

Hister succicola Th. Malham, June (T. S.); Shipley Glen, June 
(A. Becke) ; Saltaire, June (F. Booth). 


* =New to the district. {7 =New to the county. 


" Naturalist, 


Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1909. 53 


Epurea melina Er. Malham, June (J. W.C. and T. S.); Gras” 
sington, Sept.-(J. W. C.). 
* ,, oblonga Hbst. Gressington, Sept. (J. W. C.). 
* ,,  longula Er. Grassington, Sept. (J. W. C.). 
Cryptophagus acutangulus Gyll. Bradford, Avg. (J. W. C.). 
Malthodes mysticus Kies. Hewksworth, Aug. (J. W. C. end 


arse) 
* # guitifey Kies. Hawksworth and near Bingley, Aug. 
(J. WeG@and=T S23): 
i dispar Germ. Saltaire, July, Hawksworth, Avg. 


()2 Ws C rand es): 
f minimus L. Blackhills, near Bingley, Aug. (J. W. C. 
and oS.) 

Toxotus meridianus L. Addingham, Aug. (Mr. Ashworth). 

Cryptocephalus labiatus L. Wilsden. (R. Butterfield). 

Chrysomela gettingensis L. Ccllingham, Sept. Three specimens 
collected by Mr. F. Rhedes, none of which are typical, 
differing in that each fessess two large punctures on the 
thorax, one on each side, about midway between ike 
centre and the lateral margins. 

Phytodecta palida L. Melham, June (J. W. C. and T. §S.); 
Grassington, Sept. (J. W. C.). The type of this species is 
described as “‘ rufo-testaceus.’’ Fowler says :—“ varieties 
occur on the Continent, more especially in Norway and 

- Sweden and Finland, with the thorax and elytra marked 
with black spots; I have not seen any of these varieties 
among the British specimens.” At Malham all the speci- 
mens were very dark, and I did not get a perfectly typical 
specimen at Grassington ; they were all more or less spotted 
and marked with black. 

Hydrothassa aucta F. Malham, June (J. W. C. and T. S.). 

Longitarsus luridus Scop. Hawksworth, Aug. (J. W. C.). 

A pteropeda globosa Ill. Saltaire, May (F. Booth). 

Psylliodes napi Koch. Malham, June (J. W. C. and T. S.). 

Cistela murina L. Malham, June (J. W. C. and T. S.). 

Apion scutellare Kirb. Harden, Aug. (W. P. Winter). 

» | marchicum Hbst. Rombalds Moor, Aug. (J. W. C. ard 
dicS2). 
affine Kirb. Rombalds Moor, Aug. (J. W. C. and T.S.). 


Very.common on Rumex acetosella. 


Several other records of coleoptera have already appeared in 
“ The Naturalist.”’ 


The Constitution of the Committee for rg1o is as follows :— 


Chairman—E. G. Bayford, Barnsley. 
Convener 


H. H. Corbett, Doncaster. 


* —New to the district. + =New to the county. 


1gto Jan. 1, 


54 Yorkshive Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1909. 


Representative on Executive and Committee of Suggestions— 
J. W. Carter, Bradford. 

Other Members—M. Lawson Thompson, Middlesborough ; 
H. Ostheide, Leeds: 9 Wee Rogentt ss P:,. Vininekes 
John Gardner, Hartlepool; W. Denison Roebuck, 
Leeds ; E. W. Morse, Leeds; and T. Stainforth, 
Hull. 


Yorkshire Hymenoptera, Diptera and Hemiptera Committee. — 
Despite the cold season, several insects have been submitted for 
record, and the Committee have been much indebted to Messrs. 
Grimshaw, Morice, Morley and Saunders, for acting as Referees. 
Messrs. E. G. Bayford, W. Hewett, Alfred Hodgson, W. H. Hutton, 
G. T. Porritt, H. J. Robson, W. Denison Roebuck, and Walter 
Withell have been the collectors, and Messrs. H. C. Drake and 
T. Stainforth have sent in some Hull Hemiptera. Mr. Rosse 
Butterfield’s reports on Bradford Hymenoptera and Mr. J. H. 
Ashworth’s on Bradford Diptera have appeared in print, and 
contain numerous additions to the recorded Yorkshire Fauna. 
The Rev. W. C. Hey, whose sudden decease this year is a great 
loss to this Committee, published notes on the Humble Bees and 
Wasps of West Ayton. Among the numerous additions to the 
Fauna, the most striking are:—Bombus smithianus, an interest- 
ine Arctics form, 10ound Wby Key. Wo) Colley, “ate West Ayton 
Ammophila sabulosa, a most conspicuous fossor, taken on Stren- 
sall Common by Mr. W. Hewett; Tenthredo colon, in a wood 
within Leeds city boundary, by Mr. A. Hodgson, who also found 
it again at Roundhay; the rare bee Nomada lathburiana, which 
he discovered last year. 

The Convener has in manuscript a list of the Hemiptera 
recorded for Yorkshire, to which are appended lists of the Mallo- 
phaga and Anoplura, which it is hoped some time to publish. 

Your Committee ask for re-appointment as_ follows :— 

Chairman—Geo. T. Porritt, Huddersfield. 

Convener—W. Denison Roebuck, Leeds. 

Members—E. G. Bayford, Barnsley ; Rosse Butterfield, Wilsden; 
J. W. Carter, Bradford; Hi. Hi Corbett, Doncaster, 
H.C. Drake, Scarborough; Prof. W. Garstang, D.Sc., 
Leeds ; T. Stainforth, Hull; M. Lawson Thompson, 
Middlesborough. 

Referees—Percy H. Grimshaw, (Diptera) ;, Rev. F. D. Morice, 
M.A. (Sawflies) ; Claude Morley, (Ichneumon flies) ; 
Edward Saunders (Aculeate Hymenoptera, and 
Hemiptera) 


Yorkshire Arachnida Committee.—On the recommendation of 
the Executive a special Committee was appointed to investigate 
the Spiders, Harvestmen and Pseudoscorpions of Yorkshire, with 
Mr. W. Falconer (who has prepared a list of the county Arachnida), 
as its first President, and Mr. Stainforth as Convener. 


Naturalist, 


Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1909, 55 


Members of the Committee are requested to send difficult 
specimens to Mr. Falconer for identification, and labels giving full 
data should be inserted in the tubes of spiders, etc., sent to him. 
Mr. W. P. Winter makes an excellent suggestion with regard 
to one phase of the work which might be taken up by the new Arach- 
nological Committee, viz., that members should as far as possible 
work up by Photomicrographs the essential organs and general 
structure of certain selected genera. Copies of photographs made 
could be exchanged amongst arachnologists in the county, and 
would prove of great service in the identification of species. 
There is also much good work to be done in taking observations 
of the habits of rarer species. Entomologists working in the 
remoter parts of the county could render great assfstance if they 
would collect any spiders they might meet with, and forward them 
to some member of the Committee. 
The Committee for 1g10 is as follows :— 
Chairman—W. Falconer, Slaithwaite. 
Convener—T. Stainforth, Hull. 
Representative on Executive—T. Stainforth, Hull. 
Representative on Committee of Suggestions—T. Stainforth, 
Hull. 

Other Members—W. H. Winter, B.Sc., Shipley ; W. J. Ford- 
ham, M.B., Selby ; H. C. Drake, Scarborough ; W. 
Denison Roebuck, Leeds; G. B. Walsh, B.Sc., 
Middlesbrough; and E. A. Parsons, Hull. 


CONCHOLOGICAL SECTION. 


In so well-worked a subject as the Land and Fresh-water 
Mollusca of Yorkshire, it can hardly be expected to find novelties, 
and the work done is chiefly concerned with detailed local dis- 
tribution. Work of this kind has been done at all the excursions 
of the Union, Messrs. Hutton, Musham, Roebuck and Taylor 
being present at Market Weighton, Messrs. Saunders and Woods 
at Runswick, Mr. Musham at Sedbergh, and Messrs. Crowther 
and Hutton at Cawthorne, while at Bowland shells were collected 
by Mr. R. Fowler-Jones. No species calls for special comment, 
except that Milax sowerbyi, so unaccountably rare in Yorkshire, 
though an unmitigated pest in some localities in the south, has 
been found at Cawthorne and in Leeds, each case being a new 
vice-comital record. In respect of marine mollusca, Mr. Saunders 
and Rev. F. H. Woods collected specimens at the Runswick 
excursion, 

The Section has met monthly throughout the year in friendly 
co-operation with the Leeds Conchological Club, to mutual advan- 
tage. 

Of work done, attention may be called to the appearance of a 
new part of Mr. J. W. Taylor’s magnificent Monograph, and also 
to Mr. J. A. Hargreave’s list of Scarborough mollusca, and Mr. 


1g1o0 Jan. I. 


50 Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1909. 


J. W. Jackson’s paper on Holocene Mollusca near Great Mytton 
in Bowland, both printed in the “ Journal of Conchology,” and 
it is a pity that these papers should not have appeared in our own 
journal “‘ The Naturalist.” 

East Yorxs., Mr. J. F. Musham writes :—-Although the 
climatic conditions have been adverse throughout the greater 
part of the year for genial field days, it appears to have been 
very favourable to Mollusca, in spite of the more or less swollen 
state of dykes and streams, which interfered somewhat with 
search for aquatic species. 

The first Field Meeting of the Union was held in this division 
at Market Weighton, on Saturday, May 8th. Although the 
weather was cold and dry, the conchologists were in full force, 
and upwards of forty species of Mollusca were noted. 

Acanthinula aculeata Mill. was wanted, to add to the list of 
East Yorkshire shells, but no one was lucky enough to turn it up. 
Mr. A. J. Moore reports that Mzlax sowerbyt var. nigrescens Roeb. 
and Milax gagates var. rava have been taken at Hessle and Hull 
respectively ; also Helix rufescens vars. alba Mog. and rubens have 
occurred at Hessle, and Helix cantiana var. rubescens at Kelsey 
Hill, Holderness. 

These, with Planorbis nautileus var. imbricata, which I dredged 
up at Bowthorpe, October 2nd, are varieties not recorded in 
Petch’s “List of Land and Fresh Water Shells for the East 
Riding,” and are welcome additions to the divisional list. 


The Officers were elected for 1910 as follows :— 
President—-John F. Musham, Selby. 
Secretaries—W. Denison Roebuck, Leeds; Thos. W. Saunders, 
Brotton; A. |; Moore, Hull. 
Representative on Executive—J. E. Crowther, Elland. 
Representative on Committee of Suggestions—W. Harrison 
Hutton, Leeds. 


Miarine Biology Committee.—The Rev. F. H. Woods writes :— 
A very important meeting of the Marine Biological Committee took 
place at Leeds, on Saturday, February 13th, in connection with 
the Leeds Conchological Society, in W hich we had the pleasure of 
welcoming for the first time, our new Chairman, Professor Gar- 
stang, who made some valuable suggestions as to the future work 
of members interested in the subject. He urged upon them to 
observe very attentively, and record, the habits of marine animals 
of every sort; facts even that seemed trivial might prove very 
important. What was especially interesting was the promises he 
held out for the future, of giving active support to the work of 
the Committee. In particular he expressed a hope of being able 
to arrange.a meeting on some part of the coast. This hope, un- 
fortunately, has not yet been fulfilled, but it will be, let us trust, in 
the course of next year. 

The only coast excursion in 1909 was that at Runswick Bay. 


Naturalist, 


Yorkshire Naturalists’ Umon: Annual Report, 1909. 57 


Not very much was actually found, the most interesting species, 
perhaps, being Acmea testudinalis and Tonicella rubra, both of 
them rather local on this coast (see report in “ The Naturalist ” 
for Sept.). At the same time steady work has continued in the 
way of recording species. During a stay of some days at Redcar, 
in the autumn, I found some ninety different species, including 
Emarginula fissura, Dentalium entale, Capulus hungaricus (of which 
the late W. C. Hey was wrong in saying that it is confined to Red- 
car ; I found young specimens at Filey and Scarborough this year), 
besides many fairly common, but little known shells, such as 
Diaphana hyalina, Bela rufa, and Clathurella linearis. A micro- 
scopic examination of tide drift from Scarborough and Filey again 
proved very successful. Among many shells characteristic of the 
drift, such as Philine catena, I found another specimen of the very 
rare Ceratia proxima, which will be placed in the Hull museum. 


The collection there is proceeding apace. It is hoped that 
by the end of the year specimens of about one hundred different 
species, duly named and arranged, will be available for the student 
of marine molluscs. 


But, in addition to those observations and recordings on 
which our Chairman so urgently insisted, there is still a great deal 
to be done for those who desire to know, as scientists would desire 
to know, the marine fauna of our coast. This may be seen at 
once by examining the article by Mr. Borley on marine biology in 
the ‘‘ Victoria History’ of our county. That article is obviously 
of very great value :—(1) For the first time it puts together in a 
connected whole notices found scattered in different works of the 
last fifty years or so; (2) It aims at definite scientific conclusions 
as regards distribution of species connected with the temperature 
of the water, its depth, tides, etc. This raises it at once high 
above the level of a bare string of statistics. If students should 
find, after a thorough examination, that a fuller, and, to some 
extent, a more accurate knowledge of the mollusc fauna and its 
distribution require some modification of these conclusions, it is 
only what happens in all scientific works. In this case the results 
should certainly not be accepted as altogether final. 


(rt) In addition to a few misprints, such as fastata for fasczata, 
telinella for tellinella, which need deceive nobody who possesses 
the Conchological Society’s list of Marine Mollusca, there are one 
or two more serious errors. Thus Pholas crispata is given as a 
distinct shell, with different records, from Zirphe@a crispata, 
though they are, of course, only two names of the same species. 
Again, Mr. Borley has, it appears, misunderstood the objections 
of Alder and Jeffreys to admitting Bean’s record of Gzbbula magus 
as found at Scarborough.’ When they suggested that it had come 
with ballast, which Jeffreys shews to have been a fruitful source 
of incorrect records, they did not mean to suggest that it was 
non-British, but merely not a native of the Eastern or North- 


1g1o Jan. tr. 


58 Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1909. 


Eastern coasts. In fact, it is an extremely common shell in the 
South-west of England. 

(2) Mr. Borley has made no use of two important sources 
of evidence: (a) Bean’s list of Scarborough shells as published 
in Theakston’s ‘‘ Guide to Scarborough”’; (6) Ferguson’s ‘‘ Natural 
History of Redcar.” It is difficult to know what to think 
of the first. The list is so extraordinarily comprehensive that it 
requires considerable credulity to believe that all the species 
enumerated (some not to be found either in the Conchological 
Society’s list or in standard works on British conchology), were 
found at, or indeed anywhere near Scarborough. How far the 
inclusion of so many species is to be explained by the supposition 
that Bean, who was a prodigious collector, did not always keep an 
exact record of where or how he obtained his specimens, and 
trusted to a faulty memory ; how far it may be due to an editor 
possibly enlarging Bean’s original list from other sources. (the 
earliest editions contained no list of shells), it is difficult to say. 
It is practically certain that the list could not have been accepted 
as a whole. On the other hand, there is presumptive evidence in 
favour of the inclusion in the Yorkshire fauna of some shells given 
in Theakston’s list, though not quoted by Jefireys on Bean’s 
authority, where the wide distribution of the species made the 
quotation of special localities in Jeffreys’ opinion unnecessary, as 
is the case with, for example, Barbatia (Arca) lactea and Tellina 
crassa.* Such species might well have been included with a query. 
Ferguson goes to the opposite extreme. His list only num- 
bers seventy-five as compared with two hundred and six of 
Theakston, and microscopic shells are hardly touched upon 
He was more or less an amateur, and makes a few obvious mistakes, 
for example, Abra prismatica for Abra alba--a shell too common 
at Redcar to have been overlooked. But the list is valuable 
where the species are well known and unmistakeable, as e.g., 
Lucina borealis, Corbula gibba, Emarginula fissura. By finding 
the last, as already mentioned, this autumn (three shells washed 
up, but fresh) at Redcar, I have been able to confirm the Jast 
record. The only locality given by the Victoria History is the 
Dogger. 

(3) Probably several species enumerated in the “ Victoria 
History” should have been either omitted or marked with a query. 
Fissurella greca is given avowedly on the evidence of Hey as found 
at Redcar (the only record). Now, Hey, in ‘“ The Naturalist,” 
1884, p. 130, gives Ferguson as his authority. Ferguson, however, 
does not, in fact, give this shell, but he does give as already said, 
Emarginula fissura. In this case Hey, generally a most trust- 
worthy authority, evidently confused the names /surella and 
Fissura. The omission of Gibbula magus would follow if Alder’s 


* T have since learned that T. crassa has sometimes been brought in by 
Scarborough trawlers. 


Naturalist,. 


Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1909. 59 


and Jeffrey’s objection holds. Ferguson, however, makes the 
interesting statement that two or three specimens had been found 
at the sands at Redcar. Yet he did not consider it a native of 
Yorkshire. Nor can much be said for Bittiwm reticulatum, which 
is quoted in the ‘“ Victoria History” for Scarborough, on the sole 
authority of Gosse. It is a southern species, which generally 
abounds, when found at all, as at Falmouth. But here again the 
evidence is apparently confirmed by the remarkable statement of 
Ferguson that the shell had been frequently found on the beach. 
Possibly Ferguson mistook worn specimens of Bela turricula 
(rather a common shell at Redcar) for Bela trevelyana, and then 
confused an old name of the latter—Pleurotoma reticulata with 
Cerithium (Bittium) reticulatum. 

(4) The ‘ Victoria History’ does not give nearly enough 
records. The result is that shells which practically occur on all 
parts of the coast look as though they were quite local species. 
To give as the only record of Turtonia minuta “ Few in shell sand 
at Sandsend,”’ is something like saying that Rosa canina has occa- 
sionally been found at Bainton. A conchological student un- 
acquainted with the Yorkshire coast, might imagine that this 
common shell is rarer than say Fissurella greca, which probably 
does not occur at all. Some general statements shewing the com- 
parative frequency of all the different species would have added 
very largely to the value of the article. 

What is much to be desired is a list of the marine fauna which 
will indicate with a query all doubtful species, with a note of 
admiration those which depend on only one or two records, 
(especially when these include the Dogger Bank), of which it is 
desirable to obtain confirmation, and in square brackets species 
which are not native, and marking in some other way those for 
which the evidence is deemed altogether unsatisfactory. Under 
the last category would come several species given in Theakston’s 
Guide. The list proposed should include those species which 
have been recorded since the list of the ‘‘ Victoria History” was 
compiled, due care being taken to ascertain their accuracy. It is 
hoped that such a list may be prepared by this Committee before 
long. 

It is also of great importance to have, for the purpose of 
reference, a good collection of Yorkshire marine shells. A good 
beginning has already been made in the Hull Museum collection 
already referred to, but there is very much still to be done. Several 
species are as yet unrepresented, and in other cases the specimens 
are not fully mature. It is hoped that eventually specimens will be 
obtained of most of the different species in all stages of growth. 
It is sometimes suggested that there is a danger of the Marine 
Biological Branch becoming too exclusively a Conchological 
Society or a Collecting Society, or a mere record-mongering 
Society. The true answer to all these objections seems to lie in 


1910 Jan. I 


60 Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, IG00, 
G 


the facts that the study of marine life without a satisfactory 
account of the marine fauna is like trying to study a literature 
without a dictionary, and that the hunting of species new, at any 
rate to the hunter, is one of the best ways of stimulating and 
training those habits of observation, on which so much depends. 
Meanwhile those engaged in this work will have more than one 
reason to be grateful to this article in the “ Victoria History ” 
even while they frankly recognise that the list of the marine 
molluscs is only provisional. 
The Committee proposes holding a mid-week meeting at 
Redcar, in Igto0, during the September spring-tide. 
The following were elected for rg1o :— 
Chairman—Prof. Garstang, Leeds. 
Convener—Rev. F. H. Woods, B.D., Bainton, Driffield. 
Representative on Executive—Prof. Garstang. 
Other Members—Geo. Massee, Kew; S. Lister Petty, Ulver- 
ston; J. Fraser Robinson, Hull; W. Denison 
Roebuck, Leeds ; Arnold T.Watson, Sheffield ; J. D. 
Butterell, Wansford; E. Howarth, Sheffield; W. 
Harrison Hutton, Leeds; Dr. A. S. Robinson, 
Redcar; <2 W. ‘Saunders; Brotton=) *] airvine 
Scarborough; W. H. St. Quintin, J.P., Scampston ; 
Sir ‘Charles Ehot, K.C.M.G.; Sheffield; A: J. Moore; 
Hull; D. W. Bevan, Scarborough; A. J. Burnley, 
Scarborough ; and J. A. Hargreaves, Scarborough. 


BOTANICAL SECTION. = =: 


General.—Mr. J. F. Robinson reports that although 
nothing of a very striking character can be reported for 
the year 1909; yet there can be no doubt that, what- 
soever may be the cause, the older or so-called “ floristic ”’ 
mode has been decidedly in the ascendant in Yorkshire, during the 
past season. Witness, for example, the comparatively many and 
long references to botanical matters—new authoritative plant 
lists, new plant discoveries, new localities, etc.—which have 
recently appeared in the organ of the Union—*‘ The Naturalist.” 

When weather permitted, as it really did on the occasion of 
one or two of the excursions, good botanical work was done, 
without, however, anything that we can note as striking or 
remarkable being recorded. 

In their private capacity, or on the excursions of the affiliated 
societies, members and associates have made quite a number of 
additions to the flora of Yorkshire. The broomrape—Orobanche 
veticulata Wallroth, new to Britain, first came under the notice of 
Mr. H. E. Craven, within ten miles of Leeds. The host plant was 
Cnicus ertophorus, and the time August 1907. The somewhat 
belated announcement of this species new to our British lists, 
shows the care which truly scientific men take before rushing to 


Naturaiist, 


Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1909. O61 


conclusions. It is rather remarkable that another broomrape— 
Orobanche ramosa, new to Yorkshire, we believe, turned up on 
tomato plants in greenhouses at Thorngumbald, East Riding of 
Yorkshire, in August rgog, the discoverer being Mr. Hy. Knight, 
of the Hull Scientific and Field Naturalists’ Club. 

Mr. Wm. Ingham, B.A., one of our most ardent and lynx- 
eyed observers, again adds a new record to the East Riding 
Flora, viz., Ewphrasia rostkoviana (Eye-bright), from Warthill. 

Like the plant students of our seaport towns, Mr. John Cryer, 
of Bradford, has been having a good time among “ aliens’”’ on 
waste heaps near Bradford. As might be expected, from an inland 
“woollen’”’ town, Mr. Cryer’s list can, or recently could, be 
duplicated in all but one or two items by the botanists of Hull, 
the great raw wool port of the East Coast. (See Robinson’s 
Flora, East Riding Yorkshire). 

A plant first discovered near the River Hull by one of your 
Secretaries many years ago, and closely related to Cardamine 
pratensis, but quite distinct from the common cuckoo flower, 
both in its smaller snow-white flowers and in its foliage, has again 
been submitted to the experts—on this occasion to Dr. F. A. Lees, 
the author of the “Flora of the West Riding.” Dr. Lees, 
likewise, is indisposed to give the plant a name. Probably it 
is a hybrid with C. pratensis, and perhaps C. amara or C. flexuosa ; 
but the matter is still swb judice, and, so far as we can at present 
see, the form or species or hybrid is quite new to science. 

The following were elected for 1g10 :— 

President—T. W. Woodhead, Ph.D. 

Secretaries—H. H. Corbett, 9 Priory Place, Doncaster-; 
J. Fraser Robinson, 22 Harley Street. Hull. 

Representative on Executive—E. Snelgrove, Sheffield. 

Representative on Committee of Suggestions—S. Margerison. 


Botanical Survey Committee.— Dr. T. W. Woodhead writes :— 
Botanical Survey in Yorkshire has been actively continued 
dunne the jyear. The Survey by Dr, W..G: Smith, which 
has been in progress for several years in the Cleveland area, is 
now completed, and we hope the publication of the results will 
not be long delayed. 

Considerable progress has been made by Mr. W. M. Rankin, 
in his surveys of North-west Yorkshire, and also in Lancashire. 

The sheets of North Derbyshire and South-west Yorkshire, 
by Dr. C. E. Moss, are being published through the Ordnance 
Survey Office, and we trust will be issued shortly. Considerable 
portions of the Malton and Scarborough Sheets have been surveyed 
by Dr. T. W. Woodhead. 

Mr. Frank Elgee has made some interesting detailed surveys 
of the Cleveland Moors, and the results of his investigations of 
the ‘ Swiddens ”’ will shortly appear in ‘“The Naturalist.” Mr. 
S. Margerison has published the result of his studies on the 


1g10 Jan. I. 


62 Yorkshire Naturalists’ Umon: Annual Report, 1909. 


vegetation of disused quarries, which is an important contribution 
to the study of “‘succession.”’ We are glad to note that survey 
methods have been employed in the study of the distribution 
of Mollusca. The paper by Messrs. Kendall, Dean and Rankin 

n ‘‘ the Geographical Distribution of Mollusca in South Lonsdale,” 
is an interesting contribution to the subject, and might, we think, 
be applied with advantage in other branches of zoology 

The following were elected for 1910 :— 

Chairman—J. F. Robinson, Hull. 

Convener and Representative on Executive and on Committee 
of Suggestions-T. W. Woodhead, Ph.D., Hudders- 
field. 

Other Members—-S. Margerison, Calverley, Leeds; C. Waterfall, 
Hull; W. B. Crump, Halifax; H. H. Corbett, Don- 
caster ; J. Hartshorn, Leyburn ; Jew Ae Johnson, 
Thornhiil ; W. E. L. Wattam, Huddersfield; P. F. 
ee Dewsbury ; ibe Wigee: Middlesbrough ; Eta 
Wilkinson, York; W. Jackson, Goole; Wm. G. 
Smith, Edinburgh; and W. Robinson, Hull. 


Yorkshire Bryolegical Sommittee.—Mr. C. A. Cheetham 
reports :--One or more members of this Committee have attended 
each of the Union’s meetings. 

Although additional species to the county list are few, the 
general distribution is still being investigated, and many mosses 
which have been apparently extremely rare, are being shown to 
occur more frequently. 

Mr. T. C. Thrupp, of Doncaster, found Tortula cernua Lindb. 
near Conisboro’ ; previously its only known British station being 
Aberford. 

Dicranodontium longirostre var. alpinum Schp., with its former 
solitary Ingleboro’ station, is now shown to be more frequent. 
Mr. A. Wilson found it at Greygarth, West. Lancs., close to our 
borders. It is also abundant in Buckden Woods, and on the 
moors above; in the extreme corner of the West Riding it grows 
on the north slopes of Baugh Fell; just across the boundary on 
Wild Boar Fell there are sheets of it; again at the head of the 
Ure it is plentiful, this latter locality adding the moss to the North 
Riding list. 

Mnium orthorrhynchum B. and S., is not so rare as stated in 
our West Riding Flora. It is generally to be found in the Moun- 
tain limestone gills. It grows in Bishopdale, and thus is an 
addition to the North Riding list. 

Another interesting addition to the Yorkshire list is Barbula 
gracilis Schwaeg. This was pointed out by Mr. W. E. Nicholson 
from specimens misnamed B. Hornschuchiana Sale, It is 
fairly common on the Magnesian Limestone at Knaresbro’. 

At the Cusworth ade (Doncaster) meeting, Phascum Flerkea- 
mum W. and M., was added to the West Yorks. list. At Market 


Naturalist; 


Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1909. 63 


Weighton Mr. J. J. Marshall pointed out the best mosses. The 
statement in “ The Naturalist,” at the top of p. 233 re D. undu- 
latum needs alteration: it should read “ only known station in 
Yorkshire’: an addition to this district’s list was Fissidens 
viridulus var. Lylet Wils. 

At the Sedbergh meeting, Mr. W. Ingham found Campylopus 
atrovirens var. gracilis Dixon, this being new to the county. 

The Cawthorne excursion yielded only the usual coal measure 
species; Aulacomnium androgynum Schweg, being the most 
interesting. 

A welcome note on Ricctocarpus natans at Doncaster, trom 
Mr. W. West, appears in “ The Naturalist.” 

Some remarks by Dr. Smith, at Runswick, indicated how a 
new phase in ecology might be developed by careful observation 
of the grouping of mosses and their relation to their higher neigh- 
bours and surroundings. In some measure this was attempted 
in Mr. S. Margerison’s paper on “‘ The Vegetation of some Disused 
Quarries ’’ (reviewed in “ The Naturalist ’’ for October). 

If one or two meetings of our bryologists could be held, and 
these matters discussed, much useful information might accrue. 

The important work of bringing the West Yorks. list up to 
date has been undertaken by Mr. W. Ingham, and is now well on 
its way to completion. When published, this will show the 
present state of our knowledge of these plants, and with the 
North Yorks. and East Yorks. lists, will form an up-to-date moss 
flora of Yorkshire. 

Mr. J. J. Marshall, of Beverley, has found the following 
interesting mosses and hepatics in the East Riding :— 

*Mnium stellare in chalk pit at Skidby. 
» affine v. elatum at Springwells. 
Orthotrichum pulchellum at Burton Bushes and *O. stramineum 
in Deepdale. 
*Trichostomum nitidum at Thornwick Bay, abundant. 
Physcomitrella patens at Bishop Burton. 
Pottia bryoides near Pulfin. 
Ephemerum serratum between Cottingham and Beverley. 
Fissidens extlis at Burton Bushes. 
Phascum floerkianum at Bishop Burton. 
*Weisia viridula v. amblyodon near Market Weighton. 
Tortula ambigua at Hornsea and T. mutica at Pulfin. 
Hypnum glareosum at Goodmanham and H. caespitosum at Pulfin. 
Acaulon muticum and *Pleuridium axillare v. strictum, Campy- 
lopus atrovirens v. gracilis on Allerton Common, the same 
plant that Mr. W. Ingham found on Skipwith Common, 
these two habitats being the only ones known in Yorkshire 
for the variety. 

The above marked * are new to the East Riding. He has 
also found the Hepatic *Ricciocarpus natans var. terrestris at 
Figham. 


1910 Jan. I. 


64 Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1909. 


Mr. Snelgrove has found Kantia sprengelit in the Rivelin 
Valley new to V.C. 63, and a curious Sphagnum at present sub 
judice. 

The Committee for Ig10 was elected as follows :— 

Chairman—W. Ingham, York. 

Convener—C. A. Cheetham, Armley. 

Representative on Executive—C. A. Cheetham, Armley. 

Representative on Committee of Suggestions—W. Ingham. 

Other Members—-R. Barnes, Harrogate; Dr. R. Braithwaite, 

London; L. J. Cocks, London; W. West, Brad- 
ford; J. W. H. Johnson, Dewsbury; M. B. Slater, 
Malton; A. R. Sanderson, Bradford; E. Snel- 
srove, snetield; FF) Haxby, Bradiord {ifandwal: 
Foster, Armley. 

Mycological Committee.— Mr. C. Crossland writes :—The interest 
in mycology has been kept up keenly as ever since the last report. 
Fungi have been sent in from various parts of Yorkshire. The 
very interesting Lepiota vittadini Fr. found at Battyford, Mirfield, 
was sent to me by Mr. A. Clarke. It is the first Yorkshire record. 

An unofficial foray was held at Selby, May 22nd and 24th 
(see ‘The Naturalist,” September 1909). Four species were 
added to the county flora, six to vice-county S.E., and eighteen to 
Mid. W. 

Geaster fornicatus was sent from Wensleydale by W. A. 
Thwaites, Masham. 

The third instalment of newly-discovered Yorkshire fungi, 
since the publication of the “ Yorkshire Fungus Flora,” appeared 
in ‘ The Naturalist ’’ for May and June, and brought up the total 
of Yorkshire Fungi from 2706 in 1908 to 2763. 

The recent Castle Howard foray was among the most success- 
ful hitherto held. The locality was well chosen, and bore out all 
that was expected of it, the results being most gratifying. Of 
the fungi collected, there was one new species, to be called /lam- 
mula carnosa Mass; three, and one var. proved new to Britain, 
and twenty and two varieties new to the county. The total 
number identified was 490, and 8 varieties. 

The report and list of additions and species will be found 
in ‘‘ The Naturalist ” for December. 

The Committee decided to recommend Arnclifle Woods and 
Mulgrave for next year’s foray, September 17th to September 
22nd. It was thought Mulgrave would well repay another visit. 

The following members form the Committee for Igr1o :— 

Chairman—George Massee, Kew. 

Convener—C. Crossland, 4 Coleridge Street, Halifax. ° 

Representative on Executive—C. Crossland. 

Other Members—Rev. Canon W. Fowler, Liversedge; Harold 

Wager, F.R.S., Leeds; Alfred Clarke, Huddersfield ; 
W. N. Cheeseman, Selby; Thos. Gibbs, Wirks- 
worth,; J. W. H. Johnson, Dewsbury; R. H. 


Naturalist, 


Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1909. 65 


Phiip, Hull; C..H. Broadhead, Throngsbridge ; 
Sir H. C. Hawley, Bart., Boston; M. Malone, 
Bradford ; A. R. Sanderson, Bradford ; W. Robin- 
son, Hull; A. E. Peck,’ Scarborough; and Jas. 
Needham, Hebden Bridge. 


GEOLOGICAL SECTION. 


The Secretaries report that the excursions have afforded the 
geologists opportunities of examining almost the whole sequence 
of the rocks exposed in Yorkshire. The section has been well 
represented on each occasion, and much useful work has been 
done. At Market Weighton the interesting junction of the Lias 
and Red Chalk was examined. In Bowland the week-end was 
very profitably spent in collecting fossils from the Lower Car- 
boniferous rocks, and furthering the work of zoning these rocks. 
Runswick Bay, with its fine exposures of Liassic and Lower 
Oolitic strata, in cliff and scar, attracted many members. The 
phenomena connected with the drift-filled old valley also received 
attention, and many erratic boulders were noted. The study of 
the pre-Carboniferous rocks of the county, and their relationship 
to the Carboniferous formation, commenced at Ingleton, and 
continued in successive years at Horton and Clapham, was con- 
cluded at Sedbergh. A good number of geologists spent the week- 
end in the district, examining the Silurians, with their igneous 
intrusions, so well exposed in the numerous stream sections, and 
paying particular attention to the basal beds of the Carboniferous 
formation, besides noting the vividly displayed effects of the great 
Dent Fault. Some fine specimens of Coal Measure plants were 
obtained from the Barnsley district, in connection with the 
Cawthorne excursion. 

The members of the section tender their congratulations to 
its President, Dr. A. R. Dwerryhouse, on his appointment as 
Lecturer in Geology in the University of Belfast. 

The following were elected for Ig1o :— 

President—H. Culpin, Doncaster. 

Secretaries—Cosmo Johns, Burngrove, Pitsmoor Road, Sheffield. 
E. Hawkesworth, Sunnyside, Crossgates, Leeds. 

Representative on Executive—Godfrey Bingley. 

Representative on Committee of Suggestions--Professor Kendall. 


The Geological Photographs Committee of the Yorkshire 
Naturalists’ Union regrets that it is unable to report any large 
increase in the number of photographs added during the year, 
although those that have been sent well maintain the excellence 
of the collection, and will prove to be valuable geological records. 

The Committee would like to draw the attention of the mem- 
bers of the Union to an interesting field in geological photographs 


rgto Jan. 1, 


E 


66 Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1900. 


which has not yet been explored, or at least has not yet sent its 
records to the Union’s collection. We refer to micro-photographs 
of geological sections. A number of these are constantly turning 
up in illustrations of papers, and are often thrown on the screen 
at lantern lectures, so we think there must be some prints to be 
obtained, and would ask the members of the Union to help us in 
collecting a series for the Union’s Albums, where they would be 
handy for reference to students who are not the possessors of 
microscopes. 
During the year the albums have been on exhibition at the 
Crosshills Scientific Society’s Annual Conversazione. 
The following photographs have been added during the year : 
By C. Hastines, Esq.— 
Scratched Rock at Sedbergh Golf Links, Spen Gill. 
By Dr. BuRNETT— 
Grooved Palzozoic Grit, Sedbergh, looking East. 
3 S - 53 i South. 
i 56 a iy - West. 
By J. W. STATHER, Esq.— 
Section in Chalk Quarry, Kirk Ella ; Section in Chalk 
Cutting, Kirk Ella; Cliff Section at Gristhorpe 
Bay. 
By E. E. Grecory, Esq.— 4 
Worm Tracks on Slab of Middle Grit, Oxenhope ; 
Gaping Ghyll, Ingleborough ; Boulder-Clay, South 
Bay, Bridlington; Stratified Sands, South Bay, 
Bridlington; Purple Boulder-Clay, South Bay, 
Bridlington ; Stratified Sands (now covered up), 
South Bay, Bridlington; Sandsend Cliffs and Ness, 
near Whitby; The Scar (Upper Lias), East Cliff, 
Whitby; Chalk Cliffs capped by Boulder Clay, 
Flambro’. 
The following were elected for 1910 :— 
Chairman—Professor Percy F. Kendall, M.Sc., Leeds. 
Convener—A. J. Stather, 224a Spring Bank, Hull. 
Representative on Executive—J. H. Howarth, J.P., Halifax. 
Representative on Committee of Suggestions—Godfrey Bingley, 
weeds: 

Other Members—J. J. Burton, Nunthorpe; J. H. S. Dicken- 
son, Sheffield; E. E. Gregory, Darlington; H. E. 
Wroot, Bradford ; and C. Bradshaw, Sheffield. 


Glacial Committee.—The only items we have received for 
inclusion in this report are from the members of the Hull Geological 
Society, and from Mr. H. Culpin, as below :— 

Mr. C. Thompson writes:—‘‘In your last report it was 
mentioned that representative ammonites from all the Liassic 
zones, except that of yamesont, had been found in the Boulder Clay 
of Holderness. Asa result of the work which has been carried on 


Naturalist, 


Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1gcg. 07 


through the current year, a representative of that zone was found 
at Hornsea, in June. 

The work, so far, has revealed many new forms, about twenty 
species having been found either new to Yorkshire records, or only 
doubtfully inserted therein. They include at least four species 
new to science. 

Mr. S. S. Buckman is responsible for the naming of nineteen 
of that group of twenty species. 

A prolonged search has also been made for certain specimens 
of well-marked varieties of Danish cretaceous boulders corres- 
ponding to our chalk. but without success. Although many 
varieties of chalk were found, none could be asserted to have come 
from Denmark.” 

Mr. H. E. Denham reports the finding in the boulder clay at 
Aldborough, Holderness, a mass of shelly limestone, Bucklandt 
zone, containing the ammonite Avielites sctpionanus. The speci- 
men measured 24 inches in diameter, and is certainly the largest 
recorded for Yorkshire, and possibly for the British Isles. 

Mr. J. W. Stather reports that large slips of boulder clay 
have occurred at Yonn Nab, Gristhorpe Bay. Large numbers 
of boulders were noted, including a fine conglomerate, probably 
Basement Carboniferous, 43 feet by 34 feet by 23 feet. 

The excavations for the new dock at Marfleet, near Hull, have 
disclosed some fine sections in Humber Warps, Forest Bed, and 
underlying glacial clays. From the latter, two Shap Boulders 
have been obtained, the larger of which, 16 inches by 14} inches, 
by the kindess of Mr. F. L. Pawley, has. been placed in the Hull 
Museum. 

Mr. Culpin writes :—The excavations made for the engine- 
house at the new colliery in the valley north of Edlington Wood, 
34 miles south-west of Doncaster, and 1} miles south-west of the 
well-known deposit of boulder clay at Balby, have shown that the 
northern slope of the valley between the 100 to 140 feet contour 
lines is covered with boulder clay. It varies from a few inches to 
twelve feet in thickness, and forms a patch about fifty feet wide 
along the side of the valley, the lower edge being some fifty feet 
above the bottom of the valley. It contains a mass of ice- 
scratched Permian Limestones, some of which measure forty cubic 
feet, and there is a sprinkling of grits, ganisters and Carboniferous 
Limestones, with an occasional ash and basalt. At the upper 
edge of the boulder clay is some ten to fifteen feet of grey sand, 
with occasional beds of gravel, streaks of coal fragments, and 
here and there boulders of Permian Limestone, grits and Car- 
boniferous Limestones. This sand is probably the washings from 
the glacial ice. 

The boulder clay and the sand rest on a surface of Upper 
Permian Limestone, which is here overlooked by the Lower Per- 
mian Limestone rocks brought up by the Edlington Wood fault. 


1gto Jan. r. 


68 Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1909. 


The following were elected for Ig10 :— 

Chairman—P. F. Kendall, M.Sc., Rosedene, Weetwood, Leeds 

Conveners—J. H. Howarth, J.P., Somerley, Halifax, and 
J. W. Stather, Newland Park, Hull. 

Representative on Executive—E. Hawkesworth, Leeds. 

Representative on Committee of Suggestions—E. Hawkesworth, 
Leeds. 

Other Members—Rev. W. Lower Carter, M.A., London ; 
Rev. E. M. Cole, M.A., Wetwang; H. H. Corbett, 
Doncaster ; W: Simpson, Settle; F. F. Walton, 
Hull; H. Brantwood Maufe, Edinburgh; J. E. 
Wilson, Ilkley: - Hs .Culpin, Doncaster: Ak 
Dwerryhouse, D.Sc., Belfast; Godfrey Bingley, 
Leeds; A. J. Stather, Hull; E. E. Gregory, Darling- 
ton ; and J. J. Burton, Nunthorpe. 


Yorkshire Coast Erosion Committee.—The Convener, Mr. 
E. R. Matthews, writes: ‘‘There is nothing special to report 7e 
Coast Erosion in 1909. We have had one or two rather severe 
northerly and north-westerly gales during the early part of the 
year, accompanied by heavy seas, but no unusually great erosion 
occurred, as the gales did not occur at Spring Tides. 

I do not know of any sea defence work which has been con- 
structed this vear on the Yorkshire Coast, except that the Bridling- 
ton Corporation put down a groyne on the north foreshore 
to replace an old one which had been there for forty years, and 
which had become very dilapidated.”’ 

The Committee for 1910 was elected as follows :— 

Chairman—F. F. Walton, Hull. 

Convener—-J, W. Stather, Hull. 

Representative on Executive—F. F. Walton, Hull. 

Representative on Committee of Suggestions —H. Culpin, 
Doncaster. 3 

Other Members—J. T. Sewell, Whitby; J. W. Stather, Hull; 
We Woe. Veitch: ae Jj. J.) Burtong 
Nunthorpe ; Rev. E. M. Cole, Wetwang; and J. A. 
Hargreaves, Senn 

Carboniferous Flora and Fauna Committee.—Dr. Kidston 
regrets that it has not been possible for him to prepare the final 
report of the Yorkshire Carboniferous Flora this year. 

Mr. Culpin writes :—In the Doncaster district, Mr. H. T. Foster 
has found, in the roof of the Duncil seam at the Bentley Colliery, 
specimens of an Anthvacomya, which is believed to be a new species. 
In other respects there has not been much opportunity for work 
near Doncaster, the pit sinking during the year having been con- 
fined to the rocks overlying the Coal Measures. Collecting grounds 
have, however, been noticed at Shafton and at Crofton, which 
it is hoped local workers may, by this reference, be stimulated to 
investigate. Several plants have been obtained in an excellent 


Naturalist, 


Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, Ig09. 69 


state of preservation from a clay pit at the former place, while at 
the latter, Natadites and Sfirorbis have been seen in the shales 
exposed in the railway cutting. At Cadeby, also, plants are being 
tipped from the roof of the Barnsley seam. 
The following were elected for Ig1o0 :— 
Chairman—R. Kidston, LL.D., F.R.S., Stirling, N.B. 
Convener—Cosmo Johns, Sheffield. 
Representative on Executive Committee—Miss Johnstone, 
Bradford. 
Representative on Committee of Suggestions—Cosmo Johns, 
Sheffield. 
Other Members—-W. West, Bradford ; C. Bradshaw, Sheffield ; 
P. F. Kendall, Leeds; S. Nettleton, Ossett; E. E. 
Gregory, Bingley ; Wheelton Hind, Stoke-on-Trent; 
Walcot Gibson, London; E. Hawkesworth, Leeds ; 
H. Culpin, Doncaster ; and John Holmes, Crosshills. 


OTHER COMMITTEES. 


Committee of Suggestions for Research.—No direct call has 
been made on this Committee during the past year, and there was 
no occasion to organise a meéting. The suggestion made in 1907 
that each Section should arrange a programme for each day at 
the Union’s Excursions has been adopted in most cases. Some 
progress has been made in arranging for the investigation of peat 
deposits in various parts of thecounty; there is, however, still 
great need of collectors of material from representative localities. 
Attention may be directed here to the interesting series of papers 
in recent numbers of ‘“‘ The Naturalist ’’ (September-December, 
1909), “On the Geographical Distribution of Mollusca in South 
Lonsdale.” This investigation is on the lines of one of the original 
suggestions of this Committee—‘‘ To promote co-operation of 
members in dealing with questions involving knowledge of several 
branches of science.’’ Although this particular investigation was 
carried out independently and outside of our vice-counties, the 
fauna and flora are familiar enough, and the papers form a strik- 
ing example of what the combined forces of conchologist, botanist 
and geologist can achieve. It is to be hoped that the suggestion 
thus conveyed may not be lost on the naturalists of Yorkshire. 
One other suggestion, a personal one, that the interests of this 
Committee would be better looked after by a resident Convener. 

The Committee for 1910 is as follows :— 

Chairman—P. F. Kendall. M.Sc., Rosedene, Weetwood, Leeds. 
Convener—Wm. G. Smith, B.Sc., Ph.D., Edinburgh. 
Representative on Executive—Professor P. F. Kendall. 
Representatives of Committees and Sections—J. W. Carter, 
Bradford ; W. Hewett, York; J. W. Taylor, Leeds ; 
Cosmo Johns, Sheffield ; W. West, Bradford ; 


1gio Jan. I. 


70 Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1900. 


W. Ingham, York; E. Hawkesworth, Leeds ; Godfrey 
Bingley, Leeds; A. Whitaker, Barnsley ; T.W.Wood- 
head, Ph.D., Huddersfield; S. Margerison, Leeds ; 
W. H. Parkin, Bradford ; and W. Wilson, Skipton. 


Micro-Zoology and Micro-Betany Commitiee.—Mr. Moore 
regrets that partly in consequence of illness, he has not been able 
to devote much attention to pond life this year. 

Among the new work done by this section, the first place must 
be given to Messrs. Wm. West and G. S. West’s researches on the 
Phytoplankton of the Lake District, of which extensive accounts 
have appeared in “ The Naturalist.”” In the March number also 
there appears a very interesting paper by Mr. J. M. Brown on the 
Freshwater Rhizopods of the Sheffield District. Of the excur- 
sions of the year, three at least (Market Weighton, Sedbergh and 
Castle Howard) have been attended by members of the section, 
but unfortunately, the work to be done has suffered from the 
paucity of workers. At Sedbergh, Mr. R. H. Philip read a paper 
on ‘‘the Diatoms of the Sedbergh district and their relation to 
some new theories of the Evolution of the Diatomacee,’’? which 
will appear in “ The Naturalist.’”’ In local work there has been an 
addition of a few new species to the “‘ Diatoms of the Hull Dis- 
trict,” full particulars of which appear in “‘ The Transactions of 
the Hull Field Naturalists’ Club,” 1go9, (p. 70), just issued. 

The Committee for 1910 is as follows :— 

Chairman—M. H. Stiles, 2: Frenchgate, Doncaster. 

Convener—R. H. Philip, Hull. 

Representative on Executive—H. Moore, Rotherham. 

Representative on Committee of Suggestions—W. West, Brad- 
ford. 

Other Members—J. N. Coombe, Sheffield, Prof. A. Denny, 
Sheffield, F. W. Mills, Huddersfield; G. Howard, 
Rotherham ; and T. Howard, Bradford. 


Soppitt Memorial Library.—Dr. T. W. Woodhead writes :— 
During the year Mr. C. Crossland, F.L.S., has presented to this 
library a collection of twenty-eight valuable papers, bearing on 
the Fungus Flora of Yorkshire. These include accounts of 
the Fungus Forays at Selby (1896), Barnsley (1897), Harewood 
(1898), Mulgrave (1900 and 1g08), Cadeby (igor), Arncliffe 
(1902), Masham (1902), Helmsley (1903), Rokeby (1904), Maltby 
(1905), Farnley Tyas (1906) and Grassington (1907), also accounts 
of new Yorkshire and British Fungi from 1892 to 1908, by Messrs. 
Crossland, Massee and Soppitt. 

British Association.—In consequence of the general meetings 
of the British Association being held in Canada this year, the 
Conference of Delegates from the corresponding Societies was held 
in London on October 25th and 26th. 

“The Naturalist.”?—Our journal has been regularly issued 
on the first of each month, and besides containing records of 


Naturalist, 


Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1909. 71 


the Union’s work in its various branches, as already pointed out ; 
has had useful papers on various branches of natural history by 
numerous writers. An effort has also been made to keep our 
members acquainted with current literature by the inclusion of 
new features, such as News from the Magazines, Proceedings of 
Provincial Scientific Societies, etc.; and criticisms on current 
topics have appeared in the Notes and Comments and Northern 
News columns. A further effort has also been made to increase 
the usefulness of the mazagine by giving conscientious reviews of 
current natural history books. 

The botanists alone have contributed over 150 pages, amongst 
the authors being such well-known writers as Messrs. J. G. Baker, 
C. Crossland, G. Massee, M. C. Cooke, Druce, Lee, Lees, Woodhead, 
Smith, Ross, Gibbs, Keegan, Alexander, Winter, Cheetham, 
Creyer, McDonald, Ingham, Faber, Musham and Snelgrove. 

The geologists take a second place (70 pages), and in this 
section we are fortunate in securing the help of Messrs. Wheelton 
Hind, Burton, Culpin, Dwerryhouse, Drake, Lane, Saunders and 
Thompson. 

The ornithologists are responsible for 50 pages, written by 
Messrs. Fortune, Wade, St. Quintin, Grabham, Booth, Potter, 
Parkin, Wilson and Hope. 

Conchological notes are usually brief, and amongst our 
contributors are Messrs. Taylor, Roebuck, Carter, Wallins, Booth, 
Blackburn, Peacock, Petty, Musham, Rankin, Dean and Kendall. 

Messrs. Whitaker and Forrest are responsible for notes on 
the Mammals; Messrs. George, Stainforth, Falconer, and Hull, for 
the Arachnida ; Messrs. Porritt, Carter, Bayford, Corbett, Armitt, 
Morley and the late W. C. Hey for Entomology ; Messrs. Philip, 
Brown, W. West and G. S. West for Micro-botany and Micro- 
zoology ; whilst other branches are represented by Messrs. Friend, 
Armstrong, Garstang and Sheppard. 


The Presidency fer 1910 has been offered to and accepted by 
Prof. A. C. Seward, M.A., F.R.S., etc., Cambridge. 

The Union wishes to record its indebtedness to its retiring 
President, Mr. W. H. St. Quintin, J.P., of Scampston, Yorks., for 
his services during the year. 

Other Officers.—In addition to the President, Divisional 
Secretaries, Local Treasurers, etc., already referred to, the follow- 
ing officers of the Union were elected for rg10 :— 

Delegate to the British Association—Mr. T. Sheppard. 
Auditors—Messrs. J. W. Stather and J. F. Robinson. 
Hon. Treasurer—Mr. H. Culpin, Doncaster. 
Hon. Secretary—-Mr. T. Sheppard, Hull. 

The Financial Position of the Union.—The following are the 
Treasurer’s statements of Income and Expenditure during the 
twelve months ending November 30th, 1909 :— 


Tg910 Jan. I. 


72 Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1909. a ee 


INCOME AND EXPENDITURE STATEMENT, 
12 months to November 30, 1909. 


INCOME. ; EXPENDITURE. 
Ss. G. Expenses of Meetings a “4 o” 
Members’ Annual Subscriptions. - 119 19 0 Printing and Stationery (General A/c) 24 ABS: 
Levies from Associated Societies .. 15 14 3 Postages, Telegrams, etc, (Hon. Sec- 
Life Members’ Subscriptions (two). . 14 Lt 0 retary’s Account) ¢ 204 ~°7 
Legacy—Rev. W.C. Hey,M.A. .. 20 0 0 Postages of Transactions, Part 34 . 8. 6a 
Sales of Publications— Clerkage (Hon. Secretary’ s Account) 20. 020 
Baker’s ‘“ North York- Rent, etc., of Room, Hull el 
shire”? Rae Tee Printing and Stationery (Hon. 
West’s “ Aiga Flora 015 0 Treasurer’s Account) . 4 AG 
Transactions... - O11 3 ‘ Postages (Hon. Treasurer’s Account) 2 15 10 
: es ee ene Cost of Publications :— 
DUDGUES pee aio cl CE mar meer 019 6 Annual Reports, 1905-8, 
“ Naturalist ”— \ £49/8/3, less provision 
Subscriptions . 93 16 0 of £33/9/- in previous 
Sales! ae ces eee La 6 statements .. .. ..£15 19 38 
Recognition fee 5 0 0 P ; Fungus Foray Lists, 2.) enone 
3 aun sk oe. 100 0 6 Geological Bibliography 30 1 11 
Balance, being expenditure of year Binding “North York- 
in excessofincome .. .. .. 49 1 10 shire” .. Oy vik. 3) 
Reprints for Vertebrate 
Section.. .. 02 2 
Annual Report, 1909 9 (es 
timate)..  .. ) La ORD 
—— 62 5 4 
Life Members’ Account (contra) .2 74 14s 18 
** Hey”? Legacy Account (contra) .. 20 0 0 
“Naturalist ” 
Subscribers .. .. £98 10 0 
Life Members’ Copies 7 5 0O 
Exchanges... . BD oe titel e (0) 
Extra cost and ‘post 
age ofspecialnumbers 8 7 0 ; 
Odd numbers and sun- 3 
dries cha Gee. SaoRa ; 
————— 122 18 ll | 
£322 14 0 £322 14 0 


BALANCE SHEET, November 30, 1909. 


LIABILITIES. ae Hes RR 
s. d Ss. E 
hos dO) £98 Gs ay Cashiat Bank 5... 88 12a 
Accounts due from Union— Cash with Hon. Sec- 
saNaturalist??s oy 125) 2) 9 ELADVcie) as'e Gers 212 14 
Transactions, Pt.34 83 10 5 = ie 91 4 5} 
Sundries <4. . 915 0 Subscriptions in Arrears :— 
sy 918 17 6 Prior to 1909 .. Oto UaD: 
Annual Report, 1909 leshamate) Bee ORR) For 1909 £29 16 7 
Life Members’ Account .. ee hed dbs 5 (0) Less : Unrealis- 
‘Hey? Legacy Account... .. .. 20 0 0 able amounts 13 17 6 
Subscriptions received in advance 212 6 ab 8 218 6 
Balance. being excess 
of Liabilities over 
Assets, Dec. Ist 
; 1908s. ws, Sie 113 16ges. 
Audited and found correct, Add: Expenditure in 
J. F. Rogiyson, excess of income,1909 49 1 10 
J. W. STATHER. —-—— 16218 04 
£275 11 0 £275 11 0 


Note :—The Union has a stock of Publications, and there is also a liability on Life 
Members’ A/c not included above. 
30/11/09, H. CULPIN, Hon. Treasurer. 


Naturalist, . 
' 


A MONTHLY ILLUSTRATED JOURNAL OF 
NATURAL HISTORY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND. 


EDITED BY 


T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., F.S.A.Scot., 


Tue Museums, Hutt; 


AND 


T. W. WOODHEAD, Ph.D., F.L.S., 


TECHNICAL CoLLEGE, HUDDERSFIELD. 


WITH THE ASSISTANCE AS REFEREES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF 


J. GILBERT BAKER, F.R.S. F.L.S., GEO. T. PORRITT, F.L.S., F.E.S., 
Prof. P. F.-KENDALL, M.Sc., F.G.S., JOHN W. TAYLOR, 
T. H. NELSON, M.B.O.U., WILLIAM WEST, F.L.S., 

RILEY FORTUNE, F.Z.S. 


Contents :— 
PAGE 
Notes and Comments:—The Battle of Land and Sea; The Palzontographical Society ; 
Wolves, Fishes and Molluscs; Stereoscopic Photography ; Lincolnshire Naturalists ; 
Lincolnshire Mollusca ; Common Crinoid Names; The Fixation of Nomenclature ; 
Method of Procedure; Eocidaris ; ‘Conclusions’ ; ‘Skeleton of a Sowerby's Whale... 73-76 


The Vegetation of ‘Swiddens ’ in North-East Yorkshire (Illustrated)—Frank Elgee... 77-80 
Yorkshire Hawkweeds—/Joln Cryer ... ae ‘ 81-82 
A New Genus and Species of Spider, Bhowia caneinns (Iustrated)—W: mM, Faleaner 83-88 


A Rare Type of Flint Dagger from Cottingham, East Yorks. (Illustrated)— 
T. Sheppard, F.G.S., F.S.A.Scot. 89-90 


Note on Ottonia bicolor (lllustrated)—C. F. George, M.R.C.S. ... a re ae an 90 
Rhizopods from the Sheffield District—/James M. Brown, B.Sc. ... oi. mee AP Sesieae oe Lomas 
In Memoriam :-— 

A Sir Charles Strickland, Bart. (Illustrated) ... EA ey = a a ao 96 
Harper Gaythorpe, F.S.A.Scot. (Illustrated) as a ant Re Sag wa 97 
George Stabler ... aa ee ae “be ore fc? Pot aK ae < see 97 

Field Notes (Illustrated) ... #5 ah oe Ay ae A abe Sie on bea -- 94-95 

Museum News ie oh aa aad ah eas was tbe a cit ne 3 80 

Yorkshire Type Mendienries (Illustrated) ae Me: as ae ff ak = as 98 

New Natural History Books ... oe we oF oe ede bad oe oe os 7, 99 

Reviews and Book Notices _... ee Le wns ne AY det «.. 90, 96, 99-102 

Proceedings of Provincial Scientific iSoGistien | a me one 25 ae As ave.) O60, 10 

Northern News a bres ane ae see aes Se Ae ok a ae a aie 102 

News from the Magazines ek bes .“ Bo ay nat ti vad Rte eM a 104 

Plates 1., IL, IL, IV. erin pA emaes 
A VUnsOntal Misty 
LONDON : / AN a 
RAS Brown & Sons, LIMITED, 5, FARRINGDON Avenue, E C. * 
And at Hutt and York. \ FEB rom bub 
Printers and Publishers to the Y.N.U. » ie? 7 Aces 
| Sonal. fause 


ss PRICE Gd. NET. BY POST 7d. NET. 


tA NEW MASONIC | “WORK— 


; ee pi yest? 


A History of the Humber Lod : e 


No. 57. 
By GEORGE “As SHAW: EAE Z: 


( Lecture Master 1907-8-9 ), 
792 pages, Demy S8vo, with 7 full- -page Plates (Portraits, etc). 
Cloth Boards, Gilt Top, S [= net, postage 4d. extra. 


Contains the history of one of the oldest Lodges in England, dating back 
to 1756, and the contents appeal strongly to all members of the craft who 
desire to know more of the way in which Masonry has been built up. 
The Humber Lodge is in a flourishing condition, has given off two 
younger Lodges, and the author claims that it is a model of what a 
Masonic organisation ought to be. 


A NEW GENEALOGICAL WORK— 
The Parish Registers of 
South Cave \S%., 


With Notes thereon by WILLIAM RICHARDSON. 


160 pages, Demy 8vo, with 7 full-page Plates, and other L[lustrations 
in the text. 


Bevelled Cloth Boards, Gilt Top, &/= net, postage 4d. extra. 


This book has a fascination for all historical readers. The extracts from 
the Registers are accompanied by notes from other sources, much in- 
teresting information thus being brought together. The author has 
adhered well to George Herbert’s quotation on the -title-page, and 
** copied faire what Time hath blurr’d.”’ 


A History of Hull Organs 
and Organists. - 


By Dr. G. H. SMITH 


(Hull College of Music and Hull Vocal Society ). 


750 pages Crown Svo, with 12 full-page Plates (Portraits, etc.). 
Cloth Boards, 3/6 net, postage 3d. extra. 

This volume traces the history of music in Hull, and to the musical 
public all over the country it is of great interest, showing how music 
came gradually to take a more and more important part in the services 
of the Churches, and how the art diffused seed from which grew many 
musical societies. The biographical notes, the pe cene of the 
organs, etc., are all of much value and meen 


A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Nees © London, Ee 
And at HULL and Blac 


~~ ah 


ra-ty. 
; eX 
‘en ee a, = 


TE NATURALIST, 1970: Pate I. 


Fic. 1.—Male from above, all appendages removed. 
2.—Female, from above, all appendages removed. 

Fic. 3.—Sternum, maxillae and labium. 

Fic. 4.—Cephalothorax of male in profile. 

Fic. 5.—Left palp of male, outside view: (a) emarginate kecel-like 
termination of lobe ; ()) pointed projection of apical process ; (c) C-shaped 
process at base. 

. Fic. 6.—Enlarged view of process 5B. a ae 

Fic. 7.—Left palp of male, from above, and a little to the outside. 

Fic. 8.—Vulva of female. 

Fic. 9.—Spinners and fold of lower abdomen, with opening leading to 
spiracular organs, 

Fic. 1o.—Face and falces, front view. 


esl 
a 
(?) 
nN 


Oo 


NOTES AND COMMENTS. 


THE BATTLE OF LAND AND SEA.* 

In a remarkably cheap volume, with the above title, Mr. 
W. Ashton gives a very complete history of the recent geological 
changes on the Lancashire, Cheshire and North Wales Coasts, 
together with an account of the origin of the Lancashire 
sandhills. By the aid of geological and historical evidence, the 
author graphically describes the erosion and growth of land ; 
and his narrative is illustrated by photographs of submerged 
forests, etc. Of particular value is the reproduction of various 
plans and maps of different dates, which shew at a glance the 
alteration in the form of the coastline. 

THE PALONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 

With its customary regularity the volume of the Paleon- 
tographical Society made its appearance at the close of the old 
year. To collectors, curators, geologists and zoologists in 
general, the work is invaluable. The wonder is that so much can 
be issued for the small subscription of one guinea. The various 
authors give their services, and some of the plates are paid for 
by the Carnegie Trust for the University of Scotland ; conse- 
quently subscribers receive a maximum amount of material 
for their money. We trust that as many of our readers as 
possible will encourage this society in its work by sending in 
their names and subscriptions to Dr. Smith Woodward, of the 
British Museum (Natural History), South Kensington. 


WOLVES, FISHES AND MOLLUSCS. 

Amongst the items in the present volume are memoirs ‘On 
the Pleistocene Canide,’ by Prof. Reynolds, with plates illus- 
trating the osteology of fossil wolves and foxes ; * Carboniferous 
Ganoid Fishes’ (7 plates), by Dr. Traquair; ‘Fishes of the 
Chalk’ (6 plates), by Dr. A. Smith Woodward ; and ‘ Cretaceous 
Lamellibranchs’ (10 plates), by Mr. H. Woods. In these 
monographs several species from Speeton, Hebden Bridge and 
other northern localities are figured. j 

STEREOSCOPIC PHOTOGRAPHY. | 
THERE can be no doubt that stereoscopic photography, for 
natural history purposes, has great advantages over the ordinary 
method ; and it has long been known that a member of the 
editorial staff of this journal (Mr. Riley Fortune, F.Z.S.), has 


_ * Southport, W. Ashton & Son, 217 pp., 1/6-net. +... 7! 
1910 Feb. 1. 


74 Notes and Comments. 


been exceptionally successful in stereoscopic work. With 
regard to birds and their nests, stereoscopic photography is 
particularly valuable, as in this way the objects photographed, 
often almost invisible in an ordinary print, stand out in a 
delightful manner. We are glad to see that the well-known 
publishers, Messrs. Gowan and Gray, of Glasgow, have repro- 
duced no fewer than sixty photographs of birds, etc., by 
Mr. Fortune, and these are issued in book form for the small 
sum of sixpence.* 


LINCOLNSHIRE NATURALISTS. 

At the recent annual meeting of the Lincolnshire Naturalists’ 
Union, the officers were all re-elected, including the President, 
Mr. W. Denison Roebuck. Mr. Roebuck, in his address, began 
by stating that he was an original member of the Lincolnshire 
Naturalists’ Union, which owed its origin to a suggestion made 
by him to Mr. W. F. Baker, the actual founder, in 1893. 


LINCOLNSHIRE MOLLUSCA. 

The President then dealt with the history of the investiga- 
tion of the mollusca of Lincolnshire. This began with Martin 
Lister, one of the remarkable trio of English naturalists (Ray 
and Willughby were the others) who put natural science on its 
modern basis a full century before Linne. Lister noted more 
or less certainly a score of Lincolnshire mollusca, and stated 
definite localities for Cyclostoma elegans, Pupa cylindracea and 
Hyalinia fulva, all of which have been verified of recent years 
in those spots by Mr. H. Wallis Kew and Mr. Roebuck. 

The history was otherwise of a personal nature, dealing with 
the work of observers now living—only Thos. Ball and Alfred 
Reynolds figure among the deceased,—and half-a-dozen of the 
observers whose work was summarised, were present to listen ! 
The venerable John Hawkins, now living at Grantham, who 
attained his goth birthday on 3rd January, 1910, was the first 
investigator after the blank of a century and a half following 
Martin Lister (1678 to 1850). 

COMMON CRINOID NAMES. 

In a recent issue of the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural 
History,’ Dr. F. A. Bather gives a detailed study of type 
specimens and other fossils. He then discusses crinoid 
nomenclature, and from his remarks it is evident that, as in 


* Gowan’s Stereoscopic Series, No. 1, ‘ Birds and their Nests,’ 6d. 


Naturalist, 


Notes and Comments. 75 


the case of other branches of zoology, much time is occupied 
with this question that might be devoted to original work. 
Still, the discussion of such subjects is, unfortunately, neces- 
sary; and it cannot be better carried on than by specialists 
in the respective departments, whose knowledge of the subject 
is naturally better than that of the ordinary student. 

THE FIXATION OF NOMENCLATURE. 

To settle, once and for all, the question of which particular 
name is to be given to a particular species, Dr. Bather makes 
some suggestions which are worthy of serious consideration. 
He opines that ‘ zoologists should agree to accept as final the 
decision of some authority by them appointed. The vehicle 
‘for such authority already exists in the Nomenclature Com- 
mittee of the International Zoological Congress, the only body 
that has any claim to represent either all branches of zoology or 
all nationalities.’ 

METHOD OF PROCEDURE. 

Dr. Bather suggests that ‘those zoologists who wish io 
protect certain names should lay the complete facts of the 
case before the Committee, and should accompany their request 
for the retention of certain definite names in defiance of the 
rules by the signatures of as many workers as the group affected 
as they can obtain. Due announcement of the proposed step 
should be made in certain widely circulated journals, and a 
reasonable time should be allowed for the reception of protests. 
The Committee should ultimately give its decision, and this 
decision should be published in the aforesaid journals. A 
summary of the labours of the Committee in this direction 
would, of course, be given from time to time in the publications 
of the International Zoological Congress.’ In case the particular 
Committee referred to did not meet with the general approval of 
zoologists, and this is quite possible !—some other Committee 
might be formed. Anyway, the precise style or mode ot 
appointment of the desired authority does not greatly matter, 
if only zoologists will agree to accept it. 

EOCIDARIS. 

The necessity for such a course as that referred to being 
adopted, is well illustrated in a paper by the same author, in 
another part of the ‘ Annals’; a paper which refers, ater alia, 
to some Permian fossils in the Hancock Museum, Newcastle. 
In this instance the case is further complicated by the fact that 


1910 Feb. 1. 


76 Notes and Comments. 


some of King’s original types are missing. Perhaps the 
following extracts from Dr. Bather’s “Summary and Con- 
clusions,’ will give an idea of the intricacies of the nomenclature 
problem, and illustrate the necessity of something being done to 
assist ordinary mortals to attach a correct name to a specimen 
when they find one :— 

“CONCLUSIONS ’ 

‘Cidaris keyserlingt Geinitz, which has frequently been 
referred to Eocidaris, is discussed, and fresh details of its struc- 
ture are given. Numerous topotypes of Cidaris verneutliana 
King are described and figured, and that species is proved a 
synonym of C. keyserlingi. The evidence thus adduced shows 
that these fossils belong to Mvzocidaris Doederlein (1887). 
Miocidarts is re-diagnosed, and M. casstani nom. nov. (=Crdaris 
klipstent Desor, non. Marcou) taken as a genotype. The 
genus is distinguished from the recent Cidaris. Other species 
examined and referred to Muocidaris are Cidaris subcoronata 
Munst., C.. grand@va Goldf. on the evidence of Quenstedt’s 
specimens (1875), and C. co@va Quenst. Others are alluded to. 
It follows that there is no necessity for Fotiaris Lambert 
founded to receive Miocidaris keyserlingt. It also follows that 
Cidaris verneutliana King and C. co@va Quenst. cannot belong 
to Permocidaris Lambert, a genus that rests on the inadequately 
described Cidarts forbestana De Kon.’ With such facts as these - 
we can pity, the poor museum curator who js asked the simple 
question— What is the name of this fossil ?’ 


SKELETON OF A SOWERBY’S WHALE. 

Sir William Turner favours us with a reprint of his paper on 
‘The Skeleton of a Sowerby’s Whale, Mesoplodon bidens, 
stranded at St. Andrews, and the Morphology of the Manus in 
Mesoplodon, Hyperoodon and the Delphinide.’* In this 
valuable memoir Sir William gives detailed descriptions of the 
anatomical characteristics of an adult female Sowerby’s Whale 
stranded in St. Andrew’s Bay in May 1908, and compares it 
with other specimens stranded on Scottish shores during the 
past century, most of which he has described. In view of the 
comparatively rare occasions upon which it is possible to 
obtain proper scientific descriptions of these interesting 
mammals, Sir William Turner’s pioneer work in this direction 
is all the more valuable. 


* Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb., Vol. 29, Pt. 7,.No. 41, pp: 687-720- 


Naturalist, 


SY 
“I 


THE VEGETATION OF ‘SWIDDENS’ IN NORTH-EAST 
YORKSHIRE. 


FRANK ELGEE, 
Middlesbrough. 


(Continued from page 20). 


This last-named Swidden passed into another, which was 
practically grassed over with a turf of Agvostis canina, Atra 
praecox, and the Sheep’s Fescue Grass (Festuca ovina), all 
dwarfed and closely nibbled by sheep. Clumps of J. sguarrosus 
were conspicuous in one part, and clumps of Cadluna in another. 
Polytrichum was also a constituent of this characteristic bit of 
moorland sward. 

Sometimes large Swiddens which have been “ graved ” 
for ‘“‘ turves,’’ merely shew plants growing isolated here and 
there, the rest of the ground being bare. One was noted near 
the preceding examples, and the plants upon it were Poly- 
trichum, Agrostis, Aira, Juncus squarrosus, V. Myrtillus, Poten- 
filla and Calluna. 

The following details of the plant life of a Swidden on a slope 
facing the south are interesting. Towards the summit of the 
slope the principal plants were Calluna, Aira praecox and 
Juncus squarrosus. The latter species together with patches 
of Agrostis, were very conspicuous on the slope itself, whilst 
amongst the burnt stems of Heather at the foot of the Swidden, 
Bilberry prevailed with a few tufts of Polytrichum. 

On Swiddens of the mixed character, just described, Festuca 
ovina is occasionally plentiful, and often occurs in rounded 
tussocks closely bitten off by sheep. A Swidden shewing this 
feature was observed on Fryup Ridge, where the ground was 
practically covered with Festuca and Agrostis, both grasses 
having a tendency to grow in old cart tracks; young Heather 
was also numerous with occasional plants of Juncus squarrosus 
and Potentilla. This and the last described Swiddens were 
surrounded by pure Calluna moors. Calluna frequently appears 
first on tracks crossing Swiddens which may otherwise be desti- 
tute of plants. 

We must next consider those Swiddens occurring on wet 
ground, and one which was observed in Stockdale ona slope 


1910.Feb. 1. 


78 Elgee : ‘ Swiddens’ in North-East Yorkshire. 


facing the south, was surrounded by vegetation disposed as in 
the following diagram :— 


NZ ; 
\4 BRACKEN /) / £ 
: / @® BiLBeRRY 
P HEATHER 
X PortytTRicHum 


9 Juncus 


Near the northern boundary there was much Polytrichum 
and Juncus communis, with Calluna and Bilberry appearing 
sporadically. Towards the Bracken both J. communis and 
the moss yielded to more Calluna. No Bracken occurred on 
the Swidden, except at the S.W. corner. 

Another, in a similar situation, and with a somewhat 
similar disposition of plants around it, shewed the following 
aspects :—Polytrichum dominated in the centre with a few 
clumps of Juncus communis towards the western edge ; Calluna 
and Erica Tetralix, although very subordinate, were dispersed 
amongst the moss, and at the extreme eastern edge there oc- 
curred the Cotton Sedge (Eriophorum vaginatum) and Sphag- 
num. Wherever the soil became drier, Polvivichum gave 
place to Calluna with Juncus squarrosus. 

On wet Calluneta with Nardus stricta as an abundant 
element in their flora, Swiddens present similar features to. 
the surrounding moors, except that Nardus becomes the chief 
plant. This is probably owing to the fact that the stout tufts 
and rootstocks of the grass withstand the firing better than 
Calluna, and consequently spring up again almost immediately. 
Other species noted on such Swiddens are E. Tetralix, J. com- 
munis and squarrosus, Potentilla, and Agrostts. 

Another example from the same type of moor shewed an 
advance towards the Tetralix Moor. Nardus prevailed in one 
part, and Erica Tetralix in another. Calluna and Potentilla 


Naturalist, 


Elgee: ‘ Swiddens’ in North-East Yorkshire. 79 


were of not infrequent occurrence, whilst a species of Carex 
was sporadic. 

Sometimes Swiddens on wet moors are clothed with 
nothing else but FE. Tetralix. On Harland Moor, near Gillamoor, 
this species prevailed on an old Swidden. Callwna was generally 
absent, but interspersed amongst the Heath were patches of 
Nardus and J.squarrosus. Ina wetter part, FE. Tetralix, though 
still the dominant plant, was much mixed with Calluna and 
the Flying Bent (Molinia varia). The surrounding moor was 
mostly Heather. Such Tetralix Moors are of rare occurrence 
on other than burnt areas. The most extensive natural 
Tetralix Moor in North East Yorkshire is that of May Moss, 
near Goathland. 

A yet more remarkable example of the influence of burning 
has to be named. Many of the moorland slopes have at one 
period been wooded, and these woods have been removed by 
either natural or artificial means. Bracken and Heather have 
covered their sites so that nearly all trace of the original wood- 
land has been lost. These slopes, as previously mentioned, 
are then burnt, and on a wet Swidden with a southerly slope 
the following plant association radically distinct from that of 
the surrounding moor was observed. 

The dominant plants were Molinia varia in wet places and 
Calluna in the drier. Numerous species were Scirpus caespitosa 
and J. communis; the principal species of sporadic occurrence 
were J. squarrosus, Potentilla, E. Tetralix, Luzula campestris, 
V. Myrtillus, Atra flexuosa, Holcus mollis, and Polytrichum. 
A small quantity of Sfhagnum occurred associated with 
Drosera rotundifolia. Vaccinium Vitis-idaca was also seen in 
one place. Part of the original wood remains, consisting of a 
few shrubs of Salix and Alder, with an undergrowth of Molinia 
and Rubus. It seems probable that in this case, Molinia was 
a constituent of the woodland undergrowth which must have 
contained various other ericetal plants. I have frequently 
seen Molinia flourishing on damp ground under Birch in the 
vicinity of the moors. - 

Finally it may be remarked that if Cotton Grass moors are 
burnt, the sedge is the first plant to reclothe the Swiddens with 
ts characteristic tussocks. This is due to the resistance which 
its stout growth offers to the burning. 

It is significant to note that in the vast majority of cases 
ericetal plants alone spring up on the Swiddens. So far as my 
1910 Feb. fr. 


80 Museum News 


observations go, I have not yet seen a Swidden with plants 
typical of other associations upon it. Ruderal species may 
be observed upon moors, but only under one condition, 
viz..—the ground must have been radically disturbed, and 
the soil thereby considerably changed in character. Thus 
Nettles, may be found growing upon artificial ground consisting 
of cinders, sand, etc., by the side of the Rosedale Branch Rail- 
way at Farndale Head. Again by moorland roadsides, where 
road scrapings and gutter refuse have been banked up, ruderal 
plants may be met with, Nettles, Thistles, Docks, etc. The 
burning of the Heather, though it must undoubtedly exert 
some influence upon the raw humus, does not change the char- 
acter of the soil to any extent, and consequently ruderal and 
other species not being adapted to grow upon peat never appear 
on the Swiddens. 

From the foregoing facts it will be obvious that the unifor- 
mity of Heather Moorlands is much disturbed by burning. 
There can be little doubt that if left undisturbed, Calluna would 
reign supreme over a much larger area; whilst on the slopes, 
especially towards the moor edges, Bracken and Bilberry would 
not be so dominant. Again many important constituents of 
the ericetal flora, Evica Tetralix, E. cinerea and Empetrum 
nigyrum, occurring sporadically as a rule amongst the Heather, 
become much more abundant, and so help to break the 
monotony of the moorland vegetation. 

What the order of succession of plants upon Swiddens 
may be, and whether they spring from seeds or from the 
underground parts of the burnt plants, are problems which 
must be left for future consideration. 


—-6-e——_ 


MUSEUM NEWS. 


The late Felix Cobbold, M.P., has bequeathed £20,000 to the Ipswich 
Museum for the purchase of specimens. 


Mr. James Britten has retired from the Botanical Department of the 
British Museum (Natural History), after serving thirty-eight years, 


By the generosity of one of the members of the York Philosophical 
Society, a new lecture theatre is to be built in connection with the museum, 
and the present theatre will be converted into an entrance hall. 


From the Manchester Museum we have received three publications. 
The first is its Annual Report for 1908-9, in which are recorded many 
serious changes in the administration of the museum, Publication No. 
64 is Prof. F. E. Weiss’ ‘Chapters from the Evolution of Plants’; and 
No. 65 is a reprint of Mr. R. Standen’s paper in the Museums Journal, on 
‘ How to Make and Use Glue and Turpentine Cement for Alcholic Mounts.’ 


Naturalist, 


YORKSHIRE HAWKWEEDS. 


JOHN CRYER. 


THE following list of Hawkweeds contains a few new records 
for Yorkshire and several additional localities for already 
recorded Hawkweeds :— 

Hieracium anglicum Fr.,x H. hypocheroides Gibs., var. lanci- 
folium, W. R. Linton. Gordale, Kettlewell, and Linton 
near Skipton. Found growing in each district with: both 
parents. 

The Rev. Augustin Ley, M.A., in a note ve this plant, says :— 
“It has just the appearance of the hybrid I suggest, and Han- 
bury and other authorities believe that anglicum hybridises in 
Yorkshire.’ 

H. anglicum Fr., var. Brigantum F. J. Hanb., Grassington. Very 
rare. 

H. decolor sp. nov.—H. caesium Fr., var. decolor, W. R. Linton. 
Skirethorns, Grassington, Kettlewell, Ribblehead. 


H. lastophyllum Koch, forma. Malham. Very rare. 

H. rubicundum F. J. Hanb., var. Boswellia W. R. Linton. Near 
Shipley. New to the West Riding. 

H. Somerfeltit Lindeb, var., splendens F. J. Hanb. — Skirithorns. 
Very rare. 

H. britannicum F. J. Hanb. Type. Linton ‘near Skipton. 
‘ New to West Riding,’ says the Rev. A. Ley, in letter to the 
writer. 

H. britannicum F. J. Hanb., var. ovale Ley. Ribblehead, 
Kettlewell, Malham. 

H. silvaticum Gouan, Linton. 

H. silvaticum Gouan, var. ivicoloyr, W. R. Linton. Linton. 
Grassington, Ribblehead. 

H. silvaticum Gouan, var. subcyaneum W. R. Linton.  Skire- 
thorns. 

H. silvaticum Gouan, var. asymmetricum Ley. Skirethorns. 

H. varucolor Dahlst. Gordale, Kettlewell. 

H. crebridens Dahlst. Skirethorns. 

H, rubiginosum F. J. Hanb. Malham, Linton, Skirethorns, 
Grassington, Ribblehead. 

A, holophyllum W. R. Linton. Linton. 

H. petrocharis W. R. Linton. Skirethorns, Kettlewell. New 


to the West Riding. 
H. cymbifolium Purchas. Gordale. 
1910 Feb. 1. 


[5 


Cryer’: Yorkshire Hawkweeds. 


_ sarcophyllum Stenstr., var. expallidijorme Dahlst. Linton, 


Grassington, Gordale. 
vulgatum Fr., var. subfasciculare W. R. Linton. River-side, 
Shipley. 


. vulgatum Fr. var. subravusculum W.R. Linton. Grassington, 


Skirethorns, Appletree-wick, Bingley, Shipley. 


. acroleucum Stenstr. Near Shipley. Only recorded pre- 


viously in Yorkshire for Ribblehead. 


. scanicum Dahlst. West of Newby, near Scarborough. Not 


recorded in Mr. Baker’s ‘North Yorkshire,’ Second 
Edition. Skirethorns, Grassington. 


. conspersum Dahlst. New record for Yorkshire. Ribble- 


head and Clapham. Mr. Ley says in a letter to the 
writer: ‘I hear from Rev. E. F. Linton 1s not the 
Scandinavian plant so named, but your plant is certainly 
what W. R. Linton so called.’ 

sciaphilum Uechtr. Clapham, Ribblehead, Skirethorns, 
Janet’s Cave, Malham, Bradford, Baildon, Newlay. Only 
previous record for Yorkshire, Dent Dale. 

sciaphilum, Uechtr var. transiens nov. var. Gordale, 
Malham, Skirethorns, Grassington, Appletree-wick, Milcar 
Hill, and Low Moor, near. Bradford, Shipley, West of 
Newby, near Scarborough. 


. sciaphilum Uechtr, var. strumosum Ley. Appletree-wick, 


Arthington. 


. cacunuinatum Dahlst. Grassington, West of Newby, near 


Scarborough, Not recorded in Mr. Baker’s ‘ North York- — 
shire,’ Second Edition. 


. diaphanoides Lindeb. West of Newby, near Scarborough. 


New to the North Riding. Calverley Woods, near Leeds. 


. Sparsifolium Lindeb. var. grandescens Dahlst. Grassington. 
. migidum Hartm. var. Friesit Dahlst. On Wharfe banks 


between Burnsall and Barden. The only other locality 
recorded is Ingleborough, 1889. 


. rigidum Hartm. var. trichocaulon Dahlst. West of Newby, 


near Scarborough. Not hitherto recorded for the North 
Riding, as far as I can ascertain. 
Specimens of all the above have been gathered by the 


writer during the past season in the districts enumerated, and 
nearly all of the specimens have been carefully examined by 
the Rev. Augustin Ley, M.A., to whom I am deeply indebted for 
his generous help. 


Naturalist, 


A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF SPIDER 
(EBORIA CALIGINOSA). 


WM. FALCONER, 
Slaithwaite, Huddersfeld. 


(PLATE I.). 


AMONGST a number of spiders collected in May rgog, on a high 
moor in the neighbourhood of -Marsden, in the Colne Valley, 
S.W. Yorks., were a male and female which were unknown to 
me. Subsequent examinations and careful comparison with 
other species led me to the conclusion that they were not only 
new to science, but also possessed characters, which would 
prevent their inclusion in any of the known genera of the 
Erigoneae, the group. of the sub-family Linvphiinae to which 
they belong. They were submitted to the Rev. O. Pickard- 
Cambridge, and Dr. A. Randell Jackson, and these authorities 
concurred in the view taken of them. I have, therefore, in 
the following pages, described and figured them as the two 
sexes of a new species in a new genus. 


Fam. ARGIOPIDA. 
Sub-Fam. LINYPHIIN2. 


Group ERIGONEAE. 


. GEN. Nov. EBORIA. 

CEPHALOTHORAX very little longer than wide, and oval in 
shape, very broadly so in the male, but narrower in proportion 
in the female ; well rounded at the sides behind and squarely 
truncate at the posterior margin; a little attenuated forward, 
and very obtusely truncate in front ; thoracic sutures distinct. 
Male without cephalic lobe, postocular impressions or central 
longitudinal strie. In both sexes there is a slight dip above, 
and a slight constriction at the sides, between the caput and 
thorax ; anda shallow depression (indistinct in 9, distinct in 3) 
separates the posterior centrals from the rest of the eyes. 

CAPUT AND THORAX both somewhat convex ; the latter in 
the male considerably more elevated than the former; much 
more nearly equal, however, in the female. 

CLYPEUs equal in height to the ocular area, impressed below 
the eyes, and the lower margin slightly advanced. 

OCULAR AREA occupying the whole of the wide front. 

1910 Feb. 1. 


84 Falconer: A New Genus and Species of Spider. 


Eyes rather small, and eight in number, arranged in two 
rows. Those of the posterior vow equal in size, and, when 
viewed from above, forming a line distinctly curved back- 
wards, the centrals clearly closer to each other than to the 
laterals, the intervals being wider than the diameter of an eye. 
In the female, the laterals are brought nearer to the centrals, 
so that they become equidistant or nearly so. The anterior 
eyes viewed from the front, in a straight line; the centrals 
decidedly the smallest of the eight, and very close together, a 
much greater interval separating them from the laterals, which 
are equal in size to the eyes of the posterior row. 

CENTRAL EYE SPACE much longer than wide, and much 
narrower in front than behind. 

LATERAL EYES on each side in contact, and situated on fairly 
strong oblique prominences, the anterior portions of which are 
more raised than the posterior. 

FALCES moderately stout, about equal in length to the 
facial space; obliquely truncate on the inner side, somewhat 
attenuated and slightly divergent towards the extremity, a 
little angular in the 9. Upper margin of fang groove furnished 
with three short, equal, equidistant teeth. Lower margin 
without teeth. Fang long and very slender. 

MAXILLAE very short and wide at the base at the point 
where the palpi are inserted, their length and basal width being 
about equal. At first parallel, then in the apical half a little 
inclined to each other in front of the labium; truncate at the 
extremity, the upper angle of which is shortly and obtusely 
produced. 

LABIUM small, at least twice as wide as long, thickened and 
reflexed at the apex in somewhat triangular form; deeply and 
transversely impressed at the base. 

STERNUM broadly heartshaped, very little longer than wide, 
slightly convex, terminating between the coxae of the posterior 
pair of legs in a moderately wide, parallel sided prolongation 
which is truncate at its extremity and inflexed. 

Pa.pus slender; palpal organs and tarsus small. Femur 
long, incurved, and enlarged upwards. Patella slenderer than 
the femur, short and enlarged at its distal end. Tzbia short 
and wide, produced all round (most so above and beneath), 
forming an irregular margin but without apophyses, very little 
shorter than the patella. Palpal organs fairly complex, and 
devoid of along circular or rolled exserted spine at the extremity. 

Naturalist, 


Falconer: A New Genus and Species of Spider. 85 


Lecs. Order of length 4, 1, 2, 3, all tarsi a little shorter 
than the metatarsi, which in turn are shorter than the tibiae ; 
moderately long and stout, well covered with long stiff hairs, 
many of which spring from small black raised bases ; some of 
these hairs, especially beneath the femora and tibiae, are of a 
more bristly nature, and form conspicuous rows of almost 
spine-like character. Posterior coxae separated by a distance 
rather less than the diameter of one of them; in the male they 
are narrowly and bluntly produced on the inner side at the 
extremity. Femora stout, swollen beneath, having below their 
extremity two long, slender, conspicuous bristles. Genuae 
provided with an apical bristle, strongest in III. and [V., weak 
in]. and IJ. Tzbiae, spine on III. and IV. slender, and much 
longer than the diameter of the joint, and situated in the basal 
third; on I. and III. two shorter and weaker spines, the addi- 
tional one being in the apical third. They are furnished with 
one or two (in IV. there are three) sensory setae, one situated 
just before the middle, and the others where present, in the 
distal half of the joint. Metatarsi also provided with one 
sensory seta, near the middle of the joint. 

TARSAL CLAWS weak and slender. 

ABDOMEN slender and oblong oval in the male, stouter and 
more broadly oval in the female, clothed with long strong hairs ; 
on the under surface, in both sexes, just in front of the spinners, 
in a curved fold of the integument is a narrow transverse slit 
opening into the breathing apparatus (fig. 9). 

SPINNERS short, stout, converging from base, four in number, 
upper and lower pair equal in length, set in a shallow circular 
depression and concealed from above by an outward anal 
prolongation of the abdomen. 

Eboria possesses characteristics which make it aicicult to 
assign it to its true position. It has been considered to have 
some correspondence with Cnephalocotes Sim, but the much 
wider posterior termination of the sternum, the shorter and 
less hairy legs, the spine on tibia IV. shorter than the 
diameter of the joint, and placed beyond the basal third, and 
the large palpal organs with a long exserted spine of the latter 
genus will easily differentiate them. It seems more correctly 
to belong to that sub-section of the Erigoneae, in which an 
abdominal scutum is absent, the anterior eyes in a straight 
line, and the posterior row curved backwards; and to that 
part of it in which the eyes, instead of being very minute and 


1¢10 Feb. 1. 


86 Falconer: A New Genus and Species of Spider. 


very widely separated as in Thyreosthenius Sim, are relatively 
larger and more closely grouped. Its nearest allies are Lop- 
homma Menge and Pocadicnemts Sim. In Lophomma, however, 
the eyes are larger and the posterior row in a straight line, the legs 
longer, the sternal termination wider, the falces much stronger, 
more divergent and more attenuated, the tibial spines on 
IV. never longer than the diameter of the joint, while the male 
has strong postocular impressions. Pocadicnemis Sim. which 
has the same long strong pubescence on abdomen and limbs, 
and the tibial spine on IV. also longer than the diameter of the 
joint, may be distinguished by the more equidistant eyes in 
both rows, the longer, stouter legs, with the tarsi III. and 
IV. much shorter in proportion to the metatarsi III. and IV., 
and the long rolled exserted spine of the male’s palpal organs. 


EBORIA CALIGINOSA sp. nov. 

Length of male and female each 1.75 mm. 
Mave, Plate &,, tigs:71573,-45, 55: 6,7. 

CEPHALOTHORAX (fig. I and 4) smooth, dusky brown in 
colour, suffused with a deeper tinge towards the margins, and 
along lines converging to the thoracic junction. Towards the 
middle is a dark triangular marking, the apex of which is 
directed backwards, and prolonged in a slender line to the 
posterior margins; on the hinder slope this line is joined by 
two others, one on each side, and the three together form a 
distinct, symmetrical, trident-shaped mark. A similar line 
passes from the centre of the base of the triangle to the ocular 
area, just in front of which there are on it two slender erect 
hairs, longitudinally placed. 

THE CaputT is attenuated backwards, and limited by indis- 
tinct suffused lines behind the lateral eyes. _ Viewed from above, 
the pedicle which unites the cephalothorax to the abdomen is 
partly visible (fig. 1). 

THE CLYPEUS Is furnished with a number of long, black, 
unequal, slightly curved bristly hairs, which are very character- 
istic. 

FALCES AND MANILLAE dull yellow brown, and labium 
dark brown (fig. 3). 

THE FALCES AND MAXILLAE are very sparingly clothed 
with short hairs; the latter being also provided on the inferior 
surface near the externa] margin at the extremity with a long 
strong bristle (fig. 3). 


Naturalist, 


Falconer: A New Genus and Species of Spider. 87 


STERNUM dark brown, with a few long unequal scattered 
hairs and a number of widely spaced small, shallow, punctate 
impressions (fig. 3). 

EyEs all situated on black spots. Posterior centrais slightly 
but clearly nearer to each other than to the laterals of the 
same row, being less than 1} times their diameter apart. The 
anterior centrals less than once their diameter apart, and 1} 
times that distance from the laterals. 

PaLpus dull yellow brown, and, with the exception of the 
tarsus, very scantily supplied with hairs. Patella with a weak 
apical bristle; ¢¢b1a, produced edge squarely truncate above 
with a stiff bristle at the outer angle, more pointed beneath, 
inferior surface of joint provided with one short, strong, curved 
bristle, and the external margin with two long, slender sinuous 
bristles, one nearly twice the length of the other (figs. 5 and 7). 

PALPAL ORGANS composed of various lobes and processes, 
the chief of which are— 

1. A dark brown C-shaped process at the base on the 
outer side (fig. 5C). 

2. A small process at the apex ending in a short dark 
blunt projection, the whole forming a rough 
representation of a lepidopterous scale (fig. 5B, 
projection visible only ; fig. 6, an enlarged view of 
process). 

3. Also at apex in close proximity to (2) a lobe with an 
emarginate keel-like termination (fig. 5A). Careful 
focussing is required to separate the two last. 

Lecs. Yellow brown, becoming a duller dusky brown 
towards the extremities. 

ABDOMEN black, and much narrower than the cephalothorax, 
rounded behind and squarely truncate in front ; in spirit, two 
rows of round depressions, the posterior pair the largest and 
most widely separated, are visible on the anterior half of the 
abdomen (fig. 1). The epigastric fold on the under surface is 
thickened and distinct. 

SPINNERS black (dusky brown in the female), with pubes- 
cence similar to that on the abdomen. 

THE FEMALE agrees with the male in colour and other general 
characters. The eyes are, however, more closely grouped, 
and the intervals not quite so great; the posterior eyes are 
equidistant or nearly so. The cephalothorax (fig. 2) is less 
wide in proportion and the markings not quite so distinct ; 
1910 Feb. 1. 


88 Proceedings of Provincial Scientific Societies. 


the clypeus with only one or two:short inconspicuous hairs. 
The abdomen (figure 2) is wider than the cephalothorax, broad 
behind with pointed termination, and in front projecting over 
the cephalothorax in bluntly rounded form. In spirit, the whole 
surface appears covered with dusky yellowish spots. 

EPIGYNAL AREA black, much wider than long, with scattered 
pubescence. Vulva very characteristic ; orifice truncate cone- 
shaped, filled with a pale process of much the same shape (fig. 8). 

E. CALIGINOSA is a very distinct species in coloration and 
structure. The absence in the male of any cephalic lobe or 
eminence, postocular impressions or ocular processes, and in its 
palp, of any tibial apophysis or of a long circular or exserted 
terminal spine in its palpal organs will at once separate it from 
the same sex of every British member of the Erigoneae. The 
female may be similarly identified by the disposition and curve 
of the eyes, the strong pubescence on its abdomen and limbs, 
the long tibial spine on legs IV., and the formation of its vulva. 

Solitary examples of the male and female were found at the 
roots of rushes growing up through Sphagnum in boggy ground, 
beside the Old Pack Horse Road on Clowes Moor, Marsden, 
May 15th, 1909. 


The Annual Report and Transactions of the Manchester Microscopical 
Society for 1908 have recently been issued (go pp., 1/6). They bear evidence 
of an excellent year’s work. Besides the business reports, there is the 
Presidential Address of Prof. S. Jin, Elickson} on!) he ySuctoriay 4; Vir: 
T. Smith writes on ‘ Edible and Poisonous Fungi’; Mr. C. Turner on 
‘Desmids’; Mr. G. Hickling on ‘The Microscopic. Study of Rocks” ; 
Mr. R. Welch on ‘ Narin Foraminiferous Strand’; and Mr. W. A. Roger- 
son on ‘Mummy Cloth.’ There are also several shorter notes. The 
report is cheap. 

The foremost place amongst the publications of our provincial scientific 
societies must again be given to the Proceedings and Transactions of the 
Liverpool Biological Society, Vol. XXIII., of which has been recently 
received. . Liverpool (653 pp., one guinea). 

The papers and reports it contains are of altogether exceptional value. 
Besides accounts of the meetings, etc., the publication contains the Presi- 
dential Address of Prof. B. Moore, on ‘ Reactions of Marine Organisms in 
Relation to Light and Phosphorescence’; ‘The Twenty-second Report 
of the Liverpool Marine Biological Committee and their Biological Station 
at Port-Erin,’ by Prof. W. A. Herdman; ‘ Report on the Investigations 
carried on during 1898 in connection with the Lancashire Sea-Fisheries’ 
Laboratory, at the University of Liverpool, and the Sea-Fish Hatchery 
at Piel, near Barrow,’ by Prof. W. A. Herdman, A. Scott and J. Johnstone. 
The volume also contains no fewer than three of the important and pro- 
tusely illustrated ‘Memoirs,’ viz., ‘ Pecten,’ by W. J. Dakin; ‘ Eledone,’ 
by Annie Isgrove, and ‘ Polychaet Larvae of Port Erin,’ by F. H. Gravely. 


Naturalist, 


Puate II 


THE NATURALIST, 1910. 


a.—Ottonia bicolor. c.—Crista. 
b,—Palp. d.—Dorsal hairs enlarged. 
e.—Hairs on legs. 
Length of bedy - - - - 1:28 mm. 
Length of crista’ - - - - Ona 
- 0:24 ,, 


Palpus - - - - 
Length of hairs on body - - 
Hairs on legs feathered. 


89 
A RARE TYPE OF FLINT DAGGER FROM 
COTTINGHAM, EAST YORKS. 


T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., F.S.A.Scor. 

Ai the recent meeting of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union 
held at Scarborough, there was on exhibition a number of pre- 
historic implements, amongst which was an unusually fine 
flint dagger, labelled ‘Cottingham.’ This has since been 
acquired for the Hull Museum by means of an exchange, and 
forms a welcome addition to the local pre-historic collection 
there exhibited. 

The dagger is of dark flint, though the surface is now ofa 
light colour, due to oxidisation. It is 74 inches in length,'23 
inches in greatest width, but is so remarkably well made that it 
is nowhere as much as d inch in thickness. <A very sharp cutting 


edge has been made by very careful chipping, and about 
half-way between the point and the butt end is a notch on each 
side of the blade, which has apparently been made in order that 
the dagger may be better bound to its handle. 

Flint daggers of this kind are exceedingly rare in this country 
and the probability is that the Cottingham example had been 
buried with an interment. The last specimen of its kind found 
was obtained at Middleton-on-the-Wolds in 1905, and was 
associated with an earthenware vessel known as a drinki ng cup. 
This was figured and described in ‘ The Naturalist’ a short 
time ago.* 
tN Bete i tet a A oe kin tis wail) 

#1908, Pp. 235, 

1910 Feb. 1, G 


go Book Notice. 


In Mr. Mortimer’s well-known book. on ‘ Forty Years’ 
Researches in British and Saxon Burial Mounds of East York- 
shire,’ two similar specimens are figured, one 5? inches long 
was found in a barrow at Garton Slack ; another a little larger 
was found in an adjoining grave. This last-named specimen, as 
in the case of the Cottingham dagger, is notched towards the 
blunt end, in order to give better security to the handle. 
Unfortunately, in the Cottingham example, the extremity of 
the point has been broken away, apparently recently; but this 
has been carefully restored. 


NOTE ON O7TONIA BICOLOR. 


C. F. GEORGE, M.R.C.S., 
Kivton-in-L indsey. 


(PLATE II.). 


In ‘ The Naturalist ’ for 1908, page 452, I gave a brief descrip- 
tion of Trvombidium bicolor (Hermann). At that time I had not 
a specimen in proper condition for drawing, but in February 
1909, Mr. Evans sent to me, with other mites, a specimen 
taken by him in December 1905, in moss, from Aberfoyle in 
Perthshire; it had become almost decolorized from long 
maceration in the preservative solution ; and from this specimen 
Mr. Soar made the drawing to illustrate this paper. The eyes 
prominent, the hairs distinct and simple, and the crista are 
seen to be well marked ; an enlarged figure of this organ is seen 
atc. There are two stigmata, each provided with a curved 
tactile hair ; the backward projecting portion is rather short but 
well defined ; some of the hairs on the legs are seen to be pecti- 


nate (Plate II., fig. ¢). 


'* The Kea: A New Zealand Problem, by G. R. Marriner. london: 
Williams and Norgate. 151 pp., 7/6 net. 

Much has been written about this extraordinary parrot, and its remark- 
able acquired habit of attacking sheep and feeding upon their flesh. There 
is no doubt that in some cases reports have been exaggerated. Mr. 
Marriner has made an exhaustive enquiry on the subject, having visited 
various parts of New Zealand for the purpose, and gives the result of his 
work in this volume. From this it is clear that the Kea is guilty, and has 
done great harm to the flocks of sheep. Its method seems to be to alight 
on the back of a sheep, and simply tear away the flesh, quite regardless of 
the animal’s frantic attempts to get rid of its enemy. The book is illus- 
trated by a large number of convincing photographs, and besides containing 
a good account of the birds, also describes their country well. 


Naturalist, 


OI 
RHIZOPODS FROM THE SHEFFIELD DISTRICT.* 


JAMES M. BROWN, B.Sc., 
Sheffield, 


IN a previous number of ‘ The Naturalist ’ (March 1909), I 
gave a list of the Freshwater Rhizopods which I had collected 
in this district up to that date. Since then continued work 
has made known the occurrence of nearly thirty further species. 
While some of these are fairly well-known forms, others appear 
to be little known, or at any rate have been seldom noticed, 
while a few are, I believe, new to this country. 

I give in each case a reference to the authority, so that 
other naturalists may easily refer to the original descriptions 
of the species, 

1.—Amoeba fluida Griiber (‘ Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool.’ Bd. 4I, 
1885; Penard: ‘ Faune rhizopodique du Bassin du Leman,’ 
1902, p. 42). A fairly large form of the ‘ limax’ type, which 
shows peculiar internal currents in the protoplasm. Occurs in 
sediment from Burbage. Size roop. Rare. 

2.—-Amoeba vespertilio Penard. (‘ Faune THIZOp,;'/ praga)): 
An occasional form met with in sediment and characterised 
specially by the triangular and pointed shape of the pseudopodia. 
Found also in Esthwaite Lake. Size 50 p. 

3.—A moeba terricola Greeff. ( Asch: f.imikrAnat.’ Bald, 
1866, p. 299). In my previous paper I mentioned that A. 
verrucosa Ehr. was probably a composite species, now broken 
up into distinct species. A. terricola is one of these and the most 
commonly occurring form. It is widely distributed amongst 
mosses, both submerged and growing in woods, on walls, etc. 

4.—Amoeba papyracea Penard. (‘ Arch. f. Protistenk,’ 
Ig05, p. 201). A pellicled form like the last, and occurring in 
similar situations but not so common. Found in numbers 
amongst Lichen, Wyming Brook. 

5.-—Ouramoeba vorax Leidy (‘ Freshwater Rhizopods_ of 
North America,’ 1879). Occasionally Amoebae occur -which 
are attacked by parasitic fungi which produce tufts of hyphal 
filaments protruding from the surface of the animal. To such, 
Leidy gave the name ‘ Ouramoeba.’ Various species are attacked 
in this way. In sediment at Burbage, numerous 4. villosa 
occurred, most being attacked by the fungus. 

6.—Hyalodiscus rubicundus H. and L. (rAccby. f;,.cimiker: 
Anat,’ Vol. X., suppl. ; Penard, Faune rhizop., p. 159; Cash. 


* For previous paper see ‘ Naturalist,’ March, 1909, pp. 105-108. 


3910 Feb. 1. 


Q2 Brown: Rhizopods from the Sheffield District. 


Brit. Freshwater Rhizop. 1905). A small form occurring 
amongst moss. Rare. 

7.—Corycia flava (Greeff). (‘ Arch. f. mikr. Anat.’ Bd. IL, 
1866). Several very small (young) forms amongst moss. 
Size 25p. 

8.—Difflugia lanceolata Penard (‘ Mém. Soc., phys. et hist. 
nat. Genéve,’ 1890; ‘ Faune rhizop,’ p. 250). In numbers in 
sediment of a pool, Whiteley Woods. 

9.—Diffiugia rubescens Penard (‘ American Nat,’ I8gqI ; 
‘Faune rhizop.’ p. 227). A small form, almost pyriform in 
shape, with endoplasm containing many brick-red granules. 
Not common. Sediment Burbage. Size 6op. 

10.—Diffiugia fallax Penard (‘Mém. Soc. etc.,’ 1890; 
“Tfaune rhizop.’ p. 245). Another small form met with 
amongst submerged moss. Size 59 p-. 

11.—Pontigulasta spectabilis Penard. (‘ Faune_ rhizop.’ 
p- 318). Occurs in sediment Burbage. Appears to be the 
same as Difflugia pyriformis var. vas of Leidy, but is dis- 
tinguished from Dzifflugia by the presence of an internal shelf. 
across the neck” olsthenrest 

12.—Hyalosphenia papilio Leidy (‘ Freshwater Rhizopods 
N. America’). Occurs in sphagnum, -and as far as I have 
observed is very rare in this district. It has only been reported 
once or twice in this country. I have also found it as a rare 
form in the Lake District. 

13.—-Nebela lagentformis Penard (‘ Mém. Soc.’, etc., 1890, 
p. 158; ‘Faune rhizop.’, p. 355). An elegant flask-shaped 
species with long neck. The examples I have found are much 
smaller than those of Penard, being 66 p, and probably 
represent a distinct variety. Fairly common in sphagnum at 
Stanage, etc. 

14.—Nebela militaris Penard (‘Mém. Soc.’, etc., 1890; 
‘Faune rhizop.’ p. 368). A fairly common and widely distri- 
buted species. In sphagnum, Stanage, etc. Size 70 p. » 

15.—WNebela crenulata Penard (=N. dentistoma, Penard, in 
“Mem: Societe rsoo, 9p: ozs 5 Haune (rhizop. spss 70e 
‘ Cash. Trans. Manch. Micro. Soc.’, 1891, p. 50). Differs from 
other Nebelas in having a crenulated ‘mouth’ to the test. 
Fairly common in sphagnum, Stanage, also in a stream enter- 
ing the Quaker Fish Pond, Monsal Dale. 

16.—Nebela bohemica Taranek (‘ Monogr. der Nebeliden 
Bohmens,’ 1882, p. 34). Related to N. collaris, but differs in 


Naturalist, 


Brown: Rhizopods from the Sheffield District. 93 


the form of ‘mouth’ and ‘lips.’ Occasional in sphagnum. 
Size 118 p. 

17.—Heleopera petricola Leidy (‘ Freshw. Rhiz. N. Amer.’, 
p. 165). Many in a stream entering the Quaker Pash Pond, 
Monsal Dale. 

18.—Arcella_arenaria Greeff (‘ Arch. f. mikr. Anat * Bd. IT., 
1866, p. 299; =A. microstoma Penard, in “ Faune rhizop.,’ 
p- 406). Common in mosses of woods and walls. 

_ 19.—Phryganella hemisphaerica Penard (‘ Mém. Soc.’, etc., 
1890; ‘Faune rhizop.’, p. 421). Very common in mosses 
of woods, walls, etc. Most tests are found empty. It is often 
confused with Difflugia globulosa. * 

20.—-Euglypha cristata Leidy. (‘ Freshw. Rhiz. N. Amé r; 
p- 218; Penard ‘ Faune rhizop.’, p. 511). A small form and 
only occasionally met with. Amongst sphagnum, Stanage, 
and in a stream entering the Quaker Fish Pond. Monsal Daté. 
Found also in Easedale Tarn. Size 40-45 p. Rare. 

21.—Euglypha brachiata Leidy (° Freshw. Rhizop. N. Amer.’, 
p. 200; Penard, ‘ Faune rhizop.’, p. 504). A very rare species, 
Found once only in a stream entering the Derwent near Froggatt 
Size 64 p. 

22.—Sphenoderia dentata Penard (‘ Mém. Soc.’, etc., 1890 ; 
“Faune rhizop.’, p. 523). Differs from all other Sphenoderia 
in the dentate form of the mouth. Not a common species. 
In mossy growth on watertrough, Ecclesall; in a stream 
entering the Quaker Fish Pond, Monsal Dale. Size 45 p. 

23.—Sphenodena fisstrosirrs Penard (*Mém. Soc.’, etc., 
1890, p. 184; “ Faune rhizop.’, p. 523). Ararespecies. Found 
once only in sphagnum, Stanage. Size 40 p. 

24.—Assulina muscorum Greeff (‘Sitz-Ber. d. Ges. z. 
Beford, d. ges. Nacur. Marburg, 1888; Penard ‘ Faune rhizop.’ 
p- 519). Occurred in large numbers amongst moss from a field, 
Ecclesall. Size 36 p. 

25.—Trinema lineare Penard (‘Mém. Soc.’, etc., 1890; 
‘Faune rhizop.’, p. 529). A small and widely distributed 
species, amongst moss and sphagnum. 

20.—Corythion dubium Taranek (‘ Monogr. der Nebeliden, 
Bohmens,’ p. 43). Another widely distributed form, though 
not often recorded in this country. Amongst sphagnum, 
Stanage, etc.; in moss, Ecclesall, etc.; amongst lichens, 
Wyming Brook. Size 36 p. 

27.—Pamphagus hyalinus Leidy (‘ Freshw. Rhizop. N. 
Amer.’, p. 194). Many individuals in sediment of pool, 
Ringinglow, also in mossy growth on water trough, Ecclesall. 
1910 Feb. 1. 


94 


FIELD NOTES. 

MAMMALS, 

Rhinoceros Tooth at Dim- 
lington, East Yorks.—Whilst 
walking along the cliffs south of 
Withernsea recently, I found a 
fine molar of a Rhinoceros, 22 
inches in length, and 53 inches 
in circumference. Mire WE 
Newton, F.R.S., kindly informs 
me that this is a premolar of 
Rhinoceros antiquatis’ Blum., = 
Rhinoceros tichorhinus Fischer. 
Remains of Rhinoceros have - 
been reported from Sewerby, 
Kelsey Hill, Bielbecks and Hessle, 
in East Yorkshire, but are only 
very rarely met with on the 
coast.—T. SHEPPARD. 


—: 0 :— 
ECHINODERM. 

Worm Parasitic in Sea-Urchin.—With reference to a 
‘Nemertine’ found within the test of a Sea-Urchin at Scar- 
borough, by Dr. John Irvine, and described by him in the 
January number of ‘ The Naturalist’ (p. 6), may I suggest the 
possibility that this is an example of the Nematode, [chthyonema 
gvayt, first described by Drs. Gemmill and von Linstow in 
‘ Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte,’ vol. LXVIII., 1902, pp. 113-118, 
a summary of that account appearing in ‘ Trans. Nat. Hist. 
Soc.’, Glasgow, vol. VI., p. 229. The original specimens were 
found in examples of Echinus esculentus, and the mature females 
reached a length of five feet, although specimens supposed to be 
males, at least one of which generally occurred in the same test 
as a female, were much smaller, only from two to six inches in 
length. The specimens described in those papers were found 
at various localities in the Firth of Clyde, and Mr. D. C. M’Intosh 
of Edinburgh, informs me that he has observed several speci- 
mens in tests of the Common Sea-Urchin, Echinus esculentus, 
dredged by him in the neighbourhood of the Shetland Isles. 
Except for this species, Ichthyonema is an internal parasite of 
fishes.—JAMES RitcHiE, The Royal Scottish Museum, Edin- 
burgh, 20th January, Igro. 


Naturdlist, 


Field Notes. 95 
BIRDS. 


Black-headed Gulls nesting in trees.—At the Twigmoor 
Gullery in Lincolnshire I observed several pairs of Gulls nesting 
in the Fir trees. This is a most unusual occurrence and worthy 
of note. The nests were of considerable size, and in each case 
the bird was incubating the eggs. Why they should choose 
such unlikely places when others more suitable were at hand 
is difficult to understand. It would be interesting to know 


R. Fortune, F.Z.S.]. (Photo. 


if the parents got the young ones down safely. The photo- 
graph shews one of the Gulls on its nest in the top of a tree. 
It is not, however, as good as it might be, as the day was dull 
and windy.—R. ForTUNE, Harrogate. 


Eagle and Green Woodpecker near Scarborough.—On 
January 15th when at Cloughton Wyke, an Eagle of some species 
passed about half a mile out to sea, mobbed by Gulls. With 
my glasses I could see that the basal part of the tail was light 
coloured, and the rest of the bird mottled brown, but could 
form no accurate idea as to the species. 

On the same day I saw distinctly at close quarters with the 
glasses, a Green Woodpecker, flying north over the sea in the 
midst of a flock of immature Herring Gulls. The bird was 
within fifty yards of me, and I could not mistake it.—W. J. 
CLARKE, Scarborough. 
1g10 Feb. 1. 


96 
Sn Memoriam. 
SIR CHARLES STPRICKUAND bart: 


(PLATE III). 
WE regret to record the death of Sir Charles William! Strick- 
land, Bart., which occurred during the closing hours of the old 
vear. Sir Charles, who was over ninety years of age, had been 
ill for about a fortnight, but previously had enjoyed wondertul 
health. He took a keen interest in the natural sciences, 
particularly geology, and was especially well informed with 
regard to the structure of the district around Malton. He also 
took a keen interest in the county Geological Society. Many 
years ago, at York, when the present writer read his first paper, 
Sir Charles was in the chair, and his encouraging remarks then 
made to a lad in his ’teens will not soon be forgotten. Sir 
Charles also took a great interest in horticulture, and was one of 
the first to introduce exotic orchids into Yorkshire. The 
antiquities of his county likewise occupied his attention. Sir 
Charlesswas the original of ‘ Martin the Madman’ in * Tom 
Brown’s School Days.’ Wordsworth there introduces him 
with— ; 
“Let Nature be your teacher. 
* * * * 
Sweet is the lore which Nature brings ; 
Our meddling intellect 
Misshapes the beauteous forms of things,’ 


Ss 
—-—_ &—__— 


A Descriptive Catalogue of the Dobree Collection of European Noctue, 
by Horace B. Browne, M.A. Published for the Hull Museums Committee. 
A. Brown & Sons, Hull. 156 pp., 1/- 

This is a splendid piece of work, and we most heartily congratulate Mr. 
Horace Browne on its completion and production. "Though modestly 
called a catalogue, it is largely a history of the well-known cae collection 
of European Noctuce got together by the late N. F. Dobree of Beverley 
and presented by him to the Hull Museum. As the Preface states, it is 
an attempt to give ‘an exact record of the collection as it now is, showing 
when, where, and by whom the specimens in it were obtained, describing 
briefly the varietal and aberrational forms of each species,’ etc. As the collec- 
tion ‘consists of a fine series of magnificent specimens from almost every 
district in the entire Palearctic Region,’ and the history of nearly every 
specimen is given, denoted by a number in the catalogue corresponding 
with the number in the collection, some idea may be formed of the value of 
the catalogue, and of the amount of labour which Mr. Browne has bestowed 
upon it. | We recommend all Yorkshire lepidopterists who want to profit- 
ably spend a spare day during the winter—usually the only time of the year 
when they have such days—to go over to the Hull Museum, and study the 
collection with this catalogue in hand, and they will not regret the excur- 
sion. The paper, get-up, and printing are far ahead of the average of 
such books ; and all the late Mr. Dobree’s friends will be pleased to see so 
good and characteristic a portrait as forms the frontispiece.—G.T.P. 


Naturalist, 


PLATE III. 


THE NATURALIST, 71910. 


“ a hewranes m4 Yet i 
os my 


poy es - a ok Ses a << 7 
7 = —_ yy ; i % u“ 5 al a tas ’ be Ans 
v SR OA caine, Sar ee aes a ue) oe 5 a LCOS poet LEAT MPSRE NS ed, Lm > ae a - 
=~ Toe - : 
- ‘ — 


ai 


eras 


all eet es = 


THE NATURALIST, 1910. Prater IV. 


Sn Memoriam. 


HARPER GAYTHORPE, F.S.A.(Scor.). 
1850-19C9. 


(PLATE IV.). 
As we were going to press with our January issue, the death 
occurred of Mr. Harper Gaythorpe, of Barrow-in-I‘urness. 
He was born at Tarporley, in Cheshire, in March 1850, and he 
will long be remembered for his exertions in connection with 
the Barrow Field Naturalists’ Society—a Society which owes 
its present position very largely to Mr. Gaythorpe’s energy 
during the quarter of a century he was connected with it, and 
of which he was President in 1903-4. He made numerous con- 
tributions to the archeology and natural history of the Furness 
district,and also accomplished much good work in preparing and 
editing the records of the Barrow Field Club, a volume of nearly 
300 pages having been published by him only a little while before 
he died. This was noticed in our January number, and we are 
kindly permitted to reproduce the portrait which there appeared 
as frontispiece (plate IV). The Furness district and the 
Barrow Club particularly, have lost a careful investigator, and 
a true friend. Largely as a result of his exertions, a local 


museum has recently been formed in Barrow-in-Furness. 


Sn Menoriam. 


GEORGE STABLER. 
1839-1910. 


On January 4th Mr. George Stabler, of Levens, Westmor- 
land, quietly passed away at the age of three score years and 
ten. He had been totally blind for the past two years, but was 
nevertheless quite interested in his favourite hobby—botany ; 
and though deprived of his sight, his country walks were full 
of interest to him, and he was able to identify the various 
birds, etc., by their calls. Mr. Stabler was born at. Welburn, 
near Malton, and went to Levens on his appointment as school- 
master there, forty years ago. 

He was a life-long friend of Dr. Spruce, and is referred to 
in Spruce’s account of his travels in South America, recently 
edited by Dr. Russell Wallace, and reviewed in these columns 
a little while ago. 

1910 Feb. 1. 


98 
YORKSHIRE TYPE AMMONITES. 


Yorkshire Type Ammonites, edited by S. S. Buckman, part I., pp. 1-xii, 
i.-ii., 12 plates, and Descriptions Nos. 1-8. London: Wesley & Sons. 3/6. 

One of the greatest difficulties a geologist has to encounter is the identifi- 
cation and proper naming of his specimens. In the case of Liassic Am- 
monites, which have long been keenly sought by collectors, this difficulty 
is a very serious matter, and, as was shewn by Mr. C. Thompson in these 
pages recently, even the generally accepted names to the common forms 
are often wrong. This state of things is partly due to the fact that the 
first descriptions of the species given by Simpson, were published without 
illustrations ; partly owing to a confusion of somewhat similar forms, and 
partly because one writer has copied the errors of another. Mr. Buckman, 
however, has gone to the fountain head. Simpson’s types are still pre- 
served in the Whitby Museum. These have been examined, and compared 


Ammonites polyophyllus, Simpson, 1843. 
Lias, Whitby. 


with the original descriptions, and photographs have been taken by Mr. 

W. Tutcher. In each case the original description is reprinted, and 
additional details and remarks are supplied by the editor. There, together 
with the very fine reproductions from photographs (with sketches of the 
suture lines, etc.), give all that anyone can desire. On the completion of 
Mr. Buckman’s monograph, the identification of Liassic ammonites will 
be, for the first time, a comparatively easy matter. The species figured in 
part I. are Ammonites reticularis, ripleyi, aureus, mulgravius, exaratus, 
vesupinatus, dennyi, polophyllus, alternatus, subconcavus and boulbiensis. 
One of the smaller illustrations we are permitted to reproduce herewith. 
In view of the number and excellence of the plates, the price is very 
reasonable. 


Naturalist, 


99 
NEW NATURAL HISTORY BOOKS. 


The number of new books dealing with natural history, from a popular 
point of view, now being published, is appalling. It is wonderful how well 
they are produced, and at such low prices. The next generation should be 
a good one for our natural history societies ! 


From Mr. Andrew Melrose we have received The New Book of Birds, 
by Horace G. Groser (309 pp. 6/- net). It is a magnificent volume, with 
large type, large pages, and plenty of illustrations, including a dozen 
coloured plates by George Rankin, each of which is a gem. The more 
remarkable of the birds are dealt with, e.g., the ostrich, pelican, albatross, 
eagle, bustard, stork, vulture, raven, etc.; whilst the kingfisher, lark, 
robin, etc., are also described. The descriptive matter is pleasantly 
written, and appears to be free from the glaring inaccuracies of some books. 


A Book of the Zoo, by Eric Parker, is published by Messrs. Methuen, 
London. (307 pp. 6/-). 

This is unusually well written, and besides being a handy guide to the 
collections in the possession of the Zoological Society, also contains much 
valuable information likely to appeal to many who are not able to visit 
the gardens. Most of the important species are well described, and in a 
thoroughly reliable manner. The volume is improved by several excellent 
illustrations from photographs by Mr. Henry Irving, who seems almost as 
successful with his photographs of animal life as he is with his views of 
trees. 

The Animals and their Story, by W. P. Westell. London: Robert 
Culley;- 3227 pp:, 5/- net. 

The first impression one gets on opening this book is that it is very 
similar to the previous volume, but better. So far as the illustrations are 
concerned, that impression remains after a close inspection. In the 
advertisement we learn that in this ‘ worthy addition’ to the ‘ Nature 
Story ’ series, the author ‘ has struck out 7n an entirely new line.’ We fail 
to see it. He has certainly described animals only usually found in the 
Zoo, whereas formerly he kept to the British fauna and flora; but the 
style, the ‘ originality,’ shall we say, is the same. At the rate Mr. 
Westell is turning books out this is hardly to be wondered at. His 
reputation would be much better if he paid a little more attention to 
his style. Though the book is entitled ‘ Animals’ and their story, it is 
obvious that the author has fallen into a general error, and means 
‘mammals.’ He also, as usual, promises ‘ following up the story by further 
volumes.’ Apparently this is the first book that has appeared since Mr. 
Westell got his bronze ‘Medaille de 2d Classe, 4th section,’ and 
pretty certificate (which beats the B.E.N.A. badge), from the Société 
Nationale D’Acclimatation de France ; and so a photograph of the obverse 
and reverse of the medal, and of the certificate, appear at the beginning 
of the book; though, as these were granted for a work on popular 
entomology, it is difficult to understand why they appear here. The 
book is dedicated to the French Society by the author, ‘as a token of his 
high regard for the splendid work which the society has accomplished.’ 
But so long as Mr. Westell is successful in securing exceilent illustra- 
tions, his books will sell. In the present case there are eight coloured 
plates by Mr. W. S. Berridge, and a hundred photographs taken in 
the Zoo by the same gentleman. These, particularly the former, are 
perfect, and alone are worth the money. Without them we fear the book 
would have a ‘ struggle for existence ’ amongst the writings of Lydekker, 
Ingersoll and Selous, in which the author has delved deeply. 


Nature Walks and Talks, by T. Carreras. London: Partridge & Co. 
286 pp. 2/6. 

The author of this book differs from many recent writers on ‘ Nature 
Study,’ inasmuch as he is thoroughly acquainted with the moths, butter- 


1g1o Feb. 1. 


100 New Natural History Books. 


flies, snails, wasps, beetles, galls, etc., about which he writes. His informa- 
tion is given in a pleasant style, and is reliable. His final chapter, dealing 
with nature photography, is particularly good. We can strongly recom- 
mend it to our young readers. 


The Story of the Pine-Marten, Mustela, by A. B. Hutton. London : 
David Nutt. 73 pp. 

This is a series of chapters dealing with the adventures of a Pine- 
Marten, one of the rarer of our British mammals. It is told in a form 
suitable for young readers, and is illustrated by excellent photographs. 
The story is founded on facts, and told by one obviously familiar with 
the habits of the animal he describes. It is apparently Mr. Hutton’s 
first book, or we should not have found on the title-page a statement to 
the effect that he is a member of a certain society, which is open’ to anybody 
and everybody who will pay a penny a year for the privilege ! 


The Pond and other Stories, by Carl Ewald. London: Everett and Co. 
3220p Py Oy lets 

This volume contains a charming series of Nature ‘ Fairy Tales,’ 
translated from the Danish by Alexander Teixeira de Mattos. The stories 
are written in a very entertaining style, and are sure to please young folks, 
and at the same time give them an accurate idea of the ways of birds, 
fishes, reptiles, shells and plants. The stories, as such, are excellent, 
and are doubly valuable for the care that has been exercised in regard to 
the details of the lives of the animals so well described. 


Tommy’s Adventures in Natureland, by Sir Digby Pigott. Jondon: 
Witherby and Co. 180 pp. 2/6 net. 

This is a companion volume to ‘ The Changling,’ by the same author, 
who thinks it is possible that his new book ‘ may fall into the hands of 
boys or girls whose education has been so sadly neglected that they have 
never read or heard of ‘ The Changling.’ The new book is somewhat on 
the same lines: a little boy takes the form of a pheasant, a seagull, etc., 
and describes his experiences. His stories are pleasant to read, and are 
likely to create a desire on the part of juvenile readers for more nature 
study. 


The Hills and the Vale, by Richard Jefferies, with an introduction by 
Edward Thomas. London: Duckworth & Co. 312 pp., 6/-. 

Though Richard Jefferies is no longer with us, we have in Mr. Edward 
Thomas a devout disciple, whose w ork we have previously had the pleasure 
of referring to in these columns. To him is due the credit of the appearance 
of the present book, which contains three unpublished essays of Jefferies, 
together with fifteen others reprinted from various magazines, where they 
have probably been little noticed since the time of their appearance. 
Amongst the subjects dealt with are Marlborough Forest; Choosing a 
Gun; Birds of Spring; Village Organisation ; On the Downs ; The Sun 
and the Brook, etc. It is unnecessary, we feel glad to think, to commend 
any of Richard Jefferies’ work to the readers of “ The Naturalist.’ 


Vol. V. of the Caxton Publishing Company’s Book of Nature Study: 
edited by Prof. Farmer, is to hand (224 pp. 7/6). 

It is largely botanical, and also contains many papers of economical 
importance. A good proportion deals with school gardens and their 
management. The papers are also remarkably well illustrated, and in 
every way are admirable, and will be found particularly useful to teachers. 
Miss C. L. Laurie has a series of chapters dealing w ith ‘Seashore Vegeta- 
tion, Aquatic Vegetation, the Vegetation of Meadows and Pastures, and 
the Weeds of Cultivation ' ; Mr. J. E. Hennesey writes on ‘ School Gardens 
from Various Aspects,’ ; and Mr. A. D. Hall, F.R.S., writes on “ The Origin 
of Soils.’ 


Naturalist, 


New Natural History Books. IOI 


One and All Gardening, 1910, edited by Edward Owen Greening, London: 
Agricultural and Horticultural Association. Price Twopence. 

This interesting Annual has now reached a fifteenth issue. The 128 
pages. are full of valued matter by writers of eminence in the horticultural 
world. The editor gives an illustrated article on garden homes in connec- 
tion with profit sharing co-partnerships of industry at home and abroad. 
Other articles are on American School Gardens ; Walking-stick Insects ; 
Gardening without Soil; the Outdoor School ; Legends of Plants, and the 
much-discussed subject of Nitro-Culture. 


An Introduction to the Study of the Comparative Anatomy of Animals, 
by Dr. G. C. Bourne. London: George Bell & Sons. Vol. I., 300 pp., 
6/- net. 

Since this volume was first published, ten years ago, it has been very 
largely used, and we can personally speak as to its value. A second 
edition has now been called for, and much new matter is included. The 
portion relating to Mitosis, the Maturation of the Ovum, Spermatogenesis 
and Fertilisation, and the chapter on Monocystis, have been re-written. 
A useful chapter on Malaria has been added, which will be of particular 
service to medical students. The illustrations are clear and well drawn. 


Beasts and Men, by Carl Hagenbech. London: Longmans, Green & Co. 
358 pp., price 12/6 net. 

Hagenbeck and his wonderful achievements with regard to training and 
rearing wild animals, are doubtless well-known to all our readers. His 
Zoological Park at Stellingen, where various: beasts are kept in apparently 
natural surroundings, is known the world over, though some objections 
to the methods there adopted are pointed out by Dr. Chalmers Mitchell, 
F.R.S., who contributes an introduction to the volume. The very title 
of the book conveys an idea of the relative regard paid to beasts, and to the 
other animals—men, by the author! The volume is full of Hagenbeck’s 
reminiscences—interesting anecdotes relating to his collecting expeditions, 
and also chatty descriptions of the various races of mankind met with in 
his travels. There are many excellent stories; a particularly good one 
referring to an Englishman who wanted to shoot an elephant. This Mr. W., 
hearing that Hagenbeck had a specimen that was dying, went over to 
Germany with a fine array of rifles, etc. But he ‘ funked’ it at the last 
moment, and the beast had to be strangled. It does not state whether 
he still brought his ‘trophy’ home. There are a hundred illustrations, 
the first being Hagenbeck himself, and the last some niggers and a monkey. 
A valuable part of the work is that relating to his ‘ zoo,’ of which there 
are several fine photographs. It is interesting to read that in the author’s 
opinion, greater success in training animals is attained by kindness than 
by the whip. 


Nature Through the Microscope, by W. Spiers. London: Robert 
Culley. 355 pp., 7/6 net. 

The author of this volume is evidently an enthusiast, and has also a 
practical acquaintance with the various and numerous branches of micro- 
scopic work with which he deals. The book is intended for the beginner, 
though it also contains many useful hints, likely to be of value to advanced 
students of the microscope. He also covers a very wide field, dealing with 
almost every branch of natural history, vegetable and animal. The objects 
he describes too, are such as can readily be obtained by most beginners, 
and hence his book is the more likely to be of service. There isan absence 
of technical words, without in any way deteriorating the value of his descrip- 
tions. There are ten excellent coloured plates by Miss E. M. Spiers, and 
about three hundred drawings and micro-photographs by the author. 
In addition are reproductions of the well-known micro-photographs made 
by Mr. C. D. Holmes, of Hull, at which place: we believe the author until 
recently resided. There is a useful chapter on ‘ How to choose a Micros- 
cope,’ and a photograph of the author on the cover. 


1g10 Feb, 1. 


102 Northern News. 


Parts II.-VII. of The Story of the Heavens, by Sir Robert Ball (Cassell 
& Co., 6d. each net) are to hand. 

Each is well illustrated by diagrams and plates, and the text is written 
in a popular style. As this work is so well known, our main object in 
calling attention to it is that those of our readers who do not already 
possess a copy may be aware that it can be obtained in this convenient form 
at sixpence a fortnight. 


NORTHERN NEWS. 


Mr. W. M. Tattersall has been appointed. keeper of the Manchester 
Museum. 


According to the daily papers, a pure white Squirrel, with pink eves, 
has recently been shot at Thornby, Northamptonshire. 


We regret to learn that Mr. John Eggleston, Assistant at the Sunderland 
Museum, was found drowned in the Wear near Southwick, early in January. 


We notice in a recent weekly natural history column that reference 
is made to the Eruption of Crossbills. 


The Report of the Committee on Erratic Blocks of the British Isles, 
presented at Winnipeg, consists principally of records from Lincolnshire, 
Northumberland, Durham and Leicester. 


Mr. J. W. Jackson favours us with a copy of his paper on * Fossil 
Pearl-Growths,’ which appeared in Vol. VII. of ‘ The Proceedings of the 
Malacological Society.’ The specimens, some of which are illustrated, are 
in the Manchester Museum. 


Lord Walsingham’s collection of Microlepidoptera is being transferred 
to the British Museum, having been presented to that Institution. The 
collection consists of about 260,000 specimens, and will include about 
45,000 species not previously represented in the National collection. 


According to the ‘ Grand Magazine,’ ‘ in after days he looked upon that 
evening as the date on which he burst from the chrysalis and became a 
caterpillar.’ To this ‘ Punch’ naturally adds, ‘and the date lower down 
in his calendar, with the two red lines round it, marks the occasion when 
he finally burst into an egg.’ Speaking of eggs reminds us that the Parlia- 
mentary elections have recently taken place, in connection with which 
there have been frequent references to history, both natural and unnatural. 
In the Barrhead News a correspondent writes, ‘ the insidious snake of 
Free Trade should not wag the cloven hoof of Protection in the air.’ 


It is gratifying to learn that at the recent meeting of the Council of the 
London Geological Society it was decided to confer the Murchison Award 
upon Mr. J. W. Stather, F.G.S., of Hull. Mr. Stather was one of the 
founders of the Hull Geological Society, and has passed through its presi- 
dential chair. He has acted in the capacity of Honorary Secretary to the 
Society almost without a break since its formation. He has also carried 
out much geological work in the district, under the auspices of the British 
Association, and has also done some excellent work in East Yorkshire 
and North Lincolnshire, particularly amongst the Cretaceous and Glacial 
series. He has served on the council of the Yorkshire Geological Society, 
the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, and other important scientific bodies. 
This is the second occasion upon which the London Geological Society 
has conferred honours upon Hull naturalists in recent years, another Hull 
geologist having received the Lyell Award only a short time ago. 


Naturalist 


103 


PROCEEDINGS OF PROVINCIAL SCIENTIFIC SOCIETIES. 


The Forty-Eighth Annual Report of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union 
for 1909 (reprinted from ‘ The Naturalist’ for January), can be obtained 
from the Hon. Secretary of the Union at one shilling. It contains 
a useful summary of the natural history observations in Yorkshire during 
1909. 

The Transactions and Journal of Proceedings of the Dumfries and 
Galloway Natural History and Antiquarian Society, Vol. XX. (220 pp.), has 
been issued, and contains a record of the work accomplished during the 
Session 1907-8. The papers and abstracts deal with a variety of subjects, 
from Paul Jones to Local Fungi, and a good proportion of the articles are 
of local interest. Amongst the natural history items we notice birds 
occupy a prominent place, whilst fishes, fungi and butterflies are also 
dealt with. 


The Natural History Society of Northumberland, Durham and New- 
castle-upon-Tyne is to be congratulated upon its Transactions (Vol. III., 
Part 2, pp. 223-540, 6/6) recently issued. 

The thick tome is packed with most valuable papers, mostly dealing 
with the arachnida and other usually neglected orders. The articles are 
well-illustrated, and have the further merit of bearing upon the Society’s 
sphere of work. Besides the reports on the field meetings, the museum, 
etc., there are papers on Exotic Thysanoptera; British Collembola and 
Pauropoda, by Mr. R. S. Bagnall; Mr. E. L. Gill describes a new arachnid 
from the Coal Measures; the Rev. J. E. Hull and Mr. A. R. Jackson 
respectively have papers on rare spiders; Miss M. V. Lebour publishes 
her further work amongst the Trematodes of the Coast ; Canon Norman and 
Prof. G. S. Brady describe the coast crustacea, and geological items are 
contributed by Dr. Woolacott and the Rev. A. Watts. 


The Transactions of the East Riding Antiquarian Society for 1909 have 
recently been published (A. Brown & Sons, Hull). 

The volume is principally occupied by two lengthy papers. The first 
is by the President, Col. P. Saltmarshe, and refers to ‘Some Howdenshire 
Villages,’ and includes an elaborate pedigree of the Metham family. The 
second is by Mr. T. Sheppard, and deals with ‘Some Anglo-Saxon Vases 
in the Hull Museum.’ He describes an unusually fine series of cinerary 
urns, and their contents, principally from Sancton in East Yorkshire, 
though there are three from Newark. This paper is illustrated by ninety- 
four photographs and sketches. 


Vol. I. of the Year Book of the Viking Club is a further publication 
issued by this enthusiastic society. 

It contains the reports of the district secretaries; a paper on ‘ The 
Rampshire Sword,’ by the late Harper Gaythorpe ; an excellent series of 
“Viking Notes,’ Reviews, Bibliography, etc. From the same society we 
have received No. 17 of Old Lore Miscellany ; Orkney and Shetland Records 
(No. 18), and Caithness and Sutherland Records (No. 19). The editors of 
these publications are again to be congratulated upon the general excellence 
and value of the work. 


We have received Vol. I. No. 4 of the Hastings and East Sussex Naturalist 
edited by Mr. W. Ruskin Butterfield. (Hastings, pp. 131-196, price 2/-). 

It is particularly valuable from the local character of its contents. 
The Rev. E. N. Bloomfield gives a list of Sussex Fungi; Mr. W. H. Mullens 
writes on ‘ Gilbert White and Sussex’; the editor gives notes on Hastings 
Harvestmen (Phalangidea); Mr. T. Parkin refers to Nesting Boxes at 
Westfield Place, Sussex; Mr. M. J. Nicoll describes the Pipits in the 
Hastings area; the Rev. Bloomfield gives ‘ Annual Notes on the Local 
Flora, Fauna, etc.’, and there are several shorter notes. We must con- 
gratulate our Hastings friends on the attention they pay to local notes. 


1910 Feb. 1. 


104 


NEWS FROM THE MAGAZINES. 


A Wryneck was heard at Studley Royal near Ripon, on June 8th, 1909. 
—Zoologist, December. 


Rhopalomesites tardyi Curt, is recorded for Lancashire, a female being 
caught near Ulverston in August last.—Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine. 


Dr. J. E. Marr and Mr. W. J. Fearnsides have a lengthy and well- 
illustrated paper on ‘ The Howgill Fells and their Topography,’ in the 
Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society. 


Mr. F. F. Blackman has an interesting paper on ‘ Vegetation and 
Frost’ in The New Phytologist for December. In the same journal is an 
illustration of Botrychium lunaria with two fertile fronds. 


Mr. W. Eagle Clarke writes on ‘ The recent remarkable visitation of 
Crossbills ’ in The Annals of Scottish Natural History, No. 72. In the same 
journal Mr. F. N. Williams writes on ‘ The High Alpine Flora of Britain.’ 


In Man for January, Mr. C. T. Trechmann records a miniature imple- 
ment of transparent quartz, from the site of the lake dwelling in the 
Greifensee, Switzerland. The implement measures 11 millimetres long, 
by 64 millimetres broad. 


Mr. G. H. Caton Haigh shot a Yellow-Crowned Warbler at North Cotes, 
Lines., on October 12th, and a Red-Breasted Flycatcher at the same place, 
on September 16th, the latter being said to be the first record of the species 
for Lincolnshire.— British Birds, December. 


In British Birds for January, Mr. H. F. Witherby figures and describes 
the specimen of Nordmann’s Pratincole, shot at Danby Wiske, and des- 
cribed in these pages for November ist last. Mr. Fortune’s photograph 
is also reproduced, without any reference to the photographer. In the 
same journal is a photograph of a nest of a Raven, with young, taken in 
Northumberland. 


The Bradford Scientific Journal for January contains a paper on the 
Migration of the Swift, by Mr. E. Harper ; ‘ the Lees’ Herbarium,’ by Mr. 
F. A. Lees; ‘The Roman Road between Cockhill and Ilkley,’ by Dr. F. 
Villy, and some valuable local natural history observations made by the 
recorders of the Bradford Naturalists’ and Microscopical Society. 


Besides the paper on ‘ Moorlog’ referred to on page 1, the Essex 
Naturalist (Vol. XVI1., pts. I. and II.) contains interesting papers on * The 
Re-afforestation of Hainhault’ ; ‘A New Forest of Weltham,’ ; ‘ Notes on 
Paleolithic and Neolithic Implements in East Essex,’ and a report of two 
Conferences on the use of museums in promoting ‘ Nature Study ’ in schools. 


Our contributor, the Rev. O. Pickard-Cambridge, F.R.S., favours us 
with a reprint of his paper ‘ On British Arachnida noted and observed in 
1908,’ which appears in the Proceedings of the Dorset Natural History 
and Field Club. It is pleasant to find that a very large proportion of the 
new species recorded is due to the efforts of Yorkshire workers. 


In the Bradford Scientific Journal for January, is a short note recording 

a bed of peat between two clays in the Wrose Brow Brick Works. ‘It 

rests horizontally and apparently undisturbed between two blue clays, 

. . . the lower clay is about 25 feet thick, and the upper one 8 feet thick.’ 

It is stated that ‘ both these deposits are probably boulder-clays.’ If this 

is so, the section is of the utmost importance, and we trust our Bradford 
friends will make a very careful examination of the beds. 


Naturalist, 


No. 638 


(No. 416 of current series), 


: A MONTHLY ILLUSTRATED JOURNAL OF 
NATURAL HISTORY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND. 


EDITED BY 


T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., F.S.A.Scot., 


Tue Museums, Hut; 
AND 
T. W. WOODHEAD, Ph.D., F.L.S., 
TrEcHNICAL CoLLEGF, HUDDERSFIELD. 


WITH THE ASSISTANCE AS REFEREES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF 


J. GILBERT BAKER, F.R.S. F.L.S., GEO. T. PORRITT, F.L.S., F.E&.S., 
Prof. P. F. KENDALL, M.Sc., F.G.S., JOHN W. TAYLOR, 
T. H. NELSON, M.B.O.U., i WILLIAM WEST, F.L.S., 


RILEY FORTUNE, F.Z.S. 


Contents :— 


Notes and Comments (llustrated):—Geological Survey Maps ; Cave Remains from Warton et 
Crag; A ‘Faked’ Fossil Fish; Liassic Plesiosaurs; ‘Snmakestones’; Yorkshire 
Ornithology ; A Famous Whale; New Lincolnshire Belemnites rs ay ee ... 105-108 

Some Avicultural Notes—Il’. H. St. Quintin, J.P., F.Z.S., etc. sea 458 x 4 ... 109-116 

The Yorkshire Species of Leuctra—Geo.T. Porritt, F.L.S., F.E.S. oe ; ae ‘cd 117 

Note on the Larva of Ottonia conifera (Illustrated)—C. F. George, M.R.C.S. oe 118 

The Peat Moors of Lonsdale—An Introduction ares Munn gigi M.Sc. c(Leed), 
B.Sc.(Lond.) BS 8 5 bp 

Wind-formed Snowballs at Hartsgete—. A, Leslie Armstrong, PA. I, s. Bt 5 By: 123 

Notes on the Effects of Heath Fires on Vegetation—H. F. ees M. 1.D., PEGS ... 124-125 

Botanical Notes on a Bradford Waste Heap—Jo/in Cryer ... noe ue ie 3 Se 126 

Rare Fishes on the Yorkshire Coast (Illustrated)—IW.]. Clarke, F.27.S. ... ths ... 127-128 

Helleborine atro-rubens Druce, var. Crowtheri, nov. var.—G. Claridge Druce, M.A.,F.L.S. 128 

Note on Helleborine atro-rubens, var. Crowtheri—F. Arnold Lees, M.R.C.S. wa ..., 128-181 

Field Notes (Illustrated) ... nislndinests ge Re ate user eg af a ... 131-132 

Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union—H.8.B. ... oa i £3 aX AY Ae ee ... 183-184 

Reviews and Book Notices __.... wk BF BXs ax ee ue Les a ak, “- 134, 135 

Northern News SE a sn Tatas ky ces Me oN Vel OByn Ds) sisbeas 123, 125, 126, 186 

Illustrations ... a BY Ai ee oh oak Xe cog 5s ... 106, 107, 108, 118;-4227127 

f ® 
LONDON : 


A. Brown & Sons, LIMITED, 5, FARRINGDON AVENUE, E-C.* 
. And at Hutt and York. 
Printers and Publishers to the Y.N.U. 


ss PRICE 6d. NET. BY POST 7d. NET. 


species, with full details of localities and numerous critical remarks on their affinities and distribution. 


' separately-paged series, devoted each to a special subject. The Parts already published are sold to th; 


‘PUBLICATIONS © 


tksbite Taturalis 


vats 
a 


ts’ Union, 
i 


‘ 
ere 
Ty 


8vo, Cloth, 292 pp. (a few copies only left), price Ble set. — ‘ copes 
Contains various reports, papers, and addresses on the Flowering Plants, Mosses, and Fungi of the ¢ 


~~ Complete, 810, Cloth, with Coloured Map, published at One Guinea. Only a few copies left, 10/6 1 
THE FLORA OF WEST YORKSHIRE. By FREDERIC ARNOLD LEES, M.R.C.S., &c. 
This, which forms the 2nd Volume of the Botanical Series of the Transactions, is perhaps th 
complete work of the kind ever issued for any district, including detailed and full records of 1044 P} 
ams and Vascular Cryptogams, 11 Characeaw, 348 Mosses, 108 Hepatics, 258 Lichens, 1009 Fungi, < 
reshwater Alga, making a total of 3160 species. | 


> 


680 pp., Coloured Geological, Lithological, &c. Maps, suitably Bound in Cloth. Price 1§/< net. 
NORTH YORKSHIRE: Stidies of its Botany, Geology, Climate, and Physical Geograp! 
By JOHN GILBERT BAKER, F.R.S., F.L.S., M.R.1.A., V.M.H. 
And a Chapter on the Mosses and Hepatics of the Riding, by Matrnew B. Siater, F.L.S. This \ 
forms the 3rd of the Botanical Series. 


396 pp., Complete, 8vo., Cloth, ' Price 10/6 ict. ; 
THE FUNGUS FLORA OF YORKSHIRE. By G. MASSEE, F.L.S., F.R.H-S., & C. CROSSLAND, 


This is the 4th Volume of the Botanical Series of the Transactions, and contains a complete annote 
of all the known Fungi of the county, comprising 2626 species. 


Complete, 8v0, Cloth. Price G/= post free. 
THE ALGA-FLORA OF YORKSHIRE. By W. WEST, F.L.S., & GEO. S. WEST, B.A., A.R.C.S., 
This work, which forms the 5th Volume of the Botanical Series of the Transactions, enumerat 


Complete, 8v0, Cloth. Second Edition. Price 6/6 net. 
LIST OF YORKSHIRE LEPIDOPTERA. By G. T. PORRITT, F.L.S., F.E.S. 


The First Edition of this work was published in 1883, and contained particulars of 1340 spe 
Macro- and Micro-Lepidoptera known to inhabit the county of York. The Second Edition, with Supp 
contains much new information which has been accumulated by the author, including over 50 ad 
species, together with copious notes on variation (particularly melanism), &c. 


In progress, issued in Annual Parts, 8vo. 
: TRANSACTIONS OF THE YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION. 
The Transactions include papers in all departments of the Yorkshire Fauna and Flora, and are i: 
as follows (Members are entitled to 25 per cent. discount): Part 1 (1877), 2/3; 2 (1878), 1/9; 3 (1878), 1/6; | 
2/-; 5 (1880), 2/-; 6 (1881), 2/-; 7 (1882), 2/6; 8 (1883), 2/6; 9 (1884), 2/9; 10 (1885), 1/6; 11 (1885), 2/6; 12 (18 
13 (1887), 2/6; 14 (1888), 1/9; 15 (1889), 2/6; 16 (1890), 2/6; 17 (1891), 2/6; 18 (1892), 1/9; 19 (1893), 9d. ; 20 (1& 
21 (1895), 1/-; 22 (1896), 1/3; 23 (1897), 1/3; 24 (1898), 1/-; 25 (1899), 1/9; 26 (1900), 5/-; 27 (1901), 2/-; 28 (19 
4g (1902), 1/-; 30 (1903), 2/6; 31 (1904), 1/-; 32 (1905), 7/6; 33 (1906), 5/- ; 34 (1908), 2/6. 


THE BIRDS OF YORKSHIRE. By T. H. NELSON, M.B.O.U., WILLIAM EAGLE CLARKE, | 
M.B.O.U., and F. BOYES. 2 Vols., Demy 8vo 25/= net. ; Demy dto 42/- net. 


Annotated List of the LAND and FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA KNOWN TO INHABIT ' 
SHIRE. By JOHN W. TAYLOR, F.L.S., and others. Also in course of publication in th« 
actions. 


THE YORKSHIRE CARBONIFEROUS FLORA. By ROBERT KIDSTON, F:R\S.E.sB-G:S.. 3 
18, 19, 21, &c., of Transactions. 


LIST OF YORKSHIRE COLEOPTERA. By Rev. W. C. HEY, M.A. 


THE NATURALIST. A Monthly Illustrated Journal of Natural History for the North of England. 
by T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., Museum, Hull; and T. W. WOODHEAD, F.L.S., Technical 
Huddersfield; with the assistance as referees in Special Departments of J. GILBERT BAKER 
F.L.S., Pror. PERCY F. KENDALL, M.Sc., F.G.S., TH. NELSON, M.B.O.U., GEO. T. PO 
F.L.S., F.E.S., JOHN W. TAYLOR, WILLIAM WEST, F.L.S., and R. FORTUNE, F.Z.S. 
Subscription, payable in advance, 6/6 post free). . 

MEMBERSHIP in the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, 10/6 per annum, includes subscription to The N« 
and entitles the member to receive the current Transactions, and all the other privileges of th; 
‘A donation of Seven Guineas constitutes a life-membership, and entitles the member to a s 
Transactions issued by the Union. Subscriptions to be sent to the Hon. Treasurer, H. 


* ©7 St. Mary’s Road, Doncaster. ft i 
Members are entitled to buy all back numbers and other publications of the Union at a discoun 


per cent. off the prices quoted above. 
All communications should be addressed to the Hon. Secretary, } 
Ty. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., The Museums, Hull} 


y eo ae r a Asie ae. ae oe 


, 105 


NOTES AND COMMENTS. 


GEOLOGICAL SURVEY MAPS. 


In the ‘ Geological Magazine’ for January, Mr. Bernard 
Hobson draws attention to the penny-wise policy recently 
adopted by the Treasury of increasing the cost of the hand- 
coloured geological survey maps. For instance, quarter sheet 
g2 N.-E., Pateley Bridge, has been raised in price from 3/- 
to 14/3; and quarter sheet 81 S.-E., Buxton, from 3/- to 8/3. 
“This means that while thousands of pounds are spent in 
geological surveying, the results are inaccessible to the public 
except at an almost prohibitive price. It makes British 
geologists envy their friends in the United States, where the 
antediluvian hand-colouring is unknown, and a _ geological 
folo containing topographical geological economics, and struc- 
tural map with explanation, can be bought for twenty-five cents 
(r/-). In Canada ‘geological maps are supplied gratis to 
Canadians.’ 


CAVE REMAINS FROM WARTON CRAG. 


At a recent meeting of the Geological Society of London, 
Mr. J. Wilfrid Jackson described his excavations at Dog Holes, 
Warton Crag. The cave is situated on the western side of 
Warton Crag, and opens on a sloping ‘ pavement ’ of limestone. 
It owes its origin to the erosion of a series of master-joints in the: 
Carboniferous Limestone. The present entrance is by a vertical 
drop from the general level of the ‘ pavement,’ and is un- 
doubtedly of secondary origin, due to the falling-in of the 
weakened roof of one of the passages. The specimens found 
were derived from the cave-earth below the surface-soil in one 
of the chambers of the cave. They comprise a large series of 
small vertebrates, including Rodents, Insectivores, Amphibians, 
Birds, etc. Among the Rodents are some interesting forms, 
the chief of which are the Arctic and Norwegian Lemmings, 
and the Northern Vole. A large series of non-marine Mollusca 
was found along with these remains, one species being of 
particular interest, namely Pyvamidula ruderata, only known 
in this country by its fossil remains in Pleistocene deposits. 
The Pleistocene age of the remains is fully discussed, as well as. 
their possible mode of origin through a former swallow-hole- 
In many respects the cave and its contents bear a striking 


resemblance to the famous Ightham Fissures, 
H 


1gto Mar. I. 


eS = 


106 Notes and Comments. 


A ‘FAKED’ FOSSIL FISH. 
ie’ © Flint™Jack,’ who was well known a generation ago for the 
successful way in which he made ‘ pre-historic’ implements 
and other ‘antiquities,’ did not hesitate to make anything, so 
long as he could get a market for it. Hugh Miller’s ‘ Old Red 
Sandstone’ was then, as now, a popular work; but in those 
days few who had read the book had seen the actual fossils 


oa Ee ZS 


“ Fossil-Fish’’? made by “ Flint Jack.’’ 


referred to therein. ‘Flint Jack,’ by the aid of a file, chisel, 
and pieces of West Riding Coal-Measure Sandstone, made fairly 
passable ‘ ganoids.’ One of these is figured herewith, and 
whilst it would not pass many geologists to-day, it still has an 


interest. 
LIASSIC PLESIOSAURS. 


We are glad to find that the hitherto neglected study of the 
Saurian remains from our Liassic rocks is at last being taken up 
in earnest, and with promising results. In the well-known 
memoirs issued by the Manchester Literary and Philosophical 

Society, Mr. D. M. S. Watson has a Preliminary Note on two 
New Genera of Upper Liassic Plesiosaurs, and from his remarks 
it is evident that a careful examination of the Saurian remains 
in our museums and collections will shew that there is much 
material awaiting proper description. In Tate and Blake’s 
“Yorksire Lias’ (1876) are recorded two crocodiles, eight 
Plesiosaurs and three Ichthyosaurs. ‘No other Plesiosaurs 
have been described since.’ Seven of these species are founded 
on more or less complete skeletons, two of which Mr. Watson 
has been unable to find. 

‘SNAKESTONES.’ 

Visitors to Whitby will be familiar with the story of St. 
Hilda and the way in which she caused all the snakes in our 
island to ‘curl up and die,’ literally to lose their heads, roll 


Naturalist, 


Notes and Comments. 107 


into the sea, and become stone. That is why snakestones are 
hardly ever found with their heads on! And the story is per- 
petuated in the arms of the borough, which consists of three 
snakestones. Hearing that a Whitby dealer had been fortunate 
enough to find one with a ‘head,’ complete, we wrote for it, 
and duly received it with an intimation that such perfect 
specimens were exceedingly scarce, and rarely met with. The 


A “Snakestone.’’ 


“head ’ is fairly well made, with eyes and mouth complete, 

though it still retains the marks of the file. An application 

for other two specimens (accompanied by a postal order !) 

was successful, and doubtless our friend will be fortunate 

enough to ‘find’ others, if he gets orders for them ! 
YORKSHIRE ORNITHOLOGY. 

It is pleasing to find that through the efforts of the officials 
of the Vertebrate Section of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, 
a keen interest in ornithology is being created in the county. 
The meeting at Leeds a few days ago, reported in another 
column, was most encouraging, and would have been creditable 
to any of the London societies. The attendance was almost too 
good, having regard to the size-of the room! The meeting 
lasted from 3 o’clock in the afternoon until a late hour in the 
evening, with only a short break for tea; and the interest was 
sustained throughout. The work of this section might well 
be copied by other sections of the Union. 


1g10 Mar. 1, 


108 Notes and Comments. 


A FAMOUS WHALE. 


The accompanying illustration is from an old and scarce 
aquatint of a sperm whale, which will be of interest to our 
readers. This engraving measures 25 inches by 15 inches, and 
was drawn by R. Iveson in 1825, and was engraved by R. 
Fenner, London. Beneath is the following description :— 
A Sperm Whale, cast on shore at Tunstall, in Holderness, on 
the 28th April, 1825. Whole length, 58 ft. 6 ins. ; girth, half- 
way between eye and nose, 31 ft. ; girth of the neck, 33 ft. ; 


A Sperm Whale. 


girth behind shoulder fin, 34 ft.; girth before the tail, 7 ft. 
2 ins .; length of lower jaw in view, Io ft. 6 ins.; blow-hole 
opening at (a); width of opening, 2 ft. ; depth, 1 ft. 2 ins. ; 
length as far as traced, 20 ft. 3 ins.; number of teeth, 51.’ 
This particular whale was the cause of a law-suit at the time, 
and finally was taken over by a member of the Constable 
family, of Burton Constable, who was lord of the manor. The 
skeleton of the whale, though in a somewhat dilapidated con- 
dition, is still at Burton Constable. 


NEW LINCOLNSHIRE BELEMNITES. 

In ‘ The Proceedings of the Geologists’ Association ’ recently 
published, Mr. G. C. Crick describes a new genus and species of 
Belemnite from the Lower Chalk of Lincolnshire. There are 
two specimens recorded, found by the Rev. C. R. Bower, and 
both were obtained from the Totternhoe Stone, at Welton 
Vale, near Louth. Judging from the illustrations, the speci- 
mens are very unusual in appearance, and totally different from 
anything of the kind previously recorded from the chalk. They 
almost resemble large Saurian teeth, are deeply grooved, and 
somewhat triangular in section. Mr. Crick gives the name 
Belemnocamax bowert to the specimens. — 


Naturalist, 


109 
SOME AVICULTURAL NOTES.* 


W.H. ST. QUINTIN, J.P., F.Z:S., Exc., 
Scampston, E. Yorks. 


I FEEL that I have no business to select such a subject as I 
have chosen for my address, unless I can show that I have 
also some contribution to offer, however humble, to the science 
which is the bond which unites us together. Now, what can 
an aviculturist do in this direction ? How far is the keeping 
of birds in captivity of any scientific value? I put aside 
altogether the keeping of birds for exhibition purposes. It 
cannot be claimed that science learns much from bird shows as 
such, although of course, the demand for rare and beautiful 
‘exhibits’ does stimulate the importation of uncommon species. 
and brings into the country birds which would otherwise not 
come into the possession of those who wish to keep them for 
purposes of study. 

I think an aviculturist’s hobby is only hkely to produce 
scientific results if his birds are kept, first of all in good health 
and condition ; and secondly, as far as possible under fairly 
natural conditions, and especially if they can be induced to 
breed. 

If an awiculturist is fortunate and successful, he can, to a 
considerable extent, supplement the work of the scientist in 
the laboratory and museum, by filling up gaps in the history 
of a bird, and by elucidating points which it may not be possible 
to observe in the case of a bird when at liberty. As examples, 
I will presently refer to certain habits of the Sandgrouse and 
Brush Turkey. 

In referring to my birds, I mean to treat of some facts, 
which besides being curious and interesting, have not been 
recorded in the standard ornithological works which we gener- 
ally consult ; though sometimes they have been noticed in some 
of the journals. At the same time I will, as far as I can, only 
deal with such actions and habits as might be expected of 
birds in a state of freedom, if one had opportunities of seeing 
them ; and to steer clear altogether from noting the eccentric 
behaviour of individuals, which, though — amusing enough, 
are of no scientific value. 


* Being the Presidential Address to the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, 
delivered at Scarborough on Dec. 11th, 1909. 


1910 Mar. 1. 


IIo St. Quintin: Some Avicultural Notes. 


I will deal with the Bustards first, for it is a family in which 
I have long taken great interest. I have kept Great Bustards. 
for some twenty-three years, and during that time I have never 
been without specimens. 

My first GREAT BusTARD came to me from a respectable 
London dealer, who was as ignorant as I was then of the extreme 
care required in packing these birds. There were no signs that 
the hamper had met with ill usage on the way, but the poor 
thing reached me with one wing, and both thighs broken, and 
I learnt then how fragile are the bones of these heavy and 
excitable birds. This was a very bad start, but the late 
Lord Lilford most kindly set me up with several others; and 
what was of still more value, he taught me how to keep them. 
They must have shelter from wind and wet, and above all 
things, they must be kept out of danger of sudden frights. 
The Great Bustard, however thoroughly tamed, if suddenly 
scared, is as likely to injure himself as one of the larger antelopes. 
or deer, in captivity, and one can not say more than that! I 
can myself speak to several disastrous instances of damage 
and even death resulting from sudden frights. A friend of mine 
lost a female bird which was peacefully feeding on the lawn, 
but which dashed itself against the house when startled by the 
sudden apparition of a gipsy coming round the corner. A 
male, which I had kept for thirteen years at Scampston, was. 
frightened by a gardener, whom he did not know, coming up 
with a broom on his shoulder, and in his alarm fractured a wing 
bone close up to the body, opening an artery at the same time, 
and bleeding to death in a few minutes. <A specimen of the 
great Australian Bustard, which had just been let into his 
paddock for the summer, after being confined in an aviary 
all the winter, leaped into the air in play, as these birds do, 
and coming down heavily, broke both his thigh bones, and 
had to be destroyed. This was in the London Zoological 
Gardens. 

In 1897 with a friend, I imported several Great Bustards 
from the South of Spain, one of which, a female, still survives. 
Another of this batch distinguished herself by hatching the 
first young Bustard ever hatched by a tame bird in this country, 
so far as records go. 

And here I may say that the male Great Bustards are not 
fully adult, with, in the breeding season, their chesnut pectoral 
bands; and their pouches are not fully inflatable, till they are 


Naturalist, 


St. Quintin: Some Avicultural Notes. it 


about five years old. The females probably breed when a 
season younger. The female mentioned above as having 
hatched a young bird in r1gor, was just four years old; while a 
young male of the same age was not that year in fully complete 
nuptial dress at the time she was incubating. 

There have been sometimes wild suggestions that the Great 
Bustard if domesticated would be of great economical value. 
The argument being—the Turkey is an undoubtedly useful 
bird, and why not also the Great Bustard, which is very nearly 
as big? I need hardly say that these enthusiasts ignore some 
essential facts connected with the Bustard’s nature :—First, 
it is in no way related to the Order which contains the fowls 
and gamebirds ; secondly, it is not adult till it is four or five 
years old; thirdly, it lays only two, or at most three eggs ; 
fourthly, though several persons in this country have for years 
been trying to breed them in captivity, no one has yet been 
successful ! 

The hatching of a young Great Bustard in captivity, being 
such an exceptional event, perhaps I may refer to it. At that 
time I hada fine old male in full display. In addition to the 
four-year-old male above mentioned, there were two young hens 
of the same age running with him; and besides the one which 
hatched, the other also laid eggs, but they were unfertile. 
The male never seemed to notice but the one female, and so far 
as it goes, this case points to the birds having paired: though 
some persons who have watched Great Buscards in the wild 
state consider them polygamous. 

In the enclosure there was a group of coarse grass tussocks, 
and the hen bird made a deep scratch, with no lining amongst 
them ; and when she was sitting she was well concealed. I 
was amused to see that both the males were quite aware that 
the hen was hidden in the grass, and used to strut round the 
place, peering forward with outstretched necks. When they 
came too near, the hen still hidden, would sometimes utter 
several gruff barks, as if warning them to clear out. The Great 
Bustard, by the way, has no note except this bark, which is 
not loud, and a curious whining whistle, which carries a long 
way, and is particularly difficult to locate. This is, I believe, 
the cry of the young, but it is occasionally used by the adults, 
when separated from their companions, and in distress. 

Though peaceable enough at most times, the old male would 
not allow the young male to ‘display’ in his sight, when the 


Igto Mar. 1. 


EZ St. Quintin: Some Avicultural Notes. 


female was sitting. He spent most of his time in a distant 
corner of the paddock, occasionally dropping his wings, and 
inflating his pouch, till he began to moult. In the wild state, 
the hen birds in the early summer leave the males, and go off 
to the standing crops to lay, and the sexes live apart till the 
autumn. When two male Bustards fight, they spar awhile, 
and then grasp each other’s beaks, and push and pull until 
one gives way, and runs. I have never known Bustards do 
each other any serious harm. 

Although we had no data to go upon, I expected that a 
month might be the’ period of incubation, as with the Cranes ; 
and on the twenty-eighth day the female rushed out at my 
man from the long grass, but from a place a little away from 
the nest ; and on searching where she came from, he found a 
young bird, standing but with closed eyes and very weak. 
It was unluckily most extremely cold and wet, and the con- 
ditions could not have been more unfavourable. The little 
bird never was seen to feed, and was found dead the same 
evening. I lost the mother bird that autumn through a chill, 
and have never been so near success since that date. Still 
I have a hen that lays regularly, and sometimes incubates ; 
and I have by no means given up all hope of bringing off what 
would be rather an avicultural triumph. 

I have seen nothing which supports the statement copied 
by one author from another, that the bird sheds its primaries 
altogether, like the Waterfowl, and some other birds; and that 
it is flightless until these feathers grow again. 

The story ran that at that time the adults used to be taken 
by greyhounds. I believe this is an entire fable. At any rate, 
with my birds the moult of the quills is a prolonged business, 
and goes on simultaneously with the change of the other 
plumage during the late summer and autumn months. 

Neither can the bird run exceptionally fast. Its usual pace 
is a stately walk, often a strut. No doubt a winged Great 
Bustard would flap along, like a wounded wild goose, for a few 
hundred-yards ; but any dog or an active man would, I should 
expect, run it down if he could keep it in sight. 

I am sorry that my name should be in any way associated 
with the extermination of our old Yorkshire race of Great 
Bustards, but I fear I can’t gainsay the story told in Mr. Nelson’s 
‘ Birds of Yorkshire,’ published by the Yorkshire Naturalists’ 
Union, that a gamekeeper in the employ of my family in 1806 


Naturalist 


St. Quintin: Some Avicultural Notes. 113 


actually managed to destroy eleven Great Bustards at one shot 
in the East Riding. 

When we recollect that at most twenty years converted a 
splendid species, fairly plentiful in England where conditions 
suited it, into a mere memory, it is to be hoped that we shall 
never again make such a deplorable mistake; and that all 
true naturalists will discourage those two mischievous argu- 
ments— Why ! what does it matter ? There are plenty more ! ”’ 
or “If I don’t take it someone else will; I'll have it!’ 

I will next refer to the LirrLE Bustarp, of which I have 
two males and three females, which came to me in the plumage 
of the first year, when the sexes much resemble each other. 

After the first moult in the second autumn, the vermicula- 
tions on the feathers of the male’s upper parts, especially of the 
shoulders, are finer than in the case of the female ; and hence- 
forth the sexes are easily distinguished at all seasons. The 
striking breeding dress is assumed by the males at the end of 
their second year, but my hen birds did not lay till they were 
a year older. 

In the past summer, for the first time, one made a nest, 
merely a ‘scratch’ in a bunch of coarse grass, laid three eggs, 
and sat steadily. But in the end, though the eggs contained 
chicks, none were hatched. No doubt some specially severe 
storm of that miserable season drove her off the nest, and the 
eggs got chilled. The other females dropped eggs in the 
enclosure, which were put under hens. Young were hatched, 
but we could do nothing with them. They would not pick up 
food of any kind, nor take it when offered them. One was kept 
alive a week, by being crammed, and then died. In a favour- 
able summer I think these birds might be bred, but the young, 
if hatched, must be left to the parents, who, no doubt, hke the 
Rails and Cranes, pick up food, and hold it for the young to take. 
These.birds undoubtedly pair, whatever the Great Bustards do. 

CRANES are very interesting birds to keep. Most of them 
soon become very tame, and show much intelligence; and 
except the African species, they bear our climate, if they have 
some shelter in the worst of weather, very well. 

Though I have representatives of seven species, I have only 
successfully reared the Demoiselle. This is curious, for several 
other species have bred in this country (five species at Woburn 
this year), while the only other Demoiselles reared, except at 
Scampston, were at Lord Jersey’s place, Osterley, in 1797. 


zgio Mar. 1. 


I14 St. Quintin: Some Avicultural Notes. 


My Demoiselles were early breeders. About the middle of 
April they always made their nest on a flat piece of ground 
within a few yards of a stream. The nest merely consisted of 
a small handful of birch twigs, and the eggs rested on the ground. 
This used to be the case with some Common Cranes that IJ had ; 
in their case the first egg used to be laid, and then a few bits of 
stick and sedge arranged round it. But some of the Cranes. 
make large structures. 

Once there was a thunderstorm, and the water in the beck 
rose and threatened to swamp the nest. The next morning 
we found the egg, a single one that year, quite nine feet further 
inland, and some fifteen inches higher up the slope. 

When there were two eggs, the female began to sit when the 
first egg was laid, and, of course, there was an interval between 
the appearances of the chicks. 

The nestling, after a few hours can stand, and during the 
first day totters about within a yard or two of the nest, the 
parent which is not incubating the other egg, tending it closely, 
brooding it when necessary ; and when it is hungry, going off 
to forage for insects. 

At first the fly or beetle is brought right up to the -chick,. 
but the latter soon gets stronger on its legs, and goes forward 
to meet its parent. 

When the second chick is strong enough, the parents lead 
both away, and they never return to the nest, but the old birds 
are very careful and clever in choosing a dry and sheltered 
place to brood the young at night, or if rain comes on. If 
anyone approaches, the parents get very excited, and try to 
draw one off, crouching with spread wings, and feigning lame- 
ness. 

When the young birds are quite strong, it is a very pretty 
sight to see the birds four abreast, the parents outside with 
the young between them, parading up and down through the 
long grass, each old bird reaching out to catch an insect, and 
offering it to its particular young one. 

Once, in spite of their extreme devotion, it was curious to 
see how both old birds passed over one young one which did not 
thrive, and favoured the better bird, with the result that the 
fittest survived. 

It is, so far as I know, very unusual that there should be any 
irregularity in the shedding of their flight feathers by birds. The 
rule is that they are cast once a year, and at the same season. 


Naturalist, 


St. Quintin: Some Avicultural Notes. II5 


Probably if the matter were looked into, it would be found 
that in all cases there is a regular order in which the principal 
feathers are cast. In falconry the moult is a very important 
matter, and is closely studied. The Falconer knows that the 
first feathers to be thrown by his Peregrine will be the first 
secondaries, and the last important feathers the outside tail- 
feather but one, on each side. What the rule may be in the 
case of the Cranes I am not yet prepared to say. but I am satis- 
fied that the larger species, such as the Sarus, Whitenaped 
and Wattled Crane, and perhaps others, do not} cast their 
primaries every season. This has been also noticed in the very 
fine collection of Cranes at Lilford. 

The Cranes, like the Waterfowl and Rails, are flightless 
during the moult. 

Most of the Waders accommodate themselves readily to 
confinement, and the smaller species show themselves much 
better if they can be left full-winged. Like the Gulls, in an 
aviary, they are very clever in avoiding the perches and sides 
of their prison, and take a great deal of exercise without 
damaging themselves at all. 

Amongst the small Waders, there are none more deservedly 
popular than the Rurr, and it thrives in confinement, if given 
plenty of clean water and good turf. 

The REEVE has reared her young with me, or rather the 
young have reared themselves ; for though for a few days the 
Reeve caught insects for them, they soon foraged for themselves, 
scrambling over and amongst the long grass, and finding plenty 
of natural food. One had to be very quiet, if one wished to see 
the young, for, till she got used to one’s presence, the Reeve 
kept piping her alarm note, and the chicks remained invisible 
till she stopped. 

REDNECKED PHALEROPE. A kind friend who was fishing 
in Iceland last summer found himself near a breeding colony 
of these birds, and brought back three adults for me, two males 
and a female. The birds are extremely tame at their breeding 
place, and he had no great difficulty in catching them. But it 
was only by the exercise of very great care and skill that he 
brought them down country on ponyback, and through the 
risks of a tedious voyage. However, they reached me in splen- 
did order, the female, as usual, much the larger, and with a 
more conspicuous chesnut patch on the neck. 

They soon made themselves quite at home on a small pond 


1gto Mar. r. 


116 St. Quintin: Some Avicultural Notes. 


with a stream flowing through it ; and though they readily ate 
ants’ eggs and finely chopped meat, they caught a great amount 
of natural food off the water and from the grass overhanging the 
margin. This largely consisted of gnats and other winged 
insects. Sometimes one would be seen to swim to the shallow 
end of the pond and to spin round for several minutes together, 
joined perhaps by one or both of the others, paddling furiously 
with his lobed feet and pecking at the particles, some evidently 
edible, which rose from the bottom in the currents thus pro- 
duced. It was evidently a deliberate action, and is probably 
regularly practised in the wild state, but I have never seen it 
recorded. 

Flamingoes can be seen to shuffle their feet rapidly, 
stepping backwards all the time, and searching with their 
reversed bills for food uncovered, probably molluscs and the 
fine roots of water plants. Plover, Gulls and Thrushes adopt 
other means of setting worms in motion, so as to expose their 
whereabouts. * 

Brusu Turkeys. I don’t think any of my birds created 
more surprise and interest than some Brush Turkeys, which I once 
kept. They were of the common species, Catheturus lathamt. 
I found them fairly tolerant of our climate, but I used to keep 
them in a dry shed till mid-April. As soon as they were let out, 
the male would begin to make his mound, raking together all 
the loose soil, leaves and grass, for a radius of some twenty 
yards from the selected spot, which was always out of the sun, 
under the protection of an overhanging tree. The bird turns 
his back to the place where the heap is to be, and grasps with 
his particularly large foot as much of the material as he can 
manage, and flings it backwards. Once I happened to be about 
when the cock bird was laying his ‘ foundation stone,’ so to 
speak. He had excavated a short trench about two and a half 
feet by one foot. Presently the mound was raised above this 
trench. I never satisfied myself as to the object of this trench, 
nor do I know if there is always one underneath a mound. 
Certainly it was not for the reception of the eggs, for they were 
never laid less than two feet above the ground level, though as 
the mound consolidated, they sank with it. 


(To be continued). 


* If anybody doubts that Earthworms can be heard, let him put a 
few healthy worms in a flower-pot of loose earth, and hold it to his ear, 
when they can be distinctly heard moving about. 


Naturalist, 


i 


THE YORKSHIRE SPECIES OF LEUCTRA. 


GEO. T. PORRITT, F.L.S:, F.E.S.. 
Dalton, Huddersfield, 


Leuctra is a small and somewhat obscure genus belonging 
to the family Perlide, in the order Neuroptera. For many 
years only two species were recognised as British, named respec- 
tively geniculata and fusciventris. Of these gentculata was 
distinct enough, being considerably larger than any of the so- 
called fusciventris, and having roughened antenne. But 
jusciventvis remained in a very unsatisfactory state, and prob- 
ably most of us who took much interest in its group, were 
satisfied that there were more than one species contained in it. 
It was therefore no surprise when Klapalek separated a species 
from it which he called nigra; but we were scarcely prepared 
to find Kempny several years ago creating no fewer than four 
additional species out of it. These he named Alapalehz, 
albida, lappopus, and handlirschi with its varety inermis. Of 
the six species now contained in our list I have taken all except 
albida in Yorkshire. Geniculata is plentiful on the Wharfe 
at Grassington, on Scalby Beck near Scarborough, and probably 
on most of our larger rivers; whilst Alapaleki, hippopus and 
the variety tnevmis of handlirschi seem to be abundant on all 
the clough streams in South West Yorkshire, and probably 
equally so in the other parts of the county. The claim of migra 
rests on a specimen I took at ‘ Bills 0’ Jack’s,’ near Hudders- 
field, in 1888, which Mr. Kk. J. Morton determined as a male, 
certainly referable to this species. It is to be hoped that some- 
one will now soon add the remaining species, a/bida, (which is on 
the wing in early June) to our county list. 


Sa 


In the January Geological Magazine, Mr. J. W. Jackson records a 
specimen of Arche@osigillqvia vanuxeni (Goppert) from the Carboniferous 
Limestone of Meathop Fell, Westmorland. This is the third record of the 
species in Britain. 

Occasionally our good friend Punch has provided useful information 
to the readers of The Naturalist. We are glad to find, from the following 
note in Punch for February 9th, that we have been able to reciprocate. 
‘ The Contortionist.—‘ The Naturalist ’ of this month calls attention to a 
gentleman who was “ one of the founders of the Hull Geological Society, 
and has passed through its presidential chair.’’ Moreover, he has “ acted 
in the capacity of honorary secretary to the society almost without a 
break.”” We can picture to ourselves a jolly evening with the H. G. S.” 
Those who know our friend Mr. Stather, will be glad to recognise him in his 
new role. 


gto Mar. 1. 


118 
NOTE ON THE LARVA OF O7TONIA CONIFERA. 


C. F. GEORGE, M.R.CS., 
Kirton-in-Lindsey. 
Mr. Evans, of Edinburgh, has succeeded in rearing the larvee 
of Ottonia contfera from eggs laid by that mite. They are very 
small and delicate, as well as active, and therefore rather 
difficult to deal with. Mr. Soar has, however, succeeded in 
making a fair drawing of the little creature. It will be seen to 
differ very considerably from the other larve figured in ‘ The 
Naturalist ’ for 1908, page 452. The most striking part is the 
a.—Larva of Oftonia conifeva (dorsal surface). 


6,—Larva of Ottonia conifera (ventral surface). 
¢£.—Mouth opening of Ottonia conifera. 


Shy 


c 
Length 0°32 mm. Multiplied 170 times. 


formation of the mouth opening, which is circular in form, 
and surrounded by a chitinous rim not unlike the toothed mm 
of a watch cog wheel (see enlarged figure of this part). I 
find a similar feature figured in a posthumous paper by the late 
Professor A. C. Ondemans, of Arnhem (kindly sent to me by 
Professor Van den Schruver) on ‘ Thrombidium larven.’, 
plate V., fig. 14, which he calls Allothrombidium tectocervix. 

The next difference is that the shield of the cephalothorax is 
striated longitudinally. Ondemans also finds this striation in 
the larva of another creature as well as ¢ectocervix, which he calls 
“ Allothrombidium striaticeps’ (plate V., fig. 17), but in both 
these creatures he figures the plate as divided into two portions, 
whilst in conzfera it appears to be single, as shewn in the figure. 


Naturalist, 


119 


THE PEAT MOORS OF LONSDALE. 
AN INTRODUCTION. 


W. MUNN RANKIN, M.Sc.(Leeps), B.Sc.(Lonp.). 


LONSDALE is a well defined drainage area lying between three 
ancient uplifts and Morecambe Bay. To the north is the 
Cumbrian axis, to the east the main Pennine ridge, and to the 
south the Bowland anticlinal. Passing round the basin the 
heights of the mountains slowly decline from some 3000 feet 
in the north, to 2400 feet in the east, and 1400 and less in the 
south. The first ridge is built up of the various rocks of the 
silurian and ordovician systems, the second chiefly of mountain 
limestone, and the third of the Upper Carboniferous grits and 
shales. The low-lying country is no less diversified in its 
rock structure and, in addition, shows the variety incident upon 
a pretty extensive glaciation, The geographical feature which 
has the most bearing upon the distribution of peat moors in 
the lowlands is the long, flat valleys which run inland for 
many miles at various quarters of the Bay. These great 
valleys reach down from the Lake District: in their upper 
extensions dominated by slate hills or fells; in their lower, 
frequently closed in by great scars of Mountain Limestone. 
The bottoms of these valleys are made of estuarine silt—a 
sandy clay—undoubtedly brought up in times past by the 
rush in of the tides, which undercut the bases of cliffs into small 
caves and alcoves, now in many places miles from the sea. 
From the shape of the valleys the incoming tide must have been 
characterised by a bore, such as even to-day continues in the 
estuary of the Kent. Above the alluvial deposits rest peat 
moors, remnants of a formerly much wider extension (Fig. 1). 

According to the locality of their development, peat moors 
may be separated into two groups: the lowland moors about 
the river valleys and low watersheds, and the upland on the 
ridges and slopes of the hills or fells. It would be confusing to 
apply the terms ‘Low-moor’ and ‘ High-moor’ to such 
deposits, for these may also be taken as renderings of the 
continental designations, ‘ Nieder-moor’ and ‘ Hoch-moor,’ 
which correspond to characteristics having nothing to do with 
altitude. Indeed, as will be seen later, the greater part of our 
lowland moors are ‘Hoch-moors’ in the commoner sense of 
the term, while ‘ Nieder-moors,’ though not extensive, are 
frequently developed at high altitudes. 


1g10 Mar. 1. 


I20 Rankin: The Peat-Moors of Lonsdale. 


The accumulation of peat has proceeded for many centuries, 
and even continues to-day where the life conditions are at all 
favourable, despite the interference of man, directly or in- 
directly exerted. The low-lying peat moors have by the chance 
neighbourhood of the peasantry, suffered most; having in the 
past supplied them with the major part of their fuel, and even 
to-day contributing much. Plains now extensively cultivated 
with grain and root crops were within historic times wholly 
quaking mosses. The large and great moors still remaining, 
especially about the township limits, are plainly the residues 


gy yale 
Sea Caves in Limestone at Gilpin Bank. 


53 miles inland. 


of wide wastes. The hill moors have suffered much less from 
the activities of man, and even then, only on the edges against 
the “intakes ’’ or upland pastures. The decay of these moors, 
which can be seen here and there, as on broad summit ridges 
or passes between the valleys, where stacks of peat in all stages 
of disintegration, from the scarcely grooved masses, through 
the detached “ outliers’ capped by a still growing vegetation, 
to the crumbling heap of peat fibre and dust, the plaything of 
every storm, and the final patch of dark mud, this takes greater 
toll of the moors than man’s needs. But, regarding the great 
mass of peat-moors on the fells of the district, the loss from 
either cause is proportionately not considerable. Sheets of 
peat, many feet in thickness, mantle square miles of moorland 


Naturalist, 


Rankin: The Peat-Moors of Lonsdale. Tax 


with but little decay; bare, unprotected peat in such areas 
being the exception. Not only does the peat here maintain its 
own, but also continues to increase in thickness, by the growth 
of Eriophorum vaginatum, in the common type of moor, and of 
Molinia and rushes in the rarer. 

In the low-lying districts, peat continues to accumulate 
about the margins of tarns and lakes, as well as on the broad 
peat moors when the drainage is only slow. On the hills, as 
well as on the plains, the climatic conditions of rainfall and 
temperature, conjoined with the factors of the soil, favour 
the continuance of the growth of the moor associations, and 
as a consequence, the accumulation of peat. However true it 
may be of other parts of England, it is not the case with Lons- 
dale, that the climatic conditions of the present time are un- 
favourable to the growth of peat. 


LOWLAND PEAT MOORS. 

The moors of the low-lying district may be divided according 
to the occasion of their development into two groups: that 
including the deposits in and about tarns and other quiet sheets 
of water, generally held up by glacial mounds—these are small 
and scattered—and a second comprising the mosses developed 
on the silt deposited in the long fiord extensions out of the Bay— 
these are extensive. Before the clearance of the country, 
there must have been many shallow-water tarns lying in the 
Inequalities of the ground moraine. Only a few remain, as 
preserves for water fowl, and of the peat which filled up many, 
but little persists. The latter group of still extensive moors, 
were undoubtedly of wide extent and frequency in earlier 
times, so much so that ‘‘ Lake Lancashire,” the name given to. 
much of the low-lying Triassic plain extending from Furness. 
into Cheshire, was aptly applied to a country of meres and 
swamps, of which the peat moors of to-day are the representa- 
tives and descendants. 

LAKE Peat Moors. 

Examples of this first group are to be met in different parts 
of our area, some plainly in the making as about the margins 
of sheets of water, others in the late stages of development as. 
yet undisturbed by man, and a few, no longer growing, but being 
dug for fuel. 

Swamps by the sides of streams, in the deserted stream 


courses or filling-up shallow hollows more or less saturated with 
I 


1910 Mar. 1. 


122 Rankin: The Peat-Moors of Lonsdale. 


ground water, form by their growth some small quantity of peat, 
though scarcely ever attaining any extent or depth. Asa 
matter of fact, the wet grassland associations accompanying 
rivers, are but feebly developed in this district, and there are 
lacking entirely the valley moors, which in this country, are 
typically developed in the New Forest. 

Where the margins of the tarns are shallow and gently 
shelving downwards, and especially about the inflow of streams, 
the growth of marshes or swamps is often noteworthy. 
Examples of such lake swamps, may be seen in the few tarns 
about Silverdale and Kendal on the limestone (Haweswater 
and Cunswick Tarn) and on the slate rocks about Kirkby 
Lonsdale (Terrybank Tarn). Beyond the limits of the district 


Fig. 2. 


Open-Water and Reed-belt associations of Lacustrine Swamp Moor. 


lake swamps are well developed about Malham Tarn in Airedale 
and Newton Regny, near Penrith, in Edendale (Fig. 2). 

In such places may be seen various zones of vegetation ; 
the societies of the open water, water lilies above and stone-wort 
below, of the reed-belt, outermost of the reed-grass and bulrush, 
innermost, at times, of Cladium, more generally of the greater 
sedges, and behind on firmer soil, a richly floral association of 
dicotyledons, backed in turn by a zone of luxuriant Molinia. 
In addition to this zonation, narrow or broad according to 
conditions, there is within each belt a more or less evident 
layering of complementary associations.* 

(To be continued). 


* T. W. Woodhead, ‘ Ecology of Woodland Plants in the neighbour- 
hood of Huddersfield.’ Journ. Linn. Socy.,Vol. XXXVIL., p. 344, 1906. 


Naturalist, 


ie) 
WIND-FORMED SNOWBALLS AT HARROGATE. 


A. LESLIE ARMSTRONG, P.A.S.I. 


THE heavy fall of snow on Friday, January 28th, left a depth of 
ten or twelve inches overspreading the two large fields in East 
Parade, Harrogate, opposite ‘Grosvenor Terrace.’ During 
Friday night a strong north-east wind got up, and upon Satur- 
day morning the fields referred to presented a most unusual] 
spectacle, for the south-west portion of each was overspread 
by innumerable snow balls, ranging in size from tiny balls the 
diameter of a walnut, up to huge ones of quite twenty-four 
inches ; by far the greater number were over twelve inches in 
diameter. Apparently they had been rolled up by the wind in 
much the same manner that the “small boy ”’ delights to roll 
up snowballs, but these were much more spherical in form than 
his usual productions. Possibly the nucleus of each had been 
derived from particles blown off the trees which stud the fields, 
or off the fences which bound them. Many of these balls were 
still in process of formation, but later in the day the cessation 
of the wind and a lowering of temperature caused them to 
settle in the snow a good deal, although they remained until 
the break up of the frost, prominent objects for observant eyes. 

Strange to say, I could find practically no trace of similar 
action elsewhere in the vicinity, with the sole exception of three 
instances, but in no case did the balls number more than half 
a dozen, whereas there were hundreds in the fields referred to. 
An old dalesman tells me he once saw the same sort of thing 
many years ago, but it was said ‘the Fairies had done it.’ IL 
can quite understand that idea because the wind had almost 
obliterated all the tracks of the balls, and to superstitious minds 
they presented a very weird appearance. 

—_@e—___ 


We notice in a Birmingham bookseller’s catalogue that there is for 
sale ‘A remarkably fine bronze of Buffalo, with fine pair of horns, im full 
flight. On the same page are offered ‘Ten pieces of Mycenean pottery, 
dating from the age of the earliest European civilization,’ which ‘ are prob- 
ably fully three hundred years old.’ 

In our February issue we referred to the note on Nordmann’s Pratin- 
cole in the January British Bivds, and stated that ‘Mr. Fortune’s 
photograph is also reproduced, without any reference to the photographer.’ 
Whilst the second part of the sentence still holds, we are pleased to learn 
that it was not Mr. Fortune’s photograph that was reproduced, though 
oddly enough it was supplied by the same person that had received two 
prints of the bird from Mr. Fortune ; and the photograph was taken from 
a precisely similar point of view. We regret the error. 


rg1o Mar. 1. 


124 
NOTES ON THE EFFECTS OF HEATH FIRES 
ON VEGETATION. 


H; F. PARSONS, M.D.; F-G:S:, 
Croydon. 


Apropos of Mr. Elgee’s paper on the vegetation of ‘ Swiddens,’ 
z.e., burnt moors, in North-East Yorkshire, the following notes. 
on the effect of heath fires on vegetation in another part of the 
country may have some interest. 

In the neighbourhood of Croydon, in Surrey and Kent, are 
several hilly commons on the Tertiary pebble beds, mostly at 
altitudes between 300 feet and 500 feet+O.D. The ground is 
mostly dry, except in the low parts, owing to the absence of 
any impervious beds to throw out springs. The top soil is 
thin and peaty, more or less mixed with sand. The dominant 
plants are gorse (Ulex europeus and nanus) ling (Calluna), 
purple heath, bracken and grasses, especially Aira flexuosa, 
Molinia, Agrostis canina and Festuca ovina. There are also 
scattered trees and bushes, especially birch and hawthorn with 
brambles. 

The commons are not intentionally fired, unless in mischief ; 
but in dry summers they are often set on fire by picnickers, by 
lighted matches thrown down by careless smokers, and even, 
it is said, by the sun’s rays through the bottoms of broken 
glass bottles which act as burning glasses. Areas several acres 
in extent are thus frequently converted into a blackened waste. 

The fire feeds chiefly on the dry vegetation and débris above 
ground, and owing to the thinness of the soil, does not char the 
ground to any great depth. A footpath across the common is 
usually sufficient to limit its progress, though sometimes when 
the vegetation is long and dry, the flames, especially if aided by 
a wind, will scorch the foliage of trees across a road of 30 feet or 
more in width. Trees are not usually killed, though their 
foliage suffers. -Of bushes such as gorse, the twigs are consumed, 
but the larger branches remain blackened and charred, and the 
roots are not killed. Tufts of Molimia may also escape with a 
top charring. 

This superficial action of the fire is different from what I have 
observed in fires on deep peat moors, e.g., Goole Moor, where the 
fire may consume the dry superficial layers of the peat before 
the vegetation on the surface. JI have seen behind the advanc- 
ing edge of the fire, indicated by the smoke rising from the 


Naturalist, 


Parsons: The Effects of Heath Tires on Vegetation. 


= 


EZ 
ground, a belt in which the green heather lay loose, as if mown 
off by a scythe, upon the smouldering surface for some little 
time before being sufficiently dried to catch fire and burn. 
The plants which appear during the following season on the 
burnt ground are of two classes :—1Ist, deep rooting and thick- 
rooted plants, whose rootstocks and rhizomes have escaped 
being killed by the fire, such as the gorse, heather and bracken 
and other herbaceous plants with deep-spreading rhizomes, as 
Epilobium angustifolium ; 2nd, wind-borne plants which can 
grow on a soil destitute of organic matter. Of these, the first 
to take possession of the ground are the mosses, Ceratodon 
purpureus and Funaria hygrometrica, the latter of which has an 
especial affection for materials that have been burnt, as bricks, 
lime, rubbish, cinders and charcoal heaps. These mosses form a 
wide-spreading brightly coloured carpet over the blackened soil, 
and by their decay furnish the humus necessary for the growth 
of the higher plants. In our comparatively dry climate 
lichens are of slow growth, and large forms like Cladonia have 
not time to establish themselves in such places before the ground 
is again occupied by phanerogamic vegetation, but Lecidea 
decolorans spreads like the mosses over the bare barren surface. 
Of flowering plants, the first to take possession of the ground 
are the hair grass (Azra flexuosa), Senecto sylvaticus, and the 
sheep’s sorrel (Rumex acetosella). All of these appear able 
to grow in soil containing a minimum of nutritive matter ; 
the Senecio seeds are transported bya feathery pappus, and the 
sorrel has a creeping rhizome which may have escaped the 
fire. Seedling plants of heather, gorse and birch, and of grasses 
and other herbaceous plants later spring up, and eventually 
the ground is covered with a vegetation resembling that which 
existed before the fire. But it is probable that some species 
which grew on the area before the fire may not re-appear ; 
and the frequency of these fires owing to the increased resort 
of holiday-makers to the commons, may be one of the reasons 


why many plants mentioned in old records are no longer found 
growing there. 


Still they come, and go! For some months Mr. E..K. Robinson in 
the pages of Country Side, and its hopeful offspring, has been correcting 
Darwin! Amongst the subjects discussed was ‘the survival of the fittest.’ 
Both Country Side and Science Gossip have now ceased to be. R.I.P. 


1gto Mar. 1. 


126 
BOTANICAL NOTES ON A BRADFORD WASTE HEAP. 


JOHN CRYER. 


TurouGH the kindness of Mr. A. B. Jackson, of Kew Gardens, 
and Mr. W. B. Turrill, I am able to add the following to the 
list of aliens which appeared in ‘ The Naturalist ’ for April 1909. 
Sisymbrium orientale L. (abundant). 

Trigonella corniculata L. 

Medicago truncatulata, Gaertn. 

Medicago lappacea (Destr.). 

Senecio lautus Forster. 

This plant was first recorded for Great Britain by Miss. 
Hayward, in the ‘ Report of the Botanical Exchange Club ” 
for 1908. She found it on the banks of the Tweed, near 
Galashiels. 

The writer found a specimen at Bradford in the same 
year. 

Cousinia tenella Fisch et Mey. 

Mr. A. B. Jackson writes :—‘ The Cousinia does not 
appear to have been recorded for these Islands before as an 
alien. ’ 

Datura stramonium L. 
Cannabis sativa L. 
Panicum miliacium L. 
Pamcum cf. gumentorum. 

This plant is not recorded in Dunn’s ‘ Alien Flora of 

Britain,’ nor in Druce’s ‘ List of British Plants.’ 
Eleusine indica Gaertn. 
Lolium multiflorum Lam. forma cristata Timm., in ‘ Deutsch, 
Wp Clix. (1887)\e 

So named by E. Hackel.* This I believe is new to 
Great Britain. It was growing in abundance. I also 
found it on a waste heap at Rodley, near Leeds. 


————— aes 


In Aquila, Tome XVI. (Budapest) recently received, Dr. Otto Herman, 
the Editor, gives in English an appreciative memoir on the late Prof. 
Newton, together with copies of several letters which passed between them, 
principally in reference to bird protection. This particular publication 
has a number of excellent coloured plates of birds, etc., and lengthy 
reports in reference to bird migration. 


* See Report of the Botanical Exchange Club for 1908, page 405. 


Naturalist» 


RARE FISHES ON THE YORKSHIRE COAST. 


W. J. CLARKE, b:Z.s.; 
Scas borough. 


On October 6th, 1907, while examining rock pools on Filey 
Brig, I came across one occupied by a shoal of Sprats, amongst 
which were one or two other little fishes which I did not at first 
recognise. Borrowing a landing net, one of them was soon 
captured, and proved to be an Atherine, or Sand Smelt (A¢herina 
presbyter) a delicate little semi-transparent silvery fish, about 
five inches in length, easily recognisable from the common 
Smelt by the broad band of dead silvery white, which runs 
down each side, from head to tail. 


any a aa ee oe EWS fa Clarke. 
Power Cod.  (& size). 

Fishing for Whitings from the East Pier at Scarborough 
after dark on the evening of October Ist, 1go8, I caught a 
little fish which, in the bad light, I took to be a Whiting Pout. 
Dropping my capture into the basket amongst the others, I 
was delighted to find on further examination at home, that I 
had got a full-grown specimen of the Power Cod (Gadus minutus) 
the smallest member of the Cod family. The fish took a piece 
of fresh Herring as bait. 

On January 4th, rgro, my friend, Mr. F. Grant, was fishing 
with rod and line for Codling on the North Sands, in front of the 
Clarence Gardens, and hooked a nice fish. Upon gutting the 
Cod, Mr. Grant found within it a small fish, perfectly fresh, and 
apparently just swallowed, which he sent to me. It proved to 


1910 Mar. 1. 


128 Druce: Helleborine atro-rubens. 


be an Atherine, and was quite perfect in every respect, being 
about five inches in length. 

I write subject to correction, but I believe that these are 
the only records for Yorkshire of these two species of fish, as 
I can find no previous ones published, nor does anyone whom I 
have asked know of others which have occurred. All three 
specimens are now in my possession. 


pes 


HELLEBORINE ATRO=-RUBENS DRUCE, 
var. CROWTHER], nov. var. 


G. CLARIDGE DRUCE, M.A., F.L.S., 
Yardsley Lodge, Oxford. 


In 1909 Mr. J. Crowther of Grassington, accompanied Mr. 
Arnold Lees and myself (at different times) to Grass wood, to 
inspect the varied growth of Helleborines which occur there 
under the shade of trees, in rich soil about the old lead mine 
trench. We were too early to see them in flower, however. 
Later on, Mr. Crowther sent me a very interesting series, as 
well as some excellent photographs of the plants 7m situ. There 
were many forms of H. media (Fries) Druce, including the 
broad-leaved form, which is often miscalled /atifolia, and to 
which I have recently* given the name platyphylla. There 
were also some curious forms of H. atvo-rubens Druce. One of 
these was especially interesting as it was somewhat intermediate 
between H. media and H. atro-rubens and, indeed, may eventually 
prove to be that hybrid, 1.e., = x H. Crowtheri. For the present, 
however, I venture to describe it as H. atro-rubens Druce, var. 
Crowthert nova var. Plant, robust 2-3 feet, stem stout, solitary 
leaves (with internodes about 14 inches), very broad, oval, 
abruptly narrowed into a short cusp, with about fifteen strong 
primary veins, and about thirty-six intermediate fainter ones. 
rather suddenly diminishing half way up the stem into ovate 
and more gradually pointed leaves and leafy bracts. Flowers 
dark rich red purple. Labellum roundly cordate, with slightly 
crenated margin, and two strongly plicate-rugose bosses, with 
rarely an intermediate one. 

In habit and size it resembles H. media, and the shape of the 
labellum approaches that species, while the leaves are like 
those of var. platvphylla. The colour of the flowers is that of 
atro-rubens. I may say that Mr. Cryer has sent me perfectly 
typical H. media from the same wood. 


* Hayward’s Botanist’s Pocket Book, 13th edit., 1909. 


Naturalist, 


120 


NOTE ON HELLEBORINE ATRO-RUBENS 
var. CROWTHEARI. 


F. ARNOLD LEES, M.R.C.S., 
Leeds, 


Mr. DrucE asks me to say something of my local knowledge 
as I have quarried in the Grassington woods through several 
years. Three, if not four of the segregate formes, or (as gardeners 
say) ‘strains,’ which ‘come true’ under cultivation, of the 
latifolian Hellebovine, occur under differing circumstances as 
to exposure and aspect, in ‘Grass,’ with ‘ Bastow’ Wood ; 
and it is my conviction that these long-acting local differences, 
aided by chance impartial insect visitation, explain the modifi- 
cations in ex-specific features of growth we dub cross-varieties. 
Moreover, we find other species so far apart in type as Arenarta 
verna, Potentilla verna and Valeriana officinalis varying (among 
themselves) in lines parallel to those of the Epipactis group. 
On the spoil slope below the old Roman lead-getting trench 
(now overgrown with trees), the vernal leadwort straggles 
laxly amid the grass, and has acquired a facies totally different 
from the trim cushions of the same species a mile away on 
Sweet Side. On exposed ridges of Bastow there grows what 
some botanists consider to be Pofentilla eu-verna, while in 
Dibscar ‘Cove,’ and on the limestone faces of the same scrub- 
clothed slack an old forest area—with Helleborine atro-rubens 
(type) grows trailing, hairy long-petioled Potentilla alpestris 
or maculata with blood-orange pigmentation at the base of the 
petal, due to concentration of xanthine. The Valerian varies 
from sambucifolia (by the riverside) to typic Mikaniw of dry- 
soil woodland. 

The particular form of Helleborine which Mr. Druce has 
named Crowthert rests as yet upon a single specimen of huge 
stature, 33 inches or thereabouts from crown of root to tip of 
stem, the “No. 5’ of a series of selected specimens gathered 
August 16th, 1909, by Mr. John Crowther, of Grassington, and 
submitted to Mr. Druce, who styled it ‘extraordinary.’ The 
Helleborine grows in clumps of two or three, four, or even 
five. assurging stems, over some hundred or more square 
yards of broken ground, the spoil heap slopes of ancient lead 
workings, and as we see it now, is tree-shaded and sheltered 
snugly from winds. The items of the colony exhibit consider- 


xrg1o Mar. I. 


130 Lees: Note on Helleborine atro-rubens. 


able dissimilarity, but the locale is uniform as to cover and 
aspect, and very unlike the bare exposed lime-rock fanged and 
platy-ledged ground of a furlong or two away, where H. atro- 
rubens type (ovalis Bab.) still flourishes hardily, and preserves. 
its stiff stunt character with a brown-red almost buttony 
perianth, just as on the Great Orme or the Stackhouse ‘ borrins ” 
of the Settle pale. Surely one may predicate as a botanic 
axiom that gradual alterations in environage will bring about 
differences in vegetative growth relationships of one part to 
another ? That, I take it, is the natural evolution of a plant’s. 
‘generation ’—a period, in this case of a rhizomatous orchid, 
of at least five years. In the influences of bringing-up plant 
life distinctly parallels animal. How-so-be-it the square mile 
of Grass wood, upper and lower, furnishes collectors with the 
formes which follow ? 

1. H. latifolia Druce. Growing singly, perianths livid- 
greenish, bosses of corolla-lip smooth and distinct, without an 
intermediate tongue or coil. +The leaves vary from the blunt 
oval of type to narrower, and slightly acute in the var. augustt- 
folia Druce. The state (?) with purplish-livid perianths has 
been called purpurea Celak; but I state these distinctions. 
‘without prejudice,’ expressing no opinion as to how worthily 
they merit special designation. 

2. H. media (Fries) Druce. (Eftp. violacea of ‘ Flora W. 
Yorks,’ p. 434). Growing in tufts, perianths more or less clear 
greenish-violet or pink, but bosses of lip rugose-plicate tending 
to confluence ; in the var. atvo-vividis (Linton) Druce, developed 
by fission so as to produce a central intermediary coil, rather 
longer than the lateral hunches. The leaves vary from lati- 
folian to orbicular cuspidate in var. phatyphylla Druce, but in 
both they do not abruptly change into foliaceous bracts as 
with latifolia or atro-rubens, so far as I can judge from the few 
specimens I have examined. Only Gibb’s wood, Newton-in- 
Bowland (Hodder area) has furnished, to Miss Peel’s investiga- 
tion, a distinctive atro-viridis, in which the bracts are large 
and leafy, lessening in size truly, but all tapering ovate-lanceo- 
late, except the lower‘two ; in conjunction with which was the 
elongated central tongue between the lip bosses. The soil 
there was ‘impure Yoredale, very little lime in it,’ yet what 
Mr. Druce certified as true H. media (Fr.) grew there with 1t— 
another hint at a conclusion that all these names are designative 
of formes not stable ver-species. 


Naturalist, 


Field Notes. 135 


3. H. atro-rubens (Roehl) Druce. (H .atro-purpurea, (Raf ?) 
H. ovalis Bab.). Growing singly or in pairs on exposed lime- 
stone surfaces; perianth segments short, blunt approximating 
at tip except in bright weather and while sexually ripe; of a 
dark brownish red-purple. Bracts small suddenly in relation 
to the neat blunt oval leaves. Bosses very distinct, seeming 
wide apart, rugose or plicately coiled like minute yellow balls 
of twine—-no intermediate coil or loop hung down betwixt. 
I have not seen the extreme type from the pale of Grass Wood, 
though it does grow on the bare scar-ledges of the district, 
but I have the assurance of Mr. Cryer that he has done so. 
Nevertheless, I am certain that cultivation in shade alters its 
physiognomy greatly. Mr. Druce’s var. Crowthert, clearly 
comes in here, although, as he has said, seeing that in colour of 
perianth and leaf-detail, atro-rubens is ‘a variable plant,’ we 
might regard the var. Crowthert indifferently as a hybrid between 
two vars., or, as the analogue among the ‘ atro-rubens’ strain, of 
‘ platyphylla’ among the ‘ media’ group. I cannot think it 
matters much which view we take so long as we can differentiate 
clearly between the actual flower-faces which this wonderfully 
rich and diversified tract of upland wood and brae presents 
perennially to our inquisitiveness. I know no square mile 
(not even Widdy Bank) which furnishes so many—on towards 
four hundred—Phanerogams ! 


— ».e_ 


FIELD NOTES. 


ZOOPHYTES. 

Humber Zoophytes.—Referring to my notes in ‘ The 
Naturalist ’ for December 1908 (p. 454), it now transpires that 
the species recorded there as Obelia dichotoma should be Gono- 
thyrea hyalina.—J. THompson, Hull. 

—?0:— 
BIRDS. 

Birds with partial Albinism in N.Lincs.—Mr. Douglas 
Witty informs me that he observed a Fieldfare with a white 
patch on its back on Christmas Day, and a Sparrow ¢ with a 
white tail on January 5th—both at Barton-on-Humber.— 
H. E. Forrest, Shrewsbury, 7th February, rgro. 

Great-crested Grebe near York—A specimen of the 
Great Crested Grebe, a male in winter plumage, was shot in the 
Derwent at East Cottingwith, by Mr. T. S. Wright, on February 


rg10 Mar. tr. 


132 Field Notes. 


5th. Unfortunately it was too badly shot about the head and 
neck to be worth preserving.—SYDNEY H. Situ, York, 
February 14th, Igfo. 


Crossbills near York.—A party of Crossbills was seen near 
York by Mr. George Machin. The birds were observed about 
the middle of November in the woodland district lying between 
Skelton and Wigginton, four miles north of York. Three birds 
were shot, two males and one female. They were dissected by 
Mr. Helstrip, taxidermist, who stated they had been feeding 
upon seeds of the plaintain. On December 15th last ten were 
seen in the same locality, and, I believe, are still frequenting 
the-district:-—Sy pNEY H. SmMinn, York, 

—! 0 1— 
ARACHNIDA. 


Agroeca celans Bl.—A Spider new to Yorkshire.—On 
January 5th, I took an adult female of this species on the 
Storthes Hall side of Woodsome, Huddersfield. This is the 
first time it has been observed in Yorkshire. It is also else- 
where a scarce spider, being on record for one Irish locality, 
Dorset, Surrey, Sussex, Northumberland, Cumberland, and 
Grange-over-Sands in Lancashire, where I obtained an adult 
male in a wood, August 1903. The only other representative 
of the genus in the county is the much commoner Agvoeca 
proxima Camb., which has now been met with in all the Ridings. 
—Wus. FALconer, Slaithwaite, January 27th, 1910. 

Pachygnatha listeri Sund. in Yorkshire.—On the 
same day, on both the Almondbury and Storthes Hall sides of 
the above estate, I bottled one male and five females, all adult, 
of another rare British spider, P. listers Sund. I knew, however, 
of its occurrence here, as I had previously, in March 1908, 
obtained a female. Its first record as a Yorkshire species 
occurs in the ‘ Spiders of Great Britain and Ireland’ (Black- 
wall), having been discovered near Bradford in the ’fifties. 
It does not seem to have been secured since by anyone except 
myself, my first acquaintance with it being made in a wood at 
Dalton Lane, near Leeds, where I met with both sexes in Sep- 
tember 1go6. It is a very distinct spider, and is by its vivid 
colouring distinguishable at sight from its more soberly marked 
and generally distributed congeners, P. degeerit Sund and P. 
clerckita Sund.—Ww. FALCONER, Slaithwaite, January 27th, 
IQIo. 


Naturalist, 


YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION. 


Two well-attended meetings of the Vertebrate Section of the Union were 
held at the Leeds Tasmerater on the afternoon and evening of February tgth, 
when more than sixty members and associates assembled from different 
parts of the county, and a few from over the Lancashire border. Mr. 
W. H. St. Quintin, J.P., M.B.O.U., Chairman of the Wild Birds’ and Eggs’ 
Protection Acts’ Committee, presided at the afternoon meeting. 

Mr. Riley Fortune, BAS the Secretary of the latter Committee, 
reported that funds were coming in satisfactorily, and that several new 
subscribers had been obtained by the Chairman. It was decided to re- 
appoint bird watchers at Spurn and Hornsea during the nesting season, 
and to take means to protect the Bempton Peregrine Falcons, and “both the 
breeding places of the Stone Curlew in Yorkshire. A resolution giving 
the power jointly to the Chairman and Secretary of the Committee, ot 
using further funds in giving protection, or in taking proceedings against 
offenders, was passed unanimously. 

Mr. W. Denison Roebuck, F.L.S.,. the Convener of the Mammals’, 
Reptiles’, Amphibians’ and Fishes’ Committee, reported progress of that 
Committee’s work, and sketched out directions for future workers. 

Prof. C. J. Patten, M.A., M.D., exhibited, among other interesting 
specimens, a young Wren, showing partial albinism; a clutch of House 
Sparrow’s eggs, showing dimorphism in a marked degree, and the skin 
of a Guillemot that was picked up on the shore near Dublin, in September, 
which differed slightly in the beak, colouration, and mottling of the 
axillary feathers, from the common type, and approached in resemblance 
one distinct form of Brunnich’s Guillemot, which the Professor had noticed 
in North America. 

In the discussion which ensued, Mr. St. Quintin remarked upon the 
very great extent to which the axillary feathers of Common Snipe vary. 
Formerly he had saved many for an angling friend. He could not reconcile 
this variation with sex, but had believed those with the darker ones were 
young birds. Later he reared a nest of young Snipe in his aviaries, and 
found that their axillaries were, on the contrary, very light coloured. Mr. 
St. Quintin exhibited one-day-old chicks of the Little Bustard (the first 
one hatched in an aviary in England), and of the Brush Turkey (Telegallas 
latham1), the largest of the Megapodes or Mound birds. Their eggs are 
laid in these mounds, and are hatched by the heat developed by the 
decaying vegetable matter. The young when hatched have well developed 
wings, capable of flight, and look after themselv es from the first. A young 
Demoiselle Crane (a week old) was shewn, and the very noticeable shortness 
of the tibia and metatarsus at this age commented upon, which is in great 
contrast to the leg development later in life. 

Mr. W. Hewett exhibited a pair of Vipers taken on Strensall Common in 
1881, and stated that though not so common as formerly, yet they still 
occur there, in spite of the military occupation and manceuvres. 

Mr. A. Haigh Lumby exhibited the skin of a monster tabby cat, recently 
killed in a feral state near Ripon, where its poaching exploits had been 
notorious for several years. It was pointed out that with the exception of 
the shape of its tail and a few minor details, it might easily have been mis- 
taken for a genuine British Felis catus, and that in cases like this it was not 
surprising that country people, and even gamekeepers, were mistaken 
and reported what they believed to be Wild Cats. 

Mr. H. B. Booth exhibited and commented upon a very fine melanic 
Water Vole, sent to him by Mr. T. Roose from near Bolton Abbey, and from 
a colony that had been known to exist for over seventy years. It was 
believed locally to be a colony of old British Black Rats. 

Mr. W. H. Parkin then read a paper dealing with the ‘ Reported Won- 
derful Records of Young Cuckoos when but a few days old.’ Mr. Parkin 
doubts the ability of the tiny infant of a day or two in age to throw out its 


1910 ‘Mar. L. 


134 Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union. 


foster brothers and sisters, in spite of the reports of several reliable field 
naturalists who have witnessed it, and photographed or sketched it whilst 
in the act. Mr. Parkin would class it with such exploded fallacies as the 
Goatsucker sucking the udders of Goats, and the stated inability of the 
Swift to rise from the level ground, etc. He gave many instances where 
young birds had died because of their stronger and larger fellow nestlings 
being able to secure the whole of the food, and for other reasons. When 
dead these young had been cleared out by the parents, and Mr. Parkin 
suggested that this was generally the most likely explanation of the 
tragedies which befel the foster brothers of the young Cuckoo. Instances 
were described where older nestlings were inserted into nests amongst 
younger ones, to the great detriment of the latter. He commented upon 
the well-known case containing series of Cuckoos’ eggs in the South Ken- 
sington Natural History Museum. not being in accordance with field 
observations, as each set contained the full clutch of eggs of the fosterers. 

A lively and lengthy discussion ensued in which Mr. Parkin’s views were 
greatly combated, and even the ability of the Swift to rise from perfectly 
level ground was disputed by some speakers. It was evident that we have 
not heard the last of this argument, and that further field notes and 
experiments on the matter will be made, which is what Mr. Parkin wished 
should be done, and was the chief object of his paper. 

Professor Patten (the President of the Section), presided at the evening 
meeting. The Chairman shewed slides distinctly illustrating the scraping 
by the Lapwing during nest-making, and a curious nest of the Chaffinch 
showing variation from the type. This nest had been built round the top 
of a Holly stump, and the building materials were confined to the outer 
circle of the nest, the centre containing no other foundation than the lining 
of feathers. 

Mr. W. H. St. Quintin exhibited beautiful slides illustrating the atti- 
tudes and plumage of the Great Bustards, Cranes, etc., in his aviaries at 
Scampston Hall. Mr. Riley Fortune, F.Z.S., threw upon the screen a 
charming series of slides, all taken from life, illustrating the whole of the 
smaller mammals, reptiles and amphibians inhabiting the county of York, 
and pointed out the technical differences in species difficult to determine, 
such as the bats, shrews, voles and newts. 

Mr. Oxley Grabham, M.A., M.B.O.U., showed and described a delight- 
ful series of pictures illustrating ‘ Yorkshire Wild Sports,’ both past and 
present. His audience was taken graphically through the intricacies of 
shooting, flighting, punting and falconry. The two old Yorkshire duck 
decoys were illustrated, and also old Yorkshire decoy-men and wild fowlers; 
and the ancient Yorkshire ‘sport’ of cock-fighting was illustrated by 
several birds in full armour, which were celebrated in their day. 

Mr. E. W. Wade, M.B.O.U., brought a most successful meeting to a 
close by showing a large series of lantern slides illustrating the ‘ Birds of 
Bempton Cliffs,’ which he minutely described, and upon which no one can 
speak with greater authority. Incidentally he mentioned that at all 
seasons of the year there is a Wren upon the face of these cliffs, which, upon 
critical examination, may possibly prove to have developed sub-specific 
characters after the manner of the St. Kilda Wren. rele 


Part 22 of Hulme’s Familiar Wild Flowers (Cassell & Co., 6d.) contains 
coloured illustrations of the Tansy, Wood-vetch, Sowthistle, Leopard’s 
Bane, Herb-Robert, Wcody Nightshade, Corn Cockle and Hearts-ease. 
Each is described in four pages of letterpress. Part 8 of Sir Robert Ball’s 
Story of the Heavens (6d.), also issued by Cassells, is devoted to descriptions 


ef Neptune and Uranus. 
Naturalist, 


135 
REVIEWS AND BOOK NOTICES. 

Aids in Practical Geology, by Grenville A. J. Cole. 6th Edition. 
London: C. Griffin & Co. 143 pp. 10/6 net. 

Those who have heard Prof. Cole in the lecture-room will be familiar 
with his lucid and convincing style, and will not be surprised to find that 
in the present volume there is the same thoroughness and clearness of 
expression, two qualities which particularly appeal to geological students. 
The present work also differs from many other text books, as it is specially 
written for those engaged in practical work. The fact that it has recently 
reached its sixth edition, speaks well for the way it has been appreciated. 
In the present edition very many alterations have been made, though 
without increasing the size of the volume. The illustrations are fairly 
numerous, and there is a coloured plate shewing microscopic sections of 
Olivine Gabbro and Torridon Sandstone, as frontispiece. 


Memorials of Old Yorkshire, edited by T. M. Fallow. London: George 
Allen & Sons. 315 pp., 15/- net. 

Seeing that the Memorials of Lancashire in this series occupied two 
volumes, it is a little surprising at first to find “ Yorkshire’ in one volume. 
And, as the Editor points out, there is less variety in this volume than there 
is in others of the series. The surprise does not end here, but is sustained 
as we read through the list of contributors and note the names of the 
authors, and also the omissions from the list. The monastic history of the 
county, for example, does not find a place, though we notice the Editor 
réfers to a ‘ companion volume,’ in which, with other subjects, this will be 
dealt with. The ‘Memorials of Yorkshire,’ however, does not profess to 
be a history of the county, but a series of papers dealing with particular 
phases thereof. And such papers as are included are unusually well done, 
particularly that on ‘Norman Doorways,’ by Mr. C. E. Keyser. This 
alone, with its wealth of plates (kindly provided by the author) is worth 
the cost of the book. Mr. G. Clinch writes on ‘ Prehistoric Yorkshire,’ 
and having regard to the limited space at his disposal, has given a useful 
summary of the subject. As he enumerates the various discoveries of 
‘Chariot Burials, it seems a little odd that the Hunmanby Chariot Burial,* 
the most recent of these finds, should not be referred to. Mr. J. N. 
Dickons writes on ‘Roman Yorkshire,’ and deals at considerable length 
with the Roman roads, etc. In this paper some of the recent discoveries, 
such as the villa at Harpham, find no place. Dr. C. J. Cox writes on 
“The Forest of Ouse and Derwent, and other Royal Forests of Yorkshire,’ 
and his essay is an exceedingly scholarly piece of work. ‘ York and its 
Minster’ find a capable guide in the hands of the Rev. J. Solloway, and 
Mr. A. Hamilton Thompson does full justice to ‘ The Village Churches and 
the Castles of Yorkshire’; his notes being well illustrated by photographs 
and plans. Mr. J. E. Poppleton writes on ‘The County’s Bells and Bell- 
founders’; Canon Nolloth describes ‘ Beverley and its Minster’, and 
consequently a favourable comment upon the modern figures in the old 
niches is assured ; probably any other writer would have condemned them ! 
It is appalling to learn that ‘ there are 108 statues on the exterior of the 
building, three of which are ancient; and 74 in the interior, of which 30 
are ancient. Let us hope that some day a future historian may be able to 
write ‘there are three statues on the exterior, and thirty in the interior, 
all of which are good.’ Except for this little hobby of the Canon’s, by 
which all the available niches in the ‘loveliest of English Minsters’ are being 
filled with sausage-shaped stone caricatures of the late Queen, the Prince 
of Wales (in his Masonic robes! ), and other more or less suitable per- 
sonages, we admire his work at Beverley. Possibly one of his successors 
(though we hope the Canon will live a long time yet), will present all these 
modern works of art (!) to the new Beverley Museum and Art Gallery, 
where they will certainly cause amusement, if not instruction. Miss 
M. W. E. Fowler has a charming paper on © Yorkshire Folk-Lore,’ in which 
we learn that cinder tea is good for colic, that people are hump-backed 
because worms have devoured their back-bones ; that a clean shirt causes 
weakness, and other useful pieces of information. There is a good index. 
Ce 

* Described in detail in the ‘ Yorkshire Archzological Society’s Journal 
for 1907,’ and also by Canon Greenwell in ‘ Archeologia’ for the same year. 


rgto Mar. 1. 


~ 


NORTHERN NEWS. 

An excellent portrait of the late Dr. Bowdler Sharpe appears in British 
Birds for February. 

Dr. Henry Woodward favours us with a reprint of an obituary notice 
of the late W. H Hudleston, with portrait. 

here is a good paper on the ‘ Breeding Habits of the Mole,’ by 
L. E. Adams, in the Memoirs and Proceedings of the Manchester Literary 
and Philosophical Society, recently issued. 

The Liverpool Geological Society has recently celebrated the jubilee 
of its first meeting. Prof. J. W. Judd gave an address on ‘ The Triumph 
of Evolution: a Retrospect of Fifty Years.’ 

A lengthy paper on ‘ The Zones of the Lower Chalk of Lincolnshire,” 
with a list of new records from the Red Chalk of the County, by the Rev. 
C. R. Bower and J. R. Farmery, appears in the Proceedings of the Geologists’ 
Association, Vol. XXI1., Part 6, just published. 

The Annals of Scottish Natural History for January contains an excellent 
coloured plate of the Eastern Pied Chat (Savicola pleschanka), a new British 
bird, from the Isle of May. In the same journal Mr. J. R. Malloch gives. 
tables of all the British species of Phoride. 

The following is one of a number of questions recently placed before 
junior librarians, and possibly accounts for the fact that in some towns the 
chief librarian is also the curator of the Museum, Art Gallery, etc. :— 
‘ Describe the arrangement of any museum known to you, and state where 
the avvangement might be improved.’ 

Mr. R. Standen favours us with a copy of his notes on the blind Wood- 
louse (Platyarthrus hoffmanseggit) in West Lancashire. The species has 
hitherto, with one exception, been reported from England in the extreme 
south only. The species only occurs in ants’ nests, and doubtless, as the 
author points out, further search will reveal it in many other areas. 

Mr. J. W. Jackson kindly sends us copies of two valuable papers, by 
himself, which appeared in the Lancashive Naturatist for December. The 
first records the remains of Lemmings in Dog Holes, Warton Crag; and 
the second is a report on the Mollusca from this same cave. Amongst the. 
records are Pyvamidula ruderata, hitherto only recorded from the Pleisto- 
cene deposits of the South of England, and the Continent. 

At a recent meeting of the Hebden Bridge Scientific Society Messrs., 
J. Greenwood and S. C. Moore reported that sections in the ‘ Mytholmroyd 
Moraine’ (see Simpson & Low in ‘ P. Yorks. Geol. Soc.’, Vol. XIV., part II.) 
were exposed in connection with the excavations for the laying of a main 
drain. Many hundreds of boulders have been thrown out. The sections: 
are of considerable interest, and it is hoped that they will throw some light 
on the manner in which the deposits were laid. 

_ Few writers have contributed so much to ornithological literature as. 
the late Dr. R. Bowdler Sharpe. A list of his papers and books has been 
published in a special number of the Bulletin of the British Ornithologists’ 
Club. From this it appears that Dr. Sharpe’s first paper was contributed 
to our journal, ‘ The Naturalist,’ so long ago as 1866. This was entitled, 
‘Notes on Birds collected by E. M. Young, Esq., in the Vicinity of the 
Nile and in Palestine.’ 

We are glad to see that at the recent annual meeting of the Halifax 
Scientific Society, the members shewed their appreciation of Mr. Fred 
Barker’s twenty-one years’ services as Secretary, by presenting him with 
an ‘Empire’ typewriter. Speaking generally, we consider that it is in 
the interests of a society to retain the services of one Secretary as long as 
possible, so long as he answers the purpose. With regard to Presidents, 
however, we agree with Mr. W. B. Crump, who has just been elected to the 
chair at the Halifax Society for the tenth year, that it is in the interests of 
natural history, etc., societies for the President to be changed periodically. 
Mr. Crump’s excellent work at Halifax doubtless accounts for the length 


of time he has held office. 
Naturalist, © 


aot SPECIAL. SPRING NUMBER. 
a ONE SHILLING NET. 


APRIL 1910. i £89 


(No. 417 of ourrent series). 


A MONTHLY ILLUSTRATED JOURNAL OF 


NATURAL HISTORY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND. 


EDITED BY 


T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., F.S.A.Scot., 


Tue Museums, Hutt; 
AND 
T. W. WOODHEAD, Ph.D., F.L.S., 
TECHNICAL CoLLEGE, HUDDERSFIELD, 


WITH THE ASSISTANCE AS REFEREES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF 


J. GILBERT BAKER, F.R.S. F.L.S., GEO. T. PORRITT, F.L.S., F.E.S., 
Prof. P. F. KENDALL, M.Sc., F.G.S., JOHN W. TAYLOR, 
T. H. NELSON, M.B.O.U., WILLIAM WEST, F.L.S., 


RILEY FORTUNE, F.Z.S. 


Contents :— 


PAGE 

Notes and Comments (Illustrated) :—British Oaks—Quercus sesstliflora, Quercus Robur, and 
Quercus Robur x sesstltflora; Fossil Lemmings ; A Museum for Doncaster .. ree ... 137-139 

Note on a Meadow Pipit’s Nest containing two Eggs of the Cuckoo (Ilustrated)— 
C.T.Tvechmann ... ... 140-141 


Asteracanthus in the Yorkshire Curabrash (iilaateatedy = ereniy? Chables Diake: F. G. S..... 141-142 
Rare Neolithic Implements from East Yorkshire (Illustrated)—T. Meat F.G.S. etc. 143-144 
Snakestones (Illustrated)—G. C. Crick, F.G.S., etc. ah ae .. 145-146 
Mycetozoa of the Scarborough Districe—#. Hibbert-Ware Gia C. Crate ave =e 147 
The Diatoms of the Sedbergh District—A Study in Evolution (Iilustrated)—R. H. Philip 148-152 
The Peat Moors of Lonsdale—An Introduction eras W. Munn Rankin, M.Sc. ge eeds), 


B.Sc.(Lond.) . ... 153-161 

Some Avicultural Notes—IV. H. She Quintin, LP., “FZS. rah var Ps ... 162-168 
Fault Revelations through the agency of underground water near "Hawes, Wens= j 

leydale (IlJustrated)—G.T. McKay, B.Sc. ... ae oat as ... 169-170 

The Annelid Fauna of Worcestershire—Rev. Hilder Friend Los ae A coe ... 171-176 

The Chemistry of some Common Plants—P. Q. eee EGE.D: ats we ae ... 177-179 

In Memoriam: Edward Saunders, F.R.S. ce ae a ay at 180 

_ Field Notes... ade . we 144, 176, 179, 181 

Some British Earthmites—Rhyacholophide @ilnetatéaj= “C. F. Gcoven: M. oS .C. PSone 182-183 
Northern News as oe “e an We aie aie ae - . 139, fae . 


_News from the Magazines 


aa aoe Gea Cas ve xee “y (o F atl mare 
Reviews and Book Notices _... ws “Fe es ae ape “de fi. =X. 147, 161, 183, ah e % 
Illustrations ... lo REN ay etn Car iiariey 145, 169, 182 4 
_ Plates V., VI, VIL, ‘VIII, IX., Xx. WAT Ki ae 1Sie 


LONDON : onal | AA coca Ch fl 
% G ivi liSe. at 
A. Brown & Sons, LIMITED, 5, FARRINGDON AVENUE, il oe 
And at Hutt and York, 


Printers and Publishers to the Y.N.U. 


but 


AL Tay: i er a Coffe" et SR i na 
m nha vn / 


TEC) AL 
Peay ti 


SUBSCRIPTIONS to the YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ U UNION 


are overdue, and should be sent at once to— 


The Hon. Treasurer, 
H. CULPIN, 
7 St. Mary’s Road, 
Doncaster. 


Subseriptions to ‘THE NATURALIST’ 
for 1910 


Are now due, and should be remitted direct to the Publishers: 


A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., HULL. 


An unusual number of valuable and interesting articles is being arranged 
for, and will appear throughout the forthcoming volume. These will be illustrated 
by many high-class, full-page plates, and numerous other illustrations. 


SUBSCRIPTION 6/6 net per annum, Post Free. 


NOW READY. 


TRANSACTIONS OF THE 


— WDorkshire Maturalists’ Union 


PART XXXIV. 
384 Pages. 2s. 6d. Net. 


This publication contains a series of reports and records invaluable to naturalists 


in the northern counties. 


The Reports of the Union contain particulars of the Yorkshire records made in _ 


various branches of natural science during the past four years. 
? 


Lists of the Fungi recorded at the Grassington and Malton Forays are given i 
by Mr. C. Crossland, F.L.S. 2 


Mr. T. Sheppard, F°G.S., contributes a list of the papers relating to the Geology _ 
of the Northern Counties, during the past seven years. This contains over 1600 
references. 


There are also reprints of the last twenty-nine excursion programmes of the 
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, which contain full reports on the natural histom of © 


4 
the various districts visited. 


OSWESTRY.— Grovocists, Botanists, etc., desiring fresh — 
ground for Holidays should communicate with Proprietias 
Wynnstay Hotel, Oswestry, for particulars. 


EASINGTON (Yorkshire).—To Narurauists and thecal 
TO LET Fine Country Residence, well furnished. Pleasantly — 
situated. Near the Seaand Humber. Bracing locality. Em 
accommodation. Garden, etc. Terms moderate. el 

For particulars address Mrs. Bingham, Easington, ne : 


Pirate V. 


THE NATURALIST, 1970. 


Rare Neolithic Implements from East Yorkshire, 


«NOTES AND COMMENTS. 


BRITISH, OAKS.—QUERCUS SESSILIFLORA, 


To the numerous botanists who have experienced the 
difficulty of distinguishing our British Oaks, the article by Dr. 
C. E. Moss in the January and February issues of the ‘ Journal 
of Botany’ will be welcome. Of the two native species, 
Quercus sessiliflova and Q. Robur (=Q. pedunculata), the former 
is best distinguished by the presence of stellate (7.e. branched) 
hairs on the under surface of the leaf. These hairs may easily 
be seen by means of a lens magnifying 10 or 12 diameters, and 
they are very conspicuous on some forms of the tree. They 
may be distinguished at any time of the year and even on 
fallen dead leaves and in old herbarium specimens. On the 
rocks of the Millstone Grit and Coal-Measure series of the 
Pennines Q. sesstliflora is the dominant tree in the woods 
below 1000 feet. Above this altitude the tree occurs rarely 
up to 1200 feet. 


QUERCUS ROBUR, 


This tree, often quoted under the name Q. pedunculata 
Elish., may always be identified by the presence of two com- 
pletely reflexed auricles at the base of the blade and by the 
absence of branched hairs. It is characteristic of deep soils, 
while Q. sesstliflora generally occurs on shallow soils; but both 
species occur side by side in some woods on deep sandy or 
gravelly soils. Generally, however, they characterise distinct 
regions. In East Cheshire the Q. Robur region ceases at about 
600 feet, in West Yorkshire this region does not reach even 
such a moderately low altitude. The tree is planted on the 
Pennines up to 1100 feet. 


QUERCUS ROBUR X SESSILIFLORA. 


The two preceding species form a natural and fertile hybrid 
whose occurrence in Britain is widespread. The first British 
record seems to be that in the ‘Naturalist’ for March 1gog 
(p. 113). The hybrid oak has recently been observed in 
several vice-counties including Chester, South and West Lan- 
caster, North-East, South-West, and Mid-West Yorkshire, and 
Westmorland; and herbarium specimens indicate its occur- 
rence in Derbyshire and elsewhere. The hybrid is. easily 
distinguished by the presence of both branched hairs and 
reflexed auricles. This Oak is not Q. intermedia of D. Don., 


1gto Apl. 1. K 


138 Notes and Comments. 


which, according to Dr. Moss, is not worthy of recognition as a 
species or variety. The paper also deals with several alien oaks 
such as Q. lanuginosa, Q. cerris and Q. Ilex ; it includes a useful 
key, and is illustrated by a plate of the hybrid oak. 


FOSSIL LEMMINGS. 


In an interesting note on the Vertebrate Fauna‘ found in 
the cave earth at Dog Holes, Warton Crag, which appeared 


Arctic Lemming}(top), Norwegian Lemming and f_ 
Northern Vole (bottom). 


in the ‘ Lancashire Naturalist ’ for February, Mr. J. W. Jackson 
gives an interesting lst of species found, which includes the 
Frog, Toad, Slow-Worm, Common Lizard, House Martin, 
Whinchat, Blue Tit, Mole, Common Shrew, Pigmy Shrew, 
Daubenton’s Bat, Lesser Horseshoe Bat (as well as another 
species of Bat), Northern Long-tailed Field Mouse, Northern 
Lemming, Norwegian Lemming, Bank-Vole, Water-Vole, Field- 
Vole, Northern Vole (together with the bones of other smaller 
Rodents), and Weasel. This constitutes an extraordinarily 


Naturalist, 


Notes and Comments. 139 


complete fauna, and reflects the greatest credit on the careful 
way in which Mr. Jackson has conducted his investigations. 
Accompanying his paper is the illustration which we are kindly 
permitted to reproduce herewith, shewing the jaws and 
dentition of the Arctic Lemming, Northern Vole, and 
Norwegian Lemming. 


A MUSEUM FOR DONCASTER. 


On March 23rd the Mayor of Doncaster (Councillor Halm- 
shaw) formally opened a Municipal Museum at Doncaster, for 
which purpose some of the rooms in a fine mansion known as 
Beechfield, purchased by the Doncaster Corporation some little 
time ago, have been set apart. There was a representative 
gathering present, and the Curator, (Mr. H. H. Corbett), and 
his committee are to be congratulated upon the excellent start 
that has been made. The cases are all of first-rate quality, 
and so far the rooms are devoted to local archeology, natural 
history, and geology respectively. The number of specimens 
that has been obtained in these respective branches is most 
satisfactory. Mr. T. Sheppard, of Hull, who some little time 
ago was asked by the Corporation to make a report as to the 
lines the museum should take, and whose suggestions have 
been carried out, was called upon by the Mayor to give an 
address. In this he dwelt more particularly upon the educa- 
tional advantages of museums, and the necessity of provincial 
museums being of local interest. Subsequently the visitors 
were conducted round the various rooms. Undoubtedly, 
Doncaster has now an important educational institution in its 
midst, and the local scientific knowledge and zeal of the 
Curator will go a long way towards ensuring its success. 


-O; 


A Government Research Grant has been awarded to Dr. T. W. 
Woodhead, by the Committee of the Royal Society, for the investigation 
of the Geographical distribution of Vegetation in Yorkshire. 


We understand the Treasurer has sanctioned the appointment of six 
additional Assistants to the Natural History Museum, South Kensington. 
Four of these will be assigned to the department of Zoology, one to that 
of Geology, and one to that of Botany. 


The Yorkshire Geological Society had a profitable excursion on the 
Yorkshire Coast at Easter. The headquarters were at Filey, and the coast 
between Scarborough and Bridlington was minutely examined. Messrs. 
J. W. Stather and T. Sheppard were the leaders, and the party had the 
advantage of the presence of Messrs. G. W. Lamplugh, F.R.S., and P. F. 
Kendall, F.G.S. Many important finds were made. 


agro Apl. 1. 


140 
NOTE ON A MEADOW-PIPIT’S NEST CONTAINING 
TWO EGGS OF THE CUCKOO. 


C. T. TRECHMANN, 
Castle Eden. 


On June roth, 1909, while walking over a large rough pasture 
on the edge of a small stream near Castle Eden, I put up a 
Meadow Pipit from her nest under a tuft of coarse grass. The 
nest contained five eggs, two of which had something peculiar 
about them. I took the whole nest and its contents home, and 
found two eggs to be undoubtedly of the Cuckoo. [I compared 
them with the coloured figures in Seebohm’s ‘ Eggs of British 
Birds,’ plate 49, and found one to correspond pretty closely 
with the figure in the left-hand bottom corner, while the other 


Photo by] [R. Fortune. 
Meadow-Pipit’s Nest with two Eggs of Cuckoo. 


(a smaller egg) was very like the figure above it on the right- 
hand side. They seem certainly to belong to two different 
birds, and the larger measures +8” by +2”, and has a greyish 
white ground colour, mottled with light mauve with darker 
blotches. The smaller egg measures roughly 2” by 3”, and is 
more slender and has a greenish ground with light brown and 
mauve mottling. Two of the meadow pipit’s eggs are very 


Naturalist, 


Drake: Asteracanthus in the Yorkshire Cornbrash. 141 


minutely mottled with brown and mauve, while the third has 
larger blotches of mauve and darker brown. The larger 
cuckoo’s egg resembles this latter Pipit’s egg, while the smaller 
one is more like the two former eggs. On blowing the set no 
further doubt remained as to their identity, as the shells of the 
cuckoo’s eggs were thicker and more solid, and the contents 
were slightly set, having some streaks of blood in the yolk, 
the Pipit’s eggs being quite fresh. This seems to indicate that 
the eggs of the Cuckoo come to maturity sooner than those of 
its foster parent, or that the Cuckoo partially incubates the 
eggs before placing them in the nest of the Pipit or other bird. 
It would have been interesting to have left the nest alone, but 
it was so near the main road that I thought I might lose this 
interesting find altogether. 
—~@e——_ 


ASTERACANTHUS IN THE YORKSHIRE CORNBRASH. 


HENRY CHARLES DRAKE, F.G.S., 


DurinG the last few months geological work in the field has been 
rather at a disadvantage ; but one advantage of the wet weather 
is that the rock and shale have been well washed, and the frost 
has helped to break it up. 

In November I found a tooth shining out in the well-washed 


Asteracanthus in Yorkshire Cornbrash. 


shale, and in January of this year I found another, which I 
certainly should not have seen but for the rain. I submitted 
these teeth to Dr. A. Smith Woodward, who pronounced them 
what I thought them to be, namely (Steophodus) Asteracanthus. 

The first remains of this Jurassic shark in Yorkshire was 
described by Platnauer in Yorkshire Phil. Society Transaction 
1886, and afterwards by Prof. Blake in his Memoir on the 
Cornbrash (Pal. Soc., 1905). 


1g10 Apl. 1. 


142 Northern News. 


A tooth is there described and figured from the north side 
of the Castle Hill, Scarborough. This tooth is very small, 
only 7 mm. in length, totally unlike the teeth I possess. 

The first of the two teeth recently found is almost square, 
and measures I5 mm. by 12 mm., and very reticulated, espec- 
ially at the edges. It resemblesthe flat Asteracanthus teeth 
from Pottonsands, Bedfordshire, only smaller. 

The second tooth is more oval in form, rounded at one end 
and truncated at the other, measuring g mm. by 5 mm. This 
tooth is very smooth, as if water worn, but remains of the 
reticulations can be seen on the edges. 

The tooth described by Platnauer and Blake was said to 
be the only Asteracanthus tooth found in Yorkshire. 


NORTHERN NEWS. 


In the ‘Museums Journal’ for February Mr. E. Howarth of Sheffield’ 
gives notes on ‘Some German Museums,’ with illustrations. 

We are glad to see that the ‘ Yorkshire Observer’ is publishing a weekly 

Out ot Doors’ column, which contains much information of interest to- 

nature students. 

Mr. Rosse Butterfield, of Wilsden, Bradford, has been appointed 
Curator of the Keighley Museum in succession to Mr. S. L. Mosley, ata 
salary of £130 per annum. 


At a recent meeting of the Leeds Geological Association the members 
presented a valuable surveying aneroid to Dr. A. R. Dwerryhouse in 
recognition of his services to the Society during the years he spent in 
Leeds. 


At the recent annual meeting of the Stamford Institution, a resolution; 
Was passed recommending the sale of the specimens in the Stamford 
Museum, in order that the room might be converted into a smoking lounge 
and reading room. 


In the ‘Country Home’ for March are many excellently illustrated articles. 
of interest to the naturalist. Amongst them are ‘ Nests in the Brent 
Valley Birds’ Sanctuary, by Mr. W. M. Webb, and a description of the 
Hall-ith-wood Museum at Bolton. ‘There is also an interesting note on 
“Old Wind Mills.’ 


The Transactions and Proceedings of the Perthshire Society of Natural 
Science, Vol. V., Part 1, have been received, and contains many papers 
of interest to Perthshire naturalists. Amongst them are ‘ Insects of 
Methven Moss,’ ‘ Perthshire Mosses, ‘The Fresh-water Pearl Mussel,’ 
“The Dyke Rocks of the Schiehallion District,’ ‘The Cuckoo,’ ‘Meteorology’ 
etc. There are several good plates. 


We have received from Messrs. Longmans, Green & Co. a charming 
series of ten coloured charts, representing the flowers, ete., for different 
months of the year. These are drawn by a well-known artist, Archibald 
Thorburn, and are the most effective we have seen for a considerable time. 
We don't know that anything could be more suitable for wall decoration 
in schools, etc. For the modest sum of sixpence the same publishers 
have issued a descriptive handbook to these pictures, which contains 
suitable notes on the plants, butterflies, etc., shown on the charts. 


Naturalist,. 


143 
RARE NEOLITHIC IMPLEMENTS FROM 
EAST YORKSHIRE. 


T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S;, F.S.A.Scon, 


(PLATE V.). 


THE specimen figured on the attached plate (Plate V.) are 
of unusual type and should be placed on record. 

The first is a hammer-stone of somewhat rare form (figs. I 
and ta) from Nafferton in East Yorkshire. It measures 23 
inches in length, 2 inches in width, and r$ inches in thickness. 
It is oval in shape and bears evidence of considerable use, 
particularly at one end; and at the sides are two depressions 
which have been carefully worked, evidently for the reception 
of the thumb and finger. Each depression measures I inch by 
Z inch, and is about a quarter of an inch deep in the centre. 
This hammer-stone has evidently been made from one of the 
oval quartzite pebbles such as are found in fissures and hollows 
on the Yorkshire wolds ; and have obviously been derived from 
some earlier geological deposit. It is exceedingly tough, and 
is of metamorphosed sandstone. Hammer-stones after this 
type are figured in Evans’ ‘ Ancient Stone Implements,’ (see 
figures 160, 161, 163, 164 and 165), some of which are East 
Yorkshire specimens. Mr. Mortimer of Driffield, in his museum, 
also possesses one or two, but in all these cases the depressions 
for the thumb and finger are made on the front and back of 
the pebbles, or hammer-stones, and not on the sides. The 
Nafferton example is the first I have noticed of this par- 
ticular type. 

The other specimen (see figs. 2 and 2a) is a very unusual 
form of adze from Bridlington. At any time these adzes 
are not very common in East Yorkshire, and adzes of flint, 
the material of which the Bridlington example is made, are 
exceedingly scarce. 

The specimen figured is also remarkable from its small size 
and delicacy of finish. Its entire surface has been ground 
down and,polished. The sides have been left slightly square, 
and the cutting edge has been formed by rubbing down a 
triangular portion of one side of the implement. The adze 
measures 3% inches in length, } inch in thickness, 14 inch at the 
cutting edge, and half an inch at the butt. From a compar- 
tively recent chip in the centre of the cutting edge it is evident 
1gto Apl. x. 


144. Sheppard: Neolithic Implements from East Yorkshare. 


that the weapon is made from black flint, which occurs in the 
drifts of East Yorkshire. This material has probably been 
derived from an outcrop in the bed of the North Sea. The 
flint occurring in the Yorkshire chalk is ight coloured and too 
brittle for making these fine weapons. 


Flint axe-head, in the rough, from Bridlington. 
Actual size. 


The flint axe-head figured herewith is remarkable for its 
unusually small size, and for the fact that it is unfinished. I 
picked it up on the beach just south-west of ‘Danes’ Dyke,’ 
near Bridlington, recently. There had been a fall of cliff at 
the point which is a favourite collecting ground for flint im- 
plements. The axe-head is still. ‘in the rough,’ and has not 
been polished and sharpened. It is not often that implements 
are found in this state in East Yorkshire, though they are 
common in Denmark. At the small end the ‘bulb of per- 
cussion’ is shown, and all round the axe there are flakings, 
carefully struck off. It is of dark flint, is 24 inches in length, 
tk inches in width, and }in. in thickness. 

It is worthy of note that at this particular point on the 
cliff top, as well as at another place south of Bridlington, it is 
fairly clear that there was a neolithic implement factory, as 
‘flakes,’ and implements in various degrees of finish, are found 
in enormous numbers. 

 pegeoenn 
BIRDS. 

Hen Harrier near Whitby.—Early in February a female 
Hen Harrier (Circus cyaneus) was shot on the Mulgrave estate, 
four miles from Whitby.—T. STEPHENSON, Whitby. 

Early arrival of Pied Wagtail.—In Spring this bird 
usually arrives in the Whitby district about the middle of 
March. This year three males were observed near Whitby on 
Sunday, February 27th.—TuHos. STEPHENSON, Whitby. 


‘Naturalist, 


SNAKESTONES. 
G:C. CRICK, -F.G.S., etc. 

(British Museum, Natural History). 
WitTH reference to the editorial note in ‘ The Naturalist ’ for 
last month about ‘Snakestones,’ it may be interesting to 
recall the fact that so far back as 1815 James Sowerby figured 
in the * Mineral Conchology’ (Vol. II., part 19, p. 10, pl. 107, 
f. 2), an example of the common Whitby Ammonite (Ammonites 
communis = Dactylioceras commune) that had been furnished 
with a ‘head.’ In the remarks appended to his description of 
this species he states :—‘ The Ammonites are called in common 
Snake-stones, and superstition has accounted for their having 
been found constantly without heads, saying, the curse of St. 


ore ene 


FiaG. 


iS) 


Fig. 1.—The Whitby Ammonite (Dactylioceras commune), with carved 
head, figured by James Sowerby in 1815 (Min. Conch., Vol. II., part 19, 
pl. 107, fig. 2). British Museum collection, No. 43895a. Natural size. 

Fig. 2.—A Whitby Ammonite (Dactylioceras commune), with carved 
head, in the British Museum collection, No. 37927. Natural size. 


Cuthbert was the cause of it; but as some of the dealers felt 
it a possible inconvenience, they were determined to be less 
barbarous, and compassionately supplied some with heads. 
I was so curious as to desire to see what sort of heads might be 
substituted, and Lady Wilson kindly procured me a specimen 
when at Whitby. I have figured that specimen for the 
information of others; see fig. 2.’ 

This fossil (Fig. 1) is now in the British Museum collection 
1g10 Apl. 1. 


146 Crick : Snakestones. 


(No. 43895a). It is not so large as the example figured in ‘ The: 
Naturalist,’ being only about 51 mm. (7.e., about 2 inches) in 
diameter, and compared with that specimen the end of the nose 
is relatively thicker and slightly upturned. 

The practice of supplying heads to the Whitby Ammonites 
was also mentioned in ‘ The Geologist ’ for 1858 (p. 111) in a 
note, by S. J. Mackie, on an exceedingly well-preserved example 
of Ammonites communis (=Dactylioceras commune), from the 
Lias of Whitby, that belonged to Dr. J. S. Bowerbank’s collec- 
tion. The writer states :—‘ Of all the numerous fossils which. 
occur so abundantly in the Lias, none are more common, and 
few more beautiful, than the abundant form we have figured, 
the Ammonites communis, so long and so well-known as the 
_ “Snake Stones,” into which St. Hilda, by her devotional 
fervour, is reputed to have changed those obnoxious reptiles 
am this«distmet: ©. = 

’ The snakes, however, appearing to have lost their heads, 
and to have been decapitated before or in the process of petrifi- 
cation, these fossils became a source of great tribulation to. 
those who thus attempted to account for their origin. The 
“ curiosity ’’ dealers knew better how to treat the subject, and 
carved heads out of the matrix, demanding high prices for these 
so-styled ‘ perfect ’’ specimens.’ 

Again in 1885, in his work entitled ‘Our Common Fossils 
and where to find them,’ J. E. Taylor in referring to the common 
Whitby Ammonites, states (p. 313) that ‘They are found in 
blue nodules, which, when broken open, reveal the coiled-up 
ringed shell, wonderfully resembling a snake in such species as 
Ammonites communis, and still more wonderfully resembling 
one when they put a ‘head’ on, with eyes in—as they some- 
times do.’ 

The British Museum collection contains another example 
(No. 37927) of Dactylioceras commune (Fig. 2), also from the 
Upper Lias of Whitby, having a diameter of about 30 mm. (1.e., 
rather more than 1} inches), that has been provided with a 
head, the nose being much more pointed than in the specimen 
figured by Sowerby, and much more closely resembling that of 
the example figured in ‘ The Naturalist.’ This fossil was added 
to the National Collection in 1859. 

It would therefore seem that the practice of carving heads 
upon the more common of the Whitby Ammonites has cer- 
tainly been in vogue for nearly one hundred years. 


Naturalist, 


147 
MYCETOZOA OF THE SCARBOROUGH DISTRICT. 


A. HIBBERT-WARE, 
Scarborough. 


SINCE 1907, we have gathered forty-six species of this group ot 
border-land organisms. Our hunting grounds have been 
chiefly Oliver’s Mount and Forge Valley. Five of the species 
appear to be new records for Yorkshire, since they are not 
mentioned in the ‘ Fungus Flora of Yorkshire’ (Massee and 
Crossland). 

Lamproderma arcyrionema,%{found in Forge Valley in 
November 1907, we believe to be the second record of the 
species for Britain. The other four are Badhamia foltzicola, 
Physarum diderma, Physarum contextum and Stemonitis 
splendens. 

The beautiful species Avcyria ferruginea, 1s prominent among 
the autumn forms of life of Oliver’s Mount. It has not, how- 
ever, been so abundant in Igog as in previous years. Its 
striking feature, in this district, is the prevalence of yellow 
sporangia amongst its normal rust-coloured growths on old 
tree stumps. Diachea elegans and Chondrioderma radiatum 
occurred in unusual abundance last autumn. 


Three of the above—Physarum diderma, P. contextum and 
Stemonitis splendens—are newjto thejYorkshire Fungus Flora, 
but two have been previously met with.; Mr. Massee recorded 
Lamproderma suboenum many years ago forjBulmer, North- 
Fast Yorkshire (‘ Yorks. Fungus Flora,’ p. 353.) This is 
placed in Lister’s ‘Mon. Myc.’, p. 127, under Lamproderma 
arcyrionema Rost as a Synonym. 

Mr. T. Petch found Badhamia foliicola in abundance on 
dead hawthorn twigs in a dry ditch at Tansterne, August 1903 
(‘ Jour, Bot,’ XLII., p. 129; ‘ Trans. Hull Scientific and Field 
Naturalists’ Club,’ 1905, p. 198). The record in ‘ Journ. Bot.’ 
was accidentally overlooked when the ‘ Yorkshire Fungus 
Flora ’ was compiled.—C. CROSSLAND. 


We have received Part 8 of The Mineral Kingdom (2/-), by Dr. R. 
Brauns ; translated, with additions, by Mr. L. J. Spencer of the British 
Museum. Itis largely devoted to Iron Ores, and has some excellent plates. 
Messrs. Williams and Norgate are the publishers. 


gto Apl. 1. 


148 


THE DIATOMS OF THE SEDBERGH DISTRICT. 
A STUDY IN EVOLUTION.* 


R. +H. PHILIP. 


(PLATE VI.). 

SEVEN years ago, at a previous meeting of the Yorkshire 
Naturalists’ Union at Sedbergh, the writer made a collection of 
the Diatoms of the district—a collection which bears a certain 
special interest in its relation to a new theory of the evolution 
of the Diatomacez recently propounded by the French Dia- 
tomist, M. Peragallo. By all authorities great importance has 
been attached to a rift or slit which passes down the centre of 
the valve from one extremity to the other, in certain genera, 
and known as the raphe. It is universally agreed that this rift 
is inseparably connected with the mysterious power of appar- 
ently voluntary motion, and though the authorities are by no 
means agreed as to the method by which this motion is effected, 
there can be no doubt that without a raphe no motion is possible. 
Hence the Diatomacez have been classified in three sub- 
families: the Raphidieew, having a true raphe on at least one 
of the two valves ; the Pseudo-Raphidieew, having a blank 
space simulating a raphe on at least one valve ; and the Crypto- 
Raphidieee—or, as -M. Peragallo more accurately prefers to call 
them, the Ana-Raphidiez, which possess neither a true raphe, 
nor the appearance of one on either valve. The first division 
(with some exceptions to be referred to later) are self-motile. 
The other two divisions are incapable of self-movement. 

M. Peragallo holds that the origin from which the evolution 
of Diatoms started was from the marine Radiolaria, an amaeb- 
oid organism having a siliceous skeleton, and consisting for 
the rest only of a protoplasmic jelly with the usual nucleus and 
nucleolus, and generally considered to be a member of the 
animal kingdom. Now, as the same authority unhesitatingly 
accepts the Diatoms as true vegetables, it may cause us some 
surprise to be asked to believe that they can have been evolved 
from an animal ancestor. Perhaps a more correct way of 
putting it would be to regard Radiolaria and Diatoms alike 
as descended from a common ancestor in which the differentia- 
tion of animal and vegetable had not been attained. However 
this may be, it will be sufficient for us to note that those forms 


* Abstract of a Paper read at ths meeting of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ 
Union at Sedbergh, August 1go9. 


Naturalist, 


Philip: The Diatoms of the Sedbergh District. 149 


of the Diatomacee nearest in apparent structure to the 
Radiolaria are the earliest to appear in fossil deposits. These 
all belong to the sub-family, Ana-Raphidiez, and are circular, 
sub-circular, triangular or polygonal in outline, and frequently 
furnished with processes, spines, or awns. There is a fossil 
deposit found at Oamaru in New Zealand, in which a consider- 
able number of very beautiful species well known in the “ show ” 
slides, issued by those who mount for sale, are found. These are 
without exception, all belonging to the Ana-Raphidiee. It is 
clearly a marine deposit from a warm sea rich in silicon, and 
besides the diatoms, contains an abundance of radiolaria and 
sponges, which also require this element to build up their skele- 
tons. A somewhat later deposit of a similar character is that 
which underlies the city of Richmond, Virginia, but in this, 
while the great majority of species are those of Ana-Raphidiee, 
there is also a small but significant number of Raphidiee. 
The collections made by Cleve and others from the Plankton 
of various seas to-day, consist also in the main of Ana-Raphi- 
diez. Hence we may picture the earliest diatoms as belonging 
to this sub-family, such forms as the first three figures in our 
plate, floating on the surface of the sea, moved only by the 
winds and waves, having no power nor need of self-motion. 

Next we must conceive that quantities of these forms would 
be carried by currents to the margin of the sea, and from being 
purely oceanic, would be compelled to adjust themselves to a 
neritic existence covering the surface of rocks and mud on the 
shore. Here the continual deposition of silt washed by the 
waves from clay cliffs, or brought down by rivers would be the 
greatest danger against which the organism would have to 
struggle, and forms unable to lift themselves to the surface of 
the mud, would be buried and stifled. Hence we have the 
development of the Raphidiee, with their bilateral instead of 
centric shape, their raphe, and its associated power of self 
motion. Most persons, when they first see through the micro- 
scope living naviculas passing hither and thither across the 
field of view, are apt to think this motion is at least as free and 
voluntary as that of the Infusoria. Further investigation, 
however, reveals that it is strictly limited to an alternating 
movement, a certain distance in one direction, a pause and a 
return. How effective this motion is, nevertheless, for the 
purpose for which it was evolved may be seen any day by col- 
lecting a gathering of Pleurosigmas from the mud of our tidal 
1910 Apl. 1. 


150 Philip: The Diatoms of the Sedbergh District. 


estuaries, shaking them up with the mud, and then placing them 
on a dish in the sunlight. In a short space of time they will 
have worked their way up through the mud, and covered its 
surface with a brown film. It is not with them a question of 
journeying anywhere, of pursuing prey, or of escaping from 
enemies, it is simply just sufficient to enable them to preserve 
their freedom. This limited power of motion has evidently 
been an important advantage in the struggle for existence, 
since we find that the Raphidiez are much the largest of the 
sub-families to-day. Taking for instance the list of 600 species 
and varieties in the ‘“‘ Diatoms of the Hull District,’ we find 
that about two-thirds are Raphidiez and less than a sixth 
Ana-Raphidiee. Figs. 4, 5, and 6 on Plate VII. are typical 
examples of motile Raphidiee. 

Established on the coast, the Raphidiez increased in num- 
bers, and began to find their way up the estuaries and rivers 
into the internal waters of the land, and in marshes, lakes, 
ponds, streams and springs evolved into different forms suited 
to their respective environment. 

And now we come to the Diatoms of the Sedbergh district. 
The waters of this neighbourhood are ghylls, little streams 
cutting their way through deep gorges on the hill sides, at all 
times rapid in flow, and in rainy seasons liable to become violent 
torrents. In such waters, how are our tiny organisms to be 
able to maintain themselves ? The Ana-Raphidiez, with their 
circular or polygonal forms and helpless immobility, would be 
swept into crevices and stifled in mud, if they had ever got up 
here—which they never did, for not a single member of the sub- 
family is to be found here. The Raphidiez, with their Jimited 
power of motion, sufficient only to rescue them from premature 
burial, would scarcely fare better, being hable to be continually 
carried down to the sea by the rapid waters. Hence new 
methods must be found if they are to continue to inhabit these 
streams, and the problem of existence has been solved by 
several distinct methods. Some of the Raphidiez, of which 
the Gomphonemas are an example, acquired a stipe, or stalk 
which anchored them to a rock or water plant, enabling the 
diatom to float securely in the most turbulent streams ; others 
like Cocconeis attached themselves by one surface to mosses or 
plant stems, while others, like Achnanthes, improved on this 
by piling themselves on one another. But now comes the 
Nemesis of over security, they lose their freedom. No doubt 


Naturalist, 


Philip: The Diatoms of the Sedbergh District. I51 


-a Gomphonema or Cocconeis swept by accident from its hold, 
may, by the use of its raphe, regain a position in which it may 
‘safely fix itself again, but such cases must be comparatively 
rare. The majority live on in undisturbed security, and, as a 
consequence, lose first the use of the raphe, and then the raphe 
itself. We find in many cases that it has disappeared from 
that one of the valves by which the diatom has been anchored. 
Eventually it will no doubt disappear from the other as it 
has already done in many cases, and then we arrive at our 
third sub-family, the Pseudo-Raphidiez,in which a blank space 
interrupting the striation of the valve marks the line which was 
formerly occupied by a raphe. Such forms as these are 
specially adapted to inhabit the streams of Alpine districts, 
and we find that they, along with the non-motile Raphidiez, 
constitute the bulk of the forms comprised in my Sedbergh 
gatherings. Like the Raphidiee, they have adopted various 
methods of securing themselves. Some, as the Synedras, rely 
on a long needle-like form, or, as Ceratoneis, on a hooked 
shape, for entangling themselves in the meshes of alge; 
others, like Fragilaria and Meridion, attach themselves together 
in ribbon-like bands, or, as Diatoma and Tabellaria, in chains 
and rope-like filaments. The following list of species found 
in the Sedbergh district, shows a predominance of this sub- 
family when we bear in mind, not only that as compared with 
the list of the Hull district in which the Pseudo-Raphidiee 
constitute only about a fourth, but also that the mere number 
‘of species does not indicate the proportion of individuals. 
Many of the motile Raphidiew are represented only by scarce 
and casual forms, while the Pseudo-Raphidiez are the most 
numerous part of each gathering. These gatherings were made 
from Hebblethwaite Ghyll, Uldale Ghyll, Settlebeck Ghyll, 
-and also from some tanks on the slopes of the hill of Winder. 
A single species (Fvagilarta crotonensts) was found in the drink- 
ing-fountain in the Market Place. 


LIST OF DIATOMS OF SEDBERGH. 


RaPHIDIEAE (MOTILE). | +Cymbella leptoceras Katz. 
Amphipleura pellucida Kutz. | 55 microcephala Grun. 
Amphora ovalts Kutz. | a obtusa Greg. 
Cymbella aequalis W. Sm. | *Encyonema caespitosum Kutz. 

a affinis Kutz. | 33 ventvyicosum Kutz. 
if ap delicatula Kutz. | Navicula elliptica Kutz. 
Re laevis Naeg. | 3 var. ovalis. 
* Abundant. + Rare. 


gio Apl. 1, 


152 Philip: The Diatoms 


oblongella 
minima. 


Navicula elliptica var. 
% 
+ Navic ula atomus Naeg. 
99 fontinalis Grun., 
lat as lepidula Grun. 
limosa Kutz. 
yadiosa Kutz. 
vividula Kutz. 
We innulavia borealis Ehr. 
mesolepta Ehr. 
subcapitata Greg. 
sublinearis Grun. 
vividis Kutz. 
anceps Enhr. 
gvacilis Ehr. 
Phenicenteron Ehr. 
Vanheurchia vulgaris V.H. 


—- 


Staurvonets 


RAPHIDIEAE (NON-MOTILE). 
+Achnanthes coarctata Breb. 


ne extlis Kutz. 
es a> linearis W. Sm. 
* bs lanceolata Breb. 
ce 0 microcephala Kutz. 


ii tyvinodis (Arnott)Grun. 

Ac hnanthidium flexellum Breb. 
*Cocconeis placentula Ehr. 

a pediculus Ehr. 

Cymbella (old genus Cocconema) 
cistula Hempr. 
cymbtformis Ehr. 
gastvoides Kutz. 
Helvetica Kutz. 

a lanceolata Ehr. 
*Gomphonema acuminatum Ehr. 
constrictum Kehr. 
geminatum (Lyng) 


ss 


as 


”) 


Ag. 


gracile Ehr. 
intvicatum Kutz. 
montanum Schum. 
pavvulum Wutz. 


”) 


Rhoicos phenia curvata(WKutz.)Grun, 


DESCRIPTION 


ANA-RAPHIDIEH (MARINE). 


Actinoptychus undulatus. 
Amphitetras antediluviana. 
Biddulphia aurita. 


OC a 


Non-MoTILE RAPHIDIE 
(SEDBERGH). 


Gomphonema acuminatum, 
Cocconeis placentula. 
Achnanthes coarctata. 


Oo om! 


of the Sedbergh District. 


| 
| 


PSEUDO-RAPHIDIEAE. 


*Cevatoneis avcus Kutz. 
Denticula tenuis Kutz. 
*Diatoma elongatum Ag. 
“ tenue 
a be hiemale (Lyng) Heib. 
Be var. mesodon. 
Epithemia gibba Kutz. 
Argus Kutz. 
sovex Kutz. 
s turgida (Ehr.) Kutz. 
*FEunotia avcus Ehr. 
lunavis (Ehr.) Grun. 
5 major W.Sm. 
A pectinalis (Kutz.) Rab. 
prervupta Ehr. 
*Fragilaria capucina Desm. 
a brevistriata Grun. 
- Crotonensis (Edwards) 
Kkitton. 
re vivescens Ralts. 
*Meridion circulave Ag. 
Nitzschia Denticula var. Delogne?.. 
r linearis (Ag.) W.Sm. 
2 Palea var. fonticola. 
< sinuata (W.Sm.) Grun. 
Surivella ovalis Kutz. 
var. minuta. 
ovata. 
5 pinnata. 
9 FObMSEE var. tenera Greg. 
spivalis Kutz. 
Synedr a Acus (Kutz) Grun. 
amphicephala Wutz. 
capitata Enr. 
f pulchella Wutz. 
a vase vadians (Kutz) Grun. 
Seno ulna (Nitz) Ebr. 
var. splendens. 
», var. subaequalis 
. vaucheriae Kutz. 
*Tabellavia flocculosa (Roth) Kutz. 


” 


” 


»”» ” 


»” ” »” 


” 


” 


OF PLATE VI. 


MorTiLE RAPHIDIE® (SEDBERGH). 


4. Navicula elliptica. 
5. Pinnularia viridis. 
>. Stauronets gracilis. 


PSEUDO-RAPHIDIEZ 
(SEDBERGH). 


10. Epithemia Argus. 
Ceratoneis arcus. 


12. TLabellaria flocculosa. 


To —— 


* Abundant. 


+ Rare. 


Naturalist, 


THE NATURALIST, 1910, PLATE VI. 


Ie AOGnO Lo IE LA Ae BAM AM AAA 
/ | | f VV 


nl oHH : Hf | Be 


a 


ui 


i 


ilk 
et 


i 


il 
ye 


12A 


Diatoms of the Sedbergh District, etc. 


r ny: 


<a ee 
ia ©, 
ae _ 


] 


on 
% 


_ THE PEAT MOORS OF LONSDALE. 
AN INTRODUCTION. 


W. MUNN RAN KIN, ReSeeneps) B.Sc.(Lonp.). 
(Continued from page 122). 

These many floral associations ranging between the open 
water associations and the often broad bordering meadows ot 
Molinia, may be regarded as expressions of. certain well- 
defined physical factors operating beneath the vegetation, which 
in no small measure is dependent upon them. In addition to 
the group of physical factors considered as resident within the 
station, and operative upon living forms, selecting and modifying 
perhaps, and thus made visible, there are those factors, also 
having effect upon the constitution of a floral association, which 
arise out of the presence of individuals of the same and different 
species, namely those of biological competition. Considering 
the association kinetically, it is seen to be a congeries of 
very many factors, which it would be difficult, if not impossible, 
to evaluate. Yet, as judged by the results, the group of factors 
of the station are of the first importance ; as they vary, so the 
plant association through which they work, undergoes change: 
also. The physical characteristics of the soil, its moisture, 
temperature, inorganic and organic composition, regarded at a 
particular spot, are continually changing. As a consequence, 
the complexion of the floral covering is steadily varying. Thus 
taking our example of the lake side associations in passing 
trom the open water to the closed grass meadows on the opposite 
limit of the swamp, there is a more or less steady decrease in the 
percentage of water within the soil, accompanied by a change 
in the composition of the dissolved compounds as well as by 
variations in the factors of the soil consequent upon these. 

This zonation of physical factors is expressive of the succes- 
sion of the same factors above a particular spot. The region of 
open water near the reed-belt will, under favourable conditions, 
in time itself pass under the condition of the reed-belt, and later 
of the other zones. This change in the physical conditions of a 
spot due in the main to the accumulation of plant debris or 
peat, is expressed in the vegetation as a succession of plant 
associations. This succession is, under favourable conditions, 
recorded in the different strata of the peat. And in general, 
this vertical succession will correspond closely to the lateral 
zonation, though it must be noted that on the outer limits, 
191 Apl. is L 


154 Rankin: The Peat-Moors of Lonsdale. 


within the influence of the hard rising land, the agreement is not 
maintained. 

Underlying all the diversity within the series of zones 
between the open water and the Molinia swamp, there is at 
least the common feature that the root-system of the 
vegetation searches soil supplied with water, which either 
immediately or but little remotely has been in contact with the 
mineral rocks, and is therefore to some extent, supplied with 
inorganic salts. Such a series of plant societies is grouped 
under the comprehensive term of ‘Swamp Moor.’ Moors of this 
type, when viewed from without, have a flat upper surface, 
which gives occasion for the continental name of ‘ Flach-moor.’ 
Owing to the extensive clearings by man, restrictive or wholly 
destructive, the swamp moor or flat-moor, as found in this 
district on the lowlands, shows rarely the full succession 
displayed in a typical development, but more generally only the 
associations representing a few out of many phases. About 
tarns the earlier zones are the most evident, and above filled- 
up hollows, the latter associations, often in transition to the 
associations of the heath-moors. 

The moor associations which have been long removed from 
the state of open water, as the Molinia meadows well behind the 
waters of lakes or over the drying-up tarn hollows, have had 
opportunity by the increase in thickness of peat, steadily to 
become raised above the water table within the soil, and thus 
to become drier. This increasing dessication often favours the 
growth of shrubs, as the alder, birch, and willow, but even more 
so the growth of heath plants, which are less dependent than 
swamp plants upon soil water with dissolved salts, and so quite 
at home in a soil which is dependent for its moisture upon the 
chance precipitation of rain. Such heath plants thrive upon or 
between the tussocks of Molinia, and in the course of time 
engulph them, forming a high layer independent of the water 
level searched by the swamp associates. Bog-moss, Sphagnum, 
Cotton sedge, Eriophorum vaginatum, and ericaceous plants, 
as Calluna and Erica species, are among the first intruders, and 
finally the conquerors. 

The moor resulting upon the growth of these heath plants 
shows a much more restricted floral list than that of the pre- 
ceding swamp moor. Very few species are held in common, and 
even of these, as in the case of Molinia, there is the separation 
into two distinct forms, expressive of the distinct groups of 


Naturalist, 


Rankin: The Peat-Moors of Lonsdale. 155 


physical factors underlying and conditioning the two formations, 
the swamp and heath-moors. Moors of this latter type have 
received many designations from the variety of aspects in 
which they have been regarded. According to the frequent 
abundance of bog-moss, they may be termed Sphagnum Moors. 
Yet few of the present day moors, whatever were their imme- 
diate predecessors, may be so labelled. Eviophorum vaginatum 
is more commonly the dominant species, suggested in the 
restricted title of Eriophorum Moor, as the dominance of 
Calluna suggests the term Calluna Moor. The common 
continental term, ‘ Hoch-moor,’ or high moor, is derived from 
the raised surface, especially noticed after heavy rain when the 
moor swells like a sponge. This humping-up of the moss is at 
times well seen on Cockerham Moss. The term that will be 
used here—Heath Moor—has the advantage that within it 
may be understood moors of various facies, whether dominated 
by Sphagnum, Eriophorum, Calluna or Birch, in all of which 
prevails a dominance of the physical factors of the heath— 
insufficiency of inorganic ions and dissolved oxygen in a soil 
water which further shows a decided humic acidity, producing 
a physiological drought. 

The heath moors are the last phases in Nature of the process 
of land formation by vegetation from open water. And so they 
are to be seen best in the long closed-up lake hollows among the 
mounds of glacial drift. Many such peat moors have been 
cleared away, but here and there, representatives of the last 
stages still remain. The peat deposits laid down about the 
shores of the hard-water lake of Hawes Water near Silverdale, 
when the surface was some seven or eight feet higher than to- 
day, have been almost entirely removed. Close at hand, how- 
ever, in the neighbouring basin of Burton Moss, once filled by 
an extensive shallow-water lake, receiving drainage from the 
“hard’ land about, sufficient deposits remain to give a good 
idea of the succession of heath moor upon swamp moor. The 
layers of the lower peat show not only the lowest amorphous 
peat of fragmentary debris carried in from the reed belts, but 
also the deposits of the reed belts of Phragmites and Cladiumi, 
as they encroached upon the narrowing waters of the tarn. As 
the open water was taken in, the peat would seem to have got 
drier, and the swamp to have been succeeded by a thicket of 
Birch, possibly a variety of the Alder wood type. 

After this came in the heath associations, which continuing 
xg10 Apl. 1. 


156 Rankin: The Peat-Moors of Lonsdale. 


for some time, gave an accumulation many feet in thickness 
of Sphagnum and Eriophorum peat. The marl at the deepest 
hollow of this lake is to a large extent composed of Limnaea 
pereger,* lacking the variety of the Hawes Water deposits. 
Traces of similar peat moors lying above lake-marl may be 
seen below Norber Fell, in Clapdale and Crummockdale. In 
the same quarter, Austwick Moss shows a fairly extensive 
development of heath moor, though there are not infrequent 
traces of the former swamp moor associations. A short way 
across the limits of Lonsdale, other moors as Cocket Moss, near 
Giggleswick, and Helwith Moss, below Moughton Fells in 
Ribblesdale, show good development of both types of moors. 


LITTORAL PEAT Moors. 


Passing from these comparatively small and generally 
scattered peat moors, we come to the consideration of the great 
and continuous peat moors, about the coast plains of Furness 
and the neighbouring part of Westmorland. (Fig. 3). 

Following upon the Ice Age, there has been an extensive 
silting up of inlets out of Morecambe Bay, as well as of the 
Bay itself. The alluvial flats slowly rising by accretion, first 
above the average high water mark, and then above the limits 
of ordinary spring tides, must, as may be seen to-day being 
enacted between Carnforth and Silverdale, have passed under the 
vegetation first of salt, and later of fresh-water marshes. The 
land drainage by small streams would be irregular, easily 
deviated, and often checked, so that the state of the alluvial 
flats would become eminently suited for the growth of all 
manner of swamps. Extensive marshy meadows of tall reed- 
grasses and sedges, diversified by occasional open meres, 
swarming with every variety of animal life, molluscan, insect 
and avian, such must have been the aspect of much of low- 
lying Furness, as it was without doubt, of southern Lancashire 
into comparatively recent times. And the records of the peat 
are sufficient sanction for the extension of this known landscape 
to our Lonsdale sea-valleys. Altogether, during the early 
stages of the covering of the estuarine silt with vegetable 
remains, there must have been the closest resemblance with the 
Fens about the Wash opening. 


‘Geographical Distribution of Mollusca in S. Lonsdale,’ Kendal, Dean 
and Rankin, Naturalist 1909. 


Naturalist, 


Rankin: The Peat-Moors of Lonsdale. 157 


As was noticed in the case of the swamp moors of lacustrine 
origin, namely the tendency for the succession of the associa- 
tions to continue towards the associations of an entirely different 
complexion, so here over the ancient fens or swamp moors, 
crept the heath moors, with their abundant bog-moss and 
cotton sedge, finally covering all the broad marshland, except 
within the reach of the river floods and of the drainage from 
the rising land against which the moors rose, on their outer 
limits. (Fig. 4). 

Within the regimen of the heath moors, the succession of 
associations continued, now a dominance of Sphagnum, at other 
times of Eriophorum, and at others still of Calluna, according 
as the conditions of the stations varied. The sections of the 
peat, as well as the traditions of the district, show that imme- 
diately previous to the present, rather dry association above the 
moors, of Calluna and Eriophorum, there was a strong domin- 
ance of Sphagnum species, resulting in a very wet surface. 
The drying moor of Foulshaw is gradually being spread over 
by self-sewn birches, and occasional Scots firs, forming a 
second, if not a third, wood or thicket association that has 
developed there; the earliest at the base of the peat, the 
other between the swamp moor and the heath moor, also of 
birch and fir. (Fig. 5). 

For many centuries the mosses must have rendered the 
valleys even more impassable than the sea or sands, too miry 
for safe foot-travelling, and not sufficiently so for keels. Near 
Gilpin Bridge there still remain short lengths of a corduroy 
road, sunken in the peat, across which at some time or other 
traffic passed. How early the peat moors were dug we cannot 
say, but it is probably correct to assert that the greater part of 
the clearance has been effected in the last century or so. To-day 
in place of water is cultivation of an intensive character, which 
makes the still remaining moors, inliers of an ancient landscape, 
the more striking. The largest moors yet persisting, as Foul- 
shaw, near Grange, and Ellerside Moss near Cartmel, probably 
the most extensive lowland moors in England south of Solway, 
still continue to grow, and thus permit of an alliance with the 
much wider moors of North Germany, which have been so ably 
monographed by Graebner, Weber and others. (Fig. 6). 


UPLAND PEAT MOORS. 


While the peatlands of the plains and valleys were at one 
1910 Apl. 1. 


158 Rankin: The Peat-Moors of Lonsdale. 


time pretty extensive, and now are much reduced, those of the 
hills of the ‘ moorlands,’ are still extensive. And yet the 
upland peat moors of Lonsdale, wide as they are on some of 
the fell slopes, are of a comparatively small extent when con- 
sidered against the broad mantlings from horizon to horizon, 
which cover many of the fells of the Pennines between Peny- 
ghent and Crossfell. For an appreciation of the dominance 
over square miles of landscape by a single plant formation, no 
part of England is more suited than a summit on the Pennine 
escarpment. Still within our limits, as for example, on the 
grit tells of the southern edges of Lonsdale, the heath moor 
attains that dominance characteristic of the Pennines from the 
Peak to the Cheviots. 

The development of a peat moor on an upland region 
depends upon many factors, those of the climate and those of 
the soil. The first group naturally show wide differences from 
those obtaining on the seaward plains or lowland watersheds. 
About the Bay the rainfall varies inland between 40 inches and 
50 inches, on the hills it attains in the north of the district, 
go inches, and in the south possibly 70 inches. On the coast 
the mean January temperature is somewhat below 40°, and 
the mean July temperature about 60°F. The hills above 1200 
feet on which the peat-moors are best developed, will show 
according to the usual rule, corresponding temperatures below 
36° F. and 56° F. respectively. The higher mountains will 
show a mean annual temperature between 38° and 42°. As 
seen by the growth of both swamp and heath moors, at all 
levels from sea levels to at least 2500 feet, the climatic factors 
throughout the district are favourable to their existence. 

The more important factors which decide within the district 
the origin and the continuance of moors, are those of the soil, 
bound up with its chemical as well as its physical features. 

The volcanic breccias, silurian greywackes, sandstones and 
slates show much less development of peat moors than the 
shales and sandstones of the Yoredale and Millstone Grit 
series, though quite typical moors occur, often broadly on these 
rocks. | Possibly the general steepness of the older rocks, 
rather than their frequent sub-basic mineral composition, is to 
be held accountable for the contrast between their cleanly 
fell sides and the gloomy flanks of the Carboniferous hills. 
While, with the higher ridges to the north, at most the 
narrow summits and occasional ‘slacks,’ or broadly concave 


Naturalist , 


Rankin: The Peat-Moors of Lonsdale. 159 


areas are peat-covered, and the broad hill sides are pasture 
grown, on the southern watersheds ridges and flanks alike are 
submerged beneath.sodden moors, which reach down almost to 
the farmsteads. The heavy glaciation of the whole district, 
which at its maximum engulphed all except the topmost 
peaks in ice, has left many signs on the highlands. Drumlins 
have ponded back drainage as shallow tarns, which filling, 
first with sedges, rushes and grasses belonging to the swamp, 
finally passed into heath-moors. Swathes of more or less 
impervious ground moraine plastered over easily pervious 
limestones, as on Ingleborough, have brought up the associa- 
tions of the wet grasslands in the midst of those of the drier type. 

The two groups of associations constituting the wet Grass- 
lands, those of the swamp moor formation and those of the 
heath: moor, so evident in the lowlands, are scarcely less 
distinguishable on the uplands. 

The swamp moors, it may be recalled, are characteristic of 
the infilling pools, or other badly drained spots fed by water 
more or less immediately telluric in origin. The heath moors, 
on the contrary, have the atmospheric precipitation as the chief 
water supply. 

‘On the uplands, swamp moors of rushes and Molima, witha 
small florula of dicotyledons are seen about shallow tarns fed 
by ‘small streams draining some limited watershed, but more 
particularly about the issues of springs, and the early courses 
of.streams. In places, such miry spots are regularly cut for 
litter; the moor-grass, Molinia, and the rushes, no less than 
the bracken, Pteris, of drier spots, yielding useful bedding 
harvest. 

Molinia meadows are in a few places seen to encroach upon, 
and in the late phases of succession to engulph, birch scrub 
growing upon damp, clayey soil. 

As with the Molinia marshes of the lake margins of the 
lowlands, so on the uplands, they show the intrusion of the heath 
in the plants of ling, Calluna, heaths, Erica sp. cotton- 
sedge,,, Eriophorum vaginatum and bog-moss Sphagnum sp., 
being in the course of time, as seen by the present zonation 
beyand, fated to pass wholly into the heath-moor. 

All totalled, these swamp moors and transition moors of 
Lonsdale make but a poor show in comparison with the great 
Eriophorum moors. Moors of Sphagnum, of Scirpus ces- 
pitosus and of Raconutrium, occur but rarely, and then are of 
1910 Apl. 1. 


160 Rankin: The Peat-Moors of Lonsdale. 


small dimensions. <A study of the peat sections on the fells 
further brings out the fact that in times past the complexion 
of the heath moors was much as to-day. Underneath the. 
deep deposits of the cotton sedge association, there is in general 
but a narrow basal thickness of peat other than heath-peat. 
It is within this layer at the base that birch timber occurs 
even at good heights. So far,on our moorlands, no peat layer 
of arctic plants, as that recorded for Crossfell by Mr. Lewis, 
has been found, and, indeed, it is quite probable that as’ Dr. 
Moss has shewn for the southern Pennines, the deposit of peat 
is comparatively recent in origin, the greater part post-Danish, 
and the whole possibly post-Roman.* : 

Where uncut by deep stream courses, the water-level 
high, the Eriophorum moors are generally pure, but in parts 
more or less wasting or on better drained slopes on the edges oi 
the moorland, Calluna is a constant co-dominant. On the top- 
most ridges bilberry, Vaccinium Myrtillus, forms a frequent 
derivative of the normal type. The variety of the Calluna— 
Eriophorum moor is also seen on the lowland moors, where, 
owing to the peat-cutting at the edges, as well as to deep trans- 
verse ditches, there is some effectual drainage. 

Though there is a close resemblance between the heath- 
moors of the uplands and of the lowlands, which corresponds 
without doubt to a close community of soil factors, yet the 
florulz of subordinate species show some differences. How far 
these are due to climatic factors, to edaphic factors, or to those 
issuing from the mode of development of the succession of the 
associations cannot at present be determined. 


SUMMARY. 
FORMATIONS OF WET GRASSLANDS. 
SWAMP MOOR FORMATION. 


I.—LOWLAND Moors. 
(a) Lacustrine. 
Existing. Hawes Water, Terrybank Tarn (Cunswack 
Tarn and Newton Regny Moss). 
In part. (Helwith, Cocket Mosses) Austwick Moss. 
Sub-fossil. Burton (Helwith Moss). 


* Peat Moors of the Pennines. C. E. Moss. The Geogr. Journ.,, Wol. 
XXIII. [1904], pp. 660-671. 


“Naturalist, 


THE NATURALIST, 71910. PLATE VII. 


Fig. 3. 
Lowland Eriophorum Moor with invading Birch wood. 


Fig.4. 
Within Swamp Moor Zone on the edge of Heath Moor (Fowlshaw). 


THE NATURALIST, 1910, PLATE VIII. 


Fig. 5. 
Section of Lowland Peat Moor. 
1.—Present Eriophorum-Calluna Moor. 
2.—“ Grey Peat’’ of Sphagnum-Moor. 
3.—“ Black Peat’ of Eriophorum-Moor. 
4.—* Short-metal” of Swamp-moor with timber of Scots Fir, etc. 


Fig. 6. 


Peat Digging in the Gilpin Valley. 


Rankin: The Peat Moors of Lonsdale. 161 


(b) Estuarine and Littoral. 
Existing. Edges of Ellerside and Foulshaw Mosses. 
(Traces within Cockerham Moss). 
Sub-fossil. Ellerside, Foulshaw, Levens Mosses (Cocker 
ham Moss). 
II.—UpLanp Moors. 
Generally Distributed. 


HEATH MOOR FORMATION. 
I.—LOWLAND Moors. 
(a) Lacustrine. 
Existing. Terrybank Tarn, in part. Austwick Moss. 
Sub-fossil. Burton (Helwith Moss). 
(b) Estuarine and Littoral. 
Existing. Ellerside, Foulshaw, Levens Mosses 
(Cockerham Moss). 
I].—UpLanp Moors. 
Generally Distributed. 
— - <> &—_— 

Proceedings, etc., of the Hull Junior Field Naturalists’ Society, Vol. f., 
Part 1, Edited by Albert J. Moore (Hon. Secretary). Price 1/- net, 8vo. 
[No date on title ; introduction dated January 1910]. 

The Junior Naturalists of Hull are to be congratulated on this first 
number of their proceedings, and still more on their firm grasp of the essen- 
tial principle of including nothing but what is local. The only exception 
is Mr. A. Werner’s paper on ‘ Photo-micrography,’ but this is a class of 
paper which, when properly done, is printable in any journal. The 
Society’s actual proceedings show evidence of energy and well-directed 
activity. The papers deal with varieties of Mollusca new to the East 
Riding, note on Melampus myosotis near Saltend Common, Botanical 
Notes, a paper in which the British nativity of Selaginopsis mivablilis 
found off Flamborough is accepted, a record of Evyon antiquus from the 
Yorkshire Lias, some recent geological and archeological notes, a list of 
some Withernsea fungi, a list of East Yorkshire spiders, harvestmen and 
pseudoscorpions, a list of spiders and harvestmen collected in 1909 in 
North Lincolnshire, a few ornithological notes, a record of Silpha thoracica 
for Market Weighton, note on a Romano-British urn found in East York- 
shire, and of a stone adze found at Withernsea. The respective authors 
are Albert J. Moore, C. Waterfall, John C. Craven, H. Knight, James 
Ritchie, M.A., B.Sc., A. Werner, T. Sheppard, F.G.S., A. M. Murley, 
Arthur R. Warner, E. A. Parsons, M. Ling, F.Z.S., and E. Sawyer. Typo- 
graphically the part is a handsome one, and it is pleasing to note that the 
species in lists, and the salient points in other papers, are indicated by the 
use of thick-faced type, but the use of wire-stitching is entirely unsuitable 
to a publication like this, which is of permanent value. There are several 
illustrations, and a frontispiece. In the latter case we would suggest that 
it is perfectly useless to figure a ‘ Pseudoscorpion’ without stating both 
its name and its locality. However, this only brings out into prominent 
reliei—as does also the note on Paramecium aurelia—the unscientific 
ways of microscopists, who have (as a class) still to learn that their slides 
and objects should be labelled fully and precisely, and that a slide of “leg 
of fly’ or ‘hairs of plants’ are of not the slightest use unless it is stated 
what is the name and the locality of either the ‘fly’ or the ‘ plant.’—R. 


1g1o Apl. 1. 


162 
SOME AVICULTURAL NOTES. 


Vivo JEIGRSSIPC QUO IMDS Ale INS AaSh, Teen 
Scampston, E. Yorks. 


(Continued from page 116). 


Of course, the male only, worked. If sometimes, especially 
at jeeding times, when any titbits were going, his treatment 
of his wife appeared old-fashioned, to do him justice, he never, 
like the primitive human races, left the hard work to the weaker 
sex, jor he was always busy at something, sometimes at useful 
work connected with the mound, at other times trying to dig 
a way under the fence of his enclosure, so as to get at some rival 
on the other side. 

The incubation of the eggs within the mound depended 
entirely upon the proper fermentation of the materials of the 
composing mass. Von Rosenberg found that the temperature 
in the interior of the mound of another species, Talegallus 
fuscirostus, was 93° Fahr., when that of the external air was. 
85° in the shade. Workers of incubators will remember that a 
temperature of 104 degrees is required to hatch the eggs of the 
domestic fowl. 

It sometimes seemed that the hen bird miscalculated the- 
period when the heap would be ready for the eggs, and that the 
fermentation was past before the eggs had time to hatch. 
Probably, if there had been several hens, some eggs would have 
been ‘forthcoming when the fermentation process was at the 
right point. But I only had one hen, and at the end of the 
summer, I] more than once on opening the mound, found eggs. 
unhatched with chicks in various stages of development. 
Though they had a good big run, the birds were partly depen- 
dent.for materials on what we gave them, which, of course, had 
to be m such a condition that it would ferment. Entirely 
dry stuff, such as straw or dead leaves were of no use. Lawn 
mowings were eagerly appropriated, but 1f too much was given 
the heap heated too fiercely, and did not last warm for the 
whole incubation period. 

The whole process has been watched, and described both in 
our’ Zoological Gardens, and at the Gardens at Melbourne. 
I will not repeat what has been already recorded, beyond 
saying that my birds were so tame that I could stand within a 
yard of the male when he was doing sentry on his heap, and 
could watch him digging down to the close neighbourhood of 


Naturalist, 


St. Quintin: Some Avicultural Notes. 163 


the eggs without disturbing him. He always opened the heap 
almost to the level of the eggs towards the end of the summer 
afternoon, filling up the opening, and smoothing all over before 
sunset. This was probably to cool the eggs. 

There is one observation I was able to make, which I think 
has not been noticed. I several times, in the morning, found 
that the cock bird had cut away the side of the mound, leaving 
a perpendicular wall. I believe this was to make the exit of 
the chick more easy; and it may have been that the bird 
heard the cry of the chick, and did his best to help. We found 
several chicks at different times which had failed to get out 
owing to the heap getting too much consolidated. The male 
was, during the breeding season, always upon or close to the 
mound, and constantly altering its appearance, and I was 
never actually able to connect the cutting away of the side with 
the emergence of a chick, but I was convinced that this was the 
bird’s purpose. 

The young can fly at least four or five feet up to a perch the 
day they are hatched, and, of course, are perfectly independent 
of the parents. 

‘The first young bird hatched at Scampston was found in the 
next enclosure but one to that in which the mound was ; 
having somehow managed to get under, over, or through, two 
wire fences eight feet high ; and it was discovered by the noise 
it made in vigorously scratching amongst the dead leaves 
under some bushes. 

‘I found the male bird very dangerous to other species. 
Besides hunting his mate whenever he saw her, he was the 
bully of my collection, and being very active, it was difficult 
to ‘keep him in his own domain. I once saved an old Caper- 
caithe cock from at least very severe punishment. The Caper 
was on the run, with the Brush Turkey after him, hitting him 
with his foot whenever he got within striking distance. My 
Brush Turkeys are now in Sir Edmund Loder’s beautiful park 
at'Leonardslea in Sussex, and, interesting as they were, I have 
never regretted their departure ! 

‘tSANDGROUSE. These are peaceable, rather sluggish birds, 
not difficult to keep in confinement if kept absolutely dry. 
Théy ‘are not as often kept as they deserve. I have had 
five species, the fine Avenarius, Alchatus (both the Spanish 
and the Asiatic form), Exustus, and Bicinctus, both of which 
last'T have found delicate ; and Senegallus, which in plumage is 
1910 Api. x. 


164 St. Quintin: Some Avicultural Notes. 


near Avenarius, and which with me is quite hardy in a dry 
aviary. Sandgrouse should be kept on a dry, sandy floor, with 
plenty of sharp grit, lime in the shape of old mortar, and some 
rocksalt. Several species are great eaters of grass, lettuce, and 
such common weeds as Shepherd’s Purse; but Brcinctus and 
Exustus with me will look at nothing but small seeds. 

And perhaps here I may suggest to the aviculturist the more 
free use of maw seed, which, of course, is the seed of the various 
poppies. The drug opium is, I believe, obtained by crushing 
the seed-capsule, and the seed itself appears to have no injurious 
qualities. All Sandgrouse, and Quails, are extremely fond of tt, 
and my Bearded Tits mainly live upon it. 

The Sandgrouse are usually placed near the pigeons, but 
they frequently lay three eggs, and the young feed themselves, 
and wander from the nest-scratch almost immediately. The 
young can be reared upon maw seed, grass and clover seed, and 
the ripening seeds of chickweed, and shepherd’s purse. 

There is a very peculiar habit of at least some of the Sand- 
grouse, viz., the manner in which the young while unfledged 
receive water from the male parent. My friend, Mr. Meade 
Waldo, was the first to record this interesting habit, having 
bred Péerocles alchatus in his aviaries in Hampshire, and sent an 
account to the ‘ Avicultural Magazine.’ 

Mr. Waldo described how the cock bird (only) when if is 
aware that the young are thirsty, becomes very restless, and 
runs up and down the aviary, till presently it steps into the 
water pan, crouches down with breast plumage distended, 
and might be thought to be going to have a good wash. But it 
is not so, for when the soft feathers are well soaked, it leaves 
the water, and runs towards the young, uttering a cry which 
is quite unlike any ofits usual notes. The nestlings understand, 
and hurry up, and bury their heads in the soaked plumage, 
and can be seen taking the wet feathers between their bills 
and evidently accepting this rather scanty supply with the 
Same quivering of the wings that one sees in a young pigeon 
when being fed by the parent. 

It is, of course, true that the Sandgrouse breed in verv arid 
districts, with no opportunities of finding water, except in the 
form of dew, which must soon disperse when the sun is up. 
At the same time, the food of the chick, if we may argue 
from what we see in our aviaries, is not any form of insect life, 
or of succulent vegetation, but dry seeds mainly : and therefore 


~ Naturalist, 


St. Quintin: Some Avicultural Notes. 165 


it seems that this habit has been evolved of the male parent 
going off to seek water, often probably at such distances that 
it seems strange that any fluid worth having remains after 
a flight through the desert air. What Mr. Waldo recorded of 
Pterocles alchatus | repeatedly witnessed, for we also got it 
to breed at Scampston. I had told my man what to expect, 
but nevertheless so remarkable is the performance, that the 
first morning when I went down to the aviary, knowing that 
the eggs were due to hatch, I found him standing in speechless 
astonishment, the old bird having just run out to the newly- 
filled water pan to soak itself at his feet. 

After this I bred Evxustus, which has exactly the same 
habit. Bicinctus has not laid with me, while a pair of Sene- 
gallus, though laying frequently, are confirmed egg-eaters. 

Both Mr. Waldo and I have had eggs from Avenarius, but 
no further success, but he has told me that he has seen males 
enter the villages in Morocco to soak in the puddles left round 
the wells, and then fly off. 

All four species that have nested with me have the same 
way of dividing the duties of incubation, the females, with their 
plumage harmonizing so wonderfully with sand and gravel, 
sitting by day ; the male, which is often more bright-coloured, 
going on to the eggs for the night. 

In speaking of the TRAGOPANS, three species of which I have 
kept and bred, the Satyr, Temmincks and Cabots, I can give 
another example of a habit noted by the aviculturist which 
could hardly have been observed in a wild state, especially 
when the subject inhabits such wild difficult ground, and has 
such skulking ways, as the Tragopans. At any rate, it was not 
known until I recorded it from experience with my birds, that 
the Tragopans habitually nest in trees. Although, like all 
gamebirds, they will occasionally drop eggs on the ground in 
confinement, my birds have never attempted to incubate unless 
the latter were placed on a nest or platform off the ground. 

Sometimes they have made use of rough platforms of twigs 
which we have put up for them in yew or spruce trees, sometimes 
they have appropriated old pigeon’s nests. Once a Temminck 
Tragopan hen laid her eggs in a Stockdove’s nest in some ivy, 
seventeen feet from the ground. How she found the nest I 
could not imagine. She could only reach it by climbing up a 
yew tree, and passing along a horizontal branch, from which 
she could spring into the ivy. 
rgto Apl. x. 


166 St. Quintin: Some Avicultural Notes. 


In all these cases the bird made some addition to the plat- 
form or nest, as a finishing touch generally placing a few eee 
twigs of yew or spruce by way of lining. 

Perhaps from finding plenty of sites ready to hand, it was 
not till this season that a Tragopan ever built a nest entirely 
of itself. In this case a rather untidy pigeon-like nest was 
made in a spruce tree some five feet from the ground, con- 
structed of live, and dead, small branches and twigs of the 
spruce; and though it looked a shaky structure, it bore the 
weight of sitting bird and eggs. I must have had at least 30 
clutches of eggs, since I have kept Tragopans laid in all cases 
off the ground; and so I think I may safely draw the con- 
clusion that this is the natural habit. 

In this unusual nesting propensity the Tragopan shows itself 
very distinct from its nearest allies, the Grouse and Pheasants. 
Moreover the nestling is clothed with a peculiar hairy down, 
and can fly several feet, and even from branch to branch, when 
newly hatched. In fact the bird is strikingly arboreal in:its 
ways. 
The RorterR. Though very handsome, I don’t recommend 
the European Roller as an aviary bird to anyone who is:not 
prepared to take a great deal of trouble. The bird is extremely 
nervous and shy, and unless great care is used, will certainly 
spoil its plumage against the wires of the aviary. It is quite 
impossible to keep either an Oriole or a Roller in a cage, for the 
same reason. Both are shy, and both are short-legged, and 
when clinging to the side of a cage will not keep their bodies off 
the wires like a Crow or a Thrush, but seems to find a perverse 
delight in thrusting tail and flights through, till nothing but 
stumps remain. 

Rollers are so nervous that I have known one suffer real 
hunger and decline to come down to the foodpan, because a 
brush had been accidentally left inside the door. 

With regard to food, a Roller lives much like a Shrike, and 
therefore must have a Shrike’s food : mice, beetles, meal-worms, 
and when meat is given, it must have at the same time what a 
falconer calls ‘ casting,’ namely feathers or fur, which it: will 
presently eject as a pellet. 

Therefore, to get Rollers to breed, which was at one time 
my ambition, I had first to get hold of two sound birds, which 
was not easy; then get them well moulted, and thoroughly 
used to the aviary ; and finally only one person ever went into 


Naturalist 


St. Quintin: Some Avicultural Notes 167 


the covered part of the aviary, in which we fixed up a large 
hollow log. Without going into details now, which [ have 
elsewhere recorded, I will only say that in due course the birds 
paired and took to the log, eggs were laid, and finally, to my 
great satisfaction, young birds were heard clamouring for food. 
And here a failure nearly occurred with the young, and a tragedy 
between the parents could not be prevented. Whether we 
showed too much interest in the event or not, suddenly the hen 
bird was seized with a blind fit of jealousy against her mate, 
who was peaceable enough, poor fellow, and only too anxious 
to do his duty by his family. But the excited virago forgot her 
nestlings, and thought of nothing but of buffeting and fighting 
with her mate, who never offered any resistance. The young 
were in danger, so | removed the cock, and the mother instantly 
went back to her duties. But it was the end of the beautiful 
male. In another aviary he passed the greater part of two 
days ceaselessly flying from perch to perch with food in his 
beak, calling to the young which were not there, and then 
taking no food himself, pined and died. 

PINE-GROSBEAK. Of all the smaller hardy birds that one 
can keep in a garden aviary, I think there is none more desirable 
than the Pine-grosbeak. It is utterly impervious to the 
worst weather as one would expect, and is from the first ex- 
tremely tame. Although, of course, it is always best, if one 
can, to keep one breeding pair apart from others of the same 
species. I have never known the Pine-grosbeak interfere with 
any other kind of bird, even of the smallest. Another merit is 
that the cocks, so far as my experience goes, retain their bright 
colour, while, as is well known, males of Crossbills, Linnets 
and Redpoles are apt to lose it at the first moult, and do not 
regain it. Mr. Hugh Wormald, however, says that since he 
has fed his Redpolls on the seeds of the Reed, they have kept 
their colour. It probably is a question of health produced by 
correct food, with fresh air and space for exercise. I have more 
than once bred the Pine-grosbeak, though it had not been 
previously done in this country. They made a substantial 
and neat nest of dry spruce twigs, and lined it mostly with 
dead grass, and a little moss. : 

The tameness of the brooding hen was very remarkable. 
Of course we have all noticed how bold the sitting Bullfinch, 
a very near ally of the Pine-grosbeak, often is. When the 
nestlings were hatched, the female parent very sensibly availed 
1gto Apl. 1. 


168 St. Quintin: Some Avicultural Notes. 


herself to the full extent of any assistance that we could offer 
by way of food for the young. I have stood within a yard of 
the nest, and seen my bird-keeper offer fresh ants’ eggs in a 
teaspoon to the old bird as she sat, which she took, and after 
holding them in her mouth for a minute or two, probably to 
moisten them, pass them on to the nestlings. 

Sooner or later every aviculturist is hkely to have it brought 
home to him how very highly strung and nervous birds often 
are by nature ; and it leads to many grievous disappointments. 
In 1903 I was the first to get the WAxwinc to lay its eggs in 
confinement. Much interest has always attached to the 
breeding habits of this charming bird, and much mystery. 
Until the discovery of its nesting grounds in the forests of Lap- 
land, the egg was unknown to ornithologists. 

Mr. Wolley’s exhibition of the first nest and eggs, the fruits 
of several arduous expeditions in the far north, caused great 
excitement in scientific circles. Attempts had been made by 
keeping a flock in an aviary to get an egg or two dropped, but 
with no success. 

Last winter I brought an egg, the first ever laid except in the 
wild state, and showed it at one of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ 
Union meetings at Leeds. 

In 1903, though eggs were hatched at Scampston, the young 
were not reared, and the only point gained was that the period 
of incubation, fourteen days, was ascertained. 

I had every hope of doing better the following season, as I 
had the same pair of birds, and apparently in splendid health. 
The Waxwing is rather sluggish, and one would think not very 
sensitive or emotional. However, the hen died unaccountably, 
perhaps from egg-binding, for there was no examination ; and 
the first sign that anything was wrong was that her body was 
found on the floor of the aviary and the cock-bird sitting 
huddled up close by it, and he died in a few hours. If this was 
not death from a broken heart it was at least very near it ! 


(To be continued). 
————_»> oa——_—_—_ 


Mr. Harvie-Brown has a note on the ‘ Increase of Jays in Ireland,’ in 
the Ivish Naturalist for January. In the same journal Dr. R. F, Scharff 
records the File-fish in Irish waters. 

In The Museums Journal for January, Dr. F. A. Bather has a useful 
and practical paper on ‘ Business Devices for the Museum Curator.’ As he 
points out, museum curators are not necessarily business men ; , hence his 
notes. 

Naturalist, 


169 


FAULT REVELATION THROUGH THE AGENCY OF 
UNDERGROUND WATER, NEAR HAWES, WENS- 
LEYDALE. 


G. T. McKAY, B.Sc. 
(PLATE IX.). 

On the road from Hawes through the Buttertubs Pass to Muker 
in Swaledale, an interesting section is exposed. It occurs about 
three miles from the former place, and, as at first seen, seems 
to be the face of a long disused lime-quarry ; in}fact it was 
almost passed over as such. But the ‘ second look’ involved 
in passing along the top of it (following the road) revealed 
several peculiar features. Most of these can happily be well 
seen in the accompanying photograph, and they will be further 
understood from reference to the diagram. There is a perpen- 
dicular face of much-weathered limestone, about fifteen feet 
deep at its centre. This forms the upper side of a narrow 
cleft, pointed at each end where it comes out to the surface, 
and widest and deepest in ; 
the centre, where the side 
of this cleft opposite the 
limestone is broken through 
by another valley at right 
angles to and as deep as 
the original one, and run- 
ning into the major valley 
(Foss Dale) on the sloping 
side of which all this is 
s¥euate. “(Plate EX. , fig: 2). 

The configuration thus Diagram showing position of Exposure. 
consists of three small 
valleys. Two of these are in a straight line, opposed to each 
other, and deepest where they meet ; at which point the third 
takes off from both, at right angles to them, carrying away 
the water which runs down them into the major valley below. 

The important feature is that one side (the upper) of the 
two opposed valleys consists of a vertical wall of limestone, 
while the other side is more sloping, is for the most part grass 
grown, and can be seen at one point to consist of black shale. 
It is through this shale that the third valley has been cut. 

The explanation of these phenomena seems to be that there 


is a fault running along the side of the main valley, which has 
M 


1910 Apl. 1. 


170 McKay: Fault Revelations. 


thrown down impervious shale, against pervious limestone. 
Along the planes and joints of the latter, underground water 
has been and is making its unseen way. Coming against the 
shale, it can no longer pursue its underground course, and is 
forced to come to the surface. In doing so it clears out the 
easily-moved shale until the face of the fault stands revealed. 
The straight cleft thus formed is deepest at the centre, either 
because the underground stream has its greatest volume there, 
or because that 1s where the greatest ‘ throw ’ of the fault hes. 
The water which collects in this long, narrow excavation, in 
finding its way by overflow into the major valley, eats out the 
third valley at right angles to both. This automatically main- 
tains the same depth as the cleft it drains, at the point where it 
opens out of it, and thence thins down to the ordinary depth of 
a hill-side stream. 


ADDITIONAL NOTE ONs FRE,  BULTERTUBS® 


Half an hour’s walk over the divide from this section, along- 
side the road, is a group of pot-holes which give their name to the 
pass. They do not compare with Alum Pot and Gaping Ghyll 
in depth (being at most only twenty-five feet deep), but they are 
in another way even more interesting. They hardly deserve 
the name of ‘ Pot-Holes,’ for the one in the photograph (which 
is quite the best) is so full of pillars and walls of limestone, that 
it is quite possible to walk across the ‘ pot,’ from one side to the 
other as on stepping stones. The sides of these pillars and 
walls are uniformly vertical, and they present a beautifully 
columnar or fluted surface, like many Cathedral pillars. (See 
Plate IX:, fig. 1). Into one of the pots a small stream plunges 
and is lost. The bottom and sides of all of them are covered 
with many kinds of ferns. 

The explanation of the peculiar features of these pots could 
only be arrived at through a detailed comprehension of 
the geological structure of the district. The fluting and the 
pillars are probably due, in the beginning, to certain unusual 
stresses to which the limestone has been subjected; which 
stresses in some way not easily understood, have produced the 
columnar jointing along the planes of which the pots have 
been eaten out by the ordinary agents of subaerial denu- 
dation. 


Naturalist, 


™ oe ‘ . » ae Ca eo ee : 
a ae ve a. VE 4k 20 ‘es . 
4 - ol Pave Portes Lae 
— ie le oe a Ao Va se vir. * cA. 
» - i 


: ae 


a eee 
a 


ie 


THE NATURALIST, 1910, PLATE IX. 


Fig, 1.—One of the ‘ Buttertubs? Potholes, 
The fluted limestone can be seen best at the far side of the photo on the extreme left. 


Fig. 2,—The Section. 
The point of view of the photo is shewn in the diagram. 


Lt 
THE ANNELID FAUNA OF WORCESTERSHIRE. 


Rev. HILDERIC FRIEND, 
Great Malvern. 


In order that we may supply a satisfactory list of the species of 
Earthworms at present known for this county, outside the two 
genera Lumbricus and Allurus already. described,* it will be 
necessary to devote a little further attention to the question of 
‘Classification. 

In 1874 Eisen split up the old genus Lumbricus, and gave to 
those species which differed in the shape of the head the generic 
name Allolobophora. He also divided this genus into two, 
and gave the name Dendrobaena to a group which was fond of 
haunting decaying timber. His distinctions were based 
entirely on external characters, and these were not at all of the 
first importance, but they served to draw attention to the fact 
that real differences existed. His diagnoses are as follows :— 

1. LumBricus.—Tubercula ventralia in segmento 14.  Setae 
ubique binae approximatae. Lobus cephalicus postice segmentum 
‘uccale in duas partes dividens. 

2. ALLOLOBOPHORA—Tubercula ventralia in segmento 14. 
Setae ubique binae approximatae. Lobus cephalicus postice 
segmentum buccale non dividens. 

3. DENDROBAENA—Tubercula ventralia in segmento 14. 
Setae ubique aequo intervallo distantes exceptis duabus summis 
quarum tntervallum aliquanto majus est. Lobus cephalicus tres 
partes segmenti buccalia occupans. 

4. ALLURUS—Tubercula ventralia in segmento 12. 

It should be observed that most modern authorities now 
reckon the peristomium as the first segment, and so regard the 
male pore as occupying the 15th segment in Lumbricus, Allolo- 
bophora and Dendrobaena, and the 13th in Allurus. 

It was thought that the differences between AJdlolobophora 
and Dendrobaena were insufficient for generic purposes, and for 
some years the latter term was discarded. Kulagin and myself, 
however, revived the term owing to the fuller discoveries 
which followed upon the study of the internal anatomy. 

Next to Eisen, we owe more to Dr. Rosa of Turin, than to 
any other, for the pioneer work in this direction which the last 
century witnessed. He published in 1893 a memorable volume, 


* “ Nat.,’ December ist, 1909,. pp. 425-9. 


1910 Apl. r. 


IG7Z Friend: The Annelid Fauna of Worcestershire. 


entitled ‘ Revisione det Lumbricidi,’ to which every later student 
owes an immense debt of gratitude. He pointed out that 
while the different species of Earthworms may be readily identi- 
fied by external characters alone, it is absolutely necessary to. 
study the internal organs to obtain a satisfactory classification. 
Availing himself of the work of Eisen, Oerley, and others, he 
split up the old genus Allolobophora (Eisen) into four groups. 
After having rejected Dendrobaena tor a time, he re-adopted it, 
together with Oerley’s term Octolasion, and added a new term 
Notogama. It was found that, not only did the spermathecae 
vary in number, but that they were located in different segments, 
and opened in different directions; while the vesicles also 
varied in number, and in their relation to other essential organs. 

Here, again, some of the points of difference were trifling, 
if considered by themselves, but as time went by, it was found 
that their cumulative character rendered the division of the 
old genus imperative. Rosa’s division was an advance upon 
Eisen’s, and may be summarised thus :— 

1. ALLOLOBOPHORA—Vesiculae seminalis four pairs, testes 
and funnels free, spermathecae opening in a line with the dorsal 
setae. Setae geminate (or strictly paired). Colour variable. 

2. DENDROBAENA—Vesiculae seminalis three pairs, testes 
and funnels free, spermathecae opening in the direction of setae 
3 or 4. Setae more or less distant ; purple coloured dorsally. 

3. OcroLtasion—Vesiculae seminalis four pairs, with four 
capsules enclosing testes and funnels. Spermathecae opening 
in the direction of the third seta. Setae distant, 7.e., in eight 
TOWS. 

4. NoroGAMA—Vesiculae seminalis four pairs, testes and 
funnels free, spermathecae opening near the median dorsal 
line, setae either paired or in separate rows more or less distant ; 
with or without pigmented zones on the dorsal surface. 

It is not necessary to deal with Oerley’s classification. Some 
of his terms, such as Aforrectodea, have never been accepted, 
though he was perhaps the first to suggest that the worms 
whose tubercula pubertatis fall on alternate segments (as A. 
chlorotica Savigny) should be separated from those in which they 
form a continuous band. Octolaston (which Dr. de Ribaucourt 
persistently spells Octalosion), has proved a useful term, and 
is at the present time in vogue for certain species whose setae 
are in eight rows. 

So long ago as 1845 Hoffmeister, who did splendid work 


Naturalist, 


Friend: The Annelid Fauna of Worcestershire. 173 


in this department, gave the name Helodrilus to a worm found 
in wet, marshy ground. It was for a long time placed among 
the uncertain species; but during recent years it has been 
re-discovered, and proves to be a native of this country. We 
therefore have to add this genus to the four already named. 
Then we find Rosa pressing forward his researches, and adopting 
the term Eophila, while Notogama gives place to Eisenia, and 
the term Bimastus (Moore) 1s introduced to cover some anoma- 
lous species which are destitute of spermathecae and tubercula 
pubertatis. 

At the present time, therefore, the old genus Allolobophora 
of Eisen is divided into no fewer than seven sub-genera, viz., 
Allolobophora, Dendrobaena, Octolasion, Helodrilus, Eisenia 
(= Notogama), Eophila and Bimastus. Their main characteristics 
will be gathered from the remarks already made, and as there 
is reason to believe that every one of these different genera 1s 
represented by one or more species in Worcestershire, I will 
now proceed with the classification which I think is most in 
harmony with our present knowledge. I shall deal first with 
the species which I think should still be retained as typical of the 
old genus Allolobophora, as understood by Eisen, and modified 
by Rosa and other investigators. | This will enable us first to 
study the best-known species, and so gradually come to those 
which are less familiar, and those which have recently been 
discovered. 

GENUS ALLOLOBOPHORA Eisen. Sub-genus Allolobophora, 
as defined by Rosa. Characters—Worms of varying size and 
colour. Prostomium inserted in the peristomium more or less 
deeply, but not completely bisecting it. Setae in pairs; form 
of body usually cylindrical. Male pores on fifteenth segment, 
on conspicuous papillae in the case of indigenous species. 
Tubercula pubertatis on certain girdle segments, either forming 
a band (A. longa and A. trapezotdes), or placed on alternate 
segments (A. chlorotica and A. turgida), and classified by 
Oerley as Apforrectodea. Four pairs of vesiculae seminalis ; 
testes and funnels free. Spermathecae two or three pairs, 
opening on the line of the dorsal setae. Spermatophores 
present. According to de Ribaucourt, all belong to the class 
which has a peduncle embedded in the integuments, and not 
merely attached to the cuticle.* 


* My researches, however, do not confirm this statement; but this 
does not affect our present study.—H. F. 


igo Apl. 1. 


174 Friend: The Annelid Fauna at Worcestershire. 


I. ALLOLOBOPHORA LONGA Ude. Everywhere mistaken for 
the true earthworm, which it closely resembles in size and general 
appearance. Often taken by lecturers as the class-room type 
in biology, to the endless confusion of students and text- 
books. It can be distinguished from its rival Lumbricus 
terrestris L. by many infallible signs. The head bears a strongly 
marked letter H, but the prostomium does not completely 
bisect the first segment. The colour is usually a dirty brown 
or burnt sienna, not so ruddy as Lumbricus, and the tail is more 
cylindrical. The male pores are conspicuous on the fifteenth 
segment, the girdle varies somewhat in the number of segments 
which it includes, but the tubercula pubertatis are constant. 
They extend over three segments only (not four as in Lum- 


: ; - 28-35 
brwcus), and the usual formula for girdle and tubercula is 3557 


while that of Lumbricus terrestris 1s saul a difference which 
is unmistakeable. 

On account of its size, and the clear arrangement of the 
internal organs, it is the best worm by far for the student to 
use for purposes of dissection. The spermathecae will be found 
attached to the body wall in two pairs, on either side of the 
ventral nerve-chain, and looking like the heads of pins. The 
ovaries and testes are attached to the septa, and the vesiculae 
seminalis are the large white bodies which cause the worm to 
be so much larger in segments g to 12 than elsewhere. It 
exudes a kind of mucus or slime like the true earthworm, but 
not a coloured fluid, such as A. chlorotica or the Brandling give 
off when irritated. It frequently reaches a length of seven or 
eight inches, but averages five, and is half an inch in diameter 
at the widest part in large specimens. Although Savigny 
described this worm long before Ude did, there is such confusion 
in the terminology till Ude’s day that, to save all further 
trouble, I adhere constantly to the characteristic name longa. 
The synonyms may be found in all the principal authorities. 

This is the most widely distributed of all our species, 
alike in Worcestershire and elsewhere. Found in gardens, by 
the roadside, and in fields everywhere. I have taken it in 
Malvern from the burrows made beside the curb stones in the 
streets. It is hardier than Lumbricus terrestris, which prefers. 
a fatter living, if it can be obtained. 

2. ALLOLOBOPHORA TRAPEZOIDES Dugés.—This and the 
next are frequently taken to be sub-species, and are _ put 
under Caliginosa. There is much to be said for this, but 


Naturalist 


Friend: The Annelid Fauna of Worcestershire. 175 


I have examined hundreds of specimens from every part 
of Great Britain, and from many foreign parts, and I find 
that it is possible to obtain examples of every shade of 
divergence from those which can, with difficulty, be differen- 
tiated, to those which could not be confused with each other. 

The worm is a good deal smaller than the last, and lighter in 
colour. The setae are paired, the head less distinctly marked, 
the male pores on very prominent papillae, which usually affect 
the adjoining segments. The girdle extends from about the 
twenty-eighth to the thirty-fourth segment, and the tubercula 
pubertatis form a band along the thirty-first, thirty-second, and 
thirty-third, resulting in the formula aos 

3. ALLOLOBOPHORA TURGIDA Eisen.—This_ differs from 
the latter chiefly in the matter of the tubercula. They 
belong to the class designated Aporrectodea by Oerley, being 
found alternately on 31 and 33. This is the form most 
prevalent in Worcestershire, so far as my observations have 
gone hitherto. Next to /onga it is perhaps the commonest 
worm we have. It may be found by scores in spring, caught 
by the frost after it has been lured forth by the dew and 


warmth of the early night. Formula med 


These three worms have an unpleasant, earthy smell. 
They all emit mucus, but differ from the next in giving off no 
turbid, coloured secretion. 

4. ALLOLOBOPHORA CHLOROTICA Savigny.—This is a worm 
which can never be confused with any other British species: 
It will eventually have to be separated from this genus to 
which it is not at all closely related. It differs from the 
foregoing in having three pairs of spermathecae, three pairs 
of pores for tubercula pubertatis, much smaller dimensions and 
different habits, and in the emission of a turbid green or yellow 
fluid from the dorsal pores, to mention no other points of differ- 
ence. It is perhaps the most sluggish worm we have, and yet is 
usually extremely well favoured. It coils itself up almost like 
a grub or slug, and lies under stones by ponds and fords, or in 
the turf by the side of water. It is frequently found also in 
gardens, and seems to be eschewed by birds and fishes on 
account of its yellow fluid. It is about two or three inches long 
when uncoiled, usually of a dirty green colour, with girdle on 
segments twenty-nine to thirty-seven, and papillae on alternate 
segments thirty-one, thirty-three, thirty-five. It is the type 


of Oerley’s Aporrectodea. The formula is ene 


1g1o Ap}. 1. 


176 Field Notes. 


Found everywhere around Malvern and Worcester, varying 
a good deal in colour and size, according to habitat. 

This concludes the list of species in this section, and the 
remaining forms will occupy our attention in the next paper, 
after which the water worms and enchytraeids may be con- 
veniently taken up. It will be noted that I have not given 
the positions of the dorsal pores. The reason is that ,my 
researches hitherto have not convinced me that they are 
reliable. I am at present, however, giving this point my 
special attention. 


Erratum.—The formula for Lumbricus castaneus (‘Nat.’, 


Dec. 1909, p. 428 should read . 


—!: 0 :——- 


FIELD NOTES. 


COLEOPTERA. 

Homalota nigricornis Thoms in Yorkshire.—Amongst 
some small beetles taken under the carcase of a bird on the 
shore at Eston-in-Cleveland last September, was a Homalota 
strange to me. Mr. E. A. Newbery has kindly examined this 
insect, which proves to be H. migrtcornis Thoms. The species 
is rare in the northern counties of England, and does not appear 
to have been previously recorded for Yorkshire.—M. Lawson 
Tuompson, Middlesbrough, March roth, rgro. 


—: 0:— 


CRUSTACEA. 

Occurrence of Platyarthrus hoffmannseggii in York- 
shire.—Referring to the note on Platyarthrus hoffmannseggi 
on page 136 of the March ‘ Naturalist,’ I should lke to point 
out that although this Isopod may not appear in any printed 
records for the North of England, it has frequently been met 
with in several portions of the county. I have found it in 
ants’ nests at Kelsey Hill, near Keyingham, in Holderness, and 
at Spurn. Mr. H. C. Drake, F.G.S., informs me that he has 
obtained it at Hessle, near Hull, and at Scarborough; and 
Mr. J. W. Boult, says it occurs frequently on the suburbs of 
Hull in ants’ nests under paving stones, or ‘ flags.’ If proper 
investigations were made it is probable that it would be found 
to be generally distributed in Yorkshire.—T. STAINFORTH, Hull. 


Naturalist, 


177 
THE CHEMISTRY OF SOME COMMON PLANTS. 


P. Q. KEEGAN, LL.D., 
Patterdale, Westmorland. 


OX-EYE Daisy (Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum)—This plant is 
characteristic of pastures and meadows in poor condition, and 
is allied to the wormwood and not to the asters, which latter are 
near the common daisy. It springs up quickly some one to 
two feet high, with a rapidly lignifying, erect stem bearing 
leaves very variable in shape, and with no latex. On 15th 
June the overground parts contained a very little volatile oil, 
some carotin, wax and fat, and a resinous bitter principle 
soluble in sulphuric acid with brown to violet colour. There 
was some glucose and levulose, and abundant tannin, yielding 
the reactions of caffeetannin, also a catechin-like substance, 
and considerable mucilage and proteid. There was no stored- 
up starch or inulin, and only a little oxalate of calcium. The 
ash of the air-dried plant amounted to 6.6 per cent., and con- 
tained 43.1 per cent. soluble salts, 5.8 silica, 18 lime, 6.4 P?0”, 
4.3 SO#, and 5.8 chlorine, with a good deal of iron and man- 
ganese. The chemical analysis as compared with that of the 
common daisy, clearly reveals that this is a much more highly 
developed plant in a chemical sense. In fact, with the exception 
of the sub-order Cynarocephalee and the Yarrow and .Sow- 
thistle, it would seem that none of our native composite plants 
exhibit a process of deassimilation carried so far, or perhaps 
produce less of those products of chemical degradation vaguely 
designated ‘ bitter principles.’ To the scientific and non-poetical 
eye this plant is much more worthy of regard than the frail and 
delicate familiar organism whose patronymic it has borrowed. 

Devits-Bir Scapious (Scabiosa succisa)—Open meadow 
grounds and breezy uplands are the favourite denizens of this 
deeply-tinted flower. The root isa remarkable organ. The germ- 
roots and the epicotyl produce side roots which contract and 
draw the stemlet below the soil, and then later on several storage 
roots are thrown out which are long and 2 or 3 mm.thick, the 
rind and pith thereof being filled with small granules of starch. 
On 209th July the benzene extract of the dried overground 
parts amounted to 1.4 per cent., and had considerable corotin, 
much wax, some fat-oil, and a resinous substance ; the alcoholic 
extract was very bitter, and had caffeetannin and cane-sugar, 
resin, and a bitter principle dissolving in sulphuric acid with 
1910 Api. 1. 


178 = Keegan: The Chemistry of some Common Plants. 


a brown-red colour. There was also some mucilage, reserve 
starch, and a considerable quantity of oxalate of calcium. 
The ash amounted to 6 per cent., and had 25.7 per cent. soluble 
salts, 20.3 lime, 5.3 P?O*, 3.8 SO, and 4 chlorine. There was 
no soluble carbonate, but considerable manganese and iron. 
It will be observed that the above analysis recalls that of the 
more developed composite. It has been averred with regard 
to the flowers of this species that ‘ we have few other blossoms 
of that strength of tint.’ A chemical examination thereof, 
however, reveals that the peculiarly deep colour arises neither 
from the amount, nor from a special development of the pig- 
ment. ~ In’ fact, the chromogen is very far from being fully 
converted into the appropriate visible colour which it is fitted 
to produce, and the latter as regards brilliancy, purity and 
development is far inferior to that of the petals of the Knap- 
weed, so frequently a co-tenant of the autumn waste. 

Cow-Parsnip (Heracleum Sphondylium)—This plant is con- 
spicuous in shady places, under walls in fields, etc. The roots 
are very tough and fibrous, and contain much starch, some 
glucose, and a yellow acrid resin yielding a deep brown coloura- 
tion when treated with sulphuric acid; there is no tannin. 
The leaves in mid August contained 1.7 per cent. of a mixture 
of a little carotin, wax with much chlorophyll, and a resin 
dissolving in sulphuric with a deep brown colour. The alco- 
hole extract was highly chlorophyllous, and had a tannoid 
yielding vivid yellows with alkalis, etc., also there was some 
cane-sugar, and a resin which was coloured green by alcoholic 
HCl. There was also considerable mucilage, and much 
oxalate of calcium, but no reserve starch. The ash amounted 
to 10.5 per cent., and contained 26 per cent. soluble salts, 
2 silica, 27.4 lime, 11.3 magnesia, 5 P?O°, and 2.5 chlonine. 
With the exception of the large affluence of chlorophyll, there 
is nothing specially interesting in this analysis. The process 
of deassimilation has advanced to the tannoid stage merely, 
but there is decided evidence of a great migration of albu- 
menoids. The fruit yields a volatile 011 which is mainly acetate 
of octyl C?H#%O?, there is also a resin and an acrid principle 
similar to that in the roots. 

WiLtLtow Hers (Epilobium montanum)—This plant, how- 
ever pestiferous in cultivated ground, is in many ways one of 
the most scientifically interesting of our common plants. The 
wonderful vitality of its root parts, the prolific production of 


Naturalist,. 


Keegan: The Chemistry of some Common Plants. 179 
} y 


seed, and the extremely easy culture, may be ignored in view of 
the supreme importance of the chemical analysis. There is 
no mycorhiza attached to the roots, and there is a great pro- 
duction of nitrates, and a copious excretion of water through 
the large water-slits on the teeth of the leaves. On 15th August 
the overground parts contained a very little carotin, some wax, 
and fat-oil; the alcoholic extract was acid and bitterish, and 
contained a tannin which gave all the reactions of gallotannin, 
there was no free phloroglucin or glucose, but some cane- 
sugar and a little resin ; there was very much pectosic mucilage 
nearly all extracted by warm water, also considerable starch 
and oxalate of calcium (occurring only as raphides in the 
leaves). The ash contained 34.2 per ceut. soluble salts, 6 
silica, 22.7 lime, 3.3 magnesia with a httle manganese, 3.5 
oxide of iron, 3 P?0°, 4.1 SO?, and 3.2 chlorine. The amount 
of carbonates was very high, indicating a powerful movement 
of the albumenoids. The chief interest of this analysis centres 
in the presence of gallotannin which seems to be rarely found 
in our flora outside the orders Onagracee and Lythracee. 
I have never detected it with certainty in any other of our 
common wild plants. Its presence in the Willow-herb is a 
clear indication that this plant is one of the most chemically 
advanced members of our flora. The tannin itselfisa derivative 
of pyrogallol, which contains three hydroxyl (HO) groups, 
and thus it would appear that in the course of the process of 
deassimilation a period of extensive hydration occurs in this 
plant, which is in strict accordance with the copious water 
movement already referred to. There is some peculiarity in 
the needs or otherwise, say of the seed-forming, which allows 
the proteid, on the occasion of its migration, to drop or leave 
behind more than usual of its aromatic groups. The pigment 
of the flowers is very similar to that of the Purple Loosestrife, 
2.é., 1t is nearly pure, but not comparable to that of some of our 
wild geraniums. 


MAMMALS. 


Badger at Holmpton, Holderness.—On March 3rd a fine 
female Badger weighing 23 lbs. was shot on Mr. Swales’ farm 
at Holmpton, near Withernsea. It is a very unusual thing for 
a Badger to be in this district.—J. WiLkINson, Withernsea. 
1g1o Apl, t. 


180 gn aemoriam. 
EDWARD SAUNDERS, F.R.S. 
(1849—1910). 

WE much regret to record the death of Mr. Edward Saunders, 
F.R.S., which took place recently in his sixty-second year. 
A notice appears in the ‘ Entomologists’ Monthly Magazine,’ 
of which he was an Editor, from which we learn that Edward 
Saunders “‘ devoted himself first to the Coleoptera, but acquired 
also considerable familiarity with entomology in general, and 
with several other of the ‘ systematic ’ sciences, such as botany 
and conchology. At the age of sixteen he published a paper in 
the first volume of the ‘ Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine ’ on 
‘Coleoptera at Lowestoft,’ and was afterwards for some years 
mainly occupied in studying the Buprestide of the world. 
~ succession of notes, descriptions, revisions of particular 
collections, groups, etc., bearing on this subject was communi- 
cated by him to the ‘ Transactions of the Entomological Society’ 
from 1866 to 1869. In 1870 he published a ‘ Catalogue of the 
Species contained in the Genus Buprestis Linn.,’ and in 1871 
his ‘Catalogus Buprestidarum Synonymicus et Systematicus,’ 
a work the importance of which was immediately recognised. 

His grand work ‘ Hymenoptera-Aculeata of the British 
Isles’ (1896) is one of the few without which no serious hy- 
menopterist thinks his working library complete. Saunders 
became a Fellow of the Entomological Society in 1865, served 
as Treasurer from 1880 to 1890, and was a Vice-President in no 
fewer than five sessions, viz., in 1874, 1899, Ig01, 1906 and 1907. 

Though he never actually held the Presidency, it is scarcely 
a secret that he would more than once have been elected to it 
unanimously if he could have been pursuaded to accept a post, 
the duties of which he felt unequal (physically) to discharge so 
completely as he would have wished. 

He entered the Linnean Society in 1869, and about that time 
contributed at least three papers to its journal. Long after, 
in 1890, he published in the same journal an exceedingly careful 
and interesting paper on the tongues, etc., of bees, with beauti- 
ful illustrations, drawn by his brother, Mr G. S. Saunders, 
from microscopic preparations made by Mr. Enock. 

His election in 1go02 to the honour of Fellowship in the Royal 
Society was not only highly gratifying to himself and his per- 
sonal friends, but to all who saw in it a recognition of systematic 
entomology, treated as Saunders treated it, as no mere idle 
dilettantism, but a genuine branch of science.” 


Naturalist, 


181 


FIELD NOTES. 
FISHES. 


Record Nidd Trout.—A large Trout was found dead in the 
grates of the Mill Race at the New York Mills near Pateley 
Bridge, on March 11th. It weighed 5? lbs., and measured 
2 feet 4 inches in length, and 12 inches in girth, and constitutes 
a record for the river Nidd. Several anglers have at various 
times had their tackle broken by a large Trout in the Nidd 
dam, and no doubt this is the fish responsible for the damage. 
An extra heavy rush of water probably carried the fish out of 
the dam, and dashing it against the wall of the race or the grate, 
brought about its death.—R. FORTUNE. 

—:0:— 
GEOLOGY. 

Boring at Hull.—We are indebted to Mr. Somerscales for 
the following ‘particulars of Strata passed through bore at 
Earles’ Shipyard, Hull, 1890.’ The position is on the west side 
of the yard, and 550 feet from the river boundary :—Made 
Ground, 14 feet ; Warp, 6 feet; Clay, 12 feet; Peat, 8 feet : 
Yellow Clay, 5 feet ;. Hard Clay, 11 feet; Blue Clay, 3 feet ; 
Marl, 3 feet; Quicksand, 10 feet; Boulder Clay, £4 feet ; 
Gravel, 16 feet ; Chalk, +63 feet ; total, 165 feet. Doubtless 
all between the Peat and the Chalk is of glacial age.—T. S. 

Boulder Clay in Flamborough Caves.—Last summer 
whilst visiting the caves in North Sea Landing, Flamborough, 
I noticed a small cave or fissure on the south side of the Bay, 
in which Boulder Clay occurred, apparently in its original 
position. This cave is on the beach level. 

A larger cave, on the north side of North Landing, which 
has for its roof a flint band crowded with Holaster planus, 
had in its upper portion, not only Boulder Clay, but bedded 
sand and gravel. The glacial deposits seem to pass laterally 
into ‘ grut’ or land-wash, such as occurs over the old pre- 
glacial beach at Sewerby. This I believe to be in its original 
position, and is not redistributed. If this be glacial deposit 
in situ, it follows that this cave, be it of land or marine origin, 
is pre-glacial. The evidence seems to point to the fact that it 
is a sea-cave, and therefore North Sea Landing is a bay dating 
back to pre-glacial times. From this it would appear that 
post-glacial erosion at this part of Flamborough has been 
practically nil.—P. F. Kenpart, Leeds. 
1gio Apl. 1. 


SOME BRITISH EARTHMITES. 
Rhyncholophide. 


C. F. GEORGE, M.R.CS., 
Kirton-in-Lindsey. 


(PLATE X.). 
RITTERIA HIRSUTUS, n.sp.—This mite is the most striking species 
of this sub-genus I have yet met with. Its body is almost black, 
with a peculiar sheen in 
some lights, best seen in a 
living specimen. No doubt b 
the dark colour depends in 
some degree upon the inter- 
nal contents of the abdo- 
men, which are decidedly 
black, and not easily de- 
colorized by maceration in 
preservative solutions. If 
a portion of the skin of a 
moderately fresh specimen 
be washed in water on its 
inner side, with a camel’s 
hair pencil, so as not. to 
remove the coloured part 
of the skin, and then dried 
on a microscopic slide, it @ 
will be found to be finely 
striated ; the lines are very 
wavy, and of a beautiful 
blue colour for the most 
part, but here and there 
they” Jane wemorelson Bess 
transparent. Under a high- 
ish power it forms a very 
pretty shde. 

Besides the striz are the 
hairs, which are curved and 
bent backwards, and where 
these have been broken off 
are little round marks. 


‘ e.—Crista of Ritteria hirsuta. 
The next thing most f.—Rhyncolophus episcopalis Koch 


striking is the beautiful 
blood-red colour of the proboscis, palpi and legs. These, also, 
have a pitted appearance, especially the large’joints of the palpi, 


Naturalist, 


THE NATURALIST, 1910, 


PLATE X. 


c.—End joint of fore leg. 


d.—Crista. 


—Ritteria hirsuta. 
6.—Palpus. 


a. 


‘a rt 
be wy wh Tem ITEE aoa L ~ 


prin 
: *e 


A — "are 


George: Some British Earthmites. 183 


which much enhances the effect of the colour. This cannot be 
seen in a decolorized or mounted specimen. The fifth joint of 
the palpus is rather peculiar, and seems to form a sort of forceps 
with the claw at the end of the fourth joint (fig B). In every 
species of Rittevia I have yet examined, this part of the creature 
seems to have some peculiarity. The legs are rather short, 
scarcely as long as the body, the hind ones being slightly the 
longest, and the fore legs the: stoutest. The penultimate 
internode of the last legs is not materially longer than the 
others. The end joints of all the legs are a little enlarged and 
flattened from side to side, those of the front pair being rather 
the largest ;. all are very hairy underneath. The crista is very 
peculiar, quite unlike any of those already figured. It has a 
hairy capitulum, and is furnished with two stigmatic openings. 
Each stigma has a long tactile hair, a little below the middle. 
The rod of chitin divides into two; these separate and form a 
more or less diamond-shaped opening. The two rods re-unite 
and pass down as one, terminating in a blunt end, this portion 
being about as long as the diamond shaped opening (see figure) 
which has two stigmata with tactile hairs, similar to those of the 
capitulum. The eyes are placed on the back of the cephalo- 
thorax, rather wide apart. Each consists of a single ocellus. 
The hairs of the body are mostly long, curved, and simple, but 
some are spindle-shaped and plumose. 

The mite was found in some numbers by Mr. Evans of Edin 
burgh, under stones below high water mark on the coast east of 
Dunbar. Koch figures and describes a mite which he calls 
Rhyncolophus episcopalis. The description and figure agree 
pretty well with this mite, excepting that I do not find the 
round spots of a scarlet red colour, so conspicuous in his figure. 
He also found his mite in a pine wood, probably not near the 
sea, so that no doubt the mites are not the same species. 


———_— @ —_—_ 


‘Fruit,’ by W. Iggulden, F.R.H.S. London Agricultural and Horticul- 
tural Association. Price td. 


In this little handbook the author has specially aimed at explaining in 
simple terms all that is most important to be known in regard to fruit 
-culture for small gardens. The booklet is No. 23 of the One and All Garden 
Books, edited by Edward Owen Greening, and published at the popular 
price of one penny each. It is fully illustrated. 


gio Apl. 1. 


% 
REVIEWS AND BOOK NOTICES. 


The Proceedings of the Bristol Naturalists’ Soaiety, Vol. Ti.,, Part®2_ 
69 pp., 2/6, contain a number of papers bearing on the Bristol area. 
Profs. Lloyd Morgan and S. H. Reynolds give a sketch of the Geological 
History of the Bristol District ; Mr. F. E. Fritsch and Miss F. Rich write 
on ‘ Biology and Ecology of the Algae Flora of Abbot’s Pool, near Bristol ’ ; 
Messrs. C. K. Rudge and H. J. Charbonnier describe the local mammals ;. 
Mr. J. W. White gives ‘ Notes on Bristol Plants,’ and there is an abstract 
of a paper on ‘ Physical Disturbances in the Somerset and Gloucestershire: 
Coalfield.’ 

Indian Insect Life: A Manual of the Insects of the Plait’s (Tropical 
India), by H. Maxwell-Lefroy, assisted by F. M. Howlett. 2 London : 
W. Thacker & Co. 786 pp. 30/- net. 

We do not remember ever previously being so much impresse } by the 
beauty and extraordinary variety of tropical insect life, as we are ‘by a 
perusal of this massive tome. Its authors, the first and second entom@logists 
respectively of the Department of Agriculture for India, are excep\ a 
well qualified for the task, and the work is published by Gover ~ 
authority, from the Agricultural Research Institute at Pusa. Thev, That 
of illustration and letterpress call to mind the publications issued by, — a 

various Institutes in the United States; and it is pleasant to find 1_ 
India is similiarly able to suitably present the work of its naturalists 4 
the benefit of the scientific world. There is a very interesting Introductie2 
to insect life; classification, nomenclature, the zoo-geographical divi, 


154 


sions, ‘imsects and man,’ etc., are dealt with; and the remainder of thee 


volume deals with the various natural orders. No expense appears to, 
have been spared with regard to the illustrations, there being considerably " 
over five hundred, and in addition there are no fewer than eighty-four 
4to plates, most of which are reproductions by the three-colour process 

As a means of identifying exotic insects, alone, the book is well worth the 
money, and should appeal to collectors, museum curators, etc. The only 
part of the volume we don’t like is the cream-coloured cloth cover, which 
makes the volume all too conspicuous on the book-shelf. It also seems to: 
convey the impression that the book is of the ‘cheap and nasty’ kind, 
whereas it is quite the reverse. 

Erosion of the Coast and its Prevention. By F. W.S.Stanton. London: 
St. Bride’s Press. 68 pp. 

In this little book is reprinted a series of articles which recently appeared 
in ’ Public Works.’ The book is divided into three, viz., (1) ‘ General 
Observations,’ in which the author discusses the question as to how the: 
cost of protecting the coast should be borne; (2) ‘ Agents of Destruction 
and Construction, and (3) ‘Land Reclamation and Coast Defence.’ 
There is also an appendix dealing with the Thames estuary. We notice 
the author accepts the statement that much of the material derived from 
the Holderness coast is washed into the Humber (p. 15). As is unfor- 
tunately not infrequently the case with engineers, his geology is a little 
faulty. ‘From Berwick to Tynemouth’ we learn ‘the formation is of 
Carboniferous Limestone, Yorkshive rocks,’ etc. Between Saltburn and 
Whitby ‘the new red sandstone and lias predominate,’ and ‘ bands of 
chalk and upper green sand cut the coast line at Flamborough Head’ ; 
and a map (p. 23) shews the greater portion of Flamborough as made up 

f ‘ Up-greensand.’ Between Bridlington and Spurn Point the land ‘is 
entirely of glacial drift, overlying boulder clay,’ etc. A valuable part of 
the work is the discussion of the best methods of protecting the coast. 
In this we observe that the system of box groynes loaded with rubble, at 
Bridlington, ‘is not only of large initial cost, but also incurs constant 
work of maintenance and costly repair. There are several plans and 
sections, and altogether the work is one which should be consulted by any- 
one interested in the erosion of our coast, and its prevention. 

Naturalist». 


. 


\ 


Breck 


AY 


‘ 


1910. ; 


A MONTHLY ILLUSTRATED JOURNAL OF | 
NATURAL HISTORY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND. 


EDITED BY 


T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., F.S.A.Scot., 


THe Museums, Hutt; 
AND 
T. W. WOODHEAD, Ph.D., F.L.S., 
TECHNICAL CoLLEGE, HUDDERSFIELD. 


WITH THE ASSISTANCE AS REFEREES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF 


J. GILBERT BAKER, F.R.S. F.L.S., GEO. T. PORRITT, F.L.S., F.E.S., 
Prof. P. F. KENDALL, M.Sc., F.G.S., JOHN W. TAYLOR, 
T.. H. NELSON, M.B.O.U., WILLIAM WEST, F.L.S., 


RILEY FORTUNE, F.Z.S. 


: Contents :— : 
\ PAGE 
Notes and Comments :—The Ravenscliff Cave; Plebeius argus var. Masseyi Tutt; A New 
British Mineral ot eee are aA ee asa oie ae oh Hane.) 225 ee 185-186 
Man as an Instrument of Research—G. W. Lamplugh, F.R.S., F.G.S.... ee bt Of) es 187-198. 
y i ae ve URS Ke 
Abnormality in Spiders (Illustrated)—Wm, Falconer ... HF a f- ee. Be ne 199-208). 
Some Avicultural Notes—W. H. St. Quintin, J.P.,F.Z.S.,ete. \ MMA YX > ~ 204-209 “ie 
P Lia LY ji 
In Memoriam: Charles Fox-Strangways, F.G.S. (Illustrated) —T. S. 1 My, awe ... 210-212 
~ Wy ark 
BBlela Notes: ccc onet eee ee S echl siaes urge eee t yee WR) UP. ON Opa) AN HOTS ote J 
me 7 iy! i Se fd Fits a 
BuiNortherm: NOws <5 sch 5 ose: eel). feces weal oae oo Satay)! ode aed ori tos, |) 186, TOONAOG LITER alae 
Proceedings of Provincial Scientific Societies Sea te alee. ab ree ye 215-116 
' 
_ Reviews and Book Notices... 2... ee ee es bse Sih feel A pete NIN Taest, PSS L On 
RELEASES DRI Ra sand bes.“ ini 9) gee em one PO Om ICE Mae RHF 


LONDON : 
A. Brown & Sons, LIMITED, 5, FARRINGDON AVENUE, E.C. 
And at Hutt and York. 
Printers and Publishers to the Y.N.U. 


PRICE Gd. NET. BY POST 7d. NET. 


are overdue, and show be sent at once to— 


The Hon. Treasurer, 
H. CULPIN, 
7 St. Mary’s Road, 
Doncaster. 


Subseriptions to ‘THE NATURALIST’ 
for 1910 


Are now due, and should be remitted direct to the Publishers: 


A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., HULL. 


An unusual number of valuable and interesting articles is being arranged 


for, and will appear throughout the forthcoming volume. These will be illustrated 


by many high-class, full-page plates, and numerous other illustrations. 
SUBSCRIPTION 6/6 net per annum, Post Free. 


NOW READY. 
TRANSACTIONS OF THE 


Workshire WMaturalists Union 
PART XXXIV. 
384 Pages. 2s. 6d. Net. 


This publication contains a series of reports and records invaluable to naturalists 
in the northern counties. 


The Reports of the Union contain particulars of the Yorkshire records made in 
various branches of natural science during’ the past four years. 


Lists of the Fungi recorded at the Grasse and Malton Forays are ‘giv en 
by Mr. C. Crossland, F.L.S. 


Mr. T. Sheppard, F-G.S., contributes a list of the papers relating to the Geology 
of the Northern Counties, during the past seven years. This contains over 1600 
references. ' 


There are also reprints of the last twenty-nine excursion programmes of the 


Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, which contain full reports on the natural history of 


the various districts visited. 


OSWESTRY .—Geotocists, Botanists, etc., desiring fresh - 


ground for Holidays should communicate with Proprietor, 
Wynnstay Hotel, Oswestry, for particulars. 


EASINGTON (Yorkshire).—To NATURALISTS and others. 


TO LET Fine Country Residence, well furnished. Pleasantly — 


situated. Near the Seaand Humber. Bracing locality. Every 
accommodation. Garden, etc. Terms moderate. 
For particulars address Mrs. Bingham, Easington, Hull. 


Pod aS Lee eee 


185 
NOTES AND COMMENTS. 
THE RAVENSCLIFF CAVE. 

In the admirable journal of the Derbyshire Archeo- 
logical and Natural History Society, referred to elsewhere, there 
are two papers dealing with the Ravenscliff Cave, which are 
written by Mr. A. Storrs Fox and Dr. C. H. Read respectively. 
The cave overlooks Cressbrook Dale, Derbyshire, and has been 
systematically excavated, with important results. Mr. Storrs 
Fox gives an account of the geological discoveries, and Dr. Read 
describes the relics of the Stone Age and Bronze Age which 
were found, amongst the latter being a fine pair of curiously 
corrugated gold bands, which Dr. Read considers are not unlikely 
contemporary with the stone axes and flint flakes found at 
Ravenscliff. The following is a satisfactory list of the 
Mammalian, etc., remains found, the figure referring to the 
number of objects (bones, teeth, etc.), obtained :—Man, 400 ; 
Cat 32, Woe (or Wolf), 87 > Fox, 152 Badger, -13);* Bear; 
178; Ox, 131; Sheep and Goat, uncounted ; Deer, 48; Boar, 
45; Horse, 9; Rhinoceros, 15; Hare, 57; Rabbit and Vole, 
uncounted ; Bird (including 1 of Eagle), tor ; Frog and Toad, 
uncounted. 

Plebetus argus var. Massey TUTT. 

In Volume X. of Tutt’s ‘ British Lepidoptera’ just issued, 
northern lepidopterists will be specially interested in the 
author’s account of the well-known variety of Lycaena aegon 
(the Plebeius argus of the book), which occurs so freely on the 
‘mosses’ of Westmorland, and of the Lancashire border. 
This striking ‘race’ of the species was first recorded from 
Witherslack, from captures made by the late Mr. J. B. Hodg- 
kinson in 1856; and it was found in profusion by the same 
collector at Whitbarrow Scarr in July 1861. Little was then 
heard of it until 1892, when, as well as in the several following 
years, Mr. Massey of Manchester, again found it on the Wither- 
slack mosses, and it has continued to be found in the district 
ever since by those who have gone to look for it. 

Mr. Massey and Mr. Tutt came to the conclusion that it 
was the same form as a Corsican race which Bellier had named 
var. Corsica, and as such Mr. Massey recorded it, and by this 
name it has until recently been known in Britain. Whilst 
working out the material for his Vol. X., however, Mr. Tutt 
saw that the Westmorland race clearly differed from the 


Corsican form of the butterfly, and consequently it was neces- 


r910 May’ 1. N 


186 ; Northern News. 


sary to bestow on it another name, so in future it is to be 
known as var. Massey. Full description of the variety will 
be found on pages 202-3 of the volume in question, followed 
by particulars as to its distribution, etc., in Westmorland. 


A NEW BRITISH MINERAL. 

In the ‘ Mineralogical Magazine’ recently issued, Mr. 
L. J. Spencer describes two rare minerals, Alstonite and 
Ullmannite, found in a Barytes-Witherite vein, at the new 
Brancepeth Colliery, near Durham. Alstonite has only pre- 
viously been recorded twice, at Nent Head in Cumberland and 
near Hexham in Northumberland. The first records for each 
were made in 1834. Ullmannite has not previously been 
recorded for the British Isles, and the presence of this mineral 
and also of Alstonite was somewhat unexpected in a coal 
mine. Alstonite is a Barium and Calcium Carbonate, whilst 
Ullmannite is a nickel sulp-antimonide. 


SOG 


NORTHERN NEWS. 


We are glad to notice that Mrs. and Mr. William Horne, F.G.S., of 
Leyburn, have recently celebrated their golden wedding. 

In a recent issue of the Fewille des Jeunes Naturalistes Mr. W. Denison 
Roebuck has notes on ‘ Quelques Limaciens du departement de l’Orne’ 
and ‘ Helix aspersa en France.’ 

The new President of the Geological Society is Prof. W. W. Watts. 
Dr. A. Smith Woodward has been elected one of the Secretaries, and 
Dr. Aubrey Strachan is the Treasurer. 

The Bradford Public Libraries have issued a description of the Lees’ 
Herbarium and Library, reprinted from the Bradford Scientific Journal, 
and sold at 3d. We note that in Bradford ‘ La vertad es siempre verde 
(from the Spanish).’ 

Just after the recent visit of the Yorkshire Geological Society there 
Was an enormous fall of rock at Cayton Nab, the mass of rock falling 
from the top of the cliffs to the shore. There seems to be every probability 
of further falls in the district. 

Mr. Edward Lovett sends us a paper on * The Garden Museum: a 
Dream of the Future.’ Mr. W. B. Crump, of 4 Marlborough Avenue, 
Halifax, forwards a ‘select list of permanent photographs and lantern slides, 
which he has for sale, illustrating the principal plant associations of Eng- 
land and Wales.’ These chiefly refer to Yorkshire and the northern 
counties. 

The members of the Bridlington Corporation have recently been dis- 
cussing the question of the town’s water supply, and have spent some time 
in deciding whether the services of a water diviner should be requisitioned, 
or whether a professional geologist should be asked to report. The diffi- 
culty seemed to be that the professional geologist required a larger fee than 
that of the water diviner. The discussion, however, was brought to a 
close when the Town Clerk pointed out that payments to water diviners 
were not legal, and that the cost thereof might be charged to the Com- 
mittee ! 


Naturalist, 


187 
MAN AS AN INSTRUMENT OF RESEARCH. * 


By G. W. LAMPLUGH F.R.S., F.G.S. 


se “Tis Man’s to explore 

Up and down, inch by inch, with the taper his reason ; 

No torch, it suffices—held deftly and straight.” 

(A pollo and the Fates). 

INSTEAD of taking some concrete geological theme as the 
subject for my address, I am about to adventure, with your 
permission, upon a sequence of ideas concerning the qualifica- 
tions of the Human Mind as an Instrument of Research. The 
ideas are such as will have occurred at times to every worker 
in science ; but it is useful occasionally to bring them together 
for rehearsal and comparison. And as the scope of our Society 
covers practically the whole field of Natural Science, it seems 
not unfitting that we should find opportunity sometimes to 
examine the groundwork of our studies. 

The attitude in which I propose that we approach our 
subject is that, in imagination, we detach human consciousness 
from the organism in which it is entangled, and consider first 
the qualifications of the organism itself as a scientific instru- 
ment. This attitude, you will grant, is easily acquired in one’s 
outlook upon the work of his neighbour, though not so easily 
in respect to one’s own activities. 


THE RANGE OF THE SENSES. 


Let us, then, examine the instrument. We immediately per- 
ceive that the organs of sensation—the traditional ‘ five senses’ 
—though so perfectly adapted for the physical conditions of 
human life, have limitations which are reached at every turn 
when their use is extended beyond the requirements from 
which they have arisen. For the purposes of our newest 
function —the conscious acquisition and correlation of know- 
ledge, the human senses have been proved inadequate, and are 
suspected to be even more inadequate than we have yet ascer- 
tained. We may, and do, increase their range by careful educa- 
tion, but only to reach a stronger conviction of their insuffi- 
ciency. Until we learnt to enlarge their scope by supplementary 
instruments, our accurate information progressed hardly at 
all beyond the bounds of common experience. 


_ 


*Presidential Address to the H evtfordshive Natural History Society, 
April 12th, 1910. 


1910 May 1. 


188 Lamplugh : Man as an Instrument of Research. 


There was a time when it was deemed impious to question 
the completeness of our faculties; but that stage of human 
vanity is past, and we can now more justly appreciate their 
purposes and their restrictions. By the invention of artificial 
instruments to eke out the senses, we have brought within 
reach of consciousness much that had been hitherto unattain- 
able, and have mastered methods that will further extend 
our grasp. But with every aid that ingenuity has yet been 
able to devise, we have still often to chafe at the limitation 
of our bodily faculties, dimly conscious how much of the 
universe there is that evades us. 

By means of its powerful auxiliaries—the telescope, the 
microscope and the spectroscope, the range of sight has been 
enormously enhanced ; yet these adjuncts have also helped us 
to realize that there are vibrations to which we are utterly 
blind—a world of littleness unseen with microscopes, and a 
world of bigness beyond our reach with telescopes. 

Taste, touch and smell, so wonderfully acute in detecting 
minute differences among organic substances, are blunt and 
undiscriminative for most things that do not directly affect 
our physical well-being. In order to render them serviceable 
for our new purpose, we have had to devise delicate methods, 
instruments of precision, chemical reagents, and all the para- 
phernalia of the modern laboratory. 

Our sense of hearing we have similarly to supplement, recog- 
nizing that our unaided ears are deaf to all sound-waves above 
or below an ascertained magnitude. 

Not only is it so with the senses we have, but we have 
further discovered that there are whole groups of physical 
manifestations, such as those of electricity, radiant energy, 
etc., for which we are practically devoid of natural perception. 
In many cases, it is by indirect or artificial means alone that 
we have become conscious of these phenomena. In order to: 
probe them, we use apparatus endowed, as it were, with senses 
we do not ourselves possess. Yet the new knowledge thus. 
artificially brought within our ken is proving of profound 
significance in shaping our comprehension of the universe, and 
is Clearly essential to our grasp of its problems. 

It is unnecessary that I should follow this argument further, 
since the conclusion is self-evident. Regarded as instruments 
of research, our senses, like their artificial accessories, are 
adapted for purposes that are confined within limits, and the 


Naturalist,. 


Lamplugh : Man as an Instrument of Research. 18g 


restrictions are too narrow to satisfy our demand for accurate 
knowledge of our environment. It is, indeed, an old conclusion 
—as old as the earliest thinkers whose thoughts have come 
down to us—that our senses, at the best, can yield us only an 
imperfect and unsatisfactory record of the universe. 

While thus conscious of our perceptive limitations, we can 
as yet but dimly surmise what proportion the sum of our present 
knowledge may bear to the knowable ; or how much of the 
unattained is absolutely unattainable. But we do know that, 
hitherto, every careful and properly equipped advance into 
the unknown has opened up the way for further advance ; 
so that it is mere idleness as yet to stand still at the vague 
apprehension of impassable obstacles ahead. 


In considering the application of the human senses as 
instruments of research, we shall find that an important factor 
is their varying acuteness in different persons. Sharp senses 
alone do not, of course, qualify a person for research, and are 
often endowed upon those who make no intellectual use of 
them. But I suppose that every worker in science must, 
like myself, have felt at times how much more he might have 
learnt if under the given circumstances he had been able to 
use severally the supranormal senses of different acquaintances 
as his observing instruments. As it is, to a certain extent 
we do actually borrow each other’s perceptive faculties, gaining 
by intercommunication many impressions that we could not 
have gained individually. Is it not, indeed, one of the chief 
purposes of our scientific societies to facilitate this kind of 
mutual aid and intercourse 2? And may we not anticipate that 
in a perfectly organized community, such as we imagine for 
the distant future, every supranormal idiosyncrasy likely to 
be instrumental in advancing knowledge will be sought out and 
used ? 

Undoubtedly the possession of acute senses, when accom- 
panied by other qualifications, is of high consequence in scientific 
work. If through any flaw or feebleness the senses fail to 
respond normally to their duty—if they transmit stimuli par- 
tially or in a distorted form—they cannot supply a sure foun- 
dation for further work. Like all other delicate instruments, 
they must be capable of, perfect adjustment if they are to be 
used for the purpose of conveying accurate impressions. 

Even so, the impressions they transmit are fugitive unless 


1910 May r. 


190 Lamplugh : Man as an Ins rument of Research. 


registered and interpreted by the intellect. Let us next con- 
sider this matter of their registration and interpretation. 


THE INTERPRETING FACULTY. 


For, after all, in scientific research it is upon the conversion 
of the sense-impression into its equivalent thought that every- 
thing depends. However sensitive our faculties may be as 
receiving instruments, they are of no avail to science unless 
we are able severally to transmute their records into approxi- 
mately equivalent ideas, and to transmit these ideas accurately 
to other minds. Herein lies the factor which differentiates 
man from any other organism known to us; herein also lie 
the chief differences between man and man in effectiveness as 
instruments of research. 

We can all grasp the meaning of the metaphysicians when 
they affirm that of the whole universe, only such part as becomes 
imaged by thought is real to us. It is, in fact, our conscious 
and persistent aim in science ever to extend the boundaries 
of reality in this sense. And man himself is the sole instru- 
ment by which our aim can be achieved; our ingenuity can 
devise no extraneous aid in this process. 

Wide as the variations of personal faculty are in respect to: 
the senses, they are slight if compared with the variations in 
the purely mental faculties with which we are now concerned. 
Being the latest acquisition of humanity, the power of abstract 
thought has apparently not yet become standardized but is 
in full evolution, throwing our experimental shoots in every 
direction. I think it is largely by virtue of this unstable 
condition that the rapid progress of modern science has been 
possible. In the new world that has opened before us, there 
has been, and still is, room for every type of mental endowment, 
and for each its appropriate task; while our greatest advances 
have been made by the harmonious blending of results attained 
through diverse means. In this need for diversity of faculty 
there is encouragement for everyone interested in science, and 
especially for those who desire to share actively in its advance- 
ment, since it brings the certainty of usefulness in some degree 
to every participant. 

It must not be forgotten, however, that a heavy respon- 
sibility rests upon him who undertakes to add his gleanings 
of new knowledge to the common stock. After having brought 
the full power of his senses to bear upon the object of his 


Naturalist, 


Lamplugh : Man as an Instrument of Research. 19r 


investigation, he must strive so to fashion the mind-picture 
representing his impressions that it shall be faithful to the thing 
observed, and shall be transferrable to other minds in a form 
still true to its original. This is the step that costs. So far as. 
the sphere of expanding consciousness is concerned, this is the 
creative act. If through carelessness or inability in the observer 
a false idea be fashioned and transmitted, it is worse than 
useless ; for, like a bad stone in the building, it will crumble 
and imperil the superstructure. 

Therefore, first, to learn rightly to understand the evidence 
of the senses; and next, to learn to convey what has been 
gathered from them in unmistakable terms, are the indispen- 
sable qualities in the equipment of man as an instrument of 
research. Possessing these qualities, the investigator may 
rest assured of the permanent value of his work, whether the 
field of his observation be great or small. 

From temperamental diversity, however, it often happens 
that the person who is most capable as an observer has no 
equivalent capacity for conveying his results to other minds. 
His powers of perception are keen; he finds it easy, nay, 
pleasurable, to face outward on the borders of the known, 
and to advance therefrom into the region where new impressions. 
grow thickly. But to formulate his knowledge for transmission 
is a task that is uncongenial to him; it may even demand 
faculties that he does not possess, and cannot or will not take 
the trouble to acquire. He is daunted by the ever-increasing 
complexity of technical expression, and has no liking for the 
literature in which it is used. Rather than struggle with the 
irksome task, he will remain mute, and allow his discoveries to 
die with him. 

Persons of this type—and they are many—are to be counted 
among the most valuable instruments of research if we can 
use them rightly, and can distil from them the knowledge they 
are so peculiarly fitted to gather. Here again, our societies 
serve an important function, in bringing about that per- 
sonal intercourse whereby the passage of information from 
mind to mind is rendered simple and direct ; and it is their 
particular duty to reach and encourage the observer who 
sincerely devotes himself to investigation, but is careless or 
diffident about placing his results on record. Let them assure 
him that he will do good service even by recording the simple 
facts alone, without attempting to demonstrate their intricate 
Igto May t. 


192 Lamplugh : Man as an Instrument of Research. 


relationships or to trouble himself with the technicalities by 
which these relationships are conventionally expressed. 

In this connection we may profitably consider for a moment 
the methods by which we transmit knowledge, and the diffi- 
culties that, i varying degree, we all encounter in the process. 


THE TRANSMISSION OF KNOWLEDGE. 


The difficulty of accurate expression is one of man’s funda- 
mental imperfections as an instrument of research. Our 
customary modes of intercommunication, slowly evolved from 
their beginnings in the expression of simple physical wants, 
have been gradually forced into use for conveying abstruse 
ideas by conventional symbolisms and subterfuges ; but they 
are radically defective for the purposes of scientific demon- 
stration. 

Everyone who has tried to translate his observations into 
accurate description must have felt the inadequacy of language 
to convey even such simple qualities as the colours and forms 
of objects when these are at all exceptional; while to express 
the more complex relations of a subject in words is often found 
well-nigh impossible. 

Yet unless the difficulty be overcome—unless, in fact, we 
qualify not only as observing, but also as recording, instru- 
ments the new knowledge we may have acquired remains 
merely personal, and may fade out, making no addition to the 
heritable knowledge called Science. 

To eke out the insufficiency of language we are constantly 
inventing new methods of expression, and trying experiments 
therewith ; so that generally the most arduous and often the 
most lengthy task in research-work is to devise or select the 
proper means of registering the results. Hence arise the 
symbolisms and technicalities that make modern scientific 
literature so unintelligible and even repellent to those who 
lack opportunity or inclination to master its hieroglyphics. 
With more or less success we minimize our difficulties by the 
use of symbols, formule, figures, diagrams, tables, photographs 
and pictures of many kinds; and with each advance of know- 
ledge we advance also in the art of transmitting ideas with 
definiteness, struggling patiently towards the ideal standard of 
certitude. 

But in spite of our care, it is still often found that the dis- 


Naturalist, 


Lamplugh : Man as an Instrument of Research. 193 


cussions among scientific workers over apparently contradictory 
results owe their origin to some obscure yet radical misunder- 
standing arising from a faulty medium of expression. 

I suppose that one of the chief difficulties experienced by 
everyone using language for the description of phenomena 
is that the observed facts form, as it were, an entangled mass, 
with innumerable threads, interlacing, converging, diverging 
around their common centre in all directions ; whereas their 
expression in language necessitates that the corresponding ideas 
shall be spun off in linear sequence on a single plane. Hence 
it is well-nigh impossible to reproduce the original massed effect 
picturing all the facts in their complicated relations. We can 
only strive to select and arrange the material in such order as 
is most likely to enable another mind to reconstruct the dimen- 
‘sional relations from our consecutive statement. But we 
know that our intention is often very imperfectly attained, and 
that the process of transferrence entails the loss of many factors 
-of consequence and the severance of many interlacing links. 

There is, of course, great variation of individual faculty 
in this particular; but even the clearest exponent is able to 
convey only a part of his impressions. Though he may arrange 
this part so skilfully that the rest of the picture is implied, 
through suggestion and association ; yet he can never be assured 
of the precise effect of his exposition, since the minds which are 
the receiving instruments conform to no fixed standard and 
-are of varied range. 

To realise the measure of this obstacle to our fitness as 
instruments of research, let anyone recall for a moment any 
instance wherein he brought his own senses to bear for the 
first time upon some object (a geological section supplies me 
personally with a good example) of which he had previously 
formed a mental image from description. How rare is it in 
-such cases that the previous idea coincides with the actual 
impression and remains unchanged by it! In main outlines, 
the two may conform; but the details have generally to 
undergo kaleidoscopic rearrangement. 

If this be so in the domain of science where every effort is 
made to ensure faithfulness in the record, it is no wonder that 
the discrepancy between the fact and its description should 
often be so wide in other fields where there is no such striving 
after accuracy. Do not our newspapers provide us daily with 
evident examples ? 
agro May 1. 


194 Lamplugh : Man as an Instrument of Research. 


Nevertheless, as I have already said, we have made and are* 
still making rapid progress in the art of accurate expression... 
And it is possible, nay, likely, that incidentally, among the 
many boons that Science will confer upon mankind, will be this: 
of bringing the idea and its expression into closer approxima- 
tion. Radically modifying our methods of thought, it is- 
simultaneously increasing and clarifying our power of convey- 
ing thought, and is breaking down the barriers that separate 
mind from mind and nation from nation. Quietly and grad- 
ually, it is building up new modes of expression that become 
universal among its followers, despite all incompatibilities of 
mother-tongue. On this ground alone, and independently of 
all other benefits, the scientific movement of modern times- 
has been richly justified. 


THE USES OF TEMPERAMENTAL DIVERSITY. 


The great advantages that accrue to us collectively through 
the services of differing individual faculties in any branch of 
research are so obvious that it may seem superfluous to discuss 
them further than has been already done. There are, however, 
still some aspects in which these services may be profitably 
reviewed. 

From the infinite diversity of our personal faculties it 
ensues that each of us constitutes, as it were, an instrument 
of somewhat different design from any other; therefore in 
each there is the possibility of peculiar fitness in some particular. 
Hence it comes to pass that often enough the very object that 
has been repeatedly and capably examined will yield new results 
of high consequence when examined afresh by a later investi- 
gator. Let no one conclude that the potentialities of a sub- 
ject have been already exhausted until he shall have proved it 
so, in his own case, by personally testing his powers upon it ; 
and even then, let him remember, without prejudice or disap- 
pointment, that the next explorer, with slightly different equip- 
ment, may yet discover some new phase that has eluded him. 

It may be granted that the normal healthy senses of persons 
living in community appear to register nearly identical im- 
pressions. But we know that these impressions group them- 
selves differently in different minds; and only by the com- 
parison and correlation of many separate experiences can we 
eliminate individual aberrations, distortions, and idiosyncracies, 
and so attain the common ground of agreement that we 


Naturalist,. 


Lamplugh : Man as an Instrument of Research. 19> 


call Truth. Herein rests the need for the rooted scepticism 
of Science, democratic in essence and standing in sharp con- 
tradistinction to the aristocratic attitude of pre-scientific times, 
when solitary visions and imaginings demanded and received 
unquestioning credence. Hence, also, even repetitional obser- 
vation in science has its value, in confirming or, it may be, 
amending previous impressions ; so that every application of 
the intelligence has some measure of collective usefulness, 
whether it yield new matter or simply confirm what is known. 


The scale of temperamental variation being widest in the 
interpreting and communicating faculties, it is in them that 
the individuality of the investigator becomes most apparent. 
At one extreme of the scale is the type, already discussed, in 
which the capacity for direct observation is great, while the 
capacity for co-ordination and expression is deficient. At 
the other extreme is the type in which there is little or no 
aptitude for original observation, but high capacity for the 
assimilation of ideas and for their classification. The majority 
of scientific workers rank, of course, between these extremes, 
though usually with a very perceptible leaning toward the one 
side or the other. 

We may figuratively compare the functions of the first type 
to those of the plant that seizes upon surrounding particles 
of unorganized matter, and builds up from them an organised 
substance which thereafter passes as vital currency through 
the whole chain of life. So, the simple impressions captured 
and held fast by the observer are converted into conscious 
knowledge. The hitherto Unthought becomes Thought, and is 
available for merging into Collective Thought. 

We may pursue the simile further. The activities of the 
other extreme type may be likened to the animal function, that 
remains almost inert to inorganic matter, but readily assimilates 
the products of the plant and constructs from them substances 
of still higher complexity. When provided with pabulum of the 
right quality, this type will extract from it the hidden essence ; 
but when such material is lacking, its action is ineffective. 

The interdependence of these types is manifest. Their 
functions are complementary; and it is only through com- 
bination of service that either can achieve its full power as 
an instrument of research. 

But we are all naturally inclined to over-rate those qualities 
1g10 Mayr. 


196 Lamplugh: Man as an Instrument of Research. 


which we personally possess; therefore it happens not in- 
frequently that representatives of the extreme types tend to 
under-rate the value of the faculty in which they are deficient. 
Thus, the investigator in whom the observational faculty is 
dominant becomes readily mistrustful of the dexterity of his 
fellow-worker endowed with facile powers of co-ordination and 
expression. Perhaps rightly, perhaps wrongly, he may regard 
the results as a mere display of imaginative ingenuity. His 
own work, in turn, is looked upon with impatience by a mind of 
the opposite type, as being nothing more than the collection 
of detached and meaningless scraps. 

Let us acknowledge that both views have a certain measure 
of justification. It may be granted that detached observations 
are of small consequence until their relations are understood. 
But without them the co-ordinative mind can only raise castles 
in the air that have no foundation, and can have no permanence. 
Also it is often curiously evident that an intelligence fertile in 
construction may be very deficient in discrimination, and will 
weave bad material into the fabric along with the good. All 
the more needful, therefore, is the co-operation of the critical 
observer, not only to furnish new material, but likewise to 
prevent the gathering in of any which is not of the proper 
standard. When thus aided and safe-guarded, it is certain that 
the constructive imagination is a most potent instrument of 
research, and attains results that are unattainable by any other 
means. 

In the estimation of these temperamental qualities and their 
relative value in scientific work, I think that we are somewhat 
too ready, both individually and collectively, to discourage the 
task of prolonged observation by our impatience at the tardiness 
and dryness of its results. Individually, we reach for conclu- 
sions before they are ripe, lest they be gathered by others. 
Almost instinctively we cherish our ideas more than our facts, 
being impelled thereto both by our constitution and by our 
education. 

We feel that in all work of observation there is an imper- 
sonal element ; that our own impressions would be approxi- 
mately repeated in the senses of others under the same cir- 
cumstances; that the instrumentality of the discoverer is 
more or less accidental. 

Otherwise is it where the more abstract faculties of the mind 
are concerned. Here the personality becomes all-important ; 


Naturalist, 


Lamplugh ;: Man as an Instrument of Research. 197 


the ideas as they are coined are stamped, as it were, with the 
mint-mark of their originator; his right in them is admitted ; 
he is held responsible for their validity and is expected to defend 
them against all challengers. 

We may learn from history that ever since man became 
a thinker, it has been for the possession and dominance of his 
personal ideas that he has most bitterly quarrelled and fought ; 
and even in the rarefied atmosphere of scientific thought the 
old leaven is not yet entirely eliminated. So we are pardonably 
apt to appreciate brilliancy of invention above brilliancy of 
observation. But let us never forget that the one faculty is 
incomplete without the other; and that the effectiveness of 
research depends upon their proper combination. Moreover, 
if comparison be indulged in, it must be allowed that pains- 
taking observation alone, such as is open to any of us, will 
always be helpful to the growth of knowledge ; while the exer- 
cise of the imagination alone, though productive in art, is rarely 
of value in science, and may be absolutely detrimental to it. 


The service that can be rendered by temperamental 
aptitude for expression, as an adjunct in research, is 
manifest. But we must admit that, though potent, this quality 
is not in itself a sufficient equipment. When predominant, it 
finds its chief sphere of usefulness in the simplification and 
transmission of knowledge already acquired. Our ordinary 
methods of education, which consist entirely in the recapitula- 
tion of the known, create a constant demand for such service ; 
and the persons who are to become instruments of education 
are trained systematically to this end. Of qualified teachers of 
science there is no lack or likelihood of lack; and they, like 
the instruments of the college laboratory, are good auxiliaries 
of science, but are not necessarily, or in all cases, instruments 
of research. 

It is outside the schools and the atmosphere of teaching that 
the most vigorous growth of fresh knowledge is stimulated ; 
and our voluntary societies have a value beyond that of the 
schools in fostering research. 

But my theme must be kept within limits; so let me con- 
clude by summing up its main intention. It is to reiterate and 
emphasize the fact that human consciousness is still in every 
way incomplete, but can be immeasurably increased by 
deliberate and sustained effort. The degree to which we have 
1g10 May tr. 


198 Lamplugh : Man as an Instrument of Research. 


already extended its bounds is marked for us by the difference 
between civilized and uncivilized man ; and we may reasonably 
anticipate that the advantage of fuller knowledge to our race 
in the future will be not less great than in the past. Conse- 
quently it should be our earnest endeavour, individually and 
collectively, to push investigation in every direction further and 
further into the unknown. In this work, the co-operation of 
many varied capacities is essential; and each of us by his 
individual quality has the possibility of service as an instru- 
ment of research that can be rendered by none other. In pene- 
trating the darkness, every taper has its value—‘‘ no ¢orch, it 
suffices—held deftly and straight. Eyes, purblind at first, feel 
their way in due season.”’ The poet of modern thought has 
spoken truly and well for us in this. And he shall voice our 


intent, for— 


«c  | . Man’s the prerogative—knowledge once gained— 
To ignore,—find new knowledge to press for, to swerve 
In pursuit of, no, not fora moment: attained— 
Why, onward through ignorance! Dare and deserve ! 
As still to its asymptote speedeth the curve,” 


The principal paper in the ‘ Essex Naturalist,’ which has recently 
appeared, and covers the period October 1908 to January 1909, is on ‘A 
History of the Mineral Waters and Medicinal Springs of the County of 
Essex,’ by Mr. Miller Christy, F.L.S. and Miss Thresh. 

From the Birmingham and Midland Institute Scientific Society we 
have received the Records of Meteorological Observations taken at the 
Observatory at Edgbaston, 1909 (2/-). | The records have been prepared 
under the editorship of the Curator, Mr. Alfred Cresswell. ; 

Amongst the publications recently received we notice parts XX. to 
XXII. of the valuable ‘ Old Lore Series,’ issued by the Viking Club (29 
Ashburnham Mansions, Chelsea), under the editorship of Mr. and Mrs. 
Johnston. Number XX., which deals with the Orkney, etc., district, 
has an illustrated paper entitled, ‘ The Past in the Present,’ referring to 
the methods of marking sheep, etc. The volume also contains many 
items of interest to antiquaries and philologists. 

In commemoration of their recent Jubilee, the Liverpool Geological 
Society has issued a well-illustrated and well-written volume containing 
‘A Retrospect of Fifty Years’ Existence and Work,’ by Mr. W. Hewitt. In 
addition to reviewing the work that the Society has accomplished, there 
are notices and photographs of former prominent members, namely :— 
Joseph Lomas, George H. Morton, T. Mellard Reade and Charles Ricketts. 
Several other well-known geologists are also referred to. 

The Corresponding Societies’ Committee of the British Association 
has issued its report on the Conference of Delegates held in London (45 pp., 
1/-). This contains reports of anaddress by Dr. A. C. Haddon on ‘ Regional 
Surveys’; ‘National Anthropometry,’ by Mr. John Gray ; and ‘ The Finan- 
cial Position of our Local Societies,’ by Mr. John Hopkinson. There is a list 
of the Associated Societies, and a Bibliography containing particulars of 
the papers published in the Transactions of Local Societies during the year 
ending May 31st, 1909. This list seems somewhat incomplete, though 
<oubtless through no fault of the compiler. 

Naturalist, 


he 
ABNORMALITY IN SPIDERS. 


WM. FALCONER, 
Slaithwaite, Huddersfield. 


Mr. Parson’s note (page 214), bears upon a subject, to which 
arachnologists have hitherto given scant attention, and which 
may therefore be considered not unworthy of more than passing 
notice. It is now a matter of common knowledge that in both 
the animal and vegetable worlds, types are not fixed, but admit 
of a certain range of variability, which is of interest to, and 
recognisable only by, systematists. Outside the permissible 
limits, abnormality results. Amongst spiders cases of real 
abnormality, the more pronounced deformities in, and defi- 
ciencies of, structure, coloration and shape, are most exceptional, 
and though in the course of a long experience as a student of 
the arachnida, I have naturally met with several such examples 
of one kind or another, they have nevertheless been exceedingly 
few in number compared with the thousands of quite normal 
form and aspect which have passed through my hands. 

The number, size, and arrangement of the eyes form very 
important discriminatory characters in the diagnose of genera 
and species of spiders, so that any peculiarity in them is readily 
observed. Especially is this the case if some form of blindness 
is present. This, when it occurs, may be either partial or total, 
according to the number of eyes affected, and is usually asso- 
ciated with a more or less abnormally shaped caput. One 
would imagine that the more complete the degree of blindness, 
the more severely would the unfortunate creature be penalised 
in the struggle for existence and the less likely to escape a 
violent death from the ferocious jaws and deadly beaks of its 
numerous enemies. The range of vision in spiders, however, 
is supposed not to be very great, and if they depend, as has been 
surmised, upon other senses far surpassing our own in fercepti- 
bility, even more than upon that of sight, for preservation from 
danger and for the capture of prey, then the deprivation will 
be less serious in its consequences. However this may be, 
I can only remember to have seen during the last eleven years, 
‘two individuals in which all trace of eyes had been completely 
obliterated, the one described by Mr. Parsons in his note, and 
the other, a female, Walckenaera acuminata Bl., collected by 
myself in Roundhay Park, Leeds, on November 11th, 1908. 
The latter had its copulatory organs fully developed, and the 
ygio May 1. 


200 Falconer : Abnormality tn Spiders. 


eye eminence irregularly shaped and angularly produced in 
striking contrast to the rounded and symmetrical contour which 
is characteristic of a properly equipped specimen. 

I have unfortunately not made notes of all the cases of 
partial blindness I have seen, but have noticed that the male 
of Tiso vagans Bl., in which the eyes are naturally minute, 
seems to be more liable to this kind of deformity than any other 
species, of which I have had experience, as I have at various 
times taken several examples of it thus afflicted. 

In a short paper, “ East Coast Spiders,’ ‘ Naturalist,’ January 
1906, p. 29, I recorded a very curious specimen of a female, 
Hilaiva excisa Camb., from Hayburn Wyke, North Riding, 
which had only half its eyes in a serviceable condition, two 
laterals on the same side being altogether obsolete, the two 
centrals next to them greatly reduced in size and imperfectly 
formed, and the caput in some particulars abnormal also. 

The effects of this form of blindness are, of course, restricted 
to the individual, and do not in the least affect the race. It 
is, therefore, quite different in character from that which 
prevails amongst certain exotic cave-dwelling spiders, in which 
it is commonly supposed to be the cumulative effect, through 
countless generations, of darkness so intense as to render the 
faculty of sight futile and the possession of eyes useless, with 
the result that these organs have gradually degenerated to 
mere pigment cells, and, in course of time, all traces of them 
have entirely disappeared. The blindness is here a character- 
istic of the species and not merely of the individual. This is, 
however, an extreme case. All cave-dwellers are not blind, 
though some have their eyes reduced in number or diminished 
in size. Neither are all those species with eyes lessened in 
number or in size troglodytes. Several British spiders, for 
example, Tiso vagans Bl., Thyreosthenius biovatus Camb., and 
the members of the genus Porvyhomma Sim., are particularly 
noticeable for the small size and often imperfect structure of 
theireyes. Some of the Porrhommata were originally discovered 
in caves and coalmines, having been conveyed to the latter in 
fodder, and the condition of darkness under which they there 
existed, was held to be sufficient to account for the peculiar 
state of their eyes. We now know that they are not confined 
to such places, but may be found in the open at the roots of 
grass, amongst fallen leaves and beneath stones, and that 
these characteristics are not altered thereby. We may con- 


Naturalist, 


Falconer : Abnormality in Spiders. 201 


jecture, therefore, as explicit knowledge is denied us, that some 
other influence in addition to darkness is at work to produce 
atrophy of the organs of vision. 

Combinations of male and female characters in the same 
individual are exceedingly rare amongst spiders, the four noted 
below being, so far as I can discover from the literature at my 
disposal, the only ones which have occurred, or at least been 
considered worthy of specific mention. The same phenomenon 
is much commoner amongst insects, but in neither class is there 
a genuine case of hermaphroditism, such as exists amongst the 
mollusca, worms, and others of the lower animals, in which 
either mutual or self-impregnation obtains, with subsequent 
production of young, but all instances, at least amongst spiders, 
are marked by some structural imperfection in one or both sets 
of copulatory organs, as that having regard to the mode of 
reproduction amongst them, it may be taken for granted that 
these organs are functionally inoperative. The first reference 
to the condition is that of the Rev. O. Pickard-Cambridge in his 
paper ‘On New and Rare British Arachnida’ in the ‘Proc. Dorset 
Hield Club,’ Vol. XXIT, 1902," p: 17. ~ The-example there.re= 
ferred to, Hilatva excisa Camb., was taken in Glamorgan, by Dr- 
A. Randell Jackson, in 1901, and had one palpus of the male 
and the other of the female form; the caput bore the peculiar 
structure which belongs to the male alone, and the abdomen 
was also of the normal male form. Mr. Cambridge, also states 
that he once found a similar specimen in a collection of exotic 
spiders, but it was lost or destroyed by some mishap before he 
could make either a drawing or description of it ; further that 
these were the only ones he had noticed among the many 
thousands of spiders which he had had occasion to examine. 
The third example is recorded by Dr. Jackson in his ‘ Spiders 
of the Tyne Valley,’ p. 384, ‘ Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. of Nor- 
thumberland, Durham and Newcastle-upon-Tyne,’ New Series, 
Vol. L., part IIIl., a Porrhomma oblongum Camb., found at 
Hexham, which had one male palpus, a female palpus, and a 
distorted epigyne. It was an examination of this specimen, 
kindly lent to me some years ago by its finder, that first evoked 
in me an interest in the subject of this paper—an interest which 
was further stimulated and increased, when a short time after- 
wards I myself obtained a most curious form of Cdothorax 
vetusus Westr., which was included in a large gathering of the 


same species which I made on the sandhills, south of Southport, 


1910 May 1. Oo 


202 Falconer : Abnormality in Spiders. 


on May 22nd, 1904. It is still in my possession, but has not 
yet been described or recorded. 

The cephalothorax (fig. 5) 1s raised behind the eyes as in a 
normal male (fig. 1), but the elevation is much less lofty, not 
so massive and totally devoid of the lateral impressions which 
are not so conspicuous in the latter, while the descent to the 
ocular area is also less abrupt. Both palpi are of the male form, 
but some of their parts, including the palpal organs, are ab- 
normal in shape, size and structure. In a normal example 
the tibial joint (fig. 3c) is shorter than the patella, and 
provided at the extremity with an angular prominence directed’ 
outwards, and ending in a small pointed apophysis, (fig. 3a), 


REFERENCES 
Gdothorax retusus Westr. 
NorMAL SPECIMEN. 
Fig. 1.—Cephalothorax of Male. Fig. 2.—Epigyne of Female. 
Fig. 3.—Right palpus from outside: (a) angular prominence and (b) curved spine of 
tibial joint (c). 
Fig. 4.—Tibial joint of left palpus from above. 


ABNORMAL SPECIMEN. 
Figs. 5 to 8 correspond with those above, (c) in 8 being false articulation of tibial 
joint of left palpus. 
Fig. 9.—Meta segmentata Clerck, male, abnormal tibial joint and palpal organs of right 
palpus. 


a little distance from which is a small, black, sharp-pointed, 
slightly curved spine, directed downwards (fig. 3b). In the 
abnormal specimen (figs. 7 and 8), both palpi are without the 
angular prominence, possessing only the curved spine (marked) ; 
the right palpus is equal in length to the patella (fig. 7); the 
left palpus is in normal proportion, but towards the extremity 


Naturalist, 


Falconer : Abnormality tn Spiders. 203 


has an irregular false articulation (fig. 8). The palpal organs 
are also somewhat abnormal in structure, but the differences 
may best be seen by a comparison of the figures given (3 and 7). 
The epigvne (fig. 6) is imperfectly formed, but all the details 
may be distinctly traced (compare with that of normal specimen 
fig. 2). (To be continued). 


o> 


CRUSTACEA. 

Platyarthrus hoffmannseggii, in Yorkshire.—QOn the 
visit of the Leeds Conchological Club to South Milford on April 
oth, several ants’ nests were examined in a disused quarry near 
Monk Friston, and in three of them, which belonged to the 
Yellow Ant, (Formica flava) was found the crustacean Platyar- 
thrus hoffmannseggit fairly numerous. I also turned over a 
stone in the same quarry, where I found no indication of ants 
at the time; the nearest nest being over two yards away. Under 
this stone I found eight specimens of P. hoffmannseggit. I 
have also found specimens in the nest of the same species of 
ant on Adel Moor, near Leeds.—W. Harrison Hutton, Leeds. 


—:0:— 
COLEOPTERA. 

Quedius obliteratus Er., and Homalium septentrionis 
Thoms. in Yorkshire.—When on a visit to Knaresborough last 
month I took a single specimen of Quedius obliteratus Er. 
among dead leaves. This is the suturalis Kies of the older 
British collections, and as such is recorded by Bold as rare in 
Northumberland and Durham. Beare and Donisthorpe in 
their catalogue of British Coleoptera include the two species 
thus separated, but oblitevatus Er. is the insect of our collections. 

I have been much interested in detecting amongst some old 
specimens of Homalia, one which is referable to H. septen- 
tvionts Thoms. I found this rare North British insect in decay- 
ing fish used to attract beetles at Saltburn Wood in July 1894. 

Another beetle which appears to be new to Yorkshire is 
Homalota enetcollis Sharp, which I find was taken under bark 
at Saltburn in 1896. Ii is closely allied to the common H. 
xanthoptera Steph, and will probably be met with in other 
parts of the county when this difficult genus comes to be more 
closely. studied. 

It is to Mr. W. E. Sharp of London, I am indebted for assis- 
tance in establishing the identity of these insects.—M. Lawson 
THOMPSON, Middlesbrough, April 1gth, rgro. 


1910 May i 


204 


SOME AVICULTURAL NOTES. 


Millg Wels SHGy (NGHUNAMON eRe) IerAIS 
Scampston, E. Yorks. 


(Continued from page 168). 


This summer I had a still greater disappointment. A pair 
of Waxwings nested, and began to sit on the 22nd of June, and 
a fortnight later the eggs were chipping. The interesting event 
greatly excited the hen bird, and in the end she positively died 
in a sort of fit; while a few hours afterwards the male also 
succumbed to an effusion of blood upon the brain. I think 
we had perhaps got the birds in too high condition. They are, 
as I have said, sluggish birds with great appetites. Being 
largely eaters of flying insects in a wild state, they get plenty 
of exercise chasing their food. In an aviary, life is made too: 
easy for them, and they become apoplectic. I hope to guard 
against this another year. But we had to deal with the eggs which 
were chipping and nearly cold. There was luckily in another 
aviary a Snow-bunting just due to hatch, so the Waxwing’s 
eggs were put under her. Only one hatched, the others having 
got hopelessly chilled. The Snow-buntings reared their foster- 
child for a week ; when perhaps because another pair of Snow- 
buntings were nesting too near, and owing to the resulting 
quarrels, the nestling Waxwing seemed to be getting neglected, 
and to be growing weaker. My man conceived the idea of 
taking it and putting it into a foster-mother, in a Blackbird’s 
nest, lined, and covered with a flap of cotton-wool. Here it 
was fed at very frequent intervals on flies, fresh ants’ eggs, 
gentles, and small silk-worms, for three days. There seemed a 
good chance of rearing it, but one morning it was found dead 
for no obvious reason; but being a solitary bird, it may not 
have been kept warm enough ; on the other hand I do not feel 
certain that it was not stifled by the wool. This was its 
eleventh day, and so far this is the greatest age to which a 
young Waxwing hatched in captivity has attained, though Mr. 
Reginald Phillipps, who has been wonderfully successful in 
keeping and breeding delicate and difficult birds, had a brood 
in his garden aviary in West Kensington this summer, which 
lived a week, and only succumbed apparently to a spell of 
very wet weather. 

I should think it likely that the young Waxwing develop- 


Naturalist,. 


St. Quintin: Some Avicultural Notes. 205 


ment is slow, for my nestling’s eyes were only partly opened on 
the eleventh day. 

The gape was of a brilliant crimson-violet, which vanished 
speedily after death, and had almost disappeared when the 
bird had reached the Natural History Museum (in spirit). 
It was curious to note that though the primaries were only just 
beginning to shoot, the scarlet wax tips of the secondaries could 
be distinctly seen through their transparent sheaths. 


SNowy Owrs. I have a splendid pair of these birds, 
brought from Norway by a friend in July rgor. That was a 
Lemming year, when the hordes of the little rodents were 
over-running the district, attended as usual, by numbers of 
beasts and birds of prey, the beasts including wolves, and the 
birds including goshawks, rough-legged and common buzzards, 
and snowy owls.* 

A Lapp had brought the young birds many miles, in a rough 
basket, and they were in a sorry plight. He had a bag hanging 
on his back, and as he turned away, my friend saw it move, 
and asked what was inside. It was the poor male bird, which 
had been daring enough to dash at the Lapp’s chest when he 
was taking the young, and got its claws entangled in the latter’s 
clothing, and was grabbed before he could clear himself. There 
was also the body of the female owl, which had been bored 
through with a spherical bullet, from an elk rifle, fired at very 
close quarters, as she sat snapping her beak while her nest was 
being robbed. They were being taken further down the valley, 
to an official, so that the head-money offered for beasts and 
birds of prey might be claimed. My friend secured both 
for a price slightly above the official reward, and cleverly 
brought the old bird, who was half-stifled, but not otherwise 
seriously hurt, back to complete health, and he came over to 
England with the nestlings. 

My birds have gone to nest many times. They are late 
breeders, and if July is a warm month, the young are seldom 


* Two years later I was fishing in the same valley. A few wolves 
remained. They had practically destroyed the small flock of a farmer 
near where I stayed, a few days before I got there. But the Snowy Owls 
had retired to the higher mountains, and there was no more than the usual 
number of the other Raptores breeding in the neighbourhood that season. 
But I was shewn places where quantities of Lemming skeletons and skins 
remained, notably a cutting on the Stockholm and Trondhjem Railway, 
where the little animals tumbled over a rock some forty feet high on to the 
line, and had smothered each other in a water gully. 


1g1o May I. 


200 St. Quintin > Some Avicultural Notes. 


reared. This season the owlets were suited well enough by the 
cool moist weather, and there were two a fortnight old, which 
seemed doing well. Suddenly the old female turned on them, 
and not only killed, but ate them both. They are always kept 
as quiet as possible when breeding, and I cannot account for it. 

As regards the plumage, these birds differ greatly. Some 
individuals are much more spotted than others. As a rule the 
males, which in the plumage of the first year are heavily spotted, 
though the markings are always smaller and paler than in the 
case of the females of the same age, become more and more 
white each moult until about four years old, and then remain 
without further change. 

My old male bird has this autumn in the moult altered his 
appearance a good deal. Since his fourth year, he had been 
pure white, except for a few black spots on the tertiaries on 
both sides. This time he has put down many spotted feathers 
on the wing coverts, so that the character of his plumage is 
changed from what it had been for fourteen or fifteen years. 

My RAVENS are regular breeders, and, of course, very early in 
their nesting operations. They would sometimes build, if they 
had the materials, before January was out, but I think it early 
enough to supply them with their sticks about the middle of 
' February. A large basket is then fixed up in a corner of the 
aviary, and a barrow load of larch and birch branches is thrown 
in, also pieces of turf and wool. Moss used to be given, but it 
was never used. The birds work so energetically that in a 
week’s time the nest is ready for eggs. The period of incuba- 
tion is 21 days, and the young do not leave the nest till five 
weeks old. 

Last year five fine young were successfully reared, and duly 
distributed amongst my friends. This was rather a severe tax 
upon not only the parents, but also upon those who had to 
procure and prepare the food for such a family ; and no one 
was sorry when this spring’s brood was found to consist of but 
two, probably owing to the first-laid eggs having been frozen. 

As an old falconer, I ought to have known better than to 
feed as I did the first brood, some five years ago, with too light 
food. The keepers were killing down rabbits at the time, and 
small ones were brought in and freely given to the ravens. 
They were, of course, quite fresh, and there was an ample 
supply, but the young Ravens developed ‘ ricketts.’ When the 
time came for them to leave the nest, not only were their beaks. 


Naturalist,. 


St. Quintin: Some Avicultural Notes. 207 


crooked, but their wings and legs were bent, and bowed. It 
was nothing but want of sufficiently nourishing diet.* Since 
that lesson, I have always seen that the ravens had a regular 
supply of rough butcher’s meat, as well as other lighter food, 
and with the best results. Ravens are, of course, absolutely 
omnivorous, and nothing edible comes amiss. Even hempseed 
is readily picked up. 

The bark is easily heard on a still day, quite two miles away. 
It is strange to hear the male, who is possessed of greater vocal 
accomplishments than his mate, after a series of coarse rever- 
berating notes, drop his voice and exactly imitate the crooning 
of the Jackdaws in the hollow elm tree over his head. 

The last bird I shall refer to is the SECRETARY-BIRD, of 
which I have two very fine examples, which I am hoping will 
turn out to be a pair. 

The Secretary-bird, besides a kind of ‘ roar,’ has some rather 
eagle-like notes, and his beak is that of a bird of prey, but other 
wise he seldom betrays his relation to the Raptores, and many 
of his ways are peculiar to himself. 

My birds came from Potchefstroom, in the Transvaal, 
and were brought as nestlings to my friend Major Horsbrugh, 
in a pillow-case on the back of a burgher, who had ridden on his 
bicycle forty odd miles with this burden. They have enormous 
appetites, and I fear gave much trouble, before they were old 
enough to send off to England. They take an immense amount 
of exercise, and delight in racing about in a good big enclosure, 
which they share with some Cranes, and the Great Bustards. 
Their movements often remind one of the aeroplane. The neck 
is outstretched, the wings wide spread, and held without 
flapping at such an angle that after the bird has run across the 
field (his paddling feet representing the motor), he is sometimes 
lifted off the ground. I ought to say this used to be the case, 
for to my regret I found it necessary to pinion the birds, and 
now they are not evenly balanced as before. 

They are fed twice a day, and stuff down an extraordinary 
amount of food with fur, feather and bone. Luckily they are 
not particular, and all rats, moles, and even stoats and weasels 
are reserved for them. But a hen’s egg is their special dainty 


* A peregrine or goshawk, if fed on rabbit, or even on blue-hare, is 
quite unfit for hard work ; and though as a change of food for a hawk not 
in training, rabbit flesh is allowable, it must not be given except as a 
change occasionally, once or twice a week at most. 


1910 May 1. 


208 St. Quintin: Some Avicultural Notes. 


and in eating them they have shown a good deal of intelligence. 
They have no intention of breaking the shell, and losing any of - 
the contents. On the contrary, the egg is to be swallowed 
whole, and reliance is placed on the gastric juices to dissolve 
the shell. They used to find it difficult to pick up the egg 
when in a standing position, without cracking it, but now they 
flex their long legs, lay the lower mandible flat on the ground, 
and shovel up the egg. That the egg is swallowed whole is 
certain, for | have known one of them dispose of three eggs one 
after the other, and when pursued by the other bird, deliver 
them up on the grass still unbroken. 

I have never offered my birds a snake, but an eel is treated 
with much caution as if it might be dangerous, and receives 
many unnecessary blows long after all motion has ceased, before 
it is swallowed. The blows with the foot are given with great 
rapidity, and a rat released from a trap has no chance, and is 
rolled over very neatly, getting a disabling blow, generally on 
the head, in spite of his activity. Though their inclination is 
to swallow their prey whole, if given too large a piece, of rabbit 
for instance, they will hold it under their feet, and tear off pieces, 
cleverly enough, like an ordinary bird of prey. 

The birds are quick-tempered, and are best kept in separate 
compartments when in a shed. Sometimes if they have a 
difference, one will give the other a resounding thump with its 
foot ; and I have known an inquisitive Stanley Crane thrown 
back a yard or more by an unexpected blow on the chest. 

In summer it is pretty to watch them striding about their 
paddock examining the grass, and stooping down to pick up 
a sleepy fly or beetle, or standing watchfully over a tuft as if 
they had heard a mouse stir. 

Major Horsbrugh tells me that he has seen a wild Secretary- 
bird extend a wing and gently touch a bush, and like a flash 
strike at a lizard or locust which might be disturbed and try 
to escape. Any low-flying butterfly, such as a meadow-brown, 
is soon knocked down, and eaten by my birds, and I have seen 
one pursue even a common blue across the enclosure, striking 
at it whenever he got a chance, but, as far as I have seen, without 
success. But evidently insects form a large portion of their 
natural food, and I should think they must destroy a great 
amount of locusts. 

Their way of resting is unusual, and very unlike that of 
other members of their Order. They lie down with wings 


Naturalist, 


St. Quintin: Some Avicultural Notes. 209 


pressed close to the side, and when walked into their sheds for 
the night, lie down almost at once. 

In the summer when left out altogether, they creep under the 
spreading branches of some young spruce fir, and so roost. My 
specimens are of the South African species, with brilliant 
-orange yellow cere. The form found in the equatorial regions 
have the same parts rose pink incolour. I notice that when my 
birds are greatly excited, a suffusion of pink creeps over the 
yellow cere, in fact the bird blushes ! 

I should like here to acknowledge my indebtedness to my 
Bird-keeper, Arthur Moody, to whose skill and care much of 
such success as I have achieved is due: as well as many im- 
portant observations, and notes taken when I have been from 
home. 


In conclusion, it is pleasant to think that ornithology has 
now become something more than a science, it is a popular 
‘study. Not only is there a desire on the part of the public, 
no less eager than before, for information on structure and 
classification, which can only be properly worked out in the 
museum and laboratory ; but in addition there is a thirst for 
knowledge, as full as may be, of how birds live, and what 
their ways are, how they feed, and display their plumage, 
make their nests, and tend their young. 

The wonderful supply of beautiful photographs which 
exhibit the life-history of birds is a proof of this demand. 
I have for a large portion of my life found much interest in 
studying this aspect of the delightful science of ornithology ; 
and it is a great addition to one’s pleasure if one can impart 
some of that interest to others. 


Ol 


The President of the Board of Education has appointed a Depart- 
mental Committee to consider and report upon various questions in regard 
to the present condition and the future development of the valuable 
-collections comprised in the Board’s Science Museum at South Kensington 
and the Geological Museum in Jermyn Street. In particular the Committee 
-are asked to advise him (a) as to the precise educational and other purposes 
which the collections can best serve in the national interests; (b) as to 
the lines on which the collections should be arranged and developed, and 
possibly modified so as more effectively to fulfil these purposes ; and (c) 
.as to the special characteristics which should be possessed by the new 
buildings which, it is hoped, will shortly be erected on the South Kensington 
site to house these collections so as to enable the latter to be classified 
and exhibited in the manner most fitted to accomplish the purposes they 
are intended to fulfil. 


agio Mayt. 


210 


3n Memoriam. 
CHARLES FOX-STRANGWAYS, F.G.S., 1844-1910. 


DurinG the past two or three years it has been our painful 
duty to record the decease of quite a number of workers in 
Yorkshire geology. To this list must now be added the name 


of C. Fox-Strangways. Mr. Fox-Strangways was a painstaking. 
consciencious and careful worker ; most courteous and friendly 
on all occasions, occupying a place in the hearts of all who: 
knew him well. He has left behind several important memoirs, 
which will ever remain a monument to his memory. 

He was born near Exeter in 1844, and after being educated 
at Eton and Gé6ttingen, he entered the service of the Geological 
Survey in 18607. He mapped parts of the Yorkshire coalfield, 


Naturalist,. 


In Memoriam: Chas. Fox-Strangways. 211 


and also worked in other parts of Yorkshire, particularly in the 
Harrogate and Scarborough districts. | His mapping of our 
Eastern Moorlands is a splendid example of detailed geological 
field-work. 

In later years he was engaged in mapping the Leices- 
tershire coalfield, and the surrounding areas. He retired 
from the Survey six years ago, but since that time he has been 
by no means idle ; in fact he was constantly at work, either for 
the Survey, or in some other way furthering the interests of 
geology. At the time of his unexpected death from heart 
failure on March 4th, he was engaged in preparing a complete 
bibliography of Yorkshire geology. This enormous work was, 
we believe, practically completed, and it is to be hoped will 
be printed for the benefit of future workers. Such, we know, 
was Mr. Fox-Strangway’s wish in undertaking the biblio- 
graphy, as at his age he could not expect that it would be of 
much service to him personally. Only those who have had 
experience in this kind of work can properly appreciate the 
amount of labour Mr. Fox-Strangways voluntarily undertook 
for the benefit of his fellow-workers. 

Of his published memoirs the first place must be given to 
‘The Jurassic Rocks of Britain, Vols. I. and II., Yorkshire’, 
published by the Geological Survey in 1892. The first volume 
contains a general account of the Yorkshire Jurassic strata, 
with map, sections, and illustrations of typical fossils ; whilst the 
second contains a catalogue of the fossils, a bibliography, etc. 
It is needless to add that this work has been of the greatest 
service to geologists and others. 

Only so recently as 1907 Mr. Fox-Strangways published a 
memoir on the Leicester and South Derbyshire Coalfield, 
which occupied nearly 400 pages, with numerous plans, sections, 
etc. He also was author of a number of smaller Survey 
memoirs; those for Harrogate and Scarborough requiring 
second editions—a rare occurrence with Survey publications. 

Amongst his other writings the following is a list of those we 
happen to have before us:—‘ The Valleys of North-East 
Yorkshire and their Mode of Formation’ (1894); ‘ Glacial 
Phenomena near York’ (1895) ; ‘ Notes on the Coast between 
Redcar and Scarborough’ (1896); ‘Filey Bay and Brigg’ 
(1897) ; ‘ Geology of the London Extension of the M. S. & L. 
Rly. from Annesley to Quainton Road, near Aylesbury ’ (1897) ; 
‘Sections along the Lancashire, Derbyshire and East Coast 


1gto May t. 


212 In Memortam.: Chas. Fox-Strangways. 


Railway between Lincoln and Chesterfield’ (1898) ; ‘ Notes 
on Spitsbergen and Iceland’ (1g00); ‘Excursion to Scar- 
borough’ (1903) ; ‘ Excursion to Whitby’ (1904); ‘ Geology 
of North-East Yorkshire in relation to the Water Supply of 
the <Distuict,* 

Mr. Fox-Strangways was of a retiring disposition, and shrank 
from taking a very prominent part in connection with the work, 
of the various scientific societies with which he was connected. 
An exception was made with the Leicester Literary and Philo- 
sophical Society, however, where he took a keen interest in 
the meetings and excursions—the Society even extending its 
excursions to the Yorkshire coast under his guidance. 

Mr. Fox-Strangways was not one to court friendship, but 
those who knew him best appreciated him most. The loss of 
his quiet presence from amongst us will be peculiarly felt by 
Yorkshire geologists, on whom his example and his instruction 
have had far greater influence than they themselves are some- 
times aware. 


dteesy 


Messrs. G. E. W. Young and W. Wright have issued a useful ‘ Classified 
Index to the Contents of the Proceedings of the Geologists’ Association,’ 
WOK. IG 1) 20S 


In the ‘ Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society’ for February 
Mr. S. S. Buckman has an interesting paper on ‘ The Jurassic Strata of 
South Dorset,’ in which he compares the beds of that country with those 
of North-East Yorkshire. 

We regret to note the deaths of Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy, a well-known 
entomologist ; the Rev. Henry Charles Lang, who published ‘ The Butter- 
flies of Europe’ in parts, in the early eighties; Basil G. Nevinson, who 
published a Revised Synonomic list of the genus Phane@us in 1892; and 
George C. Bignell, who wrote a number of papers on the Ichneumons, etc., 
of Devon. 

In the April ‘ Journal of Conchology’ is Lieut.-Col. Godwin-Austen’s 
Presidential Address entitled, ‘The Importance of the Animal in the 
Land Mollusca, shown by certain Evolutionary Stages in some Genera of 
the Zonitide,’ which is well illustrated. There is also an important paper 
by Mr. J. Davy Dean, on ‘ Periodic Variation in Limneza pereger,’ and Mr. 
€. Oldham writes on ‘ The Range of Pisidium supinum.’ 

We have received from the West Australian Museum and Art Gallery, 
Vol. I., Part I., of their Records, which contains a valuable paper by Mr. 
L. Glauert, formerly of Sheffield. This deals with ‘ The Mammoth Cave,’ 
and contains a detailed description of the remains of the Phascolomys 
hacketti, a new species of Wombat. Mr. B. H. Woodward contributes an 
“Introduction to Fossil Marsupials of Western Australia,’ and there are 
some interesting museum notes. Mr. Glauert’s paper is illustrated by a 
number of excellent plates. 


* References to these papers will be found in the Bibliographies prepared 
by the present writer, and published in The Natuvalist or in the Transac- 
tions of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union. 


Naturalist, 


213 
FIELD NOTES. 
MAMMALS. 

Mammals at Osmotherley.— At the excursion of the York- 
shire Naturalists’ Union to Osmotherley (vide ‘The Naturalist,’ 
1908, pp. 403-411), Mr. Wm. Nowell collected several rejected 
‘ pellets ’ of an owl in a wood near to Mount Grace Priory. Mr. 
W. Greaves now writes that these ‘rejecta’ have since been 
kept perfectly intact, and that he has recently submitted them 
to Mr. T. A. Coward, who reports that they contain the remains 
of three Field Voles (Muicrotus agrestis) ; three Bank Voles 
(Evotomys glareolus) ; two Long-tailed Field Mice; one Com- 
mon Shrew; and one Rabbit of fair size. The first three species 
were not observed during our visit. At that season of the year 
the owl would not be likely to have travelled very far.— 
H. B. Booru. 

—:0:— 
BIRDS. 

Old Record of Red-backed Shrike near Silsden.— 
I have lately been reading some newspaper cuttings from which 
I see that a Mr. Mitchell communicated to Mr. S. L. Mosley, 
late Curator of Keighley Museum, the nesting of the Red- 
backed Shrike on Howden Clough, near Silsden, on the authority 
of the late Jesse Miller, of Keighley, a good authority on birds. 
When Mr. Nelson was writing his work on the ‘ Birds of York- 
shire,’ I informed him that a friend of mine in the ’sixties had 
a pair of this species in his possession, which he alleged has 
been taken on Silsden Clough, and which he gave me to under- 
stand at the time had bred there, but Mr. Nelson omitted this 
record. Mr. Miller’s record, however, which we have no reason 
to dispute, corroborates that communicated by me to Mr. 
Nelson.—E. P. BUTTERFIELD, Wilsden. 

—:0:— 
FISHES. 

A Record Yorkshire River Trout.—A fine specimen of 
the Brown Trout (S. favio) was found dead on the banks of the 
Wharfe at Ilkley, on April gth. It weighed Io lbs. 9 ozs., and 
measured 31 inches in length and 153 inches in girth. Ap- 
parently it had died from accident or disease. The dorsal fin 
was a bad colour, nearly white, and partly eaten away, and the 
top of the head was much bruised, otherwise the fish was in fair 
condition. It was secured by Dr. Bates of Addingham, who 
is having it preserved. I should say that no river fish has ever 
been obtained in Yorkshire, approaching this size.—R. FORTUNE. 
1g1o May 1. 


214 Field Notes. 


ARACHNIDA. 

A Malformed Eyeless Spider.—On September 4th of 
last year I collected a curious spider in the beech woods east of 
South Cave. The caput was malformed, and no trace of eyes 
could be observed. As it was not quite adult the species 
could not be determined. Such examples with one or more, 
or as in this case with all eyes obsolete or imperfect, are very 
occasionally met with. The deformity would seem to be due 
to some inherent defect in the embryo, or to some accident 
either at birth, or in moulting. It is remarkable that a creature 
so greatly handicapped should be able to preserve its life amidst 
so many enemies, and obtain the necessary food supply.— 
ERNEST A. Parsons, Hull. 

—: 0:— 
FLOWERING PLANTS. 

Hymenophyllum peltatum Desv. (=H. Wilsoni, Hooker) 
at Ingleton.—lI found the Deflexed Filmy Fern near the Greta 
Gorge, Ingleton, on the 28th March last. I forwarded one of 
the specimens to Mr. F. Arnold Lees, who kindly replied as 
follows :— Thanks for your welcome new (particular) locality 
for the Deflexed Filmy Fern (Hymenophyllum peltatum Desv.= 
H. Wilson Hooker). In the course of years 1t may have been a 
“wash-down’ from the long-known head-quarter situate on 
Foalfoot Rocks, west fall of Ingleboro’; but nobody before 
yourself seems to have detected it in the Greta Gorge. It 
turned up, however, to John Handley, in Dentdale, two miles 
from Dent village, towards Ingleton, but the water of the 
cascade there flows west into the Lune. Yours is in the Lune 
Basin, too, but the southern sub-division.’—W. E. L. WATTAM, 
Newsome. 


—_: 0 :——_ 


In the March ‘ Geological Magazine,’ Dr. C. W. Andrews. has an in- 
teresting paper on ‘ A Mounted Skeleton of a small Pliosaur (Peloneistes) 
from the Oxford Clay at Peterborough,’ illustrated by an excellent plate. 
There is also an article by Dr. F. A. Bather on ‘Some Fossil Annelid 
Burrows.’ 

From our contributor Mr. T. Petch, we have received a further batch of 
publications which bear evidence of the excellent work he is doing in 
Ceylon. There is ‘A List of the Mycetozoa of Ceylon’; ‘ Revisions of 
Ceylon Fungi,’ Part II.; and ‘ New Ceylon Fungi.’ These are reprinted 
from tne ‘ Annals of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Peradeniya.’ There 
are also three ‘circulars’, one, which consists of over a hundred pages, 
deals with ‘ The Stem-bleeding Disease of the Coconut,’ which is illustrated 
by a number of plates; the others are entitled ‘ A Bark | isease of Hevea, 
Tea, etc,’ and ‘ Die-Bark of Hevea Brasilensis.’ 


Naturalist 


25 


PROCEEDINGS OF PROVINCIAL SCIENTIFIC SOCIETIES. 


The Transactions of the Yorkshire Dialect Society, Part XI., contains an 
admirable paper by the Rev. C. F. Morris, on ‘ The Treasures of Dialect, 
with Illustrations from the Folk Speech of the Woldsman.’ 


The Proceedings of the Liverpool Naturalists’ Field Club for the year 
1909 (55 pp.), contain a ‘ Report on the Year’s Field Work,’ by Mr. J. W. 
Ellis; the Presidential Address of Dr. C. W. Hayward, entitled, ‘Odd 
Facts for Naturalists,’ in which the question of Evolution is discussed ; 
and particulars of the club’s various prize schemes. 


The Fifty-seventh Annual Report and Transactions of the Nottingham 
Naturalists’ Society for 1908-9 contains the Presidential Address of Mr. 
J. Goulding on ‘ The Mysteries of the Milk Pail’; a brief ‘ Report of the 
Work of the Microscopical Section’; and a note on ‘ The British Pansies.’ 
There are records of the Common Seal and the Glossy Ibis in Nottingham- 
shire, the former being shot in the Trent, whilst the record of the latter has 
already appeared in these pages. 

The Thirty-third Annual Report and Proceedings of the Laneashire 
and Cheshire Entomological Society is just to hand. Besides the usual 
list of members, balance sheet, etc., we notice papers by Mr. H. H. Corbett 
on ‘The Phylogeny of the Insecta’; Mr. W. Mansbridge on ‘ Micro- 
Lepidoptera in the Liverpool District’; Mr. H. R. Sweeting on ‘ The 
Valuation of Variation to a Species’: and Mr. F. N. Pierce on ‘ The 
Luperinas.’ There is an excellent portrait of our old contributor, Mr. Robert 
Newstead, as frontispiece. 

The Norwich Museum Association has issued its Second Annual Report 
of Proceedings, and contains reports of lectures on the * Food of Birds,’ 
by Mr. C. Gorden Hewitt ; ‘ House Flies as Carriers of Disease,’ by J. T. C. 
Nash; ‘Fungoid Diseases of Plants.’ by Mr. E. S. Salmon; ‘ Wheat 
and Bread-Making,’ by Prof. R. H. Biffen; ‘The Soils of Norfolk,’ by 
Mr. W. L. Sutton; “The Insect Pests of Fruit’ by Mr. F. V. Theobald ; 
and ‘ Roses,’ by Mr. T. B. Field. The Norwich Museum Association was 
jormed to further the interests of that Museum, and is doing excellent 
work. 


Vol. I, No. 2, of the Journal of the Spen Valley Literary and 
Scientifie Society, which contains 64 pages, and is sold at the absurdly low 
price of 3d., is to hand. The journal contains a portrait of the late 
H. T. Broughton ; ‘A Record of the Society's Work’; a paper on ‘ The 
Society : its Past, Present, and Future,’ by Mr. A. Moore; “Sectional 
Reports’; ‘ Pond Life in the Spen Valley,’ by W. Bagshaw ; ‘ Report on 
a first investigation of Local Diatoms in 1909,’ by J. A. Long; ‘ Records 
of Mollusca,’ by T. Castle ; a small ‘ List of Mosses and Hepatics in Spen 
Valley, 1909’; and a poem entitled ‘The Spen Society,’ in which the 
author tells us that he is ‘not a poet born.’ We should almost have 
guessed it ! 


We have received Vol. V., Part I., of the Transactions of the Carodoc 
and Severn Valley Field Club for 1909. It contains a record of the club’s 
work, and of the various lectures that have been given, some of which 
refer to the fauna and archeology of the Ilkley and Craven district, where 
the club held its long excursion in June. Amongst the contributors we 
notice the names of Mr. Rosse Butterfield, Mr. J. E. Wilson, Mr. H. B. 
Booth, Mr. Frank Hall, Dr. W.E. Hoyle, Mr. H. E. Forrest, Rev. H. Friend 
and others. There is nothing to indicate under whose editorship the 
volume has been produced, but presumably the Hon. Secretary, Mr. H. E. 
Forrest is the editor. We do not know whether the Carodoc Club proposes 
to start a new fashion with regard to the shape of its Transactions, but the 
part before us has been so badly guillotined, that it is dangerously approacih- 
ing a lozenge shape. 


agto May 1. 


216 Reviews and Book Notices. 


We have received from the Hebden’ Bridge Literary and Scientific 
Society its ‘ Recorders’ Reports for 1908-1909, Natural History Section 
(19 pp.). The pamphlet contains a useful record of the Society’s work. 
during the year. Mr. W. Nowell writes on ‘ Flowering Plants’; Mr. J.- 
Needham has a note on ‘ Mosses, Hepatics and Fungi,’ in which he says the’ 
year has been the worst he has known for twenty years. Mr. W. Graves. 
has a lengthy report on ‘ Vertebrate Zoology’ in its various branches,. 
and includes some new records for the district. Mr. E. B. Gibson gives a 
list of the Lepidoptera, and there is a lst of Coleoptera taken from ‘ The 
Naturalist.’ Mr. J. E. Crowther has a list of the local Mollusca, and 
Mr. J. H. Greenwood and Mr. E. Wager have a chapter on geology. 


The Journal of the Derbyshire Archeological Society for 1910 (Vol 
XXXII.) is as usual, full of interesting matter, the editor being careful to- 
restrict the scope of the papers to the area of the Society’s operations. 
There are a number of valuable archeological papers, which, however, 
hardly come under the scope of our journal. Amongst the items of more 
general interest are notes on ‘ Excavation Discoveries in the Derwent 
Valley,’ when a specimen of an unusually well-preserved fossil fish, Acro- 
lepis hopkinst was obtained in the Lower Yoredales. Mr. H. Vassall. 
describes an interesting Neolithic axe made of Borrowdale volcanic ash ; 
Mr. W. Storrs Fox and Dr. C. H. Read have admirable papers on ‘ The 
Ravencliff Cave, and its remarkable contents of pre-historic and Roman 
relics,’ and Mr. W. Smithard writes on ‘ The Roman Road between Little 
Chester and Minning Low.’ The Rev. F. C. R. Jourdain gives his usual 
welcome ‘ Zoological Record for Derbyshire,’ 1909, which includes notes on 
Mammals, Birds, and Insects, and there is a figure of a bronze relic from 
Longstone, which much resembles the handle to a cooking vessel, although 
it is suggested that it may possibly have held the Danish “ Raven.’ A 
“ History of Lead Mining in the Wapentake of Wirksworth ’ by Mrs. Meade 
Waldo is also included. The volume has a profusion of excellent illustra- 
tions, and will take a prominent place amongst the annals of provincial 
scientific societies. 


eS 


REVIEWS AND BOOK NOTICES. 


From Messrs. Cassell we have received further numbers of their interest— 
ing publications ‘ Familiar Wild Flowers ’ and ‘ The Story of the Heavens,’ 
each of which is being issued in serial form at 6d. each. 


Under the title of Gardening Difficulties Solved, Expert Answers to Ama- 
teurs’ Questions, edited by H. H. Thomas; Messrs. Cassell & Co. have issued 
a useful handbook of 160 pages for the modest price of 1/-. The volume 
is well illustrated, and will undoubtedly go a long way towards clearing 
away many of the trials and troubles of amateur gardeners. 


Yorkshire Type Ammonites, (edited by S. S. Buckman, Part 2, pp. 
XIII.-XVI., 12 plates and descriptions Nos. 9-22). We are pleased to 
see that the second part of this handsome work has appeared so promptly- 
It is, in all respects, equal to the first, which we have recently noted in these 
columns. The following is a list of the species which are figured in the 
present instalment :—Hildoceras levisont, Pseudolioceras lythense, Denck- 
mannia vudis, Haugia beanit, Rhacocervas ambiguum, Caloceras belcheri, 
C. convolutum, Echiocevas exortum, Amaltheus lenticularis, Uptonia ignota,. 
Paltopleurocevas elaboratum, Frechiella subcavinata. With this number is 
a useful table giving ‘ Table Zones and Yorkshire Lias Strata.’ Of course, 
the new names given are doubtless correct, and the most suitable, but there 
will be others besides beginners who will yearn for the old-fashioned 
names, and doubtless prefer, for example, the former Ammonites elaboratus 
to the present Paltopleuroceras [very] elaboratum. 


Naturalist 


(No. 419 of ourrent serie). “ i # . 


A MONTHLY ILLUSTRATED JOURNAL OF ae eae 
NATURAL HISTORY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND, 


+! 


EDITED BY 


T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., F.S.A.Scot., 


Tue Museums, Hutt; 
AND 
T. W. WOODHEAD, Ph.D., F.L.S., 
TECHNICAL COLLEGE, HUDDERSFIELD: 


WITH THE ASSISTANCE AS REFEREES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF t 


J. GILBERT BAKER, F.R.S. F.L.S., GEO. T. PORRITT, F.L.S., PF. E.S., 
Prof. P. F. KENDALL, M.Sc., F.G.S., | JOHN W. TAYLOR, qt? 
T. H. NELSON, M.B.O.U., WILLIAM WEST, F.L.S., : A | 
RILEY FORTUNE, F.Z.S. \ i 
Contents :— vere 
PAGES 2d 
Notes and Comments :—Yorkshire Species of the Hydrecia nictitans Group; The Age of “ na 
Shrews ; New Method of Mounting Coleoptera, etc.; The Study of Spiders; Distribu- APO Maye 
tion of Spiders ; Nottingham Fossils; The Large Larch Sawfly ; And its Ravages ... 2179-220 ; » G\. 
Geological Notes on the District north of Malham (Illustrated)— oat 
Cosmo Johns, M.I.Mech.E., F.G.S. 221-994 ‘ 
_ Results of Experiments on the Floral Colours—P. Q. Keegan, LL.D. NGL EK ele oe ¥ 


- Plants of the Steep Holme—G. Claridge Druce, M.A., F.L.S., ets... ce vee eens DOT fh 
_ Abnormality in Spiders (Illustrated)—Wm. Falconer ... Me He ‘ w.. 229-232" 
Keys to the Families, Genera and Species of British Sataend, etc. a ads Barca s.5 233-242 vi aye 
- Glacial Evidences near Harrogate—A. Leslie Armstvong, F.S.A.(Scot.) 0 0. ees, 248-244 sh 
Field Notes... ... ca eae GRE Loon a a 
_ Hayward’s Botanist’s pocket: Book_—F. Abnola meee SV Neues: a hott) a Me ee 
News from the Magazines ... me re ae ste ay i ahd a . 


- Proceedings of Provincial Scientific Societies cu ey af we 4 eka if iif 232, 
: eviews nid) Books Notices yo scr ceny, § solo aiee Mikes SeeceN ese aee ie NURS 990 21/4), 
Oth ertl: NEWS!) \jscudep cinema ee Moen teat cb a ak { oN 248 ie 


bel halt As 0 


_ Illustrations A POO La ey SV MabL CGS? og Mae a OR (GS OME al ANS eat JP Ay2%9. 31910 


\ IV. : ee ok 

\ oF Caen 
, LONDON : Mona! Mugen 
A. Brown & Sons, LIMITED, 5, FARRINGDON AVENUE, EC. ~~ Sate nna 


And at Hutt and York. 4 i 
Printers and Publishers to the Y.N.U. Cane 


. 


PRICE Gd. NET. BY POST 7d. NET. 


*, or — ‘Be Panag fact Bian Ae re eee Oe Gun aeac Fee A 


fF IRST ANNUAL REPORT . 


OF THE 


Yorkshire Numismatic Fellowship. 


Edited by T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S. 


Contains an Address on ‘Coin Collecting,” by T. Pickersgill ; Nineteenth 
Century Hull Tokens; Unpublished Seventeenth Century Tokens ‘of Yorkshire 
[Thorne and Hull]; Hull Building Tokens, by W. Sykes; Secretary’s Report ; 
List of Members, etc. 


With two plates and several illustrations in the text. 
Price l/- net. 
Sold by A: BROWN & SONS, Ltd., Savile Street, Hull. 


-NOW READY. 
TRANSACTIONS OF THE 


Workshive Maturalists’ Union 
| PART XXXIV. 
384 Pages. 2s. 6d. Net. 


This publication contains a series of reports and records invaluable to naturalists 
in the northern counties. 

The Reports of the Union contain particulars of the Yorkshire records made in 
various branches of natural science during the past four years. 

Lists of the Fungi recorded at the Grassington and Malton Forays are given 
by Mr. C. Crossland, F.L.S. 

Mr. T. Sheppard, FG. S., contributes a list of the papers relating to the Geology 
of the Northern Counties, during the past seven years. This contains over 1600 
references. 

There are also reprints of the last twenty-nine excursion programmes of the 
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, which contain full reports on the natural history of 
the various districts visited. 


WATKINS & DONCASTER, 


NATURALISTS, 
36, STRAND, LONDON, W.C. 


(Five Doors from Charing Cross), 
Keep in stock every description of 


APPARATUS, CABINETS, BOOKS, AND SPECIMENS 


for Collectors of 


BIRDS’ EGGS, BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, ETC. 


Catalogue (96 pages) sent post free on application. 


OSWESTRY.— Georoaists, Botanists, etc., desiring fresh 
ground for Holidays should communicate with Proprietor, 
Wynunstay Hotel, Oswestry, for parce 


NOTES AND COMMENTS. 


YORKSHIRE SPECIES OF THE Hydrecia nictitans GROUP. 

As all lepidopterists are now aware, the species of Hydrecia, 
which until recent years always stood in our collections as 
nictittans only, has, owing to the study of the genitalia, been 
split up into the four species—nictitans, paludis, lucens and 
crinanensis. Of these, only nictitans is as yet known to occur 
in our own county, but as all four are already recorded for 
Lancashire—three of them not uncommonly—there is little 
doubt that we have others; indeed, probably all of them. 
I am therefore anxious that during the present season, our 
Yorkshire lepidopterists shall settle the matter by collecting a 
few specimens from as many localities as possible. Paludis 
is partial to sand-hills and salt-marshes, and will probably 
be found at Spurn and similar districts. Lucens occurs on 
“mosses, and other marshy places, and should be found on 
Thorne Waste, Riccall Common, etc., and possibly on the 
boggy parts of our moorlands, whilst crimanensis has as yet 
always been associated with running water, though that very 
likely is more a coincidence than anything else. Nictitans 
seems to occur everywhere on more or less dry agricultural 
land. The species comes freely to ragwort flowers in August, 
and so are easily collected.—G. T. P. 

THE AGE OF SHREWS. 

In ‘ A Hypothesis as to the cause of the Autumnal Epidemic 
of the Common and the Lesser Shrew, with some Notes on their 
Habits,’ by Mr. Lionel E. Adams (‘ Memoirs and Proc. Man- 
Gicstcm ipsa Foil. Soc.’, Vol: LIV., pt. 2; x., pp. I-53), the 
author arrives at the somewhat startling conclusion that 
“the autumnal “ epidemic ”’ is due to nothing more than old 
age; old age in the case of the Common and the Lesser Shrew 
being reached in, roughly, thirteen or fourteen months.’ 


NEW METHOD OF MOUNTING COLEOPTERA, ETC. 


Coleopterists have long had to resort to the inconvenient 
method of mounting their smaller specimens on cards, which 
results in the ventral surfaces being hidden; pinning the 
specimens, of course, being out of the question, excepting in the 
case of the larger species. In ‘ The Entomologist’ for May, 
Mr. F. H. Moore describes some thin gelatine mounts, which 
certainly seem to have advantage over the old method, as the 
under surfaces of the objects can readily be examined. The 


1910 June 1. 1S 


218 Notes and Comments. 


new method is as follows :—‘ Set the specimen in the ordinary 
way by gumming on card. When set remove from the card, 
cleanse, dry, and place on a gelatine mount. Then proceed to 
touch down the tarsi and antenne with the point of a camel’s 
hair brush dipped in warm water, and allow to dry for a minute 
or two, when the insect will be found firmly and cleanly 
attached.’ 
THE STUDY OF SPIDERS. 

We have frequently urged our readers to devote attention 
to the neglected branches of natural history, and particular 
appeals have been made in favour of the study of the Arachnida. 
In recent years it has been pleasing to observe that the study 
of spiders, etc., has received more deserved attention. In 
the pages of ‘ The Naturalist,’ as well as in the publications of 
the various scientific societies which have been sent to us, there 
has been evidence of increasing interest being taken in the 
subject. The great difficulty, however, has been with the 
question of classification. To assist students in their work 
we are publishing a series of Keys to the Families and Genera 
of British Spiders, etc., the first instalment of which will be 
found on page 233. 

DISTRIBUTION OF SPIDERS. 

Mr. W. P. Winter, who is studying the distribution of spiders 
in the Bradford area, writes asking for information as to the 
best methods of defining suitable areas for records. Purely 
geometrical divisions are obviously too artificial, and the 
numbered enclosures of the 25-inch ordnance map are too small. 
Mr. Winter adds :—‘ We might use the Watersheds, or even the 
streams with the consequent difficulty of mapping out the 
boundaries on the higher ground, but both of these involve a 
source of error in bringing together the two banks of the same 
stream with their different aspects and consequent difference 
in the small fauna (in the Watershed division), and two banks 
of different streams with a similar difficulty (in the division by 
the stream). Of course this might be dealt with by further 
sub-division, but a broader, bolder first division would be pre- 
ferable because there will be necessarily some splitting up by 
reason of the surface features, wood, marsh, etc., and to a less 
extent, by reason of the geology. (cology alone would hardly 
serve as a main division because the sections obtained would 
be very unequal, and, moreover, species found near the boun- 
daries, say of a wood, either within it or outside, would be 


Naturalist, 


Notes and Comments. z19Q 


difficult to assign to their proper place.’ If any of our readers 
can help in the direction desired we shall be glad to have 
their views. 

NOTTINGHAM FOSSILS. 

At a recent meeting of the London Geological Society, 
Mr. Lewis Moysey read a paper ‘On Palg@oxyris and other 
Allied Fossils from the Derbyshire and Nottinghamshire Coal- 
field.’ After reviewing the bibhography of Pal@oxyris, the 
author records the finding of 22 specimens from Shipley Clay-pit 
(Derbyshire), and over 130 from Digby Clay-pit (Nottingham- 
shire), also several isolated examples from other localities in 
the district. He describes Pal@oxyris helicteroides noting espec- 
ially the presence of a ‘ beak,’ which had not, hitherto, been 
adequately described. He then describes Pal@oxyris prendelt 
from Shipley Clay-pit, again noticing the formation of the 
‘beak.’ The discovery of Pal@oxyris johnson from Digby is 
noted, and it is proposed that this fossil be removed into the 
genus Vetacapsula. He also describes a specimen of Vetacap- 
sula coopert from Newthorpe Clay-pit (Nottinghamshire), 
and discusses the differences between this and other specimens, 
and Mackie’s type-specimen, but considers it unadvisable to 
multiply species. A review of the bibliography of Fayolia is 
followed by the description of a new species from Shipley 
Clay-pit ; also a small compressed example is described as 
near to Fayolia dentata. The author then discusses the dis- 
tribution of these organisms in time, and their possible affinities 
with the egg-capsules of the Cestracionts and the Chimeeroids. 

THE LARGE LARCH SAWFLY 

Referring to the note in our issue of March 1g0g (p. 65), 
the Board of Agriculture and Fisheries has now issued a memo- 
randum on the large Larch Sawfly (Nematus erichsont Hart.). 
In this it is pointed out that in recent years the larch plantations 
of Great Britain have been visited by a pest which has already 
caused great losses in certain places and threatens to inflict 
serious injury on British Forestry. The Large Larch Sawfly 
is known to have done much damage in Denmark about sixty 
years ago, and in more recent times has devastated the larch 
forests of North America. How long it has been present in 
Great Britain is not known, but its presence was not officially 
confirmed till 1906, when it was reported from Cumberland. 
It has since been found over a large area in Wales, a wide dis- 
trict in the north of England, and a very considerable area of 


gio June tI. 


220 Book Nottce. 


the south of Scotland. It probably exists in other parts of 
the Kingdom. There is reason to believe that up to the present 
the general attack is but slight, but in the spots where the preva- 
lence of the pest is greatest many thousands of trees have been 
killed. Nor is it likely that the plague will go no further. 
AND ITS RAVAGES. 

There are evident signs that it has spread in recent years, 
and it is recorded that in the United States and in Canada it 
did not stop till 50 to 100 per cent. of the matured larch over 
vast areas was destroyed, with the loss of many billions of 
feet of timber. The Board hopes that all who are connected 
with the care of larch plantations will search for the pest during 
the summer and autumn of 1910, and immediately communicate 
the discovery of the presence of any of indications of Sawfly 
attack. In order, however, to make any report of value, the 
following information should be sent :— 

(1) The name of the wood or plantation with some 

indication of the place where it is to be found. 
(2) The approximate size of the wood. 
(3) A description of the intensity of the attack according 
to a scale which is given. 


A First Book of Wild Flowers, by M. M. Rankin, with rog illustrations 
in colour, by Nora Headley. London: A. Melrose. pp. X. and 18o. 
6/- net. 

This well-got-up book is written for children, and often in quite deligit- 
ful language ; the little folks are asked to make friends with the flowers, 
to be content to know a few, and go on learning. The authoress says, 
“I have gathered some for you, and the artist has painted them.’ These 
number 180, and on the whole are well done and characteristic, while the 
text is clear and well printed. The book further claims to tell not only 
something about the names of flowers, but also something of their ways. 
In the latter, children soon learn to take a keen interest, but on turning over 
the pages of this book we must confess to a certain disappointment. 
We find a good deal about the medicinal properties of the plants, and the 
bitter drinks made from some of them, but we are not convinced that this 
phase is an attractive one to children. On the other hand we are told very 
little about ‘their ways, and this is often inaccurate. To give a few 
examples, we are informed that the leaves and flowers of the Anemone 
grow together; that the barren strawberry bears ‘no fruit,’; that the 
dandelion and goatsbeard bear ‘downy seeds’; that the leaves of the 
wood sorrel “fold neatly up,’ as the ‘ clover leaves do’; the globe ranun- 
culus ‘ grows only in the woods.’ Some plants like the meadow vetchling 
are ‘very common everywhere,’ but ‘poppies do not grow everywhere © 
. ... but they grow in almost every field in England.’ The dwarf red 
rattle is labelled ‘ Pediculavis Sylvatica’ on the plate, and P. palustris in 
the text. This form of printing scientific names is adopted throughout ; 
on the plates all specific names begin with a capital, in the text this is not 
so, but at times capitals are used without obvious reason, and against 
recognised custom. But for errors such as we have mentioned, the book 
is quite an attractive one. 


Naturalist, 


22I 


GEOLOGICAL NOTES 
ON THE DISTRICT NORTH OF MALHAM. 


COSMO JOHNS, M.I.Mecu.E., F.G.S. 


IN a few pages it is impossible to discuss, with any approach to 
adequacy, the complex structural features of the great zone of 
fracture and displacement that runs almost due east from 
Clapham past Malham to the valley of the Wharfe near Grass- 
ington. Its description as being characterised by two step 
faults with the downthrow towards the south and with a total 
vertical displacement of many hundreds of feet will sufficiently 
prepare the visitor for an example of normal faulting on a 
gigantic scale, and any attempt at an elaborate discussion of 
the physical history of the area would be out of place. It 
will suffice to say that many of the differences that exist among 
those who have attempted to explain the structure of the 
faults that divide the Craven Lowlands from the Uplands are 
due to the failure to recognise more than one system of faulting. 
Fortunately, for the purpose of this present paper, we are 
chiefly concerned with the east and west system to which the 
Inner and Outer Faults of the Malham area belong, and thus 
it will not be necessary to refer except very briefly to the N.W. 
and 5S E. system of faults, which are characteristic of the Ingle- 
ton district. Mention, however, must be made of the E. and W. 
system of anticlines, for it is this anticlinal system that forms 
the boundary between the Upland and Lowland type of the 
Lower Carboniferous rocks. The E. and W. Faults are closely 
related to the anticlinal system referred to, and in the district 
under discussion we might define the structure as a faulted 
anticline. Any such definition must, however, be tentative, 
for differential movements were in progress during late Visean 
time, and continued until the Ingleborough grit was laid down. 

So far we have simply discussed the area of which the 
Outer Craven Fault is the southern boundary. As originally 
mapped, with its marked outward bend near Scalebar, this 
fault involved a reading of the structure which gave the mass 
of limestone between the two faults a thickness very much 
greater than that found north of the Inner Fault. Evidence 
has now been brought forward* which renders the old view 
——————_— Ss 

* Proc. Yorks. Geol. Socy., 1908, p. 393- 


1910 June i. 


222 Geological Notes on the District North of Malham. 


untenable, and it is demonstrated that the Outer or Southern 
Fault runs along the foot of a well-marked line of scars near the 
rifle-butts, and about half a mile north of the line adopted on 
the Surrey map at the point where it crosses Scalebar Beck. 
Attention has been directed to a number of faults belonging to 
the N.W. and S.E. system, which cross the great limestone 
plateau between the Inner and Outer Faults. It is not sug- 
gested that all the faults have been described, but sufficient 
has been done to make it clear that the great Scar Limestone 
between the faults is little, if any, thicker than it is to the north. 

South of this Outer Fault, as now defined, comes the typical 
Craven Lowland sections. It is with the utmost difficulty that 
any correlation can be established between the Upland and 
Lowland areas. Folded, faulted, crushed—obscured by a thick 
mantle of drift—we have a country that might be described 
by imagining the great fault scarp of the outer fault to be a 
mighty sea cliff, at the foot of which lies the foundered frag- 
ments that had fallen from its face. If the strain on the 
imagination be not too great, then the mantle of drift would be 
the sea washing up to the foot of the cliffs. No attempt will 
be made here to discuss that Lowland area; careful mapping 
and the recognition of faunal divisions more precise than have 
yet been determined* will be necessary before the complex 
structure of the Craven Lowlands can be unravelled. 

The Great Scar Limestone between the faults is typical, 
and can be directly correlated with its representative further 
north. There is a considerable thickness of comparitively 
unfossiliferous limestone of Lower Visean age, with beds con- 
taining a rich Upper Visean fauna at the top, where denudation, 
which has been very active, has not removed them. It was 
by carefully noting the occurrence of these Upper Visean beds 
and mapping the position of the faunal base, that the trend 
and throw of the new faults were determined. It will be 
possible to review some of the evidence during the visit of the 
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union to Malham. 

Interesting though the evidence of the faulting might be, 
it is the rarely mentioned eminence of Black Hill that deserves 
most attention. Unfortunately the sections are rather obscure, 


* Since the above was written the writer has had an opportunity of 
visiting many of the more striking sections under the guidance of Dr. Albert 
Wilmore, F.G.S., who is describing the area. Several important divisions 
have been established, and their local value is very evident.—C.]J. 


Naturalist, 


“UBY[eAL punore joINsIq ey} Jo dep[-yo}0eHg [e01S0;00y 


VNNVS FWWSYT NVIS/A VIdIN x 
SHIOW = SNOVFSINOGYVD -F¥d 


INOLS IW / 7 Nv SIA 


771M IVOTFAY © FTLLIG 
Risto «: ae \ 


| res 


INOLSIW/T —-FIVIFYOK IIIT 


WA 
a2 
INOLSONWS % SITVHS FIVAIYOK = 
EE 


4/YD FINOLSTITIW 


PIB/YISFD AILNIDBY SLINYJ =O — 
G2dIVW ATTY N/IDIYO SLINYY ~~~ -—--- 


1gio June 1. 


224 News from the Magazines. 


and not easy to locate, but enough can be seen to make it clear 
that beneath the capping of Millstone Grit, and above the 
tawney weathering limestones that form the top of the great 
scar, we have a degenerate representative of the Main or Upper 
Scar Limestone of the Yoredale Series. This outpost of Yore- 
dales faulted in and preserved on the great dip slope of the 
Limestone massif, between the faults, is of the utmost impor- 
tance, and supphes an important link in the chain of evidence 
which will ultimately demonstrate the relation between the 
Yoredale and the Pendleside or Culm faunas. 


—__@q———_ 


NEWS FROM THE MAGAZINES. 


Mr. P. G. Ralfe has some lengthy ‘ Ornithological notes from Denmark ’ 
in the Zoologist for March. 


The Journal of the Board of Agriculture for April contains illustrated 
articles on ‘ Sclerotia Disease of the Gooseberry,’ ‘ The Corn Cockle,’ and 
“Edible Fungi;’ the latter being illustrated by coloured plates of the 
Sheathed Agaric, the Scaly Agaric, and the Chocolate Agaric. 


In British Birds for April, Mr. G. H. Caton Haigh records the Lan- 
ceolated Warbler in Lincolnshire—a ‘new British bird.’ Heshot itat North 
Cotes on November last. In the same journal Mr. C. B. Ticehurst records 
that he shot a Lesser Kestrel on the Holderness Coast in October last. 


In The Entomologist for April, Mr. A. M. Stewart has an interesting 
note concerning the fertilization of Ovchis maculata. In this he shows 
that the flowers of Ovchis maculata are visited by moths of the genus 
Plusia. A photograph of the head of Plusia festuce with a pollinium 
attached is given. 


The April Bradford Scientific Journal contains notes on Chellow Dean, 
by Mr. E. Naylor ; ‘ The Origin of Chellow Dean,’ by Mr. H. B. Maufe; ‘ In- 
troduction to the Study of Grasses,’ by Dr. W. G. Smith; ‘Is our Local 
Dialect Worth Preserving, by Mr. W. R. Holloway, and notes on Mind, 
Brain and Colour, by Dr. J. H. Rowe. 


In The Entomologist for May, Mr. W. J. Lucas figures and describes 
a specimen of Odontopsalis lewist Burr (an earwig), which was found in the 
market at Liverpool amongst ‘sweepings,’ in January 1904. Examples 
of the same species from Japan were described in the ‘ Transactions of the 
Entomological Society of London’ for 1904. 


In the Zoologist for May, Mr. B. F. Cummings has some interesting notes 
on ‘ The Formation of Useless Habits in Two British Newts (Molge cristata 
and M. palmata)’ ; and in the same journal Messrs. D. L. Thorpe and 
L. E. Hope give some useful ornithological notes under the heading ‘Natural 
History Record Bureau (1909), the Museum, Carlisle.’ 


In the excellent May issue of British Bivds, there are records of the 
recovery of three marked birds. A Lapwing marked at North Ferriby on 
July 15th, 1909, was shot near Broomfleet Island (close by) on December 
27th ; a Blackheaded Gull marked at Rossitten, Germany, on July 5th, 1906, 
was found dead near Cowes, Isle of Wight, in March, 1910; and a Hedge 
Sparrow marked at Evanton, Ross-shire, on November 4th, 1909, was 
caught in a mouse trap at the same place on March 30th, 1910. 


Naturalist, 


225 


RESULTS OF EXPERIMENTS ON THE 
FLORAL COLOURS. 


P. Q. KEEGAN, LL.D., 
Patterdale, Westmorland. 


Tue experiments on the floral colours recorded in ‘ Nature,’ 
vol. LXI., pp. 105-6 have been continued and extended. It 
was found that by mixing the aqueous solution of the pigment 
with a small quantity of a solution of succinate of manganese, 
and allowing the liquid to dry in a shallow basin, decisive 
results were obtained. Thus it was observed that those pig- 
ments, whose behaviour under the various processes hitherto 
employed indicated a more or less complete deassimilation 
(7.e., tannic chromogen more or less fully converted to pigment), 
now yielded reactions with precisely similar and comparable 
indications. For instance, Cranesbill, Tufted Vetch, and Sweet 
Pea dried up a deep pure blue, while Poppy, Burnet, Cineraria 
and Peony dried up red, but Foxglove and Carnation showed 
blue on the edges only, and Clover remained greenish. It was 
natural that in course of time certain conjectures of a scientific 
hypothesis should arise in the way of explaining the phenomena, 
and the analyses of plants performed by myself (see ‘ The 
Naturalist,’ 1902-10) were extremely helpful in this respect ; 
for thereby it was clearly shown that while the flowers of 
certain plants were vividly and purely tinted, the quantity of 
tannic chromogen in the same whole plant was remarkably 
small; in fact, in many cases the particular chromogen found 
in any appreciable quantity was merely a tannoid capable of 
yielding yellow pigments only. The conclusion irresistibly 
pressed forward was, that the formation and development of 
the blue and red pigments were strictly local and absolutely 
confined to the floral envelopes, 7.e., they were not necessarily 
in any way dependent on the particular amount of tannin 
produced by the plant organism in its entirety. 

This disclosure immediately threw upon the subject a vivid 
light wherewith no one apparently had hitherto been irradiated. 
True, it was previously known that the corolla was the seat of 
active oxidation, that its colouration was the necessary con- 
sequence of the development, and that its rapid growth was 
effected in spite of a very reduced supply of nutriment, which 
must inevitably bring about a notable impoverishment of the 


1910 June tr. 


226 Keegan: Results of Experiments on the Floral Colours. 


cytoplasm (Curtel, Annales des Sci. Nat. bot. ser. 8, t. 6). 
But all the while it was held that ‘ every cause which slackens 
nutrition will diminish the proportions of tannin, and conse- - 
quently those of the coloured juices which they engender.’ 
In point of fact, it was strongly suggested by my experiments 
that the pigment was the direct result of the withdrawal of 
the proteid substance from the corolla, 7.e., the impoverishment 
of its cytoplasm took place subsequently, and not previously. 

This movement and withdrawal induced a process of deas- 
similation more or less complete, a disruption of the proteid 
molecule of the corolla cells, a separation of its nitrogenous 
groups, and the abandonment of its aromatic groups which 
were left behind as chromogens of pigments more or less vivid 
and pure. This physiological action would be strictly local 
and its principal cause would be the powerful and insistent 
demands which the formation and development of the pistil 
and ovules would make upon the quantum of proteid lodged in 
the cells of the adjacent organs, more especially the corolla. 
When this happens to be imperative and exacting, the deas- 
similation would be complete and a blue pigment would result ; 
when fairly moderate, there would be a red; when slight, it 
would be a straw yellow or even white. The demand and 
usufruct moreover, would be in direct proportion to the number 
or to the size of fertile ovules produced by the pistil, and there- 
fore it would follow that, other conditions being alike, those 
floral organs which habitually produce most ovules ought to 
exhibit the most vividly tinctured corollas, like what occurs 
in the Gentians, Auriculas, Gladiolus, etc. The force necessary 
to enlarge the ovary itself, in certain instances, so as to make 
room for the great number of ovules produced, is also a factor 
in the case. In cases, also, where the corolla is developed before 
the stamens and pistils are differentiated, the drain on the 
corolla proteid must be excessively severe, as in Mallows and 
Hollyhocks. 


= (05 


The leaflet containing particulars of ‘ Recent Additions, April 1910,’ 
issued by the Warrington Museum, shews a fairly extensive list of desirable 
additions to that go-ahead institution. 


The Transactions of the Manchester Geological and Mining Society, 
Vol. XXXI., pts. 9 and 10, contain a note on the Chew Reservoir of the 
Ashton-under-Lyne, Staleybridge, and Dukinfield District Waterworks, 
by Mr. A. L. Mellor. It is accompanied by a valuable plate of sections. 


Naturalist, 


PLANTS OF THE STEEP HOLME. 


G. CLARIDGE DRUCE, M.A., F.L.S., 
Oxford. 


A visit to the above interesting islet of Sabrina in the Bristol 
Channel, to see its special flowers in good blossom, was made on 
May 26th, 1909. In the r} hours’ stay, in company with Mr. 
W. Harford, the following ninety-five species were observed :— 
Ranunculus bulbosus L., often much dwarfed, Peéonza, still 
existing and in good flower, Cardamine hirsuta L., Brassica 
Rapa L., form, Cheiranthus Cheiri L., Cochlearta danica L., 
Evophila verna DC., Diplotaxis tenuifolia DC., Viola Rivintana 
Reichb., Cerastium vulgatum L., C. pumilum Curt., Hypericum 
montanum L., Lavatera arborea, L., Geranium molle L., G. Roberta- 
anum L., Evodium maritimum L’Hérit., common, E. cicutaritum 
L’Hérit., Acer Pseudo-platanus L., near house, Lotus corniculatus 
L., Vicia sepium L., V.angustifolia L., V.sativa L. form, V. hirsuta 
S. F. Gray, Rubus rusticanus Merc, Saxifraga tridactylites L., 
Sedum acre L., Cotyledon Umbilicus Veneris L., Contum macula- 
tum L., Smyrnium Olusatrum L., Crithmum maritimum i? 
Hedera Helix L., Sambucus nigra L., Symphoricarpus racemosus 
Mich, the relic of a garden, Rubia peregrina L., Galium mollugo 
L., Sherardia arvensis L., Kentranthus ruber Druce, Dipsacus 
fullonum L., Bellis perennis L., Inula squarrosa Bernh., I. crith- 
motdes L., Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum L., Senecio Jacobea L., 
Carlina vulgaris L., Arctium minus Bernh, Carduus crispus L., 
C. nutans L., Cirsium lanceolatum Scop., C. arvense L., Taraxa- 
cum vulgare Schrank, T. erythrospermum Andrz., Sonchus 
oleraceus L., Limonium binervosum C. E. Salm, Statice lineart- 
folia Laterr, Primula veris L., Anagallis arvensis L., Syringa 
vulgaris L. planted, Ligustrum vulgare L., common, Blackstonia 
perfoliata Huds., Centaurium umbellatum Gilib., Cynoglossum 
officinale L., Lycopsis arvensis L., Myosotis scorproides L. 
(M. arvensis), M. versicolor Sm., Echium vulgare L., Hyoscyamus 
niger L., Verbascum Thapsus L., Scrophularia nodosa L., Nepeta 
hederacea Trev., Marrubium vulgare L., Teucrium Scorodonia L., 
Plantago Coronopus L., var. ceratophyllon Rapin., which Mr. 
Williams thinks is a distinct species, P. maritima L., P. lanceo- 
lata L., Beta maritima 1., Rumex crispus L., R. Acetosa L., 
Mercurialis perennis L., Urtica dioica L., Parietaria ramiflora 
Moench, Iris foetidissima L., Allium Ampeloprasum L., Scilla 


1gio June 1. 


228 Druce: Plants of the Steep Holme. 


non-scripta L. and H., Arum maculatum L., Carex flacca Schreb., 
Dactylis glomerata L., Poa pratensis L., Festuca rigida Kunth, 
F.rubra L., Bromus erectus Huds., B.hordeaceus L., Brachypodium 
sylvaticum R.andS., Asplenium Adiantum-mgrum L., A. Ruta- 
muraria L., Polypodium vulgare L. 

The two commonest species observed were Sedum acre, 
which was in immense quantity, forming masses which give 
just previously to flowering, a peculiar greenish yellow colour 
to the rock-slopes; and Smyrnium. No agrestal cultivation 
exists on the Island, so that no Veronica, Papaver, Lamium, 
Stachys, Capsella nor Lychnis alba was observed. But some 
plants, usually put among the Colonists were noticed, 7.e., 
Anagallis arvensis, which was common on the barer slopes, 
Sherardia arvensis, which rarely grew in turf, and Lycopsis 
(several plants) were seen. No tree (except an evidently ~ 
introduced Acer Pseudo-platanus) other than Sambucus nigra 
was noticed. Yet Scilla non-scripta, Vicia sepium, Conium 
maculatum—plants requiring some shelter were noticed. It may 
be remarked that Scilla also grows on Flat Holme, where there 
is no tree and no grass, the verdure in that island being chiefly 
Spergularia, which I did not observe on Steep Holme. Hyperi- 
cum montanum, Mercurialis perennis, Arum maculatum, might 
probably be included in the last group of shade lovers. 

Cerastium punulum was rather plentiful as it is on Brean 
Down with which doubtless at one time the Steep Holmes was 
united; but neither Helianthemum polifolium, nor what I 
expected, Koelerta vallesiana nor Apinella glauca could be 
found ; but owing to the shortness of time and the somewhat 
backward state of vegetation, my search was not exhaustive. 
Among the more doubtful natives, Marrubium, looking quite 
native, Hyoscyamus and Diplotaxis tenuifolia may be mentioned. 

On the side of the rock where the chief treasure grows are 
Allium Ampeloprasum in great quantity, and there also is the 
Brassica Rapa form, while on the rocks in the vicinity are 
Cheiranthus Cheivi and Kentranthus ruber. As to whether 
Paeonia is native or not, I do not venture to pronounce. 

It may be remarked that I noticed no Hypocherts radicata, 
Crepis, Rosa canina, Ranunculus acris or repens. However, 
we await further investigation before the reasons for these 
absences, if such they really are, can be suggested. The 
Dondia |Sueda] fruticosa, which Lobel thought he saw on the 
rocks, may have been Inula crithmordes. 


Naturalist, 


229 
ABNORMALITY IN SPIDERS. 


Wn. FALCONER, 
Slaithwaite, Huddersfield. 


(Continued from page 203). 

Since the first part of this paper appeared in print, Dr: 
Jackson has kindly drawn my attention to the record of a 
gynandrous spider which I had overlooked, and has also lent 
me another example which has not hitherto been noted or 
described, the number of the pseudo-hermaphrodites being 
thereby increased to six. In the one, a Leptyphantes pallidus 
Camb., from Cudham in Dorset, which is described by him in a 
paper entitled ‘On some Rare Arachnids obtained in 1908,’ 
p. 20 (‘ Trans. of the Nat. Hist. Soc. of Northumberland, 
Durham and Newcastle-upon-Tyne,’ New Series, Vol. HL., 


Maso sundevallii Westr. 
Fig. 1. Abnormal specimen. Epigyne of female. 
,, 2. Normal specimen. Epigyne of female. 
3. Left palpus of male from outside. 
,, 4. Right palpus of abnormal specimen. 
i) a5: At 23 ,, normal female. 


pt. 2), the left palpus was of the female form, while the right 
was of the male type, with well-developed palpal organs. 
The central portion of the large and asymmetrical epigyne was 
of the normal female form; so also was the left part of the 
scape. The right side of the latter process however, was quite 
short. The specimen was thus male on the right side and 
female on the left. 

In the other, a Maso sundevallit Westr., place and date of 
capture now unknown, the left palpus is of the male form, 
the palpal organs being again well developed (fig. 3) ; the right 


1g1o0 June t. 


230 Falconer : Abnormality in Spiders. 


palpus is somewhat tumid with the appearance of being 
loosely covered at the apex (fig. 4), and is thus not quite 
of the normal female shape (fig. 5). The epigyne (fig. 1), is 
very imperfect, the parts on the left side being obsolete, and 
those on the right being very much distorted. Compare with 
the drawing of the normal epigyne (fig. 2). The specimen is 
thus male on the left side, but not quite female on the right. 

It is interesting to note that the spiders in which this con- 
dition has so far been found to exist are all members of the sub- 
family Linyphine of the family Argiopide@, Maso belonging to 
the group Evigonee, and the rest to the group Linyphee. 

It may be advisable here to point out that the females of a 
certain section of the Micronetae have the tarsal joint of the 
palpus naturally and characteristically tumid, and might 
easily be mistaken by anyone ignorant of the fact, for herma- 
phrodites in an incipient stage of development. 

Occasionally male spiders may be found wanting the 
terminal joint and its accompanying palpal organs in one or 
both of the palpi. Quite recently I examined a male Lophomma 
herbigradum Bl., without a vestige of either of these appurten- 
ances, but perfect in other respects, both ‘stumps ’ being neatly 
rounded and covered with smooth, unbroken skin. These 
parts may sometimes be broken off by rough handling during 
capture, but in this event the tissues at the point of fracture 
show unmistakeable evidences of violent separation. At other 
times they may be so defectively developed and distorted as 
to be a mere travesty in shape, size and construction of what 
they should really be, and are then totally unrecognisable, 
though the species may be known in other ways. While 
penning these lines, a good illustration of this defect has come 
to hand from Mr. W. P. Winter, of Shipley—a Meta segmentata 
Clerck, of which in fig. 9, page 202, I give a drawing of part of 
the right palpus. . 

Both sexes at times occur with deep wide longitudinal 
channels, either on the dorsal or ventral surface of the abdomen. 
The consideration of this defect opens out an interesting problem. 
Have spiders which do not undergo metamorphoses but advance 
to maturity by successive moults, the same ability to repair an 
injury to their bodies as insects which do undergo metamor- 
phoses, and moult in the intermediate stages ? In the latter, 
regenerative power of the kind is absent in the imago, but 
exists in the larva and pupa, being coincident with the moulting 


Naturalist, 


Falconer: Abnormality tn Spiders. 231 


period. In the first a wound never heals, but in the two others 
persists only until the next moult, when the injury is not only 
repaired, but all indications of the occurrence are obliterated. 
In the intermediate stages the incident of moulting necessitates 
the possession by the organism of a living formative dermis 
capable of secreting a successive number of dead protective 
epidermic investments, but in the perfect form the latter once 
formed are permanent and cannot be replaced. This would lead 
us to infer that the marks on the abdomen of spiders are not 
the indelible records of accidents which have maimed the body, 
but not destroyed the life, and that they should rather be 
ascribed to faulty development. A spider can, however, 
replace a lost hmb. Individuals may sometimes be seen with 
one leg of a pair shorter than the other. The short one is a 
limb in process of renewal. This is in accordance with a 
beneficent provision of Nature, not unparalleled in other forms 
of animal life, but by different methods, whereby the creature 
when seized by the leg is able to throw it off, and escape from 
its assailant, preserving its life at the cost of a temporary 
inconvenience. In one or two instances amongst the ‘ wolf’ 
spiders, which have come under my notice, the reproduced 
limb (at least I have taken it to be this one) has grown con- 
siderably beyond the original length, as if the regenerative force 
expended had been more than sufficient to effect the needful 
restoration. 

With the exception of the last-named, the abnormalities 
we have so far discussed are permanent. Others are merely 
temporary and mainly associated with the period of moulting. 
They may nevertheless, puzzle anyone unacquainted with them. 
Such are the possession of a-double set of eyes, the old in process 
of peeling off the new; the reticulated abdomen of Hilaira 
uncata Camb., and H. excisa Camb., and the very thickly 
dotted one of Pholcomma gibbum Westr. Newly moulted 
specimens are pale in colour, but gradually assume the deeper 
tints proper to them, and as a rule deviate very little from 
them, the colour of the body and limbs being often a good 
discriminatory character between species closely allied. In 
one strange-looking example of Gonyglidium rufipes Sund., a 
female, which was sent to me from the north of Yorkshire, the 
whole of the dark pigment of the various parts seemed to have 
become concentrated on the caput, leaving the rest of the body 
pale and unicolorous, and imparting to the creature a striking 


1gt0 June x. 


232 Proceedings of Provincial Scientific Societies. 


and perplexing appearance. Equally bewildering is the aspect 
of male Enidia bituberculata Wid., in the stage immediately 
preceding the final moult, when though the palpal organs and 
tibial apophysis are faintly and imperfectly traceable beneath 
the enveloping membrane, it nevertheless shows little signs, 
beyond a slight convexity, of the great bifid lobe which will 
soon surmount the caput of the adult. Other species which 
are similarly ornamented at the same period of development, 
present unmistakeable tokens of the near advent of these 
peculiar adult sexual structures. 

Abnormality in the sense in which it has been treated in this 
paper is of no benefit either to the individual or the race. It 
partakes more of the nature of a sport, inexplicable, a mere 
curiosity, and, though instances frequently occur both in the 
animal and vegetable kingdoms, it has not, it is thought by 
evolutionists, taken any part in the origin of species. Never- 
theless it constitutes an interesting study. To the student it 
is one of the mysteries of nature, revealing eccentricities in the 
vital processes of the germs, and to the nature lover would 
probably, if he could by any means attain to a more explicit 
knowledge, tell of vicissitudes endured and perils past in the 
lives of the humbler creation. 


i —— 


The Seventy-Sixth Annual Report of Bootham School (York), Natural 
History, Literary and Polytechnic Society (35 pp.), has been recently issued, 
and contains particulars of the work accomplished in the various sections. 
There are notes on almost every important branch of natural science but 
geology. 

The Report of the Castle Museum Committee to the Town Council 
[of Norwich) includes a good record of work during 1909. Suitable refer- 
ence is also made to the nae Thomas Southwell, who took a great interest 
in the institution. One illustration is entitled ‘ Monkey Eating Eagle,’ 
though it seems to represent an eagle that has eaten a monkey. “Any way, 
we have failed to find the monkey ! 


The four parts forming Volume XXV. of The Journal of the Northants 
Natural History Society and Field Club for r909 contain numerous valuable 
papers on various archeological and natural history subjects. Amongst 
those of more particular interest to our readers we notice ‘ The Birds of the 
Neighbourhood,’ ; ‘ Report for 1908’ ; ‘ Vertigo antervertigo |? antivertigo] 
in Northants’ ; ‘The Lepidoptera of NavMiameltonshee Ane Addition 
to the Northants Woodlice’; ‘Botanical Report’; ‘ Anglo-Saxon 
Cemetery at Haldenby’; ‘The Botany of the Northants Fenland’ ; 
‘ A New British Species [of plant, Zannichellia gibberosa]’ ; ‘ A History of 
the Water Supply of Northampton’ ; and ‘ Northamptonshire Botanologia, 
Eighteenth Century.’ There are some useful Meteorological Notes, and 
an “obituary notice of the late V. D. H. Cary-Elwes (with portrait). There 
are several illustrations. Amongst the authors a Messrs. W. A. Shaw, 
C. E. Wright, E. F. Wallis, C. A. Markham, Rev. R. M. Serjeantson, E. T. 
Leeds, G. C. Druce, H. N. Dixon, and Beeby Thoateeh 


Naturalist, 


2297 


“II 
KEYS TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BRITIS 
SPIDERS, AND TO THE FAMILIES, GENERA AND 
SPECIES OF BRITISH HARVESTMEN AND PSEUDO- 
SCORPIONS. 


WM. FALCONER, 
Slaithwaite, near Huddersfield. 


AmoncsT the neglected branches of Natural History in this 
country there is not one more worthy of the best attention of 
naturalists, or more replete with interest, nor one which would 
more fully repay research than that dealing with spiders and 
allied forms. The would-be student, however, is beset with 
difficulties from the first, not the least of which is the lack of 
an accessible and comprehensive literature on the subject, for 
since the publication of the last great English work, the Rev. 
O. Pickard Cambridge’s * Spiders of Dorset ’ (1879-82), the pro- 
gress made in nomenclature and in our knowledge of the British 
species has been recorded only in various publications, such as 
the Annals and Magazines of Natural History, and the tran- 
sactions of the Dorset Field Club, the Northumberland, Dur- 
ham and Newcastle-apon-Tyne Natural History Society, and 
the Chester Society. Even then in many cases recourse must 
be had for figures and descriptions to foreign authors.—Kul- 
czynski’s ‘ Aranee Hungariae,’ and Simon’s ‘ Les Arachnides 
de France’ and*‘ Histoire Naturelle de Araignées,’ etc. So 
wonderful are the instincts, habits and structure of these crea- 
tures that there is no doubt that if this difficulty were removed, 
many more than at present would devote some time to their 
study. 

The following keys have therefore been compiled—those 
for spiders mainly with the assistance of the above-named 
works ; those for harvestmen and pseudoscorpions with that 
of the Rev. O. Pickard Cambridge’s monographs (‘ Proc. Dorset 
Field Club,’ 1890 and 1892), in the hope that they will prove 
of service in the identification of the British Arachnida in so 
far as they treat of them. In the case of the spiders, I have 
followed chiefly the sequence and arrangement, but not always 
the nomenclature of Mr. Cambridge’s ‘ List of British and Irish 
Spiders,’ 1900. The abbreviation B.I.S. in the footnotes refers 
to this work. 

It must be remembered that when the example under con- 
sideration has been located by the successive use of the tables— 
1910 June 1. Q 


234 Families, Genera and Species of British Spiders, etc. 


first the family in table A., then the genus under the chosen 
family in table B., and lastly the species under the selected 
genus in table C.—the determination should be invariably con- 
firmed by careful comparison with a detailed description, and, 
if possible, with sectional figures. 


FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BRITISH SPIDERS. 


TABLE A.—FAMILIES. 


A. Eyes 6, in Diblemma 2 crops: SMT tate 
B. Eyes 8. 
I. Eyes in 3 transverse groups of 3-2-3* se 


II. Eyes in 2, 3, or 4 rows. 

1. Eyes in 2 rows, not greatly unequal in 
size, forming a transverse group wider 
than long 

2. Eyes im 3 or 4 rows, very unequal i in 
size, and homogeneous, forming a 
group as long or longer than wide 


First SECTION. 


A. Eyes in 3 widely separated pairs—the odd 
pair in front Sc eee es ea 

B. Eyes in a compact gr oup. 
I. Falces strong. Ey es of moderate size 
II. Falces weak. Eyes large 


SECOND SECTION. 


A. Falces very weak. Legs very long and 
slender coe Gy Stim Settee? ae 
B. Falces ‘exceedingly strong. Legs much 


shorter and stouter 


THIRD SECTION. 
A. Tarsal claws 3. 
I. Females at least with a cribellum (super- 
numerary spinner). 

1. Cephalothorax without a longitudinal 
impression, caput narrow. Eyes in 

2 transverse rows widely separated . 
. Cephalothorax with a longitudinal (9) 


or small round (8) impression, caput: 


more or less broad and massive 
(a) Eyes in 2 rows more or less parallel 
and fairly closely grouped Bit 
(6) The four central eyes forming a 
close group well separated from the 
lateral eyes of both rows, which 
are themselves widely separated .. 
Il. Both sexes without cribellum. 
1. Superior spinners long, two 
(exc. Arvgyroneta). 
(a) Spinners in a group 


jointed 


FIRST SECTION. 


SECOND SECTION. 


THIRD SECTION. 


FourRtTH SECTION. 


SCYTODID# (4). 


DYSDERID& (2). 
OONOPID (3). 


PHOLCID# (12). 


ATYPID# (I). 


ULOBORIDZ (16). 


DICTYNID (9). 


ERESID# (8). 


AGELENID (10). 


a 


* See also Pholcomma on p. 240. 


Naturalist, 


Families, Genera and Species of British Spiders. etc. 23 


(ob) Spinners in a transverse row, the 
longest ones on the outside ..  .. HAHNIID# (11). 
Spinners short, in a compact group, one 
jointed. 
(a) Legs I. and II. with a row of long, 
strong spines beneath their tibiae, 
metatarsi and tarsi + . MIMETID& (15). 
(6) Legs I. and II. without such spines 
(i.) Legs IV. with a double row of 
short, curved spines beneath 
tarsi. Rest of leg joints usually 
without spines. Falces almost 
transversely truncate at  ex- 
tremity. Maxillae more or less 
converging over labium. Tibial 
joint of g palpus without an 
apophysis .. oo ) o- LEERIDIND Zz, (13): 
(u.) Tarsi without spines. Legs usually 
spined: if spines are small and 
confined to tibia IV., the tibial 
joint of g palpus generally has 
an apophysis. Falces very obli- 
quely truncate at extremity. 
Maxillae straight and parallel, 
not converging except in Erigone. 
(2) Clypeus wider than the ocular 
area (except Tapinopa and 
Tapinocyba). Falces without 
a convex smooth space at base. 
Greatest width of maxillae at 
IDAS@yeton earn . LINYPHIDZ# (14). 


(B) Clypeus not iden ‘Guan ine 
ocular area. Falces often with 
a convex smooth space at base. 
Greatest width of maxillae at 
extremity Sy an. | ARGIOPID A: (i) 


B. Tarsal claws 2. 


I. Inferior spinners well separated at their 
bases. Maxillae widely and sci 
impressed in the middle. ee . DRassiD@ (5). 


II. Inferior spinners close speeaie at their 
bases. Maxillae not ey ap in the 
middle : i eu aes Sees 
. Eyes all dark (diurnal). " Posterior row 

curved forward. Legs Il. longer than 
I., and often than IV. Clypeus mod- 
er ately high. 
(a) Legs I. and II. much longer than 
Il. and IV. Tarsi without 


scopulae .. . .. THOMISID (18). 
(b) Legs not greatly unequal ” Tarsi 
with scopulae .. .. . PHILODROMID (19). 


2. Eyes mixed light casetneaaiyy lh fea 
(exc. Spavasside). Posterior row 
curved backwards. Legs I. and IV. 
longer than II. Clypeus low. 
(a) A distinct transverse fold in the in- 
tegument of the under abdomen. 
Kegs longest... 4.09 «2. 2. ANVPHANEDZz |(7). 


1910 June I. 


236 Families, Genera and Species of British Spiders, etc. 


(b) Under abdomen without this trans- 
verse fold. Legs IV. longest (exc. 


Chivacanthium). 
(i.) Labium rather long. Central eye 
space generally wider than long.. CLUBIONID# (6). 


(u.) Labium very short, almost semi- 
circular. Eyes dark. Central 
eye space much longer than wide SPARASSIDZ (20). 


FOURTH SECTION. 


A.. Eyes in 4 unequal rows. Legs with 
MUIMerOUS ONS Spiess ec le ee ee oO XVORLD 7 a (2na)e 
B. Eyes in 3 rows of 4, 2, 2 
I. Eyes of first row very large. Tarsal claws 2 SALTICID# (24). 
II. Eyes of first row small. Tarsal claws 3.. 
1. Second row of eyes much shorter than 
the third. Clypeus high. Tibial 
joint of g palpus with an apophysis .. PISAURID# (22). 
2. Second row of eyes not much shorter 
than the third. Clypeus moderate. 
Tibial joint of 2. Bae ay without an 
apophysis .. ae. Lycosrpaa(23)); 


TABLE. B.—GENERA. 
1, Fam. ATYPIDE. 
A. Falces very highly developed, inserted 
horizontally, permitting movement in a 
vertical plane. Upper spinners 4 jointed Atypus Latr. 
2. Fam. DyYSDERID&. 
A. Abdomen without a pattern, grey, 
middle and lower spinners almost 
equal in length. Coxe of legs some- 
what globular. 
1. Eyes in the form of a horseshoe, con- 
vexity backwards. Tarsal claws 2. 
Cephalothorax red or liver-coloured Dysdera Latr. 
II. Eyes forming nearly a complete circle. 
Tarsal claws 3. Cephalothorax brown- 
ish or blackish .. Harpactes Templ. 
B. Abdomen with a pattern. Middle spinners 
slender, and much shorter than the 
lower ones. Coxe cylindrical. Tarsal 


ClAWS'3, “a=) G4 AAS Cena: | URE aM OC RESCH Uc cutae 
3. Fam. OoNoPID. 
A. Abdomen without scuta .. Oonops Templ. 


B. Abdomen with dorsal and ventral scuta 
I. Eyes 6. Ventral scutum short. 
1. Anterior eyes contiguous and ocular 


area forming a complete circle .. Ischnothyreus Sim.* 
2. Anterior eyes separated, and ocular 
area open in front op 5 ube do Las Sas 
II. Eyes 2. Ventral scutum long bs eae Dablemnia Camas 


4. Fam. ScYTODID#. 
A. Number and position of eyes character- 
istic. Cephalothorax subglobose .. ..  Scytodes Latr. 


* In Britain, hothouse exotics. 


Naturalist 


Families, Genera and Species of British Spiders, etc. 237 


5. Fam. DRAsSID2. 
A. Fang groove with a raised toothed keel 
on inner edge. Posterior row of eyes 
curved strongly forward and the anterior 
row a little backwards < ae ee | Gnaphosa wart: 
B. Fang groove without this keel, but with 
isolated teeth. Posterior row of eyes 
curved slightly backwards or straight. 
I. Palpus inserted much below the middle 
of the maxillae, which are almost 
straight externally, and very little 
inclined to the labium. Fang groove 
very oblique, with three unequal teeth 
on outer edge, and two on inner edge Dyassus Walck. 
II. Palpus inserted at or above the middle 
of the maxillae, which are convex ex- 
ternally, and inclined to the labium. 
Fang groove almost transverse (exc. 
Scotopheus), without teeth, or only 
small ones. 
1. Posterior row of eyes not or hardly 
longer than the anterior row.. .. Pvosthesima L. Koch. 
. Posterior row considerably longer 
than the anterior row. 
(a) Central anterior eyes much larger 


No 


than the other eyes. Sr Scotopheus Sim.* 
(b) Central anterior eyes not larger 
than the other eyes. :: |.. Pheocedus Sim. 


6. Fam. CLUBIONIDZ. 
A. Tibie and metatarsi of legs I. and II. with 
two rows of long spines beneath. Cephalo- 
thorax with a_.longitudinal impression. 
Labium as long or a little longer than wide. 
I. Falces with a very strong spine, in front. 
Clypeus wider than an anterior eye.. Mucariosoma Sim. 
Il. Falces without such spine. Clypeus not 
wider than an anterior eye. 
1. Posterior row of eyes curved forward, 
and much wider than the anterior row. 
(@)eihisicurvel very great... 4. Zova©. es Koch: 
sae This curve slight .. . Liocranum L. Koch. 
. Posterior eyes curved strongly back- 
wards, and slightly wider than the 
anterior row... ae i Py Oca  NNESti. 
B. Tibiae and metatarsi I. and II. without 
rows of spines beneath. Labium much 
longer than wide. 
I. Eyes in two almost concentric rows, 
convexity backwards, Cephalothorax 
without longitudinal impression. Body 
with brilliant metallic scales .. .. Micaria C. L. Koch. 
II. Posterior eyes straight or nearly so. 
Body without metallic scales. 
1. Cephalothorax with a longitudinal 
impression. Legs short and spinose. 
eescalive longest. 5a . Clubiona Latr. 
. Cephalothorax_ without longitudinal 
impression. Legs much longer and 
much less spinose. Legs I. longest Chivacanthium C.L.Koch 


* Drassus blackwallii Thor.—B.L.S. 


1910 June 1. 


238 Families, Genera and Species of British Spiders, etc. 


7. FAM. ANYPHENIDAE. 
A. Legs I. longest. Cephalothorax with a 
longitudinal impression. Labium much 
longer than wide.. .. .. .. «.. +-. Anyphena Sund. 
8. Fam. ERESIDAE. 
A. Position of eyes characteristic. Caput very 
convex, and distinctly marked off from 
dO 45 oo Gol lia cab) aw oo — J87ESiG Wallolk. 
g. Fam. DICTYNIDAE. 
A. Legs without spines. 
I. Clypeus much wider than an anterior 
eye. Caput strongly convex. Maxillae 
fairly long, and inclined to labium .. Dictyna Sund. 
II. Clypeus not or not much wider than an 
anterior eye. Caput lower. Maxillae 
short, and’ nearly straight. 
1. Posterior eyes small, widely separated, 
straight or very slightly curved for- 
ward. Central eye space somewhat 
wider than long oie Protadia Sim. 
. Posterior eyes lar ge, closer, curved 
slightly backwards. Central eye 
space not wider thanlong .. .. Lathys Sim.* 
B. Legs with spines. 
I. Sternum not produced, and posterior 
coxe touching. Supernumerary spin- 


mer bipartite.. .. Amaurobius C. Moch. 
Il. Sternum produced between “the: separ- 

ated posterior coxae. Tibia III. 

beneath, with a long curved spur-like 

spine, stoutin g,slenderin Q.. .. Altella Sim.+ 


ro. FAM. AGELENIDAE. 
A. Spinners ina group, one jointed. The four 
openings of the tube and laminal trachee 
on the anterior part of the under abdomen Argyvoneta Latr. 
B. Superior spinners two jointed. The single 
opening of the tube tracheae close to the 
spinners. 
I, Labium longer than wide. Posterior 
coxae contiguous. Apical joint of the 
upper spinners at least as long as the 
basal. Anterior tibiae with few spines. 
1. Falces very gibbous at the base, pro- 
jecting beyond the clypeus, inferior 
margin with three teeth. Legs short Coelotes Bl. 
2. Falces not gibbous, or only slightly 
convex, not projecting beyond the 
clypeus. 
(a) Posterior eyes stron gly curved 
forward .. Textvix Sund. 
(b) Posterior eyes straight « or strongly 
curved backwards. Legs long. 
(i.) Both rows of eyes curved back- 
wards ‘ Agelena Walck. 
(ii.) Both rows of eyes nearly str aight Tegenavia Latr. 
II. Labium not longer than wide. Posterior 
coxe not contiguous. Apical joint of 


* Lethia Menge, preoccupied.—B.1.S. 
+ Amphissa Cb., preoccupied.—B.1.S. 


Naturalist, 


Families, Genera and Species of British Spiders, etc. 


upper spinners much shorter than the 

basal. Anterior tibize with two rows 

of spines beneath. 

1. Labium about as long as_ wide. 
Anterior tibia and metatarsi cylin- 
drical, spines beneath few (2-2 
rarely 3-3) and slender a4 Sa 

2. Labium wider than long. Anterior 
tibiee and metatarsi not cylindrical, 
spines beneath long and strong (4-4 
or 6-6). 

(a) Anterior eyes straight. Posterior 

eyes small, widely separated. . 
(b) Anterior eyes very strongly curved 
backwards. Posterior eyes large, 
closer 
11, Fam. HAHNIIDAE. 

A. Central anterior eyes larger than the 
laterals, and at least double the pos- 
terior centrals fa Pin Micke cae 

B. Central anterior eyes smaller than the 
laterals 

12. Fam. PHOLCIDAE. 

A. Eyes of lateral groups large, of central 
group small. Legs in both sexes without 
spines eee 

13. Fam. THERIDIIDAE. 

A. Tarsal claws with teeth. 

I. Abdomen (at least in the ¢) with a 
stridulating organ. 

1. Posterior central eyes closer to each 
other than to laterals. Lateral eyes 
on oblique tubercles. 

(a) Lateral eyes not touching. Inferior 
margin of fang groove without 
teeth. Eye tubercles strong. 

(i.) Eyes smaller. Central eye space 
longer than wide.  Clypeus 
nearly as long as falces .. 

(.) Eyes large. Central eye space 
at least as wide as long. Cly- 
peus scarcely half the length of 
the falces Liens ek Sie 

(>) Lateral eyes touching. Inferior 
margin of fang groove with teeth. 

(i.) Labium scarcely half the length 
of the maxillae Eye tubercles 
strong. Sternum narrowly pro- 
duced between the posterior 
coxe Be Reaction fs 

(ii.) Labium more than half the 
maxillae. Eye tubercles low. 
Sternum not produced between 
LES POStehOGCOxace a. anmnae 

2. Posterior eyes nearly equidistant. 
Lateral eyes not on tubercles and 
touching. 

(a) Posterior eyes in straight line or 
curved slightly backwards. An- 
terior row nearly straight .. 


1gio June tI. 


Cicurina Menge. 


Tetrvilus Sim. 


Cryphoeca Thor. 


Antistea Sim. 


Hahnia C. L. Koch. 


Pholcus Walck. 


Asagena Sund. 


Lithyphantes Thor. 


Enoplognatha Pav. 


Robertus Cb. 


Teutana Sim. 


> 


“x 


39 


240 


(6) Posterior row curved forward, and 


anterior row curved backwards. . 


(i.) Anterior eyes equal or centrals 
smaller, curve slight 

(ii.) Central anteriors much larger 
than the laterals, curve strong 

II. Abdomen without a stridulating organ. 
1. Upper tarsal claws, with numerous 
teeth to the apex. 

(a) Body with strong, erect, unequal 
hairs, Posterior central eyes much 
closer to each other than to 
ater Seem wer 

(6) Body with very short equal hairs. 
Posterior eyes leas or the 
centrals a little closer. 

2. Upper tarsal claws with “few long 
divergent teeth at the base only. 

(a) Posterior legs shorter than the 
anterior. Posterior coxe not 
longer, often shorter, than the 
anterior coxae. 

(i.) Falces ¢ parallel, not projecting, 
and without an apophysis 

(u.) Falces ¢ divergent, projecting 
a little, and with a very strong, 
pointed, oblique apophysis 

(6) Posterior legs not shorter than the 
anterior. Posterior coxae long 
and divergent. 

(i.) Legs very unequal (III. much 
shorter than the rest). Abdo- 
men steep and truncated behind 

(ii.) Legs scarcely unequal. 

(4) Legs long, IV. longest. Ster- 
num not convex, terminating 
in a narrow point. Posterior 
eyes curved strongly forward 

(2) Legs short, I. longest. Ster- 
num very convex. Posterior 
extremity unusually broad. 
Posterior eyes straight 

B. Tarsal claws without teeth or nearly so. 
I. Abdomen globular. 

1. Abdomen without ascutum. Sternum 
very convex 
2. Abdomen witha strong scutum. ‘Ster- 
num slightly convex. Eyes in three 
groups Of 3, 2, 3 ae 
14. Fam. LINYPHIDZ. 

A. Tibia IV. (often also of I., II., IIJ.), with 
two spines or erect bristles, one near the 
base, and the other in the terminal third. 
Tibial joint of g palpus without an apophy- 
sis (exc. Hilaiva). The palpi of 9 witha 
terminal claw 

B. Tibia IV. with one spine or erect bristle 
only, towards the centre, or near the base. 
Tibial joint of g palpus with an apophysis. 
The palpus of 9 without a terminal claw. . 


Families, Genera and Species of British Spiders, etc. 


Crustulina Menge. 


Steatoda Sund. 


Dipoena Thor. 


Laseola Sim. 


Thervidion Walck. 


Phyllonethis Thor. 


Episinus Walck. 


Euryopis Menge. 


Melos Cb. 


Onesinda Cb. 


Pholcomma Thor. 


Sub. Fam. LINYPHIEAE. 


Sub. Fam. ERIGONEAE. 


Naturalist, 


Families, Genera and Species of British Spiders, etc. 241 


Sus. Fam. LINYPHIEAE. 

A. Maxillae not longer than their basal 
width, externally oblique, and dilated at 
base. Metatarsi I. not longer than tibia I. 
Legs either with few spines or none, tibiae 
generally without lateral spines. 

I. Legs short and stout. Metatarsi I. 
shorter than tibia I. Male palpus with 
a tibial apophysis : eeu Be 

II. Legs longer and slender. Metatarsi I. 
and tibia I. about equal. Male palpus 
usually without a tibial apophysis 

1. Sternum drawn out into a long, 
slender, pointed projection between 
the coxe of the posteriorlegs..  .. Opistoxys Sim. 
2. Sternum broadly and obtusely pro- 
duced. 
(a) Eyes small and widely separated Porrhomma Sim. 
(b) Eyes larger and much closer. 
(i.) Legs short and stout. Posterior 
eyes rarely less than one dia- 
meter apart, usually more. 
Lateral eyes not prominent. 
Clypeus vertical and flat .. LImeticus Menge. 
(ii.) Legs longer and_ slenderer. 
Posterior eyes seldom more 
than one diameter apart, 
usually less. Lateral eyes on a 
distinct prominence. Clypeus 
more or less depressed below 
the eyes Bee Woe sta 
(a) Posterior row of eyes straight, 
or nearly so. Falces of g 
much attenuated, and very 
divergent et bios wc 
(2) Posterior eyes curved back- 
wards. Falces of both sexes 
neither attenuated nor diver- 
gent. 
* Posterior eyes subequal. 
Ocular area not prominent. 
+ Cephalothorax strongly hol- 
lowed out behind. Sternum 
considerably longer than 
WiC Gysilve iM as cco sats 
++ Cephalothorax not hollowed 
out. Strenum at least as 
wide aslong ...... .. Stntula Sim. 
** Posterior central eyes much 
larger than all the others. 
Ocular area prominent .. Syedva Sim. 

B. Maxillae longer than their basal width, 
straight or obliquely truncate at apex, 
forming an acute angle. Metatarsi I. not 
shorter than tibia I. Legs spinose (exc. 

Tapinopa), tibiz nearly always with lateral 

and dorsal spines. 

I. Central posterior eyes much nearer to 
each other than to the laterals. 
Anterior row curved strongly forward. 


Hilaiva Sim. 


Microneta Menge. 


Eupolis Cb. 


agro June tr. 


242 Families, Genera and Species of British Spiders, etc. 


1. Clypeus very low. Anterior central 
eyes larger than the laterals. Legs 
short and without spines. - Tapinopa Westr. 
2. Clypeus very high. Anterior central 
eyes smaller than the laterals. Legs 
long and very spinose .. .. .. Flovonia Sim. 
II. Posterior eyes nearly equidistant. 
Anterior row nearly straight. 
1. Falces with two stout oar in front 


at the base 5b Drapetisca Sim. 
. Falces without such ‘spines at the 
base. 


(a) Posterior eyes close, intervals less 
than a diameter. Sternum heart- 
shaped, not longer than wide. 
(i.) Central eye space longer than 
wide. Eyessubequal .. .. Labulla Sim. 
(ii.) Central eyes epace not longer 
than wide. Central anterior eyes 
smaller than the others. 
7) Posterior eyes strongly curved 
forward. Clypeus wider than 
the ocular area. All femora 
with spines, and metatarsi 
with few spines .. .. .. Tavanucnus Sim. 
(2) Posterior eyes straight, or 
nearly so. Clypeus not wider 
than ocular area. Femora I. 
only with spines. 
* Metatarsi of at least I. and 
II. with one spine only on 
upper side. Anterior eyes 
straight or curved slightly 
forward .. ..' .. .. Lepiyphantes* Menge: 
** Metatarsi without spines. 
Anterior eyes straight or 
curved slightly backwards Bathyphantes Menge. 
(b) Posterior eyes more widely separ- 
ated, intervals greater than the 
diameter. Sternum longer than 
wide. 
(i.) Central eye space longer than 
Wael 55 “a4 . Bolyphantes Menge. 
(ii.) Central eye space at least as 
wide as long. 
(a) Tarsus I. half as long as 
metatarsi I. Central eye 
space much narrower in 
front. Dorsal tibial spines 
equally strong in alllegs .. Linyphia Latr. 
(6) Tarsus I. a little longer than 
+ metatarsus I. Central 
eye space not narrower in 
front. Dorsal tibial spines 
very slender on I. and IL., 
stout on ITI. and IV. .. Stemonyphantes Menge. 


* L. nebulosus, L. leprosus, L. minutus, and L. terricola, have several 
lateral spines as well on the metatarsi. 


(Zo be continued). Naturalist 


243 
GLACIAL EVIDENCES NEAR HARROGATE. 


A. LESLIE ARMSTRONG, F.S.A. (Scor.), 
Harrogate. 


An enterprising farmer, whose land lies to the north-west of 
Harrogate, abutting upon the ‘ Rough Road,’ or Pennypot 
Lane, has recently endeavoured to ‘ break’ a small portion of 
virgin moorland (where the Butterfly Orchis, Habenaria 
bifolia, grew very plentifully), but his labours have proved far 
more satisfactory to the geologist than to himself. A capping 


The Pennypot Lane field. View looking north-west towards the source of the 
ancient ice-stream. 


of vegetable soil, only a few inches deep, here overlays the 
glacial drift, which consists of stiff blue clay enclosing an 
enormous number of boulders immediately below the surface ; 
—many of the larger ones quite visible above it. An infinite 
amount of trouble has been involved in raising these boulders, 
and they lie closely scattered over the two acres or so which 
have been ‘ broken,’ so that the land in all probability now 
presents almost identically the same appearance that it did after 
the recession of the great ice sheet. Some idea of the number 
and size of these boulders will be obtained from the accom- 
panying illustration. They all consist of local gritstones of 
various kinds, probably from Guys Cliff Moor, and the heights 


Igio June I. 


244 Armstrong : Glacial Evidences near Harrogate. 


above Pateley. There is an entire absence of limestones. All 
are ground and polished, and some are deeply striated and ice 
scratched. Most of the larger fragments are of the same class 
of stone, viz.—a hard, fine-grained white grit, almost a 
quartzite, flat-bedded in nature, and from their appearance these 
have travelled the farthest. The dimensions of a few of the 
largest stomes, ate 4716" X 3/7167 <i 10, Aa, ae ee ae 
2° 0" X2 0 XX 0s. 4/0 XY. 6" Xi 3". Phe meld asssianaued 
upon the north side of the road, and is No. 34 upon the 25 inch 
Ordnance Map No. CLIII-15. 

Scores of acres of land in the immediate vicinity, now 
clothed with ling and gorse, were under cultivation forty 
or fifty years ago, and produced five quarters of wheat to 
the acre. From indications in many of the fields surrounding 
No. 34, such as glacial boulders built into the walls, and large 
heaps of stones of the same origin still existing in the field 
corners, it is evident that similar conditions prevailed over all 
this area when the land was first brought under the plough. 
At the present time several of these long-neglected allotments 
are in course of re-cuJtivation, and cart-loads of boulders, many 
of large size, are still being encountered. 

During the last few weeks, six or more large glacier-borne 
boulders have been turned up in making a tennis-lawn at the 
north-west corner of Duchy Road, Harrogate. At this point 
four to six feet of glacial clay overlays the upturned edges of 
the Kinderscout grit. The six stones I have examined are 
principally of ovoid form, all of local grit, and three are 
deeply striated upon the under side. Some of them were also 
marked by the plough, but the glacial striations are very dis- 
tinct therefrom. Most of these have been broken up, and also 
several others which I had not the opportunity of previously 
examining. The measurements of the largest were 3’ 6” 
2’ 6” x2’ 6”; the remainder averaged about 3’ 0” X2’ 0” x1’ 8”. 


—_:0 —_ 


In the Floodborough (Lancs.) district it has been recommended that 
the black-headed gulls be excluded from the Wild Birds’ Protection Act, 
as it has been ascertained that they feed almost exclusively on young 
cockles, which they pick out of the sand, and are consequently harmful 
to the cockle-beds. At a meeting of the Wharfedale Chamber of Agricul- 
ture held at Otley recently, it was agreed to recommend to the Central 
Chamber of Agriculture that steps be taken to exclude the green linnet 
and the bullfinch from the Wild Birds’ Protection Order. It was also 
stated that the skylark was most destructive. 


Naturalist, 


FIELD NOTES. 
BIRDS. 


Peregrines at Bempton.—When Ned Hodgson’s gang 
commenced climbing the cliffs at Bempton on the 9th of May, 
they found the Peregrine Falcons with three young ones at the 
eyrie which has now been used for three seasons.—E W. 
WabDE, Hull. 


—:0 :— 


FLOWERING PLANTS. 


Euphrasia Rostkoviana Hayne in Westmorland.—I do 
not know whether Euphrasta Rostkoviana Hayne has been 
recorded tor Westmorland, but it may be of interest to know 
that it grows abundantly at the head of Great Langdale. 
On July 2nd, 1909, the meadows near Wall End Farm, on the 
way from the old Dungeon Ghyll Hotel to Blea Tarn, were full 
of it. The most casual botanist cannot fail to contrast the 
large corolla of this species with the usual smaller flowered one. 
I am indebted to Mr. J. A. Wheldon,.F.L.S., for the determina- 
tion of this.—J. BEANLAND, Bradford. 


—: 0:— 
GEOLOGY. 


Lias Fossils in the Drift.—On the occasion of the Easter 
excursion of the Yorkshire Geological Society to Filey, I ob- 
tained some fragments of Ammonites from a large mass of 
transported Lias shale exposed at the foot of the cliffs south of 
the Filey promenade. One of these was considered by Mr. C. 
Thompson, who was present, to be Simpson’s A. aureum. 
The specimens have been submitted to Mr. S. S. Buckman, 
who is at present at work amongst the Yorkshire Lias 
Ammonites, and he identifies them as belonging to Platy- 
pleuroceras aureum Simpson, and P. birchoides Quenstedt, 
respectively, thus confirming Mr. Thompson’s identification of 
one of the specimens. These two forms are characteristic of 
the middle beds of the Middle Lias, and definitely denote the 
horizon from which the transported mass has been derived. 
These species have not previously been recorded from the drift 
of East Yorkshire, and are not included in Mr. Thompson’s 
list of derived Liassic fossils now being published by the Hull 
Geological Society. They are in the museum at Hull.— 
T. SHEPPARD. 


Igto June ri. 


246 
HAYWARD’S BOTANISTS’ POCKET BOOK. 

A really useful and reliable ‘reminder’ ve the distinctive characters. 
of the vegetations of the green ways, in the handy shape of a thirteenth 
revised and re-set edition of Hayward’s Botanists’ Pocket-Book, first issued 
in 1872, and of proved value even then, came in the Fall of 1909 as a dis- 
tinct result of the fillip given to botanic field work by the appearance of 
G. C. Druce’s Oxford List of British Plants, and the tenth edition of the 
London Catalogue. It more than deserves, it almost compels an analytic 
notice in any botanic survey of the last lustrum. The revisionary work,, 
resulting in an enlargement to XLIV. and 280 pages, is a marvel of con- 
densation in face of the not inconsiderable and most happy inclusion 
of the differentiating points between dozens of ‘new’ found species and 
some hundreds of ‘ varieties,’ to say nothing of some other score or more 
of Strangers ‘ on the make’ that, finding the conditions of life in our clime 
‘grateful’ to them, are in the way to become quite permanent integers 
. in the flora of our coasts and fields. To say that this classificatory labour 
ot love—a ‘labor lime’ indeed, it must have been—has been performed 
by G. C. Druce, M.A., the Fielding Curator in the University of Oxford, 
is a sufficing guarantee of the well-nigh impeccability of the result. I 
have tested it in various ways by reference, not merely to ‘ Hooker ’ and 
“ Babington,’ but to original definitions in the cases concerned ; and I 
can testify to its accurate grasp of detail and broad conception alike ; 
coming to the conclusion that in no work with which I am acquaint do 
the specific and varietal names, as well or better indicate the ‘ equal values ’” 
of the growths for which they stand. 

The nomenclature is in accordance with the Vienna ordination ; and 
one is as pleased to see that our Bladder Campion is once more the des- 
criptive ‘inflata’ rather than the misleading ‘Jatifolia,’ as sorry our 
fugaceous common Rock-rose is still Helianthemum chamecistus of Miller, 
too, instead of Gaertner’s ‘ vulgare,’ as in the Index Kewensis. But Mr. 
Druce admits ‘no exceptions to the law of priority,’ and so, one may 
suppose, no concessions to sentiment and long usage. Yet may we be 
thankful that our dear Daisy is still Bellis pevennis, no morphologist 
having yet resolved its generic characteristics by dissection to some limbo: 
of the Archeio. 

Of course, all such ‘cribs’ to flower-names call for care from the 
consulter, but it is not the weary temper-trying work it possibly looks 
at a first glance. Keys to the species are omitted—they lead, in my ex- 
perience, to isolation and identification of a name without understanding 
but those to the genera in each order are clearly contrasted ; and for the 
rest a legitimate, orderly visuwalising in the mind of the exact meaning of 
the terms set down, will enforce the light, whilst disguising the dose of the 
physic lesson. This appears to me its truest claim to award. Perfunctory 
consultation is hardly possible, and so delimited are the abbreviated 
descriptions that for use in the actual field, a good platyscopic lens to eye, 
it easily out-distances its only rival among British-printed manuals. It 
goes without saying, of course, that its ‘new’ matter puts it far in advance 
of former editions; till we get a compendious Bentham which shall 
define for us the thousand-and-one aliens now to be found cheek-by-jowl 
with indigens within the pale of almost every ‘raw import’ factory of 
the land from Campbelltown and Dundee to Deptford and Helston, the 
description of which drawing attention to herbarium sheets ‘ sided’ away 
as unknowns by the collector, will revive ‘interest’ in the mummified, 
and lead the gatherer to re-visit the old localities with a new pair of eyes. 
In this world of dillusions simpling deserves a meed of more than cool 
toleration as harmless, and there is in it that quality of making-young- 
again, which calls more things to bloom and burgeon than just flower and 
leaf. 

Among ‘ Natives,’ old and newly defined, we have accurate diagnoses, 
herein, for the first time of Viola montana L., said to be found in ‘ Hunts. 
only’ (but I believe it has occurred in Lincoln) ; Viola calcavea Greg. ; 


Naturalist, 


Hayward’s Botantst’s Pocket Book. 247 


Viola nana Sam. ; Cochleavia micacea Marsh—pod ‘more than twice as 
long as broad ’—a Scottish prostrate form or state of high schistose rocks, 
placed now as a variety of C. alpina, and not as in Lond. Cat, a ‘ species ’ 
of equal values with the rest ; Polygala vincotdes Chod.—like a diminutive 
periwinkle with stem leaves opposite, crowded and broadly elliptic, which, 
too, sounds like a state induced by local conditions ; Dianthus gallicus ; 
Lavatera sylvestris; Trifolium rvesupinatum and agravium—the latter 
suggestively enough found chiefly in Scotland and North England, starred 
as introduced, but since like Rhinanthus major of waste reclaiming days, 
appears mainly in ground taken over for cultivation, possibly a hardy 
long-overlaid indigen which has in recent days got its chance to assert 
itself through soil overturned at the hands of man; Covonitlla varia; 
Fragavia bercheriensis—hitherto in Yorkshire mis-referred to Moschata, 
the Hautbois strawberry, which occurs at Grimston (C. Waterfall !) and 
elsewhere in light soil woodland ; Rosa uncinata Lees, kept as a var. of 
Smith’s tomentosa, and not erected into an equal value species as is done 
by Ley in Lond. Cat. Ed. 10. ; Callitriche truncata; GiEnothera Lamarkiana ; 
Cavum Petyoselinum (Parsley), now quite a dominant denizen on certain 
soils in Mid-Lincolnshire ; Selinum Carvifolia ; Coriander, which, with its 
buggy ‘aroma’ and prettily fanning petalic enlargement is common 
enough by Yorkshire miln-decked rivers, in these later days; Asperula 
arvensis; Crepis nic@ensis; Oxycoccus macrocarpus, the Americ-Cran- 
berry ; the hybrid Bil-cow-berry, to the localities for which the Oakbeck 
pinewood at Harrogate must be added; Ledum palustre; Limonium 
lychnidifolium ; Gentiana Pamplinii Druce—another ‘cross’ to those whom 
personal appelations affront ; Omphalodes verna ; Linaria pulchella Druce 
(‘ spur bent, palate of flower orange-spotted ’) ; Euphrasia minima Jacq., 
E. salisburgensis F., and E. latifolia Pursh—three rightly-styled ‘ micro- 
species ’ of the ‘Eyebright ’ plant pixies, of which EF. Rostkoviana with 
clownish big flower-face, plays the showiest antic on the turf; Ovobanche 
Spitzelit and vamosa recently found near Hull ; Pingwicula bicolor, Thymus 
glaber, Mill and T. precox (Opiz.); Salvia Marquandii; Prunella 
laciniata ; Stachys alpina; Teucrium Scorodonia var. dentatum Bab. ined— 
a form with deeply-cut leaves almost confined to the barrenest potassic 
rock-soil ; Plantago vamosa and argentea; Salsola tenuifolia (leaves 
narrow not spinescent) ; Rumex alpinus, so retentive of its monachal 
sites (as still at Adel near Leeds!) ; Urtica hispida D.C., the very 
venomous Porcupine Nettle; Salix daphnoides Vill.; Ovchis cruenta 
(Mull), with the vars. precox Webst.=ericetorum Lint., and O’ Kellyi 
of the common ‘spotted’ gandergoss of our undrained lands ; Sagittaria 
heterophylla Pursh var. tncana Hiern—introduced to the Exe with wood- 
pulp for paper-making, it is probable ; Potamogeton Drucei Fryer (river 
Loddon); ‘the blade of the floating (4 to 6 inch) leaves gradually 
merging into petiole,’ and so elliptic ‘ beautifully reticulated throughout ’ 
—one is sorry not to find our Calder Canal P. pensylvanicus or epthydrus 
also defined, for cotton-carried to us as it is, it is now ‘at home” 
through six miles stretch of waterway; unlike the foregoing the 
detection by Mr. Druce of a seventh Zannichellia (gibberosa Rchb.) in 
Northants dikes near Eye and semi-brack ditches in Berks at Marcham, 
to be known from all the rest by the briefly stipitate cornua being crested 
like a newt on both dorsal and ventral curve, came just too late to be 
included ; but, to finish, what an alluring feast for the eye of new shapes 
and forms, not to be found in the Bentham or Babington of our Victorian 
days may be identified in this marvellous little but latest mirror ‘ held up 
to nature,’ or rather, to the special fair face of Flora! For which every 
devout worshipper must give Mr. Druce hearty thanks. i 

The publishers and proprietors, Geo. Bell & Sons, have maintained 
the format and standard of typographic execution well, so that at 4s. 6d. 
the rounded corner, ‘limp’ tome is a multum in parvo for the wily and 
wise ‘ book-in-breeches ’ botanist. 


F, ARNOLD LEEs. 


1g10 June r. 


248 
NORTHERN NEWS. 


Dentists will be interested to know that a mammoth tooth has been 
dug from the cliff’s face at Filey. 


We regret to record the death of Mr. C. Bird, President of the Rochester 
Naturalists’ Club, and author of a small work on the geology of Yorkshire. 


Mr. A. Dean, of Marsden, informs us that he has had a fine specimen of 
Panchloia exoleta given to him. It was obtained on May 12th from a 
bunch of bananas. This pale green cockroach is now quite common in 
our towns during the banana season. 4 


At the recent annual meeting of the Leeds Philosophical and Literary 
Society a suggestion was again made that the Society’s collection should 
be better housed. Mr. E. Kitson Clark, however, pointed out that ‘as 
regards the premises, the finest museum in the world, that at Copenhagen, 
was not better housed ’! 


The National Trust for places of Historic Interest or Natural Beauty 
is appealing for £2400 for the purpose of purchasing a property of 310 
acres, comprising the greater part of Grange Fell and more than a mile of 
the River Derwent, including the Bowder Stone and the land on which 
grow the birches which form so important a feature in the incomparable 
beauty of Borrowdale. 


In the ‘ Zeitschrift flr wissenschaftliche Insektenbiologie ’ for March 
(edited by Dr. Chr. Schréder, Schoneberg-Berlin, Vorbergst, 13, Part 2, 
price 1 mark) is an interesting article on the relative abundance of the 
varieties of Adalia bipunctata L. (Die relative Haufigkeit der Varietaten 
von Adalia bipunctata L.) in 1908-9, by Otto Meissner. This is accom- 
panied by a table giving the percentages of named varieties occurring in 
six localities in Germany. Attention is drawn to the rarity of forms 
intermediate between the ‘ black’ and ‘red,’ and the still greater rarity 
of unicolorous red or black examples. The possibility that there are 
two perfectly fertile species (“ vollkommen fruchtbaren Arten ’) under the 
name of A. bipunctata L. is discussed. Reference is made to the extreme 
rarity of variations in C. 7-punctata, and illustrations are given of the 
eltrya of varieties of other species of Coccinellide showing how closely these 
approach the first-named species in the arrangement of the spots.’ ~ 


The Proceedings of the Yorkshire Geological Society for 1909, Vol. XVII., 
pt. 1, (issued May roth, 1910), is not a publication that will be read from 
cover to cover, and as regards size, illustrations, etc., is in marked contrast 
with the preceding part published by this society. Of the 96 pages which 
it contains, 68 are occupied by an elaborate ‘ Classified List of Organic 
Remains from the Rocks of the East Riding of Yorkshire,’ by Messrs. H. C. 
Drake and T.Sheppard. This list has been compiled in order to aid future 
workers amongst the rocks of the East Riding, by placing in a convenient 
and compact form all the various and scattered records that have been 
published. In addition, a number of species is now placed on record 
for the first time. The list includes all the records between the Lower 
Lias and Post-Glacial beds, and at the head of each section is a Biblio- 
graphy. Mr. H. Culpin has a valuable paper on ‘ Marine and other Fossils 
in the Yorkshire Coal Measures above the Barnsley Seam, as seen at the 
Bentley Colliery, near Doncaster.’ Details of the Bentley bore are given, 
and the tables of fossils will prove exceedingly useful. Mr. G. V. Wilson 
records ‘ Marine Bands in the Millstone Grit of Wharfedale,’ a note which 
is illustrated by a block which would have been better if right side up ; 
Mr. E. Hawkesworth records two borings, at East Harsley and Selby 
respectively ; Prof. J. Goodman describes an apparatus for determining 
the Inclination of Bore Holes, and Mr. W. Lower Carter contributes an 
obituary notice of ‘ The Marquess of Ripon.’ 


Naturalist, 


A MONTHLY ILLUSTRATED JOURNAL OF 
7 NATURAL HISTORY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND. 


EDITED BY 


T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., F.S.A.Scot., 


Tue Museums, Hutt; 
AND 
T. W. WOODHEAD, Ph.D., F.L.S., 
TECHNICAL CoLLEGE, HuDDERSFIELD. 


WITH THE ASSISTANCE AS REFEREES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF 


J. GILBERT BAKER, F-.R.S. F.L.S., GEO. T. PORRITT, F.L.S., F.E.S., 
Prof. P. F. KENDALL, M.Sc., F.G.S., JOHN W. TAYLOR, 
T. H. NELSON, M.B.0O.U., ' WILLIAM WEST, F.L.S., 


RILEY FORTUNE, F.Z.S. 


3 Contents :— 


PAGE 
Notes and Comments (Illustrated) :—Influence of Tectonic Factors on Vegetation ; Influences 
rf of the ‘ Massif’; Wind versus Temperature, etc. ; Patrick Shirreff and the Improvement 
of Cereals; Selection and Hybridisation ; School Nature Study; Dew-Ponds ...* - 249-252 
Notes on Eboria Caliginosa Falconer (Illustrated)—Wm. Falconer... vi oe. 253-254 
The Recent Cloud-Burst on the Yorkshire Wolds—Rev. E. Maule-Cole, F. G. Se liiave ... 255-256 
Notes on Two Large Ammonites from the Holderness Drift—C. Thompson, B.Sc. (Lond.) 257-259 
‘Natural History of Middleton-in-Teesdale _... Ne Bs" . 260-267 


Geological Notes on the Middleton-in-Teesdale District Gitusteatenyep Tis Binton’ F.G. s. 268-275. 
‘The Lower parbonlteron Rocks of Bie} ie iwenstey dale). Cosmo wel, ot I. Mechel , 
F.G.S 


ft eee eee aoe 


_ The Zones of the Lowest Chalk ay ye ae We he Nee UP? A eae .-. 279-281 
orthern News i i cc cc cc cc co coe crs resi ioe 2 


Mlustrations Ba eve eaerh sss Wasa be tate Lu oa 5 is Ashlee Sasa eee 253, 26% 


. 


LONDON : 
A. Brown & Sons, LIMITED, 5, FARRINGDON AVENUE, E.C. 


And at Hutt and York. 


Printers and Publishers to the Y.N.U. 


PRICE 6d. NET. BY POST 7d. NET. 


272-276 
Field Notes... .. Ace Muerenel/ A McneMihMmeneml ineche id ssehls bless Ks isu! ‘am, 278: * 


Be § i! a: aoe i} 
Reviews and Book Notices ... 0... cee nee ae 252, 254, 259, 267. 271, 278, 981-283 — 


‘Plates XI., XII. One! Mice 


LAY 


FIRST ANNUAL REPORT 


OF THE 


Yorkshire Numismatic Fellowship. 


Edited by T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S. 


Contains an Address on ‘‘Coin Collecting,” by T. Pickersgill ; Nineteenth 
Century Hull Tokens; Unpublished Seventeenth Century Tokens of Yorkshire 
{Thorne and Hull]; Hull Building Tokens, by W. Sykes; Secretary's Report ; 
List of Members, etc. 


With two plates and several illustrations in the text. 
Price l1/- net. 
Sold by A: BROWN & SONS, Ltd., Savile Street, Hull. 


NOW READY. 
TRANSACTIONS OF THE 


Dorkshire WMaturalists’ Union 


PART XXXIV. 
384 Pages. 2s. 6d, Net. 


This publication contains a series of reports and records invaluable to naturalists 
in the northern counties. 
The Reports of the Union contain particulars of the Yorkshire records made in | 
various branches of natural science during the past four years. | 
Lists of the Fungi recorded at the Grassington and Malton Forays are aes | | 
‘by Mr. C. Crossland, F.L.S. 

Mr. T. Sheppard, FG. S., contributes a list of the papers relating to the Gedlacs | 
of the Northern Counties, during the past seven years. This contains over 1600 | 
references. | 

There are also reprints of the last twenty-nine excursion programmes of the | 
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, which contain full reports on the natural history of | 
the various districts visited. 


Hull Museum Publications, No. 63. 
A Descriptive Catalogue 


OF THE 


DOBREE COLLECTION 
EUROPEAN. NOCTUAE. | 


COMPILED BY | 


H. B. BROWNE, M.A. : 


Assistant Master, Hymers College, Hull. 


172 pp. Price One Shilling net. | 


Can now be obtained from— Post free 1/3 nee 


Messrs. A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd. 
Publishers, George Street, me 


249 
NOTES AND COMMENTS. | 


INFLUENCE OF TECTONIC FACTORS ON VEGETATION. 

The recently published Part XI. of ‘Die Vegetation der 
Erde,’ has been noticed at some length by Dr. Wm. G. Smith 
in the May number of the ‘ Scottish Geographical Magazine,’ 
and some of the features dealt with are well worth the attention 
of all interested in problems of plant distribution. This part 
deals with the vegetation of the Balkan lands, and is by Dr. 
Lujo Adamovié. A noteworthy feature of this work is the 
importance ascribed to the influence of tectonic factors in 
vegetation ; that while climate and soil conditions play an 
important part, yet neither alone nor combined do they entirely 
determine vegetation. The influence of mountains as barriers 
to climate has its effect on the vegetation, and the winds pre- 
vailing in a valley must bring distinct conditions. Mountains 
and valleys are routes of migration for plants, because some- 
where, high or low on the slopes, any given species can find 
those conditions best suited for its full development and repro- 
duction. A long simple mountain range, without lateral spurs 
or broad intersecting valleys, is well adapted to act as a bridge 
for migration, but the number of species will probably be small 
because the slopes are everywhere exposed. 


INFLUENCES OF THE ‘MASSIF.’ 

The conditions on a mountain ‘ massif’ are different, spurs 
branch off in many directions, thus affording much variety in 
exposure and shelter, and favouring a greater number of species. 
The mass is less hable to extreme climatic conditions, and in 
Servia the presence of grouped mountains furnishes the lower 
lands with moisture, an important item in a region of summer 
drought ; a longer winter also results, but this furnishes con- 
ditions suitable for the growth of species requiring moisture and 
a cool climate. 

WIND veysus TEMPERATURE, ETC. 

In a great ‘ massif,’ too, all the zonal limits of plants are 
lifted upwards, and cultivation of crops is carried higher than 
it is on long open ranges. Dr. Adamovié attributes this to 
wind more than to temperature and soil. The higher and more 
complex the mountain group, then so much higher lies the most 
destructive sphere of the wind, hence there is for plants a 
greater available area with a favourable environment, including 


suitable insolation, soil-warmth and. soil-moisture. The 


1910 July 1. R 


250 Notes and Comments. 


“massif” also tells in another way. On a narrow range with 
peaked summits, narrow ridges and steep broken slopes, the 
atmospheric agents which effect weathering and erosion have 
full play, hence screes of talus and wind-swept rocky slopes 
occupy a large proportion of the ground and are unsuitable for 
a large plant population. On the ‘ massif’ all this is modified, 
and a greater part of the area consists of rounded summits, 
with broad intervening cols and gentle slopes completely clad 
with grassland, moor and forest. Here erosion has less effect, 
the soil is less disturbed, and the primitive vegetation remains ; 
whereas on recently disturbed soil only a few relict species can 
retain their place, and a number of new comers find a home. 


PATRICK SHIRREFF AND THE IMPROVEMENT OF CEREALS. 

In a short paper contributed to the ‘ Transactions of the 
Highland and Agricultural Society of Scotland,’ 1910, Dr. 
Wm. G. Smith has performed a double service, first to remind 
investigators of the important work done by Shirreff (1791- 
1876), and second to summarise the results obtained since his 
time. The beginning of the nineteenth century stands out pro- 
minently as a period when many new varieties of wheat, barley 
and oats came into cultivation, and almost entirely replaced 
the older sorts of the eighteenth century. In this work Patrick 
Shirreff occupies a pre-eminent position. When quite a young 
man his attention was directed to promising plants in a crop. 
The first he selected was a fine specimen in a wheat field at his 
farm at Mungoswells, East Lothian, and measures were taken 
to invigorate its growth, and in spite of several stalks being 
cut down by hares, he eventually gathered sixty-three ears 
from it. This was the origin of ‘ Mungoswell’s Wheat.’ For 
several years he paid attention to the improvement of cereals 
“by fits and starts,’.and several useful varieties resulted, e.g., 
the “Hopetoun Oat,’ ‘ Hopetoun Wheat,’ ‘ Shirreff Oat,’ also 
the “ Hopetoun Tare.’ 

SELECTION AND HYBRIDISATION. 

After a break of many years he adopted more systematic 
methods, and collected large numbers of promising ears of 
wheat which were then propagated on his experimental trial 
plot, and yielded about a dozen varieties, which were placed on 
the market. He then began to hybridise varieties of cereals, 
and succeeded in obtaining genuine hybrids, some of these being 
produced when he was eighty years of age. In 1873 he pub- 


Naturalist, 


Notes and Comments. 251 


lished privately the results of his experiences in a book now 
difficult to obtain, entitled, ‘ Improvement of Cereals.’ 

As Dr. Smith points out, this book has scarcely received the 
credit it undoubtedly deserves, for it contains much of great 
value. Darwin said of him, ‘a higher authority cannot be 
given, and De Vries says: ‘at that time—1z859—Shirreff 
was the highest authority, and the most successful breeder of 
cereals.’ The remainder of the paper contains a short but 
carefully-written account of recent work on Selection and 
Hybridisation, and it is interesting to see how close are the 
results obtained by Shirreff long ago with those of recent 
investigators, whose work we are too apt to regard as new. 


SCHOOL NATURE STUDY. 

Judging from the Flower Show Schedule recently issued, 
the young folks in the Huddersfield schools are doing excellent 
work in Nature Study. Unlike most schedules, this is a val- 
uable booklet for teacher as well as child. The fifteen com- 
petitions for which prizes are given have been carefully thought 
out, and the detailed instructions under each are well expressed. 
The collections of wild flowers have to illustrate types of 
habitat, stress being laid on characteristic common things, 
and the collection of rarities is rigidly discouraged. The draw- 
ing competitions are arranged not merely to develop the artistic 
faculties, but to train the observing eye. Another competition 
requires sets of specimens grown by the children, illustrating 
the life-history of a common annual from seed to fruit. Three 
other competitions show how real is the attempt to deal prac- 
tically with local geography. One is a map of the neighbour- 
hood of the school; another a map of a field; and a third a 
contour model. Prizes are also given for the best plants 
grown from seedlings, for models in clay or plasticine, and 
the best kept school garden and garden produce. In 1908 
there were 378 exhibits; last year they exceeded 1400, and 
it is hoped there will be a further increase this year. Although 
written ostensibly for the guidance of children, we can heartily 
recommend this scheme to all interested in making the Nature 
Study method a really valuable and educational instrument 
in our schools. 


DEW-PONDS. 


Mr. E. A. Martin, F.G.S., has been investigating the dew- 
ponds of the south of England, and has recently presented a 


3igio July 1. 


252 Book Notices. 


report on the subject to the Research Department of the Royal 
Geographical Society. His conclusions are as follows :— 
‘I commenced my observations on this subject with a leaning 
towards the theory that many downland ponds were dew-ponds ; 
that is, that they were replenished principally from dew. I 
confess I should have wished to have been able to prove that 
dew was an important factor in filling the ponds. But I have 
beer, led to believe otherwise, and I retract anything which I 
have said in this direction as having been founded on insufficient 
data. Very rarely, indeed, does dew ever form on the surface 
of ponds, and rarely, I believe, on the puddled margins; and 
if we continue to use the term dew-pond, we must remember: 
that the word must be used here in the widest sense as including 
any form of condensation out of the atmosphere. Rain is 
undoubtedly the all-important replenisher of these, as of all 
ponds which are not fed by springs. It is almost with a feeling 
of regret that I abandon the theory of dew-filled ponds. The 
mystery surrounding the quiet invisible formation of dew has 
a fascination for me, as for most people, but the results of 
greater knowledge must prevail, and the dew which waters our 
downland grass and the corn on our dry flint-bestrewed down- 
land flelds cannot longer be held to have any important bearing 
on the “ mystery,” which is no longer a mystery, ‘“‘ of the dew- 
pond.”’’ 
Be eaee 


Wild Flowers and How to Identify Them, by Hilderic Friend. London: 
Robert Culley. 63 pp., 1/-. 

This neatly-bound and well-illustrated volume, by one of our con- 
tributors, will prove a Friend indeed to anyone wishing to become familiar 
with our common wild flowers. By means of a series of coloured plates 
and many illustrations in the text the reader is made familiar with the 

“more attractive of our wild flowers. There is also a useful table for the 
purpose of identification, and blank leaves for notes. 


Catalogue and Field-Book of British Basidiomycetes up to and in- 
clusive of the year 1908. By Dr. M. C. Cooke, A.L.S., V.M.H., ete. John 
Wheldon & Co., 28 Great Queen St., W.C. Price 2/6. 

During the last 20 years many additions have been made to the British 
list of the higher fungi, largely owing to the activity of the Mycological 
section of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union. A handy and concise list of 
species brought up to date was needed. Our thanks.are due to Dr. Cooke 
for meeting this necessity by so useful a work, which has the benefit of 
his very wide and ripe experience. The work is further useful in counter- 
acting a recently published alteration of the nomenclature attached to 
each species, and in the restoration of the system adopted by Prof. P. A. 
Saccardo, in his ‘ Sylloge Fungorum,’ now universally accepted. 

The Catalogue is got up in a convenient pocket size—1o} 4 in. The 
96 printed pages, with blank page opposite each for additions or notes, 
includes Alphabetical List to Genera. The work was privately printed at 
Huddersfield, and only a limited number of copies was struck off.—C.C. 


Naturalist, 


253 

NOTES ON EBORIA CALIGINOSA FALCONER. 

WM. FALCONER, 

Slaithwaite, Huddersfield, 
PREVIOUSLY unsuccessful on more than one occasion in the 
autumn of 1909, I again, on March 26th and 31st last, met with 
both sexes of Eboria caliginosa Falconer, in the same place 
(elevation 1000 feet) whence came the original types described 
and figured in ‘ The Naturalist,’ February 1910, pp. 83-88, the 
two visits after a long and close search yielding one male and 
six females, all adult. The additional material thus obtained 
enables me to supplement my description /oc. cit. in one or two 
particulars. It has been suggested to me that possibly the 
female might not be the proper mate for the male. The two 
have, however, again occurred in each other’s company ; the 
difference, too, between them is not 
greater than happens in the case of 
many others, (indeed it is less than in 
Some), so that there can be, I think, 
little doubt that they are properly allo- 
cated to each other. 
Stridulating apparatus As I suspected from the structure of 
a enbbpriaoaiiginase one of the leg joints, (but, in my anxiety 

to preserve the solitary type specimens in 
as unmutilated a condition as possible, could not ascertain to 
my satisfaction), both sexes havea stridulating apparatus which 
is in duplicate, one set on each side of the body, and each set 
consisting of two parts :— 

1. A sounding surface on the outer side of the fore ex- 
tremity of the ventral surface of the abdomen, 
formed by the spiracular plates which are for this 
purpose covered with a close series of raised trans- 
verse chitinous edges (marked a in sketch). 

2. A sound producer formed by the corneous blunt pro- 
jection at the inner side of the fore extremity of 
the coxal of the fourth pair of legs (marked b in 
sketch). 

The latter process is in position to act upon the former, and 
when scraped across it produces a sound inappreciable by 
human ears, but perceptible and serving as a love call to the 
opposite sex during the pairing season. The organ in the male 
is very strong and distinct, but in the female is much weaker 
and less discernible. 


igio July 1. 


254 Book Notices. 


The same or a similarly constructed apparatus is present in 
several other British spiders (sometimes, too, in both sexes), 
but not always in the position described above, being sometimes. 
on the falces and palpus or cephalothorax. 

In the female, the convexity of the epigynal area extending 
above and on each side of the orifice is finely but distinctly 
transversely ribbed. As this feature is very unusual amongst 
British spiders, being most prevalent in the genus Erigone, 
it will, therefore form a most important discriminatory character 
in the determination of this sex of Eboria. The genus Erigone, 
however, is very distinct, and no member of it can possibly be 


confounded with the present species. 
~~ »—o—__ 

Check List of Lincolnshire Plants, by E. A. Woodruffe-Peacock, F.L.S., 
F.G.S. 66 pp. ‘This pamphlet claims no merit, except that it isa practical 
study, a sign-post on the way toa flora... Itis an analysis ... of 
some 500,000 observations.’ By a series of figures and signs, the distribu- 
tion of the plants of Lincolnshire is clearly indicated in the closely-printed 
pages forming this pamphlet. In view of the lines upon which the Lincoln- 
shire Union is working, viz., that of filling up blanks in the lists for the 
various divisions of the county, this pamphlet will prove most useful. There 
is nothing to show who has printed the list, but whoever it is, he apparently 
cannot distinguish between the letter ‘o’ and the figure ‘0,’ as both are 
used indiscriminately. We also notice that the pamphlet is headed 
“Lincolnshire Naturalists’ Union Transactions, 1909, part I.’ There is 
nothing to shew that it was published in 1910, and this makes at least the 
third ‘ Part I.’ of this Society’s Transactions, and we can’t say whether this 
is Part I. of a new volume, part I. of the Check List, or part I. of a new 
series of monographs. Ina future publication it would perhaps be as well 
to give a bibliography of the various publications issued by the Lincoln- 
shire Union ; as it is, a reference to “ part I.’ in years to come, will take 
some finding. 

Field and Woodland Plants, by W. S. Furneaux. Longmans, Green & 
Co. London, 1909. pp. xvi. and 383. 6/- net. 

This volume is the fifth by the same author of the ‘ Outdoor World. 
Series.’ Its aim is to give descriptions of common plants in non-technical 
terms, and we may say that these are fuller and freer from errors than one 
usually finds in books of this kind; the illustrations, too, are so numerous 
and usually so characteristic that many of the plants commonly met with 
may be identified. In addition to the many figures from photographs and 
drawings, fifty-two species are given m colour on eight plates. Some of 
the figures, however, are misleading, e.g., on p. 62 is a photograph of an 
exotic cultivated species of Barberry to illustrate the wild one mentioned 
in the text. An introductory chapter deals with an account of the parts 
of a plant, and the general characters of the main orders. In the following 
chapters the species are described according to the seasons Spring, Summer 
and Autumn, and in each case further grouped according to habitat. The 
study of wild flowers from the point of view of habitat is one of the most ° 
tempting as well as most promising, and there is plenty of room for a work 
dealing with this aspect of field botany. Unfortunately the author has 
missed the point entirely, he has apparently given little attention to the 
subject himself, and so we frequently find that ‘ habitat’ resolves itself 
into the heading of a chapter, without further comment, while the species 
included are often not characteristic of the habitat he gives. Failing this, 
the book is well got up, and will prove useful to beginners and others 
requiring a simple account of our wild plants. 


Naturalist, 


255 
THE RECENT CLOUD-BURST ON THE 
YORKSHIRE WOLDS. 


Rev. E. MAULE COLE, F.G.S. 


(PLATE XtI.). 


Iris not to be supposed that the Wolds of the East Riding are 

more liable to terrific thunderstorms and torrential rains than 
other parts of the country, but the effects are more visible, 
and often more disastrous. This arises from the peculiar 
conformation of the ground—there is hardly a level field any- 
where, all is on the slope. The land is intersected with deep 
dales, like the branches of a tree, all making for its own trunk. 
There is a hard sub-soil of chalk, and very little covering of 
earth, hence when a cloud-burst occurs, the rain cannot sink 
but rushes down the sloping fields, gathering in its course 
hundreds of streams which converge in the lower portion, till it 
reaches a steep dale side; then, with leaps and bounds, the 
torrent dashes down the bare side of the dale, carrying all before 
it, and excavating deep chasms in its path, strewing the dale 
bottom with chalk debris and soil removed from the fields above. 
This has been specially noticeable in the two storms of May 2oth 
and May aist, IgIo. 

On May 2oth, at about 4 a.m., a rush of. water came down 
from Haverdale to Lutton on its way to Helperthorpe. This 
in itself was not important, but it was soon joined by a tremen- 
dous flood descending from Croom High House, about a mile 
east of Sledmere. This filled the dale bottom leading from 
Croom to Helperthorpe, gathering on its way many streams 
from the hill sides, and finally uniting with the stream from 
Haverdale, poured itself into the Gypsey Race, and completely 
flooded the cottages in Weaverthorpe to the depth of four feet, 
filling them with mud, and destroying the gardens. About 
half a mile to the east of Weaverthorpe another torrent came 
down Galloping Slack from the high barn on Weaverthorpe 
pasture, and augmented the disaster. Here it was that the 
hedges were levelled, and a straw stack, weighing four tons, 
carried intact for a full mile. All this occurred on the north 
side of the High Street, which runs from Sledmere to Bridling- 
ton. Curiously enough the High Street itself was hardly 
touched, and not damaged at all. But on the south side it 
was different. Here at Cowlam the rain cloud burst in its 
igio July 1. 


250 The Recent Cloud-burst on the Yorkshire Wolds. 


most intense form—many fields, some prepared for turnips, 
were completely swept of soil; deep ruts were formed in all 
directions, and the combined force of water dashed down the 
dale side through a plantation, excavating enormous chasms. 
The reason for these, independent of the slope of the ground, 
seemed to be that the roots of the trees bared of soil still formed 
a temporary barrier to the rush of water, and caused it to leap | 
up and then dash down with renewed force in the form of a 
cataract, excavating a deep hole at the foot. One of these 
holes measured 23 feet in. depth.. This was the flood which, 
like a wall of water, descended Cowlam Dale, and caused the 
great damage at Driffield, six miles away. 

May 21st—The.second storm, on the following morning, 
passed over Malton and the Pickering Vale on both sides, 
causing floods at Ellerburn, Thornton, Allerston and elsewhere 
on the north, and great damage to the slopes of the Wolds on 
the south. East Heslerton suffered most. Here, on Grange 
Farm, numerous channels were excavated on the brow of the 
hill, one being 13 feet deep and 23 feet wide, and chalk debris 
scattered over the fields below, completely obliterating what 
little soil was left. 

There have been previous storms, but none to equal the 
above. The nearest approach was the great cloud-burst on 
Sunday, July 3rd, 1892.* One portion broke over Huggate, 
and rushed down as a mighty river four miles to Wetwang— 
the other burst over the hill sides above Langtoft, and com- 
pletely flooded that unfortunate village. Two years later the 
hills between Canada and Towthorpe were the scene of a 
tremendous downpour, the water rushing down York Dale to 
Fimber Station, a foot in depth. On this occasion three 
water-spouts were observed advancing from the sea to Tow- 
thorpe. This partly explains the origin of the phenomena 
which we have been considering. The writer has more than 
once witnessed the meeting of two heavy rain-clouds, one from 
the sea on the south-east, and the other from the south-west. 
Each probably contained as much moisture as it could hold. 
On intermingling the united cloud sailed away to the high 
ground, and being unable to support the weight of water, 
emptied itself in a perfect deluge. 


* See illustrated paper by the present writer in Trans. Hull Scien. and 
Field Nat. Club, Vol. I., pt. 4, for 1901, p. 225. 


Naturalist 


THE NATURALIST, 4910. PLraTE XI, 


Photo by] Effect of Cloud Burst, Cowlam. [H. Thelwell. 


Photo by} Gravel carried down the Valley at Cowlam. (H. Thelwell. 


THE NATURALIST, 1910. PLATE XII. 


Fig. 2. 


Fig. 1. Asteroceras acceleratum Hyatt. ™ 1} (approx.). 


,, 2. Asteroceras stellare Sow. x i (approx.). 


257 


NOTES ON TWO LARGE AMMONITES FROM THE 
HOLDERNESS DRIFT. 


C. THOMPSON, B.Sc. (Lonp.). 


(PLATE. XII.). 


In following the life history of an individual ammonite, as 
exemplified in the shell, from the earliest stage to the last, it - 
will be seen that as a rule, in infancy, the whorls are quite 
smooth. This stage continues through a variable number of 
whorls, which number seems to be a characteristic of the genus 
to which the specimen belongs. Then in the youthful stages 
it acquires its characteristic ornaments, gradually advancing 
from obscure folds, or swellings, to the more ornate coste, 
‘spines, etc. The acme of ornamentation may be said to be 
reached in, and to persist through the adult stage. In old age, 
however, senile decay is manifested by a gradual loss of orna- 
ments, and the whorl becomes either smooth, or traversed by 
slight ridges, mere indications of the former ornate folds. Again 
the shape and amount of involution of the whorl changes, 
especially in old age. 

If we now examine a series of species, the successive repre- 
sentatives of the genus, or race; we find that the changes men- 
tioned begin at earlier and still earlier periods in the lives of 
successive species descended from some given progenitor. 
Thus in a series A, B, C, D, we may find in the adolescent stage 
of B the characters of the adult of A, its predecessor; that in 
€ and D, one or more stages may be crowded out altogether 
from their individual development, so that even in youth they 
may resemble the aged representatives of A, or, have acquired 
entirely new characteristics. 

This mutation of form and ornamentation is expressed by 
Hyatt’s Law of Acceleration. (vide his ‘ Genesis of the Arie- 
tide ’). 

Perhaps one of the most striking, or most manifest examples 
of the law, is the species acceleratum of the genus Asteroceras. 
This species has been shewn by Hyatt to have descended from 
obtusum, through stellare, and to display in its adult stage the 
characters of the last stage of the other two. It is a rare 
ammonite, but a few specimens have been found in the Cote 
d’Or and also in southern Germany. These are preserved in 
the museums at Semur and at Stuttgardt respectively. 


agto July 1. 


258 Two large Ammomtes from the Holderness Drift. 


In the Céte d’Or.it was found-in the Birchi bed, while im 
the South German basin it occurred first in that of Geometricum. 
When found in place in England it should occur in the lower 
beds of our Oxynotum zone. That it has ever been found in 
situ in England is doubtful, for no record of it can be found. 
However, Mr. Sheppard ‘has recently acquired for the Hull 
Museum, from the Drift of Holderness, a very fine ammonite, 
which the writer has determined to be a specimen of Hyatt’s. 
acceleratum. This determination has been supported by Mr. 
S. S. Buckman, Mr. G. C. Crick of the British Museum, and by 
Dr. H. Joly, of the University, Nancy, to whom photographs 
have been submitted. 

The specimen is the largest one of the species known to the 
writer, and would have been much larger if it had not lost the 
entire body chamber. The following are its dimensions :— 


Largest diameter te Hi ste 317 mm. 
Width of outer whorl .. a: E30 4, 
Height of outer whorl (keel to ea tc: TOL,--«,, 
Greatest thickness of outer whorl 33 95a) bs 
Width of last whorl but one... oF 67 
Width of same overlapped e's “ie 34(?) ,, 
Width of umbilicus 2h es 100 


An examination of the pacman (fig. 1), shews that it. 
consists of five or six whorls (?), that the inner adolescent 
ones have the characteristic cost or ribs of sfellare, but that. 
they die away gradually in the outer whorl which then becomes: 
quite smooth. The umbilical shoulders are rounded, large and 
prominent, so that the umbilicus is deep. The section of the 
outer whorl is ovate, the flanks converging to the periphery 
with a gentle curve. Its ventral surface, or periphery, is narrow 
and sharply defined, while it carries a rounded, depressed, but 
still prominent keel between two broad but very shallow fur- 
rows. The keel may be easily distinguished in the figure. 
It will also be noticed that it is more involute than sfellare ;. 
that is, the outer whorl covers, or overlaps, about one half of 
the preceding one, while in the last-named, Hyatt writes that. 
the maximum overlap is one-third. The suture lines resemble 
those of obtusum. 

The second specimen (fig. 2), which is also in the Hull 
Museum, has been kindly determined by Mr. G. C. Crick and 
by Mr. S. S. Buckman as Asteroceras stellare Sow. This is also 
a very large ammonite. As it wants by far the greater part of 


Naturalist,. 


Two large Ammonites from the Holderness Drift. 259 


its body whorl, it must have been very big indeed when com- 
plete. The following are its dimensions :— 


Largest diameter os ar hi 348 mm. 
Width of outer whorl .. ea oF T4013 
Height of outer whorl (keel to keel) .. EZO jysis 
Greatest thickness of outer whorl a3 TGA pst 
Width of last whorl but one... ae 7O-alsy 
Width of same overlapped bye ce 302% 


Width of umbilicus ; eo T30vis 

The outer whorl is very different in section from that of 
acceleratum. The flanks converge slightly so that the periphery 
is much wider and also much flatter than in the last-named, 
being traversed, however, by two distinct broad furrows and 
a very low depressed keel, so low that it cannot be seen in the 
figure. This specimen is also remarkable for the beautiful 
display of its suture lines. 

The writer’s thanks are more especially due to Mr. Sheppard 
for bringing the above specimens to his notice; to Mr. Crick, 
for first introducing him to Hyatt’s incomparable work ; and 
to his colleague, Mr. H. A. Denham, for the excellent photo- 
graphs. ae ee 


Pleasant Walks Round Halifax, by C. Crossland. Edward Mortimer, 
Halifax. 1910., 52 pp. Price 6d.; cloth 1/- 

Probably few know the ways and byways around Halifax so well as 
does Mr. Crossland ; hence his ‘Ten Country Rambles over Hill and through 
Dean, in the Parish of Halifax, with Scraps of Local and Natural History,’ 
are written with a full knowledge of the subject. No words are wasted in 
fine writing, and much is told in little space. Personally, we were a bit 
surprised to find that there were such pleasant walks so near Halifax ! 
The book is a handy size for the pocket, neatly bound in cloth, and has ten 
large scale maps illustrating the routes. 

The Geology of the Melton Mowbray District and South-East Nottingham- 
shire, by Messrs. G. W. Lamplugh, W. Gibson, C. B. Wedd, R. L. Sherlock 
and B. Smith, with notes by C. Fox-Strangways, has recently been issued 
by the Geological Survey ‘ in explanation of Sheet 142° (1 18 pp. and plates). 
The Melton Mowbray area is of particular interest to the geologist, as 
shewn by the headings to the chapters, viz. :—General Description, Con- 
cealed Carboniferous and Older Rocks, Trias, Lower Lias, Middle Lias, 
Upper Lias, Inferior Oolite, Glacial Deposits, Post-Glacial River Gravel 
and Alluvium, Economic Geology, Borings and Sinkings, and Bibliography. 
There is also a good index. Judging from the plates, there are several 
excellent sections in the district covered by sheet 142. Whilst the memoir 
is of particular value to those ‘ interested ’ in minerals, etc., the ‘ ordinary ’ 
geologist will perhaps find that part dealing with the more recent beds to be 
the most readable. Each section of the memoir (in some cases each para- 
graph) is initialled, so that there will be no difficulty in tracing the 
authority for any statement made. The price is two shillings and three- 
pence ; the odd coppers doubtless being for the paper cover, which is 
rather better than the flimsy shaving-paper usually used by His Majesty's 
Stationery Office for ‘ binding’ the results of some of the best geological 
work that has ever been accomplished. 


1g10 July 1. 


260 


NATURAL HISTORY OF MIDDLETON-IN-TEESDALE. 


In continuation of its usual practice of investigating the 
fauna and flora of the county by means of field meetings, the 
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union commenced its year’s work at 
Middleton-in-Teesdale during last Whit-week-end. Here, on 
the borders of the county, with an occasional trespass into 
Durham, the party spent a glorious time amidst glorious 
surroundings. The district was surely ideal for a Naturalists’ 
Society ; and in addition to possessing a wonderfully varied and 
interesting fauna and flora, the structure of the country was also 
well accessible; partly by means of the enormous sections 
exposed during quarrying operations, and partly as a result of 
the work of.waterfall and stream. The members had the 
unusual advantage of well-informed leaders. In addition to 
the divisional secretaries, Messrs. J. J. Burton and W. Robin- 
son, there were Messrs. G. Hodsman, W. Walton, W. Collins 
and others, all of whom exerted every possible effort to ensure 
the success of the excursion. To Mr. Hodsman, also, the party 
was indebted for thoughtful assistance of a very acceptable 
nature; his thorough acquaintance with the district enabling 
him to gauge the requirements of a party of naturalists in a 
wild county, where roads, “etc.,”’ are few and far between ! 

To write a proper and adequate account of the Middleton 
excursion would require much more space than can be 
spared. The moors, waterfalls and quarries had their charm, 
quite apart from their interest to geologist and zoologist ; 
and it was not necessary to be an ardent botanist to appreciate 
the delightful beauty of the azure stars of Gentiana verna as 
they shone from the grassy slopes upon which they grew. 

After the excursion a meeting was held at the headquarters, 
the Cleveland Arms, at which Mr. Burton presided. At this 
reports were presented by the representatives of the various 
‘sections; thirteen new members were elected, and hearty 
votes of thanks were passed to the landowners, and also to the 
various gentlemen who had so willingly assisted with the 
excursion. 

Mr. Burton’s report on the geology of the district will be 
found on page 268. 

The zoologists were not so well represented as usual, and 
consequently reports were meagre. A fine specimen of the 
Common Lizard was noted, and accommodatingly left its tail 


Naturalist, 


Natural History of Middleton-in-Teesdale. 201 


in the hands of its captor, presumably for purposes of identifica- 
tion! Amongst the birds the peregrine was perhaps the most 
noteworthy, and the landlord at the Cleveland Arms convinced 
the party that fine trout occurred in the adjoining river. 
CoLEopTERA.—Mr. M. L. Thompson reports that the follow- 
ing beetles were met with on the high moors in Lunedale :— 


Notiophilus biguttatus F. 
5 aquaticus L. 
Dyschivius globosus Hbst. 
Bradveellus similis De}. 
Pterostichus madidus F. 
diligens Stm. 
Amara lunicollis Schidd. 
Calathus melanocephalus L. 
as micropterus Duit. 
Olisthopus votundatus Payk. 
Patrobus exca@atus Payk. 
Cercyon hemorrhoidalts F. 


»,  melanocephalus L. 


Cryptopleurum atomarium Ol. 


Aleochara lanuginosa Grav. 
Homalota atrvamentaria Gyll. 


Tachinus marginellus F. 
Mvycetoporus lepidus Grav. 
Philonthus @neus Ross. 
Othius myrmecophilus Kies. * 
Lathrobium fulvipenne Gravy. 
An brunnipes F. 
Stenus impressus Germ. 
Platystethus avenarius Fourc. 
Oxytelus laqueatus Marsh. 

Pe tetvacarvinatus Block. 
Olophrum piceum Gyll. 
Deliphrum tectum Payk. 
Aphodius fimetarius L. 
Aphodius ater De G. 

i constans Dutt. 
Cryptohypnus viparius F. 


Ceuthorhynchus evice Gyll. 


Hypocyptus leviusculus Man. 
Tachyporus chyysomelinus L. 
Mr. W. P. Winter has kindly sent me the following 
additional species taken by him on the banks of the Tees 
at’ Mickleton -— 


Trechus minutus F. 
Tachinus rufipes D. G. 
Creophilus maxillosus L. 
Philonthus decorus Grav. 
Lathvimeum unicoloy Steph. 
Silpha nigrita Cr. 
ARACHNIDA.—For the Arachnological Section, Mr. Falconer 
reports that as the district to be investigated was practically 
an unworked one, the season opportune and the weather in- 
dications favourable, he and Mr. Winter anticipated a successful 
issue to their quest for spiders, Their hopes, however, were 
not fully realised, for, with one exception, these creatures were 
not at all plentiful, either as individuals or species. This 
scarcity was most noticeable along the higher reaches of the 
river, where the prevailing humidity of the climate in conjunction 
with the underlying impervious strata produces extensive 
tracts of water-logged ground apparently as inimicable to 
spiders as it is favourable to some other forms of both animal 
and vegetable life. For the first two days the prescribed 
routes were adhered to. Good use was made of the brief 


Silpha rugosa L. 

Cryptohypnus dermestoides Hbst. 
Chrysomela staphylea L. 
Hydrothassa marginella L. 
Apion nigritarse Wirby. 
Otiorhynchus picipes F. 


1910 July x. 


262 Natural History of Middleton-in-Teesdale. 


halt at High Force, several species being obtained there, 
amongst them being Harpactes hombergit Scop., Crypheca 
stlvicola C. L. Koch, Walckenaera nudipalis Westr., Nesticus 
cellulanus Clerck, Evo thoracica Wid., Neon reticulatus Bl., 
and the rarer or more local Leptyphantes obscuris Bl., and 
L. flavipes Bl. Beyond the fall beneath a stone at the foot of 
the cliffs Mr. Winter found two of the beautiful stalked balloon- 
shaped egg cocoons, and a young indeterminable example of 
a species of Agvoeca. A little farther on, but still on the 
Durham side of the river, at a great bend covered with thick 
low-lying tufts of ling, grass and moss, Mr. Falconer shook out 
one male Maro falconerta Camb. and one female Clubiona 
diversa Camb. The former previously found only in Cheshire 
and West Yorkshire is new to Durham county, its limit of 
range being thus greatly extended northwards: On crossing 
Cronkley Bridge into Yorkshire, the distance still to be traversed 
was so great, and the time so short, that very little collecting 
was possible, though Mr. Winter managed to secure a fine 
female Tarentula andremvora Walck, with her egg-sac, between 
White Force and Maize Beck. On the second day the neigh- 
bourhood of Winch Bridge yielded one male Tyvoxochrus 
hiemalis Bl., and a number of common species. On the third 
day the south bank of the Tees as far as its junction with the 
Lune was investigated, the return journey being made along 
the left bank of the tributary. Here Leptyphantes tenebricola 
Wid., a spider for which there are few other Yorkshire or north 
of England records, occurred, and dozens of Lycosids sped 
swiftly over the grass in the bright sunshine, attempts to 
catch them affording excellent sport. Later examination 
showed that no less than five species were represented. For 
Lycosa agricola Thor. there is but one other Yorkshire record, 
(Lower Teesdale). On the fourth day an hour was spent in the 
woods at Barnard Castle, Leptyphantes tenebricola Wid. being 
again met with. Altogether seventy species of true spiders, 
five of harvestmen and one pseudoscorpion were noted. 

In the following complete list, the initial ‘ W’ denotes that 
the species was found by Mr. Winter only ; ‘ F’ by Mr. Falconer 
only ; and those uninitialled, by both ; the species not recorded 
for Durham in Rev. J. E. Hull’s ‘ Catalogue of the Spiders of 
Northumberland and Durham, are distinguished by an asterisk, 
though it is probable that, as other naturalists have been more 
recently at work, who have not yet, however, published their 


Naturalist, 


Natural History of Middleton-in-Teesdale. 263 


results, some or most of them have since been taken in that 


county. 


I.—In both counties. 


Amaurobius fenestvalis Stroem. 
‘Crypheca silvicola C. L. Koch. 
Celotes atropos Walck. 
Tegenaria derhamit Scop. F. 
Robertus lividus Bl. F. 
Leptyphantes blackwallit Kulcz. 

SE ericeuseBil.| hh: 

*L. tenebricola Wid. 

Bathyphantes nigrinus Westr. 
B. gracilis Bl. 
B. dorsalis Wid. F. 
Microneta viaria Bl. 
Cdothovax vetusus Westr. 

*CE. gibbosus Bl. F. 

*(E. agrestis Bl. 

Ttso vagans BI. 

*Lophomma herbigradum Bl. F. 
Neriene rubella Bl. 

Dismodicus bifrons Bl. 


II.—In Yorkshire only. 


Bathyphantes variegatus Bl. F. 
B. concolor Wid. F. 

Evigone dentipalpis Wid. 
Dicymbium tibiale Bl. F. 


Diplocephalus permixtus Camb. F. | 


Savignia frontata Bl. W. 
Pocadicnemis pumila Bl. W. 


I11.—In Durham only. 


Harpactes hombergii Scop. F. 
Oonops pulchey Templ. F. 
Clubiona reclusa Camb. F. 
*C. diversa Camb. F. 
C. comta C. L. Koch. 
| Agreca sp. W. 
{ Amaurobius similis Bl. F. 
Textrix denticulata Oliv. F. 
| Theridion pallens B. F. 
Linyphia peltata Wid. F. 
L. clathvata Sund. F. 
Cornicularia cuspidata Bl. F. 
{ Nesticus cellulanus Clerck. 
. Evo thoracica Wid. F. 


Diplocephalus cristatus Bl. F. 

*D. fuscipes Bl. F. 

*D. latifrons Camb. 
Peponocranium ludicrum Camb. 
Meta segmentata Clerck. 

M. meriane Scop. 

Zilla X-notata Clerck. F. 

Pivata pivaticus Clerck. F. 

Lycosa amentata Clerck. 

L. pullata Clerck. 

Liobunum rvotundum Latr. 

Platybunus corniger Herm. forma 
tviangulavis Herbst. 

Metabunus insignis Meade. 

Oligolophus morio Fabr. : 

Nemastoma lugubre O. F. Mull. 


Obisium muscorum Leach. 


Walckeneva acuminata BI. 
Xysticus cristatus Clerck. W. 
Tvochosa tervicola Thor. F. 
Taventula pulverulenta Clerck. 
T. andvenivora Walck. W. 
Lycosa agricola Thor. 

Lycosa palustris Linn. 


Epeiva diademata Clerck. 

Neon reticulatus Bl. 

Labulla thovacica Wid. 
Leptyphantes tervicolaC. L. Koch. F. 
*L. obscurus Bl. F. 

L. flavipes Bl. 

L. tenuis Bl. F. 

Tmeticus bicolor Bl. F. 
Gongylidium rufipes Sund. F. 
Neriene rvubens Bl. 
*Maro falconerit Jacks. F. 
*Tvoxochrus hiemalis Bl. F. 
*Walckenaera nudipalpis Westr. F. 


At the Sectional Meeting, Mr. Winter brought forward the 
question of defining suitable areas for records, but no satis- 


factory conclusion was arrived at (See 


‘ Naturalist,’ June, 


p. 218). Another point raised was one dealing with the method 
of making records, which should include at least the exact 
place, especially in the case of very rare or new spiders, for the 


Igo July 1. 


264 Natural History of Middleton-in-Tcesdale. 


information of any future worker who might wish to verify the 
record ; the date, number and sex of the specimen taken to tell 
the time of adolency or immaturity and the comparative rarity 
or abundance of the species, together with any further particu- 
_lars as to its habits or life- -history and the kind of habitat 

favoured. It was urged, also, that a good look-out should be 
kept for definite examples of the way in which spiders are 
disseminated, and that more attention should be paid to ab- 
normal specimens, and means taken to preserve them. 

For the CONCHOLOGICAL section Mr. T. W. Saunders writes. 
that in a wooded valley which leads to King’s Walk and Jack 
Scar, he found Agriolimax agrestis, with varieties; Helix rotun- 
data, Zonites nitidus, and Vitrina pellucida. Close to the stream 
he came acrossa colony of Helix arbustorum. Agriolimax agrestis 
was very abundant, almost every stone turned over yielded 
several specimens. A little further on were many Helix 
arbustorum, Arton ater, Helix hortensis, H. hispida, H. nemoralis 
var. carnea, Cochlicopa lubrica, and a little beyond was Zonites’ 
crystallinus, Helix hortensts var. lutea and Bulimus obscurus. 
In an old disused limestone quarry I got Pupa umbilicata, 
P. marginata and P. ringens (?) with Bulimus obscurus, Helix 
hortensis and H. rufescens. 

Amongst some old ruins, I got Zomites cellarius and Z. 
alliarius. Arion atey was in abundance; Helix arbustorum 
was very plentiful, feeding on the grasses. 

On Monday we drove to Lunedale, and in an old quarry I 
got Carychium nuinimum, Zonites fulvus, and Helix hortensis 
and its var. lutea copulating. Further up I got Agriolimax 
laevis. and Zonttes alliarius. Near the stream I got Ancylus 
fluviatilis and in a pond close by, Prstdium pusillum, which 
was in abundance. Above the reservoir works in a small pond, 
were Limnea peregra and L. truncatula. Clausilia laminata, and 
C. rugosa were found by other members. One striking feature 
was the scarcity of Helix nemoralis. 1 only found this at one 
place. Quite near to Middleton, below the Railway Station close 
to the river, Helix arbustorum was very plentiful, and at the same 
place I got Helix arbustorum var. flavescens and Helix hortensis. 

On Tuesday, in crossing the country to the River Tees 
below Widdy Bank Farm, I got Helix arbustorum, H. 
granulata and Zonites cellarius. At the top of Cauldron Snout, 
in the stream, 1 got quite a number of Ancylus fluviatilis and 


Limnea peregra. 
Naturalist, 


Natural History of Middleton-in-Teesdale. 205 


The following is a list of the species found :— 


Agviolimax agrestis. 
Ayton ater. 

,,  hortensis. 
A griolimax levis. 
Ancylus fluviatilis. 
Pisidium pusillum. 
Limnea peregra. 

»  truncatula. 
Helix votundata. 

,,  arbustorum 


Md re var. flavescens. 


,,  hortensts. 

var. lutea. 

»  nemoralis 

Ka A var. carned. 
5, hispida. 


Helix rvufescens. 

AA evanulata. 

Zonites nitidus. 
crystallinus. 

a cellaytus. 

xs alliarius. 

Pe (LOE 
Cochlicopa lubrica. 
Bulimus obscurus. 
Carychium minimum. 
Clausilia laminata. 

ys vugOSA. 
Pupa umobilicata. 
5  Mmarginata. 
Vitvina pellucida. 
Pupa vingens ? 


Botany.—A special report on the Botanical features of 
the area is being prepared by Drs. Smith and Woodhead, 
which will probably appear in our next issue. 

Mosses AND HeEpatics.—Mr. W. Ingham writes :—The 
whole district is very rich in these plants, and there have been 
many competent workers who have recorded a long list of 
rarities. The following notes refer to’those plants of interest 
met with at this excursion :— 

I. HupDESHOPE BECK (SKEARS BECK).—The stones, walls 
and trees in the valley traversed by this beck are richly covered 
with mosses and lichens, indicating a copious annual rainfall, 
and an atmosphere free from smoke. In addition to the very 
common mosses that were dominant here, the following may 
be mentioned :—Camptothecium lutescens and Eurhynchium 
striatum, both large forms and of a golden colour ; Orvthotrichum 
stramineum and O. anomalum var. saxatile.; Barbula rigidula 
and B. fallax var. brevifolia, both in fruit, the latter being rare 
in that state; Tortula intermedia; Amblystegium filicinum, 
very small and near var. évichodes; and Hypnum uncinatum 
var. plumulosum. 

II. High Force To CAULDRON SNouT.—At the High Force, 
the beautiful glossy Webera cruda and a large and interesting 
state of Hypnum cuspidatum var. pungens were observed. 

Between Cronkley Scars and the River Tees were Sphagnum 
subnitens var. obscurum c. fr., S. acutifolium var. versicolor, 
S. rubellum var. flavum, S. inundatum and S. cuspidatum var. 
submersum, Here also was the Harpidioid Moss, H. fluttans var. 
Jeanbernatit. Tetraplodon mmioides and Splachnum sphaerricum 
were on this ground, and both in young fruit. 


1910 July 1. S 


266 Natural History of Middleton-in-Teesdale. 


The Yorkshire side of the Tees, after passing Widdy Bank 
Farm and before reaching Falcon Clints, is probably excellent 
ground for rare mosses. During the short time spent there, 
deep tufts of Barbula rubella var. ruberrima and Bryum fili- 
forme were collected. Both these mosses are buried up to their 
apices in wet sand, and the Bryum is much finer than the same 
species high up in the crevices of Falcon Clints on the Durham 
side. 

Mr. Anderson brought down from Cronkley Fell a large 
state of the Hepatic Marsupella aquatica, also Mylia Taylori 
and Metzgeria conjugata. 

III. CAULDRON SNOUT OVER Wippy Bank FELL.—There 
was no time to search for mosses in this route. Two good 
plants were found, viz., Barbula rubella var. ruberrima and 
Hypnum flumtans var. Lindberg, a new variety of Harpidium 
lately described by Renauld in the ‘ Revue Bryologique.’ 

IV. ALonG LUNEDALE TO GRASSHOLME.—In the quarry 
en route was a large yellow form of Tortula subulata with the 
seta an inch or more in length, and its leaves much larger than 
the type. 

On the limestone cliffs by the side of the Lune were Dicra- 
num Bonjeant var. juntpertfolium.; Orthotrichum cupulatum 
var. nudum; Weisia viridula ; Hedwigia ciliata; Eurhynchium 
myosuroides, a large form; Hypnum cupressiforme var. resu- 
pinatum ; and the rare Hepatic, Lejeunea cavifolia var. planius- 
cula. There was much Encalypta vulgaris on the walls in the 
return journey. 

V. SHACKLESBOROUGH Moss.—This extensive Sphagnum 
Bog would require a long time for its study. There is no doubt 
that the bog is on the increase in the growth of Sphagna. 
In one part of the way across was a large tract of ground where 
the heather had been burnt. Around the dead heather stems 
was a copious growth of Sphagnum acutifolium var. versicolor 
with long stems. This seems to point to a copious annual 
rainfall, and this means excellent conditions for the growth of 
Sphagna. Again, the drainage channels were filled with the 
vivid green Sphagnum recurvum, a bog moss that delights in a 
plentiful supply of water. 

Although remains of Birch only were found in the exposed 
peat of this treeless expanse, it seems highly probable that 
pure Sphagnum peat would be found under the present Sphag- 
num growth. 


Naturalist, 


Natural History of Middleton-in-Teesdale. 267 


The usual bog mosses of moorlands were met with, such as 
S. rubellum var. versicolor and S. tenellum. A very interesting 
Harpidium was found in the shallow water splashes, viz., 
Hypnum fluitans var. Jeanbernati, quite different from the 
same plant in Cronkley Pastures, in having variegated colours 
instead of being quite green. Campylopus pyriformis in fruit, 
a typical peat moss, and Splachnum sphericum were obtained. 

A remarkable feature of the Hepatics was the great abun- 
dance of the beautiful Blepharoza ciliaris. This was repeatedly 
met with in the way across the bog. Lophozia Floerkii, another 
‘true moorland plant, was also found. 

On descending from this great Sphagnum Bog into Balder- 
dale, we had a very unusual sight of the moss Bryum pallens, 
occurring in large brilliant rosy red hassocks all along the side 
of the River Balder. 

‘RES: 


—__e—___ 


We have received the First Interim ReportZof the Excavation of the 
Roman Fort at Castleshaw. (Manchester: Sherratt & Hughes. 37 pp., 
1/-}. It is an excellent production, and contains maps, plans and various 
plates of objects found during the excavations. The whole work seems 
to have been carried out upon thoroughly scientific lines, under the direc- 
tion of specialists, and every fact likely to be of service has been noted. 
The information given in reference to the various stamped tiles is par- 
ticularly interesting. The Report is well ‘got up,’ and remarkably 
cheap. 


The Evolution of Man: A popular scientific study, by Ernst Haeckel. 
Vol. I.—Embryology or Ontogeny ; Vol. II.—The Evolution of the species 
or Phylogeny. London: Watts & Co. 774 pp., 12/6. 

We are proud to think that there is no need to draw the attention of our 
readers to the nature of this well-known work. What we do wish to do, 
however, is to point out the fact that the Rationalist Press Association, 
Ltd., has just issued it, in two well-illustrated and neatly-bound volumes, 
with all the illustrations, at the exceedingly low figure of 12/6. This edition 
is translated by Mr. Joseph McCabe, from the fifth and enlarged edition 
of Haeckel’s work. Those who have not the volumes on their shelves 
should certainly now possess them. 


Prehistoric Man, by Joseph McCabe. London: Milner & Co. 128 pp. 
t/-. This is an addition to the remarkably cheap volumes forming the 
‘ XXth Century Science Series,’ which Messrs. Milner & Co. are publishing. 
The volume is well illustrated, and strongly bound in good cloth. The 
author has a thorough grasp of the subject with which he deals, and in a 
pleasant style takes the reader through ‘ The Founding of the Science’ ; 
‘The Earliest Traces of Man’; ‘ The Beginning of the Old Stone Age’ ; 
‘Progress During the Old Stone Age’; ‘The Men of the New Stone Age’; 
‘The Monument Builders’; and ‘The Metal Age and the Dawn of 
History.’ There is also a ‘ Bibliography’; and Index. It came as a 
surprise to us to find that the works of Greenwell, Mortimer and Pitt 
Rivers were not included in the Bibliography. 


1gto July x, 


268 


GEOLOGICAL NOTES ON THE 
MIDDLETON-IN=TEESDALE DISTRICT. 


By J. J. BURTON, F.G.S. 


TuE three principal objects of investigation by the Geological 
section of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union at its recent meeting 
at Middleton-in-Teesdale were :— 
(a) The Limestone sections as compared with those of 
the Ingleborough district. 
(b) The Great Whin Sill and its effect upon the strata 
above and below. 
(c) Glacial action and the occurrence of erratics. 

Time did not permit of going over the area where the sec- 
tions of limestone could be examined in the order in which they 
were laid down, but during the three days excursions a large 
number of exposed sections in different localities were visited, 
which enabled the members to get a good idea of their sequence 
and of the important dislocations which have occurred in the 
area. 

Going up Hudeshope Beck, fine sections of the Great or 
Main Limestone were seen, together with considerable thick- 
nesses of black shales and grits. These were not again observed 
until visiting the Lune Valley, when they were found in the bed 
of the stream some distance up, beyond the dam of the Grass- 
holm reservoir, and also on the south bank of the river. At this 
point they have an extremely sharp dip nearly due south. 
In this exposure a very fine prolific band of cup corals and 
Brachiopods was noticed, and specimens were taken for identi- 
fication. 

On the south side of the Tees, and below the Whin Sill, an 
exposure of the Jew (or Hardraw) limestone was noticed, and 
its occurrence at this point, with the proper sequence of the 
Yoredale rocks above (interrupted only by the intrusion of the 
Basalt), taken together with the previously observed position 
of the Main Limestone bed, proved conclusively that some- 
where near the line of the River Tees and also in the Lune 
Valley, faults must exist which have thrown down (relatively) 
the strata to the north of the Tees, and also to the south of 
Harter Fell between Teesdale and Lunedale. 

Collating the various exposures observed along Hudeshope 
Beck, in Teesdale, and in Lunedale, it becomes strikingly evident 
that the enormously thick masses of Yoredale limestones seen 


Naturalist,— 


Geological Notes on the Middleton-in-Teesdale District. 269 


in the Ingleborough district have become greatly attenuated 
as we proceed northward, and have been replaced to a con- 
siderable extent by bands of thin limestone, shales and grits. 
These indicate that considerable earth movements have been 
in progress in the area, and that the relative position of the 
Teesdale area of the ancient littoral, and of detritus-bearing 
streams, had been frequently undergoing change during Yore- 
dale times, and to a much greater extent than was the case at 
no great distance to the south. 

The outstanding geological feature of Upper Teesdale is 
the Great Whin Sill, an enormous intrusive dolerite mass, 


Tarns on the undercliff, Cronkley Scars, Upper Teesdale. 


extending into Northumberland, but having its greatest 
development in Teesdale. It is prominent in precipitous cliffs 
on the south side of the river from Middleton to High Force. 
It forms the river bed in many places, and at High Force the 
river plunges over a lip of the basalt into the gorge, 69 feet 
below. The outcrop is also well seen in the precipices of 
Cronkley Scars, Falcon Clints and Cauldron Snout (a cascade 
of about 200 feet over basalt) where the columnar structure 
Was very evident. 

In Park End quarry it was noticed that coarseness of the 
1910 July 1. 


270 Geological Notes on the Muiddleton-in-Teesdale District. 


granular fracture increased from the bottom upward, and that 
the shales with which it had come into contact were greatly 
altered. One of these, locally known as the ‘ pencil bed,’ 
was erroneously believed to be the same formation as the shales 
near Cronkley, from which slate pencils were once made. The 
property of being able to mark slate is common to both, but 
on examining both shales carefully there is no hesitation in 
confirming the conclusion of the Survey that the Cronkley 
shales are probably of Silurian origin, and an upthrow of the 
Burtreeford Dyke, and that the Park End shale is a deposit of 
fine clayey matter formed during Yoredale times, which has 
since been much altered by contact with the Whin Sill. The 
analyses of the two shales are quite different. 

At Park End quarry is a very interesting fault. The out- 
crop of the Whin abuts on indurated shale and adhering 
to the Whin is a thin vertical sheet of hard scoriaceous material, 
full of cavities. The true Whin is seen to interlock into this 
“crust’ in serrated edges, but the thin wall of crust shews clear 
lines of stratification, and where it joins the Whin the lines of 
stratification are very distinctly curved upward. 

Is this “ crust’ the result of water action in the fault after 
the intrusion of the Basalt ? Or is it an actual crust of intru- 
sive lava cooled against a surface of shale against which it has 
come up? Is the fault part of the great fault formed after the 
intrusion of the Basalt ? Or is it a pre-existing fault 2? Has the 
sheet of Basalt been broken at this point and denuded, or has 
it here cut across the bedding planes and risen to a higher level 
through finding its course obstructed and then been denuded ? 

These questions are left unsettled, and may give an oppor- 
tnuity for some further discussion. 

The effect of contact with the Whin Sill which was noted in 
this quarry, was seen to still greater perfection at High Force 
where the stratified shales and grits and limestone below the 
Whin have assumed a prismatic character. But perhaps the 
most interesting section of altered limestone is at White Force, 
where some thirty to fifty feet of underlying strata have been 
completely marmorised, although on weathering the limestone 
is reduced to fine granular white sand. In this section there 
still remains evidence of the fossils which it contained prior to 
its metamorphosis. Still further evidence of altered strata 
occurs on Widdy Bank in the vicinity of Cauldron Snout, but 
here it is the overlying limestone which has become granular 


Naturalist, 


Geological Notes on the Middleton-in-Teesdale District. 271 


and crystalline in structure, in most respects identical with that 
seen below the Whin at White Force. These two important 
facts seem inconsistent with any theory of a submarine over- 
flow of the Basalt which is still advocated by some people and on 
which there has been much dispute ever since Sedgwick’s time. 

On the occasion of the Lunedale excursion, the members 
had the privilege of examining the model of the contours of the 
valley, and the sections cut through by the Tees Valley Water 
Board in forming the dam for the Grassholm reservoir, and 
also the admirable records which the engineering staff have 
preserved, which in future will be of much value to geologists. 

The Lunedale quarries owned by Mr. Hodsman, gave fine 
and interesting sections of the Basalt, which seems to be a 
dyke, of what age compared with the Whin Sill there was no 
opportunity of investigating, but it is fairly certain they are 
both of Tertiary age. 

It was surprising that during the three days’ excursions 
very few far-travelled erratics were seen. Between the mouth 
of the Lune and Cauldron Snout the boulders were of local 
origin, which is what might be expected as there is no reason for 
supposing that the great glacier from the west ever overtopped 
the very elevated region at the head of Teesdale. The valley 
of the Lune however, is considered to be one of the main routes 
which the glacier coming over Stainmoor took in its course 
down to Cleveland, and it was expected that many evidences 
of this would have been found. On the contrary, although 
much time was spent amongst the drift which has been cut 
into or used for forming the Grassholm trench, the great mass 
of boulders were from local rocks. The explanation probably 
is that as the size of the ice sheet diminished, the high ground of 
Stainmoor cut off the supply to Teesdale, and that such erratics 
of western origin as had already commenced their journey were 
carried forward on or in the ice towards the North Sea, and that 
the further supply of ice being entirely of local origin, so the 
boulders left on the final disappearance of the ice were chiefly 
local. A few large blocks of Shap Fell granite have in the past 


been removed from the banks of the Lune. 


_—+e—_—_. 

Messrs. A. Brown & Sons, Hull, have just published the First 
Annual Report of the Yorkshire Numismatic Fellowship. It is edited by 
Mr. T. Sheppard, and naturally, has a strong ‘ Hull’ flavour about it. 
It contains several illustrated papers on Yorkshire coins and medals, and 
is a record of a good year’s work having regard to the small membership of 
the Society. The price is one shilling. 


1gio June 1. 


272 


THE LOWER CARBONIFEROUS ROCKS OF 
MILL GILL (WENSLEYDALE). 


COSMO JOHNS, M.I.Mecu.E., F.G.S. 


INTRODUCTION. 
WHEN the Yorkshire Geological Society made Bainbridge its 
headquarters for the June meeting, it was only to be expected 
that the well-known Mill Gill near Askrigg would be visited. 
To the writer the visit was specially welcome for it enabled him 
to further renew his acquaintance with sections that he had 
investigated some four years ago, the results of which are still 
unpublished, though the conclusions have been the subject of 
private communications to other workers in Carboniferous 
Geology. Phillips knew the ground well, though the typical 
Yoredale Series as described in his ‘ Mountain Limestone of 
Yorkshire,’ 1s based on a generalised section in which local 
variations are omitted. Owing to the labours of Dr. Wheelton 
Hind the fuana of the Yoredale rocks became well known, and 
Mill Gill with Whitfield Gill received special attention. The 
state of knowledge at that time did not admit of a determination 
of the corals with the accuracy now available, and thus the task 
of correlating the Yoredale Series with some portion of the 
Carboniferous Limestone Series in areas where a zonal classifi- 
cation had been adopted, still awaited accomplishment when the 
writer visited Askrigg in August 1906. From the point where 
the stream passes under the road, up to the main limestone 
above Whitfield Scars, an almost continuous series of sections 
is available, enabling the upper portion of the great Scar 
Limestone, and the whole of the Yoredales as here developed, to 
be examined. This present communication is based on observa- 
tions made during that early investigation, when several days 
were spent on the sections; and during the recent visit of the 
Yorkshire Geological Society. Thanks are due to the President, 
Prof. Kendall, and the members present, for their valuable 
and willing services in checking previous records, and making 
additions. Special attention was paid to those levels where the 
occurrence of forms known to characterise the Lower Pendleside 
and Lower Culm rocks had been recorded by Dr. Hind and the 
writer. 
THE SUCCESSION. 

Making a start in the stream bed at the point where it 

passes under the Askrigg Road, it is found that for some little 


Naturalist, 


Cosmo Johns: Lower Carboniferous Rocks of Mill Gill. 273 


distance the section is obscured owing to the number of boulders 
washed down from higher levels. During the visit of the York- 
shire Geological Society the occurrence of limestone boulders 
with Saccammina carteri, in the drift, had been noticed by Prof. 
P. F. Kendall. These became more numerous as Mill Gill was 
ascended, and the parent bed was found at a point about 25 feet 
below the top of the Great Scar Limestone. The occurrence of 
this particular fossil is noteworthy for it has been recorded 
by Mr. Smith from the Acre Limestone of Lowick ; a much 
higher level than that now recorded from Mill Gill. It is known, 
however, that it occurs at several horizons in the Lower Car- 
boniferous Rock, and as its range is from the Ordovician to the 
present time, it is an interesting example of a remarkably 
stable and persistent species. Succeeding the Saccammina 
bed we have well-bedded grey and black limestones with oc- 
casional shale partings, and corresponding to similar beds found 
in the other Yorkshire Dales at the top of the Great Scar 
Limestone. Corals are not uncommon, Lithostrotion martini 
Syringopora sp. and occasional specimens of Cyathaxonia, the 
specific identity of which has not yet been determined. 

The top of the Great Scar is a massive limestone with small 
‘knolls’ which stand up in domes or ridges, around and over 
which the black shales shortly to be described were laid down. 
The resemblance of these miniature ‘ knolls ’ to those described 
by Mr. Lamplugh from the Isle of Man was most striking, and 
the occurrence of Postdonomya becheri in abundance in the 
shales which immediately succeed, strongly suggests identity of 
level. In both areas there is an intimate relation between the 
Cyathaxoma limestones, the knolls, and the Postdonomya bechert 
beds. Several specimens of Trilobites were obtained from the 
black shales. Among the brachiopods that occur in these 
shales are :— 


Productus setosus Ambocelin sp. nov. 
i elegans Spiriter trigonalis 
Fe granulosus ,, triangularis 
undatus Pugnax cf. pugnus 
Rhipidomella michelin Orthotetes sp. 


Chonetes sp. 


It is interesting to compare this list with that recorded by 
Dr. Wheelton Hind (Brit. Assn. Report, 1903), from a higher level 
in these same shales in which, in addition to the brachiopod 
fauna, such forms as Ctenodonta levirostris and Stroboceras 


1gio July 1 


274 Cosmo Johns: Lower Carboniferous Rocks of Mill Gill. 


sulcatus occur. Their occurrence so near the level of Poszdo- 
nomya bechert is significant. 

The Hardraw, Simonstone and Middle Limestones are well 
exposed, but a discussion of their fauna can hardly be under- 
taken here. The Underset and Main Limestones which are 
exposed in the well-known Whitfield Scars, have yielded an 
important fauna, including Productus giganteus and Prod. 
latussimus. These forms are abundant at many levels from 
the base of the Yoredales to the Main Limestone, and are only 
mentioned to emphasise their range throughout the Yoredales. 
It is the coral fauna which is of present importance :— 


Lithostrotion irregulare (small var). 
Cyclophyllum packyeudothecum (adv. mut.). 
Dibunophyllum murheadt. 

“ splendens. 
Lonsdalva ct. duplicata. 


A larger list could be given if forms obtained from the 
Main Limestone of the neighbouring dales were included. 
This fauna has enabled a definite correlation of the Main 
Limestone of the Yoredale area and the Great Limestone of 
North Northumberland,to be made, and a valuable confirmation 
of the stratigraphical evidence is thus obtained. 


A DIGRESSION. 


At this point it might serve some useful purpose if certain 
conclusions as to correlation of the Yoredale Series be briefly 
stated here, while reserving a fuller discussion of the evidence on 
which these conclusions are based for another communication. 
The Main and Upper Scar Limestone of Ingleboro’, Penyghent, 
Buckden Pike and of the ridge that divides Wensleydale from 
Swaledale, contains the same brachiopod and coral fauna as the 
Great Limestone of Weardale and North Northumberland. 
This Main or Upper Scar Limestone is the highest calcareous 
member of the Yoredale Series in the country between the 
Craven Faults and Wensleydale, and is succeeded, after an 
interval of a variable thickness of shales and sandstone, by the 
Ingleborough Grit. This Main Limestone of Ingleborough can 
be correlated with confidence with the Crinoidal Limestone of 
Whittington which occupies the same relative position to the 
Millstone Grit above, and the Limestone masses below. This 
was also the opinion of Phillips, and indeed no other conclusion 


Naturalist, 


Cosmo Johns: Lower Carboniferous Rocks of Mill Gill. 275 


seems possible. Now in the area south of the Craven Faults, 
of which Pendle Hill might be regarded the centre, a thick 
limestone of considerable extent accurs below the Millstone 
Grit, and separated from the massif by a great mass of shales 
with occasional limestones. Phillips did not discuss these 
sections with his usual lucidity, and evidently recognised the 
difficulties of the area. Dr. Wheelton Hind brought forward 
convincing evidence that the Pendleside Limestone was the 
equivalent of the Whittington Limestone. 

Now it has already been pointed out that Phillips unhesita- 
tingly correlated the Limestone of Whittington with the Main 
of Ingleboro’. If both these correlations be accepted as correct, 
it will be found that all the difficulties of the problem of deter- 
mining the relation between the Yoredale Series and the Pendle- 
side Series disappear. The fauna which characterises the lower 
Pendlesides has been obtained from beds unquestionably of 
Yoredale age. As Dr. Hind has established the identity of the 
Pendleside and Lower Culm faunas, it is now possible to corre- 
late these with the Yoredales. It has been mentioned that the 
Main or Upper Scar Limestone is the highest of the Yoredale 
Series in the area under discussion. This Limestone contains 
a striking fauna including corals of an advanced type, and 
indicating a level higher than anything recorded from the 
Bristol area or South Wales. This coral fauna occurs in beds 
above those in which the Pendleside fauna has been found. 
The evidence is therefore consistent and the only conclusion 
possible is that of the equivalence of the Lower Culm, the 
Pendleside Series, and the Yoredale Series. 


A TENTATIVE CLASSIFICATION. 


Phillips, who first described a typical section of what he 
called the Yoredale Series, was led to draw the upper limit at 
the top of the Main Limestone, thus throwing all the beds above 
into the Millstone Grit. When the Survey officers mapped the 
North of England, they found it necessary to draw the dividing 
line at the base of the Ingleborough Grit, and thus included 
the Chert beds and Fell Top Limestones in the Yoredale. 
This classification, which was based on the examination of a 
much wider area than Phillips had described, is unques- 
tionably the correct one. The table on next page compares these 
older classifications with the one now tentatively put forward. 
igre July 


276 Cosmo Johns: Lower Carboniferous Rocks of Mill Gill. 


As now suggested, 1910. 


. : aeyaes John Phillips, Geological 
Lithological Divisions. 1831. 


Survey, 1881, 


MILLSTONE GRIT OF Millstone F : 
INGLEBOROUGH. Grit. Millstone Grit. 
FELL Top LIMESTONES. 
Shales and Sandstones Millstone Ce 
with thin variable Grit. Vb. 
Limestones and thick 3? Upper 
Chert beds. Viowes 
dale 
MAIN LIMESTONE. U Y 
Upper ae 2 
car 
Sandstone and Shale. Scar Rance 
Series. a Y3a. 
UNDERSET LIMESTONE. 2 
o o 
Flaggy Sandstone and ’ a Flag- | Middle s 
Shales with the 3 yd. 3s im stone | Yore- | 9 
and 5 yd. Limestones.| Hawes | & ue: Series. | dale Y2.| ,9 
Flag | ” 5 cs 
MIDDLE LIMESTONE. Series. | © va 
oS 
| 
Sandstone and Shale. o 
a Ma Sell FS) 
SIMONSTONE LIMESTONE. a Lower Lower 
Lime- | Yore- 
Sandstone and Shale. Black stone dale 
bis Lime- Series. Ware 
HARDRAW LIMESTONE. stone 
Group. 
Sandstone and Shale. 


GREAT SCAR LIMESTONE 
with Black Lime- 
stones at summit. 


RESUME AND CONCLUSIONS. 

The occurrence of a Lower Pendleside fauna in the Yoredale 
Rocks of North-West Yorkshire is indicated, and the equiva- 
lence of the Yoredale and Pendleside Series is suggested. 
The coral fauna of the Main or Upper Scar Limestone enables its 
correlation with the Great Limestone of North Northumberland 
to be established. 

The fauna of the Upper Scar Limestone is advanced on that 
of D2 of the Bristol area, and thus it indicates a higher level 
than the top of the Viséan of the South-West Province of Dr. 
Arthur Vaughan. - 

The identity of the Main Limestone of Ingleborough with 
the Whittington Limestone near Kirkby Lonsdale, and with the 
Pendleside Limestone of Longridge Fell and Pendle, Hill is 
asserted. 

A tentative classification of the Yoredale Series is put forward. 


Naturalist, 


FIELD NOTES. 
MAMMALS, 


Pine Marten (?) in Littondale.—A fine specimen of this 
scarce animal was found in a trap on Out Moor above Litton, 
towards the end of April. The throat was yellow, which would 
indicate that it was a Pine Marten, and not a Beech Marten. 
Dr. Macgillivray in his ‘ History of British Quadrupeds,’ and 
Linneus are of opinion that in England there is only one 
species; and that the throat is white or yellow, according to 
age. It is more than twenty years since the Marten has been 
seen in this dale-—W. A. SHUFFREY, Arncliffe Vicarage, May 
17th ~LOLO: 

In view of the rarity of this species in Yorkshire, I made 
enquiries with a view of having the specimen exhibited at the 
Malham meeting of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union. I was 
disappointed to learn that it had been destroyed, and that 
the Rev. Shuffrey had not personally seen the specimen. I under- 
stand it had been in the trap a day or two before being found, 
and when taken to the taxidermist was too far ‘gone’ to make a 
‘specimen.’ Some doubt therefore naturally arises as to whether 
it was a genuine Pine Marten or not.—R. FORTUNE. 

—:0 :— 
BIRDS. 

Abnormal Clutch of Blue-Tit Eggs.—On May 28th, I 
found a Blue Tit sitting upon seventeen eggs. The nest was 
in a nesting-box, fixed about twenty-five feet from the ground, 
in an Oak tree, in the centre of a large wood at Harrogate.— 
R. FORTUNE. 

East Yorkshire Migration Notes.—April 11th, the 
Yellow Wagtail was seen by Mr. S. Waterhouse at Cottingham. 
April 17th, I saw the Willow Wren at North Ferriby; April 
22nd, Chiff Chaff at Welton ; April 24th, Whitethroat at Cliffe ; 
April 25th, Garden Warbler at Ferriby; April 26th, Tree 
Pipit at Ferriby; April 27th, Cuckoo at Cliffe; May 8th, 
Swift and Sedge Warbler on the Humber side. It is perhaps of 
interest to record that Jno. Hodgson saw a Razorbill’s egg at 
Bempton, May Ist, an unusually early date.—E. W. WapeE, 
Hull. 

Ornithological Notes from York.—All the usual summer 
visitors have arrived at the time of writing these notes, most of 
them considerably later than last year, the dates of arrival being 
Igto July 1. 


278 Field Notes. 


as follows :—April roth, Swallow, Sandmartin; April 14th, 
Willow Warbler, House Martin, Tree Pipit, Cuckoo ; April 2tst, 
Redstart ; May 1st, Landrail; May roth, Whinchat, Garden 
Warbler; May 12th, Turtle Dove; May 15th, Nightjar; 
May 16th, Swift; May 24th, Sedge Warbler. On May 2oth 
Mr. Oxley Grabham saw six Black Terns and a pair of Tufted 
Duck on a small lake within the York City boundary, but as 
these birds appear at the same place every year about this date, 
the exact locality is probably best not stated.—SyDNEyY H. 
SMITH, York, June 7th, 1oro. 

Although many migrants were rather late in arriving, the 
nesting season appears to have been an early one. Swifts did 
not make their appearance at Harrogate until May 17th. I 
never knew them to be so late, the 6th of the month being their 
usual time of arrival, and they seldom vary more than a day.— 
R. FORTUNE. —:0 :— 

FLOWERING PLANTS. 

Double-Flowered Variety of Cardamine pratensis.—At 
the field meeting of the Lindley Naturalist and Photographic 
Society on the 28th May, Mr. H. Liversedge brought some 
excellent specimens of a double-flowered variety of Cardamine 
pratensis which he had found at Rowley Mill, Lepton. The 
specimens included both double white and lilac-coloured forms, 
and had the appearance of a miniature ten-week stock.— 
W. E. L. Watram, Newsome. 


This form has occurred here for over twenty years.—EDs. 
—_»oe—_ 

The Journal of the Quekett Microscopical Club for April contains Mr. 
E. A. Minchin’s Presidential Address—‘ Some Considerations on the 
Phenonema of Parasitism among Protozoa’; a ‘Note on our Present 
Knowledge of the Choanoflagellata,’ by Mr. J. S. Dunkerley, as well as 
particulars of the Society's Proceedings during the past winter. 

From the Board of Agriculture and Fisheries we have received the 
Annual Report of Proceedings under the Salmon and Freshwater Fisheries’ 
Acts, ete., etc., [sic] for the year 1908, published in r910. This contains 
52 pages of closely-printed statistics, etc., and is sold at 34d. The Report 
contains a mine of useful information relating to the freshwater fisheries 
of the country, and besides general remarks on the year’s captures, has 
special reports for each district. 

From Messrs. Longmans Green & Co., we have received Vol. I., pt. 1, 
of The Journal of the East Africa and Uganda Natural History Society 
(57 pp-). It contains papers dealing with Francolins, Nature Study, 
Botany, Butterflies, the Fishes of Lake Victoria, the Hagedash Ibis, 
Habits of the Elephant, the Karianduss Deposits of the Rift Valley, 
Trout, and a Strange Case of Snake Bite. The Editors are to be congratu- 
lated upon the smart appearance of their first publication, and particularly 
upon the fact that the papers deal with the East Africa and Uganda 
district. As a frontispiece is an excellent coloured plate of Fyvancolinus 
hubbardt. 

Naturalist, 


279 
THE ZONES OF THE LOWER CHALK. 


Tue combined excursion into Lincolnshire of the Geologists’ Association 
and the Yorkshire Geological Society, which took place five years ago, has 
had at least one very beneficial result; for, quite apart from the value of 
any work which may have been done on that particular occasion, it has 
fortunately been the means of arousing among the residents of that part 
of the country, an interest in the many fascinating problems bearing upon 
the geology of their own county. 

One evidence of this newly awakened interest is the paper on the Lower 
Chalk of Lincolnshire recently published by the Rev. C. R. Bower and Mr. 
J. R. Farmery.* Being residents in the district, the authors have naturally 
been able to devote much more time to the collection of fossils than was 
possible on the part of the officers of the Geological Survey who worked 
over that area, und taey have therefore been able to make some useful 
additions to the previous lists. 

It is, however, in my opinion, regrettable that the records of such 
useful field work should have been mixed up with an attempt to re-arrange 
the zonal classification of the Chalk, in a manner which practically revolu- 
tionises the existing system. The authors propose to designate the lowest 
part of the Chalk up to and including the Totternhoe Stone, the ‘ Zone of 
Holastey subglosus.’ For the lower pink band above the Totternhoe Stone 
they create a new sub-zone characterised by Terebratulina ovnata. The 
beds above this, up to the Actinocamax plenus marls, are to be the ‘ Zone 
of Holaster trecensis.’ This is not suggested as a merely local arrangement, 
for they say (pp. 337-8)— 

“The zonal nomenclature adopted by the Geological Survey for 
the Lower Chalk of Lincolnshire seems to us to be unsuitable... . 
But the link in the chain of evidence supplied by a study of the Lower 
Chalk of Lincolnshire suggests that the use of the names of these 
two fossils (Holaster subglobosus and Holastey trecensis) might be 
made the basis of a zonal scheme which would apply to the whole of 
the Chalk area of England.’ 

The effect of this would be as follows :— 


CURRENT. PROPOSED. 
Zone of Holastey subglobosus = Zone of Holaster trecensis. 
Zone of Ammonites varians = Zone of Holastery subglobosus 


Let us see, then, how this works out. It is true that in Lincolnshire 
Holastey subglobosus does range down to the lowest beds of the Lower Chalk. 
But this is certainly not the case in many other parts of England. For 
example, in Kent, Holastey subglobosus does not occur in the zone of Ammo- 
nites varians, but is found associated with Holaster trvecensits in the zone 
above. The same is the case in Surrey, Berkshire, Oxfordshire, Bucking- 
hamshire, Bedfordshire, Cambridge, Hertford and Suffolk. In none of 
these counties has Holastey subglobosus been recorded below the horizon of 
the Totternhoe Stone. Neither is it sorare in the higher beds of the Lower 
Chall as Messrs. Bower and Farmery seem to suppose, for in Devonshire, 
the Isle of Wight and in Norfolk, it is found right up to the Actinocamax 
plenus band. In Yorkshire it is common at this horizon, for Mr. W. Hill 
says t— 

* Holastey subglobosus occurs throughout the Lower Chalk in the 
Speeton cliffs. Holaster subglobosus occurs from the base of bed 3 to 
the Belemnite marls.’ 


* “ Proceedings of the Geologists’ Association,’ Vol. XXI., part 6. 
‘The Zones of the Lower Chalk of Lincolnshire.’ 


7.02 Gus. Vol: LIV. .(1888)), part 3,-pp., 345-352... “ Lhe Lower 
Beds of the Upper Cretaceous Series in Yorkshire and Lincolnshire.’ 


igio July r. 


280 The Zones of the Lower Chalk. 


This is confirmed by Dr. Rowe who, writing of the chalk exposed in the 
cliffs near ‘ Kit Pape’s Spot’ (Flamborough Head), says*— 

‘Below the horizontal fissure is the zone of Holastey subglobosus. 
. . . It would seem a hopeless quest to attempt to get fossils from 
such a matrix, but we had the good fortune to obtain two undoubted 
examples of Holastery subglobosus from it, and thus to place the horizon 
of this chalk beyond any possibility of doubt. ’ 

It is clear from the context that the beds referred to are those imme- 
diately underlying the Actinocamay plenus marls. 

Nor is the use of Holastey trecensis as a name fossil for the upper zone 
any more satisfactory, for in Sussex, the Isle of Wight, and in Dorset this 
fossil is found as far down as the lower part of the Chalk Marl. 

Messrs. Bower and Farmery speak of a ‘ scheme which recognises domi- 
nant forms as the guides to zonal terminology.’ But it is difficult to see 
how this description applies to their own proposals ; for, as we have already 
pointed out, in many parts of England, Holaster subglobosus, so far from 
being the ‘ dominant form’ in the beds below the Totternhoe Stone, is 
often entirely absent. In fact, it is impossible to find any fossil which can 
be used with absolute satisfaction, and without local exception, as an index 
species for the highest part of the Lower Chalk, but it certainly is not an 
improvement to make the peculiar zonal distribution of species in the 
Lincolnshire Chalk the basis of a general system of zoning. In fact, the 
authors of the paper seem quite prepared when it suits their purpose to 
treat the Lincolnshire fauna as of slight importance for they say (page 338) : 

‘ Holastey subglobosus does not occur in the upper beds of the zone 
to which the name of the echinoderm has been applied, with certain 
not very weighty exceptions—the Isle of Wight, and Lincolnshire and 
Yorkshire.’ (The italics are mine). 

They seem to forget that zonal nomenclature adopted by Mr. Jukes- 
Browne in his memoir on the Lower and Middle Chalk, was intended to 
apply to the whole of England, and that being based upon the general 
distribution of fossils throughout the Chalk areas generally, very strong 
reasons must be given before any district should be excepted from its 
application. There is really no reason why Ammonites varians should 
not be employed as the index of the lower zone in Lincolnshire and York- 
shire, as in all the other parts of England. True it is not so abundant in 
the two counties mentioned as it is elsewhere, but then for some reason all 
Cephalopoda are more rare in Yorkshire and Lincolnshire than they are 
in the South of England. Still it does occur, and it is a species which has 
never been found for certain above the Totternhoe Stone in any part of 
England. 

Messrs. Bower and Farmery seem to be unaware that this very question 
was discussed by Mr. Jukes-Browne so recently as 1906 (‘ Geological 
Magazine,’ 1906, p. 510) apropos of Mr. Bosworth’s suggestion to call the 
upper zone by the name of the ‘Two Holasters zone.’ He then remarked 
that Haploceras austent may eventually prove to be a better index, although 
it is not so common and has once been found in the zone of Ammonites 
varvians. 

As regards the central part of the Lower Chalk, the evidence for the 
new sub-zone does not strike us as being particularly strong. The name 
fossil, Terebratulina ornata, has not been previously recorded in this country, 
and I am informed by Mr. Jukes-Browne that it is probably identical with 
Tevebvatulina nodulosa Eth. This latter fossil is quite common in the 
Totternhoe Stone, so if it be the same as the Tevebyatulina recorded from 
the Lower Pink Band, it is of no value as a zonal index for the latter bed. 
The authors of the paper do not give any information which would enable 
us to determine its identity. Another reason assigned for regarding these 


* “Proceedings of the Geologists’ Association,’ Vol. XVIII., part 4, 
page 201. ‘ The White Chalk of the English Coast—Yorkshire.’ 


Naturalist, 


New Books on Birds. — 281 


pink beds as a separate ‘sub-zone,’ is the occurrence of a special variety of 
Terebvatula semiglobosa, but the Terebratula in question (a transition 
form between T. semiglobosa and T. carnea) is by no means an uncommon 
fossil in Lincolnshire, and in the higher beds, e.g., the Upper Chalk, it is 
quite a characteristic form. 
Dr. Kitchin, who has kindly examined some of these specimens for me, 
says— 
‘Tt is probable that the name T. semzglobosa has been applied to 
a group of forms which is not homogenetic ; in this sense the name 
T. semiglobosa (sensu lato) will apply to your specimen. The proper 
classification of the zonal mutations of Tey. semiglobosa still remains 
to be worked out. . . . The plication appears in concurrent forms 
to have reached very varied degrees of perfection, and this suggests 
that the character of plication has been acquired independently at 
different times by repeated offshoots from the parent non-plicate 
stock or stocks.’ 


As to the other fossils which the authors record as being common in 
the Lower pink band, most, if not all are species quite common in other 
parts of the Lincolnshire Chalk, either in the lower beds, e.g., Pecten orbicu- 
lavis, Pecten inflata, and Cidaris dissimilis, or in the Upper Chalk, e.g., 
Kingena lima and Plicatula sigillina. 


P.S.—Since writing the above I have learned through Mr. Jukes- 
Browne, that Dr. Rowe is responsible for the identification of Ter. oynata. 
He (Dr. Rowe) says— 


‘T have no doubt whatsoever that the Tey. orvnata of Roemer and 
our abundant English form are identical.’ 


The English form referred to is, of course, the one previously listed as 
Ter. nodulosa. 
ARTHUR BURNET. 


== 0) 


NEW BOOKS ON BIRDS. 


During the past few years it has been our misfortune to have to read 
dozens and dozens of new books on birds. In most cases they have been of 
the ‘ pot-boiler’ type; have not advanced zoological science one bit ; 
but have obviously been written for the same reason that a stoker fills a 
furnace. In many instances it is apparent that the author is the owner of 
a pair of field glasses, and a book or two on birds and eggs; is fortunate 
enough to see a cuckoo, and at once jumps before the footlights as a second 
Gilbert White, and simply won’t be howled down! As a welcome relief 
to this kind of thing, there now and then appears a sound piece of work ; 
the result of years of patient study on the part of a thoroughly qualified 
naturalist ; and a volume which at once claims a prominent position on 
our book-shelves. Twosuch monographs, dealing with Kent and Cheshire 
respectively, have recently been published by Messrs. Witherby & Co., of 
London, who have done so much in the interests of ornithology. The 
first, A History of the Birds of Kent, is by Norman F. Ticehurst (10/- net), 
and contains over 600 pages, with twenty-four plates, and a map. 

It is many years since Drayton wrote ‘O famous Kent! What county ~ 
hath this isle that can compare with thee? That hath within thyself 
as much as thou can’st wish: thy rabbits, venison, fruits, thy sorts of 
fowl and fish, etc.’; and to-day the home of the Dartford Warbler and 
Kentish Plover still has a fascination for the nature student. Its geogra- 
phical position at the south-eastern corner of our island, and its nearness 
to the Continent, from which even men can fly and land on our shores, 
results in the avifauna being of especial interest. (The British public, 


« 1gt0 July r. at 


282 New Books on Birds. 


however, has not gone quite so far as some of our ornithological friends ; 
and when an occasional Frenchman flies across the channel, alights on our 
shore, and is seen ‘in the flesh,’ he is not described to the world as 
“ British’). The volume has an added interest from the fact that the 
author has not rigidly adhered to the geographical boundary of the county, 
but in his monograph includes the whole of the Romney Marsh, which is 
so well known for its bird life. 

The author gives a complete account of the occurrences of each species 
of birds recorded for the country ; together with full references to records. 
the local names, etc., etc. He has not accepted the various records without 
careful investigation, and with many of the species his researches have 
resulted in important additions being made to our knowledge. As a 
frontispiece is, appropriately, an illustration of a pair of Kentish Plover 
nesting on Dungeness; and amongst the other plates we notice a repro- 
duction of Pennant’s plate of Dartford Warblers (1776) ; a bird which is 
now extinct in Kent, as it disappeared as a breeding species about 1891. 
The volume is well indexed; there is a Bibliography, and a list of sub- 
scribers. 

The second work referred to is The Vertebrate Fauna of Cheshire and 
Liverpool Bay, and is edited by T. A. Coward (26/-). It is in two volumes, 
each separately paged and indexed, and in general ‘ get-up’ is equal to 
the Kent volume. The first contains over 500 pages, and deals with the 
mammals and birds; Mr. C. Oldham assisting the editor in this section. 
Brief reference is made to the extinct fauna ; amongst the species recorded 
being Elephas antiquus, E. primigenius (mammoth), Bos primigenius, 
B. longifrons etc. Then follows a description of the wild mammals at present 
inhabiting the area ; particular attention being paid to the deer and white 
Somerford cattle. There are also records of whales, dolphins, and other 
marine species. The main part of the book, however, is devoted to the 
birds, and in connection with this the various records in ‘ The Naturalist ’ 
and other publications have been put to good account. The authors 
consider there is satisfactory evidence of the occurrence of 231 species of 
birds in the wild state in Cheshire ; a number which compares very favour- 
ably with the 325 species recorded in the recent volume on ‘ The Birds of 
Yorkshire,’ having regard to the superior advantages of the latter county. 
The Cheshire total does not include the Canada Goose and Mute Swan, 
species which were originally introduced, though they now exist in 
a more or less wild state. The second volume is about half the size of the 
first, and includes an interesting chapter on ‘The Dee as a Wild Fowl 
Resort,’ by Mr. John A. Dockray ; Messrs. Coward and Oldham describe the 
Reptiles and Fishes, and Mr. James Johnstone has written on the Fishes 
of Cheshire and Liverpool Bay. As in the companion volume, the illus- 
trations are principally the work of Mr. Thomas Baddeley. Reptiles only 
rarely occur in Cheshire, and amongst amphibians it is interesting to note 
the occurrence of the Natterjack. Mr. Johnstone’s contribution is a 
welcome and very valuable addition to the work ; rarely have we seen the 
fish fauna of an area dealt with so well. A useful bibliography is given, 
and a map. 

The Time of the Singing of Birds. London: Henry Frowde, 1910. 
126 pps) 3/Omet. 

In this little volume have been gathered together about a hundred 
poems, by various writers, referring to birds and their song. They are 
arranged according to the seasons, and are taken from the writings of 
Burns, Keats, Kingsley, Meredith, Milton, Rossetti, Shakespeare, Shelley, 
Swinburne, Tennyson, Wordsworth, King James I. of Scotland, our old 
friend ‘ Anonymous,’ and a host of others. The poems have been chosen 
with care, and there is an index of authors, index to first lines, etc. One 
need not be a naturalist to appreciate the book, and doubtless those 
writing on ‘nature study,’ etc., will find it useful for obtaining ‘apt 
quotations.’ 


Naturalist, 


283 
REVIEWS AND BOOK NOTICES. 


We have recently received a number of interesting archeological 
publications. Mr. W. Paley Baildon favours us with a copy of his paper 
on ‘Cup and Ring Markings,’ reprinted from Vol. LXI. of ° Archzeologia.’ 
These curious primitive carvings found upon rock surfaces not uncom- 
monly in Yorkshire, are carefully classified by the author. As regards 
their import, there seems to be as many theories as there are monographs 
on the subject. Many of these are quoted. Mr. Baildon, however, has a 
new theory. He considers them to be ‘ ghost-houses.’ Each cup represents 
a hut, whilst the rings would be stockades or banks around them. Like 
every other writer, Mr. Baildon points out that his theory explains most 
of the difficulties with regard to the carvings. There is much to be said 
in favour of the recent theory, but who can say whether it is correct ? 
The Viking Club has just issued part 2 of Vol. VI. of its Saga Book. It 
contains a valuable abstract of a paper on ‘ Danish Antiquities in York,’ 
by Dr. G. A. Auden, which has several illustrations. Dr. Olrik gives a 
‘Viking Saga of the Danes in England’; Mr. A. W. Johnson writes on 
‘Grotta Séngr and the Orkney and Shetland Quern,’ and there are other 
papers of interest. The Saga Book is published at the King’s Weigh 
House, Thomas Street, Grosvenor Square, W. 

The Norse Influence on Celtic Scotland, by George Henderson. 1910. 
Glasgow: James MacLehose. 385 pp., 10/- net. 

In this scholarly and remarkably cheap volume, Mr. Henderson makes 
out an excellent case for the necessity of taking greater cognisance of the 
Norse element in Scotland than has hitherto been the case. The author’s 
special studies have convinced him that the Norse have had much more 
influence upon the history, folk-lore and speech of northern Britain than 
has usually been supposed. When the late Dr. Alexander MacBain 
published his ‘ Etymological Dictionary of the Gaelic Language,’ it was 
complained that he had derived too many words from the Norse. Mr. 
Henderson will not have this; in fact he considers that MacBain did not 
go far enough. The ‘ Norse linguistic influence ’ is the main feature of the 
book, and in a variety of chapters, dealing with the Household, Dress and 
Armour, Agriculture, Carpentry, Fishing, Scenery, etc., the frequent 
occurrence of Norse words and roots is pointed out. To the archeologist, 
perhaps the most interesting chapter deals with ‘ Relics of Scots-Norse 
Art.’ This is illustrated, but is a trifle disappointing in its brevity. For 
example we expected to find rather full reference to the extraordinary 
wooden image found in the peat at Ballachulish in 1880, which is unques- 
tionably one of the earliest relics of the Northmen that occurs in Britain. 
Yet it is dismissed in a few words, and is not even referred to in the index. 
The author is to be congratulated upon his fine piece of work, and especially 
upon the fact that his thorough acquaintance with current literature enables 
him to bring the book thoroughly up-to-date. 

The Danes in Lancashire and Yorkshire, by S. W. Partington. Sherratt 
& Hughes. 246 pp., 5/- net. 

This deals with a similar subject, but in rathera different way, and fora 
different area. Mr. Partington has taken up the study of our Scandinavian 
ancestors as a hobby, and during his visits from place to place has made 
every enquiry as to the papers, etc., thereon that have been published. 
He has also read the articles written by Collingwood, Boyle, Wagner and 
others. This has enabled him to prepare the chapters on Invasion and 
Conquest, Settlements, Place-names, etc., etc., forming this book. It is 
admittedly prepared to endeavour to create an interest in the study of 
the early Danish occupants of Lancashire and Yorkshire. It is written in 
simple language—even amateurish at times—and bears evidence of careless 
proof-reading. The words ‘and Yorkshire’ have evidently been added at 
a later stage, as the author is obviously more at home in Lancashire, and 
deals very largely with that county. There is a portrait of Canute as 
frontispiece. At a crown, the volume is cheap. 


1gio July 1. 


284 


NORTHERN NEWS. 


Nearly the whole of The New Phytologist for May is occupied by a paper 
on Marchantiacee by Dr. F. Cavers. 


A note on the abundance of Nemoura meyeri at Huddersfield in March, 


appears in The Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine for May. 


M. Adrien Dollfus, the editor of La Feuille Des Jeunes Naturalistes, 
has an interesting article on ‘La Protection des Monuments Naturels,’ 
in the June issue of that journal. 


We are sorry to see that the Museums Journal is printing advertisements 
on the same sheets as the text; and as these are in particularly heavy 
type, the volume will have an ugly appearance when bound up. 


The Cambridge University has made a grant of £50 to Mr. C. E. Moss, 
toward defraying expenses of botanical investigations which he proposes 
to make on the Continent; and of £25 to Mr. R. H. Rastall, towards 
expenses of a visit to South Africa for geological investigations. 


In a paper on ‘ Some Variations in the Skeleton of the Domestic Horse 
and their Significance’ (‘ Sci. Proc. Royal Dublin Soc.’ Vol. XII., No. 27, 
1910), Major F. Eassie endeavours to shew that the domisticated horse 
frequently gives proof of deterioration from the type of the skeleton of the 
wild horse. 


In the May Geological Magazine Mr. F. R. Cowper Reed describes some 
‘New Fossils from the Dufton Shales,’ near Melmerby. These consist of 
Trilobites, etc., as under :—Tyinucleus nicholsoni, Acidaspis semievoluta, 
Homalonotus ascriptus, Beyrichia (Ceratopsis) duftonensis, B. (Ctenobol- 
bina ?) superciliata, and B. (Tetradella) turnbullt. 


From an article on ‘ Additions and Corrections to the British List of 
Muscide Acalyptrate in The Entomologists’ Monthly Magazine for June, we 
learn that ‘ the species recorded by the Rev. W. J. Wingate in 1903 (‘ The 
Naturalist,’ p. 284) as occurring in the county of Durham under the name 
iners Mg., is not that species, but a new one ’ named Levia kerteszii Czerny. 
From the same journal we find that an absolutely perfect specimen of the 
ordinary dark form of Tryphena pronuba was taken at Sugar, near Sheffield, 
as early as April 20th. 

We are indeed sorry to learn that the ‘ Record of the Hurst Street 


Chapel, Birmingham,’ has ceased to exist, and that consequently the little 
leaflet which we learn was inserted by the kindness of the Missionary, 


has also ceased, as the result is that ‘ The Field Club’ has sprung into. 


being. It is not the first journal of that name, and judging from the 
sympathetic appeal for support in its second number, its career will not 
be much better than its predecessors. There are evidently some ambitious 
‘authors’ in Birmingham, who write much, and yet write nothing ; whilst 
the silly nonsense written about ‘ We campers three,’ is enough to kill any 
magazine. There is the usual spring poem, a prize [!] essay written by 
a K. E. G. S. (whatever that may mean) ; ‘ Nature Gleanings’ ; “Stray” 
[very] Notes’; in which we are informed that ‘the young rabbits in the 
fields have now grown to a fair size’; presumably those in the woods are 
still small; and ‘ Bathing, didn’t we enjoy it, just!’ ‘I have told you 
enough !_ If it does not suffice, at least it is all I am going to tell’ [thank 
heaven for that]. ‘I have spoken.’ ‘ Farewell those times of the fallen 
leaf, the glory of the years innumerable that have passed o'er man, thou 
consummation of the whole year, farewell.’ And so on. Would that we 
could say ‘ farewell.’ We notice that this wonderful Club is the ‘ Head 
‘Quarters Birmingham Branch’ of a Society that we believe does not 

now exist ! 
Naturalist,. 


No. 643 


(No. 421 of eurrent series). 


A MONTHLY ILLUSTRATED JOURNAL OF 
NATURAL HISTORY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND, 


EDITED BY 


T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., F.S.A.Scot., 


THe Museums, Hutt; 


AND 


T. W. WOODHEAD, Ph.D., F.L.S., 


TECHNICAL CoLLEGE, HUDDERSFIELD. 


WITH THE ASSISTANCE AS REFEREES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF 


J. GILBERT BAKER, F.R.S. F.L.S., GEO. T. PORRITT, F.L.S., F.E.S., 
Prof. P. F. KENDALL, M.Sc., F.G.S., JOHN W. TAYLOR, 
T. H. NELSON, M.B.O.U., WILLIAM WEST, F.L.S., 


RILEY FORTUNE, F.Z.S. 


Contents :— 
. PAGE 
Notes and Comments :—Thrust Masses in the Dolomites; Rabbit Meat; Water and Plants; 
A Frog who would = wore go; Fie Man; Paleolithic and Neolithic Man; Finds at 


Miley cet arte oo . 285-288 
The Origin and Tendencies of Sintastiinin in ‘Fonge G. Masse ‘S. VM. H. ass «+, 289-29 


Neolithic Workshops near Bridlington (Illustrated)—T, Sheppard, F.G.S., F.S.A.(Scot.) .... 292-298 


Pine Marten reported in Littendale—A/fred H. Cocks ae t ise .. 298, 29 
a eee in the Eggs of the Honsengeartaw ire shod domesticus) (itustrated)— 

C.J. Patten, M.A., M.D., Sc.D. .. --. 300-303 
The Recent Cloud-Burst-in North- Enst Vorkeiive7, Tr. ‘Sewell a os ae . 804-30 
The Soaps of the Yotedae and ipadicsite Reries: 5 Mestre Hind, M.D.,F.R.C. s, 

F.G.S. eas . 307-310 
Botanical Taken of Peesdale<Tehe: a Smith, Ph, D. poe r. Ww. Woodhead, Ph, D. ne ~ 811-314 
Relics of a Pre-historic Flora in Lincolnshire—T, ‘Sheppard, F.G.S., F.S.A.(Scot.) sis 315 
Field Notes .., ~ ae see fe ae ae ean Bs ds 814 
Proceedings of Provincial Scientific Societies as aes a a3 met ae ... 288, 303 
Reviews and Book Notices __..... dao PAS Pee Bas 292, 299, 30 
Northern News ra 316 
illustrations ... RONEN Ppa o ee cetigca tat t xscape ceaei Ty ise Me sen lee bs ae Sei 29 
Plates XIII., XIV, S “Anson lan ligih, 

; TS oh ac RS 2 i aS CREEL ES / ee M4 
{ od \ 
LONDON Freie AUG LS 916 
A. Brown & Sons, LIMITED, 5, FARRINGDON AVENUE} E.C, 
And at Hutt and York. . A 
nd a a ‘onal | M Museu 
_ Printers and Publishers to the Y.N.U. as , nidoitarray a?" 


PRICE 6d. NET. BY POST 7d. NET. 


: ae 


FIRST ANNUAL REPORT . : 


OF THE 


Yorkshire Numismatic. Fellowship. 


Edited by T. SHEPPARD, F. G- Ss. 


Contains an Adduese on ‘*Coin® Collecting,” by st. Pickerseill : Nineteenth 
Century Hull Tokens; Unpublished Seventeenth Century Tokens ‘of Yorkshire 
{Thorne and Hull]; Hull Building Tokens, by ,W. Sykes; Rorciany® Report; . 
List of Members, etc. 


With two plates and several illustrations in the text. 
Price l/- net. 
Sold by A: BROWN & SONS, Ltd., Savile Street, Hull. 


NOW READY. 
TRANSACTIONS OF THE 


Dull Geological Society 


VOL. VI. . PART II. 
PRICE TWO SHILLINGS AND. SIXPENCE. 


CONTENTS.—The Fossil Cephalopoda of the Holderness Drift, 


bv C. Thompson, B.Sc. ; The Belemnites of the Yorkshire Lias, by | 


Cc. Thompson, BSc. ‘The Speeton ‘‘Shell-Bed,” by J. W. Stather, 
-F.G.S.; Recent Geological Work in the Humber District, by T. 


Sheppard, F.G.S., F.S.A.(Scot.) ; East Riding Boulder Committee’s : 


‘ Reports, 1907-1909 ; Notes on the Field Excursions in the Years 


1905-1909, by G. W. B. Macturk, W. H. Crofts and J. W. Stather, © 
F.G.S.; Geological Society’s Awards Bibliography, 1906-1go9, © 
compiled by T. Sheppard, F.G.S., F.S.A.(Scot.) ; List of Officers; * 


_ Lectures and Papers read during 1906-9 ; ; List of Members. 


Hull Museum Publications, No. 63. 


ae oo ta . 


A Descriptive Catalogue’ a. 


OF THE 


DOBREE COLLECTION. 


EUROPEAN NOCTUAE. 


COMPILED BY 


H. B. BROWNE, M.A. 


Assistant Master, anes College, Hull. 


172 pp. Price One Shilling net. 


Can now be obtained from— Post free 1/3 net bd 


A. BROW & SONS, Ltd. 


Savile Street, HULL, | y 


ey aaa] 7 


285, 


NOTES -AND. COMMENTS. 


THRUST MASSES IN THE DOLOMITES. 

A geological work by Mrs: Ogilvie Gordon, entitled ‘ The 
Thrust-Masses in the Western, District of the Dolomites’ in 
South Tyrol, has just been published. by the Edinburgh Geo- 
logical Society in a Special Part of its Transactions, Vol. IX. 
The text extends to 91 pages, and is illustrated by 2 geological 
maps, 18 coloured geological sections, and a number of original 
photographs and sketches. Mrs. Gordon describes a series of 
gigantic thrust-masses composed, in that district, of Permian, 
Triassic, Jurassic, and Cretaceous rocks, that have travelled from 
east to west above the older crystalline rocks of the Central 
Alps, and have subsequently been downthrown along with the 
older rocks and suffered further deformation in the region of the 
Dolomites. The base of the series is composed of brecciated 
rock-material belonging to the floor over which the subjacent 
mass has passed and to the lower layers of the subjacent mass. 
The lower layers of each mass differ from place to place, as they 
were masses that had been already plicated in east and west 
direction, and in the course of the overthrust movements new 
plicational forms were superinduced both in north and south 
and in east and west directions. Similiarly the cross-faults 
intersect; or coalesce with, the east-west, E.N.E.-W.S.W. and 
W.N.W.-E.S.E. faults, and form fault-networks which ¢com- 
pletely, isolate the adjacent areas in the. crust. The chief 
Dolomite mountains, such as the Langkofl and Plattkofl 

Massive and Sella Massive, are areas of inthrow surrounded by 
faults, within which the higher thrust-slices have been pre- 
served. 

RABBIT MEAT. 

We are glad to find that at last the botanists are following 
some of their geological friends in being able to see books in the 
running brooks, sermons in stones, and fun in everything. ‘ The 
Sportophyte, Volume I., Number 1,’ issued on All Fools’ Day, 
is said to be ‘ a British Journal of Botanical Humour.’ The 
editor, a single lady, (presumably), insists on the first of the 
series (23 pp.) being a ‘ double number,’ and threatens that if 
‘by the first of April there is not enough matter to make a 
number, what there is will be preserved in spirit, and the 
editor guarantees a double number [the italics are hers] the fol- 
lowing year.’ We are glad to find that the first serio-comic- 


botanico-sportophyte emanates from Manchester, and doubtless 
U 


1910 Aug. I. 


286 Notes and Comments. 


the editor sees the funny side of things as a result of her visit 
to Japan. She certainly had the opportunity, if the stories in 
her charming ‘ Journal from Japan’ are to be believed—and 
we see no reason to doubt them. Amongst the many pieces of 
botanical information to be found in the ‘ Sportophyte,’ we 
learn that the morals of the Quad{! jrangle at Manchester 
University have recently been improved, because the hotbed 
of Weiss has been removed to another place since the additions 
to the botanical department have been completed. 
WATER AND PLANTS. 


Elsewhere, after a little ‘scene’ between Phyllis and Adonis, 
we learn that ‘Weisdom leads Phyllis triumphantly to the 
Laboratorium to a special Service of Praise and Dance.’ The 
magazine has strong teetotal tendencies, as we learn that ‘ from 
a plant’s point of view, if one may use such a phrase, water is its 
best and almost only friend.’ Moderate drinkers will agree that 
‘ water is the food of a green plant’; ‘ In the ground water is 
needed,’ and after that, ice, for some of us. We can only hope 
that the ‘Flare of Northern Lights’ assisting the ‘ Paleophyt- 
ologist of Manchester University’ will not feel ‘put out’ if 
the sale of their first sporting fight does not come up to their 
expectations. We can wish the journal the fate of the rabbit 
and cabbage that may be put in a hermetically sealed tube. 
This we learn would be, that as plants breathe in carbon 
dioxide and breathe out oxygen, and animals breathe in oxygen 
and breathe out carbon dioxide, the two would lzve for ever.’ 
But what if the rabbit gets hungry ? You never thought of 
that ! Miss Paleophytologistsportophyte.* 

A FROG WHO WOULD A-WOOING GO. 

A letter addressed to this journal at ‘ Fleet Street, City, ov 
elsewhere, has safely reached us, we are glad to say. Itis from 
an address in Catford (Kent), and invites us to pay a visit 
to the writer’s garden, trusting that it will be an advantage to us 
as well as to himself, as he is out of employment. It seems that 
there 1s a frog “in young,’ nesting in a gooseberry bush. Ap- 
parently it has not built a nest for itself, but has occupied the 
disused nest of a robin. A well-known clergyman in Hull 
recently showed us an old nest in a bush in his garden, into 
which a toad regularly climbed and slept, though we must 
admit it never occurred to us that it was either “in young’ 


* Pronounced Séofes. 


Naturalist 


Notes and Comments. 287 


or ‘nesting.’ In the circumstances we hardly care to go to 
Catford to see the frog nesting there, but if any of our readers 
wish to go, we shall be happy to supply the necessary address. 
We should like to congratulate the Catford froggy on having 
appropriately chosen a gooseberry bush in which to bring forth 
his, or should it be her, brood. 

EARLY MAN. 

In his presidential address to the Geological Society of 
London,* Prof. W. J. Sollas dealt with the question of early 
man, his evolution, etc. In this he points out that so far as 
the evidence extends, man seems to have attained at a com- 
paratively early stage the full powers of his intellect; his 
subsequent advance has been due less to its continued develop- ~ 
ment than to its constant exercise, and especially to the per- 
fection of speech, its great instrument. The whole history of 
man, as far as it is known to us, has been one long continuous 
advance, marked stage after stage by momentous discoveries ; 
already on his first emergence from obscurity in Mousterian 
times we find him in possession of the art of kindling fire ; 
he knew how to fashion weapons and to weild them, and he had 
arrived at the belief that life is not ended with the grave. 

PALHOLITHIC AND NEOLITHIC MAN. 

Through the succeeding stages of the paleolithic epoch we 
witness a rapid improvement of implements and weapons, as 
well as the invention of new ones, and, most remarkable of all, 
the birth of art and its early efflorescence. The close of the 
paleolithic epoch is marked by a considerable gap in our know- 
ledge ; but, as we enter the next succeeding or neolothic epoch, 
we discover evidence of another great forward step: the wild 
roaming life of the hunter has been exchanged for a pastoral 
existence in settled communities, man has learnt to domesticate 
the animals of the chase, and in so doing he has become domes- 
ticated himself. No great interval separates the neolithic 
epoch from the early civilizations of Mesopotamia and Egypt, 
which are distinguished by an extraordinary advance in every 


direction. 
FINDS AT FILEY. 


Judging from the periodical effusions in various London 
and provincial newspapers, Filey bids fair to take a first place 
amongst the silly-season attractions, and we are daily expecting 


* Printed in the Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, No. 262. 
1910. 


igio Aug. I. 


288 Notes and Comments. 


to hear that a sea-serpent has been caught on the Brig.* It is 
not so long ago that ‘ one of the oldest Roman coins ever found in 
England’ was picked upon the beach at Filey, and was elaborate- 
ly described in the press. On examination the coin proved to 
be part of a modern dress button. Tis fact was not published 
abroad. A little while ago a mammoth tooth was found in the 
cliff. Five pounds were said to have been offered for it; it was 
to go to the British Museum ; and strict secrecy was made of the 
locality, in order that the rest of the animal might be found. 
The tooth is still at Filey, and likely to be. The latest discovery 
is a round glacial boulder ‘which in the remote ages had rotated 
in some glacier pot.’ According to the report, the boulder has 
been submitted to Dr. Tempest Anderson, of York (who, by 
the way, is the authority on volcanoes !), and that gentleman 
intended exhibiting it at the recent conference of curators. 
Somehow, he did not. The paragraph concludes with the 
following drivel: ‘a close scientific inspection of the spot and 
surroundings from which the boulder was taken is to be made, 
as its height above present sea level will help approximately 
to define the height of the glacier at this point.’ Perhaps they 
will find the glacier. 


Te 


The Twenty-third General Report of the Free Library and Museum 
Committee of Bootle shews that in the re-arrangement of the collections, 
particularly the birds and Egyptian antiquities, much has been accom- 
plished during the year. The additions to the museum, however, are a 
little disappointing. 

The Report of the Colchester Museum of Local Antiquities for the year 
ending March 31st, 1910, is, as usual with the reports of that institution, 
surprisingly full of additions of a local and valuable nature. This is largely 
due to the energy of the Curator, Mr. A. G. Wright, who knows exactly 
what a local museum should contain. The report is illustrated by photo- 
graphs of Roman, etc., antiquities. It contains thirty-eight pages, and is 
sold at the museum at twopence. 


Amongst the Museum Reports recently to hand we notice the Eighth 
Annual Report of the Horniman Museum, Forest Hill, S.E. (29 pp., price 
1d.). This contains two plates, lists of additions, etc. Mr. Horniman has 
offered to defray the cost of a lecture hall, at a cost of £4500. The list of 
additions to the Library has the items classified according to whether the 
volumes are bound or not, and there seems to be no rule as to which shall 
be bound and which not. For instance, ‘ Nature,’ ‘ The Museums Journal,’ 
and the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society’ are amongst the ‘ un- 
bounds,’ whilst ‘ Nature Notes,‘ ‘The Museum Journal’ (an earlier volume), 
and ‘ The Irish Naturalist’ are amongst the bound volumes. It would 
surely simplify matters to have all in one list, those bound being marked 
with an asterisk. 
See oe 

* Since the above was penned, a shark of extraordinary dimensions 
has been caught here ! 


Naturalist, 


289 


THE ORIGIN AND TENDENCIES OF 
PARASITISM IN FUNGI.* 


G. MASSEE, F.L.S., V.M.H., Etc. 


Ir is now generally admitted that parasitism in an acquired 
habit on the part of fungi. One of the accepted proofs is the 
fact that fungi that are only known as pure saprophytes, can 
by a judicious course of training, be taught to become rampant 
parasites, and can afterwards be coaxed back to their original 
condition of saprophytism. On the other hand, fungi that at 
the present day are only known as parasites, can be educated 
to live on dead organic matter, or in other words to change their 
mode of life and settle down as saprophytes. From the stand- 
point of food or nutrition, fungi at the present day may be 
arranged under three groups. 31.—Pure saprophytes, or those 
fungi that obtain their food from dead organic matter, as dead 
wood, humus, etc. The common mushroom, and many toad- 
stools that grow on rotton wood, dead leaves, etc., are examples. 
2.—Compulsory parasites, that can only obtain their food from 
living plants or animals, as the rusts and smuts of cereals, 
ringworm, and the white fungus that formsa halo round a dead 
fly on a window-pane, are representatives of this group. 3.— 
A whole host of fungi that occupy a transition stage between 
groups I and 2, and are capable of living as saprophytes 
or as parasites respectively, depending on circumstances. 
Such fungi are considered as not having as yet perfected the 
various methods necessary to enable them to lead a truly 
parasitic life. A typical example of this group is furnished by 
the universally distributed, mouse-coloured mould called 
Botrytis cinerea, which is in reality the conidial condition of a 
Peziza or cup-shaped fungus. 

The following experiments in the education of fungi, or 
weaning them from one habit, and teaching them to take up 
another, were conducted in the Jodrell Laboratory at Kew. 
The spores of certain fungi known only as saprophytes, of 
which Trichothecitum roseum, may be given as an example, were 
mixed with a solution of the substance on which they normally 
grow. This solution with its contained spores, was injected, 
by means of a hypodermic syringe, into the living leaf of an 


* Abstract of an Address given at the Annual Fungus Foray of the 
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union at Castle Howard. 


1910 Aug. I. 


290 The Origin and Tendencies of Parasitism in Fungt. 


= 


orchid just under the epidermis. In due course the fungus 
produced fruit on the surface of the leaf, coming through 
wounds made in the epidermis to admit of its exit. The spores 
of this crop were in turn injected into the orchid leaf, mixed with 
the natural food of the fungus. This method was constantly 
repeated, always using the preceding crop of spores for infection 
purposes. In course of time the fungus had become so accus- 
tomed to its new kind of food that the spores were injected 
mixed with distilled water instead of the original normal food 
solution, and in course of time produced fruit. In the case of 
two kinds of fungi experimented with, after the sixteenth crop 
had been produced, the spores when placed on the orchid leaf, 
germinated, entered the tissues and acted in every way as true 
parasites. No infection followed placing the spores on any 
other kind of living plant, save the particular species of orchid 
to which they had gradually become accustomed. 

Among the true parasites, every grade of parasitism is 
represented. In what may be termed the incipient stage, the 
fungus attacks and promptly kills its host-plant, thus limiting 
its own period of existence to a matter of hours only. To this 
category belongs Pythium debaryanum, the ‘damping off’ 
fungus. Going to the other. extreme, where all the niceties 
of a parasitic mode of life have been carefully worked out, we 
meet with fungi that manage to live at the expense of the host- 
plant, or plant upon which they are parasitic, without appar- 
ently causing it any injury, or even any inconvenience. The 
fungus causing ‘smut’ or ‘slean’ of oats illustrates this ad- 
vanced stage of parasitism. The spores of the fungus, present 
in the soil, infect the oat seedling when it is only a few days old, 
and grow up with the host-plant until it has completed its 
vegetative period of growth, without causing the slightest 
injury; in fact the presence of the fungus in the tissues of the 
oat plant causes the latter to grow more vigorously than 
neighbouring plants that are not infected, and an expert can 
pick out smutted plants by their robust habit and deeper 
green colour, long before the smut appears externally. When 
the young ovaries are formed, they are attacked by the myce- 
lium of the fungus, and in due course, instead of an oat grain, 
a mass of sooty powder, the spores of the fungus, is produced. 
Between the two extreme examples given, every grade in the 
progress of parasitism may be studied, even in our own country. 
This tendency towards parasitism on the part of many fungi 


Naturalist, 


The Origin and Tendencies of Parasitism in Fungi. 201 


is followed by some remarkable modifications bearing on the 
life-history of the organisms concerned. The most pronounced 
change is that of cutting down the method of reproduction by 
means of spores, and depending entirely on a vegetative mode 
of reproduction. The disappearance of spores is in proportion 
to the progress made by the organism in parasitism. When the 
parasite has succeeded in establishing a perennial mycelium 
in the root, tuber, or seed of its host-plant, then the higher form 
of spore-formation is often arrested. As an example, Phyto- 
phthora infestans, the cause of the potato disease, forms myce- 
lium in the tubers, which originates the disease the following 
season, if weather conditions are favourable for the extension of 
the fungus up the stem and into the leaves, also down into the 
new tubers. Now as this perrenial mycelium present in the 
tubers serves the purpose of continuing the fungus in time, or 
from one season to another, the oospore stage, which at one time 
answered the same purpose, has been completely suppressed, 
whereas the conidial stage of reproduction, which serves to 
extend the area of distribution of the fungus, has been retained. 
In the other species of Phytophthora which have not evolved a 
perrenial mycelium in the host plant, the oospore condition is 
present as a necessity, to continue the fungus in time or from 
one season to another. 

In other still more highly evolved parasites, the fungus 
never leaves the host-plant, and all traces of spore formation 
of every kind has disappeared, as in Darnel and Italian rye- 
grass, where the mycelium of the fungus is located in the seed. 
When the latter germinates the fungus grows along with its 
host-plant and again enters the new seed, which, when sown, 
is again accompanied by its internal fungus, and thus the cycle 
of host and fungus is continued from year to year. In this 
instance the seed is not in any way injured or prevented from 
germinating, as in the case of the oat grain when attacked by 
smut. It has been shown that over fifty per cent. of the seed of 
Darnel and of Italian rye-grass are infected with the fungus, 
hence we have two distinct races of these plants ; one race in- 
fected with the fungus, and must ever remain so ; another race 
that is free from infection and must always remain so, as there 
are no spores produced by the fungus to set up an infection. 
Owing to the entire absence of fruit the nature of the fungus 
infecting darnel cannot be determined. It has been shown that 
infected plants are more vigorous, and produce a heavier crop 


gto Aug. I. 


292 The Origin and Tendencies of Parasitism in Fungt. 


than uninfected ones, hence no injury is occasioned by the 
parasite ; on the other hand the host-plant apparently benefits 
to some extent, and the case appears to approach the symbiotic 
condition where a fungus and an alga constitute a lichen. 

The earliest known and most primitive of fungi are truly 
aquatic, and their spores, known as zoospores on account of 
their power of spontaneous movement, required the constant 
presence of water to secure their dispersion. The great. wave 
of parasitism set in when the fungi commenced to adapt them- 
selves to dry land conditions. Their extension on dry land was 
considerably restricted, so long as zoospores, requiring the 
presence of water for their distribution, were alone produced. 
At this stage a second or supplementary formation of spores or 
conidia was gradually evolved, in addition to the primitive 
sexual fruit producing zoospores. This later conidial condition 
in most cases acquired parasitic tendencies. By this means a 
marked division of labour was introduced into the life-history 
of the fungi as a whole, the business of the later evolved conidial 
condition of the fungus being to extend the geographical range 
of the species, by producing immense numbers of conidia 
throughout the season when the host is in an active state of 
growth, in the case of parasitic species. On the other hand, 
the older or sexual forming fruit only appears late in the season, 
when the host-plant is on the wane, and remains in a quiescent 
state until the following season, when the host plant is again 
infected, and the same cycle of development is repeated. Thus 
it is seen that the primary function of the original type of fruit 
is to tide the fungus over that portion of the year when its 
host-plant is not in active growth. On the other hand the 
extension in geographical distribution of a fungus is due to its 
modern conidial form of reproduction, which, instead of being 
dependent on water for their distribution, are dispersed by 


wind, animals, insects, etc. 
ne ee 


The Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society for May 31st (which, as is 
customary, was late in publication) contains a number of papers of par- 
ticular interest to readers of ‘ The Naturalist.’ Dr. A Smith-Woodward 
describes a fine skull of Megalosaurus bradleyi, n. sp., from the Great Oolite 
of Minchinhampton; Mr. R. H. Rastall has an elaborate paper on the 
Skiddaw Granite and its Metamorphism; Mr. W. G. Fearnsides has a 
similiarly detailed piece of work, accompanied by numerous sections and 
maps, dealing with the Tremadoc Slates and Associated Rocks of South- 
East Carnarvonshire ; Mr. A. M. Finlayson writes on the Metallogeny of 
the British Isles, and also on the Problems of Ore-Deposition in the Lead 
and Zinc veins of Great Britain. There is also Prof. Sollas’ presidential 
address, referred to elsewhere. 


Naturalist, 


THE NATURALIST, 1910. Pirate XIII, 


Neolithic Flint Weapons from Bridlington. 


293 
NEOLITHIC WORKSHOPS NEAR BRIDLINGTON. 


T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., F.S.A. (Scor.). 


(PLATE XIII.). 

For some time it has been known that the neighbourhood of 
Bridlington has been particularly prolific in pre-historic weapons 
and implements, and in former years collectors and dealers paid 
considerable attention to the district. When the supply of 
genuine implements was exhausted, a notorious character 
known as Flint Jack made very successful forgeries, which were 
circulated all over the country, and still adorn the shelves of 
many museums. In more recent years, however, important 
finds have been few and far between, though the falling away 
of the cliffs, and the plough, have brought some interesting 
examples to light. 

The material from which most of the neolithic implements 
in East Yorkshire have been made is a tough, dark-coloured 
flint, which is very different indeed from the light-coloured 
splintery flint which occurs in the Yorkshire Chalk. It is 
clear that the neolithic implements are wrought from the far- 
travelled boulders of black flint which occur in the glacial clays 
and gravels, and which have been derived from the bed of the 
North Sea, or from the land on the eastern side thereof. It 
occurred to the writer that the cave inhabitants of East York- 
shire would probably come to the coast for the material for 
making their implements, as the absence of natural exposures 
where the boulders could occur in large quantities would 
prevent these primitive people from getting their supplies 
inland. For years, consequently, watch has been kept all 
along the Holderness coast, for anything approaching the ap- 
pearance of a neolithic workshop. Whilst it is probable that such 
have existed, there can be little doubt that all trace of them has 
disappeared as a result of the erosion by the sea. Seeing that 
on an average no fewer than seven feet per annum have been 
denuded, it will be understood that since pre-historic times a 
considerable tract of country must have been swept away, 
and that consequently the sites of any workshops, which would 
naturally be upon the cliff edge in those far-off days, are now 
some miles out to sea. 

In the vicinity of Bridlington, the retreat of the land is 
nothing like so rapid, and where, as north of the town, the cliffs 
are protected by a natural breakwater of solid chalk, erosion is 


gto Aug. I. 


2904. Sheppard: Neolithic Workshops near Bridlington. 


comparatively slow. In such a situation therefore, it seems 
highly probable that sites of the implement manufactories 
might exist. During the past few weeks I have had oppor- 
tunities of examining the district, and have been successful in 
finding at least four distinct places where, unquestionably, 
primitive man made the crude flint weapons and tools with 
which he hunted and fought. Two or these sites are south of 
the town, and two north ; one being quite close to the so-called 
Danes’ Dyke, which was’ probably erected by the same people ; 
at any rate it is certainly much older than the time of the 
Danes. 

The positions of these, the earliest of our known workshops, 
were first recognised by the enormous number of dark-coloured 
flint boulders, pebbles and splinters, which occurred. Each 
occupied the top of a slight rise in the ground. A close examina- 
tion shewed that, whilst a few of the larger pieces of flint were 
in their natural state, or only slightly chipped, others were in 
various stages of manufacture, from the split nodule with 
squared edges, to the small conical cores, chipped all round, 
which had been thrown away simply because with their primi- 
tive tools, our early ancestors had been unable to strike any 
further flakes off. In all directions were the spoilt flakes or 
‘ wasters,’ as well as ‘ flake-knives,’ the edges of which are still 
remarkably sharp. Occasionally a piece of flint was found 
which had some flaw, or was in other ways unsuitable for making 
into good implements, and had been discarded after several 
attempts had been made to put it to good purpose. In some 
cases it was clear that a large flint nodule had been entirely 
chipped to the core, as peculiarities in the texture of the flint 
could be detected in the dozens of pieces around. Of course the 
best flakes would be made into finished implements and be 
taken away. In the process many small chippings were made, 
which by some antiquaries are termed ‘ pigmy ’ flints, and are 
considered to be evidence of a pigmy race. One of the work- 
men seems to have had a particular fancy for pink flint, 
which, though occurring in the drift, is comparatively rarely 
met with. At one place almost all the flakes found were of this 
colour, and similarly, an unusual number of large pieces of pink 
flint were present. This is doubtless accounted for by the fact 
that boulders of this material are much more irregular in shape 
and contain more flaws than the black flint, and consequently a 
greater proportion would be discarded. 


Naturalist,. 


Sheppard: Neolithic Workshops near Bridlington. 295 


In addition to the cores and flakes, however, a number of 
complete and well-finished neolithic implements have been 
found, which had been accidentally lost, or for some other 
reason had been left behind. Amongst them are some types 
which are quite peculiar to the district, and, except in a few 
isolated instances, are not found in any other part of the 
country. 

The commonest form of implement found was the oval or 
pear-shaped ‘scraper’ (Plate XIII., figs. 1-4); the circular form, 
which occurs in thousands on the wolds to the west, being only 
occasionally met with near Bridlington, and, so far, not at all on 
the sites of these workshops. The long scrapers average about 
two or two anda half inches in length, by about one and a quarter 
inches in breadth. One side is almost always flat, just as struck 
from the nodule, and shews no secondary chippings. The 
opposite side however, exhibits evidence of careful workman- 
ship. Usually the end opposite the ‘bulb of percussion ’ 
(made in striking the flake from the block) is semi-circular in 
form, and rendered sharp by many small secondary flakings, 
skilfully made. In addition, one of the long edges is usually 
flaked in the same way. These are thought by some authorities 
to have been used for striking lights, after the manner of the 
flint and steel of our great-grandfathers’ days. By others they 
are considered to have been used for scraping the fat, etc., from 
the skins of animals. Probably the former view is the more 
correct. 

Another type of weapon, which is by no means uncommon, is 
not so easy to account for, unless it has been used for making or 
straightening arrow and spear shafts (figs. 5 and 6). These vary 
in shape, but are usually portions of large, well-struck triangular 
flakes, the ends of which have been broken away. At first they 
may easily be passed over as ordinary ‘ wasters,’ but a closer ex- 
amination reveals the fact that at the ends, or sides, or both, there 
is a small semi-circular notch, with innumerable small flakings 
from one side only, thus leaving a sharp cutting edge, just such’ 
as would be necessary for working an arrow shaft. Of this 
particular type of implement (which has not hitherto received 
the attention it deserves), quite a number have been obtained. 

Of the barbed arrow heads which have been found in such 
numbers in the Driffield and Fimber neighbourhoods, not a 
trace has been seen, though more or less complete arrow points 
and small spear heads of the lanceolate or leaf-shaped type, have 
Igto Aug. I. 


296 Sheppard: Neolithic Workshops near Bridlington. 


been obtained. Whilst the barbed arrow head is not nowadays 
common anywhere, its entire absence on the site of the four 
workshops is a little difficult to explain. 

Near to one of these sites was found the flint axe head of 
unusually small size, which was figured in these columns for 
April last, page 144. 

Perhaps the most remarkable find is a curved implement, 
in the form of a boomerang, and is considered by the authorities 
at the British Museum to have been used as a sickle (fig. 8). It 
was found at Bempton by a labourer whilst ploughing. It most 
resembles one of the long well-made flint axes, which are occa- 
sionally obtained on the wolds, but has a remarkable curve, 
or elbow, in the middle, which of course precludes it from being 


Fig. 8.—Curved Flint Implement from Bempton (and Section). (Natural size). 


classed as an axe head. Both sides are carefully chipped to a 
sharp cutting edge, and one end is also sharpened after the 
manner of an axe. The edges are not quite parallel, but have 
a shght curve or twist, which is apparently intentional. En- 
quiries made at the British, Driffield, and other important 
museums and collections in the country, have failed to find that 
anything like it exists, though similarly curved flint weapons 
are recorded from Denmark and Egypt. Measuring along the 
outer curve, it is 5} inches in Jength, the cutting end is I} 
inches across, it varies from 1} to 7 inches wide, and is not more 
than half an inch in thickness. The nearest approach to this 
specimen is one figured by the late Sir John Evans in his 
‘ Ancient Stone Implements of Great Britain’ (second edition, 
page 355)* This was found at Sewerby, near Bridlington, and 


* See also Proc. Soc. Antiq., 2nd Series, Vol. 7, p. 328. 


Naturalist, 


Sheppard : Neolithic Workshops near Bridlington. 297 


is at present in the possession of Mr. Thomas Boynton. Though 
larger, the Sewerby example is not nearly so abruptly curved as 
the one just described, and is certainly more in the form of a 
knife. Another curved flint weapon, obviously a dagger, was 
found at Fimber, and is now in Mr. Mortimer’s collection ; 
and slightly curved flint axes are in the Norwich and other 
museums. So far, however, the weapon recently found seems 
to be unique. 

These specimens, together with other interesting finds 
which have been made in the Bridlington district (though not on 
the sites of the workshops), are being placed in the museum at 
Hull. 


Fig. 9.—Conical Axe-head from Bridlington (and Section). 


It is perhaps of interest here to refer to the fact that there 
are two other important types of neolithic weapons which are 
peculiar to the Bridlington district. This fact would seem to 
shew that the place was evidently of some importance in pre- 
historic times. One is a large triangular arrow or spear head 
(fig. 7), sometimes with a projection at one corner. Its principal 
feature, however, is the extraordinary way in which the flakes 
have been struck off parallel to each other, and extend across 
the implement without a break. These regular flakings have 
resulted in the name ‘ ripple-marked ’ being given to this class 
of implement. Oddly enough, as in the case of the curved flint 
weapons, the nearest approach to the Bridlington ripple-marked 
flints occurs in Denmark and Egypt. 
i910 Aug. rt. 


208 Cocks: Pine Marten reported in Littondale. 


The other weapon is a conical axe-head (fig. 9), usually made 
from diorite or other allied igneous rock, which does not occur in 
situ formany miles. Like the black and pink flints, the material 
for making these axe heads has undoubtedly been obtained 
from the transported erratics in the glacial clays and gravels. 
Unlike the generality of East Yorkshire neolithic axe heads, 
these Bridlington examples have a point at one end, the broad 
end being rubbed down to a sharp edge. They are circular, 
or nearly so, in section. Specimens of this type which have 
been examined in various museums and collections up and 
down the country, have invariably proved to have been ob- 
tained in the Bridlington district. ; 


ee 


PINE MARTEN REPORTED IN LITTONDALE. 


ALFRED H. COCKS. 


CONSIDERING what wanderers Martens are, the occurrence of 
one in Littondale* is not difficult to believe. The spot is not 
marked in the best map at hand, but presumably it hes in the 
N.W. quarter of the West Riding, and if so, it would only be a 
matter of a very few days’ journey (from a Marten’s point of 
view, even allowing for a circuitous route) from where a few of 
the species still linger. 

The fact that only the Pine Marten occurs in the British 
Isles was finally shown by the late E. R. Alston, F.Z.S., as long 
ago as January 1880, in‘ The Fauna of Scotland,’ etc. (published 
by the Nat. Hist. Soc. of Glasgow, p. 12). 

The statement that the breast of the Littondale specimen 
was noted as yellow, is fair proof that it was not an (escaped) 
Beech Marten; for while the breast of the Pine Marten may 
be of any shade from cream-white to bright gamboge-yellow, 
that of the Beech Marten (so far as my own limited experience 
goes) is always white, or at most with a very light buff or yellow- 
ish tinge, not deep enough to describe as yellow. The colour of 
the breast, however, can not be taken as affording a specific 
character ; a much better one (as pointed out Joc. cit.) is the 
colour of the under-fur, which in Mustela foina 1s greyish-white, 
and in M. martes reddish-grey. Also the last upper molar of 
the former is ‘ notched externally,’ and in the latter is ‘ simply 
rounded externally.’ The two species are not Jikely to be 
confounded by anyone who has seen even a single living speci- 


* See ‘ The Naturalist,’ July, p. 277. 
Naturalist, 


Reviews and Book Notices. 299 


men of each (though this was done, towards the end of his life, 
by the late A. D. Bartlett, for many years Superintendent of 
the London Zoo !) 

Whether the Littondale animal was a Marten at all, or 
an escaped representative of some totally distinct genus from 
perhaps another quarter of the globe, can only be ascertained 
by the cross-examination of the taxidermist, the trapper, and 
any other persons who saw it. Can the skull, or even one or 
more of the long bones be recovered from the taxidermist’s 
back-garden,* or was the specimen removed by the urban 
council’s sanitary cart ? In the latter case, recovery may be 
allowed to be hopeless. It is not long since a reputed stoat 
captured in England, was presented to the Zoological Gardens 
in London, where it was found to be an example of one of the 
less-commonly imported species of Herpestes, I forget now 
which, but think H. fulvescens, a native of Ceylon. 


7O; 


Edible and Poisonous Fungi. 25 Coloured Plates, 1/-. Board of 
Agriculture and Fisheries, Whitehall Place, S.W. 

This excellent fascicle of coloured illustrations of Edible and Poisonous 
Fungi has been published by the Board ‘ with a view to enable residents 
in the country to distinguish accurately between poisonous and edible 
kinds, and thus to utilise to a greater extent those varieties as food.’ 
Seventeen edible and eight poisonous species are illustrated. The best of 
the former and the worst of the latter are here so figured as to make it 
almost impossible for anyone to get wrong if they are armed with this 
book and a modicum of discrimination. A short popular description ac- 
companies each plate and the figure is footed by both technical and 
common names. The original drawings were prepared by our contributor, 
Mr. G. Massee, of Kew, assisted by his daughter Miss Ivy Massee. 


The Transactions of the Hull Geological Society, Vol. VI., part 2, for 
1906-9 (A. Brown & Sons, Hull, pp. 95-170, 2/6), have just been published, 
and contain a record of the Society’s work during the past four years. 
The contents clearly show that there is much work being carried on in the 
south-east corner of Yorkshire. Mr. C. Thompson has two remarkable 
papers on ‘ The Fossil Cephalopoda of the Holderness Drift’ and ‘ the 
Belemnites of the Yorkshire Lias,’ respectively, both of which indicate 
that the author is following profitable lines of research. The Hon. Secre- 
tary, Mr. J. W. Stather, writes on ‘ The Bielsbeck Fossiliferous Beds, and 
the Speeton “ Shell-Bed,”’’ and there are the Reports of the East Riding 
Boulder Committee, and Notes on the excursions during 1905-9, which are 
some indication of the Society’s enthusiasm. Mr. Sheppard contributes a 
lengthy paper, ‘ Recent Geological Work in the Humber District,’ which is 
practically a summary of the various geological items that have appeared 
in ‘ The Naturalist’ in recent years, and is illustrated. The same writer 
contributes a ‘ Bibliography, 1906-9,’ in which an enormous number of 
geological papers relating to East Yorkshire and North Lincolnshire are 
included. ‘There are other shorter items, one of which, dealing with the 
London Geological Society’s Awards, shows that the Hull Society has been 
especially favoured by the parent Society. 
—_—<—§—K—Kee_=__|]S]S[S["}"}""_5S5C 

* Enquiries are being made.—Eb. 


Igio Aug I. 


300 


DIMORPHISM IN THE EGGS OF THE HOUSE- 
SPARROW (PASSER DOMESTICUS). 


C. J. PATTEN, M.A., M.D., Sc.D. 
Sheffield. 


(PLATE XIV.). 


THE considerable range of variation to which the egg of the 
House-Sparrow is subject has no doubt struck many ornitholo- 
gists. But until I came to collect large numbers of the eggs of 
this species, while prosecuting some investigations into avian 
embryology, I was not of the opinion that such marked dimor- 
phism existed. Unlike the case which I published in this 
journal last year, of a clutch of Song-Thrush’s eggs in which one 
was devoid of spots, and was non-fertile with an aborted con- 
dition of the yelk, all the shells in the eggs which I am now 
about to describe have pigmental markings deposited on the 
ground-colour. In some the markings are strikingly different 
even in eggs from the same nest; conversely in another case 
whilethe pattern is fairly uniform, there is decided dimorphism 
in size. 

Before proceeding further with details, | may here point out 
that I have thought it worth while also figuring a very common 
form of dimorphism in which three or four of the clutch have a 
clear ground-colour with large and more or less discreet blotches 
and spots (e.f.g. Plate XIV., fig. 1); the remaining one or two 
eggs having a muddy whitish brown ground-colour in which 
there is a considerable diffusion between the latter and the pig- 
ment-markings (A. Plate XIV., fig. 1). From a large Sparrow- 
colony situated in an ivy-covered house-front, from which all 
the eggs in question have been taken, I estimated that some 
twenty-five per cent. of clutches displayed this peculiarity, 
and as I have found the same in Sparrows’ eggs obtained from 
nests more or less isolated from their fellows, I am not inclined 
to think that here there is any mixing of the clutches of different 
birds. Moreover, I have found the same variation taking place 
in egg-clutches. of the Redbreast, Willow-Warbler, Meadow- 
Pipit, and other birds in which the markings are numerous and 
well distributed over the shell. This form of variation I look 
upon as purely physiological, depending upon an alteration in 
the activity of the secretion of the pigment-glands, and the 
rate of rotation of the shell down the oviduct ; and I believe 


Naturalist, 


THE NATURALIST, 1970. PLATE XIV. 


Fie. 1, 
Two ‘ True-Clutches’ of Eggs of the House-Sparrow. 


(Approximately natural size). 


Byre@ae2: 
Two “False-Clutches’ of Eggs of the House-Sparrow. 


(Approximately natural size). 


7 a 

q z s 

ee a : ae 

. BS a> fo oe . ee eee eee ee 
: -e 


id = 


oe i 
Hy Es ee ee Se, ve anf 
SNe eS MT Meg) PARRA ges 8 eee ee 
; os 
A 4 t = ae a a 


- 
a 

0 
i 

2 

: ‘ 
, 

i 
= 
a 
‘ 
7 


Patten: Dimorphism in the Eggs of the House-Sparrow. 301 


that such clutches are as genuine and as sure of being laid by 
one bird as when no dimorphism at all occurs, which at the 
same time must be distinguished from individual variations 
which are (except in the cases of unspotted eggs), exceedingly 
common. In fact no two eggs are ever spotted exactly alike ; 
they differ individually as human faces do, though both are 
capable of being grouped into types. In the above clutch of 
Sparrows’ eggs we find two types evidently laid by the one 
mother-bird, the egg with the clean white ground-colour and 
more or less discreet spots, and the egg with the ground-colour 
diffused to a considerable extent by admixture with the fine 
pigmental markings. 

I now proceed to describe three other sets of eggs, each set 
being the contents of one nest. I cannot call them all clutches, 
as from what follows I have reason to believe that in two cases 
more than one hen-bird laid in the nests. The top row in Plate 
XIV., fig. 1, shows four eggs marked (apart from individual 
variation) very similarly, but the discrepancy in size between a, 
b, and c, d, is so well marked that an interesting example of 
dimorphism in size is seen; as this is not a very uncommon 
occurrence, and as here the stages of incubation were fairly un1i- 
form, I am inclined to believe these four eggs form a true clutch. 

The other two sets of eggs, figured in Plate XIV., fig. 1, are 
more remarkable, and as regard markings, show the converse 
condition to the last, and indeed in size and shape we see consider- 
able differences also. In the bottom row m and n, while very 
similar in size and markings, are so unlike o, that at first one 
might be inclined to think that the former were not a House- 
Sparrow’s eggs at all. I must frankly admit that I was doubt- 
ful myself until I received a general consensus of opinion from 
the ornithologists present at a recent meeting of the Yorkshire 
Naturalists’ Union * in favour of the House-Sparrow being 
responsible for producing such an interesting variety of egg. 
In regard to this set I may here refer to a noteworthy 
fact about the contents. Originally the number of eggs found 
in the nest was five, but unfortunately two others of the same 
type as o,became broken ; however, though the contents were 
somewhat besmattered on the floor, I managed to find out that 
fertility had ensued and that a very early stage of the embryo 
had been reached, also that there were evident signs that the 


* These eggs were exhibited at the meeting of the Vertebrate Section of 
Zoology, held at Leeds on Feb. 19th, 1gro. 


rgto Aug. I. x 


302 Patten: Dimorphism in the Eggs of the House-Sparrow. 


embryos were living when the eggs were at first removed. 
But quite a different state of affairs presented itself in the case 
of the two curiously marked eggs (Plate XIV., fig. 2 m,n”). The 
contents were dried up, and could not be removed and they 
rattled about when the shell was shaken, like a pea in a whistle. 
Evidently the history points to this—the latter two eggs were 
long since laid, forsaken, and their contents allowed to undergo 
dessication (which readily takes place in small eggs laid in a 
dry situation) before another hen-bird took possession of the 
nest and laid three eggs. If this hypothesis be accepted, it is 
interesting to note that the hatching bird did not eject the old 
eggs before laying ; indeed their presence may have encouraged 
the bird to settle to the task of incubation all the more quickly, 
as is seen in the case of domestic fowls when a china egg is 
placed in the nesting-pen by the poultry-raiser. 

In the top row of Plate XIV., fig. 2, is an interesting example 
of a set in which / is very sparsely spotted, and possesses a re- 
markably clear milky-white ground-colour, reminding one more 
of a Swallow’s than a Sparrow’s egg, but for the larger size. While 
I believe this egg was laid by a different bird, it is interesting to 
see there is a rather regular gradation in the pointing of the 
lower pole of the set, which is best marked in /. 

It must be borne in mind that I have used the term dimorph- 
ism in a very general, perhaps partly in somewhat an inapplic- 
able sense. For, contrary to the case of the eggs of the Thrush’s 
nest above mentioned, which I believe constituted a genuine 
clutch, and therefore showed dimorphism in the eggs of an indi- 
vidual bird, in two of the cases of the Sparrows’ eggs I have 
adopted the term dimorphism simply to indicate two very 
different forms found occupying the same nest, but not laid by 
the same bird. Hence while the value of the phenomenon of 
dimorphism may here be somewhat lessened, still the differences 
in the two types of eggs which constitute the ‘ false clutches,’ 
figured in Plate XIV., fig. 2, are so pronounced that, laid as 
they have been by separate birds, these eggs seem to possess no 
small amount of interest. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV. 


IDK © ig 
Two True-Clutches of Eggs of the House-Sparrow. (Nat. size). 


In the upper row while the eggs are marked very similarly, a and 6 are 
considerably smaller than cand d@, in the lower row, e, f, g belong to the 
type with a clear ground-colour with discreet blotches and spots, whereas / 


Naturalist, 


Patten: Dimorphism in the Eggs of the House-Sparrow. 303 


shows a muddy whitish-brown ground-colour diffused with pigment 
markings. 


MEASUREMENTS. (Nat. size). 


Length. Breadth. Length. Breadth. 

a Be CMe as) CI. e 22 Ells vated CM. 

b TeQiess eed ign df 2 93 Apres woke ey 

Cc Fates oh Sick Mose a g 2 % eh | elle aiats 

a exh is lio) RAG h 2 ie Ban ¢ ALS} Yor 
BIG. 2s 


Two ‘False-Clutches’ of Eggs of the House-Sparrow. (Nat. size). 


In the upper row, Z is markedly different from the other three ; in the 
lower row, m and x are very similar but strikingly unlike 6; 7 is tilted to 
show on its broad end the zonular band of finely-dusted grey markings ona 
clear white ground ; » is marked similarly, and both eggs are practically 
free over the rest of the shell from any other pigment-markings. 


MEASUREMENTS. (Nat. size). 


; Length. Breadth. Length. Breadth. 
a 22S Cineee | els )Cin. m Stes Fae (Si | oo. MG TOaee 
7 FO Gal) | Bab mlek ear n Tee ba A. PGI RR 
k Po th astay We naroe elias akon 0 Sap UE) Ertan Romar okey, won 
Z DAG twee ty ocak plc 2 atts 

—-{o oO — 


The Journal of the Torquay Natural History Society (Vol. I., No. 2, 
pp. 49-86, 1/-) has been received from the Museum, Torquay. It contains 
a continuation of Mr. H. J. Lowe’s ‘ Historical Notes’ relating to the 
Society, short abstracts of papers on various subjects, read to the society 
(including a lengthy one on ancient earthquakes and crust movements in 
Devonshire, by Mr. A. Somervail), and a list of the Marine Mollusca of the 
Torquay District, by Mr. A. J. Jukes-Browne. The subjects discussed by 
the Society include Water Fleas and Dante’s “ Purgatorio.’ 

The Annual Report and Transactions of the North Staffordshire Field 
Club for 1909-10, (Vol. XLIV., 227 pp., edited by Mr. W. Wells Bladon), 
contain a record of the Society’s work, abstracts of various papers on as 
varied subjects, zoology, entomology, botany, meteorology, microscopy, 
archeology, etc., all of which appear to have a bearing upon the Society’s 
sphere of work. The principal paper seems to be “ On some of the Rarer 
Birds of Staffordshire and their Migration across the County, with notes 
from adjoining counties,’ by Mr. F. Coburn. This is illustrated by numer- 
ous blocks from photographs of stuffed specimens. 

The Leeds Astronomical Society has just issued its Journal and Trans- 
actions (No. 17) for the year 1909. (Leeds: R. Jackson & Sons. 78 pp., 
2/-). The publication is edited by Mr. Ellison Hawks, and besides con- 
taining abstracts of papers, original contributions, a record of the Society’s 
meetings, etc., includes reprints of the various letters on astronomical 
subjects, written by the members to the Yorkshire Post and other papers. 
These are thus in a much more convenient form than a newspaper cutting 
book. Amongst the contributions we notice ‘ Some recent Observations of 
the Moon,’ made, appropriately enough, by Mr. Mann; ‘Some recent 
Observations of Mars,’ made with the eagle eye of Mr. E. Hawks; and 
“Star-Drift,’ by A. Burnet, who thinks that researches in the not distant 
future will ‘throw a great amount of light’ upon the problem. Mr. 
Whitmell takes Mars as a view-point, and Mr. Edwards deals with Creation 
from a Maori standpoint. 


1gio Aug. tI. 


304 


THE RECENT CLOUD-BURST IN NORTH-EAST 
YORKSHIRE. * 


J. ¥. SEWELL. 


THE storm of May 2oth last appears to have passed north by 
way of Weaverthorpe and along the boundary of Sherburn 
and Heslerton parishes. It then crossed the valley, and heavy 
rain is reported to have fallen a little to the east of Ebberston, 
increasing in intensity over Staindale moor. Crosscliff and 
Bickley probably experienced the storm, although very little 
extra water is reported to have flowed into the Forge Valley 
and Ayton drainage ; no extra water found its way into the 
Newton-Dale stream except a small amount from the Saltergate 
area. 

The Staindale rain-fall caused a rise of about four feet in 
the beck at Thorntondale (very little rain at the village although 
the storm of the 21st was very heavy here), Ebberston was also 
badly flooded with the moor drainage. 

An immense rainfall occurred immediately west of Lilla 
Howe and continued on the western side of the watershed as far 
as Grosmont ; no streams to the east of the watershed flowing 
into the Flyingdale district were effected, nor were those west 
of the railway line nor near Goathland village. Probably the 
volume of water that fell on these moors equalled, or more than 
equalled the downpour on the wolds. The Ellerbeck stream 
rose nine feet, and at Goathland the bridge immediately south 
of the station was unable to take the water, which, getting on to 
the line, flowed between the station platforms. Grosmont 
suffered from the water which came down the hillside fields * in 
waves following one another.’ 

The storm now appears to have taken more of a north-west 
direction. It crossed the line a little north of Grosmont, 
passed over Aislaby village, and broke with renewed violence 
on the northern slope of Skelda moor and over Hutton Mul- 
grave ; it possibly continued to sea, passing between Sandsend 
and Runswick. 

Whitby escaped this storm except for an ordinary thunder 
shower with a rainfall of -22 during the night, the sky as 


* For an account of the storm in the Driffield district the reader is 
referred to the article by the Rev. E. Maule Cole, F.G.S., in ‘ The Naturalist ” 


for July, pages 255-256. 


Naturalist, 


The Recent Cloud- Burst in North-East Yorkshire. 305 


seen from the town between 5 and 6 a.m. was‘ dark yellow- 
green;’ thunder was heard from about 4.a.m. Happily the 
tide was out when the flooded Esk discharged into the sea 
between 8 and g-30a.m. As far as can be judged, the river 
deposited far more mud in Whitby harbour than the current 
took sand to sea; the water was like soup of a light-stone 
colour, the sediment being the Oolitic shaley earth of the 
Goathland district. 

The heaviest downfalls occurred on the Wolds, and between 
Lilla Howe and Sil Howe; while very violent rain was ex- 
perienced on Staindale moor and over the Mulgrave-Dunsley 
district. An observer at Dunsley states that ‘ the cloud he was 
watching suddenly appeared to drop on the ground and deluged 
everything.’ The Sandsend and Eastrow streams draining this 
area did great damage, the county bridge over the latter being 
choked with trees washed out of the Mulgrave woods, was 
destroyed. An observer at Goathland says, ‘ after watching 
a violent storm in the south-east, I noticed the wind-vein 
suddenly veer round from the north-west, when a dark cloud 
appeared to drop out of the sky from that direction, and every- 
thing was obscured by falling water.’ 

The track of the storm as already stated, had been north, 
with a slight deviation to the west. After passing Goathland, 
its track turns more to the west, unless the above observer is 
correct in his surmise of two storms, one from Sandsend and 
the other from the Wolds meeting on the moor to the east of 
Goathland.* 

The effect of this mass of water on the moorland streams is 
very marked, and a greater alteration than has taken place in 
the previous one hundred years of ordinary rainfall was made 
in half an hour, small waterfalls were converted into rapids, 
and blocks of stone, some of several tons in weight, being 
dislodged out of the bank, were carried into the bed of the 
stream, where forming a block, masses of stone were piled up 


* Since the above was written, the writer has read the interesting des- 
eription of the storm given on page 256 of ‘ The Naturalist’ for July, and 
the ‘meeting of two heavy rain-clouds’ may possibly account for the Lilla 
Howe downpour. The writer also has been able to trace the effect of the 
storm in all the sea-flowing streams northward to Saltburn; at Dalehouse 
(Staithes) another county bridge was undermined, and is now being rebuilt. 
The only time obtainable as to the downpour is * early morning’! Does 
not this lend additional weight to the idea of a storm moving from the west 
and continuing near the coast, until it turned south to meet the northward 
moving storm as aiready described ? 


gto Aug. I. 


306 Book Notice. 


behind them, raising the bed of the stream several feet. Over 
this the water poured in a fierce cascade, scooping out the stream 
bed, and carrying everything before it. Another stone block 
was formed, and the process was repeated. Now the storm is 
past, the water finds its way, in many cases, under the stones 
that it piled up in its fury. Probably thousands of tons of 
stone are left in the river bed where the two streams met at 
Darnholme, and also just below Thomasson Foss. This 
waterfall has been very much shortened, principally by the 
raising of the water level in the pool at the foot of the fall. 
In time of flood the salmon will probably be able to get into the 
higher streams. The river from here to its junction with the 
Murk Esk has undergone a great amount of alteration. 
——— NS 


Ancient Plants, by Marie C. Stopes, D.Se., Ph.D., F.L.S. London: 
Blackie. pp. vi. and 198. 4/6 net. 

Any book coming from Dr. Stopes is sure to be interesting, and this one, 
dealing with a phase of plant life she has advanced in no small degree, will 
prove both attractive and stimulating. It is written from the point of 
view of the general reader, and with the hope that it will also prove useful 
to the college student in ‘ presenting the most interesting discoveries and 
general conclusions of recent years.’ Its language is often simple, at times 
very expressive, and even grandiloquent as the writer warms to her sub- 
ject. Occasionally, we gather that outsiders hardly take paleeobotanists 
at their own valuation, and here and there is a little unnecessary protesting 
concerning the supreme importance of the subject, but this we can forgive 
in an enthusiast. There are nineteen short chapters dealing with such 
topics as various kinds of fossils, coal, the seven ages of plants (a very 
arbitrary division), stages in plant evolution, minute structure of fossil 
plants compared with living ones, and ten chapters dealing with the past 
histories of plant families. Plant histology cannot be understood by the 
general reader without much effort. Still the clear and excellent illustra- 
tions prove a great help. For students’ use (and we think these would have 
been better kept in mind), we are too often met with such expressions as 
“they are too complex to describe in detail’ and as these often refer to 
fructifications, about which the most important discoveries have recently 
been made, it becomes rather disappointing. This, however, is to some 
extent compensated for by the series of useful comparative diagrams 
illustrating the evolution of the seed from the spore. Considering the 
nature of the subject, we cannot agree with her dictum that Scott’s 
‘Studies’ are ‘hard and impossible reading,’ for many of the structures 
she finds too complex to describe, Scott renders perfectly clear, and in 
language often simpler than some we find in ‘ Ancient plants.’ Errors are 
not numerous, though at times she is carried into making too sweeping 
assertions, apparently out of sheer exuberance. On page 78, chapter XIII- 
should be XII., and in the figures illustrating minute structures, many of 
the photo-micrographs are labelled ‘ micro-photos,’ and as no indication of 
magnification is given, a distorted notion will be obtained by the ‘ general 
reader,’ if he or she refers to a dictionary for its meaning, which we find 
is not included in the glossary at the end of the book. These, however, 
are minor points, and a book at once so ably written on the whole, and so 
well illustrated, cannot fail to secure the object the writer has in view of 
suggesting ‘enough of atmosphere to show the vastness of the landscape 
spreading out before our eyes back into the past and on into the future.’ 


Naturalist, 


397 
THE CORRELATION OF THE YOREDALE AND 
; PENDLESIDE SERIES. 


WHEELTON HIND, M.D., F.R.C.S., F.G.S. 


Mr Cosmo Jouns’ paper in the July number of ‘ The Naturalist ’ 
on ‘ the Lower Carboniferous Rocks of Mill Gill, Wensleydale,’ 
calls for some criticism. 

Our present knowledge of the paleontology of the Yoredale 
Series of Wensleydale does not warrant the conclusions which 
he formulates. He seems to have neglected, or dismissed with 
a casual allusion only, the important facts of faunal distribution ; 
and he has exaggerated the significance of isolated occurrences 
of single, and often unimportant, members of a fauna. 

For example, he regards the occurrence of Postdonomya 
bechert in the Shales above the Great Scar as absolute evidence 
that the beds in which it occurs may be correlated with the 
bechert beds at the base of the Pendleside Series. This, I feel 
is not permissible for two reasons :—First, that Postdonomya 
bechert is known to occur in Derbyshire at a much lower level 
than the Pendleside Series, and second, the Pendleside Series 
is zoned by a series of Gonzatites. In one of the zones Postdonomya 
bechert occurs in great abundance, but the important factor is 
the fauna associated with it, and not the occurrence of the 
species with a totally different fauna. If P. bechert can be 
shown to occur in the true Yoredale Series with Nomismoceras 
votiforme, and the associated fauna, then, and then only, 
will that lamellibranch indicate a definite horizon, and in a 
secondary sense be useful for purposes of correlation. 

Mr. Cosmo Johns lays stress on the occurrence of Ctenodonta 
levirostris and Stroboceras sulcatus in shales above the Great 
Scar Limestone, with the comment—‘ Their occurrence so near 
the level of Postdonomya becheri is significant.’ In the first 
place, objection may be taken to his assumption that this 
horizon is the level of P. bechert ; and secondly I would ask of 
what horizon are these two species significant ? C. levtirostris 
is known from many horizons, (Lower Carboniferous Limestones 
to Coal Measures), and Stroboceras sulcatus has a known range 
from Upper Dibunophyllum to Millstone Grit inclusive. I ask, 
therefore, what possible significance these two species can have 
on correlation; both of them are known in a definite litho- 
logical succession to occur below the zone of Nomismoceras 
votiforme. 
gto Aug. I. 


308 The Correlation of the Yoredale and Pendleside Series. 


The importance of the faunas of the Hardraw Limestone 
and Middle Limestones is very great, and Mr. Cosmo Johns’ 
case largely depends on them ; but the coral fauna he gives as 
typical of this portion of his sequence is typically Upper 
Dibunophyllum and therefore below the lowest Pendleside 
horizon, and utterly demolishes any import that the presence 
of P. bechert below it might have had. 

I have long been convinced that the Main Limestone and 
the Great Limestone of North-West Yorkshire, Durham and 
Northumberland were probably on the same horizon, a fact 
supported by the coral, cephalopod, and indeed the whole 
fauna, and that this was identical with that of portions of the 
Dibunophyllum zone of Derbyshire, Staffordshire and South- 
West Yorkshire, 7.e., the fauna correlates the Main or Great 
Limestone with a series always succeeded by P. bechert beds 
containing the Pendleside fauna, and never below it. 

Mr. Cosmo Johns says, ‘ Dr. Wheelton Hind brought forward 
convincing evidence that the Pendleside Limestone was the 
equivalent of the Whittington Limestone.’”’ I presume he 
refers to the paper by myself and Mr. J. A. Howe.* I cannot 
see any evidence at all, much less evidence that merits the 
term ‘convincing.’ I quote what we said at length :—‘ We 
examined the bed of limestone north of Whittington village, 
and found an extensive section in the stream and neighbouring 
quarry. The limestone was yellowish, about twenty-five feet 
thick, and had shales above and below it. It contained 
crinoids, a fish tooth [identified subsequently as Pseptodus 
magnus |, and shell fragments, but the shales were more fossili- 
ferous, yielding crushed Productus and other limestone forms.’ 
We went on to detail a list from a calcareous shale, presumably 
below this limestone, which contained a fauna which I should 
certainly put down as Upper Dibunophyllum in facies. 

Further on Mr. Cosmo Johns says: ‘the fauna which 
characterises the Lower Pendlesides has been obtained from 
beds unquestionably of Yoredale age.’ If this is so, it is new 
to me, and no details or reference is given. | Whatever faunal 
evidence has occurred to me up to date is decidedly against this 
statement, and until the peculiar cephalopods which charac- 
terise the Pendleside Series are found in the Yoredale succession, 
it will be impossible to accept Mr. Cosmo Johns’ dictum that 


<i Onis Gu SasiVol. aL Vl. psaba: 


Naturalist, 


The Correlation of the Yoredale and Pendleside Series. 309 


it is now possible to correlate the Yoredale Series with the 
Pendleside Series and the culm. 

There is much important paleontological evidence that 
Mr. Cosmo Johns totally ignores, to which I will now briefly 
refer. . 

The Redbeds Limestone at the top of the Yoredale Series 
in Wensleydale contains a very rich fish fauna, collected very 
carefully by Mr. J. Horne, of Leyburn, and described by the 
late J. W. Davis, of Halifax. This fish fauna, is that which 
characterises the uppermost beds of the Carboniferous Lime- 
stone of Lancashire, Derbyshire, Staffordshire, North Wales, 
etc., and is always succeeded by the lowest Pendleside fauna, 
with fish remains of an entirely different facies. 

The fish fauna of the Pendleside Series is wholly different 
in facies from that of the uppermost Yoredale beds. — Dr. 
Welburn has written on this aspect of the question.* That 
evidence of the fish fauna, therefore, is diametrically opposed 
to Mr. Cosmo John’s contention, and must be explained away 
if he wishes to correlate the Yoredale limestones with the 
Pendleside group. 

Again, with regard to the fauna of the Felltop Limestones. 
Mr. D. Tait of the Geological Survey of Scotland collected from 
sixteen localities on this horizon in the neighbourhood of 
Alnwick, in 1906, and the results of his work were given in my 
report to the British Association at York.f The fauna col- 
lected contained fifty forms including corals referred by Dr. 
Vaughan to— 

ZLaphrentis att enntskallent. 

Aulophyllum aff winscht 

Dibunophyllum aft ¥. 

Cyclophyllum aff pachvendothecum. 
a group which must be considered as indicating a Duibuno- 
phyllum facies, a view which the rest of the fauna fully sup- 
ported. 

In face of these criticisms I think Mr. Cosmo Johns has still 
to prove that the Yoredale Series contain any indication of a 
Pendleside fauna. 

The view that Mr. Johns now puts forward is very old, and 


**Proc. York. Geol. Soc., 1902’, Vol. XIV., p. 465. Ibid. 1905, Vol. 
XV., p. 380. 
+ Vide Report, p. 308 ef seq. 


1910 Aug. I. 


310 The Correlation of the Yoredale and Pendleside Series. 


was universally held till I was able to show that the Black Shales 
Series which succeeded the Limestone massive of the Midlands, 
contained a totally different fauna from that which characterised 
the Yoredale Series. He has simply returned to the view then 
held by the Geological Survey (1881), as shown by his table. 
With the object of testing the grounds for my conception that 
the Yoredales of Wensleydale and the north were the equiva- 
lents of the upper part of the ‘ massif’ Carboniferous Limestone 
of Cracoe, Clitheroe, Derbyshire and Staffordshire, several 
sections were examined by expert collectors. The result of 
Mr. Rhodes’ work was published in the ‘ Report of the British 
Association for Igor, and the faunas which were shown 
to occur in the Upper Yoredale beds seemed to me identical 
with that which was well known in the upper beds of the 
massif in the Midlands. There was no question of a single 
species occurring in association with different fauna at widely 
separated localities; but the paleontological conceptions are 
formed from the examination of the whole fauna. A similar 
examination was made by myself of the limestones of Weardale, 
and published in “ Proc. Yorks. Geol. Soc.*, in which publica- 
tion are tables showing the species common to both the Yore- 
dale and Pendleside faunas, and emphasising the important 
and radical difference between them. 

Stratigraphical difficulties are not going to be solved by 
haphazard paleontological methods, and as the old proverb 
says, ‘one swallow does not make a summer,’ the occurrence 
of a single species of any fauna does not warrant correlation of 
beds in distant areas which contain dissimilar faunas, especially 
when that species is a lamellibranch, a family many of whose 
members are known to have a large vertical range. 


— 


The Archeological Journal for March contains an elaborately illustrated 
paper, by Count Paul Biver, on ‘Some Examples of English Alabaster 
Tables in France.’ The material from which these were made in the middle 
ages was apparently obtained from either Nottinghamshire or Yorkshire. 


The July British Birds contains a confirmation of the record of the 
Peregrines at Bempton, which was made in ‘ The Naturalist ’ by Mr. E. W. 
Wade a month previously. In the same journal is a note recording the 
nesting of the Little Tern at Teesmouth. This species has ‘ not previously 
nested at the Tees Mouth within the memory of living man.’ There is 
also a record of the fact that ‘ since the publication of ‘‘The Birds of York- 
shire,’ three of the climbers therein referred to have been placed hors de 
combat.’ We hope it is only a coincidence. 


*Vol. XIV., p. 446, et seq. 


Naturalist,. 


Sk 


BOTANICAL SURVEY OF TEESDALE. 


Wm. G. SMITH, Pu.D., anp T. W. WOODHEAD, Pu.D. 


THE following sketch gives a few impressions on some aspects 
of Teesdale vegetation. During the excursion, opportunity 
was afforded of a visit to the three main portions of the Upper 
Teesdale district, including Lunedale and Balderdale. In the 
neighbourhood of Middleton the valley presents few features 
of note as it consists mainly of enclosed grassland passing over 
at higher elevations to grassy and heathy fell. These in the 
main are the features of Lunedale, the grassy slopes being rarely 
broken by cliffs or scars. In Balderdale the influence of the 
largely non-calcareous nature of the Yoredales is well marked 
on the vegetation. Here we have an extensive development 
of relatively impervious, and mainly non-calcareous beds 
with swampy grasslands and moors dominated by bogmoss and 
Junci, while the drier pastures were studded with Viola lutea 
in strong contrast to the blue form (V. ame@na) of Upper 
Teesdale. In the latter date the rocky river bed, often with 
precipitous sides, the fine cliffs of basalt and limestone, provide 
a contrast and variety both in scenery and vegetation, absent 
in the dales of the Lune and Balder. The richness of the flora 
is notorious, and although the visit was early and the season 
backward, the pastures showed signs of a coming wealth of 
flowering plants. Anemone and early purple orchis were 
already abundant among the grasses, and many other character- 
istic species were in leaf. The bright green pastures here, 
recalled those of Craven, rather than the dull and less varied 
grasslands of the Calder and other millstone grit valleys of 
South Yorkshire. 

At Holwick, on the right bank of the Tees, Juniper became 
prominent, forming an extensive and fairly dense thicket on 
the scarred slopes near the river. This interesting plant 
extended up to Cronkley Scars as a more or less continuous 
scrub. On the left bank the Juniper began below High Force, 
and was abundant on the steep heathery slopes up to Widdy 
Bank Farm, and after being broken by the grass fields, it again 
appeared abundantly on Falcon Clints up to Cauldron Snout. 
Mr. F. J. Lewis, in his memoir on the ‘Vegetation of the Basins of 
the Rivers Eden, Tees, Wear and Tyne’ (‘ Geographical 
Journal,’ 1904), records this as the most extensive development 
of Juniper in that area, and states that this plant association is 
Igto Aug. I. 


312 Smith and Woodward: Botanical Survey of Teesdale. 


entirely confined to the exposure of the ‘ Whinsill’ basalt and 
dolerite, and does not occur higher up the valley. This apparent 
geological distribution is due, we think, not so much to soil 
conditions as to the roughness of the whinsill scars which renders 
them not easily accessible to sheep, and where the heather is 
rarely burnt. The Juniper has a fairly wide distribution in 
Britain as regards geological substrata, but like most other 
shrubs and trees, it has disappeared from most places where 
grazing and heather burning are in operation. A constant 
associate of the Juniper here is worthy of notice, namely the 
wood sorrel (Oxalis acetosella), which occupied the deep-shaded 
ground beneath the bushes to the exclusion of all other species. 
As Wiesner and Riibel have pointed out, this is one of the most 
extreme shade endurers among European flowering plants. 

On Widdybank Fell the features of the vegetation so well 
described by Mr. J. Gilbert Baker in ‘ North Yorkshire,’ were 
easily recognised. The general tone of the Fell is a dull heathy 
grassland splashed here and there with bright green grassy 
patches. Sheep’s Fescuegrass, Field Rush (Luzula), and 
dwarf Sedges seem to form the groundwork of these patches, 
but quite a number of rare or local species have been recorded 
from them, including Gentiana verna, which now studded the 
carpet with its wonderful blue flowers so suggestive of the Alpine 
“wiesen’ in early summer. This plant-association coincides 
with the occurrence of the sugar limestone, and on Widdybank 
this is derived from several beds of limestone altered by the 
intrusion of the ‘whinsill’ (see geological report in The Naturalist, 
July, p. 268). It was interesting to find below Cronkley Scars 
a similar patch of vegetation on the Yorkshire side of the Tees, 
here also on sugar limestone, but this time below the ‘ whinsill.’ 

This interesting association is therefore developed on peculiar 
rock soils, and in the main over an unglaciated area. From 
this point of view it well deserves more detailed study, as the 
facts seem to indicate that it is a relic of the pre-glacial flora, 
modified to some extent by later invasions. 

One day was spent by a small party whose mission was on 
the whole regarded as on a footing with another botanical 
excursion of which a witty Scottish professor said : 


““Some folk ’Il tak’ a heap o’ fash, for unco little end, man ; 
An’ meikle time an’ meikle cash, for nocht ava’ they’ll spend, man.” 


The object was to examine the somewhat inaccessible head- 


Naturalist, 


Smith and Woodward: Botanical Survey of Teesdale. 313 


waters of the Balder valley where Mr. Lewis has recorded an 
extensive area of Sphagnum bog. The excursion attracted the 
bryologists, and they rendered good service, furnishing the list 
of mosses (see pages 265-267). Above Balder Head farm 
there is no cultivation and the valley is narrow with steep 
slopes on both sides, and continues thus above the junction of 
the Balder and Black Beck. Nowhere was there any exposure 
of the whinsill, and the steep rounded slopes are covered with 
rough pasture, except where lateral streams descend from 
the upper fells and cut deep V-shaped valleys, with shaley 
sides so steep that there is little or no roothold for plants. 
The landscape is therefore different from Teesdale, where 
the river winds in a broad valley bottom flanked with high 
rocky scars. The valley slopes of the Balder are mapped by 
Lewis as Grass Heath, but it is a very wet type, and consists 
quite as much of sedges and rushes as of grasses. Ling, dwarfed 
Bilberry and Cotton Sedge (Eriophorum vaginatum) are present, 
and form patches on drier soil. Everywhere, even on steeper 
slopes, there was some Sphagnum and other mosses of wet places, 
and underfoot was always wet. 

The surface soils, according to the geological maps, are 
boulder clay, and weathered shales. The area mapped as 
sphagnum bog forms a horse-shoe, curving round all the head- 
waters of the Balder, and is continued westwards almost to 
the watershed of the Eden valley. The part marked Schackles- 
boro Moss was traversed westwards for about two miles, and 
another part above the Black Beck was visited later. The 
land is a plateau, almost flat, extending from the valley slopes 
southwards and westwards to a prominent summit (1489) on 
Cotherstone Moor. The east end of Shacklesboro appeared to 
be Ling and Cotton Sedge, but a closer inspection revealed 
much Juncus squarrosus, Erica tetralix and scanty bits of 
Crowberry. Under foot there was everywhere a squelchy 
carpet of bog-mosses and hepatics, so that the bryologists were 
busy, and the list furnished by Mr. Ingham is an important 
contribution. It was noteworthy that there were few signs of 
peat erosion, and that almost every channel and pool was filled 
with vivid green moss, or held masses of the taller Junci, while 
the ‘ grips’ cut some seven years ago have become choked with 
Sphagnum recurvum. 

In the few eroded water-courses remains of Birch were 
found at the base of the peat, and this suggests that the moor 
gio Aug. I. 


314 Fueld Notes. 


was drier once, before 1t had become covered with bog-mosses. 
The most tempting place for lunch was a boundary stone and 
a broken-down wire fence, there was plenty of water in one’s 
boots, but none to drink, but the sandwiches were good. 

After traversing other parts of the bog, including a large 
area where Ling was entirely absent, a return was made to the 
Balder valley-slopes, and after a few more observations over a 
few miles of rough wet walking, we sought our conveyances, 
satisfied with the day’s work which had added the Sphagnum 
Bog as a plant association new to all. 
ore 


FIELD NOTES. 
BIRDS. 

Cuckoo’s Egg in Sedge Warbler’s Nest.—Whilst with 
Rev. Mr. Woods near Driffield, I came across a Sedge Warbler’s 
nest containing four eggs, one of which was a Cuckoo’s, and 
was practically fresh. It seems late to find these eggs in July.— 
H. G. WILLIAMS, Bainton, Driffield. 

0) 


LEPIDOPTERA. 

Abraxas grossulariata var. varleyata at Hudders- 
field —I have again bred the rare variety—varleyata of 
Abraxas grvossulariata, and also another beautiful dark form of 
the same species. I have now bred the variety varleyata four 
out of the last five years.— ALFRED Kaye, Huddersfield, 


July 18th, Igto. 


—:0:— 

MOSSES. 

Plagiothecium silesiacum B. & S. in the East Riding. — 

At the meeting of the York and District Field Naturalists’ 
Society at Fimber on Saturday, the 9th July, I found the above 
moss in fruit. It is extremely rare and of great interest to 
bryologists. Its name in Braithwaite’s ‘ British Moss Flora ’ 
is Isopterygium repens. The last time it was found in the British 
Isles was in 1847, when Dr. Spruce discovered it in Arncliffe 
Wood, near Goathland. The previous and first record was by 
Mitten in Kent, in 1843. At the present time the moss is 
known only in Yorkshire and Kent. The Fimber Station adds 
the moss to the East Riding flora. Its habitat is a curious one, 
on rotten wood, and pine needles.—Wwm. INGHAM, York, 11th 
July, 1910. 


Naturalist, 


315 


RELICS OF A PRE-HISTORIC FLORA IN LINCOLNSHIRE. 


T. SHEPPARD; F.G.S., F.S.A. (Scor.). 


In ‘ The Naturalist ’ for January 1889, pages 3-4, the late 
C. P. Hobkirk recorded a species of moss, Plagothectum wun- 
dulatum, which he had detected in material sent to him, which 
had been obtained from the pre-historic boat found at Brigg 
in 1886. This craft, which was made from a single oak tree, and 
is 47 ft. 6 in. long, and averages 4 ft. 6 in. wide, is now in our 
Museum at Hull. It was found that the stern-board and other 
parts had been made watertight by a caulking of moss. This 
material has been submitted to Mr. M. B. Slater, F.L.S., of 
Malton, who has kindly examined it, and has supplied the 
following list of species therefrom :— 


MOSSES. 
Thuidium tamarisctfolium (Neck.) ? Hylocomium proliferum (L.)Lindb. 
Lindb. | Fissidens byyotdes Hedw. (fruit). 
Hypnum confertum (Dicks) B.& S. | Mnium punctatum L. 


i yutabulum L. »,  hornum L. 

ei stviatum Schreb. Schwartzia montana Lindb. 

. yuscifovme Neck. Dryum sp. ? 
Plagiothecium undulatum (L.)B.&S. 

HEPATICS. 
Metzgervia furcata (L.) Raddi. Plagtochila aspleniodes (L.) Dum. 
Kantia Trichomanis (L.) G. & B. Aneura sp. ? 
(fruit). | Scapanta sp. ? 

Lophocolea cuspidata Limpr. Cephalozia bicuspidata (L.) Dum. 
Pellia epiphylla L. Lunularia cruciata (L.) Dum. 
Diplophyilum albicans (L.) Dum. Lepidozia veptans (L.) Dum. 


The specimens have been mounted on glass and exhibited in 
the museum, and are interesting as being representatives of 
the very few relics of the pre-historic flora of Lincolnshire which 
we possess. 


10). 


A meeting of the Marine Biological and the Conchological Sections of 
the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union will take place at Redcar from Friday, 
September 2nd, to Tuesday, September 6th. It is an excellent centre for 
marine conchology. It will be the first of a series of annual meetings to 
be held at different parts of the Yorkshire coast, and it is hoped that 
there will be a good attendance. Fuller particulars will be sent to mem- 
bers in due course. 


We are glad to see that Mr. Edward Owen Greening, the editor of the 
*“ Agricultural Economist and Horticultural Review,’ is agitating against 
the excessive charges made by the Post Office for the postage of monthly 
magazines. It certainly does seem absurd that a small paper like that 
referred to, because it is issued monthly, should cost twopence, or that a 
magazine like ‘ The Naturalist,’ with thirty-two pages and a single plate, 
octavo, should cost a penny, whilst publications like The Graphic, The 
Illustvated London News, etc., which are issued weekly, though much greater 
in size and weight, can be sent for a half-penny. 


1g10 Aug. I. 


316 
NORTHERN NEWS. 


Records of the Past (Vol. IX. part 2), contains an interesting paper on 
‘The relations of the great museums and institutions to the independent 
local investigator,’ by Mr. F. B. Wright. 

There is an admirable address on.‘ The Pioneers of Geology in the 
Glasgow District’ by Sir Archibald Geikie, in the Tyvansactions of the 
Geological Society of Glasgow, Vol. XIII., part 3, recently published. — 

The Perthshive Natural History Museum Report for 1909-10 contains a 
list of the year’s accessions, with particulars of the work accomplished. 
There is also an ‘ Abstract of Meteorological Observations ’ by the Curator, 
Mr. A. M. Rodger. 

From Mr. L. Richardson, F.G.S., we have received a copy of his paper 
‘ On the Correlation of the Neozoic Rocks of Yorkshire’ (Proc. Ashmolean 
Soc.), in which he compares the Yorkshire beds with those in Gloucester- 
shire and elsewhere. 

According to the Museums Journal, the following entry occurs in a 
recent auctioneer’s catalogue :—‘ Stuffed animal (Hicknewman) in glass 
case. Assuming that it is our old friend ‘ichneumon,’ it would be interest- 
ing to know what it was ‘ stuffed’ with. 

We are pleased to hear that the Royal Society of Edinburgh has 
awarded its biennial Kieth gold medal and prize to a past-president of the 
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, Dr. Wheelton Hind, for a paper published 
in the Society’s Transactions, entitled ‘On the Lamellibranch and Gas- 
teropod Fauna found in the Millstone Grit of Scotland.’ 

In the Journal of Conchology for July there is the first part of a list of 
‘The Marine Mollusca of the Yorkshire Coast and the Dogger Bank.’ 
Oddly enough the compiler of the list seems familiar with most of the work 
that has been accomplished, with the exception of the work which has been 
and is being done by the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union. 

The final part of Vol. IX. of the Museums Journal is the last that is. 
to appear in the demy octavo size, as future parts, we understand, are 
to be royal octavo in size, in order to better accommodate the illustrations, 
etc. Personally, we consider the change will have many disadvantages. 
Appropriately appearing in part 12 of volume IX. are admirable ‘ Indexes 
to papers read before the Museums Association, 1890-1909,’ which have 
been compiled by Mr. Charles Madeley, of Warrington. 

There has been some amusing correspondence in the Yorkshire Post 
recently, in reference to the alleged attack upon some climbers by “‘ bus- 
tards’ in the Lake District. Judging from the ‘unexaggerated’ report of 
an average climber, the attack was so severe, that an appeal was made for 
gallant volunteers to shoot the birds. It was pointed out, of course, that 
the bustard had been extinct in this country for many years. In the same 
week’s Yorkshire Weekly Post, the writer of the Angling Column, who is 
said to be related to George Washington, in ‘ answers: to correspondents,’ 
states :__‘ Up-stream worm or clear-water minnow by .day, and bustard 
by night !’ What does Mr. Murdock say to that ? 

We have received Vol. I., part 1 of the Bulletin of Entomological Re- 
seaych, issued by the Entomological Research Committee (Tropical 
Africa), appointed by the Colonial Office (Longmans, Green & Co. 88 pp., 
4/-), under the editorship of the scientific secretary, Mr. G. A. K. Marshall. 
Amongst the papers we notice ‘A New Genus and two new Species of 
African Fruit Flies’ ; and ‘ A New Species of Cordylobia,’ by E. E. Austen ; 
‘ Blood-sucking Diptera of Abyssinia,’ by~.Dr. R. E. Drake-Brockman ; 
‘West African Hemiptera Injurious to Cocoa, and Parasites of Two Species 
of West African wild Silk-worms,’ by Mr. G. C. Dudgeon ; ‘ the Study of 
Mosquito Larve,’ by Dr. W. M. Graham ; ‘Scale Insects from Uganda,’ 
by Mr. R. Newstead; and ‘Larval and Pupal Stages of West African 
Culicide,’ by Mr. W. Wesché. The articles are illustrated by excellent 
plates, one of which’ is coloured, 


Naturalis 


: A MONTHLY ILLUSTRATED JOURNAL OF 
NATURAL HISTORY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND. 
T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., F.S.A.Scot., ; 


. Tue Museums, Hutt; 


AND 


T. W. WOODHEAD, Ph.D., F.L.S., 


TECHNICAL CoLLEGE, HUDDERSFIELD. : 


WITH THE ASSISTANCE AS REFEREES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF 


J. GILBERT BAKER, F.R.S. F.L.S., GEO. T. PORRITT, F.L.S., F.E.S., 
Prof. P. F. KENDALL, M.Sc., F.G.S., JOHN W. TAYLOR, 
T. H. NELSON, M.B.O.U., WILLIAM WEST, F.L.S., 


RILEY FORTUNE, F.Z.S. 


Contents :— 
PAGE 


Notes and Comments :—British Botanical Association; The Sheffield Handbook; The Wood- 
; lands of England :—(i.) The Alder-Willow Series; (ii.) Oak and Birch Seriés; (iii.) Beech 
and Ash Series ass an SF ae me 2 a at ae ie _ 317-320 
The Chemistry of some Common Plants—P. Q. Keegan, LL.D. ... we a: ane ... B21, 322 
| Keys to the Families, Genera and Species of British Spiders, etc.—W. Falconer au 323-332 
_ Yorkshire Naturalists at Malham—T. S.... < ae ab Fe he Ea a ... 333-338 
Coleoptera of the Grangetown Slag-Heaps—Geo. B. Walsh, B.Sc. ... an fe ... 339-340 
The Natural History of Spurn—7.S.... ay as a is oe Be es ... 341-345 
Field Notes 0. ese nee nee nee ate ee ee BHO, 35-348 
Reviews and Book Notices _... XE Tair aC or Be See ie ey eat, Ly aaa 
Proceedings of Provincial Scientific Societies x ae Sec +p i a ae 338 
BWacthpin News As. ilk) via’ Mie ok SE ak Sa eo. eee 


LONDON : 
A. Brown & Sons, LIMITED, 5, FARRINGDON AVENUE, E.C. 


~ And at Hutt and York. 


Printers and Publishers to the Y.N.U. 


PRICE Gd. NET. BY POST 7d. NET. 


ART AA sigh HAN aaa ‘eps By nine Ay 


TRANSACTIONS OF THE 


‘Dull Geological i 


VOL. VI. PART II. 
PRICE TWO SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE. 


CONTENTS.—tThe Fossil Cephalopoda of the Holderness Drift, 
bv C. Thompson, B.Sc. ; The Belemnites of the Yorkshire Lias, by 
C. Thompson, B.Sc. ; The Speeton ‘‘Shell-Bed,” by J. W. Stather, 
F.G.S.; Recent Geological Work in the Humber District, by T. 
Sheppard, F.G.S., F.S.A.(Scot.) ; East Riding Boulder Committee’s 
Reports, 1907-1909 ; Notes on the Field ‘Excursions in the Years 
1905-1909, by G. W. B. Macturk, W. H. Crofts and J. W. Stather, 
F.G.S.; Geological Society’s Awards : Bibliography, 1906-1909, 
compiled by T. Sheppard, F.G.S., F.S. A. (Scot.) ; List of Officers ; 
Lectures and Papers read during 1906-9 ; List of Members. 


Hull Museum Publications, No. 63. 
A Descriptive Catalogue 


OF THE 


DOBREE COLLECTION 


OF 


EUROPEAN NOCTUAE. 


COMPILED BY 


H. B. BROWNE, M.A. 
Assistant Master, ih ymers College, Hull. 
172 pp. Price One Shilling net. 
Can now be obtained from— Post free 1/3 net. 


A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd. 
Savile Street, HULL, 


WATKINS & DONCASTER, 


NAT UE ASL LS is. 
36, STRAND, LONDON, W.C. 


(Five Doors from Charing Cross), 
Keep in. stock every description of 


APPARATUS, CABINETS, BOOKS, AND SPECIMENS 
for Collectors of 


BIRDS’ EGGS, BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, ETC. 


Catalogue (96 pages) sent post free on application. WA ae 
; ‘ “(as 


ae 
NOTES AND COMMENTS. 


BRITISH BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 


An Association which aims at promoting the study of Nature, 
as represented by plant life, throughout all classes of the 
community, is one which should certainly command the interest 
and support of readers of ‘The Naturalist.’ The British 
Botanical Association of York has carried on a very useful 
work for some years in an unobtrusive, but by no means 
inefficient manner by Dr. A. H. Burtt, and has steadily gained 
for itself a reputation in all parts of the country amongst those 
engaged in the teaching and study of Botany. More recently 
the sympathies of influential naturalists and educationalists 
have been enlisted in an effort to broaden the constitutional 
basis of the undertaking, and to place the work on a sound 
financial footing, and make it still more efficient and permanent. 
We have a personal acquaintance with the work, and, in its 
newly-acquired character of a public institution, wish it the 
success and general support which it deserves. With its 
already widely-extended influence, this should soon be assured. 
Information in regard to membership and other details can be 
obtained from the Director and Secretary, Dr. A. H. Burtt, 
the Laboratory, Holgate, York. 


THE SHEFFIELD HANDBOOK.* 


When the British Association last visited Sheffield, in 1879, 
the ‘Guide to the Town and District’ consisted of vill. + 
160 pages, 64 inchesx4 inches, with an uncoloured map 
(t+ inch to zr mile). The present volume contains iv. + 502 
pages, 74 inches x 43 inches, and is accompanied by a coloured 
contoured physical map (4% inch to r mile), a geological map 
(4 inch to r mile), and a plan of Sheffield (24 inches to 1 mile). 
The description of the archeology of the district occupies 
g2 pages, that of the modern city 103 pages (including 5 on 
meteorology), and the account of the industries of the district, 
including 45 pages on Armour and Ordnance, 154 pages. 
“ The Geology of the District,’ by Messrs. B. Hobson, C. Johns 
and C. Bradshaw, is described in 42 pages, including a Biblio- 
graphy of 50 items. ‘The Botany of the District’ (accom- 
CO IRE EEE eee 


* British Association, Sheffield, 1910. Handbook and Guide to Sheffield 
prepared . . .under the direction of the Local Publications Sub-Committee. 
W.S. Porter, M.D., Editor; A. T. Watson, Hon. Sec.; J. W. Northend, 
Printer, Sheffield, 1910. 


1910 Sept, I. pi 


318 Notes and Comments. 


panied by a sketch map) by Messrs. B. H. Bentley, E. Snel- 
grove, T. Gibbs, and M. H. Stiles, occupies 43 pages. ‘ Zoology,’ 
by Messrs. A. Denny, C. J. Patten, P. E. Allen, W. D. Roebuck, 
L./S: Brady, C.J. Hardy, E.G? Bayford) GS: Brady, 2. jp 
Evans, J. M. Brown and H. Moore is described in 55 pages. 
This last article contrasts remarkably with the article on the 
natural history of the district, in the 1879 handbook, which 
ignored living animals, and was purely paleontological. In all 
respects, except two, the new handbook shows a great 
superiority to its predecessor. Both books are without an 
index, and the local places of interest, so well described in the 


earlier volume, are now relegated to a separate Excursions- 
Guide. 


THE WOODLANDS OF ENGLAND. 


A paper which appears in a recent number of the ‘ New 
Phytologist (pp. 113-149) on the above subject, shows that 
very substantial progress has been made towards a_ better 
appreciation of the vegetation of this country by the Central 
Commiitee for the Survey and Study of British Vegetation. 
This is the first time that a really satisfactory attempt has been 
made to give a bird’s-eye view of English Woodlands as a whole, 
and to reduce these diverse and complicated associations into 
something like order. The paper is en elaboration of the one 
read by Mr. Tansley at the Dublin meeting of the British 
Association in 1908, with the further assistance of Dr. C. E. 
Moss and Mr. W. M. Rankin. 

After discussing the status of British Woodlands, in which 
six types are distinguished, from virgin forest to recent planta- 
tions—and the relations of climate and soil, they deal very 
fully with the classification of English Woodlands. Three main 
series are recognised :— 


(i) THE ALDER-WILLOW SERIES. 


This is a lowland type occurring on very wet soils, and is 
characteristic of low-lying alluvial districts as along the banks 
of the slow streams of the New Forest, the remoter valleys and 
lowland peat-moors of the North of England, and in the fens 
of Norfolk. The woods of this series at present existing, 
probably represent merely fragments of a once extensive 
development, by now greatly reduced in consequence of drainage 
and cultivation. At least two plant associations occur in it, 
é.g., the Carrs of Norfolk fed by alkaline and calcareous waters 


Naturalist, 


Notes and Comments. 319 


harbour several woody species characteristic of chalky and 
limestone soils, such as Rhamnus catharticus and Viburnum 
Lantana, while in the Alder-willow thickets occurring on soils 
fed with neutral or acidic waters, calcicole species are absent. 
From this lowland type two great systems occur, the distribu- 
tion of which follows, in the main, two chief classes of soil, 
siliceous and calcareous. 


(11.) OAK AND BIRCH SERIES. 


The woods in this series occur on all the ‘siliceous’ (2.e., 
non-calcareous) soils, ranging from the stiffest clays to sand 
and gravel, and derived from rocks of various ages. Within 
this series three associations occur, but more or less merging 
into one another. 


(4) An Oakwood Association, by far the most widely 
distributed of British Woodlands. The dominant 
iree is Quercus Robur (=Q. pedunculata). Owing 
to the great variety of soils on which the oak is 
dominant, the associated trees and especially the 
ground vegetation, show a wide range, and two 
groups of associations are distinguished—(a) Damp 
Oakwoods on clays and loams of the London Clay, 
the Gault, the Weald Clay, etc., in the south of 
England ; these are connected by every gradation 
with (b) ihe Dry Oakwoods, found on coarsely- 
grained, siliceous, shallow soils of the Peleozoic 
and igneous rocks of the west and north of Eng- 
land. In these woods Q. sesstliflora is usually 
dominant, but with a varying admixture of 
Q. Robur. 

(B) The Oak-birch-heath association is a type charac- 
terised by the presence in the ground vegetation of 
bilberry, hair grass and ling. Such woods cover 
wide areas in Kent, Surrey, Sussex, and locally 
as far north as Cheshire and Nottingham. This 
wood is probably a stage in the degeneration of 
oak forest to heath land, similar to that described 
by Graebner in the great heaths of the north-west 
German plain. In the hilly districts of the north 
of England, the woods on non-calcareous soils are 
dominated by Q. sesstliflora, but this tree becomes 


1910 Sept. AR 


320 Notes and Comments. 


rare above 1000 feet, and owing to climatic 
influences tends to be replaced by 
(C) the Birchwood association. Floristically these woods 
are very similar to the Oakwoods, but the ecolo- 
gical differences appear in the re-arrangement of 
the dominant members of the two associations. 
Judging from the remains of Scots pine in the 
peat of the Pennines, this tree was doubtless a 
constituent, but probably not an abundant one, of 
the primitive Pennine birch forests. 
Sharply marked off from the two previous series is the 
(III.) BEECH AND ASH SERIES. 


These woods are found on calcareous soils such as marl, 

chalk and limestone, where the lime content of the soil is high. 
Here three associations are distinguished :— 
(A) an Ash-Oakwood association; (B) an Ashwood associa- 
tion, and (C) a Beechwood association. (A) and (B) are the 
characteristic woodland types on all highly calcareous soils, 
except those of the south-east of England, where the beech is 
dominant on the chalk. The area of natural and semi-natural 
beechwoods appears to have a western extension on the Inferior 
Oolite of the Cotswold, but for the most part it does not extend 
north-westwards of the chalk escarpment. 

In each of the associations of these series considerable lists 
are given of the subordinate woody species, as well as the 
characteristic species of the ground vegetation. We are glad 
to note that the paper has been separately printed as a shilling 
pamphlet. 


—_+e 


Mr. H. Brantwood Maufe, formerly of Bradford, has been appointed 
Director of the Geological Survey of Southern Rhodesia. 


In the Geological Magazine for August, Mr. G. C. Crick describes two 
rare cephalopods from the chalk of Lincolnshire. One, Pachydiscus 
farmeryt, is from Boswell, near Louth; the other, Hetevoceras veussianum, 
is from North Ormsby. In the same publication Mr. T. Sheppard describes 
a Burial Valley at North Sea Landing, Flamborough, which has been 
exposed by a recent landslip. 


Birmingham is to have a Natural History Museum at last. It has 
just been decided that the necessary accommodation shall be provided in 
an extension of the Council House which is now being carried out. Several 
important collections have already been presented to the city. It is 
astonishing that this go-ahead city, with its University, Art Gallery, etc., 
etc., should have been without a natural history museum so long. 


"Naturalist, 


221 


THE CHEMISTRY OF SOME COMMON PLANTS. 


eu Gli.) alse FS. BS GAS Nis eee.) Dar 
Patterdale, Westmorland. 


Mars CINQUEFOIL (Potentilla Comarum). This tenant of 
marshes and the spongy peat bog both of high and meadow 
moors would be more appropriately designated by the title of 
“ Bog Strawberry.’ Systematically it is very nearly allied at once 
to tormentil and to strawberry. The watery medium in which 
it thrives influences both its external and internal structure ; 
suberous tissues, for instance, prevailing over lignified ones. 
Like the Rosaceae in general, it is a pretty strong ‘ chemical 
plant,’ although without any special or striking feature. 

On roth July the dried whole leaves yielded 3.1 per cent. 
wax with considerable carotin, a little fat, and much crystalline 
resin-acid soluble in potass ley. There was about 3.8 per cent. 
quercitrin and tannin, which latter is iron-blueing and pre- 
cipitates gelatine and tartar emetic; also some free phloro- 
glucin, but no gallic acid or resin. There was little sugar, 
but large amounts of pectosic mucilage, pararabin, starch and 
oxalate of calcium. It would seem that in this plant the fibre 
(or rather the suberin) attracts and absorbs much tannin, for 
on adding ammonia to the dilute HCl extract (after benzene, 
alcohol, water, and dilute soda) a deep violet precipitate was 
thrown down which was turned mostly to a red-brown by 
acetic acid. The ash of the overground parts contained 31.2 
per cent. soluble salts, 2.7 silica, 24.5 lime, 4 magnesia, 3.5 
P?0° and 4.4 SO, with some Io per cent. oxides of iron and 
manganese. The plant is a powerful producer of starch and 
tannin, 7.e., the physiological processes are active and complete. 

PINK CAMPION (Lychnis dioica)—This is one of the most 
brilliant and abundant of wild flowers, imparting a wonderful 
gaiety to the wood edges, damp hedge-banks, and stream-side 
rocks, which it delights to embellish. Sterile soils produce male 
plants, while fertile lands induce female broods, and true 
hermaphroditism is very rare. As regards the root organs, it 
develops accidental buds, 7.e., it is between a plant whose roots 
are quite incapable of furnishing buds, and one which multiplies 
normally by its roots; in other words, it does not generally 
produce root-buds, but may be provided with them by artificial 
means. On 21st June, the dried leaves yielded 2 per cent. carotin 
and wax ; the alcoholic extract contained no tannoid or tannin, 


1910 Sept. 1. 


322 Book Notice. 


but, only a kind of saponin not precipitated by baryta water 
and seemingly similiar to the scillain of Squill; there was no 
free sugar or phloroglucin ; most of the mucilage was extracted 
by dilute soda ; there was much reserve starch and oxalate of 
calcium (localised in the cells immediately beneath the palisade 
tissue). The ash amounted to 16.6 per cent., and had 50.7 
per cent. soluble salts, 4.3 silica, 17 lime, 5.2 magnesia, 3.8 
P?0°, 2.5 SO%, and 6 chlorine. The foregoing analysis is 
evidently that of a nitrate plant, with no mycorhiza, and no 
strong water-excretion, but a powerful producer of starch, 
carotin, chlorophyll, and oxalates. The ‘saponin’ of the 
roots and seeds is most probably a decomposed glucoside. 
Oxalate of calcium is deposited in all the organs. 


HULL MUSEUM PUBLICATIONS, Nos. 61, 62, 64-72. 


The Hull Municipal Museum has been established over nine years, 
and it might be supposed that by now the rate of progress, so far as addi- 
tions to the collection are concerned, would show a tendency to fall off. 
It is therefore very gratifying to learn from the Annual Report for rgo9 that 
on no previous occasion have there been so many valuable additions as 
during that year, and that these are not confined to a few departments, 
but embrace almost all. A perusal of the four quarterly records of additions 
fully bears out this statement. Coins and tokens, stone implements, 
Roman remains, Anglo-Saxon and old-English antiquities of various kinds, 
forgeries and counterfeits, old chinaware, ethnographic specimens, bio- 
graphy and portraiture, natural history and geology contribute to the 
general stock of interest and information. The rapidly increasing collection 
of exhibits appropriately placed in the Wilberforce Museum, must be a 
source of pleasure and pride to every Hull man who takes any interest in 
his native city. The fact that the well-illustrated guide has reached a 
third edition is strong evidence that the house and its contents meet with 
wide appreciation, and have served to attract to themselves rare portraits 
and other objeets of whose existence very few had any knowledge. The 
special pamphlets on Anglo-Saxon vases, East Yorkshire Neolithic imple- 
ments, Roman antiquities from South Ferriby are of great interest, and the 
excellent plates elucidate the text and make the work of permanent value 
to those whom fortune has placed at too great a distance from Hull to 
study the things themselves on the spot. The educational character has 
also been well sustained, and the additional museum at Wilberforce House 
has not only created a fresh centre, but has extended the scope of the 
instruction given. The teaching of history ceases to be mere words to 
which the scholar pays no more attention than the personality of the 
teacher demands. Here, however, in Wilberforce House, lessons may be 
given on the histroy of Hull and the abolition of the slave trade, subjects 
which may be treated from many points of view, and illustrated step by 
step with exhibits ready to hand. Tie scholar must be dull indeed, who 
fails to enjoy these lessons given by such a splendid teacher as the Curator 
is known to be.—E.G.B. 


Naturalist, 


22 
Pore 


KEYS TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BRITISH 
SPIDERS, AND TO THE FAMILIES, GENERA AND 
SPECIES OF BRITISH HARVESTMEN AND PSEUDO- 
SCORPIONS. 


WM. FALCONER, 
Slaithwaite, near Huddersfield. 


(Continued from page 242) 


SuB Fam. ERIGONEAE. 
A. Abdomen with a scutum. 
I. Fang sinuous, set in the hollowed ex- 
tremity of the falces. Fang groove 


without teeth anes et Group I. 
{I. Fang not sinuous, falces not hollowed 
out, and the groove with teeth. We Groupe: 


B. Abdomen without a scutum. 
I. Tibiae I. and II. (in Maso, also meta- 
tarsi I. and II.) with two rows of long, 
slender, divergent spines beneath .. Group 
II. Tibiae and metatarsi without such 
rows of spines. 
I. Sternum as wide as long, or nearly so. 
(a) Anterior row of eyes curved for- 
ward. See also Hogaerenes and 
Maro in Group 7 : Group 
(b) Anterior eyes straight, or r nearly s so 
(i.) Posterior row of eyes curved 
backwards (except Savignia 
and Lophomma). Central eye 
space usually much longer 
than wide. Cephalic lobes and 
protuberances in the male. 
where present, within the oculai 
area. ‘ 
(a) Eyes extremely small, and 
posteriors very widely 
Sepeiaiedl oo ce 60 oo (Cimoqiyo) 5. 
(2) Eyes larger and in a more 
COMPAcienOUp ys. ee GLOLIpI: 
(li.) Posterior eyes straight, or 
nearly so. Central eye space 
(exc. Notioscopus) usually 
about as wide as long. Ce- 
phalic lobes and protuberances 
in the male, where present, 
always placed behind the eyes Group 7. 


oO 
4 


Oo 


2. Sternum much longer than wide .. Group 6. 
Group I. 
A. Fangs and falces characteristic >. -. Cevatinella Emer. 
Group 2 


A. Posterior eyes very strongly curved back- 
wards, nearly equidistant. Anterior row 

curved backwards a Lophocarenum Menge. 
B. Posterior eyes moderately curv cedi back: 

wards, centrals nearer to each other than 

to the laterals. Anterior row straight .. Cnephalocotes Sim. 


Igio Sept. 1. 


324 Families, Genera and Species of British Spiders, etc. 


Group 3. 
A. Anterior row very strongly curved for- 
ward. Posterior eyes straight, or cae rey SO, 
equidistant .. . . Caledonia Cb. 
B. Anterior eyes slightly ‘curved forward . 
I. Central posterior eyes much nearer > 
By other than to laterals 
. Legs short. Tarsi I. not shorter than 
metatarsi I. Tegument coriaceous Tyvoxochrus Sim. 
2. Legslong. Tarsi I. ‘much shorter than 
metatarsi I. Tegument not coriaceous Bavyphyma Sim. 
II. Posterior eyes equidistant or centrals 
nearer to the laterals than to each other. 
1. Posterior ses straight, small, widely 


separated . ao RE so bu Jha) Sitio 
2. Posterior eyes more or less curved 
backwards Bee enter Se eeeecl racomarisnouns 


Group 4. 
A. Posterior eyes in a straight line. 
I. Posterior eyes fairly large, interspaces 
not wider than the eye. All tarsi much 
shorter than the metatarsi. Caput of 
male longly, and conically prolonged Savignia BI. 
II. Posterior eyes moderate, interspaces 
much wider than the eye. Tarsi I. a 
little shorter than the metatarsi. 
Caput not elongated = . Lophomma Menge. 
B. Posterior eyes more or less curved nade 
wards. 
I. This curve strong. 
1. Posterior eyes small, widely separated, 
centrals much nearer to each other 
than to laterals. Clypeus half as 
wide as the ocular area .. .. . Panamomops Sim. 
2. Posterior eyes larger and more 
closely grouped. Clypeus not or 
not much narrower than the ocular 
area. 
(a) Posterior central eyes closer to 
each other than to the laterals. 
¢ without cephalic lobe or post- 
ocular impressions .. .. .. Eboria Falconer. 
: (b) Posterior eyes equidistant or 
centrals a little farther from each 
other than from laterals. g with 
cephalic lobe. 


(i.) Anterior eyes nearly touching 


each other. Tes My OE 
shorter than metatarsi I. .. Minyrtolus Sim. 
ie (il.) Anterior central eyes  con- 


tiguous but narrowly separated 
from laterals. Tarsi I. equal } 
metatarsi I. 
(4) Legs short andstout. Tegu- 
ment brownish yellow, with 


short hairs .. .. .. .- Peponocrantum Sim. 
(8) Legs long. Tegument black 
4 with strong long hairs ..  Pocadicnemis Sim. 


Naturalist, 


Families, Geneva and Species of British Spiders, etc. 


II. Curve slight (exc. Diplocephalus beckit 

Camb). 

1. Posterior centrals farther from each 
other than from laterals. Anterior 
eyes nearly touching. 

(a) Clypeus much narrower than the 
ocular area. Tarsi I. and meta- 
tarsi I. about equal. Anterior eyes 
straight - - 

(6) Clypeus not narrower thank ae 
ocular area. Tarsi I. about 4 
shorter than metatarsi I. An- 
terior eyes curved backwards 

2. Posterior eyes equidistant or centrals 
nearer to each other than to laterals. 

(a) Anterior central eyes widely 
separated from the laterals. Tegu- 
ment coriaceous nan eGMeeT. 

(b) Anterior central eyes narrowly 
separated from the laterals. Tegu- 
ment not coriaceous. 

(i.) Posterior eyes moderate in size, 
interspaces not wider than the 
eye. Laterals on feeble promi- 
nences. Metatarsi IV. as long 
as tibia IV. ek fete 

(ii.) Posterior eyes small, inter- 
spaces always wider than the 
eye. Metatarsi IV. shorter than 
tibia IV. 

(«) Clypeus distinctly wider than 
the ocular area. Lateral eyes 
not on prominences. Cepnalo- 
thorax of g with strong Beet 
ocular impressions : 

(2) Clypeus equal or less than ine 
ocular area. Lateral eyes on 
strong prominences. 

* Femora I. furnished beneath 
with many slender, flexible 
bristles, diminishing in 
length from base to ex- 
tremity. Cephalothorax of 
g without lobe or ocular 
impressions 5 

FES Hemonran wale hoe such 
bristles. Cephalothorax of 
$ with a lobe and ocular 
impressions 

Group 5. 

A. A dweller in ants’ nests, characterised by 
the minuteness and wide separation of its 
eyes, the posterior row being very epee ty 
curved backwards Re feist tes 

Group 6. 

A. Posterior eyes curved strongly backwards, 
equidistant or nearly so. Caput of ¢ 
deeply impressed. Eyes large 


1gto Sept. 1. 


Tapinocyba Sim. 


Metopobactrus Sim. 


Dicymbium Menge. 


Diplocephalus Bert. 


Evansta Camb. 


Styloctetoy Sim. 


Entelecava Sim. 


Thyveosthentus Sim. 


Wideria Sim. 


Go 


iS) 


326 Families, Genera and Species of British Spiders, etc. 


B. Posterior eyes straight or curved very 
slightly backwards. Caput of $ not im- 
pressed. 
I. Eyes small, not occupying the whole of 
the wide caput. Thorax often punctate Walckenaera Bl. 
Il. Eves occupying the whole of the 
narrower caput. 
1. Posterior eyes large, close, inter- 
spaces less than the diameter of an 
WE os a) ee eee evosopotneca Sime 
2. Posterior eyes moderate or small, 
interspaces not less than the dia- 
meter of an eye. 
(a) Anterior eyes straight. Legs 
short, with short hairs. Tarsi I. 
stout, not shorter than meta- 
tarsi I. Thorax without a longi- 


tudinalimpression —. Cornicularia Menge. 
(6) Anterior eyes curved slightly for- 
ward. Legs long. Yarsi I. 


slender, much shorter than meta- 
tarsi I. Thorax with-a short, 
sheght longitudinal impression .. T?gellinits Sim. 
Group 7. 
A. Eyes minute, widely separated, interspaces 
much wider than the eye. Central pos- 
terior eyes much nearer to each other than 
to the laterals... Typhochresius Sim. 
B. Eyes large or moderately s so, interspaces 
not or not much wider than the eye. 
I. Falces very convex externally, where 
there is a row of teeth or granulations. 
Cephalothorax with a sub-marginal 
impression, marking o'f a very distinct 
border .. eS, ee. Ee mevigone Audst 
Il. Falces normal. Cephalothorax with- 
out the sub-marginal impression and 
distinct border. 
1. Posterior central eyes nearer to each 
other than to the laterals. 
(a) Posterior eyes slightly curved for- 
ward, and anterior eyes slightly 
backwards. Clypeus convex and 
prominent at the lower edge. 
Tarsi J. a little shorter than meta- 
tarst Voce ce laa ee aes | MD eenodeces: Sima. 
(6b) Posterior eyes slightly curved 
backwards. Clypeus vertical and 
flat. Tarsi I. much shorter than 
metatarsi I. Anterior oe curved 
slightly forward .. . . Gongylidium Menge.t 
2s Posterior eyes equidistant or centrals 
farther from each other than from 
the laterals. 
(a) Caput wide, eyes not occupying 
the whole width. Tarsi I. not 
shorter than metatarsi I. Males 


* Includes Gongylidium graminicola Sund.—B.1.S. 
t G. rufipes Sund. only. Sepia. 


Naturalist, 


Families, Genera and Species of British Spiders, etc. 327 


without cephalic lobes or lateral 
impressions. 

(i.) Anterior eyes straight. Tibial 

joint of 3 palpus with a distinct 


apophysis . le as ~=— es ~=69Gongylidiellum Sina. 
(ii.) Anterior eyes distinctly curved 
forward. Tibial joint of 3 


palpus slightly produced oniy. Mayo Camb. 
(6) Caput moderately wide, eyes occu- 
pying the whole width. Tarsi I. 
shorter than metatarsi [. 
(i.) Anterior eyes straight or curved 
forward. Tibial setae long. 
(a) Anterior eyes straight. Cen- 
tral eye space not or scarcely 
longer than wide _...  Cdothorax Bertk.* 
(6) Anterior eyes curved for- 
ward. Central eye space 
much longer than wide .. Notioscopus Sim. 
(ii.) Anterior eyes slightly curved 
backwards. Tibial setae very 
short. 
(«) Clypeus much wider than the 
ocular area. Male without 
cephalic lobe, tibia I.strongly 
compressed, and __ slightly 
swollen at extremity. Meta- 
tarsi I. with a double row of 
strong bristly hairs beneath Neriene BI. 


(2) Clypeus not wider than ocular 
area. Males with cephalic 
lobes, tibiae I. cylindrical. 
Metatarsi I. without rows of 
bristly hairs beneath .. .. Enidia F. P. Smith. 
Group 8. 
' A. Legs shorter and stouter. Posterior 
central eyes much closer to eacn other ' 
than to the laterals. 4 without cephalic 


lobe geen, AMR AIO ce Bau agin ane 
B. Legs longer and slenderer. Posterior 
eyes equidistant. 4 with very large ce- 
phalicWobeares | =: Mees. ace fae Hypselistes Sim. 


15. Fam. MIMETID. 
A. Abdomen with tubercles. Legs, falces, 
maxillae and labiumalllong .. .. .. Evo C. Kocn. 
16. FAM. ULOBORIDAE. 
A. Cephalothorax always longer than wide. 


Eyes alittle unequal .. .. .. -- .- Uloborus Latr. 
B. Cephalothorax at least as wide as long. 
Eyes very unequal insize.. .. .. .. Hvyptiotes Walck. 


17. Fam. ARGIOPIDAE{ 
A. Maxillae longer than wide. Digital joint 


ae 


* The remaining species of Gongylidium.—B.LS. 

+ Introduction from N. America. 

+ The genera Nesticus Thor. and Theridiosoma Cb. have affinities with, 
and are by some placed with the Theridiidae, but their mouth parts, falces, 
sexual organs, and tarsal ¢laws bring them nearer to groups of this family. 


1910 Sept. I. 


228 Families, Genera and Species of British Spiders, etc. 


of tre male palpus divided into two 
bra ches fe Re RE. eee, Sub? Sota eee TRAGNAG 
THINAE. 
B. Maxillae as wide or wider than long. 
Digital joint of the male palpus undivided Sub. fam. ARGIOPINAE. 
I. Sub. fam, TETRAGNATHINAE. 


A. Fold of the under abdomen curved 
strongly backward. Sexual organs 
very simple and genital aperture 
placed some considerable distance 
behind the openings of the laminal 
tracheae. 

I. Maxillae more or less converging, not 
prominent externally. Legs short 
without spines. Lateral eyes touch- 


mayey ge . Pachygnatha Sand. 
Il. Maxillae straight, prominent “exter 
nally. Legs long with spines. 


Lateral eyes not touching. 
1. Both rows of eyes nearly straight, 
but laterals on same side closer 
than anterior centrals are to 
posterior centrals : . TLetragnatha Latr. 
2. Rows of eyes nearly equally c curved 
in opposite directions, so that 
laterals on same side are farther 
from each other than the anterior 
centrals are from posterior centrals Eugnatha Sav. 
B. Fold of the under abdomen straight. 
Sexual organs a little more complex, 
and genital aperture placed between 
the laminal tracheae. Lateral eyes 


touching. 
I, Eyes sub-equal. Clypeus narrow .. Meta C. L. Koch. 
II. Anterior central eyes much smaller 
than all the rest. Clypeus wide .. Nesticus Thor. 


Il. Sub. Fam. ARGIOPINAE. 


A. Posterior row of eyes curved. 
I. Both rows curved strongly forward 


Labium very obtusely triangular.. Cyclosa Menge. 
II. Both rows curved backwards. Labium 
semi-circular : .. .. Thevidiosoma Cb. 
B. Posterior eyes straight, c or nearly so. 
I. Legs LV. longest na oe Sole Seaum Gena: Wier. 


Il. Legs I. longest. 
(t) Labium nearly as long as wide, 
narrowed and obtuse at extre mity Zilla C. L. Koch. 
(2) Labium wider than long, semi- 
circular. 
(a) Anterior central eyes much 
nearer to each other than to 
the laterals is . Epeiva Walck. 
(b) Anterior eyes more nearly ‘equi- 
distant. 
(i.) Anterior centrals larger than 
the posterior centrals. 
Thoracic impression trans- 
verse, straight or curved 
forward pmltse a ese” Singa CAE Keeh: 


Naturalist; 


Families, Genera and Species of British Spiders, etc. 32« 


(ii.) Anterior centrals equal to 
the posterior centrals. 
Thoracic impression long, 
deep, and longitudinal 
18. FAM. THOMISIDAE. 

A. Clypeus inclined, as wide as ocular area. 
Lateral eyes on anterior face of a common 
conical tubercle RA ET eke 

B. Clypeus vertical, not so wide as ocular area. 
I. Central eyes forming a group as wide 

or wider than long. Caput obtuse, but 

not produced. Lateral eyes on low 
obtuse tubercles. 

1. Posterior eyes equal. Anterior eyes 
nearly equal, equidistant, and in a 
line strongly curved forward. 
Tubercles merging into each other. . 

2. Laterals of posterior eyes larger than 
the centrals. Anterior row straight 
or nearly so, centrals smaller than 
the laterals. Tubercles separate 

II. Central eyes forming a group longer 
than wide. 

1. Posterior eyes very strongly curved 
forward, nearly forming a semi- 
circle, centrals much closer to each 
other than to laterals. Tubercles 
well’separated ...c\iy.'ah mem aes). 

2. Posterior eyes equidistant, slightly 
curved forward. 

(a} Anterior eyes strongly curved 
forward. Lateral eyes on the 
side of a very obtuse oblique 
angular projection of the caput... 


(b) Anterior row of eyes nearly straight. 


Lateral eyes on separate, very ob- 
tuse, round tubercles, the anterior 
ones being very strong 

19. FAM. PHILODROMIDAE. 

A. Cephalothorax a little longer than wide. 
Lees TV JOnsest 7... Meer ee ffi ee ae 

B. Cephalothorax as long or longer than 
wide. Legs II. longest. 

I. Cephalothorax as long as wide. Posterior 
eyes equidistant or nearly so 5 
II. Cephalothorax much longer than wide. 
Posterior central eyes much closer 
to each other than to laterals 
20. FAM. SPARASSIDAE. 

A. Central eyes forming a group much longer 

than wide. Clypeus low. Maxillae straight 
21. Fam. OXYOPIDAE. 

Sufficiently characterised by the arrangement 
of its eyes in four rows, those of the second 
being the largest and those of the third the 
most widely separated 

22. Fam. PISAURIDAE. 

A. Central eye space longer than wide. 
Anterior central eyes smaller than the 
laterals .. 


19t0 Sept. Me 


Mangora Cb. 


Thomisus Walck. 


Misumena Sim. 


Xysticus C. L. Koch. 


Oxyptila Sim. 


Pistius Sim 


Dioea Thor. 


Thanatus C. L. Koch. 


Philodromus Walck. 


Tibellus Sim, 


Micrommata Latr. 


Oxyopes Latr. 


Pisaura Sim. 


330 = =families, Genera and Spectes of British Spiders, etc. 


B. Central eye space not longer than wide. 
Anterior central eyes larger than the 
laberalls se 8 G cue eal, s+ apecicu Leet om Meine OLommedesalbattr: 


23. Fam. LYCOSIDAE. 
A. Front of cephalothorax high, sides 
straight, nearly vertical. Labium not \ 
longer than wide or wider. Posterior 
metatarsi at least not shorter than the 
tibia and patella together. te Lycosa Latr. 
IB. Front ot cephalothorax low, wide ‘below 
and narrow above, sides inclined and con- 
vex. Labium always a little longer than 
wide. Posterior metatars1 nearly always 
shorter than the tibia and patella together. 
I. Upper spinners longer than the lower, 
second joint very distinct . Pivata Sund. 
II. Upper spinners equal to the lower, 
second joint indistinct. 
1. Clypeus equal to or less than the dia- 


meter of a front eye ve Trochosa C. L. Koch. 
2. Clypeus clearly greater than the dia- 
meter of a front eye ee se) Lavenrioarsumd? 


24. FAM. SALTICIDAE. 
Section I.—-PLURIDENTATI Sim. 


Species having the inferior margin of the falces armed with many teeth. 


A. Sternum very long, prolonged between the 

posterior coxe of legs. Pedicle between 

the abdomen and cepnalothorax very long 

and visible from above. Coxe of legs II. 

well separated from coxe of legs III. 

Falces of g very long and horizontal .. Mvyrmarachne McLeay.* 
B. Sternum oval, more or less wide. Pedicle 

short and not visible fromabove. Coxe of 

legs on same side contiguous. Legs III. and 

IV. without spines. Falces short and 

vertical LOWES ones ake Sees: = Ballast Gale: Koch: 


Section IJ.—-UNIDENTATI Sim. 
Species having the inferior margin of the falces armed witn a single 
tooth (in Sztticus and Attulus Sim. the tooth is absent). 
A. Sternum very long, prolonged between 
the posterior coxe. Pedicle between the 
abdomen and cephalothorax long, and 
visible from above. Coxe II. well 
separated from Coxae III. Falces of both 


sexes snort and vertical. .. =) (a. SVnapeles Sim. 
B. Sternum oval, more or less ae Pedicle 
short and not visible from above. Coxe 


of legs on same side contiguous. 
I. Inferior margin of falces with o or I 
small slender tooth. 
1. Legs III. much longer than IV. (exc. 
in Phlegra where they are shorter). 
Legs with strong spines. Thorax 
without or with very slight impres- 
sion. Inferior margin of falces one 
toothed. 


* Salticus Lat., B.I.S.—Priority of name. 


Naturalist, 


Families, Genera and Species of British Spiders, etc. 331 


(a) Quadrilateral of dorsal eyes parallel 
or somewhat narrower behind 
than in front. 
(i.) Cephalothorax longer and 
narrower. ‘Tibia + patella IIT. 
shorter than tibia + patellalV. Phlegra Sim. 
(ii.) Cephalothorax shorter. Tibia 
+ patella III. not shorter than 
tibia + patella IV. BG . 4lurillus Sim.* 
(b) Quadrilateral of dorsal e eyes wider 
behind than in front. Metatarsi 
and tarsi III. and IV. much shorter 
than tibia and patella III.and IV. Pellenes Sim. 
2. Legs III. much shorter than IV. 
(a) Thorax with impression behind 
the eyes. Legs with numerous 
strong spines. Inferior margin 
of falces without a tooth. 
(i.) Cephalothorax fairly long. 
Thorax at least } longer than 
caput. Quadrilateral of dorsal 
eyes parallel or nearly so. 
Sternum fairly wide.. .. ... Swtticus Sim.f 
(ii.) Cephalothorax shorter. Thorax 
only t longer than caput. Quad- 
drilateral much wider behind 
than in front. Sternum narrow Aftulus Sim.t 
(b) Thorax without an impression be- 
hind the eyes. Inferior margin of 
falces, with a small tooth. Legs 
Ill. and IV. without spines .. Neon Sim. 
Ul. Inferior margin of falces with a strong 
conical tooth. 
1. Tibia + patella III. not shorter 
than tibia + patella IV. 
(a) Anterior metatarsi with both 
lateral and inferior spines. An- 
terior row of eyes curved forward Phileus Thor. 
(b) Anterior metatarsi with inferior 
spines only Anterior row of eyes 
nearly straight by summits .. Evarcha Sim. 
2. Tibia + patella III. shorter than 
tibia + patella IV. 
(a) Second row of eyes much farther 
from the posterior row than from 
the anterior. 
(i.) Quadrilateral of dorsal eyes 
much wider behind than in 
front. 
(a) Thorax longer than caput, 
with an 5 eae behind 
the eyes A . Dendryphantes C. Koch. 
(2) Thorax very ae nee honeet 
than the caput, without an 
impression or a scarcely per- 


— Eel 


* Elurops Thor., B.1.S.—preoccupied. 
+ Sitticus and Attulus Sim. make up the genus 4 f/ws Walck.—B.I.S. 
+ Hasartus falcatus Bl. and H. arcuatus Clerck.—B.L.5, 


1910 Sept. 1. 


332 ©Families, Genera and Species of British Spiders, etc- 


ceptible one between the 
posterior eyes. . Bianor Peckham. 
(6b) Second row of eyes in middle or 
nearly in middle, between the 
posterior and anterior laterals. 
(i.) Sternum abruptly narrowed 
before. Coxe I. nearly touch- 
ing. Thoracic impression fairly 
long, somewhat behind the pos- 
terior eyes. Posterior meta- 
tarsi longer than tarsi. 
(a) Anterior tibize and meta- 
tarsi without spines. Meta- 
tarsi IV. with a circle of 
spines at extremity. ~Falces 
of male very long and 
horizortall) 42. Ske eS aiicrs Abate 
(8) Anterior tibae with two rows 
of spines (at least 3-3) be- 


neath. 
* Posterior metatarsi without 
apical spines. Tibia + 


patella I. longer than cep- 
halothorax. Digital joint 
of male palpus narrow .. Hyctia Sim. 
** Posterior metatarsi with 
apical spines. Tibia + 
patella I. shorter than cep- 
halothorax. Digital joint 
of male palpus very wide  Marpessa C. Koch. 
(ii.) Sternum not narrowed before 
and widely truncated between 
anterior coxae. 
* Posterior legs with numerous 
strong spines. Thoracic 
impression very minute. 
Tibia III. much shorter 
and stouter than tibia IV. Euophrvs C. Koch. 
** Posterior legs with few 
small spines. Thoracic im- 
pression fairly long, some- 
what behind the eyes. 
Tibia III. slenderer than 
le G so ca oo oo) Jala pninms Cx Ixoel 


Section III.—FIssIDENTATI Sim. 
Species having the inferior margin of the falces armed with one tooth-like 
apophysis bifid at its apex. 


A. Posterior eyes large. Superior margin of the 
falces with two teeth. Anterior metatarsi 
much longer than the anterior tarsi... ..  Hasarius Sim. 


(Zo be continued). 


* Epiblemum Hentz.—B.1.S.—priority of name. 
Naturalist, 


WwW 
oo 
o>) 


YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS AT MALHAM. 


The members of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union held 
their 223rd meeting in the Malham district on Saturday, 
June 4th, 1910. The geologists had the advantage of the 
leadership of Messrs. Cosmo Johns and W. Robinson. The 
former has recently published a new map of the area, showing 
the position of the great ‘ faults.’ These were demonstrated 
to occupy a very different position from those shown on the 
geological survey maps. The well-known Malham Cove was 
also visited. This great wall of cliff, about 300 feet in height, 
now the breeding-place of innumerable house martins and other 
birds, was at one time the site of a huge waterfall. Above it 
the old dry river valley, down which the water flowed, is still 
clearly to be seen. Now the water has found its way down the 
innumerable fissures which occur in the hard white limestone, 
and travels for great distances underground. At Janet’s 
Cave waterfall, on the other hand, the rock appears to be grow- 
ing and increasing the height and width. This was visited by 
the party, and it was clear that there was a growth of travertine, 
which was accumulating to a large extent. This travertine is 
deposited from the water, which is super-saturated with lime. 

In the evening a general meeting was held, presided over 
by Mr. G. T. Porritt. The recorders of the various sections 
presented their reports, and a vote of thanks was passed to 
Mr. W. Morrison for the facilities he had given to the members. 

The results of the work of the sections is given in the 
following reports :— 

VERTEBRATE ZooLocy.—Mr. H. B. Booth reports :—Some of 
the moorland birds, such as the Golden Plover, Redshank and 
Lapwing, were in smaller numbers than is usual here. A 
very fine view was obtained of the semi-wild goats on the cliffs 
above the Tarn. 

1On the moor were the Curlew,+ Redshank,+ Red Grouse, 
Partridge, Lapwing,*+ Golden Plover, Dunlin and Wheatear, 
At the Tarn were Mallard,+ Teal,+ Tufted Duck,* Coot,*t 
Water-hen, + Common Sandpiper, Black-headed Gull and Little 
Grebe.* The Black Indian Ducks which were introduced 
on to the Tarn several years ago by Mr. Morrison, were puzzling 
to those ornithologists who were not aware of this fact. 


1 The species marked * were noted with eggs, and those marked + had 
young. . 


1gI10 Sept. 1. Z 


334 Yorkshire Naturalists at Malham. 


In the woods around the edge of, and above the Tarn (at 
an altitude of 1350 feet or over), were the Mistle Thrush, Song 
Thrush, Blackbird, Hedge Sparrow, Robin, Wren, Redstart, 
Garden Warbler, Tree Creeper, Sedge Warbler,* Willow Warbler, 
Wood Warbler, Goldcrest, Bullfinch, + Chaffinch, House 
Sparrow, Cuckoo, Pheasantt, Ring Dove, etc. In the valley 
of the' Aire below, the following (amongst other species) were 
noted :—Dipper, Grey Wagtail,f Yellow Wagtail, Carrion 
Crow, Rook, Jackdaw, House Martin and Kestrel. In a small 
plantation near to the Tarn a nest of the Mistle Thrush was 
seen, the exterior of which was composed almost entirely of 
wool. 

FisHes.—A couple of fine large Trout taken from the Tarn, 
were ‘ inwardly digested ’’ by a ‘ chosen few’ of the members. 
Many large Perch were lying dead on the banks of the Tarn, 
as is usual after the spawning season. 

LEPIDOPTERA.—Mr. J. W. Carter writes:—The following 
are the species worthy of note observed :—Imagines, Ventlia 
macularia, Emmelesia albulata, Cohemia ferrugata, Cidaria 
stlaceata ; larve of Nudaria mundana and others. 

COLEOPTERA.—Cychrus rostratus, Leistus rufescens, N. gyllen- 
halt, Corymbites capreus and its var. eruginosus, Telephorus 
pellucidus, T. nigricans, and var. discoideus, Cryptohypnus 
viparius, Dolopius marginatus, Chrysomela fastuosa, Phytodecta 
pallida, Phyllobius oblongus, P. urtice, P. viridicollis, and two 
or three species which are as yet undetermined. 

NEUROPTERA AND TRICHOPTERA.—Mr. G. T. Porritt worked 
the river Aire for Neuroptera and Trichoptera, and in the latter 
order a very interesting species occurred, in the local Tinodes 
dives. This species had only once previously been recorded for 
Yorkshire, when Mr. Porritt took two specimens on the river 
Wharfe at Grassington, on the Union’s excursion there on 
June 13th, 1891. At Malham it occurred in profusion. The 
other species noticed were all common, and included Chloroperla 
evammatica, Nemoura meyert, and N. cinerea in abundance ; 
Perla cephalotes, Hemerobtus micans, H. lutescens, H. subnebu- 
losus, and Agapetus comatus. 

ARACHNIDA.—Mr. Falconer writes: —‘ The arachnologists had 
a most successful day, twenty-eight species being added to the 
local list. Two of these are also exceedingly good additions 
to the araneidal fauna of the county. One, of which I secured 
two females, the male not being in season, Leptyphantes angu- 


Naturalist, 


Yorkshire Naturalists at Malham. 335 


Jatus Camb., was originally found by Mr. James Hardy on the 
Cheviots in North Northumberland in 1871, and recorded by 
the Rev. O. Pickard-Cambridge in the ‘ Trans. Linnean Society,’ 
Vol. XXVIII., under the name of L. angulipalpis Westr. Until 
re-discovered by the Rev. J. E. Hull in the south of the same 
county in 1907, at an elevation of 1400 feet (the female was new 
to science), it was represented only by the type male. Dr. A. 
Randell Jackson met with a female on the summit of Bow Fell, 
Cumberland, August 1g03, at an elevation of 2960 feet, but 
was not aware of its identity at the time. Its present discovery 
at an elevation of 1250 feet thus greatly enlarges its known 
distributional range. The other, of which I obtained one male 
and two females, Entelecara trifrons Camb., has previously 
been taken in Dorset, Norfolk, Cumberland, Northumberland, 
Mid-Lothian and Ireland. Quite recently (in June), I named 
males of this species collected at Cleethorpes in Lincolnshire 
by Messrs. Stainforth and Parsons of Hull. Considerable time 
was spent in the neighbourhood of Janet’s Fall, the adjacent 
rocks and wood being well searched. The most plentiful spider 
here was Diflocephalus cristatus Bl., which frequented the 
bark of both living and dead trees; the most noteworthy, 
Oonops pulcher Templ., Linyphia hortensis Sund., Tmeticus 
abnormis Bl., Microneta conigera Camb., and Diplocephalus 
latifrons Camb. Except at the Tarn, very few spiders were 
seen along the remainder of the route, but in Goredale, Clubiona 
diversa Camb., one male, and Metopobactrus prominulus Camb., 
one female, occurred; and near the Cove, Minyriolus pusillus 
Wid., one female. It was in damp ground on the shores of the 
Tarn itself (the enclosed part) that the two new Yorkshire 
species were obtained. It isa matter for regret that more time 
could not be spent here, as doubtless further and closer search 
would result in the capture of other rarities. It is to be hoped 
that someone to whom the locality is more accessible will 
devote some time to its investigation. Examples of the 
Lycostids and the male Tarentula pulverulenta Clerck. were 
handed in by Messrs. Beanland, Haigh, Lumb and Jowett. 
Of allied forms, the common pseudoscorpion, Obistum muscorum 
Leach, was several times observed, and the harvestman, 
Oligolophus alpinus Herbst. was frequent along the whole 
route. It is probable that O. cinerascens C. L. Koch, is merely 
the young of this species which is itself merely an Alpine form 
of the common O. morio Fabr. Young examples, probably of 
1910 Sept. 1. 


336 


Yorkshire Naturalists at Malham. 


Phalangium saxatile C. L. Koch, were noted near Janet’s 


Force. 


Altogether, forty-two species of trué spiders, four of 


harvestmen and one pseudoscorpion were noted. 
In the following complete list, those marked ‘W’ were 
obtained by Mr. Winter only ; ‘ F’ by myself only ; and those 


uninitialled, by both :— 


Oonops pulchey Templ.  F. 

Drassus lapidosus Walck. F. 

Clubiona diversa Camb. F. 

Amaurobius fenestvalis Stroem. 

Cryphoeca silvicola C. L. Koch. F. 

Coelotes atvopos Walck. 

Textvix denticulata Oliv. F. 

Hahnia montana Bl. F. 

Robertus lividus Bl. F. 

Linyphia peltata Wid. 

L. hortensis Sund. 

Labulla thovacica Wid. 

Leptyphantes blackwallit Kulcz. 

L. eviceus Bl. F. 

L. angulatus Camb. F. 

Bathyphantes concolor Wid. F. 

Hilaiva excisa Camb. (Tarn). F. . 9 

Tmeticus abnormis Bl. F. 

Microneta contigera Camb. 

CEdothovax tuberosus Bl. F. 

Dicumbium tibiale Bl. F. 

Neriene rubens Bl. F. 

Enidia bituberculata Wid. F. 
(Larne 2 


od is 


Dismodicus bifrons Bl. 


D. cristatus Bl. 

D. permixtus Camb. F. 

D. latifvrons Camb. F. 

Entelecava trifrons Camb. F. 

Minyriolus pusillus Wid. W. 

Pocadicnemis pumila Bl. F. 

Metopobactrus prominulus Camb. W- 

Corniculavia cuspidata Bl. W. 

Meta segmentata Clerck. 

M. meriane Scop. 

Epeiva diademata Clerck. F. 

Xysticus cristatus Clerck. 

Taventula pulverulenta Clerck 
(handed in) 

Lycosa amentata Clerck. F. 

L. pullata Clerck. 

L. palustvis Linn. 

Neon veticulatus Bl. F. 

Phalangium saxatile C. L. Koch. 

Megabunus insignis Meade. W. 

Oligolophus alpinus Herbst. 

Nemastoma lugubre O. F. Mull. F. 


Obisium muscorum Leach. 


Diplocephalus fuscipes Bl. F. 


ConcHoLocy.—Mr. F. Booth writes:—The conchological 
section devoted its attention to the Tarn and the Tarn plateau. 
The greater part of Saturday was devoted to the investigation 
of the Tarn, by the hand-scoup where the water was shallow, 
and a small trawl net in the deeper parts. The number of 
species was large, but nearly all were in a very immature stage. 
Mature specimens of Limnea stagnalis var. fragilis-variegata, 
recorded on the Union’s previous visit, were only represented 
by dead shells which were occasionally dredged ; all the live 
specimens being very small. Bithynia tentaculata, Valvata piscin- 
alis, and two other species were found adult, and of good size. 

Some time’ was spent in collecting Prszdia, in an endeavour 
to ascertain the number of species of these small bivalves 
inhabiting the Tarn. Of those collected, Mr. J. W. Taylor 
suggested from a casual survey, that there would be four species. 
Other interesting things were a smal]. though much elevated form 


Naturalist, 


Yorkshire Naturalists a! Malham. 337 


of the freshwater Limpet (Ancylus fluviatilis), also Spherium 
corneum vars. nucleus and flavescens ; and Planorbis contortus. 

Exclusive of the above-mentioned Prsidia, ten species were 
noted as inhabiting this sheet of water. Taking into considera- 
tion the size and condition which they reach on arrival at 
maturity (and in some instances they rival in size the same 
species which occur in the valley bottoms), the molluscan 
fauna of this mountain tarn is astonishing seeing that it is 
situated at over a thousand feet in altitude. 

A number of interesting land shells were also noted, viz. :— 
Hyalinia vadiatula, Helix nemoralis var.albolabiata (1 specimen), 
Ena obscura, Claustlia cravenensis, etc., and amongst the slugs, 
Limax arborum, Agriolimax levis, Arion intermedius, etc. The 
parts investigated for land shells were the wood near Tarn 
House, the screes above the wood, and the boggy ground south 
of the Tarn. The total number of land species noted was 
thirty-three, including eight slugs. 


ILS OUP SIRI CMS: 
LAND SHELLS. SLUGS. 


Limax arborum. 


Vitvi ida. ae 
ving pellucrda A griolimax agrestis. 


HAyalinia crystallina,. 


a6 cellavia. ee leZuts: 
2 NAG » subfuscus. 
2 LDL i inteymedius. 
4 Eee: »,  hortensis. 
de eae civcumscriptus. 
Le aUiTd ass 2 
re fulvus. FRESHWATER SHELLS. 
Punctum pygmeum. : 
Pyvamidula votundata. Linnea pereger. 
. vupestris. oN truncatula. 
Hygromia hispida. | 25 palustris. 
3 vufescens. 3 stagnalis. 
Helicigona arbustorum. Planorbis albus. 


Helix nemoralis. 
Ena obscura. 
Cochlicopa lubrica. 
Pupa cylindracea. 
Balea perversa. 
Clausilia bidentata. 

ss cvavenensts. 
Succinea putris. 

3 elegans. 
Carychium minimum. 


4 contortus. 
Bithynia tentaculata. 
Valvata piscinalis. 
Ancylus fluviatilis. 
Spherium corneum. 
Pisidium fontinale. 
pusillum. 
nitidum. 


” 


” 


Botany.—Mr. J. Beanland writes :—In a district so classical, 
worked by so many eminent botanists for the last. two hundred 
years, it would be marvellous to have done more than record 
the known and expected. Everyone seemed satisfied to see 


1910 Sept. 1. 


338 Proceedings of Provincial Scientific Socteties. 


the rich profusion of Tyvollius, Menyanthes, Primula farinosa, 
Saxifraga granulata and Viola lutea. A note of warning respect- 
ing the diminution of two or three species is perhaps needed 
to preserve the old records, viz. :—Polygonatum officinale, 
Actea spicata, and Potentilla alpestris are considerably reduced 
in quantity compared with two years ago, from no conceivable 
reason but over-collecting. The following out of a list of over 
one hundred and thirty species, were in flower :—Tvollius 
europeus, Actea spicata, Thlaspi alpestre var. occitanum, 
Hippocrepis comosa, Antennaria dioica, Polemonium ceruleum, 
Bartsia alpina, and Saxifraga hypnoides.—7T.S. 


The Eighty-seventh Report of the Whitby Literary and Philosophical 
Society (260 pp , 1910), has been received, and is distinctly encouraging. In 
addition to the annual report there are notes on the decay of the East 
Chiffat Whitby, ‘drawn ub at the request of the Council, by E H Chapman 
and H. Power, Esqrs.’, and a valuable Rough Guide to the Records (mainly 
local) stored at the Whitby Museum. The collection of ammonites in the 
museum is becoming more than usually valuable, in view of Mr.,.S. S. 
Buckman’s researches, and an illustration of a fine specimen of Harpoceras 
mulgvavium appears as frontispiece. The report contains a number of 
printers’ errors, such as ‘ Stocholm’; ‘relable,’ for “re-label,’ etc. 


The Annual Report of the Scarborough Philosophical and Archeological 
Society for 1909, is also to hand, and includes the reports of the Scar- 
borough Field Naturalists’ Society. The two Societies seem to work well 
together for the common good. In addition to the reports, there is the 
usual useful summary of Natural History work in the district, in the form 
of Recorders’ reports. Mr. W. J. Clarke writes on the birds and fishes ; 
Mr. H. Witty and Mr. Tetley on Lepidoptera; Mr. J. A. Hargreaves on 
Conchology, recording that a variety of ‘ Hel. aspersa’ has been found, 
which he believes has not previously been noticed in Britain. ‘It is 
described by Taylor as var. lutescens.’ Other species are mentioned, 
though what the ‘ Hel larnellata’ is, we are not quite sure. If it isa 
Helix, it would be better to say so, or else put in the point after the abbre- 
viation. Mr. E. A. Wallis writes on Isopods; Dr. Irving on Marine 
Zoology ; Mi. E. R. Cross on Botany ; Miss Hibbert Ware on Fungi and 
Galls ; and Messrs. Lotherington and Bevan on Geology. We notice there 
is a record of Epiaster gibbus, ‘an urchin new to Yorkshire,’ respecting 
which we should like further information. According to the Philosophical 
Society's balance sheet, the Rev. W. C. Hey’s collection of insects was 
purchased by the Society for £12. We understood his collection was 
bequeathed to the York museum : this being so, it would be interesting to 
know what it is that has been secured for Scarborough. Of course, Mr. 
Hey had a miscellaneous collection of duplicates, etc., but 1t would hardly 
be worth the amount mentioned. The Field Naturalists’ Society’s balance 
is not $0 easy t) understand, as the details of the expenditure are not 
given. Though we know it cannot be so, the only conclusion we can arrive 
at is that the funds of the Society are distributed amongst the more 
prominent members ! 

Naturalist, 


EXE. 
COLEOPTERA OF THE GRANGETOWN SLAG-HEAPS. 


GEO. B. WALSH, B.Sc., 
Middlesbrough. 

On the banks of the Tees, east of Middlesbrough, there are 
numerous slag-heaps, covering many acres, and rising, in some 
cases, fifty or sixty feet or even more above the level of the 
reclaimed marshland near them. Some of them are very old, 
and, in course of time, partly owing to the decomposition of the 
original slag, and partly owing to material brought by the wind, 
they have become covered with a thin layer of soil upon which 
an interesting vegetation has sprung up. Under the loose 
pieces of slag, at the roots of the plants, and in the thicker 
tufts of moss which cover the sides, and more especially the 
base, many beetles are to be found, despite the decidedly un- 
inviting appearance of the place. Many of these are doubtless 
survivals of the beetle fauna which occupied the locality before 
it was utilised for its present purpose ; these, indeed, are found 
under almost the original conditions only a mile away. The 
following is a list of these species which I have taken up to the 
present on the slag-heaps themselves. 


Nebria brevicollis F. (common). 
Lovicera pilicornis F. (occasional). 
Bradycellus verbasct Dutt. ,, 
Harpalus aeneus F. (common). 
Ptevostichus madidus F. .. 
25 nigey Schal. ,, 
pe nigrvita ¥. S 
Amara apricaria Payk. (occasional). 
»  Convexiuscula Marsh. 
(common at times). 
Calathus cisteloides Pz. ,, ve 
», flavipes Fourc. (in abund- 
ance and decidedly the 
commonest beetle of 
the locality). 
», mollis Marsh. (occasional). 
»,  melanocephalus L. 
(common). 
Taphria nivalis Pz. (occasional). 
Pristonychus tervicola Hbst. (one). 


Anchomenus puellus Dj.(occasional). 

Trechus minutus F. (common). 

Agabus conspersus Marsh. (found 
under stones near stagnant 


pools). 
Tachyporus hypnorum F.(common). 
Quedius fulginosus Gr. ary, 


»,  molochinus Gr. 59 
Ocypus fuscatus Gr. (occasional). 
Philonthus marginatus F. (one). 
Othius fulvtpennis F. 3 
Coccinella 10-punctata L.\ 

“i 11-punctata L. J 
(Both common in the winter, 
hibernating in the holes in 
the slag). 
Byrrhus pilula L. (common). 

. fasciatus F. (occasional). 

Otiorhynchus rugifrons Gyll. 
(abundant). 


The most interesting species, however, are two which are 


usually associated with mountains and high moorlands rather 
than with the banks of a tidal river. These are Miscodera 
arctica Payk. and Plerostichus vitreus Dj. The latter exists in 
large numbers and is, next to Calathus flavipes Fourc. and 
Otiorhynchus rugifrons Gyll., the most abundant beetle. I 
I9to Sept. 1. 


340 Walsh: Coleoptera of the Grangetown Slag-Heaps. 


had never found the former until June 15th of this year. 
Further long-continued search on later occasions brought more 
to light, until now I have taken about a dozen. These insects 
are found as a rule under the smaller stones, and invariably 
remain quite still when the stone is removed instead of scuttling 
into shelter immediately, as do the commoner beetles inhabiting 
the same spot. In appearance they resemble strongly the large 
wingless females of the Black Ant. 

This is a decidedly rare beetle in this locality. In the 
‘ Proceedings of the Cleveland Naturalists’ Field Club’ for 
1go07-8, Mr. M. L. Thompson records one as having been taken 
on Stanghow Moor, in July 1891, and, with the exception of 
this, I can find no other local record. Ptevostichus vitreus, 
however, is found in fair numbers on Eston Nab,-as well as in 
other localities in the district. 

Two explanations suggest themselves for the existence of 
these two moorland species in such a spot. Eston Nab, the 
nearest moorland, which is eight hundred feet high, is only about 
two miles away, and it is quite possible that insects may have 
flown or have been carried by the wind this short distance ; 
or again, it is possible that specimens may have been carried 
down from the moors by one of the streams which empty here. 
The former seems the more likely, as it is difficult to believe 
that any insect could live long in the evil-smelling water that 
flows near by, contaminated as it is by refuse from iron and 
chemical works. 

Mite Ge, 8s 
ARCH OLOGY. 

Hoard of Bronze Celts at Kirkby Malzeard.—-lrom 
an entry in an old ‘ Log Book’ of the Mechanics’ Institute, 
Kirkby Malzeard, it appears that a hoard of socketted bronze 
celts was discovered whilst draining a field known as ‘ Ellers,’ 
close to the ‘ Willow House,’ near the eastern extremity of the 
village. A faded photograph accompanies the entry, showing 
some of the axes. No date is attached, but from enquiries, it 
seems to be twenty-five years ago. Twenty-eight implements 
were found, all socketted celts, but only twelve are now trace- 
able, and these are in the possession of Colonel Cathcart, of 
Mowbray House, upon whose land they were discovered. They 
vary in length from 2 inches to 34 inches, and are ornamented 
with one or more vertical ribs upon the faces, of varying length. 


—A. LESLIE ARMSTRONG, Harrogate. 
Naturalist, 


341 


THE NATURAL HISTORY OF SPURN. 


The 224th meeting of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union was 
held at Spurn, the south-east extremity of the county, during 
the week-end commencing July oth. The district is particu- 
larly attractive, being one of the wildest tracts of land in the 
county ; whilst the sea-beach, sand-dunes and mud-flats have a 
characteristic fauna and flora. The recent ravages of the sea, 
and the low-lying flooded lands, were also worthy of attention, 
the floods being of so serious a nature as to have interfered with 
the character of the tongue of land at two or three points. 
In one place, near Kilnsea Beacon, the sand, which has washed 
over the fields, has resulted in the formation of a new breeding 
colony of the Lesser Tern. 

Headquarters were at the Marquis of Granby Hotel, Easing- 
ton, where the party was. well looked after. On Saturday 
evening Mr. J. W. Stather presided at the general meeting, at 
which reports on the work accomplished in the various sections 
were given by the respective officers. 

Mr. J. W. Stather writes :—The boulder-clay cliffs of South 
Holderness, especially in the neighbourhood of Easington and 
Kuilnsea, are being rapidly cut backward by the sea, and geolo- 
gists interested in glacial problems never fail to see something 
worthy of note in the ever-changing sections exposed in the 
cliffs, and the wonderfully numerous and varied collection of 
boulders on the beach. Large numbers of these boulders are 
known to have come from far distant and widely separated 
localities, and among them is a small but well-known group 
of Scandinavian rocks, hailing chiefly from the Christiania 
district. 

One of the objects the geologists taking part in the excursion 
had before them was to add to the list of Norwegian rocks 
known to occur in the Holderness drifts. In this quest they 
were materially assisted by Mr. V. Milthers, a Danish geologist, 
who had kindly sent over to the Secretary of the Glacial Com- 
mittee a collection of between thirty and forty Scandinavian 
rocks found as boulders in the Quaternary deposits of 
Denmark, 

Beginning on the beach opposite Kilnsea Lane end, the 

‘party worked for several hours both north and south of that 
point, returning late in the afternoon to Easington with heavy 
satchels and aching backs. 


1Igio Sept. 1. 


342 The Natural History of Spurn. 


At the sectional meeting the rocks collected were carefully 
compared with the specimens from Denmark, and while a large 
number of them bore a close general resemblance to Scandi- 
navian types, there seemed little room for doubt that three of 
the Kilnsea specimens were absolutely identical with three 
sent over by Mr. Milthers, viz., the Bredvard porphyry, the 
Gronklitt porphyrite from Delaine, and the Kinnediabase from 
Sweden. 

At Kilnsea it is not surprising that coast erosion is the topic 
of universal thought and conversation. In the wall of the 
Blue Bell Inn there is a tablet stating that the house was built 
in 1847, and was then 534 yards from the sea. The distance is. 
now reduced to 272 yards. A similar tablet in an adjacent 
barn confirms the above. The distance of the old ruin at Out 
Newton (Dimlington) from the cliff edge was also measured, 
and found to be 29 feet 3 inches. In 1882 the distance was. 
120 yards. 

ORNITHOLOGY.—Mr. E. W. Wade writes :—July 9th was a 
specially unfavourable day for observing birds, a strong N.W. 
wind and absence of sun making them particularly shy, and 
difficult to approach. The time of year, just at the end of the 
breeding season, and before the commencement of migration, is. 
also perhaps the worst of the whole year for the ornithologist. 
An extremely high tide the same morning had, likewise, flooded 
out all but the highest breeding ground. The Ringed Plover 
was observed with young, nesting, hatched, and with eggs. 
As this bird commences to lay in April, and finishes in July, it 
is probable that some, at least, of the birds rear three broods. 
The Lesser Tern was still rearing its young at Kilnsea Beacon, 
where the inroads of the sea have made a conveniently sheltered 
beach for the birds, and also at the extreme point of the 
peninsula. Two pair of Oyster Catchers were breeding, one: 
having hatched out young, the other still sitting upon a solitary 
egg. The Shelduck are reported by the watcher to have 
reared five broods, a satisfactory increase. All the protected 
birds appear to be doing well. The Brown Linnet, Titlark and 
Skylark were in song. One Tern (Common or Arctic), was- 
observed, and a few Gulls, Black-headed, Herring, Lesser 
Black-backed, and Great Black-backed. 

COLEOPTERA.—Mr. E. G. Bayford reports that although the’ 
weather was unfavourable for collecting, and consequently the 
number of species seen much below what should have been in 


Naturalist, 


The Natural History of Spurn. 343 


evidence in July, the following list of species identified is a 
fairly satisfactory one :— 


Leistus ferrugineus L. Tachyporus chrysomelinus L. 
Nebria brevicollis F. Oxytelus sculpturatus Grav. 
Broscus cephalotes L. fEgialia avenaria F. 
Harpalus eneus F. Anomala frischit F. 
Pterostichus madidus F. Crepidodera ferruginea Scop. 


| 


+Crypticus quisquilius L. 


‘ nigrita F. 
Heliopathes gibbus F. 


Calathus melanocephalus L. 


=i flavipes Fourc. Nacerdes melanura L. 
Bembidium mannerheimi Sahl. Notoxus monoceros LL. 
Trechus minutus F. | Apion dichroum Bedel. 


Agabus nebulosus Forst. 


LEPIDOPTERA.—The following Lepidoptera were also ob- 
served, mostly on the 11th, in walking back from Kilnsea to 
Withernsea on the coast line :— 


Euchelia jacobee L. (Larva, one seen). Epinephile tithonus L. 
Vanessa urtice L. Zygaena lonicer@ Esp. 
Epinephile janira L. 


ConcHoLocy.—Mr. J. F. Musham writes that Messrs. Fierke 
and A. J. Moore examined the low-wall surrounding the Church- 
yard at Easington, and were rewarded with Vallonta pulchella 
and V. costata in large quantities, also Hygromia hispida var. 
subrufa and examples of Hyalinia alliaria, Hy. crystallina, 
Cochlicopa lubrica, Pupa muscorum and two dead specimens of 
Vitrina pellucida. 

Beyond Kilnsea a brief search soon revealed Avion minimus, 
A. circumscriptus and Agriolimax agrestis, together with 
Helicella caperata and var. ornata, Helicella virgata, Helix 
aspersa and Helix nemoralis. In point of numbers, H. nemoralis 
was by far the commonest. 

These local forms of H. aspersa and H. nemoralis produced 
a large amount of interest. H. aspersa shewed several examples 
which were very diaphanous, and others almost bleached to 
whiteness. Mr. Moore has submitted several specimens to Mr. 
J. W. Taylor, who has identified them as agreeing with vars. 
minor, undulata, sub-var. cf. allescens and conoidea, 2s well as 
the usual forms. Several examples of H. nemoralis were 
uniform with H. asfersa in shewing much tenuity and erosion, 
which was to be expected in such an exposed position. Some 


_ } This species is new to the County List. There is nothing remarkable 
in the fact that it has been discovered at Kilnsea, seeing that it has long 
been known to occur at Cleethorpes on the other shore of the Humber. 


1910 Sept. 1. 


344 The Natural History of Spurn. 


pretty forms of this species were found in vars. punctata and 
interrupta, which were not uncommon, and were represented 
both in their libellula and rubella forms. These vars. are, I 
believe, restricted in Yorkshire to Spurn, and the river banks 
at Barlby, also in the East Riding. 

In banding, Mr. Moore secured two shewing var. vufozonata, 
to which I can add one with the formula reading (12)0(45), 
which is very unusual. 

MARINE Moriusca.—Mr. A. J. Moore gives the following 
list of those found :— 


Mytilus edulis. Littovina vudis (banded var.). 
Tellina tenuis. < littovea. 

Macoma balthica. Buccinum undatum. 

Cardium edule. Purpura lapillus. 

Patella vulgaris Lacuna divaricata, very fine. (Ident. 
Tvochus cineraria. by Rev. F. H. Woods). 
Calliostoma zizyphinus. Hydrobia ulve. 


ARACHNIDA.—Messrs. E. A. Parsons and T. Stainforth 
report that a strong north-east wind does not produce the best 
conditions for spider collecting, and that on this account the 
results of the excursion were somewhat disappointing. Most of 
the species peculiar to the Spurn area were taken, but, in addi- 
tion, little of note. Collecting was carried out on the Headland 
itself, and on a stretch of the Humber shore, south of Kilnsea 
and Easington. The best discovery was Cornicularia kochu 
Camb., three females of which were taken on the Humber side 
of the headland, and six females on the Humber shore, south of 
Easington. The species was first added to the British fauna 
last year, on the authority of several male examples taken on 
the Humber shore at Barton, Lincs., and soon after was found 
at various other points on both the Yorkshire and Lincolnshire 
shores of the estuary. The most westerly known limit of its 
distribution, as far as Yorkshire is concerned, is Brough ; its 
easterly limit, Spurn; and as it has occurred at intermediate 
points, we may justly conclude it is to be found all along the 
Humber shore. Immature examples of Hyctia nivoyt Luc., were 
taken, and many more were seen. This species seems very 
generally distributed over the headland, and always occurs 
at the base of the thick tufts of sand-grasses. It also occurs 
on a sandy part of the Humber shore, south of Easington. 

The following were found on the headland :— 


Naturalist, 


The Natural History of Spurn. 345, 


re 

Drassus lapidosus Walck. | <Aysticus cristatus Clerck. 
Prosthesima latreilli C. L. Koch. | Tvochosa ruricola Degeer. 
Micaria pulicaria Sund. | nF picta Hahn. 
Clubiona grisea L. Koch. | Lycosa amentata Clerck. 

» neglecta Camb. 5, pullata Clerck. 

»,  Aolosericea De Geer. | Hyctia nivoyt Lue. 

» subtilis L. Koch. | Euophrys frontalis Walck. 
Leptyphantes eviceus Bl. | 
Gongylidium apicatum Bl. HARVESTMEN. 


Evigone promiscua Camb. 
Peponocranium ludicrum Camb. 
Pocadicnemis pumila Bl. 
Cornicularia kochi Camb. 

Evo thoracita Wid. | Chelifer latreillit Leach. 


The following were taken on the Humber shore, south of 
Kilnsea and Easington :— 


Phalangium opilio Linn. 


PSEUDOSCORPIONS. 


Clubiona grisea L. Koch. Enidia bituberculata Wid. 

», holosericea De Greer. Dismodicus bifrons Bl. 

» subtilis. | Pocadicnemis pumila Bl. 
Phyllonethts lineata Clerck. Cornicularta kochwi Camb. 
Stemonyvphantes lineata Linn. Evo thoracica Wid. 
Leptyphantes blackwallit Kulez. . Trochosa terricola Thor. 

. tenuis Bl. »  ptcta Kahn. 
Gongylidium fuscum BI. Ayetia nivovi Luc. 

> gibbosum Bl. 

Evigone longipalpis Sund. HARVESTMEN, 
Se ChCP M By Oligolophus morio Fabr. 


For assistance in identification they are indebted to Mr. 
W. Falconer. 


510. 
BIRDS. 

Lincolnshire Bird Notes.—On April 2oth this year, an 
exceedingly fine adult Gos-Hawk, 9, was trapped near Louth. 
It had been seen capturing young pheasants, hence its fate. 

On October gth, 1g09, an immature 9 Lesser Kestrel was 
shot at Grainthorpe. 

On July 9th, rg10, Mr. W. L. Cribb found an adult Crossbill 


dead in the lifeboat-house garden, Donna Nook.—C. S. CARTER, 
Louth. 


5: 


—:0 :— 
FISHES. 

Tope (Galeus vulgaris) at Scarborough.—In ‘The 
Fishing Gazette ’’ of August.27th, Mr. Alfred Hedges, of Scar- 
borough, records the capture of one of these fishes weighing 
23lbs., which he caught two miles off Scarborough. Mr. W. J. 
Clarke saw the specimen and identified it, remarking that 
although he is quite sure it has occurred before, yet this is the 
first specimen he has been able to critically examine, and add 
to their local list of fishes, without any possible doubt.—R. 
FORTUNE, Harrogate. 


1gro Sept. 1. 


346 
FIELD NOTES. 
GEOLOGY. 


Shap Granite at Kirkby Malzeard.—From information 
gleaned at Kirkby Malzeard, near Ripon, it is evident that a 
large boulder of Shap Granite was met with whilst carrying out 
the village drainage scheme in 1905. The boulder was em- 
bedded at a depth of about Io feet in the drift, midway 
between the Church and the Market Cross ; the drift consisting 
of sand and small gravel. The portion exposed projected 
3 ft. across the trench, and was roughly 3 feet in extreme 
diameter. It was removed by blasting, and the actual length 
of the boulder not ascertained, but as it was not seen when 
cutting a parallel trench later, about five feet distant; the 
long axis cannot have measured more than six feet or so. 
Many fragments of the granite are preserved in the locality, 
and there is also a fine piece of Fluor-Spar taken from the 
same trench as the boulder. Kirkby Malzeard is situated close 
to the Western limit of the great glacier which descended from 
the North and North-west into the Plain of York, and the 
ridges forming its marginal moraines are well defined in the 
vicinity, several good sections being exposed, in which immense 
quantities of finely striated limestones and volcanic rocks from 
the Lake District are in evidence.—A. LESLIE ARMSTRONG, 
Harrogate. 

Lincolnshire Red Chalk, etc., Fossils.—I am indebted 
to Mr. C. Davies Sherborn for the identification of a collection 
of fossils from the Red Chalk in Lincolnshire. It includes the 
following, which, as far as I can ascertain, have not been 
previously recorded for that strata in the county :—Nautilus 
hunstantonensis Foord and Crick, found in the Railway Cutting, 
near Donnington-on-Bain Station; Oxyrhina angustidens 
Reuss (a tooth), from the same locality; Pentacrinus agassiz 
Hagenow, Redhill, near Goulceby ; ? Parasmilia sp., base, on a 
T. capillata, Redhill, near Goulceby. 

I also recently sent to Mr. W. K. Spencer, M.A., a small 
collection of Asteroid ossicles, and along with them one from 
the Lower Pink Band in the Lower Chalk in Hallington Pit, 
near Louth. This Mr. Spencer identifies as Calliderma mosaicum. 

As I have been credited with being ‘ the first to observe the 
abundance and constancy ’ of the occurrence of Terebratulina 
ornata Roemer (=T7. gracilis Schloth) of the Geol. Surv. Mem., 
East Lincs., 1887, and Hill’s paper on the Lower Beds of the 


Naturalist, 


Tield Notes. 347 


Upper Cret. Series, Lincs. and Yorks., and T. nodulosa of the 
Geo. Sur. Mem., 1904), in the Lower Pink Band of the Lower 
Chalk in the Louth District, I should perhaps record that I 
have also found it fairly common in the Totternhoe Stone, 
together with Yerebratula cf. semiglobosa, in a pit in Welton 
Vale, near Louth.—C. S. CARTER, Louth. 


—:0 :— 


FLOWERING PLANTS. 


Mimulus Langsdorffii at Beniworth.—On August Bank 
Holiday last, a fine plant of Mimulus Langsdorffit (=M. luteus) 
was found on the west bank of the River Bain, Beniworth, Lincs. 
Div. 7.—C. S. CARTER, Louth. 


—:0 t— 


VERMES. 


Land-Planarian in Welton Vale, near Louth.—Since 
Mr. H. Wallis Kew recorded (‘ Naturalist,’ April 1897) the 
Land-Planarian (Rhynchodemus terrestris Mull) for Burwell and 
Haugham Woods, where it is still common, few, if any, other 
records have been made. On the 7th of July last, examples 
were found under decaying timber in Welton Vale, near Louth. 
—C. S. CarTER, Louth, August 7th, rgzo. 


—: 0:— 
LEPIDOPTERA. 


Note on a Yellow Underwing Moth.—During the evening 
of July 22nd, a Yellow Underwing Moth (Tryphena pronuba) 
was seen crawling on the mantle-shelf in my room, which had 
the door wide open to the garden. On examining the specimen, 
I found it had a number of knobbed projections on its proboscis, 
and the microscope showed that they were pollinia from one 
-of the Orchidaceae. |The members of the order are so rare in 
our immediate district that it seemed difficult to account for 
the fact, but it happened that a few days before, I had received 
‘some half-dozen specimens of Orchis pyramidalis from 
‘Gloucestershire. These were in a vase in the same room, and 
careful comparison showed that the pollinia were those of this 
-orchis. Evidently the moth had been visiting the flowers quite 
freely previous to his capture, as his proboscis had no fewer 
3910 Sept. 1. 


348 Northern News. 


than six pairs of pollinia upon it, placed at distances of 2, 44 (2), 
54, 63, 9 mm. respectively from the free distal tip. The whole 
length of the proboscis from base to tip was 12 mm., and the. 
average length of the spurs from the tip to the rostellum, 8 mm..,. 
so the moth could reach the tissue of the spur from end to end. 
Some had evidently been gathered by the moth when resting 
above the flower, for the pollinia were attached on the under 
(inner) surface of the proboscis, but most were on the outer 
side. Some of the stigmatic surfaces had already received 
pollinia, so that the number observed on the insect was possibly 
not the whole number carried, and altogether, it suggests that 
this moth may play an important part in pollinating this. 
particular orchis.—W. P.eWinTER, Bradford. 


NORTHERN NEWS. 


The Annual Conference of Museum Curators this year was held at York, 
from July 4th to 8th. Amongst the subjects discussed were the following : 
‘ Projection of solid objects on the screen without photography,’ and Presi- 
dential Address (‘ Photography, etc., in Museums’), Dr. Tempest Anderson ; 
‘Notes on! the Japan-British Exhibition,» Dr. F. A. Bather, F.R.S. ; 
* Cleaning Bones by a dry Sand Process,’ Dr. R. F. Scharff; ‘A Method 
of Exhibiting Corals,’ Mr. E. L. Gill, M.Se.; “A Simple Way of Ex- 
hibiting tne Reverses of Coins or Medals,’ Mr. L. E. Hope; * The Natural 
History Record Bureau at the Carlisle Museum,’ Mr. L. E. Hope; ‘On 
the Use of a Skeleton Case,’ Mr. H. Bolton, F.G.S.; “An Experiment in 
Geological Diagrams for Museum Purposes; Mr. H. Bolton, F.G:S. ; 
“The Use of Photographs in Museum Work, Mr. B. H. Mullen, 
M.A.; ‘ The Plans for the National Museum of Wales,’ Mr. W. E. Hoyle 
M.A., D.Sc.; ‘Some Recent Work-in the ._Exeter Museum,’ Mr. F. R. 
Rowley, F.R.M.S.; ‘Models Illustrating the Optical Properties of Rock- 
forming Minerals,’ Mr. E. E Lowe, F.L.S. 

In addition, was a special exhibition of work and appliances in con- 
nection with museums, including the following items :—Messrs. F. Sage & 
€o., 58-62 Gray’s Inn Road, W.C.—Iron Cases and Fittings (a representa- 
tive was in attendance to demonstrate) ; Messrs. Flatters & Garnett, 
32 Dover Street, Manchester—Various Preparations and Appliances (Mr. 
J. B. Garnett was in attendance); Messrs. W. Potter & Sons, Alders- 
gate Street, E.C.—Museum Appliances; Messrs. Blickensderfer Co., 
Cheapside, E.C.—Typewriter for Label Writing, Duplicator for Circulars, 
etc; Mrs. A. Hollis, 9 Church Street, Aylesbury—Fish painted in Natural 
Colours ; Mr. Henry Irving, the Rowans, Horley—Photographs of Trees, 
etc. ; Messrs. Bennett’s Suction-Brush Co., Station Road, Gravesend— 
Dustless Brushes; Messrs. Bastin Bros., 7 Upper Redlands Road, 
Reading—Preparations Illustrating Economic Zoology. 

During the Conference the members had the opportunity of examining 
the Minster, under the guidance of the Rev. Canon Watson, formerly of 
Hull. A collection of art objects, antiquities, silver, etc., at Micklegate 
Hall House ; the Mansion House ; the Treasurer’s House, Castle Howard,. 
etc. Some of the papers discussed were of particular service. 


¥ 


‘ Naturalist». 


iy a 


No. 645 


(No. 423 of ourrent series). 


A MONTHLY ILLUSTRATED JOURNAL OF 
NATURAL HISTORY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND. 


EDITED BY 


T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., F.S.A.Scot., 


THE Museums, Hutt; 


AND 


T. W. WOODHEAD, Ph.D., F.L.S., 


TECHNICAL CoLLEGE, HUDDERSFIELD. 


WITH THE ASSISTANCE AS REFEREES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF 


J. GILBERT BAKER, F.R.S. F.L.S., GEO. T. PORRITT, F.L.S., F.E.S., 
Prof. P. F. KENDALL, M.Sc., F.G.S., JOHN W. TAYLOR, 
T. H. NELSON, M.B.O.U., WILLIAM WEST, F.L.S., 


RILEY FORTUNE, F.Z.S. 


Contents :— 


PAGE 
- Notes and Comments :—The British Association; At Sheffield ; The Attendance ; The Sectional 
Meetings; Section ‘C’; The Presidential Address ; A Lost Opportunity ; Glaciers; Past 
and Present; Wanted: a Discussion; Man and ihe Glacial Period; Ice-work, Present 
and Past; The Present Address; And its Dangers; Facts and Fancies; Striated Sur- 
faces ; A Huddersfield Wanderer ; Yorkshire Glacial Geology ey re = ee 349-357 
Geology at the British Association—Cosmo Johns, M.I.Mech.E., F.G.S. Se s+ eee 358-360 
Botany at the British Association—Wm. G. Smith, B.Sc., Ph.D. Cae rie --. 361-362 
Anthropology at the British Association—George A. Auden, M.A., M.D. LFS. A.,etc. ... 363-366 
Prominent Yorkshire Workers: 1V.—C. Crossland, F.L.S. (Illustrated) —T.S. ie «.. 367-374 
Marine Bands in the Yorkshire Coal Measures (lIllustrated)—H.Cultin ... ae «.. 375-376 
Glacial Evidences near Scunthorpe (Illustrated)—Archibald C. Dalion + ts ... 377-380 
Reviews and Book Notices .... be Sh ni es is a Re ms Te wae 366 
Belell NOteS moseqtelr orc iegdien sou e cc a ena anda Viasat, y Pees: O hacaueMeeysi: : Nyest bc ssa iets gD Tg sO teaeeerend OF 
Northern News ¥- ay tie nea a a8 wat oat eee ia Le Ae ... 376, 380 
Illustrations ... ae ice at ode 95 = as nad Bae oe wee Se B 317 
‘Plates XV., XVI. : Episee Ne 5: 
A“ \sonian tishy 
LONDON : fey 
A. Brown & Sons, LIMITED, 5, FARRINGDON “glace cad ee Css LA ta¥ 


And at Hutt and York. 
Printers and Publishers to the ¥.N_U. 


PRICE Gd. NET. BY POST 7d. NET. 


(Or 


BOTANICAL TRANSACTIONS OF THE YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION, Volume I. 
8vo, Cloth, 292 pp. (a few copies only left), price Ble net. 
Contains various reports, papers, and addresses on the Flowering Plants, Mosses, and Fungi of the count 


Complete, 8vo, Cloth, with Coloured Map, published at One Guinea. Only a few copies left, 10/6 net. 
THE FLORA OF WEST YORKSHIRE. By FREDERIC ARNOLD LEES, M.R:C.S., &c. 


This, which forms the 2nd Volume of the Botanical Series of the Transactions, is perhaps the mo: 
complete work of the kind ever issued for any district, including detailed and full records of 1044 Phaner« 
‘aan and Vascular Cryptogams, 11 Characex, 348 Mosses, 108 Hepatics, 258 Lichens, 1009 Fungi, and 3€ 

reshwater Algz, making a total of 3160 species. 


680 pp., Coloured Geological, Lithological, &c. Maps, suitably Bound in Cloth. Price 18/= net. 
NORTH YORKSHIRE: Studies of its Botany, Geology, Climate, and Physical Geography. 
By JOHN GILBERT BAKER, F.R.S., F.L.S., M.R.I.A., V.M.H. 


And a Chapter on the Mosses and Hepatics of the Riding, by Ninnteneaee B. SvaTerR, F.L.S. This Volume 
forms the 3rd of the Botanical Series. 


396 pp., Complete, 8vo., Cloth. Price 10/6 net. 
THE FUNGUS FLORA OF YORKSHIRE. By G. MASSEE, F.L.S., F.R.H.S., & C. CROSSLAND, F.L.S 


This is the 4th Volume of the Botanical Series of the Transactions, and contains a complete annotated hig 
of all the known Fungi of the county, comprising 2626 species. 


} 


Complete, 8vo, Cloth. Price 6/= post free. 


THE ALGA-FLORA OF YORKSHIRE. By W. WEST, F.L.S., & GEO. S. WEST, Brave ACR C.S%) Bala, S | 


This work, which forms the 5th Volume of the Botanical Series of the Transactions, enumerates 104 
species, with full details of localities and numerous critical remarks on their affinities and distribution. 


Complete, 8vo, Cloth. Second Edition. Price 6/6 net. 
LIST OF YORKSHIRE LEPIDOPTERA. By G. T. PORRITT, F.L.S., F.E.S. 


The First Edition of this work was published in 1883, and contained particulars of 1340 species o 
Macro- and Micro-Lepidoptera known to inhabit the county of York. The Second Edition, with Supplement 
contains much new information which has been Secuniicked by the author, including over 50 additiona 
species, together with copious notes on variation (particularly melanism), &c. 


In progress, issued in Annual Parts, 8vo. 
TRANSACTIONS OF THE YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION. 


The Transactions include papers in all departments of the Yorkshire Fauna and Flora, and are issuedi} 
separately-paged series, devoted each to a special subject ‘The Parts already published are sold to the publi 
as follows (Members are entitled to 25 per cent. discount): Part 1 (1877), 2/8; 2 (1878),19; 3 (1878), 1/6; 4 (1879) 
2/-}; 5 (1880;, 2/-; 6 (1881), 2/-; 7 (1882), 2/6; 8 (1483), 2/6; 9 (1884), 2/9; 10 (1885), 1/6; 11 (1885), 26; 12 (1886), 2/6 
13 (1887), 2/6; 4 (1888), 1/9; 15 (1889), 2/6; 16 (1890), 2:6; 17 (1891), 26; 18 (1892), 1 9; 19 (1893), 9d. ; 20 (1894), 5/- 
21 (1895), 1/-; 22 (1896), 1/3; 23 (1897), 1/8; 24 (1898), 1/-; 25 (1899), 1/9; 26 (1900), 5/-; 27 (1901), 2/-; 28 (1902), 1a 
29 (1902), 1/-: 30 (1903), 2/6; 31 (1904); 1/-; 32 (1905), 7/6; 33 (1906), 5/- ; 34 (1908), 2/6. 3 


THE pine OF YORKSHIRE. By T. H. NELSON, M.B.O. U., WILLIAM EAGLE CLARKE, F. L. S. 
B.O.U., and F. BOYES. 2 Vols., Demy 8vo 25/- net. - Demy 4to 42/= net. 


} 
Annotated List of the LAND and FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA KNOWN TO INHABIT YORK; 
SHIRE. By JOHN W. TAYLOR, F.L.S., and others. Also in course of publication in the Trans 


actions. 

: 

THE YORKSHIRE CARBONIFEROUS FLORA. By ROBERT KIDSTON, F.R.S.E., F.G.S. Parts 14, 
18, 19, 21, &c., of Transactions. | 


LIST OF YORKSHIRE COLEOPTERA. By Rev. W.C. HEY, M.A. 


WS we 


THE NATURALIST. A Monthly Illustrated Journal of Natural History for the North of England. Editec 
by T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., Museum, Hull; and T. W. WOODHEAD, F.L.S., Technical College 
Pikatierccidi with the assistance as referees in Special Departments of J. GIL BERT BAKER, F.R.S. 
F.L.S., Pror. PERCY F. KENDALL, M.Sc., F.G.S., T. H. NELSON, M.B.O.U., GEO. T. PORRITT 
F.L.S., F.E.S., JOHN W. TAYLOR, WILLIAM WEST, bos and R. FORTUNE, F.Z.S, (Annua 
Subscription, payable i in advance, 6/6 post free). 


MEMBERSHIP in the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, 10/6 per annum, includes Sabsceplisn to The Naturalis 
and entitles the member to receive the current Transactions, and all the other privileges of the Unio! 
A donation of Seven Guineas constitutes a life- membership, and entitles the member to a set of tt 
Transactions issued by the Union. Subscriptions to be sent to the Hon. Treasurer, H. CuLPI 
7 St. Mary's Road, Doncaster. 
Members are entitled to buy all back numbers and other publications of the Union at a discount of ¢ 
per cent. off the prices quoted above. é 


All communications should be addressed to the Hon. Secretary, 
T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., The Museums, Hull. 


PSs 


349 
NOTES AND COMMENTS. 


THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION 

During the first week in September the British Association 
met at Sheffield. There were sufficient suitable rooms within 
easy reach of the Reception Room at the Cutler’s Hall, though 
some were not the most convenient for the purpose of lecturing. 
It was apparent, however, that whilst at some towns a visit of 
the British Association was everything; to Sheffield it was 
merely an incident. Beyond an occasional cardboard notice on 
a lamp-post, and perhaps a greater proportion of weirdly- 
dressed patriarchs than usual, Sheffield might not have known 
that the nation’s annual parliament of science was being held 
in its midst. Many of the visits to works, etc., were pleasant 
enough, and profitable ; but seemed to lack that hearty welcome 
which has been so apparent at previous meetings. 

AT SHEFFIELD. 

Whilst the local botanists, geologists, zoologists and others 
had taken the matter in hand in their usual thorough way, as 
was shewn by the hand-book, the arrangements for excursions, 
etc., there seemed to be a lack of general public interest in the 
Association and its work. This, in a centre which depends so 
very much upon the ‘ Advancement of Science,’ was, to say the 
least, a little unexpected. The effect was also disappointing, 
as when the time came for the allocation of funds for the various 
committees of research, the curtailed income of the Association 
from members’ subscriptions, meant that expenses had to be 
cut down all round, and the various committees will thus be 
handicapped between now and the Portsmouth meeting in 
Igti. It will, therefore, be seen that the ‘ success’ of a meet- 
ing of the British Association, looking at it from the point of 
view of the ‘ advancement of science,’ does not so much depend 
upon the brilliance of the garden parties and receptions, as 
upon the numbers who enroll themselves as members for that 
particular year. 

THE ATTENDANCE. 

For some reason not quite apparent, the attendance at Shef- 
field (about 1300 !) was much below expectations. At Dublin in 
1908 there were 2297 members ; at York in 1906, 1972 members; 
at Cambridge in 1904, there were 278g members ; and even at 
South Africa in 1905 there were 2130 members. The only 
recent meeting at which there was a low attendance was at 
Leicester in 1907, when there were only 1647 members ; though 
1910 Oct. 1. 2A 


350 Notes and Comments. 


we think this can be readily accounted for by the unusually 
early date (July 31st) of the meeting in that year; a factor 
which did not obtain at Sheffield. The cause for the decrease 
in the attendance is perhaps a little difficult to explain. It is 
apparently local. There does not seem to have been that 
number of persons joining for the meeting, that we should have 
expected at Sheffield, in view of its population, its industries, 
and its University. Judging from the correspondence in the 
local press, there has been some misunderstanding or difficulty 
with regard to the necessary information being given to people 
likely to be interested. This is unfortunate. .In future, we 
would suggest to the officials of the Association, that persons 
attending the various sections, etc., should be requested to 
shew their members’ cards on entering. As it is, it is quite 
possible for anyone to attend most of the meetings, and many 
of the excursions of the Association, without contributing any- 
thing towards the funds. 
THE SECTIONAL MEETINGS. 

In the interests of the future of the Association, also, it is 
most imperative that some steps should be taken to inform the 
readers of papers what is expected of them ; and more care will 
have to be exercised in the acceptance of contributions from 
unknown authors, no matter how many ‘handles’ they may 
have to their names. Some of the exhibitions at Sheffield were 
deplorable, and hours of valuable time were wasted. In fact, it 
can certainly be said that the meetings of at least one section were 
continued a day longer than would have been necessary had 
all the unsuitable papers been eliminated. There were various 
types of these ‘undesirables. Sometimes an unmitigated 
bore would wallow in subjects far beyond his depth, the prin- 
cipal object apparently being to inform those present that he 
was a student of science nearly a quarter of a century ago. 
This type of ‘lecturer’ seems to think that the British Asso- 
ciation has met for his special paper, and he is greatly incensed 
at being ‘ pulled up ’ for far exceeding his time, notwithstanding 
that he has practically emptied the room! Another type, 
which is perhaps pardonable, is the (generally young) man who 
appears for the first time, and has obviously been to consider- 
able trouble in preparing a paper; say one that takes 14 to 2 
hours to read! When his allotted twenty minutes have 
expired, he naturally feels aggrieved that he has not been allowed 
to finish !_ In other instances papers have consisted of an extra- 


Naturalist, 


Notes and Comments. 351 


ordinary amount of minute detail, usually badly read, and 
certainly never grasped by more than one per cent. of the 
audience. There is also the ‘ trumpeter,’ who warms up a lot 
of old scientific ‘ chestnuts ’—not always his own !—in order to 
bring his name before the public. There are some who whisper 
to the MSS. in their hands, or turn their backs to the audience, 
and apparently speak to their diagrams. For all practical 
purposes they may as well have been deaf and dumb. There 
are also others! But year after year the nuisance seems to 
increase, and the rushes for the smoke-room become more and 
more frequent ! 
SECTION ‘ C.’ 

There was a surprise in store for the Committee of this 
Section: viz., a suggestion from headquarters that it should be 
amalgamated with the Geographical Section. Probably this 
was made in order to reduce the number of officials, which is 
certainly reaching almost unwieldy proportions. However, 
both the Sections were equally convinced that such an amal- 
gamation would be undesirable, and would not further the 
interests of the two branches of science. Occasionally, as was 
the case at Sheffield, joint meetings might be held ; but to try 
to bring all the geological and geographical papers together, 
in one week, and under one set of officers, would not only be 
impracticable, but disastrous. As one shrewd geologist pointed 
out, it was not an uncommon thing for two people to get on 
admirably together, and on the best possible terms with each 
other; but let them get married, and—! Fortunately, the 
geographers and geologists are still free ! 

THE PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 

There can be little doubt that, to a very large extent, the 
Presidential Address acted as a wet blanket to the whole of the 
subsequent proceedings of the Sheffield meeting. And we say 
this with every respect to the venerable scientist, the Rev. 
Canon Bonney, whose activity was such that few could realize 
he was approaching four-score years. But we fear that, for 
once, the President had overlooked the fact that the British 
Association was for the Advancement of Science. The theme he 
selected was most unfortunate ; the subject was dealt with in 
anything but a masterly manner, the conclusions arrived at 
were admittedly nil, whilst the address has unquestionably 
been an attempt to put back the clock of geological progress 
at least twenty years. 


1g1o Oct. 1. 


352 Notes and Comments. 


A LOST OPPORTUNITY. 

We don’t know what was in the mind of the Committee 
when Professor Bonney was selected as the President for the 
Sheffield meeting, but certainly the general wish of the scientific 
world was that the esteemed professor would deal with that 
branch of science which he has made particularly his own, and 
towards which he has made such valuable contributions, viz., 
petrology. Certainly no place could have been more appro- 
priate for such an address than Sheffield, Sorby’s city, where 
petrology had its birth. As yet no sufficient appreciation has 
been made of the extraordinary pioneer work which Sorby did ; 
work which has been of such enormous practical and economi- 
cal importance. Sheffield has benefitted from his researches 
as much as any other place, 1f not more. Professor Bonney might 
well have taken advantage of his high position in the scientific 
world, in his capacity as President of the British Association, 
and devoted his address to a review of the various far-reaching 
directions which the results of Sorby’s work have attained. 
Or he might well have confined his address to some purely 
petrological subject. In fact, the Professor evidently antici- 
pated that something of the kind would be expected, as he 
stated: ‘I do not, however, propose, as you might naturally 
expect, to discuss some branch of petrology, though for this, no 
place could be more appropriate than Sheffield, since it was 
the birthplace and the life-long home of Henry Clifton Sorby, 
who may truly be called the father of that science.’ 


GLACIERS 

Instead, the Professor preferred to deal with a much less 
stable subject—ice-work in western Europe. He is one of the 
old school of ‘ wind and water’ geologists (as one writer has 
expressed it), and in his seventy-seventh year, he still prefers 
to adhere to the views he published years and years ago, and to 
endeavour to bolster them up by new arguments, rather than 
follow in the wake of almost every other geologist of note, and 
admit that land ice has had a great share in the moulding of 
the present surface features of many parts of Britain. 


PAST AND PRESENT. 


Those who have closely followed the glacial controversy in 
recent years, and have witnessed the change that has taken 
place (and nowhere more noticeable than at the meetings of 
Section C at the British Association), will perhaps be able to 


Naturalist, 


Notes and-Comments. 353 


understand why Professor Bonney has thought fit to thrash a 
dead horse. Year by year the controversies respecting land- 
ice versus submergence have grown more feeble, as year by 
year each champion of submergence has ‘ gone under.’ To-day 
they are exceedingly few—perhaps two or three ; and Professor 
Bonney is their arch-priest. In making his ‘last stand,’ 
however, he has taken a characteristic advantage. He has 
“ discussed ’ the subject from the Chair of the British Associa- 
tion, which means that his views are published in every paper 
of importance the world over ; whilst the recognised laws of the 
Association preclude any discussion thereon taking place at the 
meeting. 
WANTED : A DISCUSSION. 


We can imagine nothing finer than that the President had 
allowed his paper to be discussed in Section C. It would have 
presented a sorry sight when done with. As it was, paper after 
paper, by different authors, and dealing with various areas, 
shewed over and over again that there were serious weaknesses 
in the President’s arguments, serious objections to his assump- 
tions, and, at times, even serious doubts as to his ‘ facts.’ 


MAN AND THE GLACIAL PERIOD. 


Eighteen years ago Professor G. F. Wright published his 
“Man and the Glacial Period’ in the well-known International 
Scientific Series. That work was a particularly clear exposition 
of the land-ice theory. It was of exceptional value to English 
geologists from the fact that it contained a lengthy chapter on 
the ‘ Glacial Geology of the British Isles,’ by Mr. P. F. Kendall. 
That chapter may be taken as the first concise account of the 
glacial geology of our island. It came most opportunely ; and 
was largely instrumental in the formation of that new school of 
glacial thought which so soon held the field, though all along 
there had been an increasing number of students who were 
convinced that there was more upon the earth than could be 
accounted for by a universal deluge. ‘Man and the Glacial 
Period,’ therefore, was not liked by the ‘ submergers.’ 


ICE-WORK, PRESENT AND PAST. 


A few years later, Professor Bonney replied, in a way, by 
publishing, in the same Series, a volume entitled, ‘ Ice-work, 
Present and Past.’ In this he professed to ‘ follow the example 
of a judge rather than of an advocate; that is to sum up the 


Ig1o Oct. 1. 


354 Notes and Comments. 


evidence on each side of a case, and leave the verdict to the 
jury.’"* The way he gave the evidence was worthy of an 
“expert witness.’ Naturally, the volume, being published in the 
ordinary way, was reviewed and criticised. This was done 
thoroughly. Professor Kendall (who was, in a way, largely 
responsible for the appearance of ‘ Ice-work’!), and many 
others, were easily able to demonstrate that Professor ony, Ss 
theories would not ‘ hold water.’ 


THE PRESENT ADDRESS 


Years have gone by. The ‘submergers’ seem to have 
gone and left not a rack behind; scores of observers have 
added hundreds of facts to the previous list of proofs of land- 
ice having occupied the greater part of Britain ; and in the year 
IgIo we again find ourselves back in the old-fashioned times, 
amongst old-fashioned ideas, and with old-fashioned theories. 
Worse than all, it is apparent to anyone who is well-acquainted 
with ‘Ice Work, Present and Past,’ which was published in 
1896, that the present presidential address is merely a summary 
of that work (and a poor summary at that !), with a few further 
arguments which have been brought forward in order to deal 
with recent discoveries. The same unfair method of presenting 
‘facts’ is apparent ; the-same ideas are propounded, and the 
same unsatisfactory account of the author’s own views exists. 
Professor Bonney’s concluding words at Sheffield were: ‘ the 
difficulties in either hypothesis appear so great that, while I 
consider those in the “ land-ice’”’ hypothesis to be the more 
serious, I cannot as yet declare the other one to be satisfactorily 
established.’ We quite agree with the Professor that ‘ this 
may seem a “lame and impotent conclusion ”’ to so long a 
disquisition,’ and we heartily endorse his remarks that the best 
service we can do is to attempt ‘ to separate facts from fancies, 
by demanding that difficulties should be frankly faced, instead 
of being severely ignored.’ The address is evidently another 
example of the well-known ‘ you should do as I say, not as 
I do.’ Would that the Rev. Professor Bonney had ‘ frankly 
faced’ the difficulties of his own theories, instead of ‘ severely 
ignoring ’ them. 


* He also appropriated quite a number of blocks, maps, etc., from 
Professor Wright, and put them to his own use, without any permission or 
acknowledgment whatever ; though that is a detail. 

Naturalist, 


Notes and Comments. 355 


AND ITS DANGERS. 


The great harm likely to arise in connection with a con- 
tribution of this sort, lies in the fact that the Presidential 
Address delivered at a British Association meeting is published 
far and wide ; probably more than is any other address to any 
other body. Every newspaper of importance, and many scien- 
tific journals, publish it in extenso ; and few are even the half- 
penny evening papers that do not contain a lengthy summary 
of it. To most people, the opinion of the President of the 
British Association, on any given subject, is final. There are 
thousands who have not the time nor the opportunity of 
looking at a subject from all points of view; who will, naturally, 
be prepared to accept the verdict of the leading scientist of the 
world for the time being. Principally we have in mind the 
average teacher, whose views are quickly transferred to scores 
of scholars. In this way we consider that, even were the theme 
worthy of being taken as the Presidential Address, its delivering 
and publication has not been in the best interests of ‘the 
advancement of science.’ Geologists abroad, who are ‘land- 
icers’ to a man, will have a strange impression of the present 
state of English geology. 


FACTS AND FANCIES. 


We wish our space permitted us to deal in detail with Pro- 
fessor Bonney’s remarks, but we may perhaps refer to one or 
two points. On pages 23-24 of the official copy of the address, 
we find it stated that ‘ The [British] ice must have been curiously 
inconstant in its operations. It is supposed in one place to 
have glided gently over its bed, in another to have gripped and 
torn out large masses of rock. Both actions may be possible 
in a mountain region, but it is very difficult to understand how 
they could occur in a lowland or plain.’ On pages 11-12, when 
speaking of the time when the Rhone glacier covered the 
lowlands of Vaud and Geneva, Professor Bonney says: ‘it 
ought to have given signs of its erosive no less than of its trans- 
porting power. But what are the facts? In these lowlands 
we can see where the ice has passed over the Molasse (a Miocene 
sandstone) ; but here instead of having crushed, torn, and 
uprooted the comparatively soft rock, it has produced hardly 
any effect. The huge glacier from the Linth Valley crept for 
not a few miles over a floor of stratified gravels, on which, 
some eight miles below Zurich, one of its moraines, formed 


Igto Oct. 1. 


356 Notes and Comments. 


during the last retreat, can be seen resting, without having 
produced more than a slight superficial disturbance.’ Thus 
Professor Bonney shews us (and we accept his facts) that the 
ice in Vaud and Geneva has been ‘ curiously inconstant in its 
operations,’ Why will he not allow the ice which once existed in 
Britain to have acted similarly ? 


STRIATED SURFACES. 


On page 13 we find that ‘so far as I am aware, rocks thus 
affected [striated and polished] have not yet been discovered in 
the Wirral peninsula. On the eastern side of England similar 
markings have been found down to the coast of Durham, but 
a more southern extension of land-ice cannot be taken for 
granted.’ From this it is pretty obvious that Professor Bonney 
either does not care to read up the recent literature on a subject 
which he looks upon as of such great importance, or he has wil- 
fully ignored it. As has been described in several important 
papers from 1876 onward, there are in the Wirral, acres in extent 
of surfaces which are continuously striated. On the Yorkshire 
coast, too, striated surfaces have been known for a quarter of a 
century, and have been described by Lamplugh, Stather, 
Kendall, Maufe and the present writer, in various papers. 
Inland also they occur in considerable numbers, and have been 
frequently mapped by the Geological Survey. Oddly enough, 
one of the papers recording striated surfaces on the Yorkshire 
coast is referred to in Professor Bonney’s ‘ Ice Work,’ published 
in 1896; but in his ‘ present attempt to separate facts from 
fancies,’ he has thought it expedient to ignore it. 


A HUDDERSFIELD WANDERER. 


One of Professor Bonney’s ‘ facts’ which even the most 
ardent glacialist would not have dared to have accepted without 
very careful verification, is the record of rhomb-porphyry at 
“Lockwood, near Huddersfield.’ It is certainly not mentioned 
in the paper referred to in the footnote to Professor Bonney’s 
note, nor is it in either of the British Association or Yorkshire 
Boulder Committee’s reports. Perhaps Professor Bonney will 
give his data for the record ? If not, we must assume that as 
he states on page 3, ‘a statement of facts without mention of 
an authority, means that I am speaking from personal know- 
ledge,’ the record is his own. With all due respect to his 


petrological knowledge, we doubt the record. 
Naturalist, 


Field Notes. 357 


YORKSHIRE GLACIAL GEOLOGY. 

Whilst we are proud to think that Yorkshire, and Yorkshire 
geologists, have occupied so great a part of Professor Bonney’s 
address, we rather fear the limited area makes his remarks too 
‘parochial in character, and hardly of world-wide interest. 
We were a bit surprised to find it stated however (p. 24), that 
“the so-called moraines near York (supposed to have been left 
by a glacier retreating up that Vale), those in the neighbour- 
hood of Flamborough Head and of Sheringham (regarded as 
relics of the North Sea Ice Sheet), do not, in my opinion, shew 
any important difference in outline from ordinary hills of sands 
and gravels, and their materials are wholly unlike those of any 
indubitable moraines that I have ever seen or studied in photo- 
graphs.’ All we can say is that we are sorry the Professor’s 
experience of moraines is so limited. We thought he had seen 
several. Dozens of other geologists, whose names even Pro- 
fessor Bonney would admit were amongst the front rank, have 
seen and described these resemblances over and over again. 
The way also, in which Professor Bonney dismisses in a few 
words, the ‘so-called’ overflow channels in Cleveland ; Lake 
Pickering, etc., is typical of the ‘judgment’ throughout the 
address. Personally, we consider the Rev. Professor would 
have made a much better advocate than a judge ! 

eg ge 
BIRDS. 

Great Crested Grebe in Yorkshire.—Rather more than 
twenty Great Crested Grebes are to be seen on the large lake 
at Castle Howard. All of them bred there this year, the bad 
weather appearing to have suited the successful nesting of this 
beautiful bird.—SyDNEy H. Smiru, York, September 16th, 1gIo. 

oe 


FLOWERING PLANTS. 

Gentiana Pneumonanthe at Clapham, Yorkshire.—This 
plant, which seems to have been overlooked for many years, 
still flourishes in fair quantity near Clapham Station. Lees’ 
Flora says :—‘ A quarter of a mile beyond Clapham, in a field 
going the middle way to Engleton: Myr. Newton; Ray, Syn., 
IIl., 274 (1724); Derh. Litt., 222 (1718). It is lost between 
Clapham and Ingleton, where Mr. Newton observed it, as Mr. 
Thornbeck informs me: Blackst., Spec. (1746).’ It is interest- 
ing to know that it is still in the district.—A. R. SANDERSON 
and C. A. CHEETHAM. 


1910 Oct. I. 


GEOLOGY AT THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 
COSMO JOHNS, M.L.Mecu.E., F.G.S. 


RARELY have the various sections of the British Association 
been so centrally housed as was the case in Sheffield. Section C 
had the Victoria Hall, where there was.ample-accommodation for 
Sectional and Committee meetings. Mr. Bernard Hobson was 
unwearying in his efforts to facilitate the work of the Section- 
His arrangements for the various excursions were admirably 
conceived, and the ‘smoothness with which they worked will 
leave many pleasant recollections in the minds of the geologists. 
who were present. 

As the President of the Association was the Rev. Dr. Bonney, 
the opening address was on a geological subject. The veteran 
geologist, who was warmly received by the brilliant audience, 
undertook a critical survey of the glacial problem, and the many 
hypotheses that have been put forward. In the course of the 
address, he discussed the drift deposits of north-western Europe, 
and pointed out the inadequacy of the land-ice and submergence 
theories, and of the lake hypothesis of Carvil Lewis, to explain 
the facts. His opinion, however, that the ‘ overflow channels” 
of the Cleveland Hills more closely resembled remnants of ancient 
river systems rather than the overflow channels of ice-dammed 
lakes, would not find support among Yorkshire geologists familiar 
with the ground. In his final summing up, he declared that 
neither the land-ice nor the submergence hypothesis had been 
completely established, and his closing counsel was to work on 
in the hope of clearing up the many remaining perplexities. 

There was a departure in the opening proceedings of Section 
‘C,’ for the President, Professor Coleman, did not give his. 
address until several papers had been read. The present 
writer commenced with an account of the stratigraphical and 
faunal evidence on which he based his conclusion that the 
equivalence of the Yoredale and Pendleside series had been 
established, and correlating the Posidonomya bechert beds of 
Germany, North Devon, South Wales, and Pendle Hill; with 
the base of the Yoredale Series of north-west Yorkshire. 

In the discussion which followed, the most striking feature 
was that, while the suggested correlation was generally accepted, 
most of the speakers referred to the indebtedness of workers 
in Carboniferous geology to Dr. Wheelton Hind. Dr. Marr 
followed with an account of the Palzozoic Rocks of Cautley, 
and thus prepared the way for a discussion of the graptolitic 


Naturalist, 


Johns ; Geology at the British Assoctation. 359 


zones of the same rocks, by two lady students. Dr. Bonney, 
having now arrived, took the chair, while Professor Coleman 
gave a most lucid address on the ‘ Canadian Shield.’ Illustrating 
his address with lantern slides, he described the Archean Rocks, 
and insisted that these had been deposited originally as normal 
sediments and volcanic rocks, and even included an ancient 
till with scratched boulders, relics of the oldest Ice Age known. 
Sir Archibald Geikie voiced the opinion of those present when he 
said he had hardly ever listened to a more luminous address. 
To complete the morning session, Dr. Falconer read a paper on 
Northern Nigeria, and Dr. Hatch gave an account of the geology 
of Natal. 

On Friday, there was a joint meeting with the geographical 
section. The writer gave an account of the local geology, and 
Professor McWilliam gave a delightful exposition of the relation 
of the metallurgical industries of the city to the geology of the 
district; and in the discussion, Professor Kendall drew timely 
attention to the vast reserves of unoxidised ores available in 
the Midlands. Mr. T. Sheppard described ‘ the Humber during 
the Human Period’; Dr. Tempest Anderson discussed a new 
volcano in one of the Samoan Islands, and the Rev. E. Spicer, 
‘The Present Trias Conditions of Australia.’ 

The most important feature of Monday’s session was the 
striking description of the recent shelly boulder clay left as 
a result of the advance and retreat during the last few years of 
the Sefstrén glacier, at a level high above the sea, by 
Mr. G. W. Lamplugh, who triumphantly asked ‘ whether any 
one could deny after this, that glaciers could “nose up” the 
sea bottom, with its shells, and deposit it at a higher level as 
boulder clay.’ When several speakers had followed with cor- 
roborative evidence, it became the turn of another well-known 
land-ice advocate, in the person of Professor Kendall, to 
express the pain he felt in playing the part of the ‘ Devil’s 
advocate,’ and having to suggest that the deposit described by 
Mr. Lamplugh was perhaps not true boulder clay at all. 

The very important discussion on the extent of the concealed 
portion of the great Midland Coalfield was opened by Professor 
Kendall, who gave a most interesting resume of the evidence on 
which he based his conclusions, and in the course of his remarks, 
made the announcement that in the boring, which had been in 
progress at Scunthorpe for some time, the coal measures had 
been reached. The only further information he was able to 


Igto Oct. I. 


360 Johns : Geology at the British Association. 


communicate was that the data pointed to the nearness of the 
eastern margin of the coalfield. 

Dr. Walcot Gibson, who followed, was rather more pes- 
simistic, and while pointing out that recent explorations had 
considerably increased the proved area, suggested caution as 
regards the south-eastern portion of the area. Mr. Culpin’s 
account of the recent additions to our knowledge of the marine 
bands in the coal measures of the Doncaster district,* was warmly 
received, while Mr. Usher discussed the probable influence of the 
Caledonian and American systems of earth movements on the 
limits of the basin. 

There was general regret that Professor Milne was not 
present to communicate the Seismological Report, which was 
read in his absence by Sir Archibald Geikie. 

To sum up the results of the meeting, one can say that 
if no startling communications were made, the papers were quite 
up to the average. The President’s address, the Seismological 
Report, the Carboniferous Zones Report, with its correlation of 
the Belgian Lower Carboniferous Rocks with those of the 
Avon district, by Dr. Arthur Vaughan; the opening of the 
discussion on the eastern extension of the Midland coalfield, by 
Professor Kendall, and Mr. Lamplugh’s description of the 
oscillations of the Sefstrén glacier, were perhaps its outstanding 


features. 
——_»e—__ 


Tooth of Elephas antiquus in Holderness.—Professor 
W. Boyd Dawkins, F.R.S., recently made an examination of 
the remains of extinct animals in the Hull Museum. Amongst 
a number of elephant teeth from the Yorkshire coast he identi- 
fied one as belonging to the Straight-tusked Elephant (Elephas 
antiquus). The tooth measures 6 inches by 4 inches by 12 
inches, and consists of eight plates. It was found on the beach 
at Withernsea in 1903, and had doubtless been washed from the 
cliffs in the same way as were dozens of other teeth and tusks 
found on this coast. Kemains of Elephas antiquus have not 
previously been recorded for the Holderness coast, but as they 
occur in the pre-glacial beach at Sewerby, it is quite possible 
that the tooth may have been derived from some such source, 
and carried southward by glacial action. Professor Dawkins’ 
determination adds another species to the list of animal remains 
from the glacial beds of Holderness.—T. SHEPPARD. 


* See page 375. 


Naturalist, 


361 
BOTANY AT THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Wo. G. SMITH, B.Sc., Pu.D. 


THE proceedings of Section K are generally fairly placid, and 
this year was no exception. There was nothing very startling 
to give rise to fierce discussions, nor was there any undercurrent 
of hot criticism in the smokerooms, such as was evident, say, 
in Section C. The presidential address of Professor Trail was 
the appeal of a veteran field botanist (who has probably spent 
more of his life out-of-doors than any other British botanist) 
for more work to be done on the British flora. In spite of 
numerous country and county floras, much remains to be 
done in ascertaining the distribution of species, how they came 
to be where they are, and in what surroundings they live. 
Many smaller contributions are in danger of being lost, and 
field naturalists as a body really know much which has never 
been published. What is wanted is a closer grouping of botanists 
to carry out “a well-organised botanical survey of the British 
Islands.’ In Committee, the President carried his suggestions 
further, by having a small Committee appointed to promote 
such a survey. 

The reading of papers occupied the whole or part of six 
days. The quality of the contributions varied considerably, some 
certainly carried the stamp of careful study, others gave the 
impression of being scrappy. As usual, many authors intro- 
duced long and laborious details, quite forgetting that a Section 
is not a body of submissive students, but is made up mainly 
of speakers, and therefore bad listeners. It is a relief to 
hear a theme neatly and tersely handled, if details are wanted 
these can generally be got from the author at some of the 
many social functions, or will appear when the paper is pub- 
lished. Plant physiology produced several good papers, 
notably the contributions on the Biochemistry of Respiration, 
by Dr. F. F. Blackman and members of the Chemistry Section. 
Translocation of sugars in green leaves was neatly handled by 
Mr. S. Mangham, and Dr. F. Darwin described a useful apparatus 
for observing the action of stomata. The ‘nuclear’ papers 
included a demonstration by Professor Blackman, of Leeds, 
on some new features in the male nuclei of Lilium. The 
energetic workers on past and present Gymnosperms and 
Pteridophytes were also well to the fore. Ecology was 


1910 Oct. I. 


362 Smith: Botany at the British Association. 


represented by contributions on salt marshes of the Severn, and 
on the woodlands of north-east Kent. The semi-popular lecture 
by Professor Bower was a sketch, amplified by excellent 
lantern slides, of the growth of sand dunes from their earliest 
phases onwards, till they become the ‘ tees,’ ‘ putting greens,’ 
‘ bunkers,’ and all that goes to make the sea-links so dear to the 
keen golfer. 

On the Saturday an excursion took place, attended by over 
sixty members, and led by Messrs. Bentley and Snelgrove. 
The route was typical of Derbyshire, beginning with the Mill- 
stone Grit escarpment Oakwoods at Grindleford, passing to 
the Carboniferous Limestone dale at Eyam, and finishing 
with a typical piece of dry Grit Moorland with Ling, Bilberry, 
and Cowberry on the way to Hathersage. 

The Handbook, as far as Botany is concerned, was entirely 
the work of members of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, 
Mr. E. Snelgrove strikes a happy medium between descriptive 
topography and details of plant species, and the photographs 
by Mr. Bentley convey a very good idea of the types of vegeta- 
tion. The Fungi by Mr. T. Gibbs, and the Algze and Dia- 
tomacee by Mr. M. H. Stiles, also give a good general summary 
of what is known of these groups in the district. 

The work of another Section, that of Agriculture, also 
included matter of botanicalinterest. The President, Mr. A. D. 
Hall, sketched the progress of knowledge bearing on the food- 
supply of plants, from its earliest stages through the ‘ chemical 
period ’ of potash, phosphates and nitrogen, to the more recent 
* biological period,’ when the life in the soil is being demon- 
strated to be such an important factor. Perhaps the most 
striking contributions were those from Rothamsted, on the 
great increase in soil-fertility, which has been traced when soil 
is partially sterilised by heat or otherwise. There is strong 
evidence to show that in the soil two opposing forces of micro- 
organisms exist, one set assists in the preparation of available 
plant food, the other set preys on these ; hence if the latter be 
destroyed, the useful organisms increase, and provide crop- 
plants with greater supplies of food. Leeds smoke and its 
influence on the growth of grass in the neighbourhood, provided 
Dr. Crowther and Mr. Ruston of Leeds University with a 
theme ; a series of observations and experiments confirm the 
popular opinion that grasslands near grimy cities suffer directly 
from the products of combustion of coal. 


Naturalist, 


363 
ANTHROPOLOGY AT THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


GEORGE A. AUDEN, M.A., M.D., F.S.A., ETCs 


In point of general interest, the proceedings of the anthropo- 
logical section were fully equal to those of previous years. 
The prominent position taken by archeology, and by classical 
archeology particularly, shews how useful a function is served 
by Section H in giving to the general public the most recent 
achievements of the scholar’s spade, which would otherwise 
be only accessible in the volumes of the Proceedings and 
Transactions of learned Societies. 

In his Presidential Address, Mr. W. Crooks dealt with the 
Ethnology of India, and with the anthropological questions 
arising therefrom. At the outset he shewed the imperative 
need of a central bureau for the study and classification of the 
mass of material which is being now culled from all sources by 
investigators of all degrees of knowledge. All sound adminis- 
tration of a native population by a foreign minority must be 
based upon a thorough understanding of the religious and 
social customs of the country. The failure to grasp this prin- 
ciple, and a disregard of native prejudices in India, has been 
one cause of our administrative difficulties. | Recognition of 
these facts has been the secret of the success of the American 
Government in their dealings with the Philippine Islanders. 
Adequate instruction in native habits and customs should 
therefore be provided for intending Indian Civil Servants. 

Dealing with the prehistoric races of India, he shewed that 
the paleolithic implements appear to be somewhat later 
in date than those of Europe, and that this period was widely 
separated in point of time from the neolithic period. This 
culture period, however, continued down until comparatively 
recent times} and was continuous with the Iron Age without the 
intervention of any period of bronze. On the other hand, a 
well-marked Copper Age, with a long period of development, 
is evident from the researches of Mr. A. V. Smith. 

In conclusion, he pointed out the important part which 
Anthropology must play in the evolution of problems of home 
government. ‘ One of the chief tasks must be the examination 
of the physical and moral condition of the depressed classes of 
our home population and the effect of modern systems of educa- 
tion on the mind and body of the child.’ 


1910 Oct. 1. 


364 Anthropology at the British Association. 


The importance of this last point was emphasised by the 
joint meeting of the Anthropological and Educational Sections, 
to discuss the measurement of the intelligence of the child. 
The papers upon this question were of a highly technical 
character, and the discussion proved the more interesting in that 
it called forth a singularly apposite speech from Sir George Reid, 
High Commissioner for Australia. 

The value of a physical anthropological examination was. 
illustrated by Prof. Fleure in his report of the anthropological 
survey of the people of Cardiganshire. By an appeal to. 
patriotism, family pride and genealogical knowledge, he has. 
been enabled to examine 526 persons of true Cardigan descent. 
Amongst these the dark dolichocephalic ‘ Mediterranean ’ type 
predominates. There is also a broad-headed dark type, 
which is more numerous along the coast, while from the district 
around Newcastle-Emlyn comes a fair-haired light-eyed type, 
having a cephalic index about 79. This survey is about to be 
extended to other Welsh counties. 

Egyptian anthropology was well represented. Prof. Flinders 
Petrie described the excavations at Memphis, and the discovery 
of the earliest private stone tomb that can be dated with 
certainty, 7.e., before the building of the Pyramid of Sneferu, 
B.C. 4650. Prof. Elliot Smith contributed a paper upon the 
people of Egypt. The pre-dynastic people are shewn to have 
extended to Abyssinia, and perhaps to Somaliland. This 
population appears to have become mixed at the period of the 
IIIrd Dynasty with people entering by the Delta on the north 
and from Nubia on the south, with a resulting modification of 
physical type. Anatomical evidence strongly points to the 
Levant as the source of the white immigration. 

Dr. Seligmann described a neolithic site at Jebel Gule in 
the Southern Soudan. The finds, which were all surface finds, 
included a large number of pigmy implements, scrapers, blades, 
discs, and one axe-head. The finds are of an entirely different 
type from the worked stones which have hitherto been found 
in the Meroitic civilisation. Messrs. Woodward and Ormerod. 
contributed a paper upon a group of nineteen prehistoric sites. 
in south-west Asia Minor. Some of the sherds consisting of a 
red hard polished ware are assignable to the Bronze Age, 
but the evidence points to the civilisation being independent 
of the pre-historic Cappadocian culture. 

Important results attended the excavations at Tsangli in 

“Naturalist 


Anthropology at the British Association. 365 


Thessaly (Messrs. Wace and Thompson). The remains of 
several neolithic houses were found, in one of which several 
good vases and twelve celts were obtained. In another large 
house, destroyed by fire at the end of the first neolithic period, 
and never rebuilt, several vases were found associated with 
many celts and some interesting terra-cotta statuettes. 
The excavations carried on at Rachmani have enabled 
the authors to divide the prehistoric remains of Thessaly into 
four periods. These results are about to be published in book 
form. 

The report of the investigations in Sardinia under the super- 
vision of Dr. D. Mackenzie (who has recently taken over from 
Mr. Macalister the charge of the explorations in Palestine), is 
extremely interesting to British archeologists. ‘We can now 
say definitely not only that the great tombs of the Giants were 
developed from an earlier type of dolmen tomb, as has been 
conjectured by Montelius and others, but that this develop- 
ment took place in Sardinia itself. The mysterious civilisation 
of the dolmen people has long been a puzzle to archeologists. 
We can now, however, confidently say that in Sardinia at least 
this dolmen culture represents an early episode in the great 
Bronze Age civilisation of the Nuraghi.’ 

The Committee for determining the age of Stone Circles 
has suspended operations for the present year, but proposes 
to continue the excavations at Avebury Circle in the spring of 
IgIl. 

The Committee for the exploration of Lake Villages in the 
neighbourhood of Glastonbury reported the results of their 
first systematic digging of the Meare site. These included the 
examination of three dwellings. The season’s work has been 
productive of a large number of relics, which enable the settle- 
ment to be dated with a considerable accuracy to B.C. 200. 
Nothing attributable to Roman workmanship has been found. 
Bronze objects have so far been much more abundant than those 
of iron, and that the alloy was worked on the spot is proved by 
the discovery of four crucibles, upon the inner surface of one 
of which was still adhering a mass of fused bronze. Several 
glass objects were found, including several fine blue-glass beads. 

The occupation of this site must have been lengthy, for one 
of the dwelling mounds shewed eight superimposed floors with 
thirteen hearths, twelve of which were superimposed. Further 
exploration will be awaited with interest. 


1g10 Oct. 1. 2B 


366 Anthropology at the British Association. 


At Caerwent the exploration of the Romano-British site has 
been continued under the supervision of Dr. Ashby, Director 
of the British School at Rome. The ground plan of the Forum 
and Basilica has now been completed. A post-Roman burial 
ground was also discovered. It is to be hoped that a careful 
anthropometrical examination of the bones will be made before 
re-interment. 


Mr. Sidney Hartland supplied another suggestive folk-lore 
paper upon ‘The Origin of Mourning Dress.’ It will be re- 
membered that Professor Frazer suggests that mourning Is a 
survival of the idea of a protective disguise to deceive the 
easily-cozened ghost of the departed. Mr. Hartland suggests 
that the real intention seems to have been an expression of 
sorrow and abasement in order to deprecate the malice of the 
disembodied spirit. This suggestion is interesting. 

Other papers of interest were Rev. Dr. Irving’s on the dis- 
covery of a skeleton of a prehistoric horse at Bishop Stortford ; 
Miss C. Fletcher on ‘ Archeological Activities in the United 
States’; Mr. H. D. Acland on ‘ Prehistoric Monuments in the 
Scilly Isles’; and Mr. Sutherland on ‘ The Excavation of the 
Broch of Cogle, Caithness.’ 


—— +>o__. 


Synopsis of the Orthoptera of Western Europe, by Malcolm Burr, D.Se., 
F.LS., ete. London: Oliver Janson & Son, 44 Gt. Russell Street, W.C. 
This is a most useful book, and one that was much needed. It consists 
really of a series of papers which have appeared from time to time in the 
pages of the “ Entomologists’ Record,’ and it is well that they have now 
been put into such convenient form for work by students of this interesting 
order of insects. In the 160 pages the book contains will be found concise 
but clear descriptions of all the species known to occur in Europe on the 
western side of the Carpathians ; and these, with the Tables of Genera and 
Species, cannot fail to help the systematic collector immensely. Many 
of the known localities of the various species are given, though Dr. Burr 
has evidently overlooked not a few of the records for the British species. 
As an instance (among many) only five English localities are given for 
Xiphidium dorsale, its well-known habitat in South Devon, and Wicken 
and Chippenham Fens in Cambridgeshire, being entirely omitted, although 
the species has probably been taken more abundantly at Chippenham 
than anywhere else. The great value of the book to British collectors 
will be the descriptions of those European species which have not yet been 
recorded from Britain, but some of which, owing to their close relationship 
to one or two of our commonest species, have probably been overlooked ; 
and we shall be surprised if the publication of this book does not, in the near 
future, be the means of adding species to our meagre list of British repre- 
sentatives of the order. The book is nicely got up, and the arrangement 
of the type is everything that can be desired. At the modest price of three 
shillings, it should be in the library of every working entomologist. The 
thanks of all orthopterists will be ungrudgingly given to Dr. Burr for this 
contribution to the literature of their special order.—G. T. P. 


Naturalist, 


397 
PROMINENT YORKSHIRE WORKERS: 


PVC. “‘CROSSLANDS F.L.S, 


(PLATE XV.). 


Ir is always a pleasure to appreciate the sterling work of a 
conscientious naturalist, and when it happens that his position 
in the scientific world has been due entirely to his own efforts 
and exertions, the pleasure becomes increased tenfold. In 
Mr. Charles Crossland it can be safely said we have as eager 
and enthusiastic a botanist as any in the county, and Yorkshire 
is the proud possessor of many. In him we likewise have one 
who has accomplished much for the benefit of botanical science 
in general, and for his county in particular. 

Rather over a quarter of a century ago the subject of our 
sketch, then at forty, and without the slightest botanical 
knowledge, assisted-one of his daughters to collect wild flowers 
for a competition in connection with a Sunday School. A few 
of the surplus flowers were dried and mounted; the mounts 
proving attractive, more followed. These brought him in 
contact with Mr. U. Bairstow, and Mr. J. Wms. Sutcliffe, mem- 
bers of the Halifax Scientific Society, and now members of the 
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union. They, and a few others, with 
the aid of Hooker’s Students’ Flora, at once settled down to 
the technical study of the classification of British flowering 
plants. Very soon plant morphology and physiology were 
added to their hobby, and the best and latest text books on 
these branches of study were bought. This little group of 
enthusiasts worked steadily away, with no teacher but their 
books, entered for the Government Examinations, and several 
eventually succeeded in qualifying as teachers of botany. 

They were the means of forming a Natural History section 
of the Halifax Scientific Society, which has proved very useful 
for beginners. During the course of their studies they familiar- 
ized themselves with their local flora, and with Mr. Crossland 
as secretary, laid the foundation for the ‘ Flora of Halifax.’ 

Mr. Crossland’s method of mounting his dried plants has 
always been admired. It may be stated that the light blue 
tint of his mounting-sheets has led to several museum authorities 
adopting the same colour for lining their cases. It certainly 
improves the appearance of any natural object to which it forms 
a background. 


1gio Oct. 1. 


368 Prominent Yorkshire Workers. 


After several years’ close work with the flowering plants, 
he commenced the study of Cryptogamic botany. The 
Phanerogams were not forsaken, but occupied a minor place 
in his studies. He attended the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union 
Fungus Foray at Bramhope and Harewood, with Leeds as 
centre in 1888, and desired to know more about Fungi. On 
the recommendation of Mr. G. Massee, who was present as 
leader, he took up its study, Mr. Massee pointing out that if 
he wanted to do any original botanical field work he must 
study the fungi, as certainly numerous species remained 
undiscovered. This prophesy has been fulfilled. Mosses and 
Hepatics also shared his attention for a while. 

In his efforts to work up the Cryptogamic Flora of the 
extensive old parish of Halifax, he was ably seconded by Mr. 
James Needham, of Hebden Bridge, who collected extensively 
in that district; and who rarely missed a week sending a 
consignment of Cryptogams of one kind or another to Halifax 
for examination. This occurred during eight or nine months 
of the year, for nearly twenty years. 

Mr. Crossland, who is always ready to acknowledge assis- 
tance, says that our old and valued contributor Mr. M. B. 
Slater, of Malton, Mr. J. A. Wheldon, of Liverpool, and Mr. 
S. M. Macvicar, of Invermoidart, rendered him considerable 
help with the Mosses and Hepatics; Mr. W. West, with the 
Alge, and Mr. J. A. Martindale with the Lichens, for the 
‘Flora of Halifax.’ 

Eventually, however, he found that he must practically 
confine himself to the fungi, as this group began to occupy 
most of the spare time from his business as a Knight-of-the- 
Cleaver, which he commenced in 1864. Since 1890, when he 
took in a managing partner, he has had a fair share of time for 
botanical work, and became, as he once said, a ‘ half-timer.’ 

Much time has been devoted to describing and drawing 
fungi in their natural colours. These drawings have been 
exhibited at the meetings of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, 
and have always attracted attention for their faithful drawing 
and colouring, as well as for their picturesque effect. It is 
doubtful whether there is more than one private collection in 
the kingdom, drawn direct from nature by the owner, to equal 
it. The drawings of the Discomycetes are the most numerous, 
as Mr. Crossland specialised on this section. 

The knowledge he acquired in any branch of botany he 


Naturalist, 


THE NATURALIST, 1910. PLATE XV. 


Prominent Yorkshire Workers. 369 


has always been ready to impart, and whether on an excursion 
of an important natural history society, or in the company of 
the veriest beginner, he spares neither pains nor time to create 
an interest in his questioners. In fact, the good he has done 
in this way cannot be over-estimated. His desire to get the 
benefit from a day’s excursion is well known. 

The late H. T. Soppitt, whose collection the Union was able 
to acquire, largely through Mr. Crossland’s efforts, was a con- 
stant companion for five or six years, and, ‘ by mutual con- 
fidence and mutual aid,’ these two were able to contribute much 
that was new to Yorkshire. 

It is with his work amongst the fungi that Mr. Crossland’s 
name will be known to Yorkshire for all time. Amongst these 
usually neglected forms workers were exceedingly few when he 
took up their study. Not only was the question of their 
identification a serious stumbling block, but the difficulty of 
preservation had debarred many from paying attention to them. 
He started his studies under circumstances which would have 
caused many to have left the fungi severely alone ; but, plod- 
ding on, he eventually got to know them well, and his acquain- 
tance with Mr. George Massee, of Kew, and Mr. A. Clarke, of 
Huddersfield, and the correspondence, meetings, and excursions 
which ensued, gave him an extensive knowledge of matters 
mycological. So much so that the growing number of 
specimens sent to him for his opinion from all quarters of the 
land is becoming rather burdensome. 

His publications form a very substantial and valuable 
contribution to the mycological literature of Britain. Largely 
through his efforts, the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union a few 
years ago published the first county fungus flora ever issued. 
This, with the co-operation of Mr. Massee, developed into a 
substantial volume of nearly 400 pages, in which no fewer than 
2626 species were recorded and classified, with full details of 
distribution, etc. In connection with this, no one knows so 
well as does the present writer, of the enormous amount of 
detail work which Mr. Crossland accomplished—one task which 
he voluntarily undertook being the entire re-writing of the 
enormous manuscript in order to save the Yorkshire Naturalists’ — 
Union a little expense in the matter of printing. During the 
compiling of the ‘ Fungus Flora,’ no fewer than 16,700 records 
were systematised. 

A few years ago, when the Halifax Scientific Society com- 
igo Oct. 1. 


370 Prominent Yorkshire Workers. 


menced the publication of the ‘ Halifax Naturalist,’ Mr. Cross- 
land was one of those who were largely responsible, and in 
connection with the Flora of Halifax, for which the magazine 
was principally published, he had sole charge of the Cryptogamic 
portion beyond the ferns. The portion dealing with the fungi 
is unquestionably the most complete of any parish flora ever 
issued. In ‘ The Naturalist,’ too, our readers have from time 
to time benefitted from his work. On the excursions of the 
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union he has on almost every occasion, 
added to our knowledge of the fungus flora of the districts 
visited, and frequently new species to science have, in conjunc- 
tion with Mr. Massee, been described and figured in the pages of 
our journal. The names attached to some of these have been 
given in honour of their fellow-workers and supporters— 
Soppitt, Needham, Cheesman, Gibbs and Farrah. 

In addition to the specimens which he has described and 
named, a number of new species have been named in his own 
honour by other writers. 

On the occasions of the annual Fungus Forays of the 
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, which are known the country 
over for the success which attends them, Mr. Crossland has, 
since 1893, invariably undertaken the preparation of the 
reports. These Fungus Forays are renowned for the excellent 
way in which they are managed, and the good results which 
accrue from them, and this is unquestionably owing to the 
industry and personality of Mr. Crossland. 

In 1906 his colleagues on the Executive Committee of the 
Union conferred upon him the highest honour that was within 
their power, and during 1907 he was President of the Union. 
At the Annual Meeting held at Halifax, in December 1907, he 
gave an address on ‘ The History of the Study of Fungi in 
Yorkshire.’ 

He was elected a Fellow of the Linnean Society of London in 
1899. He is a worthy disciple of the celebrated James Bolton 
who trod the same district in search of nature’s treasures from 
1758-1799, and published the first British works on Ferns and 
Fungi. In addition to natural history, Mr. Crossland has taken 
an interest in the study of Dialect, Place-names and Surnames. 

To refer in detail to the whole of the work which Mr. Cross- 
land has accomplished would be a very lengthy process, but 
sufficient has been said to indicate that in him we have one 
well worthy of the county, and we all wish that he may long 


Naturalist, 


Prominent Yorkshire Workers. 375 


remain with us to encourage us in our work, and to benefit us 
from his knowledge. 


ESL OF PUBLICATIONS BY; C..C€ROSSLAND SE 1S. 
In ‘ THE NATURALIST.’ 


NEw WEsT YORKSHIRE FUNGI AND ADDITIONAL LOCALITIES 
FOR OTHERS PREVIOUSLY RECORDED.—' The Naturalist,’ Sep- 
tember 1892, pp, 261-268. 

NEW AND RARE FUNGI NEAR HALIFAX.—‘ The Naturalist,’ 
December 1892, pp. 371-372. 

FunGus FORAY AT POCKLINGTON, ALLERTHORPE, AND 
EVERINGHAM, SOUTH-EAST YORKSHIRE (1893). List of Species 
found.— The Naturalist,’ March 1894, pp. 71-76. 

ADDITIONS TO THE WEST RIDING FuNGUS FLORA.—‘ The 
Naturalist,’ June 1894, pp. 165-172. | 

Funcus FoRAY AT SELBY: Report and List of Species 
found.— The Naturalist,’ December 1896, pp. 355-365. 

FunGus ForAy AT BARNSLEY: Report and List of Species 
found.— The Naturalist,’ November 1897, pp. 341-348. 

FunGus FORAY AT HAREWOOD AND EAst KESwickK: Report 
and List of Species found.— The Naturalist,’ December 1808, 
PP. 357-362. ' 

NEw BRITISH FUNGI FOUND IN WEST YORKSHIRE ; 21 figs., 
Joint paper with the late H. T. Soppitt.—‘ The Naturalist,’ 
January 1899, pp. 27-31. 

- Funcus Foray AT SUTTON, NEAR ASKERN: Report and List 
of species found.— The Naturalist,’ December 1899, pp. 367-372. 

NEW AND CRITICAL BRITISH FUNGI FOUND IN WEST YORK- 
SHIRE, with figures.—‘ The Naturalist,’ January 1900, pp- 
5-10. 

FunGus FoRAY AT MULGRAVE Woops, WuitTBy ; Report and 
List of Species found.— The Naturalist,’ November Igoo, pp. 
337-346. 

NEw British DiscoMyceTEs, ParT I., with 21 figures: 
Joint paper with Mr. G: Massee.— The Naturalist,’ June rgor, 
pp- 177-189. 

Funcus FORAY AT CADEBY, MELTON, SPROTBOROUGH, AND 
WARMSWORTH: Report.and List of Species found.— The 
Naturalist,’ November 1901, pp. 337-350. 

NEw YORKSHIRE AGARICS: Joint paper with Mr. G. Massee. 
—‘ The Naturalist,’ January 1902, pp. I-2. 


TgI0 Oct. I. 


372 Prominent Yorkshire Workers. 


Funcus Foray AT EGTON BRIDGE AND ARNCLIFFE Woops, 
NEAR WHITBY: with List of Species found.— The Naturalist,’ 
November 1902, pp. 355-365. 

FuncI OF MASHAM AND SWINTON.— The Naturalist,’ May 
1903, pp. 177-181. 

Funcus Foray AT HELMSLEY: Report and List of Species 
found.— The Naturalist,’ November 1903, pp. 425-4306. 

New Funai, contributed by the Mycological Members of 
the Union.— The Naturalist,’ January 1904; pp. 1-8. 

THE PLANTS OF PECKET Woop: Joint Paper with Mr. 
James Needham.—‘ The Naturalist,’ June 1904, pp. 165-175. 

Funcus Foray AT ROKEBY: Report and List of Species 
found.—‘ The Naturalist,’ November 1904, pp. 329-342. 

FuNGUS FLORA OF A CAST-OUT HEARTHRUG: Joint Paper 
with Mr. James Needham.— The Naturalist,’ December 1904, 
PP- 359-363. 

Funcus Foray at Mattsy: Report, and Photo. of the 
work-room, by A. Clarke.— The Naturalist,’ November 1905, 
PP- 337-340, 367-370. List of Species found.— Y.N.U. Trans.’, 
No. 34. 

NEw AND Rare BritisH Funai, with three figures: Joint 
paper with Mr. Massee.—‘ The Naturalist,’ January 1906, pp. 
6-10. ; 

Funcus Foray AT FARNLEY Tyas (1906): Report and List 
of Species found.— The Naturalist,’ February 1907, pp. 50-57. 

FuNGUS FORAY AT GRASSINGTON, BOLTON Woops, AND 
BucKDEN: Report.—‘ The Naturalist,’ November 1907, pp. 
397-401. List of Species found.— Y.N.U. Trans.’, No. 34. 

THE STUDY OF FUNGI IN YORKSHIRE (being the Presidential 
Address delivered to the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union at 
Halifax, December 14th, 1907).—‘ The Naturalist,’ March 1908, 
pp. 81-96, 147-156. 

RECENTLY DISCOVERED FUNGI IN YORKSHIRE.—‘ The 
Naturalist,’ June 1908, pp. 214-218. 

THE Funcus FLoRA OF MULGRAVE Woops (Fungus Foray, 
1908). Report and List of Species found.—' The Naturalist,’ 
January 1909, pp. 21-27. 

RECENTLY DISCOVERED FUNGI IN YORKSHIRE.—‘ The Nat- 
uralist,’ May 1909, pp. 178-182; June,.pp. 220-223. 

Funcus Foray at CasTtLE Howarp: Report and list of 
species found.—‘ The Naturalist,’ December 1909, pp. 415-422. 


[In addition are a number of shorter notes and records]. 


Naturalist, 


Prominent Yorkshire Workers. 373 


OTHER PUBLICATIONS. 


MOLLISEA CINEREA AND ITS VARIETIES.—‘ Trans. British 
Mycological Society,’ 1898-99, pp. 106-109. 

THE PLACE-NAME ‘ Royp.’—The Halifax Naturalist,’ Vol. 
III., February 1899, pp. I0g-112. 

ORIGIN OF. SOME. HALIFAX SURNAMES.—‘ The Halifax 
Naturalist,’ Vol. V., April 1900, pp. 1-8 ; June 1900, pp. 21-29. 

NoRLAND CLoucH (Hx.): Its Fungi.—‘ The Halifax 
Naturalist, Vol. V., December 1900, pp. 102-107. 

THE VOWEL SOUNDS AND SUBSTITUTIONS OF THE HALIFAX 
DraLteEcTt.—‘ Trans. Yorks. Dialect Soc.’, Part Il., November 
1899, Ppp. 49-53. 

HENRY THOMAS SoppitT: Memoir.—‘ The Halifax Natur- 
alist,’ Vol. IV., 1899, pp. 31-36. . 

THE COLLECTING, DRYING, AND MOUNTING OF PLANTS FOR 
THE HERBARIUM.— The Halifax Naturalist,’ Vol. VI., June 
Ig0I, pp. 39-44. 

SOME PLACE-NAMES IN THE PARISH OF HALIFAX CONSIDERED 
IN RELATION TO SURROUNDING NATURAL FEATURES.—‘ Trans. 
Yorkshire Dialect Society,’ Part IV., June 1902, pp. 2-23. 

THE FUNGUS FLORA OF YORKSHIRE IN COLLABORATION WITH 
Mr. G. MASSEE, F.L.S., F.R.H.S., etc., Royal HERBARIUM, 
Kew.—' Trans. Y.N.U.’, Part 28, November 1902, pp. 7-52; 
Part 32, July 1905, I.-VI.+53-396. 

WOODLAND STUDIES I.: The Flora of a Boulder in March.— 
“The Halifax Naturalist,’ Vol. VIII., April 1903, pp. 8-10. 

WooDLAND StupiEs II.—The Flora of a Stream Course.— 
‘The Halifax Naturalist,’ Aug. 1903, pp. 45-47. Joint papers 
with Mr. James Needham, Hebden Bridge. 

THE DISTRIBUTION AND ASSOCIATIONS OF MOSSES AND 
HEPATICS IN THE PARISH OF HALIFAX.—‘ The Halifax Natura- 
list,’ Vol. VIII., October 1903, pp. 66-72. 

THE CRYPTOGAMIC PORTION OF THE ‘FLORA OF HALIFAX’ 
(Crump and Crossland), published by the Halifax Scientific 
Society, 1904, pp. 146-304. 

A REPRINT OF THE FUNGUS FLORA OF HALIFAX, with the 
addition of two Hand-coloured Plates, issued by the Author, 
1904. A second Reprint with revised preface, 1909. 

FunGI.—‘ Bradford Scientific Journal,’ Jan. 1906, pp. I-7. 

OmITTED Asct MEASUREMENT OF SOME BRITISH DiIscomMy- 
CETES.—' Trans. British Mycological Soc.’, 1908-09, pp. 85-91. 


Igto Oct. 1, 


374 Prominent Yorkshire Workers. 


HALIFAX BIBLIOGRAPHY AND AuTuors, Part I.—‘ Trans- 
Halifax Antiquarian Society,‘ 1909, pp. 317-346. 

PLEASANT WALKS AROUND HaAtirax, published by E. Mor- 
timer, Halifax, May. rgto, pp. 1.-IV.+5-52. 

AN EIGHTEENTH CENTURY NATURALIST: JAMES BOLTON, 
HALIFAX, <— 1758-1799. Reprinted with slight revision, from 


the ‘ Halifax Guardian,’ August Ig10, pp. I-32. 
Des; 


Mammoth Tooth from a Chalk Fissure in North Lincs. — 
In the south of England one is familiar with the fissures in the 
chalk, which contain mammalian remains; but hitherto these 
do not appear to have been noticed in the north. On visiting 
the well-known chalk quarry at South Ferriby recently, I 
obtained an elephant’s grinder, which had been ‘ taken from 
the chalk,’ at a considerable depth, towards the west end of the 
quarry. As it was picked out from amongst loose chalk, its 
precise depth could not be ascertained, though it certainly 
could not have come from the upper portion of the quarry. 
Traces of sand in a very narrow fissure could still be seen at the 
place where the tooth was taken, and there is no doubt that at 
some remote period the specimen had been washed into the 
crevice. The soil had recently been removed from the top of 
the adjacent chalk, and a large pipe of sand was met with, 
though its depth cannot be ascertained until the chalk is blasted. 

The grinding surface of the tooth is considerably worn, and 
evidently belongs to a very old individual. It is quite white 
and chalky in appearance ; so much so, that the impression the 
workmen had obtained that it was really found in the solid 
chalk is excusable. It measures 6} inches in length by 22 inches 
across the grinding surface, and is 44inchesin depth. Mr. E.T. 
Newton, F.R.S., late Palzontologist to the Geological Survey, 
has kindly examined it, and has expressed the opinion that it 
is of the Mammoth (Elephas primigenius), though the crown 
is so much worn that it almost reminds one of the older form, 
namely, Elephas meridionalts. 

Professor W. Boyd Dawkins recently called at the Hull 
Museum and saw the specimen, and also expressed the opinion 
that it was a tooth of the mammoth. The specimen is the lower 
grinder, and fourth milk or first true molar.—T.SHEPPARD, Hull. 


Naturalist, 


375 
MARINE BANDS IN THE YORKSHIRE 
COAL MEASURES.* 


H. CULPIN. 


(PLATE XVI.). 


As the result of examinations of the ground gone through 
recently in sinkings to the Barnsley coal in the neighbourhood 
of Doncaster, four marine bands can be added to the list of five 
marine bands hitherto recorded in the Yorkshire Coal Measures. 

The five bands previously known are—(a) the one with 
Pectens, Posidonomya and Goniatites, which occurs in connection 
with the thin coal lying on the Rough Rock of the Millstone 
Grit ; (b) the Pecten bed, with pectens and cephalopods, which 
forms the roof of the Ganister or Hard Bed Coal, about 80 feet 
above the Millstone Grit ; (c) a Lingula bed about 80 feet above 
the Silkstone Coal; (d) the ‘ Aviculopecten’ (Pterinopecten) 
bed below the Ackworth Rock; and (e) a Posidonomya bed 
seen at Frickley Hall in measures above the Ackworth Rock. 

The following is a summary of the positions of the four 
recently discovered marine bands, and of the previously known 
‘ Aviculopecten’ (Pterinopecten) bed below the Ackworth Rock, 
as observed at Brodsworth, 4 miles north-west of Doncaster ; 
at Bentley, 24 miles east of Brodsworth; and at Maltby, Io 
miles south of Brodsworth. The particulars as to Maltby are 
inserted through the kindness of Mr. W. H. Dyson, the Engineer 
in charge there, who has paid special attention, with remarkable 
success, to the marine and other fossils met with. The figures 
are stated in feet above the Barnsley Seam. 


MARINE BANDS. 
HEIGHT IN FEET ABOVE BARNSLEY COAL. 


Brodsworth. Bentley. Maltby- 
“ Aviculopecten ’ (Pterino pecten) 
bed, below the Ackworth Rock 1157 Tih leans 
Marine Band with Limestone base 705 675% 700 
Marine Band (Lingula) ised Not seen. 589 564 
Marine Band above Cannel Coal.. 382 393 340 
Marine Band (Lingula) any tee III Notseen. Not seen. 


The band about 700 feet above the Barnsley Coal is 
the most important one of the new series, and its distinctive 
characteristics make it an excellent datum line, easy of recog- 


* Read at the meeting of the British Association at Sheffield, Sept., 1910. 


1910 Oct. 1. 


376 Marine Bands tn the Yorkshire Coal Measures. 


nition in the exploration of the concealed Coalfield in south-east 
Yorkshire. As seen at Brodsworth and Bentley, it is 15 to 164 
feet thick. At the top it consists of blue shales marked with 
fucoids, and having a soapy feeling. Similar shales below these 
are crowded with Lingula mytiloides, Beneath these are 
greyish-blue, hard shales, which in turn rest on a hard greyish- 
blue Jimestone. The lower shales are very fossiliferous, and 
the limestone moderately so. The fossils obtained include five 
species of brachiopods, sixteen species of lamellibranchs, three 
species of gasteropods, thirteen species of cephalopods, and a 
crustacean. Among the fish remains is Listracanthus wardt. 

Marine fossils have also been found recently in four clay pits 
in the Yorkshire Coal Measures. The relation of these places 
to one another in the geological sequence has not yet been 
worked out, but they are mentioned with a view to stimulate 
investigation elsewhere. One of them is at Darfield, eight miles 
north of Rotherham. It contains a limestone with Goniaiites. 
At Walton, two miles south-east of Wakefield, there is a lime- 
stone with Posidoniella and Syncyclonema. At Nostell, five 
miles south-east of Wakefield, the marine band below the 
Ackworth Rock may be seen. At Castleford is a section with 
greyish-blue shales containing Lingula. The accompanying 
photograph shows the marine band in the Nostell clay pit. 
The hammer-head is resting on the Pterinopecten bed. 


— @~e——_- 
CRUSTACEA. 

Platyarthrus hoffmannseggii near Scarborough.—Ke- 
ferring to the note on Platyarthrus hoffmannseggii on page 176 
of the April ‘Naturalist,’ I should like to add that whilst 
engaged in taking cinematograph films of the Wood Ant at 
Barnscliffe near Scarborough, with Mr. F. Martin Duncan, on 
July 29th, 1910, we found two of these Isopods in one nest ; 
and I quite agree with Mr. Stainforth’s remarks that if in- 
vestigations were pressed forward, we should most probably 
find it is generally distributed in various districts —HARRY 
Witty, 30 Nansen Street, Scarborough. 

ee te 


We regret to learn of the death during the past few days of Mr. J. R. 
Dakyns, formerly of H.M. Geological Survey. Mr. Dakyns was well known 
to Yorkshire geologists, and is responsible for many maps and memoirs 
bearing upon the county. He had passed his three score years and ten 
some time ago. 


Naturalist, 


NATURALIST, 1910. Pirate XVI. 


Photo by] {H. Culpin. 
Marine Band in Clay Pit at Nostell. 


377 
GLACIAL EVIDENCES NEAR SCUNTHORPE. 


ARCHIBALD C. DALTON. 


Ir is recorded that ‘ between Messingham and the Humber 
the only direct evidence of Glacial action is furnished by a 
small patch of Grey Boulder Clay with flint fragments... on 
the road from Frodingham to Burton, east of Flixbro’.’* 

In North Lincolnshire there are three parallel escarpments 


Mesgingham 


Map of the Scunthorpe}District. 


which run nearly due north and south, viz. :—the Liassic, 
Oolitic and Cretaceous. 

In the Ancholme Valley large areas of Boulder Clay have 
been mapped by the Geological Survey ; but, with the exception 
of the small patch of boulder clay referred to above, none has 
been recorded for the Trent Valley. 


* Geological Survey mem. sheet. 86, p. 134. 


Igto Oct. 1. 


378 Dalton: Glacial Evidences near Scunthorpe. 


Scunthorpe lies roughly about half way between the Humber 
and Messingham. Since this district was surveyed, many 
sections have been exposed whilst mining for Ironstone, 
which is fortunately near the surface, and consequently the 
sections can be easily seen. and examined. 

As will be seen from the following list, a considerable 
quantity of erratics of a varied and interesting nature has 
recently been recorded. 

As a rule, the Ironstone is covered by sand, which varies 
considerably in thickness, though in two pits at Scunthorpe, 
there are only about two feet of ‘ Blown Sand,’ with no clay 
amongst it. In other pits there is a covering of dark green 
clay, averaging about three feet in thickness, and containing 
numerous flints. 

Though nearly all the erratics recently found are little more 
than pebbles, there are some quartzites weighing several 
pounds. These are principally found in the sand, the clay 
containing a comparative few only. 

In the Trent pits the clay rests upon the Lower Lias Clay, 
which contains nodules full of Ammonites capricornus. Above 
the clay there is gravel and sand, and a thin stratum of peat. 
The gravels make well-marked ‘ pockets’ and ‘ pipes’ in the 
clay beneath, the pockets being very numerous. The gravels 
contain numerous Grypheeas, but up to the present have not 
yielded any erratics. 

Further south the sand gets thicker, and the bed of peat 
increases in some places to as much as three feet. 

With regard to the erratics, very few show striz, and they 
are all very much water-worn. 

An analysis of the erratics gives the following :— 


From the Lake District .. :.. | LES yper ceme: 

~~ Scandmavia © 2. os 5.7 

, scotland Z. af 3.8 

ee iba 55 - see a loed 

,, Cheviots a: ai 1.9 

‘7 8 Yorks, on domes: sf Tel Geet 
ocala rs = 1.9 
Not identified .. ie/ MUS GLO ot 


Mr. T. Sheppard records that ‘there is evidence that the 
western-most limit of the Scandinavian ice was reached pre- 
cisely where Ferriby now is. There is certainly no true boulder 


Naturalist, 


Dalton: Glacial Evidences near Scunthorpe. 379 


clay with Scandinavian erratics visible to the west of this 
point.’* 

In the light of the specimens now recorded, we shall have to 
extend the western limit from Ferriby to Scunthorpe as far as 
the erratics themselves are concerned, though the clay at 
Scunthorpe is certainly unlike true Boulder Clay, and appears 
to have been re-distributed. 

Whilst it is perhaps not safe to assert that the Scandinavian 
Ice Sheet came as far as where Scunthorpe is now situated, it 
seems highly probable that we have there the remains of a true 
Boulder Clay. 

My list is not by any means exhaustive, as I have only 
examined the few sections referred to, and there are many 
others; but asa Naturalists’ Society has recently been formed 
in Scunthorpe, it is to be hoped that some useful work will be 
accomplished. 

I wish to express my thanks to Dr. A. R. Dwerryhouse, 
for the trouble he has taken in naming the fifty odd specimens 
I sent him; to Professor Kendall; and to Messrs. H. Culpin, 
J. W. Stather and T. Sheppard for valuable advice given in the 
field. 


List OF ERRATICS, FOUND AT SCUNTHORPE, 


Speci- | 2 
men Remarks. Name. Nearest 
Nat Parent Rock. 
I On Surface of ground ..| Elaeolite Syenite ..  ..| Scandinavia. 
2 In Sand ae Ges) eAmdesite a oe | ake DIShiGE 
3 es, OU x 4e<ce = eel Andesite eee ee eluakesDisunct 
4 sacs Gravel 
4” X2”x 3” | Augite Andesite .. ..| Lake District 
5 cpr ne SE Nh edo DIOGILES ee PRT ee ee > oteliee 
6 pS es te lpeineronrameds Gramires pris 
7 Sac eles, ee MDOLERIGE) (Ae Reece yy cedell be? 
8 », Clay o6 ap. coll (Ojmenmicane Sy ee apo] shinies, 
9 Ar +. .. ..| sandstone (Secondary) Lincs. or Yorks. . 
me) a aed See! onal Vioicacecous  Grut Be Oe |i 
II » 5, and Gravel ..| Fine Grit (probably 
Silurian). .]| Scotland 
12 Centre of Clay Pocket 
12” xX2” x4” | Andesite os, es ee leakes District 
113) In Sand .. .. .-| Carboniferous Limestone | West Yorkshire 
14 PaaS ee ee) 2) Andesite Ash: || Lake District 
15 A Te | PSanastone 5 AS Soe OE aS ie 
16 yy Clay ee ee mOuaGtzlce eh soe eval euudas 


* T. Sheppard, F.G.S., ‘Geology of South Ferriby,’ Trans. Lincs. Nat. 
Union, 1905. 


igo Oct. I. 


380 Dalton: Glacial Evidences near Scunthorpe. ° 
LIST OF ERRATICS FOUND AT SCUNTHORPE—contd. 
Speci- 
em Remarks. Name. Nearest 
No. Parent Rock. 
17 In Sand .| Coarse Grit ? 
18 Te Dolerite .. ? 
19 eT as SGT aie Porphyrite ? 
20 rey AN OCS. SO" Dolerite .. ? 
21 Poa | bs, Bet Be Mica-schist Scotland ? 
22 mae Es Andesite axe ? 
22 ees se orale he 4d Cheviot 
24. | On Talus of Clay Hornblende-Granit ? Scandinavia. 
25 | In Sand : Quartzose Breccia 
(? Fault)..| ? 

26 yy» 99. +(Very common) | Quartzite a4. aol 2 AtnaS 
27 a Hard Chalk 
28 a © Sandstone : Worksiy 
29 » Clay Quartzite oes eer (eee inias 
30 | anid Limestone (Secondary) ..| Yorks. or Lincs 
31 oe i IDOE Ge 65. 60 salle 
32 ed La Sandstone (? Secondary) | ? 
33 ef .. .. «| Limestone (Secondary) | Yorks: or Lines: 
34 ss ysl le X15 XO XB) |) Andesttic sereeeia pr .| Lake District 
35 2 ee 0 ee le sandstonel(@ Carboni) me 
36 ,, Clay Quartzite | 2 Dudas 
37 5 oles ae ee es |) Micacschist Baa rata (a 
38 ,, sand, contained fossil| Limestone from Secon- 

dary Rocks | Yorks. or Lincs. 
39 5 Clay 4 Be a2) aN lantzite Jo oe ee falas 
40 on Saingl, Beh S< BY Ses) Sandstone, Secondary ..] Yorks. or Lincs. 
41 >» Clay. eg Quartzite a0 ? Trias 
42 5p sala @oliti¢aronstone) =.) 5.) Local 
43 oe ae Chert with Oolitic struc- 

ture 99 
44 iy. CLAN BTC" S27 ale Let aie eller oie amie a 
45 sy Saal, Ae SK Tash Se Felspathic-grit with blue 
quartz} Highlands (?) 

46 eae? 3” x #” x11” | Mica-chlorite-schist ? 
47 (| Rifle Hill, |) 4” x2” x13” | Vein-quartz ? 
48 (Site of 2”x3”x2"” | Mica-schist Sas Cea 
40 ea 132”x2”x2” | Millstone-grit cles 
50 2] 200/250! 2” x14” x 4” | Hornblende-schist ? 
51 eye ean eas x1$”x1” | Quartzite ? 
De Secanpiaeat); | 6” x2" x 23” Mica-schist ? 


ee 


Mr. E. W. Wade, M.B.O.U., has been unanimously elected President of 
the Hull Scientific and Field Naturalists’ Club for the ensuing year. 

On September 23rd the Scarborough Field Naturalists’ Society cele- 
brated its twenty-first birthday by holding a Conversazione, at which four 
of the original members were present. 

The recent Fungus Foray of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union which 
was held in Mulgrave Woods, was very well attended, and proved very 
successful in every way. About 450 species of fungi were secured, includ- 
ing the following six, which are new to Britain :—Inocybe cooket, Clito- 
pilus angustus, Omphalia bibula, Hypholoma melantinum, Lactarius 
tabidus, and Marasmius xerototdes. A report of the excursion will appear 
in these pages shortly. 

Naturalist, 


No. 646 


(No, 424 of eurrent series). 


A MONTHLY ILLUSTRATED JOURNAL OF 
NATURAL HISTORY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND, 


EDITED BY 


T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., F.S.A.Scot., 


Tue Museums, Hutt; 


AND 


T. W. WOODHEAD, Ph.D., F.L.S., 


TECHNICAL CoLLEGE, HUDDERSFIELD, 


* WITH THE ASSISTANCE AS REFEREES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF 


J. GILBERT BAKER, F.R.S. F.L.S., GEO. T. PORRITT, F.L.S., F.E.S., 
Prof. P. F. KENDALL, M.Sc., F.G.S., JOHN W. TAYLOR, 
T. H. NELSON, M.B.O.U., WILLIAM WEST, F.L.S., 


RILEY FORTUNE, F.Z.S. 


Contents :— 


Notes and Comments:—Names of Birds; Nature Study in East Yorkshire; The Louth a 

Museum (Illustrated); A Bradford School ee a ae was nw AG ... 381-383 
In Memoriam: John Roche Dakyns (Illustrated)—G. W.Lamplugh 1.0 2. on ss» 384-389 
Naturalists at Scunthorpe (Illustrated)—T. S. ... aS a Se aS 30h sae ... 391-398 
The Natural History of Kirby Moorside (Illustrated)—T. S. sie ase nS es s+ 399-407 
Marine Biology at Redcar—Rev. F.H. Woods, B.D... ese eee esate tee we 408-410 
Proceedings of Provincial Scientific Societies uy cre we vi ave wi ... 390, 407 
REGRET EL COT oe eae os Te RA Ned 0 lee Oy Jecehya laze PA noel. (rahen en aretelGdl ara am ae 410 
Bela Natee ie enc ince coy iscse, 1) Koen iy eseutok)) een!) s, (4 ceallbagiicnsy i \ seni! Nase (Miane fee ase 411 
News from the Magazines ... sou Ses ae ae oe ie ay 3 ae oF 412 
Northern News Peso tess Ree ccana in ede \y incase’, » ietece sy! Puvecdtbirir 'eent)) iereee, Wien axe Nt anata eae 398 
illustrations ... ae ave cise nee tee one aH ose a atc Ae 382, 384 392, 400 

LONDON : 


A. Brown & Sons, LIMITED, 5, FARRINGDON AVENUE, E. Jc. 
And at Hutt and York. 
Printers and Publishers to the ¥.N.U. 


PRICE Gd. NET. BY POST 7d. NET. 


PS" 


THE ANNUAL MEETING OF THE SECTION FOR VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY. 
(President :—Prof. C. J. PATTEN, M.A., M.D., Sc.D., F.R.A.I.). 


y 1 


Two meetings will be held in Room C 8 at the Leeds Institute, Leeds, at 3-15 p.m. and 
6-30 p.m., respectively, on Saturday, November 19th, 1g10. : 


BUSINESS (at the afternoon meeting) :— 
To consider and pass the Sectional Reports for 1910, and to elect Officers for 1911. 


To consider and pass the General and Financial Reports of the Yorkshire Wild 
Birds’ and Eggs’ Protection Acts Committee for 1910, and to elect the Officers 
and Committee for 1911. ; 


To consider and pass the Report of the Yorkshire Mammals’, Amphibians’, Reptiles’ 
and Fishes’ Committee for 1910, and to elect this Committee for 1911. 


Mr. Arthur Whitaker will exhibit specimens of all the Yorkshire Bats, with remarks 
upon their chief characteristics. . 


Short lecturettes (mostly illustrated by lantern-slides) will be given by the following 
gentlemen :—“‘ The Life History of the Gannet,” by Mr. Riley Fortune, F.Z.S. ; ‘‘ Recent 
Notes on a Young Cuckoo,” by Mr. Thos. M. Fowler; ‘‘ Some of this Season’s Work with 
my Camera in Yorkshire,” by Mr. Oxley Grabham, M.A., M.B.O.U. ; ‘‘ The Thrush and 
the Worm,” by Prof. C. J. Patten. Professor Patten will also give a short demonstration 
on “Instantaneous Telephotography of Birds.” 


Any Member or Associate of the Y.N.U. is invited to attend, and to bring notes, speci~ 
mens, lantern-slides, etc. ; and is requested to bring forward matters of interest connected 
with the work of the Section, and to take part in any discussion. 


Will Officials of the Affiliated Societies kindly notify their Members. 
Any further particulars from H. B. Bootn, Ryhill, Ben Rhydding. 


Hull Museum Publications, No. 63. 


A Descriptive Catalogue 


n OF THE 


-DOBREE COLLECTION 
EUROPEAN NOCTUAE. 


COMPILED BY 


H. B. BROWNE, M.A. 


Assistant Master, Hymers College, Hull. 


172 pp. Price One Shilling net. 


- €an now be obtained from— Post free 1/3 net. 


A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd. 
Savile Street, HULL. 


381 
NOTES AND COMMENTS. 


NAMES OF BIRDS. 

In the October ‘ British Birds’ Mr. Ernst Hartert has some 
notes on various species of British birds. In these he points 
out that, according to the rule of priority, the scientific name 
of White’s Thrush is not Turdus whttet, nor the later T. varius, 
but Turdus dauma aureus. It seems that Holandre described 
the bird in 1825 as 7. aureus. Similarly the Redwing should 
be calied T. musicus, as it was so described by Linnzus in 
1758. The Song-Thrush, being described by Brehm in 1831 
as I. philomelos, ‘ therefore must henceforth be called by that 
name.’ Similarly, we learn that ‘ The Black Redstart is now 
generally known as Ruticilla tithys, but its correct name is 
Phoentcurus ochruros gibraltariensts,’ and so on. As we have 
so long known the Song-Thrush as 7. musicus, and as it has 
been so described in thousands of ornithological works, con- 
fusion can only arise, particularly to future workers, by des- 
cribing the Redwing as 7. musicus, notwithstanding the fact 
that, according to the law of priority, by T. musicus is meant 
the Redwing. How are future workers to know whether an 
author is ‘ old-fashioned’ or ‘ new-fashioned’ in his nomen- 
clature ? Besides, supposing that T. musicus were, by common 
consent, on account of its prior claim, to be applied to the 
Redwing in the future, how are we to know but that some 
ultra-enthusiastic naturalist, poring over some long-forgotten 
work, may find the Redwing described, still earlier, as Turdus 
nondamsense, or some such name ? This will mean changing 
all again, and as for the Black Redstart having for its proper 
name Phoentcurus ochrurus gibraltariensis, it may be all right, 
or it may not; but we prefer Ruticilla tithys. We think that 
our ornithological friends should fall into line with other 
zoologists, and waive the strict rule of priority where a name 
has got a good hold in nomenclature; otherwise, serious 
confusion will result. 

NATURE STUDY IN EAST YORKSHIRE. 

The East Riding Nature Study Committee, formed for the 
encouragement of natural history amongst teachers, held its 
Annual Meeting and Conference at Bridlington, on October 
22nd. Mr. W. H. St. Quintin, an ex-president of the York- 
shire Naturalists’ Union, presided, and addressed the meeting 
on the necessity of the preservation of our local flora and 
fauna. He referred to the many ways in which plants and 
2C 


1g10 Nov. 1. 


382 Notes and Comments. 


animals were being exterminated, and urged those present to 
keep a watchful eye upon the wild plants, etc. Prof. W. 
Garstang followed with a lantern lecture on ‘The Natural 
History of the Sea Shore,’ and dealt particularly with the 
common forms of marine life occurring at Bridlingron. The 
Secretary’s report, presented by Mr. W. J. Algar, included an 
account of the excursions, etc., held during the year. 
THE LOUTH MUSEUM. ., 

After a quarter of a century’s hard work, the Louth Nature- 
lists’, Antiquarian and Literary Society was able, on October 
t8th, to open its museum to the public. A substantial sum 
of money had been subscribed locally, including a grant of 


———— || 


eS Ww 
j= f Air! LMNs 
1 Qe 


fF JSEMY, 


an 


eee 


Joby J- Cresswel), ARI-BA 
Architecl. Grimsby ee 


Museum for Louth Naturalists’, Antiquarian and Literary Society. 


£250 from the Pahud Trustees, {100 from Sir Robert W. Perks, 
Bart., and £100 from the Rector, the Rev. Canon Wilde. The 
Louth Corporation has given an excellent site in Enginegate, 
and the building was designed by one of the Society’s members, 
Mr. J. J. Creswell, to whom we are indebted for the drawing 
reproduced herewith. There is land to enable the museum to 


Naturalist, 


Notes and Comments. 383 


be extended, and doubtless this will be necessary soon, as the 
available space is alreadyjfairly fully occupied. The museum 
largely owes its existence to the energy of the Hon. Secretary, 
Ma: J. Larder. 

The museum was declared open by the Rector, and addresses 
were given by the Mayor (Councillor T. Gelsthorpe), the Curator 
(Mr. C. S. Carter), and others. In the evening a public meeting 
was held at the Town Hall, which was presided over by Mr. 
iH. L) Brackenbury, M.P: “At this nieeting Mr. I: Sheppard 
gave an address on ‘The Educational Advantages of Local 
Museums,’ and was followed by Prof. W. W. Watts, F.R.S., 
the President of the London Geological Society, who gave an 
interesting lecture on ‘Scientific Progress during the last 
Century, paying particular reference to the work of Charles 
Darwin. 


A BRADFORD SCHOOL. 


The Board of Education has recently issued, as one of its 
educational pamphlets (No. 21), a paper by Miss Mary John- 
stone, of Bradford, entitled “A School Week in the Country 
Grange Road School, Bradford (Girls’ Dept.)’* The report 
is a delightful account of a delightful week in the country 
spent by some of the girls under Miss Johnstone’s care. The 
paper deals with general arrangements :—house-keeping ; 
dress (in which ‘ hob-nailed boots with reasonable heels’ are 
advocated) ; school training ; botany ; geography and geology; 
animal life; history; literary associations, and art. After 
reading the report we feel confident that some of the girls in 
Bradford have advantages over scholars at many other 
towns. And we can certainly recommend teachers in our 
Secondary Schools to ‘ Read, mark, learn and inwardly digest ’ 
all that is written in this pamphlet, which we learn is ‘ for 
official use,’ though in its characteristically guarded manner 
we perceive that the Board in publishing the report ‘ do not 
thereby necessarily commit themselves to the approval of the 
arrangements of work advocated in it, nor of any opinon ex- 
pressed in the report.’ We presume, however, that the Board 
does not seriously disapprove of a report published at its 
expense. 


* 36 pp. London, Eyre & Spottiswoode. 4d. 


1g10 Nov. I. 


384 
Sn Memoriam. 


JOHIN 7K OCELE, “DANS: 
(1836—191I0). 


Or late, death has struck heavily into the foremost rank of 
Yorkshire geologists. Sorby, Hudleston, Fox-Strangways are 
gone. And now we have to lament the loss of another veteran 


Ye Vea 


in the death of J. R. Dakyns, which occurred, after a mercifully 
brief illness, on September 27th, at Snowdon View, Gwynant, 
near Beddgelert, where he had resided for some years past. 
Though his residence in Yorkshire terminated over twenty- 
five years ago, he will be well remembered by the older geologists 
ot both the East and the West Riding, and by his many friends 
outside the geological circle. 


Naturalist 


In Memoriam: John Roche Dakyns. 385 


John Roche, the eldest of six sons, was born on January 
31st, 1836, in the island of St. Vincent, West Indies, where his 
father, Dr. T. H. Dakyns, held estates and pursued his medical 
profession. The family removed to Rugby in 1845, and the 
future geologist was educated there, at first in a preparatory 
school, under the Rev. T. L. Bloxam, and afterwards at Rugby 
School. In 1855 he went up to Trinity College, Cambridge ; 
was elected a scholar of his College in 1858; and graduated 
with distinction in 1859, being bracketed 27th Wrangler in 
the Mathematical Tripos. He took the degree of M.A. in 1864. 

In 1862 he was appointed to the staff of the Geological 
“Survey as Assistant-Geologist, proceeding to the rank of 
Geologist in 1868. His earlier work for the Survey was done 
mainly in the West Riding and just across its border in West- 
morland, Cumberland, Lancashire and Derbyshire. 

About the year 1877 his field of work was changed to the 
East Riding—much to his distaste, for the Dale country had 
cast its charm over him. During the next three or four years 
he mapped the northern part of Holderness and the neighbour- 
ing Wolds. After some further work in the west of our county, 
he was transferred in 1884 to the South-west Highlands of 
Scotland, where his field lay chiefly in the shires of Perth and 
Argyle.* Ten years later he was sent to assist in the mapping 
of South Wales, and spent two years there. In 1896 he retired 
from the Survey, after a service of thirty-four years. 

During the course of his official work he contributed, as 
part-author, to fourteen memoirs (of which the titles are given 
in the Bibliography printed below), nearly all relating to 
Yorkshire. He wrote also numerous short pithy papers (see 
Bibliography), always packed with acute observations and 
enlivened by a characteristic style, which were published in 
the Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, the Geological 
Magazine, and the Proceedings of the Yorkshire Geological 
and Polytechnic Society. Those of us who know him best, 
however, have felt that his published work gave but a faint 
reflection of the extent of his knowledge and attainments. 
This discrepancy was due partly to his dislike for writing, but 
perhaps still more to the severely logical turn of his mind, 
which was never satisfied with anything short of absolute 


* The photograph wiich we reproduce was taken soon after he went 
to Scotland. It is enlarged from the original in which Dakyns, in a 
reclining posture, forms one of a group. 
s 


1910 Nov. I. 


386 In Memoriam: John Roche Dakyns. 


demonstration, even when, from the nature of the case, the 
full evidence he desired was palpably unattainable. In geology, 
as in the practical affairs of life, it is often only possible to 
strike the balance of probabilities; but this was a course to 
which Dakyns hated to be driven. 

When his retirement from the Survey gave him freedom of 
choice, he went with delight to dwell among the mountains 
of North Wales, for which from the time of his early holidays 
he had maintained a longing affection ; and there the remaining 
years of his life were spent. At first he came down occasion- 
ally in the winter to visit his friends on the plain, but latterly 
he never left his valley under the peaks of Snowdon; and now 
he hes buried at Beddgelert, overlooked by the peaks that he 
loved so well. 

During these years in Wales he applied himself to the 
arduous task of mapping the Snowdonian massif geologically 
on the six-inch scale. A large portion of the work was accom- 
plished, but it is left incomplete and unpublished. There is 
hope, however, that his labour will not be lost, for it is hkely 
to be continued by one of his closest friends. 

His bent toward Natural Science was indicated in his 
boyhood by his devotion to the study of birds, and by his 
gentle care for them—traits which were sustained to the end 
of his life. (I v.vidly recall his agitation, during my penultimate 
visit to him in Wales, lest a big owl that had strayed into the 
valley should become victim to the gunners who were in chase 
of it). During his college career, mathematics and astronomy 
were the subjects that especially attracted him; but the range 
of his intellectual interests became ever wider and more varied, 
and he read deeply and earnestly in philosophy, history and 
anthropology, while the old folk-lore stories were always his 
recreation and delight. Combined with an intellect of excep- 
tional acuteness and insight, he possessed a charming frankness 
and simplicity of character that gained him friends in every 
rank. His personality was striking; his disposition truly 
lovable ; and his life’s path was everywhere marked by deeds 
of unobtrusive generosity and kindness. He remained un- 
married, though his tenderness towards children was always 
notable. His affection for all dumb animals was unbounded ; 
and his whole-hearted devotion to his favourite dog is likely 
to become legendary in the valley of his last abode. 

Such are the main facts of his life. And finally, let me touch 


Naturalist, 


In Memoriam: John Roche Dakyns. . 387 


a note of personal appreciation and gratitude, for, by the 
death of J. R. Dakyns, I have lost a friend to whom I owe more 
than can ever be expressed. We became acquainted on his 
first coming into the East Riding, over thirty years ago, while 
I was still in the rawness of youth, and our companionship 
from that time onward was constant. He had travelled much 
in his younger days, in Iceland, Norway, Switzerland; and 
not only had he read widely and wisely, but he had also counted 
among his friends some of the keenest intellects of his time ; 
so that our converse was indeed to me ‘a liberal education.’ 

At first, I remember, I was almost alarmed by the sudden 
fierceness of his denunciation when some act of cruelty or 
injustice came to his notice, or occasionally, it may be, when I 
had slid into some crude sophistry or slack logic ; but the 
storm would pass quickly into sunny tolerance and gentle 
reprimand; and the lesson was the more memorable from its 
vigorousness. His dislike for any inaccuracy of statement 
was intense, and the pains he constantly took to convey the 
exact impression of what was in his mind could not fail to 
have its influence upon any companion. The sincerity and 
earnestness of his mental attitude was such that no one, and 
especially no young man, could have the privilege of his friend- 
ship without benefitting greatly thereby; and I well know 
that it was not in my own case alone that this benefit was felt 
and acknowledged. The full measure of his service to science 
is not comprised within the limits of his personal achievement ; 
his influence remains among us in many quarters; and he has 
left a lasting memory in the hearts of his friends. 

G. W. LAMPLUGH. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
The following memoirs contain portions by J. R. Dakyns :— 


1869.—THE CARBONIFEROUS LIMESTONE, YOREDALE ROCKS AND MILL- 
STONE GRIT OF NORTH DERBYSHIRE. 

1869.—PART OF THE YORKSHIRE COAL FIELD (Quarter-Sneet 88 SE.). 

1870.—THE CARBONIFEROUS ROCKS NORTH AND EAST OF LEEDS AND THE 
PERMIAN AND Triassic Rocks ABOUT TADCASTER (Quarter-Sheet 
93 SW.). 

1871.—THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF DEWSBURY, HUDDERSFIELD AND HALI- 
FAX (Quarter Sheet 88 NE.). 

1878.—THE YORKSHIRE COAL FIELD. 

1879.—THE COUNTRY BETWEEN BRADFORD AND SKIPTON (Quarter-Sheet 
@2 oE,): 

1885.—BRIDLINGTON Bay (Quarter-Sheet 94 NE.). 

1886.—THE COUNTRY AROUND DRIFFIELD (Quarter-Sheet 94 NW.). 

1886.—THE COUNTRY BETWEEN YORK AND HULL (Quarter-Sheets 93 SE., 
94 SW., and part of 86). 


1gto0 Nov. 1. 


388 © In Memoriam: John Roche Dakyns. 


1888.—THE COUNTRY AROUND KENDAL, SEDBERGH, BOWNESS AND TEBAY 
(Quarter-Sheet 98 SE.). 

1890.—THE COUNTRY AROUND INGLEBOROUGH (Quarter-Sheet 97 SW.). 

1891.—THE COUNTRY AROUND MALLERSTANG (Quarter-Sheet 97 NW.). 

1897.— THE COUNTRY BETWEEN APPLEBY, ULLSWATER AND HAWESWATER 
(Quarter-Sheet 102 SW.). 

1900.—THE COUNTRY AROUND ABERGAVENNY (Sheet 232 NS.). 


OTHER PUBLICATIONS. 


1869.—NOTES ON THE GEOLOGY OF THE LAKE District. ‘Geol. Mag.’, 
1869, pp. 50-58. 

1869.—ADDITIONAL NOTE ON THE UNCONFORMITY BETWEEN THE GREEN 
AND SKIDDAW SLATES. ‘Geol. Mag.’, 1867, pp. 116-117. 

1872.—ON THE GLACIAL PHENOMENA OF THE YORKSHIRE UPLANDS. 
“Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.’, Vol. XXVIII., 1872, pp. 382-387 ; 
and ‘ Geol. Mag.’, 1872, pp. 329-530. 

1873.—ON SOME POINTS CONNECTED WITH THE DRIFT OF DERBYSHIRE AND 
YORKSHIRE. ‘Geol. Mag.’, 1873, pp. 62-64. 

1873.—ON THE GEOLOGY OF PART OF CRAVEN. ‘ Rep. Brit. Assn.’, 1873, 
[publ. 1874], pp. 78-79. 

1875.—[With J. CLIFTON WARD]. VOLCANIC RocKS OF THE LAKE- 
Country. [Letter], ‘Geol. Mag.’, 1875, p. 95. 

1875.—THE SEDIMENTARY THEORY OF Drirt. ‘Geol. Mag.’, 1875, pp. 168- 
W72s 


1876.—ON SILURIAN ERRATICS IN WHARFEDALE. ‘ Proc. Yorks. Geol. 
Soc.’, Vol. VI., pt. 3, 1876, pp. 159-163. 

1877.—ON A BASE TO THE CARBONIFEROUS Rocks OF TEESDALE. ‘ Proc. 
Works; (Geol Soc: nViOly Vib. pt. 45 Loi7, pp» 230-242- 

1877.—GLACIAL ORIGIN OF CARBONIFEROUS TERRACES. ‘Geol. Mag.’, 
Ty 1s WIS 

1877.—BASE OF CARBONIFEROUS Rocks IN TEESDALE. ‘Geol. Mag.’, 
1877, pp. 58 and r4o. 

1877.—HiGH LEVEL TERRACES IN NoRWAy. Geol. Mag.’, 1877, p. 72. 

1877.—VICTORIA CAVE, SETTLE. ’ Geol. Mag.’, 1877, pp. 285. 

1877.—PROF. HULL'S CARBONIFEROUS CLASSIFICATION. ‘Geol. Mag.’, 
1877, Pp. 312. 


1877.—GEOLOGY OF KEIGHLEY, SHIPTON, AND GRASSINGTON. ‘ Geol. Mag.’, 


1877, pp. 346. 
1877.—ANTIQUITY OF Man. ‘Geol. Mag.’, 1877, pp. 439. 


1878.—ON THE SOUTHWARD FLOW OF SHAP GRANITE BOULDERS. ‘ Proc. 
Yorks. Geol. Soc.’, Vol. VII., pt. 1, 1878, pp. 60-65. 
1879.—GLACIAL BEDS AT BRIDLINGTON. ‘ Proc. Yorks. Geol. Soc.’, Vol. 


Vi Din u87O. pps L2Za 12S. 
1879.—THE CALDER VALLEY [Letter]. ‘Geol. Mag.’, 1879, pp. 46-47. 
1879.—THE HITCHING STONE [Letter]. ‘Geol. Mag.’, 1879, p. 96. 
1879.—THE BRIDLINGTON AND SEWERBY GRAVELS [Letter]. “Geol. 
Mag.’, 1879, pp. 238-239. 
1879.—GLACIAL TROUGH BETWEEN THE GLACIER DES Bossons [Letter]. 
“Geol. Mag.’, 1879, pp. 239-240. 


1879.—LENTICULAR HiLts oF GLAciaAL Drirt [Letter]. ‘Geol. Mag.’, 
1879, pp. 382-383. 
1879.— THE PuRPLE BouULDER-CLAyY At HOLDERNESS [Letter]. ‘ Geol. 


Mag.’, 1879, p. 528. * 
1879.—THE PARALLEL ROADS OF GLEN Roy. ‘Geol. Mag.’, 1879, pp. 


529-531. 
1880.—ON GLACIAL DEPOSITS NORTH OF BRIDLINGTON. ‘ Proc. Yorks. 
Geols Soc, Vol Wile tas alOSOmppm24O-2ine. 
1880.—YORKSHIRE COALFIELD. ‘Geol. Mag.’, 1880, p. 175. 


1881.—On ‘Ftots.’ ‘Proc. Yorks. Geol. Soc.’, Vol. VII., pt. 4, 1881, 
Ppp. 381-383, also “ Rep, Brit. Assn.’, 1881, [publ. 1882], p. 634. 


Naturalist, 


In Memoriam: John Roche Dakyns. 389 


1883.—BRIDLINGTON Crac. ‘ Geol. Mag.’, 1883, p. 93. 

1886.—GEOLOGY OF BRIDLINGTON Bay. ‘Geol. Mag.’, 1886, p. 86. 

1890.—ON THE CHANGES OF THE LOWER CARBONIFEROUS ROCKS IN YORK- 
SHIRE FROM SOUTH TO NORTH. ‘ Proe. Yorks. Geol. and P. SOG. 
Vol. XI., pt. 3, pp- 353-3602; abstract in ‘ Rept. Brit. Assn.’, 
for 1890, (publ. 1896), pp. 811-812. 


1890.—GEOLOGY AROUND INGLEBoROUGH. ‘Geol. Mag.’, 1890. Pp. 505. 

1892.—[With J. J. H. TEatL]. PLutonic Rocks oF GARABAL HILL AND 
MEALL BREAC. ‘Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.’, Vol. XLVIII, 
1892, pp. 104-120, and abstract in ‘Geol. Mag.’, 1892, p. 
135. ’ 

1892.—THE GEOLOGY OF THE COUNTRY BETWEEN GRASSINGTON AND 
WENSLEYDALE. ‘Proc. Yorks. Geol. and P. Soc.’, Vol. XII, 


pt. 2, pp. 133-144. 

1894.—GLACIAL PHENOMENA OF WHARFEDALE BETWEEN BOLTON ABBEY 
AND KETTLEWELL. ‘ Proc. Yorks. Geol. and P. Soc.’, Vol. XII., 
pt. 4, 1894, pp. 299-305. 

1894.—A SKETCH OF THE GEOLOGY OF NIDDERDALE AND THE WASHBURN, 
NORTH OF BLUBBERHOUSES. ‘Proc. Yorks. Geol. and P. Soc, 
Vol. XII, pt. 4, 1894, pp. 294-299. 

1899.—THE LIMESTONE KNOLLS BELOW THORPE FELL, BETWEEN SHIPTON 
AND GRASSINGTON IN CRAVEN. ‘Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.’, Vol. 
LV., 1899, pp. 359-361 ; abstracts in * Proc. Geol. Soc.’, 1899, 
p- 89; ‘ Nature,’ May 25th, 1899, p. 54; and ‘ Geol. Mag.’, June, 
1899, p. 281. 

1899.—THE LIMESTONE KNOLLS OF CRAVEN [Letter]. ‘ Geol. Mag.’, 1899, 


1899.—ON THE PROBABLE SoURCE OF THE UPPER FELSITIC LAVA OF SNOW- 
pon. ‘Geol. Mag.’, 1899, pp. 79-80, and ‘ Rept. Brit. Assn.’, 
1898 (publ. 1899), p. 874. 


1900.—GLACIAL NOTES AT RHYD-DDU, CARNARVON. ‘ Rept. Brit. Assnv’, 
1900, (publ. 1901), p. 763. 

1900.—MoDERN DENUDATION IN NORTH Wates. ‘Geol. Mag.’, 1900, 
pp. 18-20. 

1900.—SOME SNOWDON Tarwns. ‘Geol. Mag.’, 1900, pp. 58-61, and letter 
on p. 143. 

1900.—THE CoLoUR OF GLASLYN AND Liyn Liypaw [Letter]. “Geol. 


Mag.’, 1900, pp. 92-93. 

1900.—FIRSTFRUITS OF A GEOLOGICAL EXAMINATION OF SNOWDON. 
‘Geol. Mag.’, 1900, pp. 267-273. 

1900.—A FELSTONE DYKE ON LLEcHoG [Letter]. ‘Geol. Mag.’, 1900, pp. 
375-576. 

1901.—ORIGIN OF Coat. ‘Geol. Mag.’, 1901, p. 135. 

190I1.—CHEVIOT PORPHYRITES IN THE BouLDER-CLAY OF EAST YORKSHIRE. 
(Letter]. “Geol. Mag.’, 1901, p. 143. 


Tg01.—CuRIOUS BRECCIAS IN THE HIGHLANDS peetten|: ‘Geol. Mag.’, 
1901, Pp. 332-333: 

1901.—INTRUSIVE IGNEOUS RocKs IN IRELAND [Letter]. ‘Geol. Mag.’, 
IQOI, p. 520. 

1901.—F AXE OR FAXOE [Letter]. ‘Geol. Mag.’, 1901, p. 575- 

1902.—EFFECTS OF LIGHTNING NEAR SNOWDON (Meter: “Geol. Mag.’, 
1902, pp. 142-143. 

1903.—NOTE ON THE MILLSTONE GRITS OF GRASSINGTON Moor. ‘ Geol. 
Mag.’, 1903. p- 223-225. 

1903.—THE COLOUR OF GLASLYN AND LLYN Lrypaw. ‘ Geol. Mag.’, 1903, 
p. 140. 

1904..—NOTES ON THE GLACIAL PHENOMENA OF PART OF WHARFEDALE, 
NEAR GRASSINGTON. From my MS. written in 1878. ‘ Proc. 


Yorks. Geol. Soc.’, Vol. XV., pt. 1, 1903, (publ. 1904), pp. 52-58; 
noticed in ‘ Geol. Mag.’, July, 1904, p. 326. 
Ae Si 


gio Nov. 1. 


390 
PROCEEDINGS OF PROVINCIAL SCIENTIFIC SOCIETIES. 


The thirty-ninth Annual Report of the Chester Society of Natural 
Science Literature and Art (48 pp.), has recently been published. It 
contains a record of the Society’s work during the year, and particulars of 
the additions to the Grosvenor Museum, Chester. The latter includes a 
molar of a mammoth, ‘ believed to be the only authentic Cheshire example.’ 


The Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society is one of the very few 
societies that has retained its literary and philosophical character. Its 
memoirs (Vol. LIV., part 3) recently to hand, contain several valuable 
papers, those of particular interest to our readers being—‘ The Saurop- 
terygia of the Whitby Museum,’ by Mr. D. M. S. Watson; ‘ A Third List 
of the Adventitious Vegetation of the Sandhills of St. Anne’s-on-the-Sea,” 
by Mr. Charles Bailey ; ‘The Anatomy of Calamostachys Binneyana,’ by 
Dr. George Hickling; and a ‘ Note on the Variability of the Colour of the 
Flowers of a Tropzolum Hybrid, by Dr. F. E. Weiss. Mr. Watson 
deals in detail with the remains of Blake’s Plesiosaurus propinquus. The 
printed ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society are also of much greater general 
interest than is usually the case with these societies. 


The Hebden Bridge Literary and Scientific Society has published ‘A 
List of the Vertebrate Fauna of the Hebden Bridge District’ (32 pp.),. 
compiled by Mr. Walter Greaves. It is an excellent piece of work. As. 
we know from personal experience, tie Society and Mr. Greaves have made 
exhaustive enquiry as to past records ; and this is also apparent from the 
very clear and carefully-written introduction. Particulars of the dis- 
tribution, etc., of each species are given. There is a total of 234 species 
recorded, including 185 birds, 23 mammals, 3 reptiles, 4 amphibians, and 
19 fishes. The mammals should properly have appeared before the birds. 
The list is an admirable piece of work, and might well serve as a model for 
compilations by other societies in the county. It is appropriately dedicated 
to Mr. J. B. Brown, who has shewn such a practical interest in the Society’s 
work since its inception. 


Lincolnshire Naturalists’ Union Transactions, 1909 (pub. Oct. Igto), 
pp. 67-158. We are glad to find that there is a distinct improvement 
in the editing of this publication. Mr. G. W. Mason contributes Part ITT. 
of ‘ The Lepidoptera of Lincolnshire,’ and seems to have done his work 
very thoroughly. Mr. W. Denison Roebuck’s presidential address on 
‘The History and Present Conditions of the Investigation of the Land 
and Fresh-Water Mollusca of Lincolnshire,’ traces back the study of 
Lincolnshire mollusca to ‘ the time of the great revival of human know- 
ledge which followed the commotions of the Civil Wars.’ The Rev. A. 

hornley and Mr. W. Wallace contribute their third instalment of ‘ Lin- 
colnshire Coleoptera,’ which has evidently been very carefully compiled. 
There are ‘ Further Notes on Lincolnshire Galled Plants,’ by Miss S. C. 
Stow, and a report on ‘Field Meetings, 1909.’ There is a portrait 
of the present President, Dr. G. M. Lowe, and an article on ‘ The 
Presidents [query President] of the Lincolnshire Naturalists’ Union, 
George May Lowe, M.D.’, etc., which reads rather like an obituary notice, 
though we are glad to find it isn’t. Bibliographers will regret that there is 
no indication of either the volume or part on this publication, though the 
pagination, at any rate, would seem to indicate that it is not still another 

“part I.’ It was certainly hard lines that some of the sheets of the Rev. 
E. A. Woodruffe-Peacock’s ‘ Check list of Lincolnshire Plants, Part I.” 
had been omitted ‘ through the sticking of the sheets of the orginal manu- 
script.’ But we hardly see that it was necessary for him to. have done 
penance by telling us all about it twice over (on page 118 and 147 respec- 
tively), although in the first case he tells us that three of the species were 
omitted, and in the second that four were omitted. 


Naturalist 


NATURALISTS AT SCUNTHORPE. 


A MEETING of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union was held 
at Scunthorpe on Aug. 25th, in conjunction with the Lincolnshire 
Naturalists’ Union, the object of the excursion being the 
investigation of the natural history and geology of the 
district. The ironstone mines have entirely changed the aspect 
of the area, and rare mammals, shells, insects and plants 
which once occurred are now no more. In view.of the changes 
that have taken place, and a probability of still further changes 
in the near future, it was felt that a thorough scientific survey 
should be made, and to some extent this was undertaken by 
about fifty members from various parts of Yorkshire and Lin- 
colnshire, representing almost every branch of science. 

The party had the advantage of the local guidance of 
Messrs. A. M. Cobham and A. C. Dalton, who conducted 
the members round the moors and ironstone mines. 

A meeting held at the Blue Bell Hotel at the conclusion of 
the ramble was presided over by Canon W. Fowler, and he, 
along with the owners of the property who had granted per- 
mission to explore, was accorded a hearty vote of thanks. 

The ironstone of this district is buried beneath beds of 
peat, blown-sand, etc., which has to be removed. During this 
process interesting relics of the pre-historic inhabitants of the 
district are occasionally found. Two of these were obtained 
on this excursion, and are now in our museum at Hull. They 
are Cinerary urns, of unusually crude workmanship, and con- 
tained cremated human remains. That shewn on the right 
of the accompanying photograph is devoid of any ornamenta- 
tion whatever, and clearly shews the impression of the fingers 
of the potter. This is particularly the case at the bottom of 
the vessel, where the impressions of the finger tips are remark- 
ably well shewn. As is usual in the case of these funeral 
vessels, the edge slopes inwards, and is nearly half-an-inch 
across. The vase is Io inches high, ro} inches at the shoulders, 
varies from g to 9} inches across the top, and is 54 inches 
across the base. The collar is perfectly plain, and is 1} inches 
wide. 

This specimen seems to lend colour to the theory that in 
British times ordinary domestic vessels were used as cinerary 
urns, as was also the practice in Roman times; and were not 
specially made. This particular vessel was certainly cracked an 


1g10 Nov. 1. 


392 Naturalists at Scunthorpe. 


repaired before it was used for funeral purposes. A portion 
of the rim was broken away, and the crack extended for some 
distance down the side. A small hole was bored in the rim on 
each side of the crack, in which a thong or cord was inserted 
and tightened. One of the holes is shown in the photograph. 
The other example is rather more cylindrical, though very 
similar in construction, and is as crudely made. This pot is 


British Cinerary Urns from Scunthorpe. 


rather thicker, and the rim is about half-an-inch wide. The 
vessel is 11 inches high, 9 inches across the top, 5 inches across 
the bottom, and has the merest suspicion of a shoulder at a 
distance of 24 inches from the rim. There are marks of the 
workman’s fingers all round the pot. The collar, to the depth 
of 2 inches, is very crudely ornamented by alternate diagonal 
scratches, forming a series of M’s or W’s, the bases of the 
triangles being about 1} inches in length. 

GEOLoGY.—Mr. A. C. Dalton, who acted as guide, writes: 
The geologists first visited the Appleby Clay Pits, where a 
fine section of the Lower Lias Clay was exposed, showing its 
junction with the Pecten Ironstone. The clay was some 
thirty feet thick, and contained many nodules from which some 
good fossils were obtained. The Pecten bed is a thin seam of 
ironstone, poor in iron, but full of Pecten, and was used by the 


Naturalist, 


Naturalists at Scunthorpe. 393 
Geological Survey as marking the base of the Middle Lias. 
The party proceeded to the ironstone mines, where sections 
were seen showing the junction with the clay and ironstone, 
In most pits the ironstone is covered with sand from which 
numerous erratics have been found.* 

After a lengthy tour through the ironstone mines, the party 
proceeded to the Scunthorpe Brick and Tile Works, where a 
fine example of tufa was seen. It is locally called the ‘ Sunken 
Church’ or ‘Stone Curtain,’ to which are attached the cus- 
tomary legends; the tufa is a fine example of a calcareous 
deposit, and the channel through which the water flowed is still 
well seen. After a lecturette on this interesting formation, by 
Mr. Henry Preston, F.G.S., the party proceeded to the lime 


works, whence a new section was examined. 


The section here 


seen was thought to represent the Basement beds of the Lower 


Oolites. 


Fine examples of typical Lias, etc., fossils were secured. 


COLEOPTERA.—Dr. W. Wallace reports that about one 


hundred species were taken in all. 


The following list contains 


those of principal interest, a few marked (*) being new to the 


county -—— 


Notiophilus aquaticus L. 

Broscus cephalotes L. A most 
interesting capture so far from 
its favourite haunts on the sea- 
shore. ft 

Amara bifrons Gyll. 

Amara tibialis Pk. 

Calathus fuscus F. 

Calathus flavipes Fourc. 

Calathus mollis Marsh. 

Anchomenus gracilis Gyll. 

*Bembidium bruxellense \Wesm. 
(EL EEG). 
Hydroporus gyllenhali Schiod. 
*Aleochava cuniculorum Kr., near 
a rabbit burrow, (W.W.). 

Aleochara nitida Gr. 

Homalota atrvamentaria Gyll. 

Autalia impressa Ol. 

Staphylinus stercovarius Ol. 

Two specimens on the wing. 

Agathidium nigvipenne Kug. 

Cholera angustata F. 


Specimens marked 
Wallace ; 
by Mr. oH: . Corbett. 


(W.W.) 
(Gas aby Mire E.G. Baytord. vandy(HuieC) 


Choleva grandicollis Er. 
C. fumata Sp. 
Saprinus nitidulus Pk. 
Nitidula bipustulata L. 
Pocadius ferrugineus F., in large 
numbers in /ycoperdons. 
*Cryptophagus scanicus L. (E.G.B.). 
*Cryptophagus lycoperdi UHbst., in 
large numbers in Scleroderma 
vulgare. (W.W.). 
Aphodius scybalarius F. 
Cis alni Gyll. 
*Cis pygmeus Marsh. (E.G.B.). 
Longitarsus atricillus L. 
*Longitarsus gracilis Kuts. (E.G.B.) 
Helops striatus Fourc. 
Scaphidema metallicum F. 
A pion affine WKirb. 
Rhinoncus castor F. 
Cionus blattarie F. 
Ottorrhynchus sulcatus F. 
O. ovatus L. 


were, captured by Dr, iW: 


* See ‘ The Naturalist,’ October, 1910, pp. 377-380. 
+ Mr. E. G. Bayford informs us that this species is not uncommon on the 
golf links at Rossington, very much further inland than Scunthorpe.—Eb. 


1910 Nov. 1. 


oon Naturalists at Scunthorpe. 


LEPIDOPTERA.—Mr. G. W. Mason writes :—Considering 
the general dullness of the weather, the Lepidopterists 
had a satisfactory day on the whole. The best find was 
a fine specimen of Agvotis praecox, which was taken by Mr. 
C. P. Arnold, at rest on the sand. This species is usually 
taken on the coast, and it is interesting to find it established 


so far inland. 
in Igol. 
beaten out of sallow bushes. 
taken and observed. 

new to the district :— 


Coenonympha pamphilus. 
Polyommatus phloeas. 
Lycaena icarus. 

Agrotis nigricans. 

A. praecox. 

Triphaena pronuba. 
Xanthia fulvago. 
Camptogramma bilineata. 
Cidaria testata. 

Eubolia limitata. 


It was taken by Dr. Corbett in the same locality 
Some examples of the curious Rhacodia caudana were 
Appended is a list of Lepidoptera 
The mark + signifies that the moth is 


Scoparia truncicolalis. 
Scopula lutealis. 
tCrambus hamellus. 

C. inquinatellus. 

C. culmellus. 
t Rhacodia caudana. 
Bactva lanceolana. 

| Pedisca solandriana. 
Symaethis oxyacanthella. 
Plutella cruciferarum. 


Larve of some species of Ewupithecia were common on 
ragwort, and those of Euchetia jacobee, Euplexia lucipara, and 


Hadena pisi were also taken. 


ORTHOPTERA.—Mr. Bayford took the following :—Forficula 
auricularia L., Stauroderus bicolor Charp, Gomphocerus macu- 


latus Thunb. 


ARACHNIDA.—Mr. T. Stainforth writes that he obtained the 
following spiders on the route followed by the botanists, etc. :— 


SPIDERS. 


Dyassus lapidosus Walck. 
Clubiona veclusa Camb. 
A groeca proxima. 

4,  gracilipes Camb. 
Amaurobius fenestralis Stroem. 
Antistea elegans"C. L. Koch. 
Bolyphantes alticeps Sund. 
Stemonyphantes lineata Linn. 
Linyphia clathvata Sund. 
Leptvphantes blackwallit WKulcy. 


CEdothovax (Gongylidium) fuscus Bl. 
apicatus Bl. 


»” ” 


,, dentatus Wid. 


” 
Evigone promiscua Camb. 
,,  adentipalpis Wid. 


Lophomma punctatum Bl. 
Neriene rubens Bl. 
Peponocranium ludicrum Camb. 
Pachygnatha clerkii Sund. 

oa degeevtt Sund. 
Xysticus cristatus Clerck. 
Pivata pivaticus Clerck. 
Tyochosa picta Hahn. 
Lycosa pullata Clerck. 
Neon reticulatus Bl. 


HARVESTMEN. 
Phalangium opilio Linn. 


Oligolophus movio Fabr. 
B agrestis Meade. 


These have been identified by Mr. W. Falconer. 
Mr. G. Grierson adds the following :— 


Evigone atra Bl. | £. arctica White. 


Licosa nigriceps Thor. 


Naturalist, 


Naturalists at Scunthorpe. 395 


ConcnoLocy.—Mr. W. Denison Roebuck reports that while 
the general results of the day were disappointing, only seventeen 
species having been found, one of them was a most important 
discovery—Limnea glabra. This was found by Dr. Wallace, 
in company with its usual associate, Planorbis spivorbis var. 
yotundata, and was an addition to the fauna of North Lincoln- 
shire, the only previous record for the county having been in 
South Lincolnshire. It had long been expected to occur, con- 
sidering that it exists in various Yorkshire localities, even 
close to Lincolnshire. The other species found were :— 


Arion ater. | Hygromia hispida. 
A. minimus. Vallonia pulchella. 
A. hortensis. Hyalinia cellaria. 
Agriolimax agrestis. H. alliaria. 

Helix aspersa. Vitrina péllucida. 
AH. nemoralis. Zua lubrica. 
Helicella cantiana. Limnea peregra. 
H. caperata. 


Botany.—The botanists were led by the Rev. E. Adrian 
Woodruffe Peacock, who writes that the course taken rewarded 
the study given to the ground, which, before the iron was 
worked, was remarkably rich. In all, 132 species of flowering 
plants, horsetails and ferns were observed, and their associa- 
‘tions and frequency noted. 

The sand flora of the exploited iron-stone pits was first 
studied. They gave nothing very interesting :—Carex arenaria, 
Centaurium umbellatum, Cerastium arvense, still rarely in flower, 
Evigeron acre, Cinothera odorata, local and in masses, and 
Senecio sylvaticus var. typica and auriculatus. Sisymbrium 
sophia was in two forms. 

The as yet untouched moorland flora, from which the pits 
have been evolved, has been much influenced by the constant 
pumping from the iron pits. Cevastium arvense was not as 
common there as in the iron pits. Galeopsis tetrahtt only by 
ditches; Fvagaria vesca on the higher ground, rare. Galium 
saxatile was galled by Cecidomyia galit, Hypericum hunufusum, 
sporadic and rare ; Narthecium local and still in flower ; Leon- 
todon hirtum rare ; Ornithopus perpusillus local and very rare ; 
Sagina ciliata was most curiously varied with S. procumbens ; 
Viola riviniana was known by its seeds. 

The damp spots, flashes and shallow ponds lying on the 
Lower Lias Clay supplied the most interesting combinations of 
the day. Betula glutinosa is here only found when the soil 
is wet. Calamagrostis epigeios is still common. Chenopodium 


1910 Nov. 1. 


396 Naturalists at Scunthorpe. 


rubrum v. pseudo-botryoides has no doubt been brought there 
by wild fowl. Lilago minima, Galium palustre va1. Witheringie 
and G. uliginosum were in Juncus conglomeratus Leds. Gnap- 
halium uliginosum, Hottonia was curiously rare ;;.1ypericum 
elodes still in quantities. H. tetrapterum (Fr.) Myrica, Poly- 
gonum hydropiper, Potentilla palustris, but I saw no old plants. 
Rumex maritimus is still left, buj the plants were very small. 
Scutellaria minor, Solanum dulcamara (flore albo), Utricularia 
vulgaris in flower, and rare. Viola palustris in leaf only. 

The ditch flora was nothing particular. Potamogeton 
polygontfolius seems now to be rare. Samolus which is rare in 
N.-W. Lindsey, was there too. 

The cultivated moorland here is a new thing since my last 
visit. Lycopsis, Scleranthus annuus and Urtica urens were well 
established, but there were no new interesting associations one 
had not studied before. 

Many insect visitors were noted, but the day was not a good 
one for the purpose. Thrips, which was in every flower, 
examined the day before, was only once seen. 

Compared with the glory of this ground even thirty years 
ago, but few good things are left, and those, we fear, are doomed. 
The common on the west of Scunthorpe is freer from distur- 
bance, and still supphes Eprpactis palustris, Rumex maritimus,. 
Gentiana Pneumonanthe, Nartheccum and Pinguicula. 

The Rev. W. Fowler sends the following list of plants 
growing in, above, and below Crosby Warren in 1854. 

I.—In the dry parts :— 


Teesdalia nudicaulis Br. Carex avenaria L. 
Cevastium arvense L. Sieglingia decumbens Bernh. 
Ornithopus perpusillus L. Blechnum spicant With. 
Galium hercynicum Weig. Lycopodium alpinum L. 
Evigeron acris L. Lycopodium clavatum L. 
Filago minima Fr. Rhacomitrium lanuginosum Brid. 
Carlina vulgaris L. Rhacomitrium canescens Brid. 
Calluna vulgaris L. Cladonia pyxidata Fr. 
Erica cinerea L. Cladonia coynucoptoides Fr. 
Gentiana pneumonanthe ibs Cladonia vangiferina Htffm. 
Echium vulgare L. Peltigeva canina L. 
Solanum nigrum L. Mavasmius oveades Fr. 
Teucrvium scovodonia L. Polyporus lentus Berk, On stums. 
Salix vepens and vars. 

IJ.—In the wetter parts :— 
Viola palustris Ie. Cirsium palustre Scop. 
I1y pevicum elodes L.. Oxveeccus quadripetalus Gili, 
Potentilla palustris Scop. Evica tetvalix L. 
Parnassia palustris L. Lysimachia vulgaris L. 
Pimpinella major Huds. Anagallis tenella Murray. 


Naturalist 


Naturalists at Scunthorpe. 397 


Menyanthes trifoliata L. Juncus conglomeratus L. 
Utricularia vulgaris L. Juncus inflexus L. 

Scutellavia minor Huds. Butomus umbellatus L. 

Rumex maritimus L. Potamogeton polygonifolius Pourr. 
Myrica gale L. ~ Equisetum palustre L. 
Narthecium ossifvagum Huds. Dyyopteris spinulosa Kuntze. 


He adds tuat many of these plants are still to be found, 
some below Frodingham Cutting, as Gentiana, Parnassia, Buto- 
mus, Pimpinella major, but the majority on the sandy land east 
of the cutting. Lycopodium aljinum and L. clavatum were both 
growing on the escarpment above the warren in 1854, where a 
wood was planted many years ago, north of the site of the 
‘neolithic remains.’ Is it possible that they still lurk in some 
out-of-the-way corner, or are they lost to Lincolnshire, like 
other species, victims to cultivation ? 

I have not used the terms ‘ Dysgeogenous,’ ‘ Eugeogenous,’ 
‘ Xerophilous,’ ‘ Hygrophilous,’ etc., lest any of your readers 
should take them for diseases, which the plants included under 
them were ‘ good against’; and to any who are not ‘ up-to- 
date’ in botanical nomenclature, I would say that Galium 
hercynicum, Oxycoccus quadripetalus, and Sieglingia decumbens, 
are only our old friends, Galium saxatile, Vaccinium Oxycoccus, 
and Tviodia decumbens, in an older or newer dress. A few very 
common plants are not included in the above lists, as not being 
specially characteristic. Some have gone since 1854, and 
others have taken their place ; and, as the author of Ecclesiastes 
says, ‘ the thing that hath been it is that which shall be.’ In 
another fifty-six years, there will be more and greater changes 
than in the last to be chronicled by the botanists who shall 
come after us.’ 

MycoLocy.—Mr. Crossland writes :—Mr. W. N. Cheesman 
and the writer spent a very pleasant time in Soke Nook Wood, 
whither they were conducted early on, by the leader of the 
botany section. All the time at our disposal was spent in this 
comparatively small wood, and on the sand hills above. Scots 
fir and larch are the principal trees. There are a few scattered 
oaks. The best finds were three or four specimens of Hydnum 
auriscalpium on decaying cones of Pinus sylvestris. One of the 
prettiest sights was a little forest of Mycena sanguinolenta, 
with their fibrillose bases growing on a rotting fir cone—a 
picture neither of us remember having seen before. Another 
uncommon find was a pair of Volvaria parvula growing from 
the sand on the hill among the rabbit burrows. In the same 


1g1o Nov. 1. 


2D 


charcoal. 


398 


Naturalists at Scunthorpe. 


habitat were quantities of Bovista caepeformis, Rzina 
inflata was seen in plenty in one part of the wood, near some 


We were pleased to meet Canon Fowler later on, 


who assisted in determining the specimens found. 
The following is a full list of the species seen :— 


Crucibulum vulgare. 
Bovista caepeformis. 
Scleroderma vulgare. 
Amanita vubescens. 
Armellaria mellea 
Tricholoma rutilans. 
3 cayneum. 
Collybia conigena. 
Mycena rugosa. 
galeviculata 
acicula. 
sangutnolenta. 

5,  adtscopoda. 
Volvaria parvula. 
Entoloma sericellum. 
Leptonia lampropoda. 
Nolanea pascua. 
Pholiota togalaris 
Galera tenera. 

», ovalts. 

», Aypnorum. 
Psaliota campestris. 
Stropharia eruginosa. 
Psilocybe semilanceata. 

39 foentsecit. 
Hygvophorus niveus. 


”) 
PB) 


>? 


” 


” 
7) contvicus. 


Lactarius turpis. 
& quietus. 
Russula cyanoxantha. 


coccineus. 
obrusseus. 


Mavasmius peronatus. 
oveades. 
33 androsaceus. 

Fomes annosus. 
Polystictus versicolor. 
Porta vaporaria. 
Hydnum auriscalpium. 
Grandinia granulosa. 
Thelephora laciniata. 
Stereum hiysutum. | 

50 purpureum. : { 
Corticium lividum. 
Hirneola auricula-jude. 
Dacryomyces deliquescens. 


” 


3 stillatus. 
Caloceva viscosa. 
Puccinia poarum. fEcidium on 
Coltsfoot. [garis. 


Coleospovium senecionis on S. vul- 

Claviceps purpuvea=Ergot on Rye. 

Nectria cinnabarina. 

Rhytisma acevinum. 

Rhizina inflata. 

Geopyxis cupularis. 

Dasyscypha calycina. 

Helotum citrinum. 

Pilaiva anomala. On rabbit dung. 

Ramularia calcea. On living leaves- 
of ground ivy. 

Stilbum fimetavium. On rabbit dung. 

Tilmadoche nutans. 

Fuligo vavians. 


Mr. W. Denison Roebuck sent me the following, gathered 
in and near Appleby Woods on Friday :— 


Mycena sanguinolenta. 
Laccavia laccata. 
Leptonia incana. 
Hygrophorus obrusseus. 
Russula consobyina. 


Stereum sanguinolentum. 
Calocera viscosa. 
Hirneola auricula-jude. 
Tubulina cylindrica. 


eS: 


ho! S—_—_ 


Mr. J. Wilfred Jackson kindly sends us some ‘ Notes on Shropshire 
Mollusca’ (presumably reprinted from the Journal of the Conchology). 

The Annual Meeting of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union will be held 
at Middlesborough on December 17th, when Professor A. C. Seward, M.A., 
F.R.S., F.G.S., etc., will deliver his Presidential Address entitled ‘ The 
Jurasic Flora of East Yorkshire in relation to the Jurassic Floras of the 
World.’ It will be illustrated by lantern slides. 


Naturalist, 


399 
THE NATURAL HISTORY OF KIRBY MOORSIDE. 


THE members of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union held their 
225th meeting at Kirby Moorside, in August Bank Holiday 
week-end, rgro, under very favourable conditions. 

The greater part of the first day was spent in investigating 
the picturesque village of Kirkdale, with its famous cave, and 
recently restored church. The cave is situated in an oolitic 
limestone quarry, which has been worked for over a century- 
This was shown to be in an ancient coral reef, which yielded 
a very fine series of corals, sea-urchins, univalves and bivalves. 
The cave, which was discovered so long ago as 1821, was 
made famous by Buckland, who described it in a series of 
papers and volumes which are now classic. It was a hyena 
den of enormous dimensions, and yielded thousands of bones, 
teeth, etc., of hyenas, as well as remains of the mammoth, 
rhinoceros, hippopotamus, reindeer, red deer, horse, and ox. 
The bones were in a very fragmentary condition, just as left 
by the hordes of hyenas which made this cave their home. 
The cave is now difficult of access. 

The church at Kirkdale was found to be in the hands of 
the restorers. Over the doorway is the largest Saxon inscrip- 
tion in stone that exists in England. It records that Orm, the 
son of Gamal, erected the building in the days of King Edward, 
and in the days of Earl Tosti. This fixes the date as between 
1055 and 1065. Built into the walls of the church are numerous 
fine early crosses, and it seems a pity that whilst the altera- 
tions recently made were in progress, that these were not taken 
inside. 

At the evening meetings two communications were read. 
The first was by Mr. W. N. Cheesman, on some Myxomycetes 
which he had collected in Canada. These lowly organisms in 
the earlier stages of their existence have many characteristics 
peculiar to the animal kingdom, whilst at a later stage in their 
life history they certainly resemble plants. Probably the 
correct explanation is that they represent the primitive stage 
of life from which spring both animals and plants. 

Mr. T. Sheppard read a paper on the cave and church at 
Kirkdale. Of the® former’ the “exhibited “a ‘recent ~plan, 
made by Mr. T. R. Nash, which shewed many details not 
exhibited in Buckland’s book. He also referred to the numer- 
ous remains of extinct animals which were found. 


1910 Nov. I. 


400 The Natural History of Kirby Moorside. 


One day was spent in the vicinity of Lastingham, where the 
scenery was much admired, and where the well-known crypt 
in the church was examined. Hutton-le-Hole, Appleton-le- 
Moors, and Douthwaite Dale were also visited, the flowering 
plants in the latter being particularly beautiful. On thé Mon- 
day the party divided, one section visiting Gillamoor and 
Douthwaite Dale, the other travelling by wagonettes to Helm- 
sley and Rievaulx Abbey. This excellent building was ex- 
amined, and a short description thereof was given by Mr. 
Eves Wroot: 


WIV ayy 


Pools are shewn 3E5- 
Quarry, Jace = wis 


Recent Plan of Kirkdale Cave, by Mr. T. R. Nash. 


At the business meeting Mr. J. J. Burton presided, and the 
usual reports on the work accomplished were given. 

VERTEBRATE ZooLocy.—Mr. S$. H. Smith writes that his 
party proceeded through Manor Vale and across the fields to 
Gillamoor, and then back by way of Tadmoor and Douthwaite 
Dale to Kirby Moorside. The country is densely wooded, and 
affords plenty of cover for bird life, which doubtless accounted 
for so few birds being seen. Of the more uncommon species 
noticed, the Green Woodpecker appears to be in fair numbers, 
some half dozen being seen and heard. and their borings in 
the dead branches of the trees were noticed repeatedly. A 
little party of five Pied Flycatchers was seen at the top of 
Douthwaite Dale, three were young birds. Here, also, but 
higher up on the moor, three grouse were flushed ; they all 
appeared to be old birds. 


‘Naturalist, 


The Natural History of Kirby Moorside. 401 


In the vicinity of the shooting box a lot of young Spotted 
Flycatchers and young Chaffinches were seen, and other common 
species were numerous. In Douthwaite Dale there was plenty 
of evidence of the presence of foxes; hares, on account of 
special protection, are ubiquitous; and rabbits are also very 
much in evidence. Along the banks of the River Dove, brown 
rats and water voles were noticed, and several common shrews 
were picked up dead on the footpaths, and numerous dead moles 
were hung from sticks placed in the fields where they had been 
trapped. 


CoLEOPTERA.—Mr. M. L. Thompsom reports having met 
with the following beetles in Kirkdale :— 


Notiophilus biguttatus F. Lema lichents Vat. 

Leistus vufescens F. Chrysomela staphylea L. 
Nebria gyllenhali Sch. Chrysomela polita L. 
Anchomenus albipes F. Phytodecta pallida L. 
Hydroporus planus F. Phedon tumidulus Germ. 
Anacena globulus Pk. Phyllotreta undulata Wuts. 
Cercyon hemorrhoidalis F. Spheroderma testacea F. 
Megasternum botetophagum Mrsh. A ptevopeda orbiculata Marsh. 
Aleochara lanuginosa Grav. Crepidodeva transversa Marsh. 
Homalota elongatula Grav. Crepidodera ferruginea Scop. 
Homalota fungis Grav. Crepidodera vufipes L. 
Hypocyptus longicornis Pk. Plectroscelis concinna Marsh. 
Tachyporus obtusus L. Cassida viridis L. 

Tachyporus chrysomelinus L. Apion apvicans Hbst. 
Tachinus marginellus F. Apion vivens Hbst. 
Bolitobius trinotatus Er. Apion pist F. 

Stenus tmpressus Germ. Apion humile Germ. 

Stenus pictpes Steph. Otiorhynchus pictpes F. 
Oxytelus tetvacavinatus Block. Strophosomus coryli F. 
Anthobium ophthalmicum Pk. Sctaphilus muricatus F. 
Brachypterus urtice F. Omias mollinus Boh. 
Meligethes eneus F. Trvopiphorus tomentosus Marsh. 
Meligethes picipes Jtn. Polydrusus ptervgomalis Sch. 
Coninomus nodifer West. Phyllobtus urtice De G. 
Cryptophagus pilosus Gyll. Phyllobius vividieris Laich. 
Atomaria atricapilla Steph. Sitones puncticollis Steph. 
Elmis volkmari Panz. Liosoma ovatulum Clair. 
Adrastus limbatus F. Orchestes quercus L. 

Agriotes pallidulus Ml. Cionus blattarie F. 
Telephorus flavilabris Fall. Celiodes geranit Pk. 
Rhagonycha fuscicornts Ol. Celiodes quadrimaculatus L. 
Rhagonycha fulva Scop. Ceuthorhynchus evice Gyll. 
Malthodes marginatus Lat. Ceuthorhynchus contvactus Marsh. 
Malthodes minimus L. Ceuthorhynchidius troglodytes F. 
Dyvophilus pusillus Gyll. Scolytus destructoy Ol. 


Dr. W. J. Fordham noted the following insects at Lasting- 
ham :— 


1g10 Nov. 1. 


402 The Natural History of Kirby Moorside. 


LEPIDOPTERA. 


Pieris rape Lat. 

Pieris napi Lat. 

Cenonympha pamphilus West. 
Vanessa urtice F. 
Polyommatus phleas F. 


COLEOPTERA. 


Notiophilus biguttatus F. 
Nebria brevicollis F. 
Nebria gyllenhali Sch. 
Harpalus ruficornis F. 
Harpalus eneus F. DIPTERA. 


Pterostichus madidus F. : ~~ 
Pterostichus vulgavis L. Mesembrina meridiana. 


Calathus cisteloides Pz. Cecidomyia urtice (galls on Nettle). 

Meligethes eneus F. Cecidomyia veronice (on Speedwell). 
Cecidomyia ulmavie (on Meadow 
Sweet). 


Mr. Laverack took a Sivex gigas in Douthwaite Dale in 
the wood. 

ARACHNIDA.—Mr. H. C. Drake, F.G.S., writes that the 
following Arachnida, which have been identified by Mr. W. 
Falconer, were obtained :— 


Clubiona corticalis Walck. HARVESTMEN. 

Celotes atropos Walck. 

Linyphia hortensis Sund. Oligolophus morto Fabr. 
Gongylidium vufipes Sund. SS agrestis Meade. 

Meta segmentata Clerck. Liobunum rvotundum Latr. 

Neriene vubens Bl. Nemastoma lugubve O. F. Muller 
Evigone dentipalis Wid. (taken by Dr. W. J. Fordham). 
Diplocephalus cristatus Bl. 


Mr. C. P. Gledhill writes that there was nothing unusual 
amongst the lepidoptera, the following being noticed :— 


Pieris brassice. Triphena pronuba. 

»  vape. Miana strigilis. 

son apy. Abraxas grossulariata. 
Vanessa urtice. Larentia didymata. 
Satyrus semele. ‘| Boarmia vepandata. 
Leucania impura. Scopula lutealis. 
Noctua augur, Tortrix corylata. 


Triphena comes. 


Botany.—Dr. W. J. Fordham writes :—During the week- 
end 242 flowering plants and ferns were noted by the members 
of the botanical section, and this list would have been con- 
siderably augmented had time allowed. Two plants stand out 
for special notice, viz., Baneberry or Herbchristopher ( Actea 
spicata) and Deadly Nightshade (Atropa belladonna), both 
of which were mentioned in the excursion circular. Some 
fine examples of the former were found at the top of the wood 
in Douthwaite Dale, and the latter was obtained in both flower 
and fruit on the dry hillside at the lower end of the dale, to- 
gether with Verbascum thapsus, on the leaves of which the 
larvae of the Mullein Moth (Cucullia verbasct) were feeding, 


Naturalist 


The Natural History of Kirby Moorside. 403 


and such characteristic xerophilous species as H lianthemum 
chamecistus, Carlina vulgaris and Carduus eriophorus. Here 
also were several plants of Prunella vulgaris, with perfectly 
white flowers. The greater part of the day on Bank Holiday 
Monday was devoted to an examination of the woods and 
stream sides in Douthwaite Dale and here, in addition to the 
above noted plants, were found :— 


Campanula latifolia. Epilobium hirsutum. 
Rubus saxatilis. Pe angustifolium. 
Viburnum opulus. Mimulus luteus. 
Asperula odorata. Melica uniflora. 
Scabtosa succisa. Listera ovata. 

Scutellavia galeviculata. Lysimachia nemorum. 
Civcea lutetiana. a nummularia. 
Crepis paludosa. Solidago virgaurea. 
Orchis maculata. Lactuca muralis. 
Myrrhis odorata. Melampyvrum pratense. 
Sanicula europea. Prunus padus. 
Valerviana mikanit. 


The Enchanter’s Nightshade (Circea :lutetiana) in some 
places in the wood was so luxuriant and massed together as 
to produce a very pretty effect, whilst elsewhere the wood 
was carpeted with brilliant purple blue by Prunella vulgans. 
One or two trees of the Bird Cherry (Prunus padus) were stripped 
of foliage by the gregarious larvae of the Ermine Moth ( Ypono- 
menta padellus L.), the webs of which were very numerous on 
the affected trees, whilst on another tree, which had somewhat 
escaped the onslaught, were found the nail-like galls of the 
mite Eviophyes padi, on the upper surface of the leaves. In a 
swampy osier bed by the stream was a glorious patch of the 
garden escape Mimulus luteus, which naturalises itself with 
extreme facility in suitable situations. 

On the previous day the route selected was rather long for 
any detailed examination of the flora, but one or two interest- 
ing observations were made. On Spaunton Moor bracken was 
dominant, but it was closely challenged by four members of 
the thistle family—Carduus nutans, C. lanceolatus, C. palustris 
and C. arvensis. Although the underlying formation is cal- 
careous, the absence of plants usually associated with such 
a formation was remarked till between Appleton-le-Moor and 
Lastingham, where were found Hzippocrepis comosa, Arabis 
hirsuta, Plantago media, Origanum vulgare and Thymus serpyl- 
lum, all more or less limestone lovers. At Lastingham was 
obtained Rubus rusticanus, and, near the village, Balm (Melissa 


1gto Nov. I. 


404 The Natural History of Kirby Moorside, 


officinalis) was found well established as a garden escape on a 
grassy bank. Between Lastingham and Hutton-le-Hole was 
a patch of moorland, and here were found the hoary form of 
Ling (Calluna Erica var. incana), and a host of interesting 
bog and moorland plants, including— 


Evica cinerea. Veronica scutellata. 

»,  letralix. Ranunculus flammula. 
Pinguicula vulgaris. Hydrocotyle vulgaris. 
Triglochin palustre. | Narthecium ossifragum. 
Juncus squarvrosus. Dyoserva votundifolia. 

»  glaucus. | Empetrum nigrum. 
Myrica gale. | Blechnum boreale. 
Vaccinium myrtillus. Potentilla tormentilla. 


Anagallis tenella. | 

A specimen of the Hard Fern (Blechnum boreale) was found 
here with the midrib bifurcating about an inch from the tip ; 
also several ‘ Tassel Galls ’ on Juncus articulatus, made by the 
gall fly Livia yuncorum Latr. These galls are composed of 
numerous terminal leaves, imbricating and forming one to 
four groups all springing from the same part of the stem, 
usually near the ground, and suffused with red. The gall-is 
local in distribution, and somewhat uncommon. 

The Barberry (Berberts vulgaris) was found near Nawton on 
the Saturday. Other plants in the immediate vicinity of 
Kirby Moorside include Sz/aus favescens (abundant in a pasture 
near the church), and 


Evophila verna. Montia fontana. 
Lychnis floscucult. Epilobium palustre. 
Hieracium pilosella. Ae parviflorum. 

5 murovum. Ballota nigra. 

st boreale. Veronica officinalis. 
Rosa villosa. Polygala vulgaris. 
Evythrea centaurium. Avenaria serpyllifolia. 
Stachys betonica. Geranium pratense. 
Glyceria plicata. Geum rivale. 

Viola segetalis. A grimonia eupatoria. 
Lychnis githago (very abundant in | Conopodium denudatum. 
a cornfield near Gillamoor). Valerianella olitoria. 
Hypericum hirsutum. Chenopodium bonus-henricus. 

ee tetvapterum. | Veronica serpyllifolia. 


The Foxglove (Digitalis purpurea) was seen in one or two 
places, but it was not at all frequent. 


The Mycological Committee was represented by Messrs. 
W. N. Gheesman; 1. Gibbs, J! WH. ‘Johnson "and aikasre 
Philip. Mr. Gibbs reports as follows :— 


Naturalist, 


The Natural History of Kirby Moorside. 405 


The August Bank Holiday excursion comes at a season 
when the main fungus crop is just beginning to appear, and, 
given a suitable district and favourable weather, it serves as 
a good opening for the real autumn campaign. This year 
both these factors united to promise a profitable time, and the 
mycologists met prepared to make the most of their oppor- 
tunities. The woods which clothed the sides of the deep river 
valleys, though somewhat dry in the higher parts, had in the 
lower portions and along the stream sides plenty of moist 
places with deep leaf mould and abundance of rotting twigs 
and branches, suitable habitats for saprophytic fungi. To 
these spots the mycologists chiefly devoted themselves, and 
the list which follows shows a large proportion of woodland 
species, especially those which grow on dead wood. The 
Agarics were better represented than is usual so early in the 
season; altogether fifty-seven species being seen. Among 
the more uncommon may be noted Paxillus atrotomentosus; 
only once previously recorded for the county, and that from 
the neighbouring district of Pickering; Naucoria sobria var, 
dispersa, and Hypholoma cascum. Pasture Agarics were 
scarce, only two specimens of the common mushroom being 
seen. The Hygrophori were represented by single specimens 
of H. conicus and H. coccineus, and such common species as 
Nolanea pascua and Stropharia semiglobata were also repre- 
sented by solitary examples. Among the lower Hymeno- 
mycetes the most interesting species seen was Merulius rufus: 
‘airly common on dead branches. A feature of the excursion 
was the abundance of Myxomycetes or Mycetozoa; almost 
every dead branch or twig had its little tenants belonging to 
this half-plant half-animal family. Particularly numerous 
was Physarum (= Tilmadoche) nutans, and some fine batches 
of its close ally P. leucophaeum were also found. Tvichiae, 
and especially the usually abundant T. varia, were less common 
than usual. T. fallax was much infested by the parasitic 
mould Stilbum tomentosum. The commonest Arcyriae were 
A. incarnata and A. cinerea, the only group of A. punicea 
was on an unusual matrix, bare clayey soil in a woodland path, 

Altogether, 140 species were identified. Of these three 
species and one variety are new to Yorkshire, and are marked 
* in the list which follows ; the one marked + is a new record 
for north-east Yorkshire. 

List of species seen :— 


1gio Nov. I. 


400 


AGARICACE. 


Amanitopsis vaginatus. 

Aymillaria mellea. 

Clitocybe fragrans. 

Collybia clustlis, Among Sphag- 
num on moors near Lasting- 
ham. 

Mycena galericulata. 

M. leptocephala. 

M. filopes. 

M. acicula. 

M. haematopoda. 
Kirkdale. 

M. galopoda. 

Omphalia fibula. 

O. camptophylla. 

O. bullula. 

Pluteus cervinus. 

P. phlebophorus. Two small speci- 
mens on the ground in wood. 

Entoloma nidorosum. 

Nolanea pascua. 

Claudopus variabilts. 

Pholiota mutabilis 
Manor Dale. 

Inocybe cincinnata. 

I. vimosa. 

+ Naucoria scolecina. 

*N. sobvia var. dispervsa. On bare 
soil, under hedge, near Gilla- 
moor. 

Galera teneva var. pilosella. 

G. hypnorum. 

Cortinarius elatior. 

Agaricus campestris. 

Stropharia semiglobata. 

Hypholoma fasciculare. 

*H. cascum. Among grass, Manor 
Dale. 

Psilocvbe semilanceata. 

P. foenesecit. 

Psathyva fibrillosa. 

Psathyvella disseminata. 

P. atomata. 

Coprinus macrocephalus. 

C. cordisporus. 

C. vadiatus. 

C. gibbsiz. 
dung. 
Paxillus involutus. 
P. atyo-tomentosus. 

tion. 

Hygrophorus coccineus. 

HI. conicus. 

Lactarius turpis. 

L. pyrogalus. 

L. piperatus.. 

L. quietus. 

IL 

iE 


On dead wood, 


On stumps, 


hese four on horse 


In fir planta- 


. fuliginosus. 
. subdulcis. 


The Natural History of Kirby Moorside. 


Russula cutefracta. 

R. foetens. 

R. fellea. 

FR. emetica. 

R. ochroleuca. 

R. puellaris. 

. alutacea. 

Cantharellus cibarius. 

Marasmius vamealis. 

M. rvotula. 

Lentinus cochleatus. On stump, 
Manor Dale. 


= 


POLYPORACEAE. 


Boletus flavus. 

B. subtomentosus. 
Polyporus adustus. 
P. chioneus. 
Polystictus versicolor. 
Fomes annosus. 
Portia vaporaria. 

P. mollusca. 
Daedalea quercina. 
*Merulius vufus. 


HyDNACEAE. 


HAydnum niveum. 
*H. molluscum. 
Radulum quercinum. 
Grandinia granulosa. 
Odontia fimbriata. 


THELEPHORACEAE. 


Stereum hirsutum. 

S. sanguinolentum. 
Corticium calceum. 
Hymenochaete vubiginosa. 
Peniophora ochyracea. 

P. hydnotdes. 
Contophora sulphurea. 


TREMELLACEAE. 


Exidia glandulosa. 
Tremella mesenterica. 
Dacryomyces deliquescens. 


UREDINACEAE. 


Melampsora farvinosa. 
M. civc@ae. 
Coleosporium soncht. 
Uvomyces polygon. 
U. alchemillae. 
Puccinia poarum. 

P. suaveolens. 


PYRENOMYCETES, 


Epichloe typhina. 
Hypocrea vufa (conidial form only 
seen). 


Naturalist,. 


Proceedings of Provincial Scientific Socteties. 407 


Dialonectria sanguinea. Ascobolus tmmersus. 
Xylavia hypoxylon. Ascophanus carneus. 
Rhytisma aceyinum. Saccobolus kervernt. 
Diatrype stigma. The three last on horse dung. 


Eutypa lata. 
. . . | —- oC 
Lasiosphaeria ovina. | PHYCOMYCETES. 
Empusa muscae. 


Melanomma pulvis-pyrius. 
Heptamerita doliolum. ot 8 
HyYPHOMYCETES. 


Drecomeerins Stilbum tomentosum. 


Humaria gvanulata. On cow dung. MyxomycETEs (=MyYCETOZO0A). 


Lachnea hemispherica. On the Ceratiomyxa mucida. 
ground. Stemonitis fusca. 
Dasyscvpha virginea. S. typhina. 
D. nivea. Reticularia lycoperdon. 
D. hyalina. Lycogala epidendrum. 
D. calycina. On larch twigs. Arcyrvia punicea. 
tEvinella Nylandert. On nettle A. incarnata. 
stems. A. nutans. 
Helotium cyathoideum. A. cinerea. 
H. scutulum. . Trichia varia. 
Belonidium ventosum. T. abrupia. 
B. Clarket. T. fallax. 
B. pruinosum. On-Eutypa. T. affinis. 
Mollisia cinerea. Physarum nutans. 
Orbilia leucostigma. The var. P. leucophaeum. 
xanthostigma was much com- | <P. viride. 
moner than the type. Fuligo varians. 
Coryne sarcoides. (Conidial form). S. friesiana. 
eS: 
——— i ies 


The Proceedings of the Geologists’ Association (Vol. XXI., pt. 8), con- 
tain the presidential address of Prof. W. W. Watts, entitled ‘ Fifty Years’ 
Work of the Geologists’ Association.’ In this Prof. Watts classifies the 
various contributions made to the Association during the past half-century ; 
his address being an admirable summary of the work accomplished by 
that body. He also suggests that an additional £50 a year should be 
spent on illustrations for the Society’s Proceedings, in order to keep them 
to the highest and best level. 


The Transactions of the Manchester Geological and Mining Society 
(Vol. XXXI., pts. 14 and 15), contain a valuable paper on ‘ Sinking into 
the Lower Coal-Measures at Hulton Colliery,’ by Mr. A. J. Tongue. It is 
illustrated by details of the section, and by an enormous folding plate 
containing reproductions of a number of photographs of the fossil plants, 
etc., found during the excavations. This plate contains enough blocks for 
five ordinary plates, and it would have been much better had they been 
printed and bound in the ordinary way. As it is, the plate is almost sure 
to be ‘ guillotined ’ by the binders. 


The Birmingham Natural History and Philosophical Society has just 
issued its Annual Report and List of Members for 1g10, as well as some 
separate papers, including one by E. Wace Carlier on ‘ Hibernation : 
a suggestion as to its origin in the Mammalia’; Mr. J. Hall-Edwards 
writes on ‘ The X-Rays’; Mr. Olive Hood on ‘ Rhizophidium Eudorine : 
a New Chytridiaceous Fungus’; Mr. T. H. Waller on ‘ The Phosphatic 
Rocks of Redonda.’ There are also two parts of ‘The Fauna of the 
Midland Plateau,’ viz., ‘A preliminary list of the Thysanura and Collem- 
bola,’ by Mr. W. E. Collinge (14 pp., 6d.), and ‘ The Mycetozoa,’ by Mr. 
W. B. Grove (23 pp., 6d.). 


1g10 Nov. r. 


408 
MARINE BIOLOGY AT REDCAR. 


Rey. F. H. WOODS, B.D. 


THE meeting of the Marine Biological Section of the Yorkshire 
Naturalists’ Union at Redcar was on the whole very successful, 
in spite of drawbacks. The coast abounds in marine life ; 
but this is confined to rocks (scars), which are only exposed at 
low spring tides, and several of which can only be reached by a 
boat. The time for exploring is confined, therefore; to barely 
two hours a day. There was also a stiff gale blowing from the 
west and north on Saturday and Sunday, and it was not till 
Tuesday that there was any considerable drift of sea coal and 
shingle suitable for microscopic examination. 

Of the molluscs the most interesting finds were Dentalium 
entalis, the empty shells of which are washed up at a particular 
spot, shewing that there is a small colony of them in the sands 
to the west of the Pipe Scar, Venus fasctata, which is very rare 
on the Yorkshire coast, and the beautiful little Philine catena, 
which is not uncommon at Scarborough. On the Pipe Scar 
there is a large colony of Zirphea crispata, and with it the 
boring variety of Tapes pullastra, as well as a specimen of 
Barnea candida, which usually prefers to bore in the softer 
boulder clay, as at Bridlington. 

In the following list of shell molluscs those found in the 


living state are marked with a f. 


tCraspedochilus cinereus. 
Tonicella vubra. 
Nucula nucleus. 
Anomia ephippium. 


tSpisula solida. 

Lutvaria elliptica. 
Venus gallina. 
»,  fasciata. 


Ws patelliformis. 
t{Mytilus edulis. 
Volsella modiolus. 
Ostrea edulis. 
Pecten pusio. 

»  opercularis. 

» varius. 
Turtonia minuta. 
Cyprina islandica. 
Montacuta bidentata. 
Tellimya ferruginosa. 

+ Kellia suborbicularis. 
Syvndosmya alba. 
Tellina tenuts. 

5 fabula. 
Macoma baltica. 
Donax vittatus. 
Mactra stultorum. 

» V. cinerea. 


Tapes pullastra. 

t 5, v.perfovrans. 
Carvdium echinatum. 
»  fasciatum. 
san eatule: 
Mya truncata. 


_ Ensis ensis. 


5,  siliqua. 
tSaxicava vugosa. 
+ Barnea candida. 
tZirphea crispata. 
Dentalium entalis. 
+ Patella vulgata. 
}Helcion pellucida. 
t UG VAILCULS: 
Acmea testudinalis. 
A virgined. 


Eumargarita helicina. 


{Gibbula cineraria. 


Naturalist, 


Woods: Marine Biology at Redcar. 409 


tLacuna divaricata. Spiralinella spiralis. 
t 4, pallidula. Turritella communis. 
+Littorvina obtusata. + Buccinum undatum. 
t 53 littovea. Neptunea antiqua. 
Alvania punctura. Tritonofusus gracilis. 
Onoba striata. + Purpura lapillus. 
Cingula semistriata. + Nassa tncrassata. 
} Trivia europea. Bela turvicula. 
Natica catena. 5) VU 
»,  aldert. Mangilia costata. 
Odostomia unidentata. sie nebula. 
ie turrita. Clathurella linearis. 
Brachystomia rvissoides. Tornatina truncatula. 


Pyrgulina tnterstincta. Philine catena. 


With regard to Sea-anemones, Crustaceans, etc., Dr. 
Irving of Scarborough writes: ‘I saw no Actinta mesem- 
bryanthemum (common beadlet), and can only account for its 
apparent absence in the neighbourhood where I worked by the 
fact that there were no exposed rocks where it could have 
regular air and sun-baths—the zone was beyond its usual 
range. Other anemones however, were numerous. Those I 
saw were :— 


Tealia cvassicornis v. melotdes. Sagartia troglodytes. 
is v. insignis. 35 pura. 
35 Vv. aurea. a ornata. 
Dianthus plumosa (young specimens, 5 pallida v. rufa. ? 
salmon colour). Be coccinea. ? 


The Nudibranchs were also numerous :— 


Gontodorts nodosa. Archidoris tuberculata. 
Acanthodoris pilosa (dark variety). fEolidia papillosa. 
Lamellidoris aspera. Coryphella vufibvanchialis. 
Jorunna johnstont. Polycera quadrilineata. 


Crustaceans abound :— 
Carcinus menas | Maia squinado 


Cancer pagurus Pagurus bernhardus 


and several species of small crabs, besides amphipoda, isopoda 
and the Spectre Shrimp (Cafrella). 


Echinoderms seen were :— 


Solaster papposa. Cribella oculata. 
Asterias rubens. Ophiothrix fragilis. 


_ I chipped off a small white patch from a rock which I thought 
was a young colony of Alcyontum digitatum. It measured 
perhaps }inch by inch. Examining it at home, I found about 


1g10 Nov. 1. 


AIO Woods: Marine Biology at Redcar. 


twenty coral polypes of a light yellowish-brown colour, each 
projecting from a ribbed calcareous corallum of perfect white- 
ness. Each corallum was made up of ten or twelve ribs. I 
cannot name this, though it may belong to the Caryophyllia 
smth. 

On the under sides of large stones, and on sides of cavernous 
rocks I found fairly thick masses of the compound ascidian, 
Botryllus smaragdus, and doubtless other varieties are to be 
found. There were also specimens of Cynthia aggregata, 
another ascidian. 

Sponges were fairly common, but I only noted— 


Halichondria panicea. | Gyvrantia compressa. |  Halisarca. 


Mr. J. Thompson, of Hull, sends the following list of Zoo- 
phytes and Alge :— 


HyYDROIDS. Amathia lendigera. 
; f Alcyonidium hirsutum. 
Clava multicornts. 
Sertularia pumila. 
Sertularia operculata. ALG2. 
POLYZOA. Chondria dasyphylla. 
Delessera alata. 
Encratea chelata. Phyllophova membrantfolia. 
Scrupocellaria scruposa. Polysiphonia fibvata. 
Fs veptans. Philota plumosa. 
Bugula turbinata. Callithamnion granulatum. 
Crista cornuta. Sphacelaria filicina. 
,  eburynea. Rytiphlea complanata. 


The chief value of the meeting did not consist, however, in 
the records of various species, but in the local interest which 
it excited. Many residents, especially school teachers, visited 
the collection which was made and arranged in order, and will 
carry on their study for themselves. A hope was expressed 
that Scarborough would be visited next year. 


—__.e—_—_. 


A List of British Birds, by Mr. W. R. Ogilvie-Grant (Witherby & Co., 
326 High Holborn, W.C., 1/6), will be found most useful to ornithologists. 
It is brought up to date, and shews at a glance the exact status of each 
species. It also gives, in a most concise form, the information under heads, 
as to whether a resident breeding species, a summer visitor breeding, an 
autumn, winter, or spring visitor now breeding, occasional visitor used to 
breed, and occasional visitor never having been known to breed. It is 
printed only on one side of each page, and can thus be of great use for 
labelling specimens. The printing and paper are of good quality. 


Naturalist, 


4II 
FIELD NOTES. 


FLOWERING PLANTS. 

Geranium Columbinum at Marsden.—This interesting 
sgeranium was shewn to me by Dr. Aspinwall, of Marsden, at 
the latter end of September. He found it at Inner Hey, 
Marsden, which, so far as I know, is the second definite known 
locality for this plant within the Huddersfield District.— 
W. E. L. Wattam, Newsome. 

Friglochin palustre in the Parish of Halifax. — In 
view of the thoroughness with which the flora of the parish 
of Halifax has been worked up, it is rather surprising that a 
new flowering plant should have to be recorded from Hebden 
Bridge. During August I found Tviglochin palustre (marsh 
arrow grass), in what seems to be a very natural situation in 
Crimsworth Dene. The plant is established over about a 
yard of ground in a woodland swamp. The occurrence was 
anticipated in the ‘ Flora of the Parish of Halifax’ (Messrs. 
Crump and Crossland), where it is stated: ‘It might be 
found in marshy ground, and there are many likely localities 
for it..—Wwn. NowELL. 

—: 0:— 
BIRDS. 

Albinism in a Song Thrush.—Throughout the greater 
part of August and September a prettily marked variety of 
the Song Thrush has frequented the Allotment gardens at 
Newsome. The whole of the neck, the entire back and tail, 
and the right wing were patched with white feathers, making 
the bird a most conspicuous object.—W. E. L. Wattam, 
Newsome. 

—:0 i— 
HYMENOPTERA. 

Colletes daviesiana Kirby, etc., at Selby.—On May 
24th, 1909, I was fortunate enough to secure a pair of these 
interesting little bees on the flowers of Chrysanthemum maxima 
in a garden at Selby. The Rev. F. D. Morice has kindly 
identified them, and they constitute a new West Riding record. 

It may also be of interest to note the frequent occurrence 
this summer of the black variety 3’s of the parasitic humble 
bee—Psithyrus campestris, Panzer, in the East Riding; on 
the flower heads of the family’s favourite plant Centaurea 
igra.—JOHN F. Musua\M, Selby, Oct. 16th, rgrto. 


gio Nov. 1. 


NEWS FROM THE MAGAZINES. 


The Museums Journal (Vol. X., No. 3) has an illustrated article on 
“Some Recent Work in the Exeter Museum,’ by the Curator, Mr. F. R.. 
Rowley. 

The Journal of Conchology for October contains illustrations and des-. 
cription of a ‘ curiously distorted Anodonta cygnea’ from the Valley pond 
at Scarborough. 

The Animal World for October contains a photograph of the Rorqual 
recently stranded at Cloughton Wyke. It measured 51 feet in length, 
7 feet in height, and 9 feet across. 


In the Geological Magazine (No. 553), Mr. F. RK. Cowper Reed describes. 
some new fossils from the Dufton Shales, and Mr. Bernard Smith has an 
illustrated paper on ‘ The Upper Keuper Sandstones of East Nottingham.’ 


In an article on ‘ British Scorpion Flies,’ in The Entomologist (No. 566),. 
Mr. W. J. Lucas figures a Huddersfield specimen of Panorpa germanica,, 
though Yorkshire does not appear in the list of localities in which the species. 
has been recorded. 

‘Recorder, writing in the Geological Magazine for October, asks a 
certain Yorkshire Society * what possible use it is to publish generic names 
under combinations of letters,’ instead of giving them in full. This point 
has recently been referred to in these columns. 


We have received Part 1 of Vol. I. of another publication bearing the 
title of The Museum Journal, issued by the University of Pennsylvania. 
It is well illustrated, and deals with the administration of the museum, 
its recent additions, etc. 

Dr. Tempest ee. s presidential address to the Museums’ Associa- 
tion appears in Vol. X., part 1, of the Museums Journal. It deals with 

‘Volcanoes and ae Museum Treatment.’ Dr. Anderson points out 
that ‘ you cannot stick a pin through a volcano and mount it 7 a cabinet 
like a beetle.’ 

The Irish Naturalist for September is a ‘ special Rosapenna Conference 
number.’ It is devoted to a Report of the Sixth Triennial Conference and 
Excursion of the Irish Field Club Union, held at Rosapenna, July 8th to- 
13th. here are several excellent plates, and notwithstanding its increased 
size, it is issued at sixpence. 

The Ivish Naturalist for October contains a memoir on the late Samuel 
Alexander Stewart, of Belfast. Stewart ‘was the most remarkable, it 
might almost be said,’ the only example ‘ of a working-man naturalist in 
Ireland.’ An excellent portrait accompanies the notice, and there is a 
list of his papers, etc. 


In a recent issue of The Zoologist (No. 830), Colonel C. E. Shepherd 
gives some comparisons of Otoliths found in fishes, with illustrations ; 
Mr. A. H. Swinton writes on “ The Vocal and Instrumental Music of 
Insects’; and Mr. F. J. Stubbs has a note on ‘ The Nightingale in Lan- 
cashire: a New Record.’ 

Part 17 of Mr. J. W. Taylor’s Monograph of the Land and Freshwater 
Mollusca of the British Isles has been published, and deals with Helix 
pomatia, H. aspersa and H. nemoralis. , Each is dealt with in the author’s 
characteristically thorough manner. There are numerous excellent illus- 
trations, including two beautiful coloured plates shewing the varieties of 
Helix pomatia. 

In The New Phytologist (Vol. LX., Nos. rand 2), Dr.C. E. Moss hasa lengthy 
paper on ‘ The Fundamental Units of Vegetation.’ It is accompanied by 
a good bibliography. In Nos. 6 and 7 of. the same journal, Dr. F. Cavers. 
has an important memoir on ‘ The Inter-relationships of the Bryophyte,” 
and Dr. M. C. Stopes describes Adventitious Budding and Branching in 
Cycas. 

Naturalist, 


4: (No. 425 of ourrent series). 


A MONTHLY ILLUSTRATED JOURNAL OF | 
NATURAL HISTORY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND, — 


EDITED BY ma 


T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., F.S.A.Scot., 


Tue Museums, Hutt; 


AND 


T. W. WOODHEAD, Ph.D., F.L.S., 


TECHNICAL CoLLEGE, HUDDERSFIELD. 


WITH THE ASSISTANCE AS REFEREES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF 


_ J. GILBERT BAKER, F.R.S. F.L.S., GEO. T. PORRITT, F.L.S., F.E.S., 
Prof. P. F. KENDALL, M.Sc., F.G.S., JOHN W. TAYLOR, 
T. H. NELSON, M.B.O.U., WILLIAM WEST, F.L.S., 


RILEY FORTUNE, F.Z.S. 


Contents :— eo 
PAGE 


Notes and Comments:—Birds’ Eggs and ‘Protection’; New Natural History Serials; A bene 
History of British Mammals; Harmsworth Natural History; Kearton’s Nature Pictures ; f 
Familiar Wild Flowers ; The Wonders of the World; The Country Home; The Mineral 
Kingdom; European Glacial Deposits; Limits of the Ice Sheet ; Yorkshire Drifts; 

Aspect of the Drifts; Moraines; British Ice Sheets; Conclusions... ae Mes --- 413-418 

Notes on Bats (Illustrated)—Avthuy Whitaker... oe A ans a e 4 «+» 419-424 i, 

A Pugnacious Grouse (Illustrated)—R. Fortune, F.Z.S. Se Pi PN aes ped ae 425-426 

Mutilated Bees—J. W. Carter, F.E.S.. fe 5 .. 426-497 

Some British Parthitites “Rhyaeholophids: (Iihistrated)—C. F. Gute M. RCS... ... 427-498 uf 

Contribution towards the Life History of Dasypolia templi—B. Morley ... Fi .. 429-482 

Notes on Arachnida on the North-East Coast of Yorkshire—Wm. Falconer ... «. 438-4385 

-A New Natural History Museum (Illustrated)... Se Seid 2 «. 436-4387 

Keys to the Families, Genera and Species of British Spiders, oes Bateaes ... 438-447 

Cerastium cerastoides Britt. in Cumberland—Arthur Bennett, F.L.S. Sed es es 448 

Field Notes... a se a ee FS A ake = fee ao «. 437, 449-450 : 

Reviews and Book Hotiens irate Sipe OAs Ween cha te hse re . 451-453 4 

Proceedings of Provincial Scientific Societies Bee a2 ae aa "494, 7a 435, 447, 454 

Museum News Fe we a ae +2 at ses a. pe aa Ue Aes & 455 - 

News from the Magazines ... Us: “33 be a ay ety ae st sea a8 456 

Northern Newari coi costes vot rns pe de eso. ase fic jedeh| loleed’ JP baal oac sten A eRe ae 457 

Mleistratione <6. fire Nore ee ae eee eae, fp etme Pine ded enh sec soul 420): 42 eeeele ieee 

Plates XVII, XVIII, rage vail 

Title-page, List of Plates, List of Contributors, and Index to this Volume — - a Sipe * 

LONDON : 3 i: WEG TS 

A. Brown & Sons, LIMITED, 5, FARRINGDON AVENUE, E. cA Yas} 
“a 413 pe he 
And at Huti and York. pea 


Printers and Publishers to the Y.N.U. 


PRICE Gd. NET. BY POST 7d. NET. 


We a 
f 
( 
y 


— Workshire WMaturalists’ Uni 


) ened 
Pu) 


5 PRESIDENT :— 
iM Prof. A. C. SEWARD, M.A., F.R.S. 


In connection with the Annual Meeting to be held at 


_ Middlesbrough on December 17th, aye a 
_is being made 


: To enrol at least FIFTY New Members, 


in order that the work of the Union may not be retarded. 


The Committee would be glad to have the names of any 


e ladies or gentlemen likely to join. 


The Subscription of 10/6 per annum entitles each Member 
to receive The Naturalist free; the Transactions of the Union, 


which are issued from time to time; Programmes of Excursions, 


etc. 


vw; 


A form of proposal of membership is enclosed, and additional 


copies will be gladly sent on application to 


T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., Hon. Sec., 


Tu 


The Museum, Hull. 


‘ 
ay 


ee se 


4 413 
NOTES AND COMMENTS. 
BIRDS’ EGGS AND ‘ PROTECTION.’ 

Notwithstanding the various Acts of Parliament and other _ 
‘methods which have been adopted for the preservation of 
our rarer birds, it is apparent that not only is the law being 
repeatedly broken, and rare eggs are being regularly taken, but 
dealers continue to publish lists of rare eggs for sale, with 
‘ British taken’ clutches specially indicated. We have before 
us a ‘Special offer of choice eggs in clutches with full data,’ 
dated October 1910, published by a naturalist in Gloucester- 
shire, the prices ranging up to 57/6 a clutch. Amongst the 
‘British taken’ sets we notice Golden Eagle, Chough (two 
sets), Raven (two sets), Great Skua, Greater and Lesser Spotted 
Woodpeckers, Green Woodpeckers, Short-eared Owl, Rock 
Pipit, Grasshopper Warbler, Black Grouse, Shell, Eider, and 
Tufted Ducks, Mute Swan, etc. It would be interesting to get 
the ‘ full data’ of some of these. 

NEW NATURAL HISTORY SERIALS. 

The enormous number of popular natural history publica- 
tions being issued by various houses is distinctly encouraging, 
and is some indication of the continued interest that is being 
taken in natural science generally. Many of these are 
being produced in a way which leaves nothing to be desired, 
either for the excellence of the matter, type, illustrations, 
or for cheapness. Some, perhaps, are a little more ‘ popular ’ 
than scientific, but it is a welcome sign to find that the greatest 
publishing firms now secure the services of our leading naturalists 
and do not merely republish the so-called natural history of 
decades ago. 

A HISTORY OF BRITISH MAMMALS. 

Perhaps the work for which there is the greatest need is 
that with the above title, now being issued in half-crown parts 
by Mr. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton. When completed, it will 
consist of three volumes, with 81 plates (27 being coloured), 
and over 250 illustrations in the text. Hitherto Tomes and 
Alston’s edition of Bell’s History of British Quadrupeds has 
been the standard work of reference on the subject, but it is 
obviously out of date now. We have the first part of the work 
before us, and though we have been anxiously looking forward 
to it for some time, it certainly far exceeds our greatest anticipa- 


tions.* No naturalist can possibly do without it, and all will 
——ooEEE——————— ~~ ___. 
* Gurney & Jackson, pp. 1-xvi., 1-8, and 49-88. 


SSeS aE 
1g10 Dec. 1. 2E 


414 Notes and Comments. 


share our anxiety to see the work completed. The present 
part deals with a section of the bats, and if the remainder of 
the work is done in the same thorough and scientific manner, 
it can be safely said that no other such work will exist in 
the English language. It is also gratifying to us to find to 
what a large extent ‘ The Naturalist’ and the work of the 
members of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union have been put 
to use by the author. On every page there is evidence not 
only of Mr. Barrett-Hamilton’s thorough acquaintance with 
the subject with which he deals, but it is also apparent that he - 
is in close touch with the various workers, as well as with the 
somewhat extensive literature. The various diagrammatic 
sketches and other illustrations, by Mr. E. A. Wilson, are also 
all that can be desired. 
HARMSWORTH NATURAL HISTORY. 

Under this heading is perhaps the cheapest ‘ Natural 
History’ that has appeared in recent years. The work is 
being issued in about forty sevenpenny parts. Each part has 
many illustrations in the text, and four excellent coloured 
plates. Sufficient has already been published to indicate 
that by the time the three volumes are complete the possessor 
will have a thoroughly reliable and fairly comprehensive 
account of the animal kingdom. The subjects, too, are dealt 
with ina scientific manner, and not merely catalogues under 
the heads of name, size, locality, habits, etc., as was the case 
with the ‘natural histories’ of years ago, When we bear in 
mind that the principal contributors are Mr. R. Lydekker, 
Sir Harry Johnston and Prof. Ainsworth-Davis, it is apparent 
that the scientific accuracy of the publication is assured. As 
a matter of fact, we have had occasion to refer to the work 
on one or two points, and have found it most helpful. As 
regards the text illustrations, these are numerous, but of 
varying quality. Some are obviously from recent photographs 
and sketches; others, however, have an ancient, not to say 
“ wooden ’ appearance. 

KEARTON’S NATURE PICTURES. 

In an attractive cover, Messrs. Cassell are publishing a 
wonderful series of pictures by the brothers Kearton, in twenty- 
four fortnightly parts, at a shilling net. Each of these 
contains eight pages of letterpress (with illustrations) and four 
plates, one of which is coloured. The plates alone are worth 
the money, and we confess we like the uncoloured ones the best. 


Naturalist, 


Notes and Comments. 415 


We should recommend natural history museums, etc., to 
purchase this series. We know of one museum at any rate 
that exhibits the plates in its natural history gallery, where they 
make a very attractive, as well as an educationally valuable 
exhibition. Whilst, as might be expected, most of the photo- 
graphs reproduced relate to bird life, this is not exclusively 
the case; and mammals, reptiles, etc., are represented. We 
have seen many of the photographs previously, but they are 
nevertheless welcome in their present form. The descriptive 
matter is in Mr. Richard Kearton’s characteristic style. 
FAMILIAR WILD FLOWERS. 

By the time these notes appear, another edition of Hulme’s 
“Familiar Wild Flowers’ will have been completed. This 
publication also is issued by the house of Cassell. Forty-five 
sixpenny parts have appeared, containing no fewer than three 
hundred and sixty coloured illustrations of our chief wild 
flowers, and each has four pages of descriptive letterpress, 
in which the plants, their habitats, folk-lore, etc., are described. 
With this work in hand it should be an easy matter to identify 
almost any plant likely to be found on a ramble in the country 
Mr. Hulme’s well-known drawings are excellently reproduced 
by the three-colour process. Artists and teachers will also 
find the work most helpful to them. 

THE WONDERS OF THE WORLD. 

Under this title Messrs. Hutchinson are issuing twenty-four 
fortnightly parts dealing with ‘The Marvels of Nature and 
Man as they exist to-day.’ Each part is sold at seven- 
pence, and contains thirty-two pages, admirably illustrated 
by carefully-chosen photographs, beautifully reproduced. 
Whilst these depict wonderful geological and botanical features, 
the principal photographs come under the heading of ‘ Marvels 
of Man.’ Even these, however, are of great value to the 
anthropologist. It is difficult to decide which to admire most, 
the extraordinary nature of the subjects illustrated, or the 
excellent way in which the photographs have been reproduced. 
There can be no question that when the work is completed, 
it will be a most acceptable record of the many extraordinary 
objects to be found in this wonderful world. 

THE COUNTRY HOME. 

This charming monthly magazine, published by the Sphere 
and Tatler, Ltd., at the small price of 6d., is certainly a magazine 
for all lovers of the country. Perhaps its most attractive 


1g10 Dec. I. 


416 Notes and Comments. 


feature is the excellence of the numerous illustrations. The 
articles also are such as will appeal to all lovers of nature. 
Besides dealing with various aspects of country homes, there are 
articles on old sun-dials, windmills, old-fashioned industries, 
duck-decoys, beech trees, natural history of the garden, pre- 
historic implements, old fire-places, snails, megaliths, etc., etc. 
Amongst the names of the contributors, we notice a well- 
known worker, Mr. Wilfred Mark Webb. 
THE MINERAL KINGDOM. 

This well-known work, by Dr. Bernard Brauns, Professor 
of Mineralogy in the University of Bonn, is appearing in twenty- 
five parts, at two shillingseach. Itis being published by Messrs. 
Williams and Norgate, and has been translated, with additions, 
by Mr. L. J. Spencer, M.A., F.G.S., of the British Museum. 
The specimens before us each contain twenty pages of letterpress. 
and two excellently-coloured plates; in fact, the difficulty of 
adequately representing the metallic colours and beautiful tints 
of many minerals, seems almost to have been overcome. When 
complete, the work will contain ninety-one plates, seventy-three 
being coloured, and two hundred and seventy-five illustrations 
in the text. Though originally published in Germany, ‘ The 
Mineral Kindgom ’ contains many references to British speci- 
mens. English students will find the publication of great 
value to them, particularly as it is obtainable in instalments. 

EUROPEAN GLACIAL DEPOSITS. 

Some little time ago Mr. Frank Leverett, of the United 
States Geological Survey, paid a visit to Europe for the purpose 
of investigating the glacial deposits of that continent. Mr. 
Leverett’s excellent work among the more recent deposits of 
North America, makes a perusal of his report of peculiar 

‘interest to English glacialists. It has been issued and printed 
in Berlin in Vol. IV. of the Zeitschrift fiir Gletscherkunde,’ 
though we are thankful to say it is printed in English. The 
report, which is entitled ‘Comparison of North American and 
European Glacial Deposits,’ is an extensive one, and is accom- 
panied by a valuable series of maps of Great Britain, the Alps, 
North Germany, North America, etc., showing the glacial 
features of these areas. Mr. Leverett’s remarks on the young 
Morainal Drift of England are of so much interest that we take 
the liberty of giving them in full. 

LIMITS OF THE ICE SHEET. 
‘The young drift of England seems to find its limits, in 


Naturalist, 


Notes and Comments, 417 


part at least, at moraines described by H. Carvill Lewis, and 
thought by him to mark the full limits of the ice sheet. The 
older drift outside was regarded as a deposit by floating ice. 
The writer examined these moraines in the district east of 
the Pennine Hills, both in the Vale of York and at points along 
the east coast between Whitby and Hull. The studies along 
the coast were in company with Professor Kendall and Mr. 
G. W. Lamplugh, who have each contributed important papers 
on the glacial features. In the district between the Pennine 
Hills and the mountains of North Wales glaciation extended 
southward to Shrewsbury and possibly to Wolverhampton. 
A large part of Wales seems also to have had the later glaciation.’ 


YORKSHIRE DRIFTS. 

‘The drift shows great complexity in exposures along the 
coast south from Flamborough Head, and between Scar- 
borough and Flamborough Head, there being at least three 
distinct boulder clays of unlike rock constituents. There 
evidently has been an ice movement here from Scandinavia, 
as well as from the local ice sheets of the British Isles. Mr. 
Lamplugh, who has studied these exposures more closely than 
anyone else, and who began the study with the idea that the 
several drifts mark deposits of different stages of glaciation, 
has reached the conclusion that they are all the deposits of one 
glacial stage though from separate glacial centres. At least 
he has found no decisive evidence of any great difference in 
age or of any wide gaps between the drifts.’ 

ASPECT OF THE DRIFTS. 

‘The aspect of all the drifts impressed the present writer 
as rather fresh, and differing no more perhaps than the upper 
drift and the middle drift of Germany. The aspect is much 
fresher than in the old drift on the Norfolk coast. The 
moraines are the product of an ice movement from the British 
contres, for they overlie the Scandinavian deposits. They 
present gentle swells and sags of a subdued type, similar to 
those of the outer moraines on the Wisconsin glaciation in 
America. The weathering and leaching is but little more than 
a metre in depth, and the weathered part is much lighter brown 
colour than in the old drift on the Norfolk coast.’ 

MORAINES. 

‘The moraines just discussed seem more likely to correlate 

with the upper drift than with the léss-covered middle drift of 


1g10 Dec. I. 


418 Notes and Comments. 


the north German lowland. It is possible that the rather fresh 
deposits of the Scandinavian ice field, that are buried beneath 
the morainic drift, will correlate with the middle drift of north 
Germany. They mark an extension of Scandinavian ice that 
seems greater than would be consistent with the extent of the 
upper drift in Germany, but which would fall in naturally as 
a continuation of the middle drift border from north eastern 
Holland across the North Sea basin.’ 


BRITISH ICE SHEETS: 


‘The district ice sheets and mountain valley glaciers of 
Great Britain are thought by Geikie to be so widely separated 
from the glaciation that produced the morainic drift just dis- 
cussed, as to be referable to distinct stages of glaciation named 
the Lower Turbarian and Upper Turbarian. The evidence 
seems Clear that the ice sheets of the north part of Great Brtain 
were subject to increase and decrease in response to climatic 
variations, and that there have been times of low elevation 
and incursion of the sea that correspond somewhat to enlarged 
glaciation. This evidence is of great value in bringing out the 
later history of the ice sheets, and is of similar import to evi- 
dence found in Scandinavia in showing there has not been a 
steady amelioration of climate, since the culmination of the 
last stage of glaciation.’ 

CONCLUSIONS. 

‘The writer is not disposed to minimize these results in 
the least. The dissent from Geikie’s interpretation is merely 
a matter of the proper terms to apply to such climatic changes. 
It has been shown in the course of the present discussion that 
there are very pronounced differences in amount of weathering 
and erosion, and in general aspect as to age in deposits that 
have been referred to different glacial stages. The differences 
are so great as to seem to require more time in each inter- 
glacial stage than has elapsed since the outer portion of the 
drift of the fourth glacial stage became exposed to weathering 
and erosion. These expanded glacial conditions which Geikie 
has ranked as stages are so much briefer than any of the pre- 
vious glacial stages that it seems more fitting to rank them 
as stadia of the waning portion of the fourth stage of glaciation, 
and to class the breaks between them as interstadial rather 
than interglacial, for it is not known that the ice completely 
disappeared between the times of expanded glaciation.’ 


Naturalist, 


419 
NOTES ON BATS. 


ARTHUR WHITAKER, 
Worsbrough Dale, Barnsley. 


(PLATE XVII.). 


In ‘The Annual Report of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union ’ 
for I909*, mention was made of a ‘ brood of young Pipistrelles,’ 
taken in the Northallerton district. The phrase is a somewhat 
misleading one, seeming to imply that the Pipistrelle produces 
several young ones at a birth, and as attention was drawn to 
this, and a query raised about it, in ‘ Nature,’ (February IgIo), 
a fuller account of the incident referred to may be desirable. 

On July 20th, 1909, Mr. Denison Roebuck sent me some 
bats which he had received from Mr. J. F. Musham, of Selby, 
whose cousin had captured them in a farmhouse at Alne, in 
the Northallerton district. 

Upon examination I found the specimens, six in number, 
consisted of two adult female Pipistrelles (P. pzpzstrellus), 
both of which had evidently, from the condition of the breasts, 
been suckling young; two largish young bats of the same 
species, nearly equal in size, and apparently, judging by the 
growth of hair on back, head and chin, etc., of about the same 
age. Previous experience of the young of this species led me 
to judge the age of these two juveniles at fourteen or fifteen 
days. The remaining two specimens were baby bats, and, 
like the pair last described, apparently of about the same age, 
which in their case, however, would not be more than eight 
or nine days. : 

It might naturally be assumed that these six bats com- 
prised two families, each consisting of mother and twins. 
I wrote to Mr. Musham, hoping to obtain further information, 
I had especial interest in the matter, having had previous 
experience, at various times, of the birth of thirteen young 
bats (six being Pipistrelles), and in all these cases a single 
young one only had been produced. 

Mr. Musham very kindly gave me the following information 
as to the capture of the specimens :—On the evening of July 
18th, his cousin had retired to bed with his window left partly 
open at the top. After about half an hour he was disturbed 
by squeaking, and saw the two adult bats flying wildly round 


** The Naturalist,’ 1910, p. 46 


1gto Dec. rt. 


< 


420 Whitaker : Notes on Bats. 


the room. He knocked them down with a slipper, placed them 
on the table, and turned into bed again, 

He was soon disturbed, however, by further squeaking, 
continued in a minor key, and thinking the bats he had knocked 
down were coming round again, he lighted a candle to see, 
but found them quite still. 

The squeaking continued, and he at last located it as 
proceeding from one of the juveniles, which was hanging on 
the bed curtain about half way between the floor and ceiling. 
He killed it and placed it with the others, but the squeaking 
still continuing, he had another search, and at length discovered 
a second young bat, suspended from one end of the blind roller, 
which he promptly added to his bag. 

But his hunt was not yet ended, for before he could get 
to sleep he was again disturbed by further squeaking, and, 
losing his temper, got up once more, and made a thorough 
search of the room, which resulted in two more baby bats 
being found, the one suspended from the top edge of the skirt- 
ing board, and the other clinging to the bed vallance. 

Although he allowed the window to remain open, no more 
bats were heard or seen, either on that or subsequent nights. 
One night, about a fortnight previous to that on which the six 
bats above referred to were captured, two adult Pipistrelles, 
one of each sex, had been captured in the same room. 

It will be seen from the foregoing account that, although 
there seems to be some support given to the idea that these 
young bats represented two cases of the birth of twins, it is 
not by any means safe to conclude that this was actually the 
case. 

The following records of the occurrence of the Hairy-armed 
Bat (V’. letslerz) are of interest, this species still being looked 
upon as one of the rarer English species. 

On August 7th, 1909, Mr. Armitage and I went to examine 
a colony of bats, which had been heard squeaking in a decayed 
limb of a large oak tree at Rockley, near Barnsley. 

The day was very hot, and one could not remain many 
minutes in the vicinity of the tree without having one’s atten- 
tion arrested by fitfull bursts of squeaking from the bat’s den. 
Previous experience would lead me to say that the arboreal 
colonies of Noctule and Hairy-armed bats are far more noisy 
and restless during hot weather than during cool. 

When we climbed up to the hole, which was situated in a 


Naturalist,- 


Whitaker : Notes on Bats. 421. 


partly decayed branch, and at an altitude of about twenty- 
five feet from the ground, we found it differed from any we 
have previously examined. The entrance was in the form of 
a longish slit, and the hole ran downwards from it at an angle 
of about forty-five degrees. The bats were huddled together 
on the top of a disused Starling’s nest, at the bottom of the 
hole. In all holes we have formerly found tenanted by bats, 
the entrance has been at the bottom and the bats had crawled 
upwards for hiding and shelter. 

We had expected to find a colony of Noctule bats in the 
hole, but on getting to it, and finding it lacked the strong, 
disagreeable smell, so characteristic of the Noctule bat, and its 
den, we were at once led to suspect that the occupants were 
Hairy-armed Bats, and this proved to be the case. 

The bats were all wide awake by the time we reached the 
hole, and before we could get my net over it, they began to 
crawl out and fly away. Even when we held the net in front 
of the entrance it was not large enough to cover the entire 
length of the shit, so that about a dozen bats escaped. Some 
of these flew about in the vicinity for five or six minutes 
before we finally lost sight of them. When flying they looked 
noticeably smaller than Noctule bats, and the wings appeared 
much narrower. 

We actually secured nineteen bats, all proving to be 
V. leislert, and found that seventeen were females and two 
males, and that fourteen of the former appeared to be adult 
bats which had suckled young during the year. 

The remaining five, although about equal in size to the 
others, appeared to be young bats of the season, judging by 
the undeveloped condition of the mamme (in the three which 
were females) ; the smoother and softer texture of the wing 
membranes, etc., and the softer and less brittle condition of the 
bones in several which were skinned and mounted for cabinet 
specimens. These five young bats were also noticeably greyer 
in colour than the adults. 

I have an increasing conviction that the Hairy-armed bat is 
by no means uncommon in this district, and I feel quite con- 
fident in saying that I often see it upon the wing. Two bats 
shot in my own garden at Worsbrough Dale on July a2tst, 
1g10, as they were flying at an altitude of about thirty feet, 
proved to be of this species, one being a male, and the other 
a female. 


1910 Dec. f. 


422 Whitaker: Notes on Bats. 


It is not improbable that distinct racial differences may 
exist in bats from different localities. On September 8th, 
1g09, I took ten adult Long-eared bats (P. auritus) from an old 
disused tramway tunnel near Barnsley. Two were males, 
and the remaining eight were females. The average wing 
expanse of these ten specimens was 9} inches, the smallest 
being 8.90 in., and the largest 10.15 in. All these bats were 
of a distinctly warm, almost a reddish, brown above, and of a 
pretty pale creamy colour on the under parts. Both in colour 
and size, | should say these specimens were typical of all I 
have ever had from this neighbourhood. 

On the following day I received seven Long-eared bats, 
taken the previous day at Christchurch, in Hants. These 
were also adult specimens, five being females, and two males. 
The average wing expanse of these seven bats was I0’I5 inches, 
three-quarters of an inch more than the average of the Barnsley 
specimens, which had been captured on the same day. The 
smallest individual was exactly Io inches in wing expanse 
(7.ec., above the average of the Yorkshire specimens), whilst 
the largest measured I1‘1o inches from one wing tip to the 
other. This specimen, a female, is quite the largest individual 
of its kind I have ever seen. 

Not only were the Christchurch bats noticeably larger than 
the Yorkshire specimens, but the moment I saw them I was 
also struck by the difference in their colour. They were all 
very much paler and greyer than any specimens | had pre- 
viously handled, having nothing like the same warmth of 
colouring, and with the pale creamy brown of the underparts, 
characteristic of Barnsley specimens, replaced by a cold whitish 
grey. 

In the ‘ Naturalist ’ for 1906 (pp. 148-9), I published some 
account of the wonderful power a blindfolded Natterer’s Bat 
(V, natterert) exhibited in flying about among strange sur- 
roundings without coming into contact with anything. I find 
that this power is not possessed by the Long-eared bat, for 
even with the full use of all its senses, a captive specimen will 
occasionally collide with fine wires or strings if they are held 
in the path of its flight. The more I see of this species, the 
more I am drawn to the conclusion that it uses the senses of 
sight and hearing, and especially the former, more than any 
of our other British bats. 

Any wild caught bat of this species will readily hunt for 


Naturalist 


Whitaker: Notes on Bats. 423 


and secure moths, insects, and even meal-worms, if they are 
thrown into its cage, without the least trouble being spent in 
training it to do so. In the case of other kinds of bats it is 
almost invariably a long and tedious business to train them 
to pick up their own food from a cage floor, and this is especially 
the case when it comes to meal-worms, which are, of course, a 
somewhat unnatural food for them. 

A delightfully tame little Long-eared bat, kept by my 
friend Mr. Armitage during the autumn of 1go8, by its habits 
in captivity threw interesting light upon the difficult question 
of the extent to which these little creatures hunt by sight. 
This bat was so tame that when allowed the run (or ‘ fly’) 
of the room it would readily respond to a chirruping call, and 
come and take a meal-worm from one’s fingers, flying away 
with it and settling, usually somewhere on the floor, to eat it. 
We were interested to find, however, that if the gas were fully 
on and the room consequently brightly illuminated, the bat 
would fly up in a hesitating, fluttering manner when called, 
and settle somewhere on my friend’s coat or sleeve, and crawl 
or flutter about some little time before it succeeded in finding 
the meal-worm. Similarly, if all lights were turned out and 
the room in perfect darkness, it would behave in just the same 
way, but if, on the other hand, a faint illumination were given 
by a very tiny gas flame, it would usually dart straight up 
when called, and even take the worm directly from one’s 
fingers without settling at all. It was quite evident that it 
was much more at home in a very subdued light than in either 
bright light or total darkness. 

During the autumn if rg09 | had the pleasure of keeping 
several Daubenton’s bats (W. daubentont) for some three or 
four months. It is a species of which I had previously 
had little experience in captivity. I found them inclined to 
be quarrelsome, and when this was the case they were sometimes 
quite noisy, and made a sound which might easily be mistaken 
for that made by sparrows when fighting. One of these Dauben- 
ton’s bats became well accustomed to the artificial conditions 
of captivity, and after some time displayed considerable 
ability in securing meal-worms and other insects thrown into 
its cage. These bats would consume on an average about 
twenty meal-worms each per day. 

Mr. J. Fincham Turner, of Doncaster, recently submitted 
to me two bats’ skins for identification. These proved to be 


1910 Dec. 1. 


424 Proceedings of Provincial Scientific Societies. 


specimens of the very interesting, and by no means common 
Barbastelle (B. barbestellus). They had been caught by him 
at Feversham (Cambs.), on the 17th of May, 1910, where he 
found them resting inside an old shed, much frequented by 
Long-eared bats. They were hanging side by side on the wall, 
almost, but not quite touching one another. Mr. Turner 
kept these bats alive for a short time, but being unable to 
get them to take food in captivity, he was obliged to kill them. 
Before doing so, however, he obtained the two excellent 
photographs of one of them, shown on Plate XVII., figs. 
2 and 3, which he has very kindly given me permission to have 
reproduced here. Although not hitherto recorded for York- 
shire, there is no reason to suppose that this rare bat may not 
yet be found in our county, for, though generally looked upon 
as a south-country species, it has nevertheless been taken as 
far north as Carlisle. 

On Plate XVII., figs. 1 and 2, are shewn two photographs 
of Natterer’s bat (M. nattereri), and also two views of a Noctule 
bat (P. noctula), figs. 5 and 6. The latter shews the bat in 
the same position as No. 5, but snarling because it has been 
touched. These pictures were taken by Mr. Riley Fortune, 
of Harrogate, from my specimens. 


——+e—__ 


The Annual Report of the Spalding Gentlemen’s Society for 1909 
(4 pp.}, mmecludes a lst of donations to the Museum and Library, many of 
which are of great local interest. We notice that the donations to the 
Society’s Building Fund now nearly reach £1200—a very creditable amount. 


The Huddersfield Naturalist and Photographie Society’s Annual Report 
for 1909-10 (8 pp.), includes “Sectional Reports’ as follows :— ‘ Orni- 
thology, by Mr. E. Fisher; “ Entomology,’ by Mr. C. Mosley’; ‘ Phanero- 
gamic Botany,’ by Mr. WOE, i Wattam ; and ‘ Cryptogamic Botany,’ 
ye he, if, We = Johnson. The Society is ‘fortunate in having over £20 
in hand, notwithstanding the fact that there has been a‘ loss on the year’s 
working of over £5: 


We have received the neatly-printed ‘ Proceedings of the Holmesdale 
Natural History Club for the years 1906-7 (Reigate, 1910, 88 pp.). In 
addition to the reports of meetings, list of members, etc., there are some 
papers of general interest. Mr. A. B. Gough writes on ‘ The Primitive 
Savage in Early Art and Tradition’; Mr. E. S. Salmon, on ‘ The Economic 
Aspect of Fungus Diseases’; Mr. E. Dukinfield-Jones, on ‘Some 
Methods of Protection and Defence in Caterpillars’; The Rev. E. W. 
Bowell on ‘ The Developement [sic] of Conchology.’ Presumably this is 
the first printed report of this society, though there is nothing to indicate 
whether anything has been printed previously. As, from page 18, we 
gather that the society was 1n existence in 1859, it w ould have been interest- 
ing if a brief history had been given in this publication. 


Naturalist, 


425 


A PUGNACIOUS GROUSE. 


R. FORTUWE, F.Z:S. 


I was photographing the deer in Studley Park on Sept. 24th, 
when I was surprised to hear a somewhat familiar note, and one 
which seemed quite out of place there. A hearty ‘Go back, go 
back !’ from the top of the palings surrounding the ornamental 
gardens convinced me that I had made no mistake in diagnosing 
the note as that of agrouse. The bird soon spied me, and, flying 
down into the grass, came running across towards me, showing 
himself to be a fine cock grouse in magnificent plumage. I 
thought he probably wanted to be fed, but soon found out that 
he looked upon me as an 
intruder, for he attacked 
me right manfully, flying 
at me, giving my hand 
severe blows with his wings, 
and pecking so lustily at 
it that he brought blood, 
and so violent were the 
blows given by his wings, 
that he caused one of them 
to bleed at the shoulder. 
I crouched down, and he 
partly ran, partly flew up 
my arm to buffet and peck 
at my face, and when I flicked my cap at him he seized and tugged 
at it-in an endeavour to get it away from me. I then threw 
my cap on the ground near him. He stamped and tore at it 
with his beak in a very vindictive way. All the time when 
not attacking he spread himself out and strutted about, uttering 
guttural notes, and the well-known ‘ Go back, go back!’ I 
was able to get a few photographs of him, though even with a 
lens of six inches focus this was not an easy matter, as I could 
hardly keep him far enough away from the camera. I was 
lucky in having a short focus lens with me. When I had 
exposed all my plates I stayed admiring him for some time, 
and then turned to go. He followed me up for quite five 
hundred yards, and every time I stopped, which I did frequently, 
he renewed his attack with vigour. I have had experience 
with falcons ‘stooping’ at me when photographing at their 
eyries; gulls have buffeted me; terns have pecked at the 


R. Fortune, F.Z.S.] [Photo. 


1910 Dec. 1. 


426 Carter: Mutilated Bees. 


top of my head, and once a tawny owl attacked me, striking 
my face several times, causing blood to flow, but I have 
never experienced anything so determined as this attack by 
the grouse. J admired him tremendously as, apart from his 
courage (characteristic of most grouse), he was in splendid 
feather. It was quite a treat to have such a handsome fellow 
strutting about and crowing defiance at such close quarters. 
I learned that he had been reared by hand, and was left per- 
fectly at liberty. 


snObs 


MUTILATED BEES. 


J; W, CARER, FsE-s.; 
Bradford. 


DurinG August last, whilst walking on the Patterdale Road, 
just at the head of Ullswater, Mr. Haxby and I noticed a large 
number of dead bees (Bombus terrestris) under a large lime tree, 
which was densely hung with flowers, as indeed all the hme 
trees in the district were. Each bee had a neat circular hole in 
the thorax, as finely done as if it had been executed with a 
mechanical drill, and in addition to this, ninety per cent. had 
the terminal segment of the abdomen entirely eaten away, and 
the contents of both thorax and abdomen were removed. 

On seeing them my mind reverted to the early days of 
‘The Naturalist,’ in fact, to the note contributed by the late 
James -Varley. (“Nat.’, Vol. Tih, 1877-8) p. 40). Goel adhere 
describes a similar phenomenon at Woodsome, near Hudders- 
field, where he found a large number of bees under exactly 
similar circumstances. In this case specimens were sent to 
Mr. F. Smith, of the British Museum, who was then our greatest 
authority on the British Aculeate Hymenoptera. Mr. Smith 
replied that the specimens were workers of the common 
Bombus lucorum, and expressed the opinion that this destruc- 
tion was the work of some species of bird or birds, perhaps a 
butcher-bird ! 

In a note in the same volume of ‘ The Naturalist,’ (p. 92), 
Mr. S. L. Mosley states that an egg of the Red-backed Shrike 
was exhibited at a meeting of the Huddersfield Naturalists’ 
Society, on October 2oth, of the same year, ‘taken from the 
neighbourhood of Farnley,’ not more than a couple of miles 


Naturalist 


George: Some British Earthmites. 427 


from the place where Mr. Varley found his dead bees. This, he 
thought, confirmed Mr. Smith’s theory. 

My specimens were exhibited at a meeting of the Bradford 
Natural History and Microscopical Society, the circumstances 
related above were detailed, and several members expressed 
the opinion that this destruction of bees was not the work of 
birds, Ata more recent meeting, Mr. F. Booth gave an interest- 
ing solution of the problem from information given him by 
Mr. Wood, gardener to Mr. Firth, of Saltaire, and an ardent 
apiculturist. 

In August 1909, Mr. Wood stated that a large lime tree in 
the garden at Saltaire was in full flower, and was visited by 
thousands of bees, and that large numbers were found daily, 
dead and dying, on the ground underneath. After a few days 
he determined to find the cause of this. A ladder was placed 
in a position so that he could see the whole proceedings. A bee 
was located as it was feeding on a flower. Presently a wasp 
suddenly descended and settled on its back; both fell to the 
ground, and after a brief struggle the bee became quiescent, 
and evidently exhausted, when the wasp at once began its 
work of mutilation, and soon cleared it of its contents. Bee 
after bee dropped to the ground, each in the grasp of a wasp, 
and exactly the same process was repeated. Thus the mystery 
was unravelled. 


—_—_ <)> e—_——_ 


SOME BRITISH EARTHMITES. 
RHYNCHOLOPHIDG. 


C. F. GEORGE, M.R.C.S., 
Kirton-in-Lindsey. 


Rhyncolophus communis.—In the July number of “© The 
Naturalist ’ for 1907, page 259, I gave a description of a Ryhn- 
cholophus which I was not able to name, nor have I yet seen 
or met with a figure or description of the mite recorded by 
anyone. It is evidently fairly common, and being of con- 
siderable size, must be very conspicuous, and tolerably nimble, 
Mr. Soar’s figure, on page 260 of the same number Olan Ac He, 
Naturalist ’ was drawn from a mounted specimen from Guern- 
sey. The body was flattened and out of shape by pressure ; 
but was otherwise characteristic. I have, however, received 


1g10 Dec. I. 


428 George - Some British Earthmites. 


specimens since that time, from Scotland, sent by Mr. Evans. 
Mr. Soar has been kind enough to draw the dorsal aspect 
of this mite, from a preserved specimen, without much pressure, 
and it gives a good idea of the recent mite, there is also an 
enlarged figure of one of the palpi, and of the sternite and eye 
capsule. The description of the mite in ‘The Naturalist’ 
for July, 1907 will serve. I may say that Mr. Evans has found 
this mite on several occasions. It had been suggested that it 


Rhyncholophus communis. 


Drawn from dead specimens. Dark brown. White patch in centre of dorsal surface, 
about } length of body. Sternite 0°6 mm. long. Eye capsule 0°10 mm, long. 


might be Koch’s Rhyncholophus regalis, but I doubt this, and 
Koch does not give any description or enlarged figure of the 
sternite, or the proboscis ; nor do I know of any more recent 
author who has done so. These very beautiful and interesting 
creatures are worthy of more study than they seem as yet to 
have received ; and I trust that some of your readers will take 
up this subject, and give their researches to ‘ The Naturalist.’ 
At present we know little about the anatomy of the males, 
those I have received being females. The males are probably 
smaller than the females, and so less conspicuous, and passed 
over as small or immature specimens. 


Naturalist, 


THE NATURALIST, 1910. Prate XVII 


Brawn 


Bats. 


429 


CONTRIBUTION TOWARDS THE LIFE HISTORY OF 
DASYPOLIA TEMPLI. * 


B. MORLEY. 
Skelmanthorpe, Huddersfield. 


Tue lepidopteron Dasypolia templi is one of my earliest memories. 
As achild I clearly remember the late James Varley spending 
week-ends at our home, and along with my father going out 
in search of this insect. Amongst others, besides Mr. Varley, 
the names of the late Rev. J. Johnson, of Denby, and the late 
J. Harrison, of Barnsley, were familiar to me, when quite 
a youngster. The visits these gentlemen paid to our village 
were mostly on account of the species in question being fre- 
quently found there. 

It naturally became fixed on my mind that fempli mus 
be a very pretty insect, so eagerly was it sought after. Ex 
perience has taught me, however, that its rarity was its charm, 
for surely it ranks amongst our most sombre species, and its 
great liability to become greasy, makes it a nuisance to the 
collector. Its outline is not graceful, and its colours are dingy 
and unattractive. 

In the old days collecting this species was no child’s play, 
owing to its habit of hiding in dry stone walls, quarries, or 
amongst stone heaps. All these features abound in our neigh- 
bourhood, consequently there is plenty of scope for the collector 
who has to rely on stone turning for his ¢empli. Formerly this 
method was largely practiced, and tons of old rubble were 
carefully turned over, the undersides of the stones being 
closely searched for the hybernating moths. I have myself 
worked in this way hour after hour without finding a single 
moth. At other times one was more fortunate. An average 
of one per hour would be considered very good indeed, but, 
personally, such good results were never experienced by me. 

Another way of collecting the species, is by examining the 
street lamps. In the villages, within the area of its occurrence, 
the males visit the lamps on fine nights during October, but 
the manner in which they dash repeatedly at a street lamp, 
before they settle down and crawl under the dark edges of its 
frame, certainly does not add beauty to their condition. 


* A paper read at the Annual Meeting of the Entomological Section 
of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, held at Leeds, October 29th, 1910. 


1910 Dec. 1. 2 


430 Morley: Life History of Dasypolia templi. 


During the month of October the females are fertilized, 
and at once hide themselves in stone heaps for the winter, the 
early frosts destroying all the males. I have never seen the 
perfect insect feed either at ‘ sugar,’ flowers, or on honey-dew. 
A female, after pairing, will comfortably pass the winter in a 
box, and deposit her ova in spring, without having the chance 
of food or showing the least need of it. 

Late in October, 1906, I found a moth of each sex in a quarry 
hill at Denby. I kept them seperately in chip boxes. The 
male died sometime during the last week in November. The 
female took up her position near the centre of the lid, and 
apparently never moved until the last week in the following 
March. 

In the hope that the female would eventually give me 
fertile ova, I prepared a suitable breeding cage in the garden 
to rear the larve in. Inside this I planted twelve pounds of 
garden parsnips, which made really fine growth by the end of 
April. On the 4th of April she deposited about one hundred 
ova, fastening them singly on the sides of the box. After five 
months of close captivity this moth was in perfect cabinet 
condition. 

The ova period was twenty-six days ; little larve emerged 
on the 30th of April, and were distributed on the parsnip 
leaves. The larve mined into the mid-ribs of the leaves, 
and their progress could be easily traced by the latter withering. 
They slowly descended the centres of the leaf-stems until at 
last all the leaves collapsed and became a rotting covering over 
the earth inside the cage. The roots were then attacked, and 
in eight weeks’ time, little was left of the parsnips. Carrots 
were then thrust into the earth and the larve pupated before 
they were all consumed. The larval period lasted fourteen 
weeks. Forty-six perfect insects, or nearly half the number 
of the ova, emerged. I have since had experience with wild 
larve. The descriptions of the ovum and larva given in New- 
man’s British Moths are perfect. 

Wild larve of this species thrive principally on the common 
hogweed (Heracleum sphondylium), and occasionally on Wild 
Angelica ( Angelica sylvestris). They feed head downwards 
in the centres of the flower stems, in the stems of the stock 
leaves, and also in the roots. They always eat their way to 
the roots. When the plant is destroyed, they crawl away to 
other plants, which they ascend outside, gnawing holes for 


Naturalist, 


Morley: Life History of Dasypolia templi. 31 


entrance at various heights from the ground, up to four feet 
in height. Their feeding habits are exceedingly filthy, as can 
be readily conceived. 

A few days after a larva has entered, the plant decays 
above the point where it is feeding, and becomes wet and very 
putrid, and the frass which is thrust backward or upward in 
the mine, mixed with the rotten vegetable matter, quickly 
becomes an indescribable mess, stored in the cavity above the 
larva. 

These larve, however, have no other option than to feed 
head downwards. If they started at the bottom and fed up- 
wards, they would soon destroy the tissues through which the 
sap flows, and consequently by the quick death of the plant, 
would deprive themselves of food; whereas their downward 
habit of feeding, in spite of the filth they live amongst, ensures 
for them all the food the plant contains until they have eaten 
the last sound particle. 

They never pupate in the mines they have made in the 
plants. I have found three larve in one stem, on one or two 
occasions, and frequently two. 

These creatures are cannibals when opportunity offers. 
They do not appear to hunt each other with an over-powering 
desire for each other’s flesh, but if two larve are feeding in 
one stem, one having entered at a point higher than the other, 
the upper larva soon works a way through the frass and other 
refuse, and straightway proceeds without further ceremony 
to devour the one lower down. I have frequently found a 
larva eating another of its kind in this manner. 

When a plant has been mined throughout, and the larva 
has descended into the root, there will still remain a few inches 
of decaying stem. If this is pulled it will break off at the 
junction of the root. 

No matter how large a cavity the larva has made in the 
root, when not actually feeding, it entirely fills up the entrance in 
thestem. Indeed, so tight is it squeezed into the hole, that it is 
killed if an effort be made to extract it. I attribute this habit to 
the fact that if they did not guard against drainage in this 
way, they would soon have their mines filled up with water. 

Apparently, these larve have not the power of making 
silk. When they have done feeding, many of them burrow 
about four inches under the soil and pupate without the least 
pretence of a cocoon. Some, however, pupate on the very 


1910 Dec. 1. 


432 Morley: Life History of Dasypolia templi. 


surface of the ground. Six weeks seems to be the average 
time of the pupal stage. Two or three days before emergance 
the chrysalis becomes very rigid and seems unable to move 
any of the segmental joints. 

The time of emergence is invariably between 9-30 and 
11-30 a.m. Of the scores of this insect that I have reared, 
not one emerged after mid-day. This seems a strange time 
for a night-flying insect to leave the pupa, but in this case it 
appears to be a necessity, for usually it is 3 or 4 p.m. before 
the insects are perfectly developed, and I know of no other 
lepidopterous insect requiring such a length of time to 
thoroughly harden its wings. The extraordinary number of 
scales which clothe the body and wings may account for it, and 
considering the cold damp places chosen for hybernation it 
would appear that this extra clothing is absolutely necessary. 

My experience of this species leads me to suppose that it 
is remarkably free from parasitic attacks. 1 have always bred 
a very good percentage of moths from wild larve, and I have 
not yet obtained a parasitic fly. 


—_—: 0 :——_ 


The Report and Proceedings of the Manchester Field Naturalists’ 
and Archeologists’ Society for the year 1909 (97 pp.), recently published, 
is for the fiftieth year, and is a great improvement upon its predecessors. 
It is much better printed, and the cover is also more suitable. We also 
miss (gladly) many of the obtrusive advertisements, though there are still 
some, and unfortunately one is printed on the same page as some of the 
ordinary matter, so that it cannot be torn out. The volume is practically 
devoted to a chatty account of the Society’s various excursions during 
1909, and is principally of botanical interest. The report is illustrated by 
a number of borrowed blocks, which are not at all unsuitable. The list 
of members is a very good one. 


The Proceedings of the Liverpool Botanical Society, Third and Fourth 
Sessions (76 pp., 1/6), have recently been published. The volume con- 
tains no definite botanical papers, but there are valuable and elaborate 
reports of the proceedings at the Society’s meetings, and the Hon. Secre- 
tary (Mr. A. A. Dallman) writes a lengthy resume of the field meetings for 
1908-9, the two years covered by the report. There are also some useful 
‘lists of plants observed at the field meetings,’ reports of the South Lan- 
cashire Flora Committee, etc. The volume shews that in Liverpool the 
botanists are carrying out the wishes of the President of Section K, ex- 
pressed at the recent meeting of the British Association, with regard to. 
investigating the distribution, etc., of plants. There is an obituary notice 
(with photo) of the late J. J. Ogle; and an excellent portrait of Mr. J. A. 
Wheldon, the President for 1909, appears as frontispiece. The Liverpool 
Society is fortunate in having no fewer than two hundred members. 
There is nothing to shew whether any previous parts of the Proceedings 
have been published. It would be an advantage if they were numbered, 
especially as the pagination begins afresh in each part. 


Naturalist, 


433 
NOTES ON ARACHNIDA ON THE NORTH EAST 
COAST OF YORKSHIRE. 


Wa. FALCONER, 
Slaithwaite, Huddersfield, 

As the result of another visit to the North-east Yorkshire coast 

in August of the present year, I am able to add to the list of 

Arachnida given for that district in ‘ The Naturalist,’ January, 

1910, pp. 21-2, the following species. A.—Nine spiders and one 

harvestman new to the N. Riding and B—twenty-two others for 

which additional records, either for the county or North Riding, 
are desirable. Most of last year’s species were again met with, 
but although I went twice to Eston Moor, and spent a con- 
siderable time in the search, I failed to locate the spot where 

Mr. J. W. H. Harrison, of Middlesborough, obtained the two 

remarkable spiders both new to the British list, and recorded 

by the Rev. J. E. Hull in ‘Some Northern Records,’ in Trans. 

Nat. Hist. Society of Northumberland, Durham, and Newcastle- 

upon-Tyne, Vol. III., pt. 3, viz.: Hypselistes florens Camb., 

a North American species, found nowhere else in Europe, and 

Notioscopus sarcinatus Camb., a Central European spider, 

concerning both of which their discoverer holds strong opinions 

as to their being indigenous to Britain, and not merely intro- 
ductions. I found Kilton Wood the best hunting ground, 
and my thanks are due to Mr. J. J. Burton, Nunthorpe, for 
permission to enter it. 

A. NEw TO THE NORTH RIDING. 

Scotopheus blackwalli Thor., one adult female in a 
cranny of the outer wall of a wash-house in St. 
Germain’s Lane, Marske. Odd examples are on 
record for the other Ridings. 

Clubiona terrestris Westr., both sexes, Riftswood, 
Saltburn, and Kilton Woods. Few records for 
county. 

Clubtona grisea L. Koch., males at Coatham Marshes, 
and near Tees Mouth. Few records for county, 
' mostly from E. Riding. 

Clubiona neglecta Camb., females, Marske and near 
Tees Mouth. Rare in Yorkshire, mostly reported 
from E. Riding. 

Robertus arundinett Camb., one male, Coatham 
Marshes (with one abnormal palp). Three 
examples previously reported from W. Riding. 


tgto Dec. 1. 


434 Falconer: Arachnida on the N.E. Coast of Yorkshire. 


Sintula cornigera Bl., one female, Kilton Wood. Four 
examples previously noted for W. Riding. 

(Edothorax apicata Bl., one male, Coatham Marshes; 
Previous records few, chiefly E. Riding. 

Dicymbium tibiale Bl., one male, ascending Eston 
Nab, from Lazenby. Not yet taken in E. Riding, 
but common in hillier parts of W. Riding. 

Evarcha falcata Bl., one male, from heather in Kilton 
Wood. County records very few. 

Oligolophus alpinus Herbst., Eston Moor. 


B. ADDITIONAL RECORDS. 


Harpactes hombergii Scop., Kilton, several examples. 
Oonops pulcher Templ., not uncommon on coast at 
Marske, and at Riftswood, and Kilton Wood. 
Clubiona diversa Camb., Eston Nab, near tower, two 
adults of each sex. Most commonly reported 

from W. Riding. 

Zora maculata Bl., Kilton Wood, two females. Few 
county records. 

Dictyna uncinata Westr., Lazenby, adult and imma- 
ture examples. 

Dictyna latens Fabr., Kilton Wood, many immature 
examples on furze. Few county records. 

Antistea elegans C. L. Koch., Eston Moor, one female. 
Not uncommon in sphagnum bogs in W. Riding. 

Theridion denticulatum Walck, Lazenby, one of each 
sex beneath tree bark. 

Theridion pallens Bl., Wilton Wood, one female. 
Commoner in W. and E. Ridings. 

( Labulla thoracica Wid., commoner in N. Riding than 
existing records show. Riftswood, Kilton Wood, 
Marske, Lazenby. 

Leptyphantes pallidus Camb., one female, Coatham 
Marshes. 

Bathyphantes parvulus Westr., both sexes, Marske and 
Lazenby. Few county records. 

Microneta innotabilis Camb., one. female, between 
Riftswood and Skelton, where the male was taken 
last year. This example showed plainly the 
characteristic white blotch on the abdomen above 
spinners. The only two Yorkshire records. 


Naturalist, 


Falconer : Avachnida on the N.E. Coast of Yorkshire. 435 


Microneta saxatilis Bl., three females, ascent of Eston 
Nab, by Lazenby. 


Diplocephalus permixtus Camb., one male, two females, 
Eston Moor. 


Entelecara acuminata Wid., one female, Kilton Woods. 
oe County records few, but reported from all the 
Ridings. |- 
Metopobactrus prominulus Camb., one female, Kilton 
Woods. Not yet for East Riding, but not in- 
frequent in hillier parts of W. Riding. 


Tvoxochrus scabriculus Westr., two males and some 
females on cliffs, West of Marske. Recently found 
also in E. Riding, but not yet recorded ; absent 
from W. Riding. 

Lapinocyba pallens Camb., one female, Eston Nab, 
via Lazenby. Not uncommon in parts of W. 
Riding. 

Tetragnatha solandriit Scop., one male, Kilton Wood. 
Few county records, though usually abundant 
where found. 


Neon reticulatus Bl., several females, Kilton Wood, 
Not yet observed in E. Riding, but common in 
parts of W. Riding. 

Salticus cingulatus Panz. Eston Nab, via Lazenby, 
Two females beneath tree bark. 


The Proceedings of the Liverpool Geological Association for 1907-9 
(published in 1910, 52 pp.), contain a number of papers of local and general 
interest. Mr. C. B. Travis gives notes on ‘ Field Work among Igneous 
Rocks,’ and also a ‘ Note on the Chemical Solution of Carboniferous Lime- 
stone at Warton Crag, Carnforth’; Mr. T. A. Jones describes the ‘ Augite 
Porphyrite of Scarlett Stack, Isle of Man,’ and ‘ the Rise and Progress of 
Modern Petrography.’; Mr. H. W. Greenwood gives an account of an 
‘Exposure of an old Beach-surface at Leasowe’; and ‘Some Problems 
of Rock Genesis and Metasomatism. Mr. J. G. Learoyd has a paper on 
‘ Pressure in relation to thickness of Ice.’ We are pleased to learn that the 
Liverpool Geological Association is now amalgamated with the Liverpool 
Geological Society, and that in future, therefore, there will be only one 
purely geological society in that city. From the lists of members, etc., 
we have long felt that there was not room for two geological societies in 
Liverpool; and the two sets of publications have frequently caused 
confusion. 


1gto Dec. I. 


436 
A NEW NATURAL HISTORY MUSEUM. 


(PLATE XVIII). 


On Saturday, November 12th, His Worship the Mayor of 
Hull (Councillor T. S. Taylor) opened the new Natural History 
Museum in that city. This occupies the rooms, formerly 
the Art Galleries, which have now been connected with the 
Municipal Museum at the Royal Institution, by two new en- 
trances. There was a particularly large and representative 
gathering, and the visitors were entertained to tea by the Chair- 
man of the Museums Committee, Alderman Brown, and Mrs. 
Brown. Amongst those present were His Worship the Sheriff 
of Hull, Sir Luke White, M.P., Mr. T. R. Ferens, M.P., Sir 
James Reckitt, Mr. and Mrs. Wickham-Boynton, members of 
the Hull Museums and Educational Committees, and the Presi- 
dents or other representatives of the Hull Literary and Philo- 
sophical Society, the Yorkshire’ Naturalists’ Union, the Hull 
Geological Society, the Hull Scientific and Field Naturalists’ 
Club, East Riding Antiquarian Society, East Riding Nature 
Study Committee, and other similar institutions which encour- 
age the museum in its work, and most of which have helped 
with their collections. 

There are three galleries: one devoted to the birds, one 
to mammals, and one to osteology. A part of the birds’ 
room is shewn in the photograph reproduced on Plate XVIII. 
In this and the adjoining corridors is housed the collection of 
British birds, which is particularly representative. It includes 
the Sir Henry Boynton collection, which has recently been 
lent to the museum, the Pease collection, the Riley Fortune 
collection of Yorkshire birds recently purchased, the Anderson 
collection, as well as those formerly in the museum. All these 
have been amalgamated, and the duplicates—over sixty cases— 
have been distributed amongst the Higher Grade Schools in 
Hull, the School of Art, etc. There are in all about goo birds 
in the museum, occupying 420 cases. Along one side of the 
room are a number of cases shewing the various types of eggs 
in their natural surroundings, those of the birds at Spurn being 
particularly attractive. Below these are several cabinets con- 
taining birds’ eggs, etc., and in a corridor is a large case shewing 
the heads, feet, etc., of typical forms of birds. 

The mammal room is also instructive, as the various species 
are grouped and represented in their natural surroundings, 
the groups of otters, badgers, etc., being well shewn. The 


Naturalist, 


A New Natural History Museum. 437 


osteological room contains many recent acquisitions, as well 
as some important specimens, such as the skeleton of the 
original ‘ Wallace,’ the celebrated lion; a narwhal with two 
tusks, and a good series of locally caught whales. 

In his remarks, Mr. Wickham-Boynton caused some amuse- 
ment by explaining how the curator had been ‘ inspired,’ paid 
him a visit at Burton Agnes, and took the collection away ! 
He added that so far as Mrs. Boynton and himself were con- 
cerned, the collection could be looked upon as at Hull for ever. 

Reference was also made to the fine collection of natural 
history specimens and fishery models from the Japan-British 
Exhibition, which had just been presented to the Hull Cor- 
poration by the Japanese Government. It was stated that 
in all probability arrangements would be made for a further 
museum for Hull, to be devoted entirely to fishes and specimens 
connected with the fishing industry. 

ee 


FIELD NOTES. 


Variety of Rook.—On September 18th, while cycling 
through Wheldrake, I noticed one member of a flock of Rooks 
had all the primary feathers of the wings pure white, this 
variation made the Rook quite a handsome bird when he 
spread his wings in flight.—SypDNEy H. SmMIru. 

Inoceramus lingua v. lobatus Schlueter (non Muen- 
ster).—During a recent visit to Bridlington I collected on the 
foreshore, west of Danes’ Dyke, a large specimen of what 
appeared to be Inoceramus lingua, but on examination, 
every fourth rib of the shell appeared to be slightly thicker 
than the others—a feature quite distinct from the ordinary 
lingua. I forwarded the specimen to Mr. C. Davies Sherborn, 
who kindly sent me the following notes on the fossil. It was, 
he said, unquestionably a specimen of Jnoceramus lingua, but 
belonged to a variety named by Schlueter /obatus of Muenster, 
It was not, however, lobatus of Muenster, as this is a cordiform 
shell with fringed ribs, but as it corresponded to Schlueter’s 
figure, the specimen under consideration was named J. lingua 
Schlueter (non Muenster) thus fixing it. It is really lingua 
and is typical of the flattened form assumed by the typical 
cuvieri-group as it reaches the Upper Senonian, for the strong 
ribs of cuviert gradually disappear, and the convexity of the 
shell also disappears as it ascends in the zones.—GEORGE 
SHEPPARD, Withernsea, Hull. 


1g10 Dec. 1. 


43 


KEYS TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BRITISH 
SPIDERS, AND TO THE FAMILIES, GENERA AND 


SPECIES OF BRITISH HARVESTMEN AND PSEUDO- 
SCORPIONS. 


WM. FALCONER, 
Slaithwaite, neay Huddersfield. 


(Continued from page 332). 


NOTE ON-THE GENUS 7METICUS MENGE Ete 

Some of the genera contained in the foregoing tables include 
species which are either obscure in their affinities or based on 
unique females, or possessed of characteristics which tend to 
dissociate them from others of the same genus. Such are 
Tmeticus Menge, Porrhomma Sim., Muicroneta Menge and 
Sintula Sim. (p. 241) which are therefore greatly in need of 
revision. The members of the genus Tmeticus Menge. in par- 
ticular form a very heterogenous group. From time to time 
essays have been made by both foreign and British authors to 
place them on a more satisfactory and scientific basis by remoyv- 
ing certain of them from the group and creating new genera for 
their reception. The latter, however, are not always accepted 
by other authorities who raise more or less valid objections to 
their adoption. Moreover, if adopted, opinions very often 
greatly differ as to which species should or should not be in- 
cluded in them. Owing to the difficulty of reconciling these 
conflicting views, some considerable time will probably elapse 
before an arrangement agreeable to all can be produced. These 
points should be borne in mind when consulting the subjoined 
tables. Mr. F. P. Smith in the ‘ Journal of the Quekett 
Microscopical Club,’ November 1908, elevated JT. simplex 
F.O.P. Camb. to generic rank under the name of Lessertza, 
relying on the following distinctions (both sexes, other difference 
in the gs noted). 


A. Sternum as broad as long. Spines on 

tibie extremely minute, shorter than 

the diameter of the joint. Falces (at 

least in g) without definite striz on 

outer side Sek es ee, ote ee ee Genaeioneiicus Menge 
B. Sternum considerably longer than broad, 

produced in a parallel-sided prolonga- 

tion between the hind coxae. Spines on 

tibie strong or moderately so, at any 

rate longer than the diameter of the 

joint. Falces with well-marked trans- 

verse strie on outer side ws A Se Gent Lessertig mith 


Naturalist, 


Families, Genera and Species of British Spiders, etc. 439 


A valuable and comprehensive contribution to the subject 
is that of the Rev. J. E. Hull, ‘ The Genus Tmeticus and some 
Allied Genera,’ in the ‘ Trans. of the Nat. Hist. Soc. of Nor- 
thumberland, Durham and Newcastle-upon-Tyne,’ New Series, 
Vol. III., part 3, pp. 573-586 (1910). His arrangement is 
based in great measure upon the number, size and position of 
the teeth with which the outer and inner margins of the fang 
groove are armed. Mr. Hull kindly sent me a copy of his 
interesting paper, and from it the following table has been 
compiled :— 

TABLE OF THE TMETICINI. 
A. Outer margin of fang groove with three 
teeth, inner O. Mavillae quadrate. 
Labium very short and broad. Femora 
of legs I. at least with a spine or spines. 
Anterior eyes very unequal in size. 
I. Tibia of legs without a double row of 
spines beneath. Metatarsi I. at most 
one feeble spine, the rest spineless. 
Dorsal tibia spines of posterior legs 
larger and stronger than those on the 
anterior legs. Falcesgranulate.. .. Gen. Centromerus Dahl 
Il. Tibiz of legs with two rows of spines 
beneath. Metatarsi IV. with several 
spines. Dorsal tibial spines of equal 
size and strength. Falces not granu- 
latena. ae .Sub-Gen. Centromeria Strand 
B Outer margin of fang eroove with four or 
five teeth. Maxillae oblong. Labium 
comparatively long. All femora spine- 
less. Anterior eyes not so greatly un- 
equal in size. 
I, Outer margin of fang groove with four 
teeth. 
1. Metatarsi spined. Maxillae much 
longer than wide. Tibie of legs 
with lateral and inferior spines. 
Fourth tooth of fang groove least, 
gs without a falcal tuber ; Gen. Mengia F.O.P. Cb. 
2. Metatarsi unspined. Maxillae a ‘little 
longer than wide. Tibie of legs 
without lateral spines. Fourth 
tooth largest. gs with a cen- 
trally placed falcal tuber .. .- Gen. Dmeticus Menge- 
II. Outer margin of fang groove with five 
teeth. 
1. Inner margin of fang groove with 
three or four teeth. Tibia of all legs 
with two dorsal spines. Tibie I. 
generally with a lateral spine. 
(a) Falces tumid at base, granulate, 
projecting beyond cly peus. Lab- 
ium reaching to the middle of the 
maxillae. 4s with a falcal tuber 
not centrally placed .. .. .- Gen. Macrargus Dahl. 


1910 Dec. 1. 


440 Families, Genera and Species of British Spiders, etc. 


(b) Falces not tumid at base, not 
eranulate and not projecting 
beyond clypeus. 
i. Labium not reaching to the 
middle of the maxillae, much 
broader than long, and con- 
stricted below the middle. 
Copulatory organs highly de- 
veloped .. Gen. Oveonetides Strand. 
i. Labium reaching to the middle 
of the maxillae. 
(a) Labium large and as wide at 
the middle as at the base. 
Tarsal joint of g  palpus 
small. Epigyne of 2 very 
simple. gs without falcal 
‘bees Ga oo, co sa an Grail, Lio Tuoyprr iT 
(b) Labium widest at base. Kulcz. 
Tarsal joint of dg palpus 
large. Epigyne of 2 more 
highly developed. gs with 
falcal tuber... . Gen. Halorates Hull. 
2. Inner margin of fang eroove “with 
five teeth. Tibie IV. with one 
dorsal spine—no lateral spines. 
(a) Labium not reaching to the 
middle of the maxillae, much 
wider than long, and distinctly 
constricted below the middle. 
Legs rather short. gs withouta 
falcal tuber .. .. Gen. Diplocentria Hull. 
(b) Labium reaching to the middle 
of the maxillae, widest at base, 
and not constricted. Legs long 
and slender. gs with a falcal 
tuber i. 6 er ice. Gee bees 6GelConphreus EEOnE 
Cb. 
The species which Mr. Hull includes in these genera are 


respectively those given in Rev. O. Pickard-Cambridge’s 
‘List of British and Irish Spiders,’ rg00, under the following 
names plus newer discoveries :— 


CENTROMERUS :—T. silvaticus Bl., expertus Cb., icin Cb., avcanus 


Cb., emptus Jacks, serratus Sim., similis Kulcz, (?) commodus 
Cb., (2?) adeptus Cb. 


CENTROMERIA :—T. bicoloy Bl., concinna Thor. 

MeEnacIA :—T. scopigera Grube, Warburtonii Cb. 

Tmeticus :—T. affinis Bl., Gongylidium graminicola Bl., G. dentatum 
Wid. 

Macrarcus :—T. vufus Wid. 


OREONETIDES :—T. abnornuis Bl., adipatus L. Koch, firmus Cb., con- 
tyitus Cb. 


LEPTORHOPTRUM :—T. hardii Bl., huthwaitit Cb. 
HaALoraTEs :—T. veprobus Cb. 
DIPLOCENTRIA :—T. rvivalis Cb. 


CoRYPHAEUS :—Gongylidium distinctum Sim., T. simplex F. Cb., 
fortunatus Cb., 


Hrivatra:—H.excisaCb., uncata Cb., pervicax Hull, T. montigena L. Koch. 


Naturalist, 


Families, Genera and Species of British Spiders, etc. 441 


The author’s two new genera will probably maintain their 
ground, and the rest, with the exception of Oveonetides and 
Centromeria, may now be considered as definitely established 
in this country, where they have for some time been in use. 
As already stated, criticism will centre not so much upon the 
validity of the genera as upon the allocation of the species. 

Mr. Hull in the same paper separates diluta Camb. from 
Sintula Sim. (p. 241), making it the type of a new genus Rhab- 
doria, which will also take rank. The discriminatory characters 
are :— 

A. Outer margin fang groove with five teeth, 

inner five. Cephalothorax very broad, 

narrowed towards eyes .. .. .. .- Gen. Sintula Sim. 
B. Outer margin fang groove with three 

teeth in Q@ and two in g, inner teeth 


O. Cephalothorax rather ong; not much 
narrowed at caput .. .. .. .. Gen. Rhabdoria Hull. 


The members of the @aius Microneta Menge as given in 
Cambridge’s ‘ List of British and Irish Spiders,’ 1900, naturally 
fall into four well-marked and compact sections. One of 
these, innotabilis Camb., properly belongs to another genus, 
Svedva Sim., and the others will probably in any future revision 
be raised to generic rank. One of the most characteristic of 


the latter Mr. Hull forms into a new genus, Agynefa. 


A. Cephalothorax broad oval, thorax nearly 
circular. Falces short. Eyes small, 
very closely grouped and not occupying 
the whole w idth. Legs shorter... .. Gen. Agyneta Hull. 
B. Caphalothorax elongate oval, thorax 
much longer than broad. Falces long- 
er and stouter. Eyes larger, not so 
closely grouped and occupying the 
whole width. Legslonger .. .. .. Gen. Microneta Menge. 


THE FAMILIES, GENERA, AND SPECIES 
OF BRITISH HARVESTMEN AND PSEUDO- 
SCORPIONS.—I. PHALANGIDEA. 

TABLE A.—FAMILIES. 


A. Transverse folds behind the eye eminence, 
two: palpi with a terminal claw ; second 
pair of legs with maxillae .. .. . PHALANGIIDAE 
B. Transverse folds behind the eye eminence, 
none: palpi without a terminal claw ; 
second pair of legs without maxillae. 
I. Coxe of legs free : cephalothorax not pro- 
longed into a hood ; palpi long, at least 
twice the length of the body “if . NEMASTOMATIDZ. 
II. Coxae of legs” soldered to underside of 
body ; cephalothorax prolonged into a 
hood ; palpi short, not equal the length 
of the podys 7 -r- fe eee ROGUE Da. 


1910 Dec. I. 


442 Families, Genera and Species of British Spiders, etc. 
TABLE B.—GENERA. 


1. FamM. PHALANGIID#. 
A. Margin of cephalothorax without lateral 
pores: abdomen with strong denticula- 
tions ; body covered with a fe scu- 
(qanede 2 jenlhow Sno 5. se Sclevosoma Lucas (1) 
B. Margin of cephalothorax with eee aotiess 
Abdomen either smooth or with small 
denticulations: scutum absent; palpi 
long. 
I. Eye eminence without denticulae ; 
lateral pores small. Tibiae of second 
pair of legs with false articulations .. Liobunum C. Koch. (2) 
II. Eye eminence with denticulae ; lateral 
pores large. Tibiae of legs II. with- 
out false articulations. 
1. Palpi without or with only small 
apophyses. 
(a) Cephalothorax with three spines 
in a line near the anterior margin. 
Legs I. metatarsi without false 
articulations Oligolophus C. Koch. (6) 
(b) Cephalothorax without these fron- 
tal spines ; Legs I. metatarsi with 
false articulations ss lee 
saxatile) oa Phalangium Linn. (3) 
2. Palpi with more or less strong apop- 
hyses. 
(a) Both cubital and tibial joints of 
palpi with apophyses ; spines on 
eye eminence small and blunt.. Platybunus C. L. Koch. (4) 
(b) Cubital joints of palpi only with 
apophyses ; spines on eye emi- 
nence, 5-5 long, divergent and 
pointed a0”, ale tya0) os ss, eMepabunus Meader (5) 
Il. Fam. NEMASTOMATID. 
Eye eminence low, very near anterior margin 
of cephalothorax. elie) ath) ated (een ee Niemastomas CalKoclen (7) 
III. Fam. TROGULIDZ2. 
A. Legs I. and II. tarsi of two articulations ; 
legs III. and IV. tarsi of three articula- 
tions ; two posterior abdominal seg- 
ments surrounding the anal plate .. Tyvogulus Latr. (8) 
B. Legs I. and II. tarsi of three articulations ; 
legs III. and IV. tarsi of four articula- 
tions; last abdominal segment only 
surrounding the anal plate .. .. .. Anelasmocephalus Camb. 
(9) 


TABLE €.—SPECIES. 


(1) Gen. Sclervosoma. 
A. Tibiae of legs without spines; abdo- 
minal denticulae short and blunt .. quadridentatum Cuvier.* 
B. Tibiae of legs with strong spines; ab- 
dominal denticulae sharp and pointed vomanum L. Koch.* 


* Professor Kulczynski in ‘De Opilionibus’ (1904), p. 79, states that 
S. vomanum L. Koch. is merely the young of S. guadridentatum Cuvier. 


Naturalist, 


Families Genera and Species of British Spiders, etc. 


(2) Gen. Liobunum. 


A. Eyes rimmed with black : two blunt pro- 
jections below the front edge of the 
cephalothorax Aide Marne a) Be 

B. Eyes rimmed with white ; these projec- 
tions absent OE 

(3) Gen. Phalangium. 


A. Two prominent adjacent teeth below the 
front edge of the cephalothorax 
B. These teeth absent. 
I. Size larger ; without central abdominal 
line of conspicuous white spots. . : 
II. Size much smaller ; with central ab- 
dominal line of conspicuous white spots 


The doubtful species Ph. minutum is omitted. 


(4) Gen. Platybunus. 
. Apophysis of cubital joint of palpi=} length 
of joint itself : adult form: falces 3 with 
a strong hornlike protuberance 5p 
Apophysis of cubital joint of palpi=? length 
of joint itself: falces g without this 
protuberance; immature forma 

(5) Gen. Megabunus. 


Eye eminence large with a pedicle ; a long 
spine projecting from the front edge of 
the cephalothorax 

(6) Gen. Oligolophus. 

A. The three frontal spines of the cephalo- 
thorax small. 

I. Frontal spines equal, wide apart. 

1. Legs short, without spines or denti- 
culaiery- Mot Weare. ack cesis mi the 

\ 2. Legs long ; femora and genue with 
minute denticulae. 
(a) Spines on tibiae of legs I. none, or 
few and weak SGA RES See 
(>) Spines on tibie of legs I. numerous 
anciStronee a... er tmees val enim 
II, Frontal spines closer together, central 
one slightly longest. 

1. Central frontal spine a little in 
advance ; all directed slightly for- 
ward ; genital plate with a circular 
indentation Saas ge ees 

2. Frontal spines in a straight line, 
vertical or nearly so ; genital plate 
without indentation. 

(a) Lighter coloured ; femora of legs 

* angular ; frontal spines slenderer 

and a little separated ae 

(6) Dark coloured ; femora of legs 

cylindrical ; frontal spines stouter 
and contiguous 


445 


yvotundum Latr. 


blackwallit Meade. 


opilio Linn. 


parietinum C, Koch. 


saxatile C. Koch. 


cornigey Herm. 


tviangulavis Herb. 


insignis Meade. 


cinevascens C. Koch.* 


morvto Fabr.* 


alpinus Herbst.* 


agrestis Meade. 


tridens C. L. Koch. 


hansentt Kraep). 


SS 


*In ‘De Opilionibus,’ p. 80, 


Kulezynski states that 


crnerascens 


C. Koch. is merely immature a/pinus Herbst., which is itself only an alpine 


form of morzo Fabr. 


1g1o Dec. I. 


444 Families, Genera and Species of British Spiders, etc. 


B. Frontal spines strong. 
I. Frontal spines unequal, in straight line. 
1. Frontal spines nearly vertical ; cen- 
tral one slightly longest ; abdomen 
without denticulae.. .. .. .. palpinalis Herbst. 
2. Frontal spines directed forward ; 
central one equal at least twice the 
lateral ones; abdomen with nu- 
merous strong denticulae -. .. meadi Camb. 
II. Frontal spines equal. 
1. Frontal spines directed a little for- 
ward ; central one a little in ad- 
vance ; femora and genuae of legs 
with minute, and two larger, den- 
ticulae oe ephippiatus C. L. Koch. 
2. Frontal spines directed ‘much for- 
ward, in a Straight line; these 
joints of legs without denticulae. . spinosus Bosc. 
(7) Gen. Nemastoma. 
A. Black: hind part of cephalothorax 
marked with two eatin yellowish 
Mansel eos SMOG seine .. .. lugubre F. O. Muller. 
B. Legs long and very slender ; ‘abdomen 
marked with pairs of dull golden 
mimeucilhie SYS 54 - oo co os oq on WUAioreAaS lalesin- 
(8) Gen. Trogulus. 
Inner edge of hood with closely set tuber- 
culous spines ; a fringe of similar spines 
on outer side of femora of legs I... .. tvicarinatus Linn. 
(9) Gen. Anelasmocephalus. 
Front edge of hood and the legs (except the 
tarsi) with strong oes ending with 
curved bristles bx 2) ce en eCQMnDIVde7tt WWiestwe 


II. CHERNETIDEA. 


TABLE A.—GROUPS AND GENERA. 


iste (EAROMWNES  IBMIDS) A 


I. Limbs of forceps curved ; legs I. and II. 
femora and tarsi divided into two pieces Obisium Leach. (1) 
II. Limbs of forceps straight or nearly so ; 
legs I. and II. femora and tarsi undivided Chthonius C. Koch. (2} 


and GROUP EwibSi2 


I, Falces small; cephalothorax divided into 
three parts by two grooves, rounded in 
front ; abdomen with a central longi- 


fanghimellitihves 55 a6 bh oo oo ao 00 CGhelniae Geo, (a) 
II. Falces large ; cephalothorax without 

grooves, truncated in front; abdomen 

without acentrallongitudinalline .. .. Joncus L. Koch. (3) 


srdiGROUES EYES To; 
I. Cephalothorax divided into two parts by a 
groove; legs I. and II. without a tro- 
chantin (a small extra joint attached to 
base of femora) .. .. .-. =. 4. a8 “Chiideune Menge s(6)) 


Naturalist, 


XVIII. 


PLATE 


THE NATURALIST, 1910. 


“mnasny [OH 


ayy UL 4013991109 


paid 94} $0 Wed 


Plliee’ 


II. Cephalothorax ‘divided into three parts by 
two grooves; legs J. and II. with a 
trochantin 


Chernes Menge. (5) 


TABLE B.—SPECIES. 


(1) Gen. Obisium. 

A. Cephalotherax reddish. Fixed fang of 
falces with small teeth and movable 
fang with a high rounded tubercle. 
Limbs of the forceps of the palpus 
longer than the bulb. 

I. Median process of the cephalothorax 
obsolete. Bulb of palpus variable, 
more or less tumid, and moderately 
long; teeth of fixed limb of forceps 
equal in size, those of movable limb 
distinct. Size 2.8 mm. 

II. Median process of cephalothorax 
prominent. Bulb rather long and 
broad ; teeth of fixed limb of forceps 
unequal in size, those of movable 
limb almost obsolete. Size 3-3 mm. 

B. Cephalothorax brownish. Limbs of the 
forceps of palpus about equal in length 
to the bulb. 

I. Median process of the cephalothorax 
prominent. Bulb not so stout, some- 
what oval; humeral joint of palpus 
longer in proportion to the cubital 
joint. Fixed fang of falces with large 
teeth and mov able fang with a long, 
low, subangular tubercle 

Il. Median process of cephalothorax ob- 
solete. Bulb stout; humeral joint 
shorter in proportion to the cubital 
joint ap the Pek DD 

(2) Gen. Chthonius. : 

A. Limbs of forceps a little longer than the 
bulb ; bulb with a depression near the 
base of the fixed limb : 

B. Limbs of forceps much longer than the 
bulb ; bulb without this depression. 

I. Bulb of same colour as the rest of the 
palpus ; limbs of forceps straight. 

I. Size smaller, under 2 mm. ; eyes one 
diameter apart ; cephalothorax a 
little wider in front than behind.. 

2. Size larger, over 2 mm. ; eyes nearly 
two diameters apart; cephalo- 
thorax much wider in front than 
behind ; falces with a small obtuse 
projection near the end of the 
movable fang .. 

Il. Bulb black brown, rest of palpus 5 yellow 
brown ; limbs of forceps very slightly 
curved 


muscorum Leach. 


carpentert H. W. Kew.* 


marittimum Leach. 


sylvaticum C. L. Koch. 


tetyachelatus Preyss. 


orthodactylus Leach. 


vayt L. Woch. 


tenuis L. Koch. 


a 
* O. muscorum Leach.—Simon [‘ Araneides de France,’ tom 7, p. 54|— 


Vide ‘ Irish Naturalist,’ June 1910, pp. 108-112. 


tgto Dec. 1. 


2G 


4 
\ 


446 Families, Genera and Species of British Spiders, etc. ; 


(3) Gen. Roncus. 
A. Humeral joint of palpus equal in length 
to the cubital joint ; and the limbs of the 
‘forceps equal to the bulb; eyes rather 
more than one diameter from the fore 
margin of the cephalothorax.. .. . cambridgit L. Koch. 
B. Humeral joint of palpus clearly longer 
than the cubital ; and limbs of forceps 
longer than the bulb ; eyes 4 diameter 
from the fore margin of the cephalothorax Jubricus L. Koch. 
(4) Gen. Chelifer. 
A. Hairs simple. Clear reddish forceps and ; 
reddish extremities of femoral and 
cubital joints of palps characteristic .. Jlatreillit Leach. 
B. Hairs clavate. 
I. Palpi stout. 
1. Limbs of forceps much shorter than 
the bulb; hairs on palpi mostly 
obtuse, some clavate; caput and 
thorax (from front to back) about 
equal in width ; palpi longer and 4 
less strong : ee suovuber.sinne 
. Limbs equal to the bulb ; hairs all 
clavate ; caput broader (from front 
to back) than the thorax ; palpi 
shorter and stronger os a8 8. Mmeridianus IL. Kock 

II. Palpi long and slender ; bulb equal in 
length to the cubital joint which is 
clearly but not greatly shorter than 
the humeral joint 

45) Gen. Chernes. 
A. Hairs simple. 

I. Posterior segment of the cephalothorax 
with a deep impression. Limbs of 
forceps visibly shorter than the bulb.. cyvneus L. Koch. 

II. Posterior segment of cephalothorax 
without a depression. 

1. Size smaller, 2 mm.; bulb dis- 
tinctly longer than broad, and equal 
in length to the limbs of the forceps ; 
palpi strong. 
(a) Cephalothorax mostly smooth and 
glossy. Abdomen minutely shag- 
reened. Cubital joint and bulb 
of palpus, particularly above and 
' below, smooth and glossy ..  nodosus Schr. 
(b) Cephalothorax granulated. Ab- 
domen coarsely shagreened. 
Cubital joint and bulb more 
eranulated: Je ej) eo nNCNIZC7 7 OmmOS. 
2. Size larger, 3 mm.; bulb nearly or 
quite as long as broad, and a little 
longer than the limbs of the pera 
palpi aU N GinKoMleere 96 Soe . tnsuetis Camb. 
B. Hairs clavate. 

I. Bulb very much swollen, but slightly 
longer than broad, and about equal in 
length to the limbs of the forceps .. cimicoides Fabr. 

i ES EEE eee 
* C. hermanit Leach. (Cambridge’s ‘ British False Scorpions,’ p. 219) is 
the young of this species. 


cancroides Linn.* 


GN: aturalist, 


Families, Genera and Species of British Spiders, etc. 447 


II. Bulb less swollen, but distinctly longer 
than broad, and at least a little shorter 
than the movable limb of forceps. 

1. Hairs strongly and uniformly clavate 

(some simple on legs and palpi) ; 

| caput and thorax equal in width 
from back to front. 

(a) A strong impression in the middle 
at the posterior margin of the 
CochoSe | Sol Bol Shenoy acy oe 

(b) No impression at the posterior 
margin of the caput. 

* Cephalothorax with strong granu- 


phalevatus Sim. 


lations: sizesmaller .. .. scovpioides Herm.* 
** Granulations less strong: size 
larger Ne Ge cen Cook, mee aMses tice le. IOC Wag 


2. Hairs less strong, many simple ; 
caput wider from back to front than 
the thorax SF coer ae ages Camb, 


(6) Gen. Chividium. 
Small; body regularly oval, wide behind 
and pointed in front ca be ae ee thuseorum Leach, 


> —_—__ 


PROCEEDINGS OF PROVINCIAL SOCIETIES. 


The Hull Literary Club Magazine (Vol. IV., pt. 1), is a record of the 
club’s work during the past session. Under the somewhat unexpected 
title of ‘ An Early Flitting ’ Mr. J. Scarisbrick gives a study of local race 
origins. Mr. Alfred Jordan has an interesting paper on the ‘ Significance 
of Thomas Henry Huxley,’ and there is the President's address on ‘ Some 


Famous English Allegories.’ 


The Transactions of the Leicester Literary and Philosophical Society 
(Vol. XIV., pts. 1 and 2), contain a number of papers, literary and scientific. 


Those likely to interest our readers are >— Crystallization of Igneous 
Rocks’ by Mr. J. McKenzie Newton ; ‘Mountain Structure,’ by Prof. 
W. S. Boulton: ‘ The Conditions under which the Triassic Deposits of 


England were formed, with special reference to the Keuper Marls,’ by 
Mr. F. Creswell. 


The Transactions of the Norfolk and Norwich Naturalists’ Society (Vol. 
IX., part 1), contain several papers of particular interest to East Anglian 
naturalists. Amongst them are several valuable botanical notes by Messrs. 
W. G. Clarke, Arthur Bennett, and W. H. Burrell. Mr. A. H. Patterson 
gives notes on a Decayed Trawl Fishery, and Natural History Notes from 
Yarmouth ; Mr. J. H. Gurney contributes a paper on the Great Migration 
of the Crossbills, Mr. T. J. Wigg writes on the Herring Fishery of 1909 ; 
Mr. F. W. Harmer describes the local Glacial Deposits ; Mr. A. W. Preston 
gives meteorological notes, and Mr. Frank Leney gives particulars of the 
recent additions to the Norwich Museum. Few societies can shew such an 
excellent record of local work as can the Norwich Society. 


LL 


* C. minutus Elling is the 3 of this species. 
+ C. vufeolus Sim. by priority. 


gio Dec. 1. 


448 
CERASTIUM CERASTOIDES BRITT. IN CUMBERLAND. 


ARTHUR BENNETT. 


Tus species the Cerastium trigynum Vill. of many floras, 
and the C. lapponicum Crantz of the gth ed. of Babington’s 
Manual, is reported from the above county in the * Bulletin 
of the Geological Institution of Upsala,’ Vol. X., No. 19-20, 
1910, in a paper by Gunnar Samuelsson on ‘* Scottish Peat 
Mosses : a contribution to the knowledge of the late quarternary 
vegetation and climate of North Western Europe,’ p. 232, 
footnote —‘ An interesting find was made by me on Cross 
Fell in Cumberland at an altitude of about 450 m. I found 
Cerastium trigynum, which seems not to have before been met 
with in England (see J. D. Hooker, the Students’ Flora of the 
British Islands).’ 

This low elevation will come as a great surprise to British 
botanists. Cross Fell is recorded as 2892 feet in altitude, and 
had the find occurred near the summit, it would have been less 
surprising. 

Watson’s lowest record* is 2700 feet on Ben Nevis, near 
snow. Dr. Williams} gives no lower limit for this species in 
his ‘ The High Alpine Flora of Britain.’ In Arctic Norway { 
its lowest altitude is 143 m., (its highest, 1558 m.) near Tromso. 

In another part of Norway it occurs at 150 feet * Sul- 
pellebraen’ (Blytt in Norges Fl.), this is the lowest altitude 
I can find below the Arctic Circle. 

Its Linnean name was Stellaria cerastoides Sp. Fl. (1753), 
peAAzZ. 


The Redshank in Airedale —The Redshank is not a 
common breeding species in Airedale, so it may, perhaps, be 
as well to record that another breeding station for this species 
was pointed out to me this year; and what, perhaps, was the 
most remarkable feature, the breeding place was at no great 
distance from two important industrial centres, where it 
has bred for the last two or three years. When there in 
June last it was evident that they had just brought off their 
young.—E. P. BUTTERFIELD. 


ACnioy lerminess NG, AVS, 18s ARB) Ueigioe 
t Ann. Scot. Nat. Hist. (1909), p. 166. 
t Norman. Norges Arh. Fl. (1895), p. 158. 


Naturalist, 


449 
FIELD NOTES. 
MAMMALS. 

Lesser Shrew at Hebden Bridge.—Previous to Sep 
tember 18th, the only evidence of the occurrence of the Lesser 
Shrew at Hebden Bridge was the finding of a jaw bone in the 
castings of a Kestrel. On the above date a specimen which 
Mr. T. A. Coward describes as adult, was put into my hands 
by Mr. Wm. Nowell, found dead by him in a garden situated 
at an altitude of about one thousand feet above the sea level. — 
WALTER GREAVES. 

BIRDS. 

Gannets in Yorkshire.—On October 2oth, a fine speci- 
men of a Gannet (Sula bassana) was picked up near Wetherby. 
It was a bird of the year, in fine immature plumage, and had 
evidently been slightly injured by a gun shot. Unfortunately, 
I did not hear of the bird until a few days after its capture, 


and ten days 
1 was able to 
Seeut.ssln whe 
captor had 
ered with a 
leg, by theside 
had) Hed: i 
able food,such 
ere, Directly 
I took it home 
good feed of 
tographed it, 
late to save its 


R. Fortune, F.Z.S.] 


[ Photo. 


elapsed before 
go over and 
meantime its 
kept jit) teen 
string to its 
of a ditch, and 
upon unsuit- 
as bread, oats, 
IT saw the bird 
and gave it a 
fish, and pho- 
but it was too 
life, the bird 


next morning being found 
in a state of collapse, hav- 
ing vomited up the fish I had given it, together with a quantity 
of oats, etc., and a quantity of evilsmelling bile. Of the latter 
there would be over a gill. Acute gastric catarrh had evidently 
made it impossible for the stomach to retain the food. 
The man who found the bird states he saw another one 
flying over at the same time. Mr. F. Boyes in ‘The 
Field’ for November 5th, records a further specimen, picked 
up at Tickton, near Beverley, about the same date. The 
stormy weather prevailing at this date had no doubt driven 
them inland. Mr. Sheppard informs me that he saw a speci- 
men, an old bird, washed up on the beach at Bridlington on 
October 30th.—R. FORTUNE. 


igto Dec. 1 


Young Gannet. 


450 Lteld Notes. 


HYMENOPTERA. 

Hymenoptera at Doncaster during 1910.—The cold 
sunless season made insects of this order particularly scarce. 
Only a few of the commonest Andrene were seen during the 
Spring, and nothing but Bomb: during mid-summer. In 
August and September there were some sunny days on which 
a few species were abundant. Of these Mimesa bicolor was 
in quantities on flowers of Yorilis anthriscus, and along with 
them were many Crabro cribrarius. On. the same species of 
flower I also took the only aculeate new to the county list, 
with which I have met this year. This was Oxybelus uniglamis. 
Of the Siricidae I have had several fine specimens of Szvex 
noctilio, but not one S. gigas brought to me.—H. H. CoRBETT, 
Doncaster, 4th November, Igro. 

S35 Oi 5 
COLEOPTERA. 

Amara curta Dej. in Yorkshire.—In April of the present 
year I had the good fortune to meet with a specimen of Amara 
curta Dej., under a stone on the coast at Eston, in Cleveland. 
This insect must be very rare in the north of England, as the 
species does not appear in the local catalogues for this part of 
thevcountry.,  Powlerssays-of 1t (Brit sGol-, Wol.. Lisp 77a) 
‘common on the sand-hills at Deal, also taken at Brighton. 
In the spring of 1877, I took a single specimen in my garden 
at Repton, near Burton-on-Trent ; I know of no other English 
locality.’ A. curta is, therefore, a very interesting addition 
to the list of Yorkshire beetles—M. Lawson THompson, 
Middlesbrough, October 13th, rgro. 

—:0 :— 
GEOLOGY. 

Large Scandinavian Erratic in East Yorkshire.—At 
a height of about 70 feet above the high water mark, on the 
north Humber shore at Hessle, has recently been found what 
is perhaps the largest Scandinavian erratic, of its kind, found 
in England. It occurred on a bed of marl, under five feet of 
boulder clay, on the top of Marshall’s chalk quarry. It is of 
augite-syenite (Laurvikite), which occurs in situ near Christiania, 
and measures over 3 ft. by, 2 ft. by 14 ft. Mr. Marshall has 
presented it to our museum, where it takes a place by the side 
of the large glaciated boulder from Burstwick, already figured 
in these pages. We now want a good-sized erratic of Shap 
Granite.—T. SHEPPARD, Hull. 


Naturalist, 


| 451 
REVIEWS AND BOOK NOTICES. 
SOME NEW BOOKS—GEOLOGY. 


Several useful geological books have recently been published, some of 
particular interest to northern readers. 

Geology in the Field, edited by H. W. Monckton and R. S. Herries has 
been issued by the Geologists’ Association in commemoration of its recent 
jubilee. It is issued in four parts at 5/- net each, and these contain 
goo pages in all, with several plates and illustrations. In 1891 this society 
issued its ‘ Record of Excursions,’ under the editorship of T. V. Holmes 
and C. D. Sherborn, which is still a useful book of reference. The present 
work, like the preceding, is divided into districts, and specialists have 
written the accounts of the geology of each. In some cases the best 
authority possible has been secured ; in others, the editors have not been 
quite so successful. he whole of England and Wales is not covered by 
the volume ; and some of the contributions do not refer to a particular 
area as a whole, but deal with certain aspects of it. For example, Mr. 
H. H. Arnold-Bemrose describes the lower Carboniferous Rocks of Derby- 
shire ; but otherwise that county is neglected; Mr. F. W. Harmer des- 
cribes the Pliocene and Pleistocene deposits of Eastern England, whilst 
there is nothing on the more solid rocks of Norfolk, Suffolk, etc. East 
Yorkshire is dealt with by Mr. R. S. Herries; there is no reference to the 
rest of the county. There also seems to be no uniformity as to the length 
of the chapters : the description of East Yorkshire takes up as much space 
as almost half of that devoted to Wales. The same lack of uniformity 
applies to the quality of the contributions. Some are excellently written ; 
others are decidedly weak. Tie illustrations, too, are sometimes very 
good ; at others, bad; in fact we should not be surprised if some of the 
blocks were not applied for to be placed in the antiquarian section of a 
certain museum. The sections of the Yorkshire coast (plate XVIITI.), 
attributed to Blake and Herries, look remarkably like tracings from 
Phillips’ sections in his well-known Geology of Yorkshire; though it is 
odd to read that ‘ the apparent dislocation of the strata at Runswick Bay 
is due to an error in drawing.’ As the ‘ drawing’ is not a creditable one, 
we think the editors would have been wise in omitting it. However, a 
volume that contains contributions by Lapworth, Marr, H. B. Woodward, 
Watts, and a host of others, is one that will commend itself to all field 
geologists, for whom very largely it has been prepared. The Society is 
certainly to be congratulated upon the way it has celebrated its jubilee. 


Fossil Plants. A Text-book for Students of Botany and Geology, by 
A. C. Seward, M.A., F.R.S. Vol. II., 1910. Cambridge. xxii.+624 pp., 
15/- net. 

So long ago as 1898 Prof. Seward published the first volume of this work* 
It contained nine chapters, viz.: Historical Sketch; Relation of Paleo- 
botany to Botany and Geology ; Geological History; The Preservation 
of Fossil Plants; Difficulties and Sources of Error in the Determination 
of Fossil Plants; Nomenclature ; forming the first section of the volume ; 
and then chapters on the Thallophyta; Bryophyta; Pteridophyta ; 
Equisetales ; and Sphenophyllales. 

The volume was written with Prof. Seward’s characteristic care and 
regard for accuracy of detail. Also, as is almost essential in a work of this 
kind, it was profusely illustrated, many of the figures being specially drawn 
by Mrs. Seward. As a frontispiece is an excellent view of the well-known 
Conboniferous forest at Victoria Park, Glasgow, right on the top of which 
were living trees. This work at once took its place amongst students of 
Paleobotany, who have waited patiently for its successor. 


sl 
* 452 pp., 10/-. 


‘gto Dec. 1. 


452 Reviews and Book Notices. 


During the year of his presidency of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, 
Prof. Seward has produced the long-expected volume II. And it has been 
worth waiting for. Whilst pressure of work has been largely responsible 
for the delay in the appearance of the second volume, this has to some ex- 
tent been advantageous. Had the volume been published a decade ago, 
much of its contents would have been out of date. This would have been 
especially so with regard to the ferns and the extinct members of the 
gymnosperms; recent contributions to paleobotany having materially 
altered our outlook in these directions. Fortunately this does not obtain 
with regard to volume I., most of which is as ‘ up-to-date’ to-day as it was 
then. Though beginning with page 1, in the second volume, its first 
chapter is chapter XII., thus following on from the first volume. Chapter 
XII. concludes with Sphenophyllales ;* and the following chapters deal with 
the Psilotales; Lycopodiales; Arborescent Lycopodiales; Sigillaria ; 
Stigmaria ; Bothrodendreae ; Seed-bearing Plants closely allied to members 
of the Lycopodiales; Filicales; Fossil Ferns; Marattiales (fossil) ; 
Psaronieae ; Ophioglossales (fossil) ; Coenopterideae ; Hydropterideae 
and Sagenopteris; and Genera of Pteridosperms, Ferns, and plantae 
incertae sedis. In perusing this work it is apparent that it has been thorough- 
ly revised almost on the eve of publication, and throughout there are indi- 
cations of the author’s acquaintance with the most recent papers on the 
various sections with which he deals. For the benefit of the student, 
also, full references are given to the authorities for the statements made, 
and to the papers where more detailed information may be obtained. 
References occur on almost every page, and on many there are quite a 
number. In this way a worker in any particular branch can easily ascer- 
tain what has already been done. In fact it can safely be stated that 
Seward’s ‘ Fossil Plants’ is as necessary to the paleobotanist as Geikie’s 
well-known Text Book is to the geologist. 

Some idea of the usefulness of this volume can be gathered from the 
fact that it contains over 250 carefully prepared illustrations, either from 
photographs or drawings, shewing plant structure, etc. Mrs. Seward 
has again rendered excellent service with regard to the illustrations. We 
are glad to learn that a third volume is to appear, which will be devoted 
to the seed-bearing plants, etc., and it is pleasing to notice also that it is 
the author’s intention to complete Volume III., with as little delay as 
possible. 


A Treatise on Ore and Stone Mining, by Sir Clement le Neve Foster, 
revised by Prof. S. H. Cox. Seventh Edition, London: Charles Griffin & 
Co. 800 pp., price 28/- net. 

The fact that a seventh edition of this enormous work has been called 
for within so short a period of the appearance of the sixth edition, speaks 
for itself. There have been so many poor books published recently, 
professing to be guides to mining, etc., that it is a pleasure to see one 
that is obviously prepared by a master hand. In addition to the contri- 
butions by the late Sir Clement Le Neve Foster, the Treatise contains the 
results of the work of many recognised mining experts, including the 
late Bennett H. Brough. The publishers have also been fortunate in 
securing the services of Prof. Cox, of the Royal School of Mines, who has 
revised the present edition. The names mentioned, alone, are every 
guarantee that the Treatise is of the first rank. An idea of the extent 
and scope of the work can be gathered from the headings of the chapters, 
which are, Occurrence of Minerals; Discovery; Boring; Breaking Ground ; 
Supporting Excavations ; Exploitation ; Haulage; Hoisting; Drainage ; 
Ventilation; Lighting; Access; Dressing; Legislation; Condition of 
the Miner; Accidents, and Principles of Employment of Mining Labour. 
Each of these chapters is sub-divided ; sometimes with as many as forty 


* Spelt Spenophyllales in the Table of Contents. 
Naturalist, 


Reviews and Book Notices. 453 


sections. An unusually valuable feature is the very fine bibhography 
appearing at the end of each chapter, by the aid of which anyone can refer 
to plenty of literature on a subject in which he may be particularly in- 
terested. The index is also very full, and obviously carefully made. 
Wherever possible, a description has been illustrated by the aid of a 
diagram, sketch, or photograph ; there being over 700 illustrations in the 
volume. No one interested in mining (and the number has enormously 
increased just recently!), can afford to be without this Treatise. 


The Witham and The Ancaster Gap, a study of river action, by F. M. 
Burton, F.G.S. London: A. Brown and Sons. 32 pp. 

In this little pamphlet Mr. Burton continues his physiographical 
studies in the county of Lincoln, and well explains the various changes 
which have occurred in the course of the Witham from time to time. 
These changes are summarised in a ‘Syllabus’ given in the pamphlet, 
and some of them are illustrated by a tracing from an old map, which 
forms the frontispiece. Unfortunately there is nothing in the pamphlet 
to indicate the year in which it was published. For the benefit of Biblio- 
graphers, etc., we may state that our copy was received on August 27th, 
IgIo. 


Oe 


RECENT GEOLOGICAL PAPERS, Ete. 


We have recently received a number of interesting geological papers 
and pamphlets which should be brought before the notice of our readers. 
Mr. A. R. Horwood sends a report on the ‘ Investigation of the Fossil 
Flora and Fauna of the Midland Coalfields,’ in which he urges the members 
of the Warwickshire Association of Mining Students to forward specimens 
to him for identification. Mr. S. H. Smith has an interesting paper in 
the Northumberland Society’s Transactions, dealing with the ‘ Faunal 
Succession of the Upper Bernician.’ In this the author gives lengthy 
lists of fossils from the Lower Carboniferous Series of Northumberland, 
and also a list 01 localities at which exposures occur, with details. There 
are some plates of the typical fossils. The same author reprints from the 
Proceedings of the Durham Philosophical Society a note on ‘ The Grains- 
gill Greisen,’ in which he records the presence of Wolfram. 


Mr. W. Morley Egglestone has published an admirable memoir on 
“The Geology of the Little Whin Sill, Weardale, co. Durham.’ In this 
he gives petrological details of the rock and of its associated minerals, 
pectolite, iron pryites, zinc-blende, galena, quartz and calcite. It is 
interesting to notice that the whinstone is used in Weardale for bushes 
and bearings for the axles of waterwheels at corn mills. An interesting 
discussion on the paper, together with the author’s reply, also appears in 
Vol. XXIX. of ‘The Transactions of the Institute of Mining Engineers.’ 
‘Mr. J. W. Jackson has published a ‘ Preliminary Report on the Exploration 
of ‘‘ Dog Holes’’ Cave, Warton Crag, near Carnforth, Lancs.’, im ~ Lhe 
Transactions of the Lancashire and Cheshire Antiquarian Society,’ Vol. 
XXVII. Details are given of the various animal remains found, which 
have already been referred to in these columns. There are illustrations 
of bone and earthenware relics and of other objects found in the cave. 
Mr. T. S. Ellis, 9, Denmark Road, Gloucester, sends an article on the 
“ Winding Course of the River Wye’ (10 pp., 1/-), in which he describes 
the later history of the river, and its relation to its neighbours, the Severn 
and the Usk, the Towy and Ystwith. The same writer also favours us 
with a copy of his paper on ‘ The Lower Severn Valley, River and Estuary, 
from the Warwickshire Avon to the Bristol Avon’ (‘ Proceedings of the 
Cotteswold Naturalists’ Field Club,’ Vol. XVI, pp. 241-263). The pamphlet 
is illustrated by a number of plates and diagrams illustrating the changes 
in the course of the river. 


1gto Dec. 1. 


454 
PROCEEDINGS OF PROVINCIAL SCIENTIFIC SOCIETIES. 


In the Proceedings of the Geologists’ Association (Vol. XXI., part 10), 
Mr. M. A. C. Hinton has ‘ A Preliminary Account of the British Fossil 
Voles and Lemmings,’ with some remarks on the Pleistocene Climate and 
Geography. In this he describes Mimomys, Evotomys, Avrvicola, Pitymys, 
Microtus, Lemmus, and Dicrostonyx. Of these, one is extinct; and three 
are extinct in Britain, though living elsewhere. 


The Annual Report of the Yorkshire Philosophical Society is satisfactory, 
the balance of income over expenditure being nearly £400. This is partly 
due to the profit the Society made in connection with the York Historic 
Pageant, which was held in its grounds. In addition to the Council’s 
Report, the list of additions to the Museum, and the Meteorological Report, 
there are two valuable papers dealing with that important period of the 
history of York, the Roman occupation. The first is an illustrated paper 
on ‘The Roman Pottery in the York Museum,’ by Mr. Thomas May, of 
Warrington. This is a continuation of the work published by Mr. May in 
the previous report. Mr. George Benson writes on ‘ Excavations on the 
site of the North-West Gateway of Eboracum.’ The present writer has 
recently had an opportunity of examining the Roman work exposed in Mr. 
Milburn’s yard, and can speak as to its “interest and importance, and also: 
as to the excellence of Mr. Benson’s plan and description. York is 
fortunate in having an antiquary such as Mr. Benson, who takes detailed 
particulars of important excavations. 

Transactions of the Leeds Geological Association, Part XV, 1908-10 
(52 pp., 2/-). These contain a record of the Leeds Society’s work during 
the past two years. Besides the Secretary’s report, report of the field 
excursions, etc., there are abstracts of most of the papers read, some being 
of distinct local interest. The editor and secretary, Mr. E. Hawkesworth, 
writes on some boulder-like masses in Fireclay ; and Recent Deposits in 
Airedale ; Mr. F. W. Branson writes on ‘ Radio-active Elements and Geo- 
logy;’ Dr. H. Lapworth on the Application of Geology to Public Works 
Construction ; Prof. Kendall on Physical and Biological Changes at the 
close of the Cretaceous period ; Mr. T. Sheppard on the ‘ Glacial History 
of Holderness’; ‘ The Origin of Lakes,’ by Mr. C. T. Whitmell; ‘ Cannel 
and its Affinities,’ by Mr. S. Nettleton ; ‘ Fossil Plants,’ by Mr. W. Heming- 
way ; ‘ The Origin of the Trias,’ by Prof. Kendall; ‘ Reef Knolls,’ by Mr. 
E. Parsons; and a ‘ Section in the Ganister,’ by Mr. A. Gilligan. The 
printers seem to have a good supply of broken type (see particularly page 
41), and we don’t like the inverted commas to some of the headings. 


The Proceedings of the Cleveland Naturalists’ Field Club, 1908-9 (Vol. II, 
part 4, pp. 202-266, 2/-), form an unusually interesting report of the work 
accomplished by that Society. Among the papers we notice ‘Notes on the 
Glacial Geology of the country between Loftus and Kettleness,’ by Mr. F. 
Elgee ; the Rev. G. J. Lane gives notes on the ‘ Jurasic Flora of Cleveland,’ 
a subject also referred to by Mr. J. J. Burton in his report of the Geological 
Section. Mr. M. L. Thompson has a valuable report on Cleveland Coleoptera, 
and Mr. T. A. Lofthouse writes on the Lepidoptera of the same area. Mr. 
J. W. H. Harrison gives a list of the local Spiders; and Mr. T. W. 
Saunders contributes a list of local Marine Mollusca; Mr. Saunders. 
having been greatly assisted in his work by the Rev. F. H. Woods. There 
is a short note on some fragments of Roman pottery, found in the church- 
yard at Whorlton, by the Rey. J. C. Fowler, though we are not convinced 
that he has made out his case that ‘ This find proves occupation.’ Judging 
from the variety of subjects dealt with there would appear to be something 
in the statement made by the editor that ‘ there is surely plenty to employ 
the keenest observer between a live beetle and an extinct mammoth, and 
between ‘ the Cedar of Lebanon and the hyssop that groweth on the wall.” 
There are several interesting plates in the volume. 


Naturalist, 


455 
MUSEUM NEWS. 


The Report for 1909 of the Museum of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts 
and Sciences, contains some interesting information in reference to the 
method there adopted of keeping dry plants, and there is also an excellent 
portrait of Robert Fulton. 

The report of the Curator of the Stockport Museum is included in the 
report of the Borough Librarian and Superintendent of the Parks. The 
principal addition has been a collection of 20 cases of British Mammals. 
The birds have also received attention, and the rock specimens have been 
overhauled. 

The Fifth Annual Report of the Manx Museum has been issued undeT 
the guidance of Mr. P. M. C. Kermode, who is thoroughly familiar with the 
Archeological treasures of the island, and has done so much to preserve 
them. The report contains illustrations of querns, etc., and there are two 
excellent plates of coins found on the island. 

Introduction to the Study of Minerals and Guide to the Mineral Col- 
lections in the Kelvingrove Museum, by Peter Macnair, Glasgow, 1910 (70 
pp. price 3d.). This valuable work is not only a guide to the exceptionally 
fine collection of minerals at Glasgow, but may also be regarded as an 
introduction to the study of minerals generally. There is an excellent 
introductory chapter, and a large number of illustrations snowing the 
systems of crystallization, forms of crystals, etc. As a frontispiece are 
illustrations of the curious crystals of pseudogaylussite which occur in the 
Clyde muds; though oddly enough this name does not appear in the 
index to the pamphlet. 

Catalogue of Antiquities in the Norwich Castle Museum (152 pp., price 
not stated). We should like to congratulate Mr. F. Leney upon the 
publication of the catalogue of the 1,320 Archeological specimens 
which are under his charge in the well-known museum at Norwich. Mr. 
Leney has very carefully classified and described the whole of the specimens 
in order of date, beginning with the Pre-historic period and ending with 
‘By-gones’ of comparatively recent times. The museum is particularly 
well represented in British and Roman remains. Many curators will envy 
the fine series of specimens relating to Mediaeval and later periods, pre- 
served at Norwich. The catalogue is illustrated, and is greatly increased 
in value by the elaborate general index, and index of localities, which are 
given. 

From the Manchester Museum we have received publication 68 dealing 
with The Tomb of Two Brothers, by Margaret Alice Murray (80 pp., 21 
plates, price 5/-). This contains a thoroughly detailed description of a 
tomb of the XIIth dynasty, discovered at Ryfeh, in 1907, which was 
offered to the Manchester Museum for £500. Nearly £600 was prcmptly 
subscribed by friends of the museum, the balance being expended in the 
publication of the report. The tomb contained two complete Sarcophagi, 
with coffins and mummies; two perfect boats with sailors [models], a 
Canopic Chest, and five statuettes ; all of the finest work. One of the 
bodies was of Nekht Ankh, and the other of Khnumu Neknht ; the former 
being eunucoid, and exhibited many anatomical pecularities. The mum- 
mies were unwrapped and scientifically examined at the Manchester Uni- 
versity. There are reports on the anatomy of the mummies by Dr. Jonn 
Cameron: the chemistry of the remains by Dr. Paul Haas, Professor H. B. 
Dixon, and Mr. E. Linder; the textile fabrics by Mr. T. W. Fox, and the 
colouring matter of the fabrics by Professor Julius Hiibner. The illustra- 
tions are all that could be desired ; the coloured plate of the mummy cases 
forming the frontispiece being particularly fine. The only fault we can 
possibly find with the book is its shape (size 93 X 7} ims.), which is different 
from any other already issued by the Manchester Museum, and makes it 
awkward for the publications of this institute to be kept together on one 
shelf. : 


Igto Dec. 1. 


*” NEWS FROM THE MAGAZINES. 


The Journal of the Manchester Geographical Society, Vol. XXV., parts 
3-4, 1909 (1910), contains Mr. J. Howard Reed’s Address, given at the 
inaugural meeting of the Kingston upon Hull Geographical Society, on 
December 3rd, 1909. 

In 1864 Luperina gueneet was recorded at Rhyl, and seems to have 
been overlooked, or at any rate not recorded, until quite recently, when 
large numbers have been taken on the Lancashire coast.— Entomologist’ s 
Monthly Magazine for November. 

The latest achievement in connection with the use of the X-Rays is the 
investigation of the internal structure of fossils, and Dr. Alfred Gradenwitz 
shows in Knowledge for November what can be made out in the inside of a 
petrified sea urchin, claiming that even the digestive tube can be seen 
quite clearly. 

In the Museums Journal for October, Dr. Tempest Anderson has a 
paper on ‘ The Decay of Stone Antiquities,’ in which he states he ‘ hewed 
Prof. Boyd Donkins !’ We hope this is only a misprint. The paper is 
illustrated by a photograph of the attendant at the York Museum, in a 
doorway ! In the same journal Mr. E. L. Gill, of the Newcastle Museum, 
has a paper on ‘ A Simple Method of Exhibiting Corals.’ 

The Annals of Scottish Natural History (No. 75) contains an elaborate 
paper on ‘ The Insect Fauna of Grouse Moors,’ by Mr. Grimshaw, who spent 
some time during June and July on various grouse moors, principally for 
the purpose of investigating the nature of the food of grouse chicks. Four 
localities were investigated, three in Scotland, the fourth being Burley-in- 
Wharfedale, Yorks. Lists of the species obtained are given. 

There seems to be a difficulty in finding new names for minerals, and 
we can only hope that some of those recently described are exceed- 
ingly rare. In The Mineralogical Magazine just to hand, Mr. L. J. Spencer 
givesa fifth list of new mineralnames. This includes Amatrice, Benitoite, 
Bityite, Bravoite [an American !}, Pulleite, Tawmawite, Vorobyevite, 
Pseudodeweylite, Paramontmorillonite, Oxykertschenite, Ferripurpurite, 
Calciopalygorskite, etc. 

In The Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine (No. 555), Mr. J. Ray Hardy 
describes a Dipteron new to the British fauna. The specimens have been 
identified as Fannia (Homalomyia) insignis, and were obtained from a large 
and old nest of Vespa vulgaris, found on a farm at Northern Etchells, in 
Cheshire. In the same journal Commander J. J. Walker describes the 
Lepidoptera in the Dale Collection, now in the Oxford University. This 
includes the type specimen of Acentropus niveus Oliv., which is said to have 
been described in The Naturalist for 1837, p. 14, though we cannot trace it. 

The Bradford Scientific Journal commences its third volume with an 
account of Shipley Glen, by Mr. W. P. Winter ; Mr. E. E. Gregory describes 
an unrecorded Roman road and camp at Swinden, near Hellifield, though 
the evidence does not seem to be the most conclusive ; there is a note by 
the late W. Cudworth on ‘ Rombalds Moor Antiquities’; Mr. H. B. 
Booth has an ornithological item; Mr. J. H. Ashworth describes the 
“Local Flies in 1909,’ and Mr. B. Spencer writes on Plant Lore. In the 
last note we observe that an old Anglo-Saxon herbal gives this prescrip- 
tion against a ‘ talkative woman: ’—‘ Against a woman’s chatter taste at 
night fasting, a root of radish; that day the chatter cannot harm thee.’ 
In Vol. IIl., part 2, there is a further contribution from Mr. Winter on 
Shipley Glen ; Mr. S. R. Illingworth has a suggestive paper on ‘ The Shale 
Heap, why should it be a waste heap ?’ Mr. A. Haigh-Lumby writes on 
The Migration of Birds ; there is a lecture on Bolton Abbey, by Mr. H. E. 
Wroot; and Mr. J. Beanland writes on the Vegetation of Chellow Dean. 
We learn from the ‘Annual Report’ that unless the Subscription List to 
the Journal is not materially increased during the next half year, it will 
not be continued. 


Naturalist, 


457 
NORTHERN NEWS. 


We regret to notice the announcement of the death of the Rev. W. O. 
Massingberd, the well-known Lincolnshire Archeologist. 


Mr. James Reeve, who has recently retired from the Norwich Museum, 
has presented a very fine Great Auk’s egg to that Institution. He bought 
it a few months ago for £250. 

We learn from the daily press that a species of sword fish has been 
taken from the River Nene near Sutton Bridge, Lincolnshire, by a local 
fisherman. The length of the fish was eight feet, the sword being about 
three feet long. 


he Rev. A. Hunt kindly sends us a list of his lectures on ‘ Lincolnshire 
Past and Present.’ We notice one refers to ‘ Paleolithic {sic} Messeolithic 
{sic} Neolithic and Bronze Age’ periods. Presumably the Messeolithic 
will refer to the little Lincolnshire pigmies. 


Dr. W. G. Smith has an interesting paper on tie ‘ Improvement of 
Cereals—Patrick Shirreff’s work (Trans. of the Highland and Agricultural 
Society, Scotland.)’ In this the author outlines the work of Patrick 
Shirretf as an improver of cereals, and shows its influence on the choice of 
crops grown on the farms. 


We are glad to see that a former editor of this journal, Mr. W. Eagle 
Clarke, has in preparation a new and revised edition of Yarrell, Newton 
and Saunders’ History of ‘ British Birds.’ The same autior also has in 
the press ‘ Studies in Bird-Migration,’ a subject upon wihich, of course, 
he is particularly able to write. 

Mr. James M. Brown favours us with a copy of his paper on ‘ Fresh 
water Khizopods from the English Lake District,’ reprinted from the 
Linnean Society’s Journal. This is illustrated by a plate showing Ameba 
vespertilio Penard ; Difflugia rvubescens Penard ; Difflugia ovtformis Cash ; 
Nebela militaris var. tubulata var. nov. ; Englypha compressa Carter ; Cory- 
thion dubium Taranek ; and Paulinella chromatophora Lauterborne. 


The Rev. Hilderic Friend, of 110 Wilmot Road, Lincolnshire, informs 
us that he is preparing a monograph of British earth and water worms, 
for the Ray Society, and it is very desirable that accurate information 
should be supplied therein respecting the species of worms, wiici are harm- 
ful, found in plant-pots. As our knowledge of this subject is very imper- 
fect, he would be greatly obliged if gardeners and otiers would send jim 
specimens of living worms for identincation. 


Mr. C. S. Middlemiss (formerly of Hull), has written a memoir of 400 pp., 
dealing with the Kangra earthquake of April 4th, 1905, which has been 
issued as Vol. XX XVIII. of the ‘Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India.’ 
The writer illustrates the report with a number of plates from photo- 
graphs, all of which clearly indicate the extraordinary efiects of this great 
Indian earthquake. It will be remembered that some little time ago Mr. 
Middlemiss was at wo1k on the geology of East Yorkshire, and described 
the cuttings in the railway sections at South Cave. 


Mr. C. Crossland favours us with further evidence of his energy in the 
form of three papers recently published. The first ‘ An Eight2zenth Cen- 
tury Naturalist, James Bolton, Halifax,’ (32 pp. 6d.), is an admirable 
account of the life and work of one of the first of the many prominent 
naturalists who have lived in Halifax. We are sorry that it 1s not accom- 
panied by a portrait of Bolton; which, we presume, it was not possible to 
obtain. From the Bradford Scientific Journal is reprinted an article on 
“ Fungi’ which has a very useful bibliography. From the British Mycolo- 
gical Society is the reprint of a paper on ‘ Omitted Asci Measurements of 
some British Discomycetes.’ 


1g10 Dec. 1. 


459 


CLASS FEED NDE. 


COMPILED BY W. E. L. WATTAM. 


It is not an index in the strictest sense of that term, but it is a 


classified summary of the contents of the volume, arranged so as to 


be of assistance to active scientific investigators, the actual titles 


of papers not always being regarded so much as the essential nature 


of their contents. 


CONTRIBUTORS. 


Armstrong, A. L., P.A.S.1., F.S.A.(SCOT.), 


123, 243-244, 340, 346 : 
Auden, G. A., M.A., M.D., F.S.A., 363-366 


Barraclough, W., 28 

Bayford, E. G., F.E.S., 342-343, 394 

Beanland, J., 245, 337-338 

Bennett, Arthur, F.L.Ss., 448 

Booth, F., 336-337 

Booth, HH. By MB-O.0., 133-134, 203; 
333-334 

Brown, James M., B.SC., 91-93 

Burnet, Arthur, 279-281 

BS UGkOn | aleseesGsS-n 205-2770 

Butterfield, E. P., 213, 448 


<arter, C. S., 345, 346-347 

arter, J. W., F-E.S., 334, 426-427 

‘Cheetham, C. A., 357 

Clarke, W. J., F.Z.S., 95, 127-128 

Cocks, Alfred H., 298-299 

ole, Rev. E. Maule, F.G.S., 255-256 

Corbett, H. H., 450 

‘Crick, G. C., F.G.S., 145-146 

aerossland) \Grsi.s.,)27, 91, 147, 93977); 
398 

“Cryer, John, 81-82, 126 

Culpin, H., 375-376 


Dalton, A. C., 377-380, 392-393 

Dean, Alfred, 248 

Drake, Henry Charles, F.G.s., 141-142, 
402 

Druce, G. C., M.A., F.L.S., 128, 227-228 


Elgee, Frank, 17-20, 77-80 


agro Dec. 1. 


Falconer, Wm., 21-22, 83-88, 132, 199 
203, 229-232, 233-242, 253-254, 201- 
264, 323-332, 334-336, 433-435, 439- 


447 

Fordham, W. J., Dr., 23, 402, 402-404 

HOrrest, whiny.) 13 

Fortune, Riley, F.Z.S., 29, 95, 181, 213, 
277, 278, 345, 425-426, 449 

Friend, Rev. Hilderic, 171-176 


George, C. F., M.R.C.S., 90, 118, 182-183, 
427-428 

Gibbs, T., 404-407 

GledhillS |G. Ps. 402 

Greaves, Walter, 449 


Hargreaves, J. A., 25 

Hind, Wheelton, M.D., F.R.C.S., F.G.S., 
SOP SEO 

Hutton, W. H., 203 


Irving, John, M.D., 6 
Ingham, W., B.A., 265-267, 314 


Johns, Cosmo, M.I.MECH.E., F.G.S., 221- 
224, 272-276, 358-360 


Kaye, Alfred, 314 

Keegan, P. Q., LL.D., 177-179, 225-226, 
21-322 

Kendall, P. F., M:Sc., F.G.S:, 181 


Lamplugh, G.. W., F-R:S., F:G.S., 7-11, 
187-198, 384-389 
Lane, Rev. George F., F.G.S., 15-16 


400 


Classified Index. 


CONTRIBUTORS—continued. 


Lees, F. A., M.R.C.S., 129-131, 246-247 
Lloyd, Llewellyn, 24 


Mason, G. W., 394 

Massee, G., F.L.S., V.M.H., 289-292 
McKay, G. T., B.Sc., 169-170 
Morley, B., 429-432 

Moore, A. J., 344 

Musham, J. F., 343-344, 411 


Nowell, Wm., 411 


Parsons, E. A., 214, 344-345 

Parsons, El. B., MDs, H.G:S., 124-125 

Patten, C. J., M.A.,.M.D., SC.D., 300-303 

Peacock, Rev. E. A: W., F.L-S., F.G-S., 
395-397 

Philip, R. H., 148-152 

PornitinGe ie bb-S) PES. 205196, ia 
217, 334, 366 


Ouintin Wie St., Ieee, E-ZaS.,) 125) Og 
116, 162-168, 204-209 

Rankin, W. M., M.Sc., B.SC. 
153-161 

Ritchie, James, 94 

Roebuck, W. Denison, F.L.S., 395 


TNO-122) 


Saunders, TI. W., M.E., 15-16, 264- 
205 
Sewell, J. I., 304-306 


Sheppard, George, 437 


Sheppard, Thomas, F.G.S., F.S.A. (SCOT.) 
etc., 25-27, 89-90, 94-96, 143-144, 
181, 210-212, 245, 260-267, 293-298, 
315, 333-338, 341-345, 367-374, 391- 
398, 399-407, 450 

Shruffrey, Rev. A. W., 277 

Silverlock, O. C., 13-14 

Smith, S. El, 131-032) 277-270.moh ie 
400-401, 437 

Smith, Wm. G., PH.D., 311-314, 361-362 

Stainforth, T., 176, 344-345, 3904 

Stathen iis Wee G.S., 34naaae 

Stephenson, Tnomas, 144 


Thompson, C., B.SC., 257-259 

Thompson, J., 131, 410 

Thompson, M. L., F.E.s., 176, 203, 261, 
401, 450 

Tindal, George E., 32 

Trechmann, C. T., 140-141 

(bwin Isl, Ibu) 23 


Wade, E. W., M.B.0.U., 28, 245, 277, 342 
Wallace, Dr. W., 393 

Walsh, George B., B.SC., 339-340 
Ware, A. Hibbert, 147 

Warttaml, |W. Ee ie. 2A 7 Sener 
Whitaker, Arthur, 419-424 
Wilkinson, J., 179 

Williams, H. G., 314 

Winter, W. P., 261-264, 347-348 
Witty, Harry, 376 

Woodiead, T. W., PH.D., F.L.S., 311-314 
Woods, Rev. F. H., B.D., 408-410 


BOOK NOMCES: 


ASTRONOMY. 
Ball, Sir Robert—The Story of the 
Heavens, 102 


BIRDS. 


Chapman, F.M.—-Camps and Cruises 
of an Ornithologist, 11 

Coward, T. A.—The Vertebrate Fauna 
of Cheshire and Liverpool Bay, 282 

Gowan’s Stereoscopic Series — Birds 
and their Nests, 74 

Groser, Horace G.—The New Book of 
Birds, 99 

Marriner, G. R.—The Kea: A New 
Zealand Problem, 90 

Ogilvie-Grant, W. R.—A List of British 
Birds, 410 

Park»* Eric—A book of the Zoo, 99 


Ticehurst, N. F.—A History of the 
Birds of Kent, 281 
Time of Singing of Birds, 282 


FLOWERING PLANTS. 


Friend, Hilderic—Wild Flowers and 
How to Identify them, 952 

Hayward’s Botanists’ Pocket-Book, 
246-247 

Peacock, E. A. W., F.L.S., F.G.S.—Check 
List of Lincolnshire Plants, 254 

Rankin, M. M.—A First Book of Wild 
Flowers, 220 

Seward, A. €., 
Plants, 451 

Stopes, Marie C., D.sc., ETC.—Ancient 
Plants, 306 

Woodlands of England viewed Eco- 
logically, 318-320 


M.A., F.R.S.—Fossil 


d Classified Index. 


401 


BOOK NOTICES—continued. 


FUNGI. 


Board of Agriculture and Fisheries— 
Edible and Poisonous Fungi, 299 
Cook, Dr. M. C., A.L.s., V.M.H.—Cata- 
logue and Field-Book of British Basi- 
diomycetes up to and inclusive of the 
year, 1908, 252 

Swanton, E. W.— Fungi and how to 
know them, 27 


GEOLOGY. 


Ashton, W.—The Battle of Land and 
Sea, 73 

Buckman, S. S.—Yorkshire Type Am- 
monites, 98, 216 

Burton, F. M., F.c.s.—The Witham 
and the Ancaster Gap, a study of 
River Action, 453 

Cole, G. A. J.—Aids in Practical Geo- 
logy, 135 

Foster, Sir C. le Neve—A treatise on 
Ore and Stone Mining, 452 

Geological Papers, notes thereon, 453 

Lamplugh, G. W., and others—The 
Geology of the Melton Mowbray 
District and South East Nottingham- 
shire, 259 

Monckton, H. W.,and Herries, R. J.— 
Geology in the Field, 457 

Seward, A. C., M.A., F.R.S.—Fossil 
Plants, 451 


LEPIDOPTERA. 


Browne, Horace, B., M a.—A Descrip- 
tive Catalogue of the Dobree Collec- 
tion of European Noctuz, 96 

MammMaAts. 

Bourne, Dr. G. C.—An introduction 
to the study of the comparative 
Anatomy of Animals, 101 

Hagenbach, Carl—Beasts and Men, Io1 

Hutton, A. B.—The story of the Pine 
Marten, Mustela, 100 

Parker, Eric—A Book of the Zoo, 99 

Westell, W. P.—The Animals and their 
story, 99 


MUSEUMS, 


Bootle Museum Free Library Com- 
mittee, Report of, 288 

‘Colchester Museum of Local 
quities, Report of, 288 

Horniman Museum, Report of, 288 


Anti- 


1g1o Dec. 1. 


Hull Museum, Publications of (Nos. 61, 
62, 64-72), 322 

Kelvingrove Museum, Guide to Mineral 
Collections, 455 

Leicester Museum, Report of, 29 

Manchester Museum, Publications of 
(No. 64 and 65 and Annual Report), 
80, (No. 68), 455 

Manx Museum, Annual Report of, 455 

Norwich Castle Museum, Catalogue of 
Antiquities, 455 

Stockport Museum, Report of, 455 

Warrington Museum, Report of, 29 


ORTHOPTERA. 


Burr, Malcolm, p.sc.—Synopsis of the 
Orthoptera of Western Europe, 366 


ScIENTIFIC HISTORY. 


Bradford Scientific Journal, 104, 224, 


456 
Carreras, T.—Nature Walks and Talks, 
99-100 


Crossland, C., F.L.s.—Pleasant walks 
round Halifax, 259 

Ewald, Carl—The Pond and _ other 
stories. 100 

Fallow, T. M.—Memorials 
Yorkshire, 135 

Farmer, Prof.—Book of Nature Study, 
100 

Geographical Society, Quarterly Jour- 
nal of, 292 

Haeckel, Ernst—The Evolution of Man, 
267 

Hastings and East Sussex Naturalist, 
103 

Henderson, G.—The Norse Influence 
on Celtic Scotland, 283 

Jeffries, Richard—The Hills and the 
Vale, 100 

Lefroy, H. M.—Indian Insect Life, 184 

McCabe, Joseph—Prehistoric Man, 267 

Partington, J. W.—The Danes in Lan- 
cashire and Yorkshire, 283 

Pigott, Sir Digby—Tommy’s Adven- 
tures in Natureland, 100 

Quekett Microscopical Club, Journal of, 
278 

Roman Fort at Castleshaw, First Re- 
port on, 267 

Spiers, W.—Nature through the Micro- 
scope, IOI 

Stanton, F. W. S.—Erosion of the 
Coast and its Prevention, 184 

Woodlands of England viewed Eco- 
logically, 318-320 


of Old 


PAM ek 


462 


Classified Index. 


BOOK NOTICES—contin ued. 


SOCIETIES’ REPORTS. 


Barrow Naturalists’ Field Club, Annual 
Report, etc., to 1904, 30 

Birmingham Natural History, 
Society, Annual Report, 407 

Bootham School (York) Natural His- 
tory Club, Short Account of 500th 
Meeting of, 3rd Annual Report of, 
232 

Bristol Naturalists’ Society, Proceed- 
ings of, 184 

British Association, Sheffield, Hand- 
book, 317-318 

Chester Society of Natural Science, etc., 
Annual Report, 390 

Cleveland Naturalists’ 
Proceedings of, 454 . 

Carodoc and Severn Valley Field Club, 
Transactions of 1909, 215 

Derbyshire Archeological 
Journal of, 1910, 216 

Dumfries and Galloway Natural His- 
tory and Antiquarian Society, Tran- 
sactions of, Vol. XX, 103 

East Africa and Uganda Natural His- 
tory Society, Journal of, Vol. I.,278 

East Riding (Yorkshire) Antiquarian 
Society, Transactions of, 1909, 103 

Geologists’ Association, Proceedings 
of, 407, 454 

Hebden Bridge Literary and Scientific 
Society, Transactions of, 1908-9, 216, 
399 

Holmesdale Natural History 
Proceedings of, 1906-7, 424 

.Huddersfield Naturalists’ and Photo- 
graphic Society, Annual Report, 
1909-10, 424 

Hull Geological Society, Transactions 
of, Vol. VI., 299 

Hull Junior Field Naturalists’ Society, 
Proceedings of, Vol. I., Part I., 161 

Hull Literary Club Magazine, 448 

Lancashire and Cheshire. Entomological 
Society, Proceedings of, 215 


etc., 


Field Club, 


Society, 


Club, 


Leeds Astronomical Society, Tran- 
sactions of, 1909, 303 
._Leeds Geological Association, Tran- 


sactions of, 454 
Leicestershire Literary and Philosophi- 

cal Society, Transactions of, 447 
-Lincolnshire Naturalists’ Union Tran- 

sactions, 1909, 390 


Liverpool Biological Society, Tran- 
sactions of, Vol. XXIII, 88 
-Liverpool Botanical Society, Pro- 


ceedings of, 432 


Liverpool Geological Pro- 
ceedings of, 1909, 30 

Liverpool Geological Association, Pro- 
ceedings of 1907-9, 435 

Liverpool Naturalists’ Field Club, Pro- 
ceedings of, 1909, 215 

Manchester Geological and Mining 
Society, Transactions of, 226, 407 

Manchester Field Naturalists’ and 
Archeologists’ Society, Proceedings 
of, 1909, 432 : 

Manchester Literary and Philosophical 
Society, Memoirs of, 390 

Manchester Microscopical 
Transactions of, 1908, 88 

Northants. Natural History Society 
and Field Club, Journal of, 232 

Northumberland, Durham and New- 
castle-upon-Tyne Natural History 
Society, Transactions of, 103 


Society, 


Society, 


Norwich Museum Association, Pro- 
ceedings of, 215 
Norfolk and Norwich Naturalists’ 


Society, Transactions of, 1908-9, 30, 
447 

Nottingham Naturalists’ Society, Tran- 
sactions of, 1908-9, 215 

Paleontographical Society, Report of, 
1909, 73 

Perthshire Society of Natural Science, 
Transactions of, 142 

Spalding Gentlemen’s Society, Annual 
Report, 1909, 424 

Spen Valley Literary and Scientific 
Society, Journal of, Vol. I., No. 2, 
215 

Staffordshire, North, Transactions of, 
1909-10, 303 

Scarborough Philosophical andArcheo- 
logical Society, Report of, 1909, 338 

Torquay Natural History Society, 
Journal of, 303 

Viking Club, Year Book of, 103, Publi 
cations of, 283 

Whitby Literary and Philosophical 
Society, Report of, 338 

Yorkshire Dialect Society, Transactions 
Of, OVO EIS 25 


Yorkshire Geological Society, Tran- 
sactions of 1909, 248 
Yorkshire Numismatic Fellowship 


Society, Report of, 271 
Yorkshire Philosophical Society, An- 
nual Report, 454 


Naturalist, 


Classified Index. 


463 


BOOK NOTICES—continued. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 
Greening, E. O.—One and All Garden- 
ing, 181 
Hazell’s Annual, 12 
Orkney and Shetland Old Lore, 103 


Salmon and Freshwater Fisheries’ Acts, 
Annual Report of Proceedings under, 
278 

Sea Fisheries, Annual Report of Pro- 
ceedings under Acts relating to, 27 


ILLUSTRATIONS. 


ARACHNIDA. 
Eboria caliginosa, parts of, a Spider 
new to science, Plate I. 
Eboria caliginosa, stridulating appara- 
tus of g, 253 
(Edothorax retusus Westr., abnormal 
form of, 202 
Maso sundevallii 
form of, 229 
~ bicolor, Plate IT. 
Ottonia conifera, larva of, 118 
Ritteria hirsuta, n. sp., Plate X. 
% crista of, 182 
Rhyncholophus communis, 428 
Rhyncholophus episcopalis Koch, 182 


Westr., abnormal 


BIRDs. 

Gannet, Young, 449 

Grouse, A Pugnacious, 425 

Gull, Black-headed, nesting in trees at 
Twigmoor Gullery, Lines., 95 

Pipit, Meadow, nest of, with two eggs 
of Cuckoo, 140 

Sparrow, House, True and _ False 
Clutches of Eggs of, Plate XIV. 


DIATOMS. 
Diatoms of the Sedbergh District, etc., 
Plate VI. 
FISHES. 
Cod, Power, 127 
Faked Fossil Fish, by ‘ Flint Jack,’ 106 


FLOWERING PLANTS. 
Moorland Vegetation, Plates of, VII., 
VIII. 
GEOLOGICAL, ETc. 
Ammonites polyphyllus Simpson, 1843, 
Lias, Whitby, 98 
Asteracanthus (Steophodus) in York- 
shire Cornbrash, 141 
Asteroceras acceleratum Hyatt, Plate 
XII. 
Asteroceras stellare Sow., Plate XII. 
Axe-head, Flint, from Bridlington, 144 
“Buttertubs’ Pothole and Section, 
Plate IX. 


1910 Dec. t. 


Cinerary Urns from Scunthorpe, 392 

Cloud Burst at Cowlam, Effect of, 
Plate XI. 

Dactylioceras commune with carved 
heads, 145 

Dagger, Flint, found at Cottingham, 89 

Fish, Faked Fossil, by ‘Flint Jack,’ 106 

Flint Weapons from Bridlington, Plate 
XIII., 296, 297 

Gravel carried down the Valley at 
Cowlam, Plate XI. 

Implements, Rare Neolithic from East 
Yorkshire, Plate V. 

Kirkdale Cave, Recent Plan of, 400 

Lemmings, Fossil Jaws of, 138 

Malham District, Geological Sketch 
Map of, 222 

Marine Band in Clay Pit at Nostell, 
Plate XVI. 

Peat Moor, Plate VIII. 

Pennypot Lane Field, 
Glacial Evidences in, 243 

Rhinoceros Tooth found at Dimlington, 


Harrogate, 


94 

Sea Caves in Limestone at Gilpin Bank, 
120 

“ Snakestone,’ A, 107, 145 

Tarns on the Undercliff, Cronkley 
Scars, Upper Teesdale, 269 


MAMMALIA. 


Bats, British, Plate XVII. 

Lemmings, Fossil Jaws of, 138 

Rhinoceros Tooth found at Dimling- 
ton, 9 

Whale, Sperm, 108 


PORTRAITS, VIEWS AND GROUPS. 


Crossland, Charles, F.L.s., Plate XV. 

Dakyns, John Roche, 384 

Gaythorpe, Harper,  F.s.A, 
Plate IV. 

Kirkdale Cave, Recent Plan of, 400 

Louth Museum, 382 

Museum, A New Natural History, 

- Plate XVIII. 


(SCOT.), 


464 


Classified Index. 


ILLUSTRATIONS—continued. 


Open-water and Reed-belt Associations 


of Lacustrine Swamp Moor, 122 
Scunthorpe District, Map of, 377 


Sea Caves in Limestone at Gilpin Bank, 
120 

Strangways, Charles Fox, F.G.S., 210. 

Strickland, Sir Charles, Bart, Plate III. 


SPECIES AND VARIETIES NEW TO: SCIENCE 
DESCRIBED IN THIS VOLUME. 


ARACHNIDA. 


Full description of new genus, Eboria, 
and new species, Eboria caliginosa, 
found at Marsden, with plate, W. 
Falconer, 83-88; Full description 
of Ritteria hirsutus of the genus 
Rhyncholophide, with plate, found 
on the coast east of Dunbar, C. F. 
George, 182-183; Rhyncholophus 
communis, full description and 
figures, C. F. George, 427-428 


FLOWERING PLANTS. 


Helleborine atro-rubens Druce, var. 
Crowtheri, nov. var., found in Grass 
Wood, by C. Druce, 128; Further 
note thereon, F. A. Lees, 129-131 


GEOLOGY AND PALZONTOLOGY. 


Note on Belemnocamax boweri ob- 
tained from the Totternhoe Stone at 
Welton Vale, near Louth, Lincoln- 
shire, 108 


SPECIES AND VARIETIES NEW TO BRITAIN BROUGHT 
FORWARD IN THIS VOLUME. 


FLOWERING PLANTS. 


Cousinia tenella Fisch et Mey and 
Lolium multiflorum Lam. forma 
cristata, found on waste heap at 
Bradford, and latter also at Rodley, 
en Cuyer. 126 


FUNGI. 


Brief Note on finding of Inocybe 
cookei, Clitopilus angustus, Om- 


phalia bibula, Hypholoma melan- 
tinum, Lactarius tabidus, and Maras- 
mius xerotoides at Yorkshire Nat- 
uralists’ Union Fungus Foray in 
Mulgrave Woods, 380 


GEOLOGY. 


Note on the finding of Ullmannite at 
the new Brancepeth Colliery, Dur- 
ham, 186 


NOTES AND COMMENTS. 


January.—The Manchester Museum— 
And a ‘ Keeper ’—Importance of the 
Manchester Museum—‘ Moorlog ’— 
Age of the North Sea—The Bootham 
School Natural History Club— 
Leisure Time—Yorkshire Type Am- 
monites—‘ Our Geological Record’ 
—Collections of Birds—Professor 
A. C. Seward, M.A., F.R.S.—1-5 


February.—The Battle of Land and 
Sea—The Palzontographical Society 
—Wolves, Fishes and Molluscs— 
Stereoscopic Photography—Lincoln- 
shire Naturalists—Lincolnshire Mol- 
lusca—Common Crinoid Names— 


The Fixation of Nomenclature— 
Method of Procedure—Eocidaris— 
“Conclusions ’’ Skeleton of a Sower- 
by’s Whale, 73-76 


March.—Geological Survey Maps— 
Cave Remains from Warton Crag— 
A ‘Faked’ Fossil Fish—Luiassic Plesio- 
saurs — ‘ Snakestones ’— Yorkshire 
Ornithology—A Famous Whale— 
New Lincolnshire Belemnites, 105- 
108 


April.—British Oaks—Quercus sessili- 
flora—Quercus Robur sessiliflora— 
Fossil Lemmings—A Museum for 
Doncaster, 137-139 


Nat uralist, 


Classified Index. 


465 


NOTES AND COMMENTS—continued, 


May.—The Ravenscliff Cave—Ple- 
beius argus var. Masseyi Tutt—A 
New British Mineral, 185-186 


June.—Yorkshire Species of the Hy- 
drecia nictitans Group—tThe Age of 
Shrews—New Method of Mounting 
Coleoptera, etc.—The Study of Spi- 
ders—Distribution of Spiders— 
Nottingham Fossils--The Large Larch 
Sawfly—And its Ravages, 217-220 

July.—Influence of Tectonic Factors on 
Vegetation—Influences of the ‘ Mas- 
sif ’—Wind versus Temperature, etc. 
—Patrick Shirreff and the Improve- 
ments of Cereals—Selection and 
Hybridisation—School Nature Study 
—Dew-Ponds, 249-252 

August.—Thrust Masses in the Dolo- 
mites—Rabbit Meat—Water and 
Plants—A Frog who would a-wooing 
go—Early Man—Paleolithic and 
Neolithic Man—Finds at Filey, 285- 
288 

September.— British Botanical Associa- 
tion—The Sheffield Handbook—The 
Woodlands of England—(1.) The 
Alder-Willow Series—(II.) Oak and 
Birch Series—(III.) Beech and Ash 
Series, 317-320 


October.—The British Association—At 
Sheffield — The Attendance — The 
Sectional Meetings—Section ‘C’— 
The Presidential Address—A Lost 
Opportunity—Glaciers—Past and 
Present—Wanted: A Discussion— 
Man and the Glacial Period—Ice- 
work, Present and Past—The Present 
Address—And its Dangers—Facts 
and Fancies—Striated Surfaces—A 
Huddersfield Wanderer—Yorkshire 
Glacial Geology, 349-357 


November.—Names of Birds—Nature 
Study in East Yorkshire—The Louth 
Museum—A Bradford School, 381- 
383 


December.—Birds’ Eggs and ‘ Pro- 
tection ’—New Natural History 
Serials—A History of British Mam- 
mals—Harmsworth Natural History 
—Kearton’s Nature Pictures— 
Familiar Wild Flowers—The Won- 
ders of the World—The Country 
Home—The Mineral Kingdom— 
European Glacial Deposits—Limits 
of the Ice Sheet—Yorkshire Drifts— 
Aspect of the Drifts—Moraines— 
British Ice Sheets—Conclusions, 413- 
418 


CHESHURE, 


Diptera: Fannia (Homalomyia) insig- | Societies: Chester Society of Natural 


nis found at Northern Etchells, new 
to Britain, noted, 456 

Museums: Stockport Museum, 
port of, 455 


Re- 


Science, etc., Annual Report, 390 ; 
Lancashire and Cheshire Entomo- 
logical Society, Proceedings of, 215 


CUMBERLAND. 


Flowering Plants: 
toides Britt., found at Cross Fell, A. 
Bennett, 448 

Neuroptera and Trichoptera : 


Cerastium  ceras- 


List of 


Species captured in Cumberland by 
Rev. E. N. Bloomfield, M.A., by G. T. 
Porritt, 2 


DERBYSHLKE; 


Coleoptera: Capture of Saperda sca- 
laris L. in Chatsworth Park, W. J. 
Fordham, 23 

Geology and Palzontology : 


ete Dec. 1. 


Note on 
Remains found in Ravenscliff Cave, 


Cressbrook Dale, Derbyshire 185; 
Note on Palzoxyris and other allied 
fossils from Shipley Clay-pit, 219 
Societies: Derbyshire Archeological 
Society, Journal of, 1910, 216 


466 


Classified Index. 


DURHAM. 


Arachnida: List of Species noted on 
visit of Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union 
to Middleton-in-Teesdale, W. Fal- 
coner and W. P. Winter, 261-264 

Coleoptera: List of Species noted on 
visit of Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union 
to Middleton-in-Teesdale, M. L. 
Thompson and W. P. Winter, 261 

Geology: Geological Notes on the 
Middleton-in-Teesdale District, with 
illustration, J. J. Burton, 268-271 

Mollusea: List of Species found on 


visit of Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union 
to Middleton-in-Teesdale, T. W. 
Saunders, 264-265 

Mosses and Hepaties: List of Species 
noted on visit of Yorkshire Natura- 
lists’ Union to Middleton-in-Tees- 
dale, with a Special Note on the 
Mosses of Shacklesborough Moss, 
W. Ingham, 265-267 

Societies: Northumberland, Durham, 
and Newcastle-upon-Tyne Natural 
History Society, Transactions of, 183 


LANCASHIRE. 


Flowering Plants: Euphrasia Rostko- 
viana Hayne, found at head of Great 
Langdale, J. Beanland, 245 

Geology and Palzontology: Note on 
the finding of the type specimen of 
Pseudomelania vittata Phillips in 
Manchester Museum, 16; Cave 
Remains at Warton Crag, 105; 
Fossil Lemmings, with plate showing 
jaws, found in cave remains at War- 
ton Crag, 138-139 

Lepidoptera: Note on Plebeius argus 
var. Masseyi Tutt, occurring on the 
MOSses/ ae OL ee ancashines = ob. 
Luperina gueneei, taken on Lanca- 
shire coast, noted, 456 

Mammalia: Cave remains at Warton 
Crag, 105; Fossil Lemmings, with 
plate showing jaws found in cave 
remains at Warton Crag, 138-139 

Mollusea: Pyramidula ruderata, found 
amongst cave remains at Warton 
Crag, 105 

Museums: Manchester Museum, Com- 
ments on, 1-2 Publications of (Nos. 
64and65, and Annual Report) 80 ; 
Warrington Museum, Report of, 20 

Orthoptera: Capture of Odontopsalis 
lewisi Burr in Liverpool market, 
noted, 224 


Personal Notices: Harper Gaythorpe, 
F.S.A. (ScoT.), Memoriam notice of, 
with portrait, 97 


Plant Associations and Ecology: The 
Peat Moors of Lonsdale, with illus- 


trations, W. M. Rankin, 119-122, 
153-161 
Societies: Barrow Naturalists’ Field 


Club, Annual Report, etc., to 1904, 
30; Lancashire and Cheshire Ento- 
mological Society, Proceedings of, 
215; Liverpool Biological Society, 
Transactions of, Vol. XXIII., 88; 
Liverpool Botanical Society, Pro- 
ceedings of, 1909, 432; Liverpool 
Geological Association, Proceedings 
of, 1907-9, 435; Liverpool Geo- 
logical Society, Proceedings of, 1909, 
30; Liverpool Naturalists’ Field 
Club, Proceedings of, 1909, 215 ; Man- 
chester Field Naturalists’ and Arche- 
ologists’ Society, Proceedings of, 
1909, 432; Manchester Geological 
and Mining Society, Transactions of, 
226, 407; Manchester Literary and 
Philosophical Society, Memoirs of, 
390; Manchester Microscopical 
Society, Transactions of, 1908, 88 


LINCOLNSHERE: 


Arachnida: Species noted on visit of 
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union and 
Lincolnshire Naturalists’ Union to 
Scunthorpe, T. Stainforth, 394 

Birds: Black-headed Gulls nesting in 
Fir trees at Twigmoor Gullery, R. 


Fortune, 95 ; Yellow-crowned Warb- 
ler, and Ked-breasted Flycatcher, 
shot af Northcotes, noted, 104; 
Albinism in a Fieldfare and Spar- 
row g at Barton-on-Humber, H. E. 
Forrest, 131; Lanceolated Warbler 


Naturalist, 


Classified Index. 


407 


LINCOLNSHIRE—continued. 


(a new British Bird) shot at North- 
cotes, noted, 224 ; Gos-Hawk 92 
captured at Louth, immature Lesser 
Kestrel 2 at Grainthorpe, and 
Crossbill, at Donna Nook, C. S. 
Carter, 345 

Cephalopoda: Pachydiscus farmeryi 
and Heteroceras reussianum,found in 
the Lincolnshire Chalk, noted, 320 

Coleoptera: Species noted on visit of 
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union and 
Lincolnshire Naturalists’ Union to 
Scunthorpe, W. Wallace, 393 

Fish: Sword Fish in River Nene, 
noted, 457 

Flowering Plants: Check List of Lin- 
colnshire Plants by E. A. Woodruffe- 
Peacock, F.L.S., F.G.S., 254 ; Mimulus 
Langsdorffii (=M. luteus) at Beni- 
worth, C. S. Carter, 347; Botanical 
Report of visit of Yorkshire Natura- 
lists’ Union and Lincolnshire Natura- 
lists’ Union to Scunthorpe, E. A. W. 
Peacock, 395-397 

Fungi: List of Species noted on 
visit of Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union 
and Lincolnshire Naturalists’ Union 
to Scunthorpe, C. Crossland, 397-398 

Geology and Palzontology: Note on 
Belemnocamax bowerl, a new species 
of Belemite obtained from the Tot- 
ternhoe Stone, at Welton Vale, near 
Louth, 108 ; The Zones of the Lower 
Chalk of Lincolnshire, A Burnet, 279- 
281 ; Note on the finding of two rare 
Cephalopods, in the Lincolnshire 
Chalk, Pachydiscus farmeryi, at Bos- 
well, and Heteroceras reussianum, at 
North Ormsby, 320; Lincolnshire 
Rede Ghallk= Gk.) sJROSSISw) (Gao: 
Carter, 346-347; Tooth of Mam- 
moth (Elephas primigenius) found at 


South Ferriby, T. Sheppard, 374; 
Glacial evidences near Scunthorpe, 
with list of erratics and map, A. C. 
Dalton, 377-380 ; Geological Report 
on visit of Yorkshire Naturalists‘ 
Union and Lincolnshire Naturalists’ 
Union to Scunthorpe, A. C. Dalton, 
391-393 , 
Lepidoptera : Species noted on visit of 
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union and 
Lincolnshire Naturalists’ Union to 
Scunthorpe, G. W. Mason, 394 
Mammalia: Tooth of Mammoth (Ele- 
phas primigenius) found at South 
Ferriby, T. Sheppard, 374 
Mollusea: Lincolnshire Mollusca, Brief 
note on history and investigation of, 
74; Species noted on visit of York- 
shire Naturalists’ Union and Lin- 
colnshire Naturalists’ Union to Scun- 
thorpe, W. D. Roebuck, 395 
Mosses and Hepaties: List of species 
detected from material obtained from 
the pre-historic boat found at Brigg 
in 1886, T. Sheppard, 315 
Museums: Louth Museum, 29, 382-383 
Orthoptera: Species noted on visit of 
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union and 
Lincolnshire Naturalists’ Union to 
Scunthorpe, E. G. Bayford, 394 
Pre-historic Archeology : British Ciner- 
ary Urns found at Scunthorpe during 
visit of Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union 
and Lincolnshire Naturalists’ Union, 
with illustrations, 391-392 


Societies: Lincolnshire Naturalists’ 
Union, Comments on President’s 
Address, 74; Transactions of, 1909, 
390 : 

Vermes : Rhynchodemus _ terrestris 


Mull in Welton Vale, near Louth, 
Gis, Canter, 9347, 


NORTHUMBERLAND. 


Societies: Northumberland, Durham, 


History Society, Transactions of, 


and Newcastle-upon-Tyne Natural 183 
NOTTINGHAMSHIRE. 
Geology and Paleontology: Note on | Societies: Nottingham Naturalists’ 


Paleoxyris and other allied fossils 
from Digby Clay-pit, 219 


mgio Dec. 1. 


| 


Society, Transactions of, 1908-9, 215 


4608 


Classified Index. 


WESTMORLAND. 


Birds: Tern migration in the neigh- 
bourhood of Ulverston, H. B. Turney 
28 

Geology and Palzontology: Note on 
finding of specimen of Archzosigil- 
laria vanuxemi (Goppert) at Meathop 
Hell Sears 

Hymenoptera: Mutilated Bees (Bom- 


bus terrestris) observed under lime 
tree at head of Ullswater, -J. W. 
Carter, 426-427 

Lepidoptera: Note on Plebius argus 
var. Masseyi Tutt occurring on the 
“mosses’ of Westmorland, 1885 

Personal Notices: George Stabler, 
In Memoriam Notice of, 97 


VORK SE thi: 


Algz: List of Species noted of visit of 
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union Marine 
Biological Committee at Redcar, J. 
Thompson, 410 

Anthropology: Anthropology at the 
British Association, G. A. Auden, 
363-366 

Arachnida: List of Arachnida found 
on the N. E. coast of Yorkshire, 
including four new to Yorkshire, and 
seven new to the North Riding, Wm. 
Falconer, 21-22, 433-435; Report of 
Arachnida Committee of Yorkshire 
Naturalists’ Union, 1909, 54-55 ; Full 
description of new genus, Eboria, and 
new species of Spider, Eboria Caligi- 
nosa, found at Marsden, with plate, 
W. Falconer, 83-88; Capture of 
Agroeca celans Bl. at Woodsome, 
Huddersfield, first Yorkshire record, 
W. Falconer, 132; Capture of 
Pachygnatha listeri Sund at Almond- 
bury, W. Falconer, 132 ; Malformed 
eyeless Spider captured at South 
Cave, E. A. Parsons, 214; Abnor- 
mality in Spiders, with illustrations, 
W. Falconer, 199-203, 229-232; 
Further Notes on Eboria caliginosa 
Falconer, W. Falconer, 253-254; 
List of Species noted on visit of York- 
shire Naturalists’ Union to Middleton 
-in-Teesdale, W. Falconer and W. P. 
Winter, 261-264; Species observed 
on visit of Yorkshire Naturalists’ 
Union to Malham, including Lepty- 
phantes angulatus Camb., and Ente- 
lecara trifrons Camb., new County 
records, W. Falconer, 334-336; List 
of Species noted on visit of Yorkshire 
Naturalists’ Union to Spurn, E. A. 
Parsons and T. Stainforth, 344, 345; 
Species noted on visit of Yorkshire 
Naturalists’ Union to Kirby Moor- 
side, H. C. Drake, 402 


Birds: Note on the acquisition of the 
Boynton and Fortune Bird Collec- 
tions by the Hull Museum, 5; 
Stormy Petrel at Staincross, W.- 
Barraclough, 28 ; Unseasonable 
Nesting Dates of Rook and Starling 
at Leconfield and Sutton, E. W. 
Wade, 28 ; Glossy Ibis in Holderness. 
EH. W. ‘Wade, 28; Report (of the 


Vertebrate Section of Yorkshire 
Naturalists’ Union, 1909, 38-46 ; 
Report of Yorkshire Naturalists’ 


Union Wild Birds’ and Eggs’ Pro- 
tection Committee, 1909, 48-50; 
Eagle and Green Woodpecker seen 
at Cloughton, W. J. Clarke, 95; 
Wryneck at Studley Royal, near 
Ripon, noted, 104; ‘Some Avicul- 
tural Notes,’ being the Presidential 
Address of W. H. St. Quintin, J.P., 
F.Z.S., to members of Yorkshire 
Naturalists’ Union in 1909, 109-116 ; 
162-168, 204-209; Male Great- 
crested Grebe shot at East Cotting- 
with, and Crossbills near York, S. H. 
Smith, 131-132; Report of Meeting 
of Vertebrate Section of Yorkshire 
Naturalists’ Union, held at Leeds in 
February, H. B. Booth, 133-134; 
Nest of Meadow Pipit containing 
Two Eggs of Cuckoo, with illustra- 
tion, found at Castle Eden, ©.) i 
Trechmann, 140-141; Hen Harrier 
shot at Whitby, and early arrival of 
Pied Wagtail at Whitby, T. Stephen- 
son, 144; Old Record of Nesting of 
Red-backed Shrike on Howden 
Clough, near Silsden, E. P. Butter- 
field, 213; Lesser Kestrel shot on 
the Holderness Coast, noted, 224; 
Successful Nesting of Peregrines at 
Bempton, E. W. Wade, 245; Ab- 
normal Clutch of Blue-tit Eggs at 
Harrogate, R. Fortune, 277; East 


Naturalist,. 


Classified Index. 


469 


YORKSHIRE—coutinued. 


Yorkshire Migration Notes, E. W. 
Wade, 277; Ornithological Notes 
from. Vouk. S. dijsSniths 277-275): 
Note. thereon, R. Fortune, 278; 
Cuckoo’s Egg in Sedge Warbler’s 
Nest at Driffield, H. G. Williams, 
314; Birds observed on visit of 
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union to 
Malham, H. B. Booth, 333-334; 
Birds observed on visit of Yorkshire 
Naturalists’ Union to Spurn, E. W. 
Wade, 342 ; Nesting of Great-crested 
Grebe at Castle Howard, S. H. Smith, 
357; Species noted on visit of York- 
shire Naturalists’ Union to Kirby 
Moorside, S. H. Smith, 400-401 ; 
Albinism in a Song Thrush at New- 
some, W. E. L. Wattam, 471; A 
pugnacious Grouse in Studley Park, 
with photo, R. Fortune, 425-426; 
Variety of Rook at Wheldrake, S. 
H. Smith, 437; The Redshank in 
Airedale, E. P. Butterfield, 448; 
Gannets in Yorkshire, with photo- 
graph, R. Fortune, 449 

Coleoptera: Rare Coleoptera found in 
Yorkshire, W. J. Fordham, 23; 
Report of Coleoptera Committee of 
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, 1909, 
51-54; Homalota nigricornis Thoms, 
captured at Eston-in-Cleveland, first 
Yorkshire record, M. L. Thompson, 
176 ; Capture of Quedius obliteratus 
Er, at Knaresborough, Homalia 
septentrionis Thoms, at Saltburn, 
and Homalota eneicollis Sharp, at 
Saltburn, M. L. Thompson, 203 ; 
List of Species noted on visit of 
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union to 
Middleton-in-Teesdale, M. L. Thomp- 
son and W. P. Winter, 261 ; Species 
observed on visit of Yorkshire 
Naturalists’ Union to Malham, J. W. 
Carter, 334; Species observed on 
visit of Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union 
to Spurn, E. G. Bayford, 342-343 ; 
Coleoptera of the Grangetown Slag- 
heaps, Middlesborough, G. B. Walsh, 
339-340 ; Species noted on visit of 
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union to 
Kirby Moorside, M. L. Thompson, 
401-402 ; Amara curta Dej. found at 
Eston, M. L. Thompson, 450 

Crustacea: Isopoda, Yorkshire records 
of Platyarthrus hoffmannseggii, T. 
Stainforth, 176; Platyarthrus hoff- 
mannseggii at Monk Fryston, and 
Adel Moor, Leeds, W. H. Hutton, 


1g10 Dec. I. 


203; Platyarthrus hoffmannseggii 
at Barnscliffe, near Scarborough, H. 
Witty, 376; List of Crustaceans 
found on visit of Yorkshire Natura- 
lists’ Union Marine Biological Com- 


mittee to Redcar, F. H. Woods, 
409-410 
Diatoms: Diatoms of the Sedbergh 


District, with list and plate, R. H. 
Philip, 148-152 

Diptera: Species noted on visit of 
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union to 
Kirby Moorside, M. L. Thompson, 
402 

Filices : Hymenophyllum peltatum 
Desv. (=H. Wilsoni, Hooker) found 
in the Greta Gorge, Ingleton, W. E.L. 
Wattam, 214 

Fishes : Report of Fishes’ Committee of 
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, 1909, 
46-48 ; Capture of Atherine (Atheri- 
na presbyter) at Filey Brig and 
Scarboro, and Power Cod (Gadus 
minutus), with illustration of latter, 
at Scarboro, W. J. Clarke, 127-128 ; 
Record Nidd Trout, R. Fortune, 
181; Record River Trout (S. fario) 
found at Ilkley, 213; Species ob- 
served on visit of Yorkshire Natura- 
lists’ Union to Malham, H. B. Booth, 
334; Tope (Galeus vulgaris) cap- 
tured at Scarboro, R. Fortune, 345 

Flowering Plants: Botanical Report of 
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, 1909, 
60-64; Yorkshire Hawkweeds, J. 
Cryer, 81-82; Plants of a Bradford 
Waste Heap, including first British 
Records of Cousinia tenella Fisch-et- 
Mey, and Lolhum multiflorum Lam. 
forma cristata Timm, J. Cryer, 126; 
Helleborine atro-rubens Druce, var. 
Crowther, nov. var., found in Grass 
Wood, new to Science, G. C. Druce, 
128; Further note thereon, and also 
generally with respect to the Helle- 
borines occurring in Grass Woods, 
Pet AS “Lees, “229-131 Double- 
flowered variety of Cardamines 
pratensis found at Rowley Mill, Lep- 
ton, W. E. L. Wattam, 278 ; Botani- 
cal Survey of Teesdale, W. G. Smith 
and TIT. W. Woodhead, 311-314; 
Botanical Report on visit of York- 
shire Naturalists’ Union to Malham, 
J. Beanland, 337-338; Orchis prya- 
midalis fertilised by Tryphena pro- 
nuba, W. P. Winter, 347-348; 
Gentiana pneumonanthe at Clap- 


470 


Classified Index. 


YORKSHIRE—continued. 


ham, C. A. Cheetham, 357; Botany 
at the British Association, W. G. 
Smith, 361-362; Botanical Report 
of visit of Yorkshire Naturalists’ 
Union to Kirby Moorside, W. J. 
Fordham, 402-404 ; Geranium colum- 
binum at Marsden, W. E. L. Wat- 
tam, 411; Triglochin palustre at 
Crimsworth Dene, W. Nowell, 411 
Fungi: Fungi errata, 1909, C. Cross- 
land, 31; Report of Mycological 
Committee of Yorkshire Naturalists’ 
Union, 1909, 64-65; Note on the 
Mycetozoa of the Scarboro District, 
Physarum diderma, P. contextum, 
and Stemonitis splendens, being new 
to Yorkshire, A. Hibbert-Ware, 147 ; 
Further note on above, C. Crossland, 
IA Dicks nore syOnm On kcinine 
Naturalists’ Union Fungus Foray 
in Mulgrave Woods, recording follow- 
ing six Species new to Britain :— 
Inocybe cookei, Clitopilus angustus 
Omphalia bibula, Hypholoma melan- 
tinum, Lactarius tabidus, and Maras- 
mius xerotoides, 380; Species noted 
on visit of Yorkshire Naturalists’ 
Union to Kirby Moorside, including 
Naucoria sobria var. dispersa, Hyp- 
holoma cascum, Merulius rufus, and 
Hydnum molluscum new to York- 
shire, T. Gibbs, 404-407 


Geology and Paleontology : Comment 


on Mr. S.'S. Buckman’s Work 
on Yorkshire Type Ammonites, 4, 
98; The Alluvial Hollow of Sand-le- 
Mere, near Withernsea, with an 
account of its estuarine shell deposits, 
G. W. Lamplugh, 7-11 ;° Further list 
of Fossil Plants discovered in Marske 
Quarry, G. F. Lane and T. Saunders, 
15-16; Notes on the visit of the 
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, De- 
cember, 1909, to Scarboro, J. A. 
Hargreaves, 25; Report of Geo- 
logical Section of Yorkshire Natura- 
lists’ Union, 1909, 65-69; Rare 
Type of Flint Dagger found at 
Cottingham, with illustration, T. 
Sheppard, 89-90 ; Rhinoceros Tooth 
found at Dimlington, with illustra- 
tion, IT. Sheppard, 94; Note on 
Increased Cost of Geological Survey 
Maps, 105; Whitby ‘ Snakestones,’ 
with illustrations, 106-107 ; Teeth of 
(Stophodus) Asteracanthus found in 
Yorkshire Cornbrash, with illustra- 
tion, so. (GDrake, saar-142)) kare 


Neolithic Implements from East 
Yorkshire, with illustrations, T. 
Sheppard, 143-144 ; Whitby ‘ Snake- 
stones, with illustrations, G. C. 
Crick, 145-146; Fault Revelation 
near Hawes, Wensleydale, with note 
on the ‘ Buttertubs,’ illustrations, 
G. T. McKay, 169-170; Note on 
Borings at Earles’ Shipyard, Hull, 
1890, T. Sheppard, 181; Boulder 
Clay in Flamborough Caves, P. F. 
Kendall, 181 ; Geological Notes on 
the District north of Malham, with 
map, Cosmo Johns, 221-224 ; Glacial 
Evidences in Pennypot Lane Field, 
Harrogate, wth plate, A. L. Arm- 
strong, 243-244; Finding of Platy- 
pleuroceras aureum Simpson and P. 
birchoides Quenstedt in Lias Shale 
at Filey, I. Sheppard, 245; The 
Recent Cloud-Burst on the York- 
shire Wolds, with illustrations, 
E. M. Cole, 255-256; Notes on two 
large Ammonites, Asteroceras accele- 
ratum Hyatt and Asteroceras stellare 
Sow., with illustrations, C. Thomp- 
son, 257-258; Geological Notes on 
the Middleton-in-Teesdale District, 
with illustration, J. J. Burton, 268- 
271; The Lower Carboniferous 
Rocks of Mill Gill (Wensleydale), 
Cosmo Johns, 272-276; Neolithic 
Workshops near Bridlington, with 
illustrations, T. Sheppard, 293-298 ; 
The Recent Cloud-Burst in North 
East Yorkshire, J. T. Sewell, 304- 
306; The Correlation of the Yore- 
dale and Pendleside Series, Wheelton 
Hind, 307-310; Geological Report 
on visit of Yorkshire Naturalists’ 
Union to Malham, T. Sheppard, 333 ; 
Geological Report on visit of York- 
shire Naturalists’ Union to Spurn, 
J. W. Stather, 341-342; Hoard of 
Bronze Celts at Kirkby Malzeard, 
A. L. Armstrong, 340; Shap Granite 
at Kirkby Malzeard, A. L. Arm- 
strong, 346; Geology at the British 
Association, C. Johns, 358-360; 
Tooth of Elephas antiquus in Holder- 
ness, T. Sheppard, 360; Marine 
Bands in the Coal Measures in the 
neighbourhood of Doncaster, with 
illustration, H. Culpin, 375-376; 
Geological Report of visit of York- 
shire Naturalists’ Union to Kirby 
Moorside, T, Sheppard, 399-400 ; 
Inoceramus lingua v. lobatus Schlue- 


Naturalist, 


Hymenoptera : 


Lepidoptera : 


Mammaiia : 


Classified Index. 


YORKSHIRE—continued. 


ter (non Muenster), found at Danes’ 
Dyke, G. Sheppard, 437; Scandi- 
navian Erratic found at Hessle, 
T. Sheppard, 450 


List of the Aculeate 
Hymenoptera of the Halifax Dis- 
trict, O. C. Silverlock, 13-14 ; Report 


of Hymenoptera, etc., Committee | 


of Yorkshire 
1909, 54; 


Naturalists’ Union, 
Sirex gigas captured in 


Southdale, 402 ; Capture of Colletes | 


daviesiana Kirby at Selby, and 
occurrence of Psithyrus campestris, 


Panzer <4, in the East Riding, J. F. | 


Musham, 411: Hymenoptera at 
Doncaster in 1910, H. H. Corbett, 
450 


On the Method of Ovi- 
position by an Ichneumon Fly into 
a Caterpillar observed in a Leeds 
garden, L. Lloyd, 24; Report of 
. Lepidoptera Committee of York- 


shire Naturalists’ Union, 1909, 50-51 ; | 


As to determining the Yorkshire 
Species of Hydrecia nictitans, G. T. 
Porritt, 217; Abraxas grossulariata 
var. varleyata bred at Huddersfield, 
A Kaye, 314; Species observed on 
visit of Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union 
to Malham, J. W. Carter, 334; 
Species observed on visit of York- 


shire Naturalists’ Union to Spurn, | 


Ba G. bayiord. sau: 
pronuba as an agent in ferti- 
lising Orchis pyramidalis, W. P. 
Winter, 347-348; Species noted on 
visit of Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union 
to Kirby Moorside, M. L. Thompson, 
and C. P. Gledhill, 402; Notes on 
- life history of Dasypolia templi, 
B. Morley, 429-432 


Tryphena 


Seven Otters seen at 
Birstwith in Nidderdale, R. Fortune, 
29; Report of Yorkshire Naturalists’ 
Union Mammals’ Committee, 1900, 
46; Rhinoceros Tooth found at 
Dimlington, with illustration, T. 
Sheppard, 94; Remains found in 
Warton Crag Cave, 105; Note on 
Sperm Whale cast on shore at Tuns- 
tall, in Holderness, in 1825, with 
illustration, 108 ; Badger at Holmp- 
ton, J. Wilkinson, 179; Mammals 
at Osmotherley, H. B. Booth, 
213; Pine Marten(?) killed in Litton- 


tg10 Dec. 1. 


Moliusea 


Mosses and Hepaties : 


471 
dale, W. A. Shruffrey, 277; Note 
thereon, R. Fortune, 277; Further 


Note thereon, A. H. Cocks, 298-299 ; 
Tooth of Elephas antiquus in Holder- 
ness, T. Sheppard, 360; Species 
noted on visit of Yorkshire Natura- 
lists’ Union to Kirby Moorside, S. H. 
Smith, 49; Notes on Bats, A. 
Whitaker, 419-424; Lesser Shrew 
at Hebden Bridge, Walter Greaves, 
449 


Mollusca: Report of Yorkshire Natura- 


lists’ Union Conchological Committee 
1909, 55-50; Pryamidula ruderata 
found in Warton Crag Cave, 105; 
List of Species noted on visit of 
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union to 
Middleton-in-Teesdale, T. W. Saun- 
ders, 264-265; List of Species noted 
on visit of Yorkshire Naturalists’ 
Union to Malham, F. Booth, 336- 
337; List of Species observed on 
visit of Yorkshire Naturalists’ 
Union to Spurn, J. F. Musham, 343- 
344; Note on finding of distorted 
specimens of Anodonta cygneza at 
Scarboro, 412 

(Marine): The Estaurine 
Shells in the alluvial hollow of Sand- 
le-Mere, near Withernsea, G. W. 
Lamplugh, 7-11; Report of York- 
shire Naturalists’ Union Concholo- 
gical Committee (Marine Biology), 
56-60 ; List of Species noted on visit 
of Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union 
to Spurn, A. J. Moore, 344; Report 


of Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union 
Marine Biological Committee to 
Redcar, with Lists of Mollusca, 


Crustaceans and Zoophytes, etc., 
F. H. Woods, 408-410; Inoceramus 
lingua v. Schlueter (non Muenster), 
found at Danes’ Dyke, G. Sheppard, 
437 

Report of the 
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union Bryo- 


logical Committee, 1909, 62-64 ; 
List of Species noted on visit of 
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union to 


Middleton-in-Teesdale, with a special 
note on the Mosses of Shackles- 
borough Moss, W. Ingham, 265-267 ; 
Plagiothecium silesiacum B. & S., 
found in fruit at Fimber, W. Ingham, 


314 ; 


Museums: Doncaster Museum, Open- 


ing of, 139; Hull Museum, Publica- 


472 


Classified Index. 


YORKSHIRE—continued. 


tions of, (Nos. 61, 62, 64-72), 322; 
Hull Museum, Extension of, 436-437 
Neuroptera and Trichoptera: Report 
of Neuroptera and Trichoptera Com- 
mittee of Yorkshire Naturalists’ 
Union, 1909, 50; The Yorkshire 
species of Leuctra, ‘G. T. Porritt, 
117; Species observed ona visit 
of Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union to 
Malham, G. T. Porritt, 334 
Orthoptera: Capture of Panchlora 
exoleta at Marsden, A. Dean, 248 
Palzo-Botany: Further List of Fossil 
Plants discovered in Marske Quarry, 
G. F. Lane and T. W. Saunders, 15-16 
Personal Notices: Sir Charles Strick- 
land Bart, Memoriam Notice of, with 
portrait, T. Sheppard, 96; Presenta- 
tion of the Murchison Award to Mr. 
Jp We 'Statherwm-c.s.. thinly 182 
Charles Fox-Strangways,  F.G.S., 
Memoriam Notice of, with portrait, 
T. Sheppard, 210-212; John Roche 
Dakyns, Memoriam Notice of, with 
portrait, G. W. Lamplugh, 384-389 
Plant Associations and Ecology: The 
Vegetation of ‘Swiddens’ (burnt 
Areas) of the Moors in North-East 
Yorkshire, Frank Elgee, 17-20; 
Report of Yorkshire Naturalists’ 
Union Botanical Survey Committee, 
1909, _ 61-62, 77-80; Botanical 
Survey of Teesdale, W. G. Smith 
and T. W. Woodhead, 311-314 
Pre-Historic Archeology: Rare type 
of Flint Dagger found at Cottingham, 
with illustration, T. Sheppard, 89- 
go ; Rare Neolithic Implements from 
East Yorkshire, with illustrations, 
T. Sheppard, 143-144; Hoard of 
Bronze Celts at Kirkby Malzeard, 
A. L. Armstrong, 340 
Prominent Yorkshire Workers: Charles 
Crossland, F.L.S., an appreciation and 
List of Publications by, with por- 
trait, T. Sheppard, 367-374 
Reptiles : Report of Yorkshire Natura- 


lists’ Union Reptiles’ Committee, 
1909, 48 
Rhizopoda: A further List of Fresh- 


water Rhizopods obtained in the 
Sheffield District, J. M. Brown, 91- 


93 

Scientific History: Bradford Scientific 
Journal, 104, 224, 456 ; Crossland, C., 
F.L.S., Pleasant Walks round Hali- 
fax, 259; Memorials of Old York- 
shire, by T. M. Fallow, 135; Snow- 


balls, Wind-formed, at Harrogate, 
A. L. Armstrong, 123 


Societies: Bootham School (York), 
Natural History Club, Short Account 
of Five-Hundredth Meeting of, 3, 
Annual Report of, 232; British 
Botanical Association, York, Com- 


ment thereon, 317; British Asso- 
ciation Meeting at Sheffield, 
349-350 ; Cleveland Naturalists’ 


Field Club, Proceedings of, 454; 
East Riding (Yorks.) Antiquarian 
Society, Transactions of, 1909, 103 ; 
East Riding (Yorks.) Nature Study 
Committee, Annual Meeting, 381; 
Hebden Bridge Literary and Sci- 
entific Society, Transactions of, 
1908-9, 216, 390; Huddersfield 
Naturalists’ and Photographic So- 
ciety, Annual Report, 1909-10, 424 ; 
Hull Geological Society, Transac- 
tions of, Vol. VI., 299; Hull Junior 
Field Naturalists’ Society, Proceed- 
ings of, Vol. I., Part I., 161; Leeds As- 
tronomical Society, Transactions of, 
1909, 383; Leeds Geological Asso- 
ciation, Transactions of, 454 ; Scar- 
borough Philosophical and Archzo- 
logical Society, Report of, 1909, 338 ; 
Spen Valley Literary and Scientific 
Society and Journal of, Vol. I., No. 2, 
215; Whitby Literary and Philo- 
sophical Society, Report of, 338; 
Yorkshire Dialect Society, Tran- 
sactions of, Vol. XI., 215; Yorkshire 
Geological Society, Transactions of, 
1909, 248; Yorkshire Numismatic 
Society, Report of, 271; Yorkshire 
Philosophical Society, Annual Re- 
port, 454 

Vermes: On the occurence of a Nemer- 
tine Worm within test of a Sea 
Urchin (Echinus sphera) found at 
Scarboro, J. Irving, 6; Further 
note thereon, J. Ritchie, 94 


Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Note on 
Acceptance by Professor A. C. 
Seward, M.A., F.R.S., as President 
of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union 
for 1910; Annual Meeting of York- 
shire Naturalists’ Union at Scarboro’ 
1909, T. Sheppard, 25-27 ; ‘The 
Naturalist,’ Her Crew and Her 
Cruise, a Poem by George E. 
Tindal, 32 ; Annual Report of 
the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union 
for 1909, 33-72, 103; Presidential] 


Naturalist, 


Arachnida : 


Classified Index. 473 


YORKSHIRE—continued. 


Address of W. -H. St. Quintin, 
J.P., F.Z.S., in 1909, on ‘Some Avi- 
cultural Notes,’ 109-116, 162-168, 
204-209; Report of Meeting of 
Vertebrate Section of Yorkshire 
Naturalists’ Union held at Leeds in 
February, H. B. Booth, 113-134; 
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union at 
Middleton-in-Teesdale, T. Sheppard, 
260-271, 311-314; The Origin and 
Tendencies of Parasitism in Fungi, 
being abstract of an Address given 
at the Annual Fungus Foray of the 
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, 1909, 
by G. Massee, F.L.S., V.M.H., 289- 
292; Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union 
at Malham, T. Sheppard, 333-338, 
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union at 


Spurn, T. Sheppard, 341-345; York- 
shire Naturalists’ Union and Lin- 
colnshire Naturalists’ Union at 
Scunthorpe, T. Sheppard, 391-398 ; 
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union at 
Kirby Moorside, T. Sheppard, 399- 
407; Report of visit of Marine 
Biological Section of » Yorkshire 
Naturalists’ Union at Redcar, F. H. 
Woods, 408-410 


Zoophytes: Errata, 1908 (page 454), 


Obelia dichotoma should be Gono- 
thyrea hyalina, J. Thompson, 131 ; 
List of Species found on visit of 
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union Marine 
Biological Committee to Redcar, 


J. Thompson, 410 


MISCELLANEA 


British Earthmites— 
Trombidiida—Ottonia bicolor, fur- 
ther note thereon, with plate, C. F. 
George, 90; Ottonia conifera, Larva 
of, with illustration, C. F. George, 
iTS} Rhyncholophide—Ritteria 
hirsutus, n. sp., found on the coast 
east of Dunbar, full description, and 
plate, C. F. George, 182-183; Ab- 
normality in Spider, with description 
and illustration of abnormal form of 
(CEdothorax retusus Westr, W. Fal- 
coner, 199-203 ; Notes on the Study 
and Distribution of Spiders, 218 ; 
Keys to the Families and Genera of 
British Spiders, and to the Families, 
Genera, and Species of British 
Harvestmen and Pseudo-scorpions, 
Wm. Falconer, 233-242, 323-332, 
439-448 ; Rhyncholophus communis, 
full description of, and figures, new 
to science, C. F. George, 427-428 

Birds: Dimorphism in the Eggs of the 
House Sparrow (Passer domesticus), 
with illustrations, C. J. Patten, 303- 


598 
Botany: List of Plant Remains found 
amongst ‘ Moorlog,’ a tough peaty 
material brought up from the Dogger 
Bank by Trawlers, 2; British Oaks, 
137-138; Chemistry of Some Com- 
mon Plants—Chrysanthemum Leu- 
canthemum, Scabiosa succisa, Hera- 
cleum sphondylium, and Epilobium 

montanum, P. Q. Keegan, 177-179 ; 


1910 Dec. 1. 


Potentilla comarum, and Lychnis 
dioica, 321-322; Note on the Ferti- 
lization of Orchis maculata by moths 
of the genus Plusia, 224; Results 
of experiments on the Floral Colours, 
P. Q. Keegan, 225-226; Plants of 
Steep Holme Island, Bristol Channel, 
G. C. Druce, 227-228 


Coleoptera: List of remains of Beetles 


found amongst ‘ Moorlog,’ a tough 
peaty material brought up from the 
Dogger Bank by Trawlers, 2; Note 
on new method of mounting Coleop- 
tera, 217-218 


Fungi: The Origin and Tendencies 


of Parasitism in Fungi, G. Massee, 
289-292 


Geology and Palzontology: Comment 


on the age of the North Sea deduced 
from examination of remains from 
“Moorlog,’ a tough peaty material 
brought up from the Dogger Bank by 
Trawlers, 3; Fossil Nomenclature, 
74-76 ; Dew-Ponds, 251-252; Com- 
ments on the President’s Geological 
Address at the British Association 
Meeting at Sheffield, 351-357; Geo- 
logy at the British Association 
Meeting at Sheffield, C. Johns, 358- 
360 


Hymenoptera: Notes on the Large 


Larch Sawfly (Nematus erichsoni 
Hart.), and its Ravages, 219-220 


Lepidoptera: On the method of Ovi- 


position by an Ichneumon Fly into 


474 


Classified Index. 


MISCELLANEA—continued. 


a Caterpillar, observed in a Leeds 
garden, L. Lloyd, 24: Notes on life 
history of Dasypolia templi, B. 
Morley, 429-432 

Mammalia: Note on Skeleton of 
Sowerby’s Whale, 76; Notes on 
Bats, A. Whitaker, 419-424 

Museums: Museum News, 1, 2, 5, 24, 
29, 80, 288, 348, 382, 436-437, 455 

Northern News: 31-32, 102, 104, 139, 
WA, WAG IAG, ISX, IWR TSO, WC) S), 
209, 212, 214, 248, 284, 316, 320, 348, 
398, 448, 457 

Personal Notices: Memorial Notice of 
Edward Saunders, F. R. S., 180 

Plant Associations and Ecology: The 
effects of Heath Fires on Vegetation 
in the neighbourhood of Croydon, H. 
F. Parsons, 124-125; Comments on 
“Die Vegetation der Erde,’ 249-250 


Scientific History: Man as an Instru- 
ment of Research, being the Presi- 
dential Address to the Hertfordshire 
Natural History Society, 1910, G. W. 
Lamplugh, 187-198 ; School Nature 
Study, 251 

Societies: British Association Meeting 
at Sheffield, Comments thereon, 347- 
357; Geology Papers read thereat, 
C. Johns, 358-360 ; Botanical Papers 
thereat, We iG.) smithy esom-so2e 
Anthropology Report thereat, G. A. 
Auden, 363-366 

Vermes: The Annelid Fauna of Wor- 
cestershire, Hilderic Friend, 171-176 

Zoophyta: Anthozoa, Notes on Sagar- 
tia troglodytes (Gosse) and S. viduata 
var. melanops kept in captivity, 
W. Hi. St. Quintin, 12 


CORRIGENDA. 


Page 320, line 8, for ‘‘ burial,” vead “ buried.” 


Naturalist, 


cli 0 oy a a ae 
THE FLORA OF DERBYSHIRE. 
By the late Rev. W. R. LINTON. 


8vo CLOTH. 445 PP. PRICE 6/- 


CENTRAL EDUCATIONAL DEPOT, DERBY, 


or Post Free from Mrs. W. R. LINTON, 
Bowbridge, Mackworth, Derby. 


EXOTIC INSECTS.—Fresh-taken, perfect specimens, 
of either Lepidoptera, Coleoptera, Diptera, Homoptera, Orthop- 
tera, or other orders, including many unusual and splendid 
species for purposes of study, comparison, etc. Assorted 
parcels, safely consigned, post free, 3/6, 5/6, 7/6, etc. 

W. BUTHN, Hope, Jamaica, W. I. 


Letters and post cards cost id., and reach us in 12 days. 


MINERALS, To Subscribers, 7s.6d., pey annum, post free. 
: ROCKS, THE ANNALS OF 
ano FOSSILS.| Scottish Natural History. 
All kinds of Cabinets, A Quarterly Magazine. 
Glass-capped Boxes, Edited by J. A. Harvie-Browne, F.R.SE., 
Card Trays, Hammers, ERS. BLS. Win, Eagle Clarke, F.L.S., ete. 
etc., etc. 


This Magazine—a continuation of ‘ The Scot- 

MICROSCOPIC OBJECTS. tish Naturalist’ founded in 1871—wasestablished - 
p under the present editorship in January 1892, for 
Catalogues and Lists free. the purpose of extending the knowledge of and 
interest in the Zoology and Botany of Scotland. 
The Annats is entirely devoted to the publica- 


RUSSELL & SHAW, tion of Original Matter relating to the Natural 


History of Scotland. 
11 John Street, Theobald’s Road, : 
London, W.C. EpinsurGH: Davin Douctas, 10, Castle Street. 


THE IRISH NATURALIST: 


A Monthly Journal of General Irish Natural History. 
BOTANY. ZOOLOGY. GEOLOGY. 
EDITED BY 


GEO. H. CARPENTER, B.Sc., R. LLOYD PRAEGER, B.A., AND 
ROBERT PATTERSON, F.Z.S., M.R.1.A. 


This MAGAZINE should be in the hands of all NaTuratists interested in the distribution of 
animals and plants over the British Islands. 


6d. Monthly. Annual Subscription (Post free) 5s. 


DUBLIN :—EASON & SON, 40, LOWER SACKVILLE STREET, to which address 
Subscriptions should be sent. 


BELFAST :_EASON & SON, 17, DONEGALL STREET. 
LONDON :—SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT & Co. 
1 


DONC. 


“NATURALISTS, _ ie 
36, STRAND, LONDON, w.c. o 7 


(Five Doors from Charing Cross), 
Keep in stock every description of 


APPARATUS, CABINETS, BOOKS, AND SPECIMENS. 


for Collectors of 


BIRDS’ EGGS, BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, ETC. 


Catalogue (96 pages) sent post free on application. 


‘THE NATURALIST’ for 1910. 


Edited by T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., and T. W. WOODHEAD, Ph.D., F.L.S. 
Tastefully bound in Cloth Boards. Price 7/# net. 


Contains 478 pages of excellent reading matter, 18 full-page, high- 
class plates; and numerous tlustrations throughout the text. 


THE volume includes many valuable and attractive articles by 
some of the most prominent naturalists and leading scientific 
men in the country, and forms a handsome, well-illustrated, 
and most acceptable present to all interested in out-door life. 


THE ENTOMOLOGISTS’ MONTHLY | DISTRIBUTION LABELS 


MAGAZINE. 


These Labels are highly useful to 


PRICE SIXPENCE MONTHLY. 
Edited by G. C. Champion, F.Z.S., J. E. Collin, 
F. ; 


W.W. Fowler, D.Sc., M.A., ELS |] Waker 
M.A., R.N., F.L.S.,and Lord Walsingham, M.A., 
LL.D., F.R.S., &c. 


This Magazine, commenced in 1864, contains 
Standard Articles and Notes on all subjects 
connected with Entomology, and especially on 
the Insects of the British Isles. 

Subscription—6s. per annum, post free. 


GURNEY & JACKSON, 
1, Paternoster Row, 
London. 


collectors. They show a map of the 
world (Mercator's Projection) upon 
which the distribution of species can be 
indicated by colouring in red. The 
localities of the various forms are thus 
seen ata glance. Space is left for in- 
serting name of species. 


Printed on Card, 2} x 
Price 1/= per 100 post free. 


A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 
Publishers, HULL. 


14 inches. 


A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 


THE SAVILE PRESS, HULL, — 


Are well equipped for the production of every class of Letterpress Work. 


Book and Magazine Printing a Speciality. 


WE PRINT AND PUBLISH 


Printed at Browns’ SAVILE Press, 40, George Street, ‘Hull, and published by 


A. Brown & Sons, Limited, at 5, Parring don © inh 
December rst, 2 


‘THE NATURALIST.’ 


wrt 


= 


re 


nee 


phe City of London. 


Saale 


¥ } 
Pies, 
WD 


ars 


aN, 
Lay 


HSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIE 


wu Il | vii